As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 15, 2016
Securities Act Registration No. 033-24962
Investment Company Act Registration No. 811-05186
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.
POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 146 (X)
and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 148 (X)
Check appropriate box or boxes
ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
Exact name of registrant as specified in charter
655 Broad Street, 17th Floor
Newark, New Jersey 07102
Address of Principal Executive Offices including Zip Code
(973) 367-7521
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code
Deborah A. Docs
655 Broad Street, 17 th Floor
Newark, New Jersey 07102
Name and Address of Agent for Service
It is proposed that this filing will become effective:
__ immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
X _ on September 12, 2016 pursuant to paragraph (b)
__ 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
__ on (____) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
__ 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
__ on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485
If appropriate, check the following box:
__ this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.
 
 
 
AST Government Money Market Portfolio
PROSPECTUS • September 12, 2016
The Trust is an investment vehicle for life insurance companies (“Participating Insurance Companies”) writing variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies. Shares of the Trust may also be sold directly to certain tax-deferred retirement plans. Each variable annuity contract and variable life insurance policy involves fees and expenses not described in this Prospectus. Please read the Prospectus for the variable annuity contract or variable life insurance policy for information regarding the contract or policy, including its fees and expenses. The Portfolio offered in this Prospectus is set forth on this cover.
These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission or the SEC) or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the CFTC) nor has the Commission or the CFTC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Prudential, the Prudential logo, and the Rock symbol are service marks of Prudential Financial, Inc. and its related entities, registered in many jurisdictions worldwide.
AST Government Money Market Portfolio (the “Portfolio”)
 
 

Table of Contents
1 SUMMARY: AST GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
5 ABOUT THE TRUST
6 MORE DETAILED INFORMATION ON HOW THE PORTFOLIO INVESTS
9 MORE DETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT OTHER INVESTMENTS & STRATEGIES USED BY THE PORTFOLIO
10 PRINCIPAL RISKS
12 HOW THE TRUST IS MANAGED
14 HOW TO BUY AND SELL SHARES OF THE PORTFOLIO
17 OTHER INFORMATION
18 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Table of Contents
SUMMARY: AST GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
The investment objective of the Portfolio is to seek high current income and maintain high levels of liquidity.
PORTFOLIO FEES AND EXPENSES
The table below shows the fees and expenses that you may pay if you invest in shares of the Portfolio. The table does not include Contract charges. Because Contract charges are not included, the total fees and expenses that you will incur will be higher than the fees and expenses set forth in the table. See your Contract prospectus for more information about Contract charges.
Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)  
Management Fees 0.32%
Distribution and/or Service Fees (12b-1 Fees) 0.25%
Other Expenses 0.02%
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses 0.59%
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement -0.02%
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses after Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement (1) 0.57%
(1) The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of the management fee for the Portfolio by implementing the following management fee schedule: 0.30% to $3.25 billion; 0.2925% on the next $2.75 billion; 0.2625% on the next $4 billion; and 0.2425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets. This waiver may not be terminated or modified prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust's Board of Trustees.
Example. The following example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The table does not include Contract charges. Because Contract charges are not included, the total fees and expenses that you will incur will be higher than the fees and expenses set forth in the example. See your Contract prospectus for more information about Contract charges.
The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Portfolio for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Portfolio’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:
  1 Year 3 Years 5 Years 10 Years
AST Government Money Market $58 $187 $327 $736
INVESTMENTS, RISKS AND PERFORMANCE
Principal Investment Strategies. The Portfolio invests at least 99.5% of its total assets in cash, government securities, and/or repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized with cash or government securities. Government securities include US Treasury bills, notes, and other obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the US Government or its agencies or instrumentalities. The Portfolio has a policy to invest under normal conditions at least 80% of its net assets in government securities and/or repurchase agreements that are collateralized by government securities.
The Portfolio invests only in securities that have remaining maturities of 397 days or less, or securities otherwise permitted to be purchased because of maturity shortening provisions under applicable regulations. The Portfolio seeks to invest in securities that present minimal credit risk. The Portfolio may invest significantly in securities with floating or variable rates of interest.
The Portfolio seeks to maintain a stable net asset value of $1.00 per share. In other words, the Portfolio attempts to operate so that shareholders do not lose any of the principal amount they invest in the Portfolio. Of course, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will achieve its goal of a stable net asset value, and shares of the Portfolio are neither insured nor guaranteed by the US government or any other entity. For instance, the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio
1

Table of Contents
security or the other party to a contract could default on its obligation, and this could cause the Portfolio's net asset value per share to fall below $1.00. In addition, the income earned by the Portfolio will fluctuate based on market conditions, interest rates and other factors.
In a low interest rate environment, the yield for the Portfolio, after deduction of operating expenses, may be negative even though the yield before deducting such expenses is positive. A negative yield may also cause the Portfolio's net asset value per share to fall below $1.00. Prudential Investments LLC and AST Investment Services, Inc. may decide to reimburse certain of these expenses to the Portfolio in order to maintain a positive yield, however they are under no obligation to do so and may cease doing so at any time without prior notice.
Principal Risks of Investing in the Portfolio . The risks summarized below are the principal risks of investing in the Portfolio. You could lose money by investing in the Portfolio. Although the Portfolio seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1 per share, it cannot guarantee it will do so. An investment in the Portfolio is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The Portfolio’s sponsor has no legal obligation to provide financial support to the Portfolio, and you should not expect that the sponsor will provide financial support to the Portfolio at any time.
Adjustable and Floating Rate Securities Risk. The value of adjustable and floating rate securities may lag behind the value of fixed rate securities when interest rates change.
Credit Risk. This is the risk that the issuer, the guarantor or the insurer of a fixed-income security, or the counterparty to a contract may be unable or unwilling to make timely principal and interest payments or to otherwise honor its obligations. Additionally, the securities could lose value due to a loss of confidence in the ability of the issuer, guarantor, insurer or counterparty to pay back debt. The longer the maturity and the lower the credit quality of a bond, the more sensitive it is to credit risk.
Expense Risk . The actual cost of investing in the Portfolio may be higher than the expenses shown in the “Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses” table above for a variety of reasons, including, for example, if the Portfolio’s average net assets decrease.
Fixed Income Securities Risk . Investment in fixed income securities involves a variety of risks, including that: an issuer or guarantor of a security will be unable to pay obligations when due; due to decreases in liquidity, the Portfolio may be unable to sell its securities holdings at the price it values the security or at any price; the Portfolio’s investment may decrease in value when interest rates rise. Volatility in interest rates and in fixed income markets may increase the risk that the Portfolio’s investment in fixed income securities will go down in value. Risks associated with rising interest rates are currently heightened because interest rates in the US are at, or near, historic lows.
Interest Rate Risk . The value of your investment may go down when interest rates rise. A rise in rates tends to have a greater impact on the prices of longer term or duration securities. When interest rates fall, the issuers of debt obligations may prepay principal more quickly than expected, and the Portfolio may be required to reinvest the proceeds at a lower interest rate. This is referred to as “prepayment risk.” When interest rates rise, debt obligations may be repaid more slowly than expected, and the value of the Portfolio's holdings may fall sharply. This is referred to as “extension risk.” The Portfolio may face a heightened level of interest rate risk since the US Federal Reserve Board has ended its quantitative easing program and may continue to raise rates. The Portfolio may lose money if short-term or long-term interest rates rise sharply or in a manner not anticipated by the subadviser.
Liquidity Risk . The Portfolio may hold one or more securities for which there are no or few buyers and sellers or the securities are subject to limitations on transfer. The Portfolio may be unable to sell those portfolio holdings at the desired time or price, and may have difficulty determining the value of such securities for the purpose of determining the Portfolio’s net asset value.
2

Table of Contents
Market and Management Risk . Markets in which the Portfolio invests may experience volatility and go down in value, and possibly sharply and unpredictably. The investment techniques, risk analysis and investment strategies used by a subadviser in making investment decisions for the Portfolio may not produce the intended or desired results.
Prepayment or Call Risk. Prepayment or call risk is the risk that issuers will prepay fixed-rate obligations held by the Portfolio when interest rates fall, forcing the Portfolio to reinvest in obligations with lower interest rates than the original obligations. Mortgage-related securities and asset-backed securities are particularly subject to prepayment risk.
Recent Events Risk . Events in the financial markets have caused, and may continue to cause, increased volatility and a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities. As a result, identifying investment risks and opportunities may be especially difficult. There is no assurance that steps taken by governments, and their agencies and instrumentalities, to support financial markets will continue, and the impact of regulatory changes on the markets may not be known for some time.
Regulatory Risk . The Portfolio is subject to a variety of laws and regulations which govern its operations. The Portfolio is subject to regulation by the SEC and/or the CFTC. Similarly, the businesses and other issuers of the securities and other instruments in which the Portfolio invests are also subject to considerable regulation. A change in laws and regulations may materially impact the Portfolio, a security, business, sector or market.
US Government Securities Risk. US Government securities may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates, a default by, or decline in the credit quality of, the US Government, and may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the US Government.
Yield Risk. The amount of income received by the Portfolio will go up or down depending on day-to-day variations in short-term interest rates, and when interest rates are very low the Portfolio’s expenses could absorb all or a significant portion of the Portfolio’s income. If interest rates increase, the Portfolio’s yield may not increase proportionately. For example, the Portfolio’s investment manager may discontinue any temporary voluntary fee limitation.
Past Performance. The bar chart and table provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Portfolio by showing changes in the Portfolio's performance from year to year and by showing how the Portfolio's average annual returns for 1, 5, and 10 years compare with those of a broad measure of market performance. Past performance does not mean that the Portfolio will achieve similar results in the future.
The annual returns and average annual returns shown in the chart and table are after deduction of expenses and do not include Contract charges. If Contract charges were included, the returns shown would have been lower than those shown. Consult your Contract prospectus for information about Contract charges.
Prior to September 12, 2016, the Portfolio operated under the name “AST Money Market Portfolio”as a prime money market fund and invested in certain types of securities that, as a government money market fund, the Portfolio is no longer permitted to hold. Consequently, the performance information below may have been different if the current investment limitations had been in effect during the period prior to the Portfolio’s conversion to a government money market fund.
3

Table of Contents
  
    
Best Quarter: Worst Quarter:
1.24% 3 rd Quarter 2007 0.00% 4 th Quarter 2015
  
Average Annual Total Returns (For the periods ended December 31, 2015)      
  1 Year 5 Years 10 Years
Portfolio 0.00% 0.01% 1.21%
    
Index      
Lipper Variable Insurance Products (VIP) Money Market Funds Average (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) -0.03% -0.02% 1.16%
Lipper US Government Money Market Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) 0.01% 0.01% 1.08%
    
7-Day Yield (as of 12/31/15)  
AST Government Money Market Portfolio 0.00%
iMoneyNet's Government & Agency Retail Average 0.01%
MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIO
Investment Manager Subadviser
Prudential Investments LLC Prudential Fixed Income
AST Investment Services, Inc.  
TAX INFORMATION
Contract owners should consult their Contract prospectus for information on the federal tax consequences to them. In addition, Contract owners may wish to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of investments in the Contracts and the Portfolio, including the application of state and local taxes. The Portfolio currently intends to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. As a result, the Portfolio's income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits are “passed through” pro rata directly to the Participating Insurance Companies and retain the same character for federal income tax purposes.
FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARY COMPENSATION
If you purchase your Contract through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Participating Insurance Company, the Portfolio or their related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of the Contract, the selection of the Portfolio and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Contract over another investment or insurance product, or to recommend the Portfolio over another investment option under the Contract. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary's website for more information.
4

Table of Contents
ABOUT THE TRUST
About the TRUST and its Portfolio
This prospectus provides information about the Trust and one of its separate Portfolios, the AST Government Money Market Portfolio (the Portfolio and, with the Trust’s other portfolios, the Portfolios). The Portfolio is a diversified investment company as defined by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act), unless herein noted otherwise.
Prudential Investments LLC (PI) and AST Investment Services, Inc. (ASTIS), both wholly-owned subsidiaries of Prudential Financial, Inc. (Prudential Financial), serve as overall investment managers of the Portfolio. Prudential Financial, which is incorporated in the United States, has its principal place of business in the United States. Neither Prudential Financial nor any of its subsidiaries are affiliated in any manner with Prudential plc, a company incorporated in the United Kingdom. When used in this Prospectus, the term “Manager” refers to PI and ASTIS. The Manager has retained a subadviser (Subadviser), to manage the day-to-day investment of the assets of the Portfolio in a multi-manager structure. More information about the Manager, Subadviser and the multi-manager structure is included in “How the Trust is Managed” later in this Prospectus.
The Trust offers one class of shares in the Portfolio. As of the date of this prospectus, shares of the Portfolio are sold only to separate accounts of Prudential Annuities Life Assurance Corporation, The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Pruco Life Insurance Company, Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey, Prudential Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company, Pramerica of Bermuda Life Assurance Company, Ltd. (collectively, Prudential), Kemper Investors Life Insurance Company, Allstate Life Insurance Company and Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York as investment options under variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts. Shares of the Portfolio may be sold directly to certain qualified retirement plans.
Additional information about the Portfolio is set forth in the following sections, and is also provided in the Statement of Additional Information (SAI).
5

Table of Contents
MORE DETAILED INFORMATION ON HOW THE PORTFOLIO INVESTS
Introduction
We describe the Portfolio's investment objective and policies on the following pages. We describe certain investment instruments that appear below in the section entitled “More Detailed Information About Other Investments and Strategies Used by the Portfolio.”
Although we make every effort to achieve the Portfolio's objective, we can't guarantee success and it is possible that you could lose money. The Portfolio’s investment objective is a non-fundamental investment policy and, therefore, may be changed by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the Board) without shareholder approval.
An investment in the Portfolio is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
The Portfolio has investment strategies and policies that include percentage estimates and limitations. Those percentages are generally applied at the time the Portfolio makes an investment.
The Portfolio has a policy to invest at least 80% of its assets in a particular category of investments based on the name of the Portfolio. This 80% policy relates to the Portfolio’s net assets plus borrowings, if any, for investment purposes. The 80% requirement is applied at the time the Portfolio makes an investment. The 80% policy is non-fundamental and may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. The Portfolio, however, will provide 60 days' prior written notice to shareholders of any change in the 80% policy based on the Portfolio's name if required by applicable rules.
AST GOVERNMENT Money Market Portfolio
Investment Objective: to seek high current income and maintain high levels of liquidity.
Principal Investment Policies:
The Portfolio invests at least 99.5% of its total assets in cash, government securities, and/or repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized with cash or government securities. Government securities include US Treasury bills, notes, and other obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the US Government or its agencies or instrumentalities. The Portfolio has a policy to invest under normal conditions 80% of its net assets in government securities and/or repurchase agreements that are collateralized by government securities.
The Portfolio will invest only in securities that have remaining maturities of 397 days or less or securities otherwise permitted to be purchased because of maturity shortening provisions under applicable regulations. The Portfolio seeks to invest in securities that present minimal credit risk. The Portfolio may invest significantly in securities with floating or variable rates of interest.
The Portfolio seeks to maintain a stable net asset value of $1.00 per share. In other words, the Portfolio attempts to operate so that shareholders do not lose any of the principal amount they invest in the Portfolio. Of course, there can be no assurance that the Portfolio will achieve its goal of a stable net asset value, and shares of the Portfolio are neither insured nor guaranteed by the US government or any other entity. For instance, the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio security or the other party to a contract could default on its obligation, and this could cause the Portfolio's net asset value per share to fall below $1.00. In addition, the income earned by the Portfolio will fluctuate based on market conditions, interest rates and other factors.
In a low interest rate environment, the yield for the Portfolio, after deduction of operating expenses, may be negative even though the yield before deducting such expenses is positive. A negative yield may also cause the Portfolio's net asset value per share to fall below $1.00. Prudential Investments LLC and AST Investment Services, Inc. may decide to reimburse certain of these expenses to the Portfolio in order to maintain a positive yield, however they are under no obligation to do so and may cease doing so at any time without prior notice.
6

Table of Contents
We manage the Portfolio in compliance with regulations applicable to government money market mutual funds, specifically, Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (1940 Act). The Portfolio will not acquire any security with a remaining maturity exceeding 397 calendar days (as defined by Rule 2a-7 or securities otherwise permitted to be purchased because of maturity shortening provisions under applicable regulations). The Portfolio is required to hold at least 10% of its total assets in “daily liquid assets” and at least 30% of its total assets in “weekly liquid assets.” Daily liquid assets include cash (including demand deposits), direct obligations of the US Government and securities (including repurchase agreements) that will mature or are subject to a demand feature that is exercisable and payable within one business day. Weekly liquid assets include cash (including demand deposits), direct obligations of the US Government, US Government agency discount notes with remaining maturities of 60 days or less, and securities (including repurchase agreements) that will mature or are subject to a demand feature that is exercisable and payable within five business days.
The Portfolio will (i) maintain a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of 60 calendar days or less and (ii) a dollar-weighted average life (portfolio maturity measured without reference to any maturity shortening provisions) of 120 calendar days or less.
The Portfolio will comply with the diversification, quality and other requirements of Rule 2a-7. This means, generally, that the money market instruments purchased by the Portfolio are rated by one or more rating agencies in the highest short-term rating category or, if not rated, are determined by the subadviser to be of equivalent quality. In addition, a security, at the time of purchase by the Portfolio, must have been determined by the subadviser to present minimal credit risk. If, after purchase, the credit quality of an instrument deteriorates, the Portfolio’s subadviser or the Board of Trustees (the Board) (where required by applicable regulations) will decide whether the instrument should be held or sold. All portfolio instruments purchased by the Portfolio will be denominated in US dollars.
Effective October 14, 2016, the SEC has amended Rule 2a-7 to eliminate references to credit ratings as criteria for “eligible securities” under the rule. Under the amended rule, “eligible securities” are those securities that the Board or its delegate determines to present minimal credit risks to the Portfolio, based on an analysis of the capacity of the security's issuer or guarantor to meet its financial obligations.
As a “government money market fund” under Rule 2a-7, the Portfolio (1) will use the amortized cost method of valuation to seek to maintain a $1.00 share price, and (2) at the election of the Board, will not be subject to a liquidity fee and/or a redemption gate on Portfolio redemptions which might apply to other types of money market funds in the future should certain triggering events specified in Rule 2a-7 occur. However, the Board reserves the right, with notice to shareholders, to change the policy with respect to liquidity fees and/or redemption gates, thereby permitting the Portfolio to impose such fees and gates in the future.
United States Government Obligations. The Portfolio will invest in obligations of the US Government and its agencies and instrumentalities directly. Such obligations may also serve as collateral for repurchase agreements. US Government obligations include: (i) direct obligations issued by the United States Treasury such as Treasury bills, notes and bonds; and (ii) instruments issued or guaranteed by government-sponsored agencies acting under authority of Congress. Some US Government obligations are supported by the full faith and credit of the US Treasury; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the US Government to purchase the agency's obligations; still others are supported only by the credit of the agency. There is no assurance that the US Government will provide financial support to one of its agencies if it is not obligated to do so by law.
Asset-Backed Securities. The Portfolio may invest in asset-backed securities backed by assets such as credit card receivables, automobile loans, manufactured housing loans, corporate receivables, and home equity loans in accordance with industry limits based upon the underlying collateral. The Portfolio may invest in certain government supported asset-backed notes in reliance on no-action relief issued by the SEC that such securities may be considered as government securities for purposes of compliance with the diversification requirements under Rule 2a-7.
7

Table of Contents
Demand Features. The Portfolio may purchase securities that include demand features, which allow the Portfolio to demand repayment of a debt obligation before the obligation is due or “matures.” This means that longer-term securities can be purchased because of the expectation that the Portfolio can demand repayment of the obligation at a set price within a relatively short period of time, in compliance with the Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, as amended.
Floating Rate and Variable Rate Securities. The Portfolio may purchase floating rate and variable rate securities. These securities pay interest at rates that change periodically to reflect changes in market interest rates. Because these securities adjust the interest they pay, they may be beneficial when interest rates are rising because of the additional return the Portfolio will receive, and they may be detrimental when interest rates are falling because of the reduction in interest payments to the Portfolio.
8

Table of Contents
MORE DETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT OTHER INVESTMENTS & STRATEGIES USED BY THE PORTFOLIO
Additional Investments & Strategies
As indicated above, the Portfolio may invest in the following types of securities and/or use the following investment strategies to increase returns or protect Portfolio assets if market conditions warrant.
Asset-Backed Securities— An asset-backed security is a type of pass-through instrument that pays interest based upon the cash flow of an underlying pool of assets, such as automobile loans or credit card receivables. Asset-backed securities may also be collateralized by a portfolio of corporate bonds, including junk bonds, or other securities.
Repurchase Agreements— In a repurchase transaction, the Portfolio agrees to purchase certain securities and the seller agrees to repurchase the same securities at an agreed upon price on a specified date. This creates a fixed return for the Portfolio.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements— In a reverse repurchase transaction, the Portfolio sells a security it owns and agrees to buy it back at a set price and date. During the period the security is held by the other party, the Portfolio may continue to receive principal and interest payments on the security.
When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities— With when-issued or delayed delivery securities, the delivery and payment can take place a month or more after the date of the transaction. The Portfolio will make commitments for when-issued transactions only with the intention of actually acquiring the securities. The Portfolio's custodian will maintain in a segregated account, liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than such commitments. If the Portfolio chooses to dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition, it could, as with the disposition of any other security, incur a gain or loss.
9

Table of Contents
PRINCIPAL RISKS
The risks identified below are the principal risks of investing in the Portfolio. The Summary lists the principal risks applicable to the Portfolio. This section provides more detailed information about each risk.
All investments have risks to some degree and it is possible that you could lose money by investing in the Portfolio. An investment in the Portfolio is not a deposit with a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. While the Portfolio makes every effort to achieve its objective, the Portfolio cannot guarantee success.
Adjustable and Floating Rate Securities Risk. The value of adjustable and floating rate securities may lag behind the value of fixed rate securities when interest rates change. Variable and floating rate bonds are subject to credit risk, market risk and interest rate risk. In addition, the absence of an active market for these securities could make it difficult for the Portfolio to dispose of them if the issuer defaults.
Expense Risk . Your actual cost of investing in the Portfolio may be higher than the expenses shown in “Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses” for a variety of reasons. For example, portfolio operating expense ratios may be higher than those shown if the Portfolio’s average net assets decrease, fee waivers or expense limitations change, or the Portfolio incurs more expenses than expected.
Fixed Income Securities Risk . Investment in fixed income securities involves a variety of risks, including credit risk, liquidity risk and interest rate risk.
Credit risk . Credit risk is the risk that an issuer or guarantor of a security will be unable to pay principal and interest when due, or that the value of the security will suffer because investors believe the issuer is less able to make required principal and interest payments. Credit ratings are intended to provide a measure of credit risk. However, credit ratings are only the opinions of the credit rating agency issuing the ratings and are not guarantees as to quality. The lower the rating of a debt security held by the Portfolio, the greater the degree of credit risk that is perceived to exist by the credit rating agency with respect to that security. Increasing the amount of Portfolio assets allocated lower-rated securities generally will increase the credit risk to which the Portfolio is subject. Information on the ratings issued to debt securities by certain credit rating agencies is included in Appendix I to the Statement of Additional Information (SAI). Not all securities are rated. In the event that the relevant credit rating agencies assign different ratings to the same security, the Portfolio’s subadviser may determine which rating it believes best reflects the security’s quality and risk at that time. Some but not all US government securities are insured or guaranteed by the US government, while others are only insured or guaranteed by the issuing agency, which must rely on its own resources to repay the debt. Although credit risk may be lower for US government securities than for other investment-grade securities, the return may be lower.
Liquidity risk . Liquidity risk is the risk that the Portfolio may not be able to sell some or all of the securities it holds, either at the price it values the security or at any price. Liquidity risk also includes the risk that there may be delays in selling a security, if it can be sold at all. A rise in interest rates may result in periods of volatility and increased redemptions, which may cause the Portfolio to have to liquidate portfolio securities at disadvantageous prices and times, which could reduce the returns of the Portfolio. The reduction in dealer market-making capacity in the fixed income markets that has occurred in recent years also has the potential to decrease liquidity.
Interest rate risk. Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of an investment may go down in value when interest rates rise. The prices of fixed income securities generally move in the opposite direction to that of market interest rates. The Portfolio may be subject to a heightened risk of rising interest rates because interest rates in the US are at, or near, historic lows. Volatility in interest rates and in fixed income markets may increase the risk that the Portfolio’s investment in fixed income securities will go down in value. A wide variety of factors can cause interest rates to rise, including central bank monetary policies and inflation rates. Generally, the longer the maturity of a fixed income security, the greater is the decline in its value when rates increase. As a result, portfolios with longer durations and longer weighted average maturities generally have more volatile share prices than portfolios with shorter durations and shorter weighted average maturities. Certain securities acquired by the Portfolio may pay interest at a variable rate or the principal amount of the security periodically adjusts according to the rate of inflation or other measure. In either case, the interest rate at issuance is generally lower than the fixed interest rate
10

Table of Contents
  of bonds of similar seniority from the same issuer; however, variable interest rate securities generally are subject to a lower risk that their value will decrease during periods of increasing interest rates and increasing inflation. Decreases in interest rates create the potential for a decrease in income earned by the Portfolio.
Market and Management Risk . Market risk is the risk that the markets in which the Portfolio invests will experience market volatility and go down in value, including the possibility that a market will go down sharply and unpredictably. All markets go through cycles, and market risk involves being on the wrong side of a cycle. Factors affecting market risk include political events, broad economic and social changes, and the mood of the investing public. If investor sentiment turns negative, the price of all securities may decline. Management risk is the risk that the investment strategy or PI or the subadviser will not work as intended. All decisions by PI or the subadviser require judgment and are based on imperfect information. In addition, if the Portfolio is managed using an investment model it is subject to the risk that the investment model may not perform as expected.
Prepayment or Call Risk. Prepayment or call risk is the risk that issuers will prepay fixed-rate obligations held by the Portfolio when interest rates fall, forcing the Portfolio to reinvest in obligations with lower interest rates than the original obligations. Mortgage-related securities and asset-backed securities are particularly subject to prepayment risk.
Recent Events Risk . The ongoing financial and debt crises have caused increased volatility and significant declines in the value and liquidity of many securities in US and foreign financial markets. This environment could make identifying investment risks and opportunities especially difficult. These market conditions may continue or get worse. In response to these crises, the US and other governments, and their agencies and instrumentalities such as the Federal Reserve and certain foreign central banks, have taken steps to support financial markets. The reduction or withdrawal of these measures could negatively affect the overall economy and/or the value and liquidity of certain securities. In addition, the impact of legislation enacted in the United States calling for reform of many aspects of financial regulation, and the corresponding regulatory changes on the markets and the practical implications for market participants, may not be known for some time.
Regulatory Risk . The Portfolio is subject to a variety of laws and regulations which govern its operations. The Portfolio is subject to regulation by the SEC. Similarly, the businesses and other issuers of the securities and other instruments in which the Portfolio invests are also subject to considerable regulation. These laws and regulations are subject to change. A change in laws and regulations may materially impact the Portfolio, a security, business, sector or market. For example, a change in laws or regulations made by the government or a regulatory body may impact the ability of the Portfolio to achieve its investment objective, or may impact the Portfolio’s investment policies and/or strategies, or may reduce the attractiveness of an investment.
US Government Securities Risk . US Treasury obligations are backed by the “full faith and credit” of the US Government. Securities issued or guaranteed by federal agencies or authorities and US Government-sponsored instrumentalities or enterprises may or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the US Government. For example, securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal National Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Banks are neither insured nor guaranteed by the US Government. These securities may be supported by the ability to borrow from the US Treasury or only by the credit of the issuing agency, authority, instrumentality or enterprise and, as a result, are subject to greater credit risk than securities issued or guaranteed by the US Treasury.
Yield Risk. The amount of income received by the Portfolio will go up or down depending on day-to-day variations in short-term interest rates, and when interest rates are very low the Portfolio’s expenses could absorb all or a significant portion of the Portfolio’s income. If interest rates increase, the Portfolio’s yield may not increase proportionately. For example, the Portfolio’s investment manager may discontinue any temporary voluntary fee limitation.
11

Table of Contents
HOW THE TRUST IS MANAGED
Board of Trustees
The Board oversees the actions of the investment managers and the Subadviser, and decides on general policies. The Board also oversees the Trust's officers who conduct and supervise the daily business operations of the Trust.
Investment Managers
Prudential Investments LLC , 655 Broad Street, Newark, New Jersey, and AST Investment Services, Inc. , One Corporate Drive, Shelton, Connecticut, serve as the co-investment managers of the Portfolio. ASTIS has been in business providing advisory services since 1992. PI has been in business providing advisory services since 1996.
The Trust's Investment Management Agreement with the Manager on behalf of the Portfolio (the Management Agreement), provides that the Manager will furnish the Portfolio with investment advice and administrative services subject to the supervision of the Board and in conformity with the stated policies of the applicable Portfolio. The Manager must also provide, or obtain and supervise, the executive, administrative, accounting, custody, transfer agent and shareholder servicing services that are deemed advisable by the Board.
The Manager has engaged the Subadviser to conduct the investment programs of the Portfolio, including the purchase, retention and sale of portfolio securities and other financial instruments. The Manager is responsible for monitoring the activities of the Subadviser and reporting on such activities to the Board. The Trust has obtained an exemption from the SEC that permits the Manager, subject to approval by the Board, to change the Subadviser for the Portfolio by entering into a new subadvisory agreement with affiliated and non-affiliated subadvisers, without obtaining shareholder approval of such changes. This exemption (which is similar to exemptions granted to other investment companies that are organized in a manner similar to the Trust) is intended to facilitate the efficient supervision and management of the Subadviser by the Manager and the Board.
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board's approval of the Management Agreement and subadvisory agreement is available in the Trust's semi-annual report for the six month period ended June 30.
Investment Management Fees
Set forth below are the total effective annualized investment management fees paid (as a percentage of average net assets) net of waivers by the Portfolio to the Manager during 2015:
AST Government Money Market -*
*The management fee amount waived exceeds the management fee for the current period due to expense limitations.
Legal Proceedings. On October 30, 2015, a lawsuit was filed against Prudential Investments LLC (“Defendant”) in the United States District Court for the District of Maryland bearing the caption North Valley GI Medical Group, et al. v. Prudential Investments LLC , No. 1:15-cv-03268, by North Valley GI Medical Group and certain other purported shareholders on behalf of six Prudential retail mutual funds: Prudential Jennison Growth Fund, Prudential Jennison Mid-Cap Growth Fund, Inc., Prudential Global Real Estate Fund, Prudential Jennison Equity Income Fund, Prudential Short-Term Corporate Bond Fund, Inc., and Prudential Jennison Natural Resources Fund, Inc. (collectively, the “Named Funds”). None of the Named Funds is a party to the lawsuit. Plaintiffs allege that Defendant violated Section 36(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) by receiving allegedly excessive investment advisory fees from each Named Fund and seek, among other things, a declaration that Defendant has violated Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, rescission of the investment advisory agreements between Defendant and the Named Funds, an award of compensatory damages, including repayment to each Named Fund of all allegedly excessive investment advisory fees paid by such Fund from one year prior to the filing of the lawsuit through the date of trial of the action, plus purported lost investment returns on those amounts and interest thereon, and attorneys’ fees and costs. Defendant believes the claims are without merit and intends to vigorously defend the action.
12

Table of Contents
Investment Subadviser
The Portfolio’s Subadviser provides the day-to-day investment management of the Portfolio. The Manager pays the Subadviser a subadvisory fee out of the fee that the Manager receives from the Trust. The Subadviser for the Portfolio is described below:
PGIM, Inc. (PGIM, formerly Prudential Investment Management, Inc.) is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential Financial, Inc. PGIM was formed in June 1984 and was registered with the SEC as an investment adviser in December 1984. The Fixed Income unit of PGIM (Prudential Fixed Income) is the principal public fixed income asset management unit of PGIM and is responsible for the management of the Portfolio. As of December 31, 2015, PGIM had approximately $963 billion in assets under management. PGIM's address is 655 Broad Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102.
13

Table of Contents
HOW TO BUY AND SELL SHARES OF THE PORTFOLIO
Purchasing and Redeeming PORTFOLIO Shares
The way to invest in is through certain variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts. Together with this prospectus, you should have received a prospectus for such a Contract. You should refer to that prospectus for further information on investing in the Portfolio.
Shares are redeemed for cash within seven days of receipt of a proper notice of redemption or sooner if required by law. There is no redemption charge. We may suspend the right to redeem shares or receive payment when the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is closed (other than weekends or holidays), when trading on the NYSE is restricted, or as permitted by the SEC.
Redemption in Kind
The Trust may pay the redemption price to shareholders of record (generally, the insurance company separate accounts holding Trust shares) in whole or in part by a distribution in-kind of securities from the relevant investment portfolio of the Trust, in lieu of cash, in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC and procedures adopted by the Board. Securities will be readily marketable and will be valued in the same manner as in a regular redemption.
If shares are redeemed in kind, the recipient will incur transaction costs in converting such assets into cash. These procedures govern the redemption by the shareholder of record, generally an insurance company separate account. The procedures do not affect payments by an insurance company to a contract owner under a variable contract.
Frequent Purchases or Redemptions of Portfolio Shares
The Trust is part of the group of investment companies advised by PI that seeks to prevent patterns of frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by its investors (the PI funds). Frequent purchases and redemptions may adversely affect the investment performance and interests of long-term investors in the Portfolios. When an investor engages in frequent or short-term trading, the PI funds may have to sell portfolio securities to have the cash necessary to pay the redemption amounts. This may cause the PI funds to sell Portfolio securities at inopportune times, hurting their investment performance. When large dollar amounts are involved, frequent trading can also make it difficult for the PI funds to use long-term investment strategies because they cannot predict how much cash they will have to invest. In addition, if a PI fund is forced to liquidate investments due to short-term trading activity, it may incur increased transaction and tax costs.
Similarly, the PI funds may bear increased administrative costs as a result of the asset level and investment volatility that accompanies patterns of short-term trading. Moreover, frequent or short-term trading by certain investors may cause dilution in the value of PI fund shares held by other investors.
The Boards of Directors/Trustees of the PI funds, including the Trust, have adopted policies and procedures designed to discourage or prevent frequent trading by investors. The policies and procedures for the Trust are limited, however, because the Trust does not directly sell its shares directly to the public. Instead, Portfolio shares are sold only to insurance company separate accounts that fund variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies. Therefore, Participating Insurance Companies, not the Trust, maintain the individual contract owner account records. Each Participating Insurance Company submits to the Trust's transfer agent daily aggregate orders combining the transactions of many contract owners. Therefore, the Trust and its transfer agent do not monitor trading by individual contract owners.
Under the Trust's policies and procedures, the Trust has notified each Participating Insurance Company that the Trust expects the insurance company to impose restrictions on transfers by contract owners. The current Participating Insurance Companies are Prudential and two insurance companies not affiliated with Prudential. The Trust may add additional Participating Insurance Companies in the future. The Trust receives reports on the trading restrictions imposed by Prudential on variable contract owners investing in the Portfolios, and the Trust monitors the aggregate cash flows received from unaffiliated insurance companies. In addition, the Trust has entered shareholder information agreements with Participating Insurance Companies as required by Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act. Under these
14

Table of Contents
agreements, the Participating Insurance Companies have agreed to: (i) provide certain information regarding contract owners who engage in transactions involving Portfolio shares and (ii) execute any instructions from the Trust to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of Portfolio shares by contract owners who have been identified by the Trust as having engaged in transactions in Portfolio shares that violate the Trust's frequent trading policies and procedures. The Trust and its transfer agent also reserve the right to reject all or a portion of a purchase order from a Participating Insurance Company. If a purchase order is rejected, the purchase amount will be returned to the insurance company.
The Trust also employs fair value pricing procedures to deter frequent trading. Those procedures are described in more detail under “Net Asset Value,” below.
Investors seeking to engage in frequent trading activities may use a variety of strategies to avoid detection and, despite the efforts of the Trust and the Participating Insurance Companies to prevent such trading, there is no guarantee that the Trust or the Participating Insurance Companies will be able to identify these investors or curtail their trading practices. Therefore, some Trust investors may be able to engage in frequent trading, and, if they do, the other Trust investors would bear any harm caused by that frequent trading. The Trust does not have any arrangements intended to permit trading in contravention of the policies described above.
For information about the trading limitations applicable to you, please see the prospectus for your contract or contact your insurance company.
Net Asset Value
Any purchase or sale of Portfolio shares is made at the net asset value, or NAV, of such shares. The price at which a purchase or redemption is made is based on the next calculation of the NAV after the order is received in good order. The NAV is determined on each day the NYSE is open for trading as of the close of the exchange's regular trading session (which is generally 4:00 p.m. New York time). The NYSE is closed on most national holidays and Good Friday. The Trust does not price, and shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem, the Trust's shares on days when the NYSE is closed but the primary markets for the Trust's foreign securities are open, even though the value of these securities may have changed. Conversely, the Trust will ordinarily price its shares, and shareholders may purchase and redeem shares, on days that the NYSE is open but foreign securities markets are closed.
The NAV for the Portfolio will ordinarily remain at $1 per share (The price of each share remains the same but you will have more shares when dividends are declared). Each business day, the Portfolio’s current NAV per share is transmitted electronically to insurance companies that use the Portfolio as an underlying investment option for Contracts.
To determine the Portfolio's NAV, its holdings are valued as follows:
All securities held by the Portfolio are valued at amortized cost. The amortized cost valuation method is widely used by mutual funds. It means that the security is valued initially at its purchase price and then decreases in value by equal amounts each day until the security matures. It almost always results in a value that is extremely close to the actual market value. The Board has established procedures to monitor whether any material deviation between valuation and market value occurs and if so, will promptly consider what action, if any, should be taken to prevent unfair results to Contract owners.
Distributor & DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS
The Trust offers a single class of shares on behalf of the Portfolio. Prudential Annuities Distributors, Inc. (PAD) serves as the distributor for the shares of the Portfolio. Portfolio shares are offered and redeemed at their net asset value without any sales load. PAD is an affiliate of PI and ASTIS. PAD is registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).
The Trust has adopted a Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the 12b-1 Plan) for the shares of the Portfolio. Under the 12b-1Plan, the shares of the Portfolio are charged an annual fee to compensate PAD and its affiliates for providing various administrative and distribution services to the Portfolio. The
15

Table of Contents
maximum annual shareholder services and distribution (12b-1) fee for the Portfolio’s shares is 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Portfolio. Because these fees are paid out of the Portfolio’s assets on an ongoing basis, over time, the fees will increase your cost of investing and may cost you more than other types of charges.
PAD may receive payments from the subadviser or its affiliates to help defray expenses for sales meetings or seminar sponsorships that may relate to the Contracts and/or the Portfolio. These sales meetings or seminar sponsorships may provide the subadviser with increased access to persons involved in the distribution of the Contracts. PAD also may receive marketing support from the subadviser in connection with the distribution of the Contracts.
16

Table of Contents
OTHER INFORMATION
Federal Income Taxes
The Portfolio currently intends to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. As a result, the Portfolio's income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits are “passed through” pro rata directly to the Participating Insurance Companies and retain the same character for federal income tax purposes. Distributions may be made to the various separate accounts of the Participating Insurance Companies in the form of additional shares (not in cash).
Owners of variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance policies should consult the prospectuses of their respective contracts or policies for information on the federal income tax consequences to such holders. In addition, variable contract owners may wish to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of investments in the Trust, including the application of state and local taxes.
Monitoring for Possible Conflicts
The Trust sells its shares to fund variable life insurance contracts and variable annuity contracts and is authorized to offer its shares to qualified retirement plans. Because of differences in tax treatment and other considerations, it is possible that the interest of variable life insurance contract owners, variable annuity contract owners and participants in qualified retirement plans could conflict. The Trust will monitor the situation and in the event that a material conflict did develop, the Trust would determine what action, if any, to take in response.
Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings
A description of the Trust's policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Portfolio's portfolio securities is included in the SAI and on the Trust's website at www.prudential.com/variableinsuranceportfolios.
Payments to Affiliates
PI and ASTIS and their affiliates, including a subadviser or PAD, may compensate affiliates of PI and ASTIS, including the insurance companies issuing variable annuity or variable life contracts by providing reimbursement, defraying the costs of, or paying directly for, among other things, marketing and/or administrative services and/or other services they provide in connection with the variable annuity and/or variable life contracts which offer the Portfolios as investment options. These services may include, but are not limited to: sponsoring or co-sponsoring various promotional, educational or marketing meetings and seminars attended by distributors, wholesalers, and/or broker dealer firms' registered representatives, and creating marketing material discussing the contracts, available options, and the Portfolios.
The amounts paid depend on the nature of the meetings, the number of meetings attended by PI or ASTIS, the subadviser, or PAD, the number of participants and attendees at the meetings, the costs expected to be incurred, and the level of PI's, ASTIS’, subadviser's or PAD’s participation. These payments or reimbursements may not be offered by all advisers, subadvisers, or PAD and the amounts of such payments may vary between and among each adviser, subadviser and PAD depending on their respective participation.
With respect to variable annuity contracts, the amounts paid under these arrangements to Prudential-affiliated insurers are set forth in the prospectuses for the variable annuity contracts which offer the Portfolios as investment options.
17

Table of Contents
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
Introduction
The financial highlights which follow will help you evaluate the financial performance of the Portfolio available under your Contract. The total return in each chart represents the rate that a shareholder earned on an investment in that share class of the Portfolio, assuming reinvestment of all dividends and other distributions. The chart does not reflect any charges under any variable contract. Because Contract charges are not included, the actual return that you will receive will be lower than the total return in each chart.
The financial highlights for the periods in the five years ended December 31 are derived from the Portfolio’s financial statements, which were audited by KPMG LLP, the Trust's independent registered public accounting firm, whose reports thereon were unqualified.
18

Table of Contents
AST GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
  Year Ended December 31,
  2015(c) 2014 2013 2012 2011
Per Share Operating Performance:          
Net Asset Value, beginning of year $1.00 $1.00 $1.00 $1.00 $1.00
Income From Investment Operations:          
Net investment income and realized gains –(b) –(b) –(b) –(b) –(b)
Less Distributions: –(b) –(b)
Net Asset Value, end of year $1.00 $1.00 $1.00 $1.00 $1.00
Total Return(a) 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.01% 0.02%
           
Ratios/Supplemental Data:          
Net assets, end of year (in millions) $1,075.2 $1,106.4 $1,228.3 $2,268.7 $2,717.2
Ratios to average net assets:          
Expenses After Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursement 0.19% 0.16% 0.17% 0.21% 0.18%
Expenses Before Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursement 0.59% 0.60% 0.60% 0.61% 0.62%
Net investment income 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.01% 0.02%
(a) Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of a share on the first day and a sale on the last day of each year reported and includes reinvestment of distributions, if any, and does not reflect the effect of insurance contract charges. Total return does not reflect expenses associated with the separate account such as administrative fees, account charges and surrender charges which, if reflected, would reduce the total return for all years shown. Performance figures may reflect fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would be lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns may reflect adjustments to conform to generally accepted accounting principles.
(b) Less than $0.005 per share.
(c) Calculated based on average shares outstanding during the year.
19

Table of Contents
This page intentionally left blank

Table of Contents
This page intentionally left blank

Table of Contents
INVESTOR INFORMATION SERVICES:
Shareholder inquiries should be made by calling (800) 778-2255 or by writing to Advanced Series Trust at 655 Broad Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102. Additional information about the Portfolio is included in the SAI, which is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Additional information about the Portfolio’s investments is available in the Trust's annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. In the annual reports, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Portfolio's performance during its last fiscal year. The SAI and additional copies of annual and semi-annual reports are available without charge by calling the above number. The SAI and the annual and semi-annual reports are also available without charge on the Trust’s website at www.prudential.com/variableinsuranceportfolios .
Delivery of Prospectus and Other Documents to Households . To lower costs and eliminate duplicate documents sent to your address, the Trust, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, may begin mailing only one copy of the Trust's prospectus, prospectus supplements, annual and semi-annual reports, proxy statements and information statements, or any other required documents to your address even if more than one shareholder lives there. If you have previously consented to have any of these documents delivered to multiple investors at a shared address, as required by law, and you wish to revoke this consent or would otherwise prefer to continue to receive your own copy, you should call the number above, or write to the Trust at the above address. The Trust will begin sending individual copies to you within thirty days of revocation.
The information in the Trust's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (including the SAI) is available from the SEC. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of duplicating fees, by electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, DC 20549-0102. The information can also be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. Finally, information about the Trust is available on the EDGAR database on the SEC's internet site at www.sec.gov.
Investment Company File Act No. 811-05186
 
 
 
 
Advanced Series Trust
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION • September 12, 2016
This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) of Advanced Series Trust (the Trust) is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus of the Trust dated September 12, 2016, which can be obtained, without charge, by calling (800) 778-2255 or by writing to the Trust at 655 Broad Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102. This SAI has been incorporated by reference into the Trust's Prospectus. The Trust's audited financial statements are incorporated into this SAI by reference to the Trust's 2015 Annual Report (File No. 811-5186). You may request a copy of the Annual Report at no charge by calling the telephone number or writing to the address indicated above.
The portfolios of the Trust which are discussed in this SAI are noted on this front cover (each, a Portfolio, and together, the Portfolios).
AST Academic Strategies Asset
Allocation Portfolio
AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio
AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio
AST AQR Large-Cap Portfolio
AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio
AST BlackRock Global Strategies Portfolio
AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio
AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio
AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio
AST Bond Portfolio 2016
AST Bond Portfolio 2017
AST Bond Portfolio 2018
AST Bond Portfolio 2019
AST Bond Portfolio 2020
AST Bond Portfolio 2021
AST Bond Portfolio 2022
AST Bond Portfolio 2023
AST Bond Portfolio 2024
AST Bond Portfolio 2025
AST Bond Portfolio 2026
AST Bond Portfolio 2027
AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio
AST ClearBridge Dividend Growth Portfolio
AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio
AST Defensive Asset Allocation Portfolio
AST FI Pyramis ® Quantitative Portfolio
AST Global Real Estate Portfolio
AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio
AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio
AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio
AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio
AST Government Money Market Portfolio
AST High Yield Portfolio
AST Hotchkis & Wiley Large-Cap Value Portfolio
AST International Growth Portfolio
AST International Value Portfolio
AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio
AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio
AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio
AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio
AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio
AST MFS Growth Portfolio
AST MFS Large-Cap Value Portfolio
AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap
Value Portfolio
AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio
AST Parametric Emerging Markets
Equity Portfolio
AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio
AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio
AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio
AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio
AST QMA Large-Cap Portfolio
AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio
AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio
AST RCM World Trends Portfolio
AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio
AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio
AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio
AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio
AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio
AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio
AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio
AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio
AST Value Equity Portfolio
AST WEDGE Capital Mid-Cap Value Portfolio
AST Wellington Management Hedged
Equity Portfolio
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio
AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio

Table of Contents
3 PART I
3 INTRODUCTION
4 Trust PORTFOLIOS, INVESTMENT POLICIES & STRATEGIES
6 FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
22 NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
32 INFORMATION ABOUT TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS
39 MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORY ARRANGEMENTS
79 PORTFOLIO MANAGERS: OTHER ACCOUNTS
94 PORTFOLIO MANAGERS: COMPENSATION & CONFLICTS POLICIES
146 OTHER SERVICE PROVIDERS
151 PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS & BROKERAGE
160 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
165 PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
184 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
185 PART II
185 INVESTMENT RISKS & CONSIDERATIONS
213 NET ASSET VALUES
214 TAXATION
215 DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS
217 PROXY VOTING
218 CODES OF ETHICS
218 APPENDIX I: DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS
221 APPENDIX II: PROXY VOTING POLICIES OF THE SUBADVISERS


Table of Contents
PART I
INTRODUCTION
This SAI sets forth information about the Trust and the Portfolios covered by the SAI. Part I provides additional information about the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the Board), certain investments restrictions that apply to the Portfolios, the advisory services provided to and the management fees paid by the Trust, and information about other fees paid by and services provided to the Trust. Part II provides additional information about certain investments and investment strategies that may be used by the Portfolios and explanations of various investments and strategies which may be used by the Portfolios and explanations of these investments and strategies, and should be read in conjunction with Part I.
Before reading the SAI, you should consult the Glossary below, which defines certain of the terms used in the SAI:
Glossary  
Term Definition
ADR American Depositary Receipt
ADS American Depositary Share
ASTIS AST Investment Services, Inc.
Board Trust’s Board of Directors or Trustees
Board Member A trustee or director of the Trust’s Board
CFTC Commodity Futures Trading Commission
Code Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
EDR European Depositary Receipt
ETF Exchange-Traded Fund
Fannie Mae Federal National Mortgage Association
Fitch Fitch, Inc.
Freddie Mac The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
Global Depositary Receipt GDR
Ginnie Mae Government National Mortgage Association
IPO Initial Public Offering
IRS Internal Revenue Service
1933 Act Securities Act of 1933, as amended
1934 Act Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
1940 Act Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
LIBOR London Interbank Offered Rate
Moody’s Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.
NASDAQ National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System
NAV Net Asset Value
NYSE New York Stock Exchange
OTC Over the Counter
PI Prudential Investments LLC
PMFS Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC
REIT Real Estate Investment Trust
RIC Regulated Investment Company, as the term is used in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
S&P Standard & Poor’s Corporation
SEC US Securities & Exchange Commission
World Bank International Bank for Reconstruction and Development

3

Table of Contents
Trust PORTFOLIOS, INVESTMENT POLICIES & STRATEGIES
The Trust is an open-end management investment company (commonly known as a mutual fund) that is intended to provide a range of investment alternatives through its separate Portfolios, each of which is, for investment purposes, in effect a separate fund. The Portfolios offered by the Trust which are discussed in this SAI are set forth below:
AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio
AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio
AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio
AST AQR Large-Cap Portfolio
AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio
AST BlackRock Global Strategies Portfolio
AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio
AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio)
AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio)
AST Bond Portfolio 2016
AST Bond Portfolio 2017
AST Bond Portfolio 2018
AST Bond Portfolio 2019
AST Bond Portfolio 2020
AST Bond Portfolio 2021
AST Bond Portfolio 2022
AST Bond Portfolio 2023
AST Bond Portfolio 2024
AST Bond Portfolio 2025
AST Bond Portfolio 2026
AST Bond Portfolio 2027
AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio)
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio
AST ClearBridge Dividend Growth Portfolio
AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio
AST Defensive Asset Allocation Portfolio
AST FI Pyramis ® Quantitative Portfolio
AST Global Real Estate Portfolio
AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio
AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio
AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio
AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio
AST Government Money Market Portfolio
AST High Yield Portfolio
AST Hotchkis & Wiley Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio)
AST International Growth Portfolio
AST International Value Portfolio
AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio
AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio
AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio
AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio
AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio
AST MFS Growth Portfolio
AST MFS Large-Cap Value Portfolio
AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio
AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio
AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio
AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio
AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio

    4

Table of Contents
AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio
AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio
AST QMA Large-Cap Portfolio
AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio
AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio
AST RCM World Trends Portfolio
AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio
AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio
AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio
AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio
AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio
AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio
AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio
AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio
AST Value Equity Portfolio
AST WEDGE Capital Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio)
AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio
AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio
In addition to the Portfolios identified above, the Trust also offers the following portfolios, which are discussed in a separate prospectus (es) and separate SAI. Please consult the other prospectuses and SAI for information about these portfolios:
AST AB Global Bond Portfolio
AST BlackRock Multi-Asset Income Portfolio
AST Columbia Adaptive Risk Allocation Portfolio
AST Emerging Managers Diversified Portfolio
AST FQ Absolute Return Currency Portfolio
AST Franklin Templeton K2 Global Absolute Return Portfolio
AST Goldman Sachs Global Growth Allocation Portfolio
AST Goldman Sachs Global Income Portfolio
AST Goldman Sachs Strategic Income Portfolio
AST Jennison Global Infrastructure Portfolio
AST Legg Mason Diversified Growth Portfolio
AST Managed Alternatives Portfolio
AST Managed Equity Portfolio
AST Managed Fixed Income Portfolio
AST Morgan Stanley Multi-Asset Portfolio
AST Neuberger Berman Long/Short Portfolio
AST Prudential Flexible Multi-Strategy Portfolio
AST QMA International Core Equity Portfolio
AST T. Rowe Price Diversified Real Growth Portfolio
AST Wellington Management Global Bond Portfolio
AST Wellington Management Real Total Return Portfolio
The Trust offers one class of shares in each Portfolio. Shares of each Portfolio are sold only to separate accounts of Prudential Annuities Life Assurance Corporation, The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Pruco Life Insurance Company, Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey, Prudential Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company, Pramerica of Bermuda Life Assurance Company, Ltd. (collectively, Prudential), Kemper Investors Life Insurance Company, Allstate Life Insurance Company and Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York as investment options under variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts (the Contracts). (A separate account keeps the assets supporting certain insurance contracts separate from the general assets and liabilities of the insurance company.)
Not every Portfolio is available under each Contract. The prospectus for each Contract lists the Portfolios currently available under that particular Contract.
In order to sell shares to both Prudential and non-Prudential insurance companies, the Trust has obtained an exemptive order (the Order) from the SEC. The Trust and its Portfolios are managed in compliance with the terms and conditions of that Order.

5

Table of Contents
Prudential Investments LLC (PI) and AST Investment Services, Inc. (ASTIS), both wholly-owned subsidiaries of Prudential Financial, Inc. (Prudential Financial), serve as overall investment managers of the Portfolios covered by this SAI other than the AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio, the AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio, the AST Bond Portfolio 2026 and the AST Bond Portfolio 2027. PI serves as the sole investment manager for the AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio, the AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio, the AST Bond Portfolio 2026 and the AST Bond Portfolio 2027. When used in this SAI, the “Investment Managers” or “Manager” refers to (a) PI with respect to the AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio, the AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio, the AST Bond Portfolio 2026 and the AST Bond Portfolio 2027; and (b) PI and ASTIS, collectively, with respect to all other Portfolios covered by this SAI. Each of the Portfolios has a different investment objective. For this reason, each Portfolio will have different investment results and be subject to different financial and market risks. As discussed in the Prospectus, several of the Portfolios may invest in money market instruments and comparable securities as part of assuming a temporary defensive position. The investment objects of each Portfolio are discussed in the Prospectus.
Each of the Portfolios operated as funds-of-funds, as identified in the Prospectus, may engage in all of the investments and investment strategies discussed in Part II of this SAI, either by each such Portfolio's investments in an underlying fund or by investing the Portfolio's assets in the investments or strategies.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
Set forth below are certain investment restrictions applicable to the Portfolios. Fundamental restrictions may not be changed without a majority vote of shareholders as required by the 1940 Act. Non-fundamental restrictions may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval.
The investment restrictions set forth below are “fundamental” policies. More information regarding “fundamental” policies of the Portfolios and the requirements for changing such “fundamental” policies is set forth in this SAI under the caption “Investment Objectives, Policies and Principal Risks.”More information about the “non-fundamental” investment policies of the Portfolios is set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Investment Objectives and Policies.”
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO THE FOLLOWING PORTFOLIOS:
AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio
AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio
AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio
AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio
AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio
AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio
AST MFS Growth Portfolio
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio
AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio
AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio
AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio
AST Value Equity Portfolio
AST WEDGE Capital Mid-Cap Value Portfolio
1. No Portfolio may issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.
2. With respect to each Portfolio other than the AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio, no Portfolio may borrow money, except that a Portfolio may (i) borrow money for non-leveraging, temporary or emergency purposes, and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements and make other investments or engage in other transactions, which may involve a borrowing, in a manner consistent with the Portfolio's investment objective and policies; provided that the combination of (i) and (ii) shall not exceed 33  1 3 % of the value of the Portfolio's assets (including the amount borrowed) less liabilities (other than borrowings) or such other percentage permitted by law. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law. Subject to the above limitations, a Portfolio may borrow from persons to the extent permitted by applicable law, including the 1940 Act, or to the extent permitted by any exemption from the 1940 Act that may be granted by the SEC, or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance.

    6

Table of Contents
With respect only to the AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio, the Portfolio may not borrow money, except that the Portfolio may borrow money from banks provided that the Portfolio maintains a ratio of assets to borrowings at all times in the manner set forth in the 1940 Act. Notwithstanding the above limitation, the Portfolio may borrow money from any person to the extent permitted by applicable law, including the 1940 Act, or to the extent permitted by any exemption from the 1940 Act that may be granted by the SEC, or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance.
3. No Portfolio may underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that the Portfolio may be deemed to be an underwriter (within the meaning of the 1933 Act) in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.
4. No Portfolio may purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit a Portfolio from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or in securities of companies engaged in the real estate business.
5. No Portfolio may purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of the ownership of securities or instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit a Portfolio from (i) engaging in permissible options and futures transactions and forward foreign currency contracts in accordance with the Portfolio's investment policies, or (ii) investing in securities of any kind.
6. No Portfolio may make loans, except that a Portfolio may (i) lend portfolio securities in accordance with the Portfolio's investment policies in amounts up to 33  1 3 % of the total assets of the Portfolio taken at market value, (ii) purchase money market securities and enter into repurchase agreements, (iii) acquire publicly distributed or privately placed debt securities, and (iv) make loans of money to other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemption therefrom that may be granted by the SEC or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance.
7. No Portfolio other than the AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio may purchase any security if, as a result, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio's assets would be invested in the securities of issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry; provided that this restriction does not apply to investments in obligations issued or guaranteed by the US Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities (or repurchase agreements with respect thereto). The AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio will invest at least 25% of its total assets in securities of companies engaged in the real estate business.
8. No Portfolio other than the AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio may, with respect to 75% of the value of its total assets, purchase the securities of any issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the US Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result, (i) more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or (ii) more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer would be held by the Portfolio. The AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio may not, with respect to 50% of a Portfolio's total assets, invest in the securities of any one issuer (other than the US Government and its agencies and instrumentalities), if immediately after and as a result of such investment more than 5% of the total assets of the Portfolio would be invested in such issuer.
If a restriction on a Portfolio's investments is adhered to at the time an investment is made, a subsequent change in the percentage of Portfolio assets invested in certain securities or other instruments, or change in average duration of the Portfolio's investment portfolio, resulting from changes in the value of the Portfolio's total assets, will not be considered a violation of the restriction; provided, however, that the asset coverage requirement applicable to borrowings shall be maintained in the manner contemplated by applicable law.
With respect to investment restrictions (2) and (6), a Portfolio will not borrow or lend to any other fund unless it applies for and receives an exemptive order from the SEC, if so required, or the SEC issues rules permitting such transactions.
With respect to investment restriction (6), the restriction on making loans is not considered to limit a Portfolio's investments in loan participations and assignments.
With respect to investment restriction (7), the AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio and the AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio will not consider a bank-issued guaranty or financial guaranty insurance as a separate security for purposes of determining the percentage of the Portfolios' assets invested in the securities of issuers in a particular industry.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO THE FOLLOWING PORTFOLIOS:
AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio
AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio
AST Government Money Market Portfolio
AST High Yield Portfolio
AST Hotchkis & Wiley Large-Cap Value Portfolio

7

Table of Contents
1. A Portfolio will not underwrite securities issued by others except to the extent that the Portfolio may be deemed an underwriter when purchasing or selling securities.
2. A Portfolio will not issue senior securities.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO THE FOLLOWING PORTFOLIOS:
AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio
AST FI Pyramis ® Quantitative Portfolio
AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio
AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio
AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio
AST RCM World Trends Portfolio
AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio
Under its fundamental investment restrictions, each Portfolio may not:
1. Issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.
2. Borrow money, except that a Portfolio may (i) borrow money for non-leveraging, temporary or emergency purposes, and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements and make other investments or engage in other transactions, which may involve a borrowing, in a manner consistent with the Portfolio's investment objective and policies; provided that the combination of (i) and (ii) shall not exceed 33  1 3 % of the value of the Portfolio's assets (including the amount borrowed) less liabilities (other than borrowings) or such other percentage permitted by law. Any borrowings that come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law. Subject to the above limitations, a Portfolio may borrow from persons to the extent permitted by applicable law, including the 1940 Act, or to the extent permitted by any exemption from the 1940 Act that may be granted by the SEC, or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance.
3. Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that a Portfolio may be deemed to be an underwriter (within the meaning of the 1933 Act) in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.
4. Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit a Portfolio from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or in securities of companies engaged in the real estate business.
5. Purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of the ownership of securities or instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit a Portfolio from (i) engaging in permissible options and futures transactions and forward foreign currency contracts in accordance with the Portfolio's investment policies, or (ii) investing in securities of any kind.
6. Make loans, except that a Portfolio may (i) lend portfolio securities in accordance with the Portfolio's investment policies in amounts up to 33  1 3 % of the total assets of the Portfolio taken at market value, (ii) purchase money market securities and enter into repurchase agreements, (iii) acquire publicly distributed or privately placed debt securities, and (iv) make loans of money to other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemption therefrom that may be granted by the SEC or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance.
7. Purchase any security if, as a result, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio's assets would be invested in the securities of issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry; provided that this restriction does not apply to investments in obligations issued or guaranteed by the US Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities or to municipal securities (or repurchase agreements with respect thereto). For purposes of this limitation, investments in other investment companies shall not be considered an investment in any particular industry.
8. With respect to 75% of the value of its total assets, purchase the securities of any issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the US Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result, (i) more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or (ii) more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer would be held by the Portfolio.

    8

Table of Contents
If a restriction on a Portfolio's investments is adhered to at the time an investment is made, a subsequent change in the percentage of the Portfolio assets invested in certain securities or other instruments, or change in average duration of the Portfolio's investment portfolio, resulting from changes in the value of the Portfolio's total assets, will not be considered a violation of the restriction; provided, however, that the asset coverage requirement applicable to borrowings shall be maintained in the manner contemplated by applicable law.
With respect to investment restriction (6), the restriction on making loans is not considered to limit Portfolio's investments in loan participations and assignments.
With respect to investment restriction (7), a Portfolio will not consider a bank-issued guaranty or financial guaranty insurance as a separate security for purposes of determining the percentage of the Portfolio's assets invested in the securities of issuers in a particular industry.
With respect to investment restrictions (2) and (6), a Portfolio will not borrow or lend to any other fund unless it applies for and receives an exemptive order from the SEC, if so required, or the SEC issues rules permitting such transactions.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO THE FOLLOWING PORTFOLIOS:
AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio
AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio
AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio
AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio
Under its fundamental investment restrictions, each Portfolio may not:
1. Issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.
2. The Portfolios may not borrow money, except to the extent permitted by applicable law from time to time. Note: The 1940 Act currently permits an open-end investment company to borrow money from a bank so long as the ratio which the value of the total assets of the investment company (including the amount of any such borrowing), less the amount of all liabilities and indebtedness (other than such borrowing) of the investment company, bears to the amount of such borrowing is at least 300%. An open-end investment company may also borrow money from other lenders in accordance with applicable law and positions of the SEC and its staff. The Portfolio may engage in reverse repurchase arrangements without limit, subject to applicable requirements related to segregation of assets.
3. Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that a Portfolio may be deemed to be an underwriter (within the meaning of the 1933 Act) in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.
4. Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit a Portfolio from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or in securities of companies engaged in the real estate business.
5. Purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of the ownership of securities or instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit a Portfolio from (i) engaging in permissible options and futures transactions and forward foreign currency contracts in accordance with the Asset Allocation Portfolio's investment policies, or (ii) investing in securities of any kind.
6. Make loans, except that a Portfolio may (i) lend portfolio securities in accordance with the Portfolio's investment policies in amounts up to 33  1 3 % of the total assets of the Portfolio taken at market value, (ii) purchase money market securities and enter into repurchase agreements, (iii) acquire publicly distributed or privately placed debt securities, and (iv) make loans of money to other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemption therefrom that may be granted by the SEC or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance.
7. Purchase any security if, as a result, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio's assets would be invested in the securities of issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry; provided that this restriction does not apply to investments in obligations issued or guaranteed by the US Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities or to municipal securities (or repurchase agreements with respect thereto). For purposes of this limitation, investments in other investment companies shall not be considered an investment in any particular industry.

9

Table of Contents
If a restriction on a Portfolio's investments is adhered to at the time an investment is made, a subsequent change in the percentage of the Portfolio's assets invested in certain securities or other instruments, or change in average duration of the Portfolio's investment portfolio, resulting from changes in the value of the Portfolio's total assets, will not be considered a violation of the restriction; provided, however, that the asset coverage requirement applicable to borrowings shall be maintained in the manner contemplated by applicable law.
With respect to investment restrictions (2) and (6), a Portfolio will not borrow or lend to any other fund unless it applies for and receives an exemptive order from the SEC, if so required, or the SEC issues rules permitting such transactions.
With respect to investment restriction (6), the restriction on making loans is not considered to limit an Asset Allocation Portfolio's investments in loan participations and assignments.
With respect to investment restriction (7), each Portfolio will not consider a bank-issued guaranty or financial guaranty insurance as a separate security for purposes of determining the percentage of the Asset Allocation Portfolio's assets invested in the securities of issuers in a particular industry.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO AST INTERNATIONAL GROWTH PORTFOLIO:
1. The Portfolio may borrow money for temporary or emergency purposes (not for leveraging or investment) in an amount not exceeding 33  1 3 % of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) less liabilities (other than borrowings). If borrowings exceed 33  1 3 % of the value of the Portfolio's total assets by reason of a decline in net assets, the Portfolio will reduce its borrowings within three business days to the extent necessary to comply with the 33  1 3 % limitation. This policy shall not prohibit reverse repurchase agreements, deposits of assets to margin or guarantee positions in futures, options, swaps or forward contracts, or the segregation of assets in connection with such contracts. Subject to the above limitations, the Portfolio may borrow from persons to the extent permitted by applicable law, including the 1940 Act, or to the extent permitted by any exemption from the 1940 Act that may be granted by the SEC, or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance.
2. The Portfolio will not, as to 75% of the value of its total assets, own more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer, or purchase the securities of any one issuer (except cash items and “government securities” as defined under the 1940 Act), if immediately after and as a result of such purchase, the value of the holdings of the Portfolio in the securities of such issuer exceeds 5% of the value of its total assets.
3. The Portfolio will not invest more than 25% of the value of its assets in any particular industry (other than US government securities).
4. The Portfolio will not invest directly in real estate or interests in real estate; however, the Portfolio may own debt or equity securities issued by companies engaged in those businesses.
5. The Portfolio will not purchase or sell physical commodities other than foreign currencies unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities (but this limitation shall not prevent the Portfolio from purchasing or selling options, futures, swaps and forward contracts or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities).
6. The Portfolio may not make loans, except that the Portfolio may (i) lend portfolio securities in accordance with the Portfolio's investment policies in amounts up to 33  1 3 % of the total assets of the Portfolio taken at market value; (ii) purchase money market securities and enter into repurchase agreements; (iii) acquire publicly distributed or privately placed debt securities; and (iv) make loans of money to other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemption therefrom that may be granted by the SEC or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance.
7. The Portfolio will not act as an underwriter of securities issued by others, except to the extent that the Portfolio may be deemed an underwriter in connection with the disposition of its securities.
8. The Portfolio will not issue senior securities except in compliance with the 1940 Act.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO AST SMALL-CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO:
The following fundamental policies should be read in connection with the notes set forth below. The notes are not fundamental policies. As a matter of fundamental policy, the Portfolio may not:
1. Borrow money except that the Portfolio may (i) borrow for non-leveraging, temporary or emergency purposes and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements and make other investments or engage in other transactions, which may involve a borrowing, in a manner consistent with the Portfolio's investment objective and program, provided that the combination of (i) and (ii) shall not exceed

    10

Table of Contents
33  1 3 % of the value of the Portfolio's total assets (including the amount borrowed) less liabilities (other than borrowings) or such other percentage permitted by law. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law. The Portfolio may borrow from persons to the extent permitted by applicable law including the 1940 Act, or to the extent permitted by any exemption from the 1940 Act that may be granted by the SEC, or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance;
2. Purchase or sell physical commodities; except that it may enter into futures contracts and options thereon;
3. Purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities of issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry;
4. Make loans, although the Portfolio may (i) lend portfolio securities and participate in an interfund lending program to the extent permitted by applicable law, provided that no such loan may be made if, as a result, the aggregate of such loans would exceed 33  1 3 % of the value of the Portfolio's total assets; (ii) purchase money market securities and enter into repurchase agreements; (iii) acquire publicly-distributed or privately-placed debt securities and purchase debt; and (iv) make loans of money to other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemption therefrom that may be granted by the SEC or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance;
5. Purchase a security if, as a result, with respect to 75% of the value of its total assets, more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities of a single issuer, except securities issued or guaranteed by the US Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities;
6. Purchase a security if, as a result, with respect to 75% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets, more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer would be held by the Portfolio (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the US Government, its agencies or instrumentalities);
7. Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the Portfolio from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or in securities of companies engaged in the real estate business);
8. Issue senior securities except in compliance with the 1940 Act; or
9. Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that the Portfolio may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the 1933 Act in connection with the purchase and sale of its portfolio securities in the ordinary course of pursuing its investment program.
Notes: The following notes should be read in connection with the above-described fundamental policies. The notes are not fundamental policies.
With respect to investment restrictions (1) and (4), the Portfolio will not borrow from or lend to any other fund unless it applies for and receives an exemptive order from the SEC, if so required, or the SEC issues rules permitting such transactions.
With respect to investment restriction (2), the Portfolio does not consider currency contracts or hybrid investments to be commodities.
For purposes of investment restriction (3), US, state or local governments, or related agencies or instrumentalities, are not considered an industry.
For purposes of investment restriction (4), the Portfolio will consider the acquisition of a debt security to include the execution of a note or other evidence of an extension of credit with a term of more than nine months.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO AST INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO:
As a matter of fundamental policy, the Portfolio will not:
1. Make loans of money or securities other than (a) through the purchase of securities in accordance with the Portfolio's investment objective, (b) through repurchase agreements, (c) by lending portfolio securities in an amount not to exceed 33  1 3 % of the Portfolio's total assets and (d) loans of money to other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemptions therefrom that may be granted by the SEC or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance;
2. Underwrite securities issued by others except to the extent that the Portfolio may be deemed an underwriter when purchasing or selling securities;

11

Table of Contents
3. Issue senior securities;
4. Invest directly in physical commodities (other than foreign currencies), real estate or interests in real estate; provided, that the Portfolio may invest in securities of issuers which invest in physical commodities, real estate or interests in real estate; and, provided further, that this restriction shall not prevent the Portfolio from purchasing or selling options, futures, swaps and forward contracts, or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities, real estate or interests in real estate;
5. Make any investment which would concentrate 25% or more of the Portfolio's total assets in the securities of issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that this limitation does not apply to obligations issued or guaranteed by the US government, its agencies or instrumentalities;
6. Borrow money except from persons to the extent permitted by applicable law, including the 1940 Act, or to the extent permitted by any exemption from the 1940 Act that may be granted by the SEC, or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance, and then in amounts up to 33  1 3 % of the Portfolio's total assets;
7. As to 75% of the value of its total assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets, at market value, in the securities of any one issuer (except securities issued or guaranteed by the US Government, its agencies or instrumentalities); or
8. As to 75% of the value of its total assets, purchase more than 10% of any class of securities of any single issuer or purchase more than 10% of the voting securities of any single issuer.
In applying the above restriction regarding investments in a single industry, the Portfolio uses industry classifications based, where applicable, on Baseline, Bridge Information Systems, Reuters, the S&P Stock Guide published by Standard & Poor's, information obtained from Bloomberg L.P. and Moody's International, and/or the prospectus of the issuing company. Selection of an appropriate industry classification resource will be made by the subadviser in the exercise of its reasonable discretion. (This note is not a fundamental policy.)
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO AST T. ROWE PRICE NATURAL RESOURCES PORTFOLIO:
The following fundamental policies should be read in connection with the notes set forth below. The notes are not fundamental policies. As a matter of fundamental policy, the Portfolio may not:
1. Borrow money except that the Portfolio may (i) borrow for non-leveraging, temporary or emergency purposes and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements and make other investments or engage in other transactions, which may involve a borrowing, in a manner consistent with the Portfolio's investment objective and program, provided that the combination of (i) and (ii) shall not exceed 33  1 3 % of the value of the Portfolio's total assets (including the amount borrowed) less liabilities (other than borrowings) or such other percentage permitted by law. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law. The Portfolio may borrow from persons to the extent permitted by applicable law, including the 1940 Act, or to the extent permitted by any exemption from the 1940 Act that may be granted by the SEC, or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance;
2. Purchase or sell physical commodities; except that it may enter into futures contracts and options thereon;
3. Purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities of issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry;
4. Make loans, although the Portfolio may (i) lend portfolio securities provided that no such loan may be made if, as a result, the aggregate of such loans would exceed 33  1 3 % of the value of the Portfolio's total assets; (ii) make loans of money to other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemption therefrom that may be granted by the SEC, or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance; (iii) purchase money market securities and enter into repurchase agreements; and (iv) acquire publicly-distributed or privately-placed debt securities and purchase debt;
5. Purchase a security if, as a result, with respect to 75% of the value of its total assets, more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities of a single issuer, except securities issued or guaranteed by the US Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities;
6. Purchase a security if, as a result, with respect to 75% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets, more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer would be held by the Portfolio (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the US Government, its agencies or instrumentalities);

    12

Table of Contents
7. Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the Portfolio from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or in securities of companies engaged in the real estate business);
8. Issue senior securities except in compliance with the 1940 Act; or
9. Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that the Portfolio may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the 1933 Act in connection with the purchase and sale of its portfolio securities in the ordinary course of pursuing its investment program.
Notes: The following notes should be read in connection with the above-described fundamental policies. The notes are not fundamental policies.
With respect to investment restriction (2), the Portfolio does not consider currency contracts or hybrid investments to be commodities.
For purposes of investment restriction (3), US, state or local governments, or related agencies or instrumentalities, are not considered an industry. Industries are determined by reference to the classifications of industries set forth in the Portfolio's semi-annual and annual reports.
For purposes of investment restriction (4), the Portfolio will consider the acquisition of a debt security to include the execution of a note or other evidence of an extension of credit with a term of more than nine months.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO AST GOLDMAN SACHS LARGE-CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO:
1. As to 75% of the value of its total assets, the Portfolio will not purchase a security of any issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the US Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities, or securities of other investment companies) if as a result, (a) more than 5% of the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities of that issuer, or (b) the Portfolio would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer.
2. The Portfolio may not make loans, except that the Portfolio may (i) lend portfolio securities in accordance with the Portfolio's investment policies in amounts up to 33  1 3 % of the total assets of the Portfolio taken at market value; (ii) purchase money market securities and enter into repurchase agreements; (iii) acquire publicly distributed or privately placed debt securities; and (iv) make loans of money to other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemption there from that may be granted by the SEC or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance.
3. The Portfolio will not concentrate its investments in any one industry (the Portfolio's investment policy of keeping its assets in those securities which are selling at the most reasonable prices in relation to value normally results in diversification among many industries—consistent with this, the Portfolio does not intend to invest more than 25% of its assets in any one industry classification used by the Subadviser for investment purposes, although such concentration could, under unusual economic and market conditions, amount to 30% or conceivably somewhat more).
4. The Portfolio will not borrow money except from persons to the extent permitted by applicable law including the 1940 Act, or to the extent permitted by any exemption from the 1940 Act that may be granted by the SEC, or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance, and then in amounts not in excess of 33  1 3 % of its total assets. The Portfolio may borrow at prevailing interest rates and invest the Portfolios in additional securities. The Portfolio's borrowings are limited so that immediately after such borrowing the value of the Portfolio's assets (including borrowings) less its liabilities (not including borrowings) is at least three times the amount of the borrowings. Should the Portfolio, for any reason, have borrowings that do not meet the above test then, within three business days, the Portfolio must reduce such borrowings so as to meet the necessary test. Under such a circumstance, the Portfolio may have to liquidate securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so.
5. The Portfolio will not purchase or sell real estate (although it may purchase securities secured by real estate interests or interests therein, or issued by companies or investment trusts which invest in real estate or interests therein).
6. The Portfolio will not invest directly in oil, gas, or other mineral exploration or development programs; however, the Portfolio may purchase securities of issuers whose principal business activities fall within such areas.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO AST HOTCHKIS & WILEY LARGE-CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO:
As a matter of fundamental policy, the Portfolio may not:

13

Table of Contents
1. Borrow money except from persons to the extent permitted by applicable law including the Investment Company Act of 1940, or to the extent permitted by any exemption from the 1940 Act that may be granted by the SEC, or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance, in excess of 33  1 3 % of the value of its total net assets, and when borrowing, it is for temporary or emergency purposes;
2. Buy or sell real estate, commodities, commodity contracts (however, the Portfolio may purchase securities of companies investing in real estate);
3. Purchase securities if the purchase would cause the Portfolio, at the time, with respect to 75% of its total assets, to have more than 5% of its total assets invested in the securities of any one company or to own more than 10% of the voting securities of any one company (except obligations issued or guaranteed by the US Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities, or securities of other investment companies);
4. Make loans, except that the Portfolio may (i) lend portfolio securities in accordance with the Portfolio's investment policies in amounts up to 33  1 3 % of the total assets of the Portfolio taken at market value; (ii) purchase money market securities and enter into repurchase agreements; (iii) acquire publicly distributed or privately placed debt securities; and (iv) make loans of money to other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemption therefrom that may be granted by the SEC or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance; or
5. Invest more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio's assets in one particular industry.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO AST T. ROWE PRICE ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO:
The following fundamental policies should be read in connection with the notes set forth below. The notes are not fundamental policies. As a matter of fundamental policy, the Portfolio may not:
1. Borrow money except that the Portfolio may (i) borrow for non-leveraging, temporary or emergency purposes and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements and make other investments or engage in other transactions, which may or may be deemed to involve a borrowing, in a manner consistent with the Portfolio's investment objective and policies, provided that the combination of (i) and (ii) shall not exceed 33  1 3 % of the value of the Portfolio's total assets (including the amount borrowed) less liabilities (other than borrowings) or such other percentage permitted by law. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law. The Portfolio may borrow from persons to the extent permitted by applicable law, including the 1940 Act, or to the extent permitted by any exemption from the 1940 Act that may be granted by the SEC, or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance;
2. Purchase or sell physical commodities; except that it may enter into futures contracts and options thereon;
3. Purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities of issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry;
4. Make loans, although the Portfolio may (i) purchase money market securities and enter into repurchase agreements; (ii) acquire publicly-distributed or privately placed debt securities and purchase debt; (iii) lend portfolio securities provided that no such loan may be made if, as a result, the aggregate of such loans would exceed 33  1 3 % of the value of the Portfolio's total assets; and (iv) make loans of money to other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemption there from that may be granted by the SEC or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance;
5. Purchase a security if, as a result, with respect to 75% of the value of its total assets, more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities of a single issuer, except securities issued or guaranteed by the US government, or any of its agencies or instrumentalities;
6. Purchase a security if, as a result, with respect to 75% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets, more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer would be held by the Portfolio (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the US government, its agencies or instrumentalities);
7. Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the Portfolio from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business);
8. Issue senior securities except in compliance with the 1940 Act; or

    14

Table of Contents
9. Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that the Portfolio may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the 1933 Act in connection with the purchase and sale of its portfolio securities in the ordinary course of pursuing its investment program.
Notes: The following notes should be read in connection with the above described fundamental policies. The notes are not fundamental policies.
With respect to investment restrictions (1) and (4), the Portfolio will not borrow or lend to any other fund unless it applies for and receives an exemptive order from the SEC, if so required, or the SEC issues rules permitting such transactions.
With respect to investment restriction (2), the Portfolio does not consider currency contracts on hybrid investments to be commodities.
For the purposes of investment restriction (3), United States federal, state or local governments, or related agencies and instrumentalities, are not considered an industry. Foreign governments are considered an industry.
For purposes of investment restriction (4), the Portfolio will consider the acquisition of a debt security to include the execution of a note or other evidence of an extension of credit with a term of more than nine months.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO AST TEMPLETON GLOBAL BOND PORTFOLIO:
As a matter of fundamental policy, the Portfolio may not:
1. Borrow money, except for temporary, extraordinary or emergency purposes or except in connection with reverse repurchase agreements provided that the Portfolio maintains asset coverage of 300% for all borrowings. Subject to the above limitations, the Portfolio may borrow from persons to the extent permitted by applicable law including the 1940 Act, or to the extent permitted by any exemption from the 1940 Act that may be granted by the SEC, or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance;
2. Purchase or sell real estate (except that the Portfolio may invest in (i) securities of companies which deal in real estate or mortgages, and (ii) securities secured by real estate or interests therein, and that the Portfolio reserves freedom of action to hold and to sell real estate acquired as a result of the Portfolio's ownership of securities) or purchase or sell physical commodities or contracts relating to physical commodities;
3. Act as underwriter of securities issued by others, except to the extent that it may be deemed an underwriter in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities of the Portfolio;
4. Make loans to other persons, except (a) loans of portfolio securities, (b) to the extent the entry into repurchase agreements and the purchase of debt securities in accordance with its investment objectives and investment policies may be deemed to be loans, and (c) loans of money to other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemption therefrom that may be granted by the SEC or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance;
5. Issue senior securities except in compliance with the 1940 Act; or
6. Purchase any securities which would cause more than 25% of the market value of its total assets at the time of such purchase to be invested in the securities of one or more issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that there is no limitation with respect to investments in obligations issued or guaranteed by the US Government, its agencies or instrumentalities (for the purposes of this restriction, telephone companies are considered to be in a separate industry from gas and electric public utilities, and wholly-owned finance companies are considered to be in the industry of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of their parents).
Notes: The following notes should be read in connection with the above described fundamental policies. The notes are not fundamental policies.
For purposes of investment restriction (4), the Portfolio will consider the acquisition of a debt security to include the execution of a note or other evidence of an extension of credit with a term of more than nine months.
For purposes of investment restriction (6), US, state or local governments, or related agencies or instrumentalities, are not considered an industry. It is the position of the Staff of the SEC that foreign governments are industries for purposes of this restriction. For as long as this staff position is in effect, the Portfolio will not invest more than 25% of its total assets in the securities of any single governmental issuer. For purposes of this restriction, governmental entities are considered separate issuers.

15

Table of Contents
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO AST HIGH YIELD PORTFOLIO:
1. The Portfolio will not borrow money except for temporary, extraordinary or emergency purposes and then only from persons to the extent permitted by applicable law including the 1940 Act, or to the extent permitted by any exemption from the 1940 Act that may be granted by the SEC, or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance, and only in amounts not in excess of 33  1 3 % of the value of its net assets, taken at the lower of cost or market. In addition, to meet redemption requests without immediately selling portfolio securities, the Portfolio may borrow up to one-third of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) less its liabilities (not including borrowings, but including the current fair market value of any securities carried in open short positions). This practice is not for investment leverage but solely to facilitate management of the portfolio by enabling the Portfolio to meet redemption requests when the liquidation of portfolio securities is deemed to be inconvenient or disadvantageous. If, due to market fluctuations or other reasons, the value of the Portfolio's assets falls below 300% of its borrowings, it will reduce its borrowings within three business days.
2. The Portfolio will not invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one issuer (except cash and cash instruments, securities issued or guaranteed by the US government, its agencies, or instrumentalities, or instruments secured by these money market instruments, such as repurchase agreements).
3. The Portfolio will not purchase or sell real estate, although it may invest in marketable securities secured by real estate or interests in real estate, and it may invest in the marketable securities of companies investing or dealing in real estate.
4. The Portfolio will not purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts or oil, gas, or other mineral exploration or development programs. However, it may invest in the marketable securities of companies investing in or sponsoring such programs.
5. The Portfolio may not make loans, except that the Portfolio may (i) lend portfolio securities in accordance with the Portfolio's investment policies in amounts up to 33  1 3 % of the total assets of the Portfolio taken at market value; (ii) purchase money market securities and enter into repurchase agreements; (iii) acquire publicly distributed or privately placed debt securities; and (iv) make loans of money to other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemption there from that may be granted by the SEC or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance.
6. The Portfolio will not invest more than 25% of the value of its total assets in one industry. However, for temporary defensive purposes, the Portfolio may at times invest more than that percentage in: cash and cash items; securities issued or guaranteed by the US government, its agencies, or instrumentalities; or instruments secured by these money market instruments, such as repurchase agreements.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO AST BLACKROCK/LOOMIS SAYLES BOND PORTFOLIO:
1. The Portfolio will not invest in a security if, as a result of such investment, more than 25% of its total assets (taken at market value at the time of investment) would be invested in securities of issuers of a particular industry, except that this restriction does not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the US government or its agencies or instrumentalities (or repurchase agreements with respect thereto);
2. The Portfolio will not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest in a security if, as a result of such investment, more than 5% of its total assets (taken at market value at the time of investment) would be invested in the securities of any one issuer, except that this restriction does not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the US government or its agencies or instrumentalities (or repurchase agreements with respect thereto);
3. The Portfolio will not, with respect to 75% of its assets, invest in a security if, as a result of such investment, it would hold more than 10% (taken at the time of investment) of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer;
4. The Portfolio will not purchase or sell real estate (although it may purchase securities secured by real estate or interests therein, or securities issued by companies which invest in real estate, or interests therein);
5. The Portfolio will not purchase or sell commodities contracts or oil, gas or mineral programs. This restriction shall not prohibit the Portfolio, subject to restrictions stated in the Trust’s Prospectus and elsewhere in this Statement, from purchasing, selling or entering into futures contracts, options on futures contracts, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currency options, or any interest rate, securities related or foreign currency-related hedging instrument, including swap agreements and other derivative instruments, subject to compliance with any applicable provisions of the federal securities laws or commodities laws;
6. The Portfolio will not borrow money, issue senior securities, pledge, mortgage, hypothecate its assets, except that the Portfolio may (i) borrow from persons to the extent permitted by applicable law including the 1940 Act, or to the extent permitted by any exemption from the 1940 Act that may be granted by the SEC, or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance, or

    16

Table of Contents
enter into reverse repurchase agreements, or employ similar investment techniques, and pledge its assets in connection therewith, but only if immediately after each borrowing there is an asset coverage of 300% and (ii) enter into transactions in options, futures and options on futures and other derivative instruments as described in the Trust’s Prospectus and this Statement (the deposit of assets in escrow in connection with the writing of covered put and call options and the purchase of securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, collateral arrangements with respect to initial or variation margin deposits for future contracts and commitments entered into under swap agreements or other derivative instruments, will not be deemed to be pledges of the Portfolio's assets);
7. The Portfolio will not lend funds or other assets, except that the Portfolio may, consistent with its investment objective and policies: (a) invest in debt obligations, including bonds, debentures or other debt securities, bankers' acceptances and commercial paper, even though the purchase of such obligations may be deemed to be the making of a loan, (b) enter into repurchase agreements, (c) lend its Portfolio securities in an amount not to exceed one-third the value of its total assets, provided such loans are and in accordance with applicable guidelines established by the SEC; and (d) make loans of money to other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemption there from that may be granted by the SEC or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO AST BLACKROCK LOW DURATION BOND PORTFOLIO:
As a matter of fundamental policy, the Portfolio may not:
1. Invest in a security if, as a result of such investment, more than 25% of its total assets (taken at market value at the time of such investment) would be invested in the securities of issuers in any particular industry, except that this restriction does not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the US Government or its agencies or instrumentalities (or repurchase agreements with respect thereto);
2. With respect to 75% of its assets, invest in a security if, as a result of such investment, more than 5% of its total assets (taken at market value at the time of such investment) would be invested in securities of any one issuer, except that this restriction does not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the US Government or its agencies or instrumentalities;
3. With respect to 75% of its assets, invest in a security if, as a result of such investment, it would hold more than 10% (taken at the time of such investment) of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer;
4. Purchase or sell real estate (although it may purchase securities secured by real estate or interests therein, or securities issued by companies which invest in real estate, or interests therein);
5. Purchase or sell commodities or commodities contracts or oil, gas or mineral programs. This restriction shall not prohibit the Portfolio, subject to restrictions described in the Prospectus and elsewhere in this Statement, from purchasing, selling or entering into futures contracts, options, or any interest rate, securities-related or foreign currency-related hedging instrument, including swap agreements and other derivative instruments, subject to compliance with any applicable provisions of the federal securities or commodities laws;
6. Borrow money, issue senior securities, or pledge, mortgage or hypothecate its assets, except that the Portfolio may (i) borrow from persons to the extent permitted by applicable law including the 1940 Act, or to the extent permitted by any exemption from the 1940 Act that may be granted by the SEC, or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance, or enter into reverse repurchase agreements, or employ similar investment techniques, and pledge its assets in connection therewith, but only if immediately after each borrowing there is asset coverage of 300% and (ii) enter into transactions in options, futures and options on futures and other derivative instruments as described in the Prospectus and in this Statement (the deposit of assets in escrow in connection with the writing of covered put and call options and the purchase of securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, collateral arrangements with respect to initial or variation margin deposits for futures contracts and commitments entered into under swap agreements or other derivative instruments, will not be deemed to be pledges of the Portfolio assets);
7. Lend any funds or other assets, except that a Portfolio may, consistent with its investment objective and policies: (a) invest in debt obligations, including bonds, debentures or other debt securities, banker' acceptance and commercial paper, even though the purchase of such obligations may be deemed to be the making of loans, (b) enter into repurchase agreements, (c) lend its portfolio securities in an amount not to exceed one-third of the value of its total assets, provided such loans are made in accordance with applicable guidelines established by the SEC; and (d) make loans of money to other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemption therefrom that may be granted by the SEC or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance.

17

Table of Contents
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO AST GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO:
1. The Portfolio will not purchase a security if as a result, the Portfolio would own more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any issuer.
2. As to 75% of the value of its total assets, the Portfolio will not invest more than 5% of its total assets, at market value, in the securities of any one issuer (except securities issued or guaranteed by the US Government, its agencies or instrumentalities).
3. The Portfolio will not purchase a security if as a result, more than 25% of its total assets, at market value, would be invested in the securities of issuers principally engaged in the same industry (except securities issued or guaranteed by the US Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, negotiable certificates of deposit, time deposits, and bankers' acceptances of United States branches of United States banks).
4. The Portfolio will not enter into reverse repurchase agreements exceeding in the aggregate one-third of the market value of the Portfolio's total assets, less liabilities other than obligations created by reverse repurchase agreements.
5. The Portfolio will not borrow money, except from persons to the extent permitted by applicable law including the Investment Company Act of 1940, or to the extent permitted by any exemption from the 1940 Act that may be granted by the SEC, or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance, for temporary, extraordinary or emergency purposes and then only in amounts not to exceed 33  1 3 % of the value of the Portfolio's total assets, taken at cost, at the time of such borrowing. The Portfolio may not mortgage, pledge or hypothecate any assets except in connection with any such borrowing. The Portfolio will not purchase securities while borrowings exceed 5% of the Portfolio's total assets. This borrowing provision is included to facilitate the orderly sale of securities, for example, in the event of abnormally heavy redemption requests, and is not for investment purposes and shall not apply to reverse repurchase agreements.
6. The Portfolio will not make loans, except through purchasing or holding debt obligations, or entering into repurchase agreements, or loans of Portfolio securities in accordance with the Portfolio's investment objectives and policies, or making loans of money to other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemption there from that may be granted by the SEC or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance.
7. The Portfolio will not purchase or sell puts, calls, straddles, spreads, or any combination thereof; real estate; commodities; or commodity contracts or interests in oil, gas or mineral exploration or development programs. However, the Portfolio may purchase bonds or commercial paper issued by companies which invest in real estate or interests therein including real estate investment trusts.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO THE FOLLOWING PORTFOLIOS:
AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio
AST AQR Large-Cap Portfolio
AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio
AST Bond Portfolio 2016
AST Bond Portfolio 2017
AST Bond Portfolio 2018
AST Bond Portfolio 2019
AST Bond Portfolio 2020
AST Bond Portfolio 2021
AST Bond Portfolio 2022
AST Bond Portfolio 2023
AST Bond Portfolio 2024
AST Bond Portfolio 2025
AST Bond Portfolio 2026
AST Bond Portfolio 2027
AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio
AST ClearBridge Dividend Growth Portfolio
AST Defensive Asset Allocation Portfolio
AST Global Real Estate Portfolio
AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio
AST MFS Large-Cap Value Portfolio
AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio
AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio

    18

Table of Contents
AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio
AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio
AST QMA Large-Cap Portfolio
AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio
AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio
Under its fundamental investment restrictions, each Portfolio may not:
1. Issue senior securities or borrow money or pledge its assets, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and rules thereunder, exemptive order, SEC release, no-action letter or similar relief or interpretations. For purposes of this restriction, the purchase or sale of securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, short sales, derivative and hedging transactions such as interest rate swap transactions, and collateral arrangements with respect thereto, and transactions similar to any of the foregoing and collateral arrangements with respect thereto, and obligations of a Portfolio to Trustees pursuant to any deferred compensation arrangements are not deemed to be a pledge of assets or the issuance of a senior security.
2. Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that a Portfolio may be deemed to be an underwriter (within the meaning of the 1933 Act) in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.
3. Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit a Portfolio from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or in securities of companies engaged in the real estate business.
4. Purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of the ownership of securities or instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit a Portfolio from (i) engaging in permissible options and futures transactions and forward foreign currency contracts in accordance with the Portfolio's investment policies, or (ii) investing in securities of any kind.
5. Make loans, except that a Portfolio may (i) lend portfolio securities in accordance with the Portfolio's investment policies in amounts up to 33  1 3 % of the total assets of the Portfolio taken at market value, (ii) purchase money market securities and enter into repurchase agreements, (iii) acquire publicly distributed or privately placed debt securities, and (iv) make loans of money to other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemption there from that may be granted by the SEC or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance.
6. Purchase any security if, as a result, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio's assets would be invested in the securities of issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry; provided that this restriction does not apply to investments in obligations issued or guaranteed by the US Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities or to municipal securities (or repurchase agreements with respect thereto). For purposes of this limitation, investments in other investment companies shall not be considered an investment in any particular industry.
7. With respect to 75% of the value of its total assets, purchase the securities of any issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the US Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result, (i) more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or (ii) more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer would be held by the Portfolio.
If a restriction on a Portfolio's investments is adhered to at the time an investment is made, a subsequent change in the percentage of the Portfolio assets invested in certain securities or other instruments, or, except for AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio and AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio, change in average duration of the Portfolio's investment portfolio, resulting from changes in the value of the Portfolio's total assets, will not be considered a violation of the restriction; provided, however, that the asset coverage requirement applicable to borrowings shall be maintained in the manner contemplated by applicable law.
With respect to investment restriction (5), the restriction on making loans is not considered to limit Portfolio's investments in loan participations and assignments.
With respect to investment restriction (6), a Portfolio will not consider a bank-issued guaranty or financial guaranty insurance as a separate security for purposes of determining the percentage of the Portfolio's assets invested in the securities of issuers in a particular industry.
With respect to investment restrictions (1) and (5), a Portfolio will not borrow or lend to any other fund unless it applies for and receives an exemptive order from the SEC, if so required, or the SEC issues rules permitting such transactions.

19

Table of Contents
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO THE FOLLOWING PORTFOLIOS:
AST Global Real Estate Portfolio
AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio
1. Neither Portfolio may issue senior securities or borrow money or pledge its assets, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and rules thereunder, exemptive order, SEC release, no-action letter or similar relief or interpretations. For purposes of this restriction, the purchase or sale of securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, short sales, derivative and hedging transactions such as interest rate swap transactions, and collateral arrangements with respect thereto, and transactions similar to any of the foregoing and collateral arrangements with respect thereto, and obligations of a Portfolio to Trustees pursuant to any deferred compensation arrangements are not deemed to be a pledge of assets or the issuance of a senior security.
2. Neither Portfolio may underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that a Portfolio may be deemed to be an underwriter (within the meaning of the 1933 Act) in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.
3. Neither Portfolio may purchase or sell real estate, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments; provided, however, that this restriction shall not prohibit either Portfolio from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or in securities of companies engaged in the real estate business.
4. Neither Portfolio may purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of the ownership of securities or instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit either Portfolio from (i) engaging in permissible options and futures transactions and forward foreign currency contracts in accordance with the Portfolio's investment policies, or (ii) investing in securities of any kind.
5. Neither Portfolio may make loans, except that each Portfolio may (i) lend portfolio securities in accordance with the Portfolio's investment policies in amounts up to 33  1 3 % of the total assets of the Portfolio taken at market value, (ii) purchase money market securities and enter into repurchase agreements, (iii) acquire publicly distributed or privately placed debt securities, and (iv) make loans of money to other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemption there from that may be granted by the SEC or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance.
6. The Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio may not purchase any security if, as a result, more than 25% of the value of the Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio's assets would be invested in the securities of issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry; provided that this restriction does not apply to investments in obligations issued or guaranteed by the US Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities (or repurchase agreements with respect thereto). The Global Real Estate Portfolio will invest at least 25% of its total assets in securities of companies engaged in the real estate business.
7. The Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio may not, with respect to 75% of the value of its total assets, purchase the securities of any issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the US Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result, (i) more than 5% of the value of the Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or (ii) more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer would be held by the Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio.
If a restriction on a Portfolio's investments is adhered to at the time an investment is made, a subsequent change in the percentage of the Portfolio assets invested in certain securities or other instruments, or change in average duration of the Portfolio's investment portfolio, resulting from changes in the value of the Portfolio's total assets, will not be considered a violation of the restriction; provided, however, that the asset coverage requirement applicable to borrowings shall be maintained in the manner contemplated by applicable law.
With respect to investment restriction (5), the restriction on making loans is not considered to limit the Portfolio's investments in loan participations and assignments.
With respect to investment restrictions (1) and (5), the Portfolio will not borrow or lend to any other fund unless it applies for and receives an exemptive order from the SEC, if so required, or the SEC issues rules permitting such transactions.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO AST BLACKROCK GLOBAL STRATEGIES PORTFOLIO:
The Portfolio will not:
1. Issue senior securities or pledge its assets, except as permitted by the 1940 Act and rules thereunder, exemptive order, SEC release, no-action letter or similar relief or interpretations. For purposes of this restriction, the purchase or sale of securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, short sales, derivative and hedging transactions such as interest

    20

Table of Contents
rate or credit default swap transactions, and collateral arrangements with respect thereto, and transactions similar to any of the foregoing and collateral arrangements with respect thereto, and obligations of the BlackRock Portfolio to Trustees pursuant to any deferred compensation arrangements are not deemed to be a pledge of assets or the issuance of a senior security.
2. Borrow money, except as permitted under the 1940 Act and rules thereunder, as interpreted, modified, or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
3. Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that the Portfolio may be deemed to be an underwriter (within the meaning of the 1933 Act) in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.
4. Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit the Portfolio from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or in securities of companies engaged in the real estate business.
5. Purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of the ownership of securities or instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit the Portfolio from (i) engaging in permissible options and futures transactions and forward foreign currency contracts in accordance with the Portfolio's investment policies, or (ii) investing in securities of any kind.
6. Make loans, except that the Portfolio may (i) lend portfolio securities in accordance with the Portfolio's investment policies in amounts up to 33  1 3 % of the total assets of the Portfolio taken at market value, (ii) purchase money market securities and enter into repurchase agreements, (iii) acquire publicly distributed or privately placed debt securities, and (iv) make loans of money to other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemption therefrom that may be granted by the SEC or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance.
7. Purchase any security if, as a result, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio's assets would be invested in the securities of issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry; provided that this restriction does not apply to investments in obligations issued or guaranteed by the US Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities or to municipal securities (or repurchase agreements with respect thereto). For purposes of this limitation, investments in other investment companies shall not be considered an investment in any particular industry.
8. With respect to 75% of the value of its total assets, purchase the securities of any issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the US Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result, (i) more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or (ii) more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer would be held by the Portfolio.
If a restriction on the Portfolio's investments is adhered to at the time an investment is made, a subsequent change in the percentage of Portfolio assets invested in certain securities or other instruments, or change in average duration of the Portfolio's investment portfolio, resulting from changes in the value of the Portfolio's total assets, will not be considered a violation of the restriction; provided, however, that the asset coverage requirement applicable to borrowings shall be maintained in the manner contemplated by applicable law.
With respect to investment restrictions (2) and (6), the Portfolio will not borrow or lend to any other fund unless it applies for and receives an exemptive order from the SEC, if so required, or the SEC issues rules permitting such transactions.
With respect to investment restriction (6), the restriction on making loans is not considered to limit the Portfolio's investments in loan participations and assignments.
With respect to investment restriction (7), the Portfolio will not consider a bank-issued guaranty or financial guaranty insurance as a separate security for purposes of determining the percentage of the Portfolio's assets invested in the securities of issuers in a particular industry.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO AST QUANTITATIVE MODELING PORTFOLIO:
The Portfolio will not:
1. Issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.
2. The Portfolio may not borrow money, except to the extent permitted by applicable law from time to time. Note: The 1940 Act currently permits an open-end investment company to borrow money from a bank so long as the ratio which the value of the total assets of the investment company (including the amount of any such borrowing), less the amount of all liabilities and indebtedness

21

Table of Contents
(other than such borrowing) of the investment company, bears to the amount of such borrowing is at least 300%. An open-end investment company may also borrow money from other lenders in accordance with applicable law and positions of the SEC and its staff. The Portfolio may engage in reverse repurchase arrangements without limit, subject to applicable requirements related to segregation of assets.
3. Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that the Portfolio may be deemed to be an underwriter (within the meaning of the 1933 Act) in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.
4. Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit the Portfolio from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or in securities of companies engaged in the real estate business.
5. Purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of the ownership of securities or instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit the Portfolio from (i) engaging in permissible options and futures transactions and forward foreign currency contracts in accordance with the Portfolio's investment policies, or (ii) investing in securities of any kind.
6. Make loans, except that the Portfolio may (i) lend portfolio securities in accordance with the Portfolio's investment policies in amounts up to 33  1 3 % of the total assets of the Portfolio taken at market value, (ii) purchase money market securities and enter into repurchase agreements, (iii) acquire publicly distributed or privately placed debt securities, and (iv) make loans of money to other investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any exemption therefrom that may be granted by the SEC or any SEC releases, no-action letters or similar relief or interpretive guidance.
7. Purchase any security if, as a result, more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio's assets would be invested in the securities of issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry; provided that this restriction does not apply to investments in obligations issued or guaranteed by the US Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities or to municipal securities (or repurchase agreements with respect thereto). For purposes of this limitation, investments in other investment companies shall not be considered an investment in any particular industry.
If a restriction on the Portfolio's investments is adhered to at the time an investment is made, a subsequent change in the percentage of Portfolio assets invested in certain securities or other instruments, or change in average duration of the Portfolio's investment portfolio, resulting from changes in the value of the Portfolio's total assets, will not be considered a violation of the restriction; provided, however, that the asset coverage requirement applicable to borrowings shall be maintained in the manner contemplated by applicable law.
With respect to investment restrictions (2) and (6), the Portfolio will not borrow or lend to any other fund unless it applies for and receives an exemptive order from the SEC, if so required, or the SEC issues rules permitting such transactions.
With respect to investment restriction (6), the restriction on making loans is not considered to limit the Portfolio's investments in loan participations and assignments.
With respect to investment restriction (7), the Portfolio will not consider a bank-issued guaranty or financial guaranty insurance as a separate security for purposes of determining the percentage of its assets invested in the securities of issuers in a particular industry.
NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio.
The Portfolio may invest in other investment companies to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio.
The Portfolio may not:
1. Purchase securities on margin; provided, however, that the Portfolio may obtain short-term credits necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities, and, provided further that the Portfolio may make margin deposits in connection with its use of financial options and futures, forward and spot currency contracts, swap transactions and other financial contracts or derivative instruments.
2. Mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate any of its assets; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the transfer of securities in connection with any permissible borrowing or to collateral arrangements in connection with any permissible activity.

    22

Table of Contents
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST BlackRock Global Strategies Portfolio.
The Portfolio will not:
1. Invest more than 15% of its net assets taken at market value at the time of the investment in “illiquid securities.” For purposes of this restriction, “illiquid securities” are those deemed illiquid pursuant to SEC rules, regulations, and guidelines, as they may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
2. Invest for the purpose of exercising control or management; or
3. Purchase securities of other investment companies except in compliance with the 1940 Act and rules thereunder, as interpreted, modified, or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions of Applicable Only to AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio) .
1. The Portfolio will not change its policy to invest at least 80% of the value of its assets in fixed income securities unless it provides 60 days prior written notice to its shareholders.
2. The Portfolio will not purchase securities for the Portfolio from, or sell portfolio securities to, any of the officers and directors or Trustees of the Trust or of the Manager or of the Subadviser.
3. The Portfolio will not invest more than 5% of the assets of the Portfolio (taken at market value at the time of investment) in any combination of interest only, principal only, or inverse floating rate securities.
4. The Portfolio will not maintain a short position, or purchase, write or sell puts, calls, straddles, spreads or combinations thereof, except as set forth in the Trust's Prospectus and this SAI.
5. Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control or management.
6. Buy any securities or other property on margin (except for such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions).
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio).
1. The Portfolio will not change its policy to invest at least 80% of the value of its assets in fixed income securities unless it provides 60 days prior written notice to its shareholders.
2. Invest more than 5% of the assets of the Portfolio (taken at market value at the time of investment) in any combination of interest only, principal only, or inverse floating rate securities.
3. Maintain a short position, or purchase, write or sell puts, calls, straddles, spreads or combinations thereof, except on such conditions as may be set forth in the Prospectus and in this SAI.
4. Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control or management.
5. Buy any securities or other property on margin (except for such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions).
The Staff of the SEC has taken the position that purchased OTC options and the assets used as cover for written OTC options are illiquid securities. Therefore, the Portfolio has adopted an investment policy pursuant to which the Portfolio will not purchase or sell OTC options if, as a result of such transactions, the sum of the market value of OTC options currently outstanding which are held by the Portfolio, the market value of the underlying securities covered by OTC call options currently outstanding which were sold by the Portfolio and margin deposits on the Portfolio's existing OTC options on futures contracts exceeds 15% of the total assets of the Portfolio, taken at market value, together with all other assets of the Portfolio which are illiquid or are otherwise not readily marketable. However, if an OTC option is sold by the Portfolio to a primary US Government securities dealer recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and if the Portfolio has the unconditional contractual right to repurchase such OTC option from the dealer at a predetermined price, then the Portfolio will treat as illiquid such amount of the underlying securities equal to the

23

Table of Contents
repurchase price less the amount by which the option is “in-the-money” (i.e., current market value of the underlying securities minus the option's strike price). The repurchase price with the primary dealers is typically a formula price which is generally based on a multiple of the premium received for the option, plus the amount by which the option is “in-the-money.”
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio.
The Portfolio will not:
1. Change its policy to invest at least 80% of the value of its assets in securities of real estate related issuers unless it provides 60 days prior written notice to its shareholders.
2. Pledge, hypothecate, mortgage or otherwise encumber its assets, except to secure permitted borrowings;
3. Participate on a joint or joint and several basis in any securities trading account;
4. Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control;
5. Purchase securities of investment companies except in compliance with the 1940 Act; or
6. (a) invest in interests in oil, gas, or other mineral exploration or development programs; or (b) purchase securities on margin, except for such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of transactions.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio.
The Portfolio may not:
1. Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control or management.
2. Invest more than 15% of the Portfolio’s net assets in illiquid investments including illiquid repurchase agreements with a notice or demand period of more than seven days, securities which are not readily marketable and restricted securities not eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act.
3. Purchase additional securities if the Portfolio’s borrowings, as permitted by the Portfolio's borrowing policy, exceed 5% of its net assets. (Mortgage dollar rolls are not subject to this limitation).
4. Make short sales of securities, except that the Portfolios may make short sales against the box.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio.
1. The Portfolio will not change its policy to invest at least 80% of the value of its assets in medium capitalization companies unless it provides 60 days prior written notice to its shareholders.
2. The Portfolio does not currently intend to sell securities short, unless it owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short without the payment of any additional consideration therefor, and provided that transactions in futures, options, swaps and forward contracts are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.
3. The Portfolio does not currently intend to purchase securities on margin, except that the Portfolio may obtain such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions, and provided that margin payments and other deposits in connection with transactions in futures, options, swaps and forward contracts shall not be deemed to constitute purchasing securities on margin.
4. The Portfolio may not mortgage or pledge any securities owned or held by the Portfolio in amounts that exceed, in the aggregate, 15% of the Portfolio's net asset value, provided that this limitation does not apply to reverse repurchase agreements, deposits of assets to margin, guarantee positions in futures, options, swaps or forward contracts, or the segregation of assets in connection with such contracts.
5. The Portfolio may not invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control of management.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio.
The Portfolio will not:
1. Change its policy to invest at least 80% of the value of its assets in small capitalization companies unless it provides 60 days prior written notice to its shareholders.

    24

Table of Contents
2. Pledge its assets (other than to secure borrowings or to the extent permitted by the Portfolio's investment policies as permitted by applicable law);
3. Make short sales of securities or maintain a short position except to the extent permitted by applicable law;
4. Invest in the securities of other investment companies except as permitted by applicable law;
5. Invest in real estate limited partnership interests or interests in oil, gas or other mineral leases, or exploration or other development programs, except that the Portfolio may invest in securities issued by companies that engage in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or other development activities; or
6. Write, purchase or sell puts, calls, straddles, spreads or combinations thereof, except to the extent permitted in this SAI and the Trust's Prospectus, as they may be amended from time to time.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST High Yield Portfolio.
The Portfolio will not:
1. Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control or management; or
2. Purchase additional securities if the Portfolio’s borrowings (excluding covered mortgage dollar rolls) exceed 5% of its net assets
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST International Growth Portfolio.
1. The Portfolio will not change its policy to invest at least 80% of the value of its assets in securities of issuers that are economically tied to countries other than the United States unless it provides 60 days prior written notice to its shareholders.
2. The Portfolio will not (i) enter into any futures contracts and related options for purposes other than bona fide hedging transactions within the meaning of CFTC regulations if the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish positions in futures contracts and related options that do not fall within the definition of bona fide hedging transactions will exceed 5% of the fair market value of the Portfolio's net assets, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts it has entered into; and (ii) enter into any futures contracts if the aggregate amount of the Portfolio's commitments under outstanding futures contracts positions would exceed the market value of its total assets.
3. The Portfolio does not currently intend to sell securities short, unless it owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short without the payment of any additional consideration therefor, and provided that transactions in futures, options, swaps and forward contracts are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.
4. The Portfolio does not currently intend to purchase securities on margin, except that the Portfolio may obtain such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions, and provided that margin payments and other deposits in connection with transactions in futures, options, swaps and forward contracts shall not be deemed to constitute purchasing securities on margin.
5. The Portfolio does not currently intend to purchase securities of other investment companies, except in compliance with the 1940 Act.
6. The Portfolio may not mortgage or pledge any securities owned or held by the Portfolio in amounts that exceed, in the aggregate, 15% of the Portfolio's net asset value, provided that this limitation does not apply to reverse repurchase agreements, deposits of assets to margin, guarantee positions in futures, options, swaps or forward contracts, or the segregation of assets in connection with such contracts.
7. The Portfolio may not invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control of management.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST International Value Portfolio.
The Portfolio will not:
1. Change its policy to invest at least 80% of the value of its assets in equity securities unless it provides 60 days prior written notice to its shareholders.
2. Purchase securities of other investment companies except in compliance with the 1940 Act;
3. Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control or management.

25

Table of Contents
4. Purchase any securities on margin except to obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of transactions (and provided that margin payments and other deposits in connection with transactions in options, futures and forward contracts shall not be deemed to constitute purchasing securities on margin); or
5. Sell securities short.
In addition, in periods of uncertain market and economic conditions, as determined by the subadvisers, the Portfolio may depart from its basic investment objective and assume a defensive position with up to 100% of its assets temporarily invested in high quality corporate bonds or notes and government issues, or held in cash.
If a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time of investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage beyond the specified limit that results from a change in values or net assets will not be considered a violation.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio.
The Portfolio will not:
1. Change its policy to invest at least 80% of the value of its assets in equity securities unless it provides 60 days prior written notice to its shareholders.
2. Make investments for the purpose of gaining control of a company's management.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio.
The Portfolio will not:
1. Change its policy to invest at least 80% of the value of its assets in fixed income securities unless it provides 60 days prior written notice to its shareholders.
2. Pledge its assets (other than to secure borrowings, or to the extent permitted by the Portfolio's investment policies);
3. Make short sales of securities or maintain a short position except to the extent permitted by applicable law;
4. Invest in the securities of other investment companies except in compliance with the 1940 Act;
5. Invest in real estate limited partnership interests or interests in oil, gas or other mineral leases, or exploration or other development programs, except that the Portfolio may invest in securities issued by companies that engage in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or other development activities;
6. Write, purchase or sell puts, calls, straddles, spreads or combinations thereof, except to the extent permitted in this SAI and the Trust’s Prospectus, as they may be amended from time to time;
7. Invest more than 10% of the market value of its gross assets at the time of investment in debt securities that are in default as to interest or principal.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable only to AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio.
1. The Portfolio does not currently intend to sell securities short, unless it owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short without the payment of any additional consideration therefor, and provided that transactions in futures, options, swaps and forward contracts are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.
2. The Portfolio does not currently intend to purchase securities on margin, except that the Portfolio may obtain such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions, and provided that margin payments and other deposits in connection with transactions in futures, options, swaps and forward contracts shall not be deemed to constitute purchasing securities on margin.
3. The Portfolio may not mortgage or pledge any securities owned or held by the Portfolio in amounts that exceed, in the aggregate, 15% of the Portfolio's net asset value, provided that this limitation does not apply to (i) reverse repurchase agreements; (ii) deposits of assets on margin; (iii) guaranteed positions in futures, options, swaps or forward contracts; or (iv) the segregation of assets in connection with such contracts.
4. The Portfolio may not invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control or management.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio.

    26

Table of Contents
The Portfolio will not:
1. Change its policy to invest at least 80% of the value of its assets in equity securities unless it provides 60 days prior written notice to its shareholders.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST Government Money Market Portfolio.
1. The Portfolio will not buy any securities or other property on margin (except for such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions).
2. Portfolio will not invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control or management.
3. The Portfolio will not purchase securities on margin, make short sales of securities, or maintain a short position, provided that this restriction shall not be deemed to be applicable to the purchase or sale of when-issued securities or of securities for delivery at a future date.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio.
1. The Portfolio will not change its policy to invest at least 80% of the value of its assets in medium capitalization companies unless it provides 60 days prior written notice to its shareholders.
2. The Portfolio may not purchase securities if outstanding borrowings, including any reverse repurchase agreements, exceed 5% of its total assets.
3. Except for the purchase of debt securities and engaging in repurchase agreements, the Portfolio may not make any loans other than securities loans.
4. The Portfolio may not purchase securities on margin from brokers, except that the Portfolio may obtain such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of securities transactions. Margin payments in connection with transactions in futures contracts and options on futures contracts shall not constitute the purchase of securities on margin and shall not be deemed to violate the foregoing limitation.
5. The Portfolio may not sell securities short, unless it owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold without payment of additional consideration. Transactions in futures contracts and options shall not constitute selling securities short.
6. The Portfolio may not invest in puts, calls, straddles, spreads, or any combination thereof, except that the Portfolio may (i) write (sell) covered call options against portfolio securities having a market value not exceeding 10% of its net assets and (ii) purchase call options in related closing transactions. The Portfolio does not construe the foregoing limitation to preclude it from purchasing or writing options on futures contracts.
7. The Portfolio may not invest more than 10% of the value of its total assets in securities of foreign issuers, provided that this limitation shall not apply to foreign securities denominated in US dollars.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio.
The Portfolio will not:
1. Invest more than 15% of their net assets taken at market value at the time of the investment in “illiquid securities.” For purposes of this restriction, “illiquid securities” are those deemed illiquid pursuant to SEC rules, regulations and guidelines, as they may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
2. Invest for the purpose of exercising control or management; or
3. Purchase securities of other investment companies except in compliance with the 1940 Act and rules thereunder, as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio.
The Portfolio will not:
1. Change its policy to invest at least 80% of the value of its net assets plus borrowings, if any, for investment purposes in equity and equity-related securities of US issuers unless it provides 60 days prior written notice to its shareholders;

27

Table of Contents
2. Invest for the purpose of exercising control or management;
3. Purchase securities of other investment companies except in compliance with the 1940 Act.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio.
The Portfolio will not:
1. Change its policy to invest at least 80% of the value of its assets in small capitalization companies unless it provides 60 days prior written notice to its shareholders.
2. Invest for the purpose of exercising control or management of another issuer.
3. Purchase securities of other investment companies, except in compliance with the 1940 Act.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio.
1. The Portfolio will not purchase securities on margin, provided that the Portfolio may obtain short-term credits necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities, and further provided that the Portfolio may make margin deposits in connection with its use of financial options and futures, forward and spot currency contracts, swap transactions and other financial contracts or derivative instruments.
2. The Portfolio will not mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate any of its assets, provided that this shall not apply to the transfer of securities in connection with any permissible borrowing or to collateral arrangements in connection with permissible activities.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio.
The Portfolio will not:
1. Change its policy to invest at least 80% of the value of its assets in small capitalization companies unless it provides 60 days prior written notice to its shareholders.
2. Purchase additional securities when money borrowed exceeds 5% of its total assets;
3. Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising management or control;
4. Purchase a futures contract or an option thereon if, with respect to positions in futures or options on futures which do not represent bona fide hedging, the aggregate initial margin and premiums on such options would exceed 5% of the Portfolio's net asset value;
5. Purchase securities of open-end or closed-end investment companies except in compliance with the 1940 Act or the conditions of any order of exemption from the SEC regarding the purchase of securities of money market funds managed by the Subadviser or its affiliates;
6. Purchase securities on margin, except (i) for use of short-term credit necessary for clearance of purchases of portfolio securities and (ii) the Portfolio may make margin deposits in connection with futures contracts or other permissible investments;
7. Mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or, in any manner, transfer any security owned by the Portfolio as security for indebtedness except as may be necessary in connection with permissible borrowings or investments and then such mortgaging, pledging or hypothecating may not exceed 33  1 3 % of the Portfolio's total assets at the time of borrowing or investment;
8. Invest in puts, calls, straddles, spreads, or any combination thereof, except to the extent permitted by the Trust’s Prospectus and this SAI;
9. Sell securities short, except that the Portfolio may make short sales if it owns the securities sold short or has the right to acquire such securities through conversion or exchange of other securities it owns; or
10. Invest in warrants if, as a result thereof, more than 10% of the value of the net assets of the Portfolio would be invested in warrants, except that this restriction does not apply to warrants acquired as a result of the purchase of another security. For purposes of these percentage limitations, the warrants will be valued at the lower of cost or market.

    28

Table of Contents
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio and AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio.
The Portfolio will not:
1. Purchase additional securities when money borrowed exceeds 5% of the Portfolio's total assets;
2. Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising management or control;
3. Purchase securities of open-end or closed-end investment companies except in compliance with the 1940 Act;
4. Mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or, in any manner, transfer any security owned by the Portfolio as security for indebtedness except as may be necessary in connection with permissible borrowings or investments and then such mortgaging, pledging or hypothecating may not exceed 33  1 3 % of the Portfolio's total assets at the time of borrowing or investment;
5. Invest in puts, calls, straddles, spreads, or any combination thereof to the extent permitted by the Trust's Prospectus and this SAI;
6. Purchase securities on margin, except (i) for use of short-term credit necessary for clearance of purchases of portfolio securities and (ii) the Portfolio may make margin deposits in connection with futures contracts or other permissible investments;
7. Invest in warrants if, as a result thereof, more than 10% of the value of the total assets of the Portfolio would be invested in warrants, provided that this restriction does not apply to warrants acquired as the result of the purchase of another security. For purposes of these percentage limitations, the warrants will be valued at the lower of cost or market;
8. Effect short sales of securities; or
9. Purchase a futures contract or an option thereon if, with respect to positions in futures or options on futures which do not represent bona fide hedging, the aggregate initial margin and premiums on such positions would exceed 5% of the Portfolio's net assets.
Notwithstanding anything in the above fundamental and operating restrictions to the contrary, the Portfolio may, as a fundamental policy, invest all of its assets in the securities of a single open-end management investment company with substantially the same fundamental investment objectives, policies and restrictions as the Portfolio subject to the prior approval of the Manager. The Manager will not approve such investment unless: (a) the Manager believes, on the advice of counsel, that such investment will not have an adverse effect on the tax status of the annuity contracts and/or life insurance policies supported by the separate accounts of the Participating Insurance Companies which purchase shares of the Trust; (b) the Manager has given prior notice to the Participating Insurance Companies that they intend to permit such investment and has determined whether such Participating Insurance Companies intend to redeem any shares and/or discontinue purchase of shares because of such investment; (c) the Trustees have determined that the fees to be paid by the Trust for administrative, accounting, custodial and transfer agency services for the Portfolio subsequent to such an investment are appropriate, or the Trustees have approved changes to the agreements providing such services to reflect a reduction in fees; (d) the Subadviser for the Portfolio has agreed to reduce its fee by the amount of any investment advisory fees paid to the investment manager of such open-end management investment company; and (e) shareholder approval is obtained if required by law. The Portfolio will apply for such exemptive relief under the provisions of the 1940 Act, or other such relief as may be necessary under the then governing rules and regulations of the 1940 Act, regarding investments in such investment companies.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio.
1. Purchase or sell real estate limited partnership interests.
2. Invest more than 20% of its total assets in below investment grade, high-risk bonds, including bonds in default or those with the lowest rating;
3. Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising management or control;
4. Purchase securities of open-end or closed-end investment companies except in compliance with the 1940 Act; or
5. Effect short sales of securities.

29

Table of Contents
In addition to the restrictions described above, some foreign countries limit, or prohibit, all direct foreign investment in the securities of their companies. However, the governments of some countries have authorized the organization of investment funds to permit indirect foreign investment in such securities. For tax purposes these funds may be known as Passive Foreign Investment Companies. The Portfolio is subject to certain percentage limitations under the 1940 Act relating to the purchase of securities of investment companies, and may be subject to the limitation that no more than 10% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets may be invested in such securities.
Restrictions with respect to repurchase agreements shall be construed to be for repurchase agreements entered into for the investment of available cash consistent with the Portfolio's repurchase agreement procedures, not repurchase commitments entered into for general investment purposes.
If a percentage restriction on investment or utilization of assets as set forth under “Investment Restrictions” and “Investment Policies” above is adhered to at the time an investment is made, a later change in percentage resulting from changes in the value or the total cost of Portfolio's assets will not be considered a violation of the restriction.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio.
The Portfolio will not:
1. Change its policy to invest at least 80% of the value of its assets in the securities of natural resource companies unless it provides 60 days prior written notice to its shareholders.
2. Purchase additional securities when money borrowed exceeds 5% of its total assets;
3. Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising management or control;
4. Purchase a futures contract or an option thereon if, with respect to positions in futures or options on futures which do not represent bona fide hedging, the aggregate initial margin and premiums on such options would exceed 5% of the Portfolio's net asset value;
5. Purchase securities of open-end or closed-end investment companies except in compliance with the 1940 Act.
6. Purchase securities on margin, except (i) for use of short-term credit necessary for clearance of purchases of portfolio securities and (ii) the Portfolio may make margin deposits in connection with futures contracts or other permissible investments;
7. Mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or, in any manner, transfer any security owned by the Portfolio as security for indebtedness except as may be necessary in connection with permissible borrowings or investments and then such mortgaging, pledging or hypothecating may not exceed 33  1 3 % of the Portfolio's total assets at the time of borrowing or investment.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio.
The Portfolio will not:
1. The Portfolio will not change its policy to invest at least 80% of the value of its assets in fixed income securities unless it provides 60 days prior written notice to its shareholders.
2. Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate its assets in excess, together with permitted borrowings, of 1/3 of its total assets;
3. Purchase securities on margin, except (i) the Portfolio may make margin deposits in connection with futures contracts or other permissible investments and (ii) the Portfolio may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities;
4. Buy options on securities or financial instruments, unless the aggregate premiums paid on all such options held by the Portfolio at any time do not exceed 20% of its net assets; or sell put options on securities if, as a result, the aggregate value of the obligations underlying such put options would exceed 50% of the Portfolio's net assets;
5. Enter into futures contracts or purchase options thereon which do not represent bona fide hedging unless immediately after the purchase, the value of the aggregate initial margin with respect to all such futures contracts entered into on behalf of the Portfolio and the premiums paid for such options on futures contracts does not exceed 5% of the Portfolio's total assets, provided that in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in computing the 5% limit;

    30

Table of Contents
6. Purchase warrants if as a result warrants taken at the lower of cost or market value would represent more than 10% of the value of the Portfolio's total net assets, except that this restriction does not apply to warrants acquired as a result of the purchase of another security;
7. Make securities loans if the value of such securities loaned exceeds 30% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets at the time any loan is made; all loans of portfolio securities will be fully collateralized and marked to market daily. The Portfolio has no current intention of making loans of portfolio securities that would amount to greater than 5% of the Portfolio's total assets; or
8. Purchase or sell real estate limited partnership interests.
9. Invest more than 25% of its total assets in below investment grade, high-risk bonds, including bonds in default or those with the lowest rating;
10. Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising management or control;
11. Purchase securities of open-end or closed-end investment companies except in compliance with the 1940 Act; or
12. Effect short sales of securities.
In addition to the restrictions described above, some foreign countries limit, or prohibit, all direct foreign investment in the securities of their companies. However, the governments of some countries have authorized the organization of investment funds to permit indirect foreign investment in such securities. For tax purposes these funds may be known as Passive Foreign Investment Companies. The Portfolio is subject to certain percentage limitations under the 1940 Act relating to the purchase of securities of investment companies, and may be subject to the limitation that no more than 10% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets may be invested in such securities.
Restrictions with respect to repurchase agreements shall be construed to be for repurchase agreements entered into for the investment of available cash consistent with the Portfolio's repurchase agreement procedures, not repurchase commitments entered into for general investment purposes.
If a percentage restriction on investment or utilization of assets as set forth under “Investment Restrictions” and “Investment Policies” above is adhered to at the time an investment is made, a later change in percentage resulting from changes in the value or the total cost of Portfolio's assets will not be considered a violation of the restriction.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST Value Equity Portfolio
The Portfolio will not:
1. Change its policy to invest at least 80% of the value of its assets in large capitalization companies unless it provides 60 days prior written notice to its shareholders;
2. Invest for the purpose of exercising control or management of another issuer; or
3. Purchase securities of other investment companies, except in compliance with the 1940 Act.
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable Only to AST WEDGE Capital Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio) .
The Portfolio may not:
1. Purchase securities on margin, but it may obtain such short-term credits from banks as may be necessary for the clearance of purchase and sales of securities;
2. Mortgage, pledge or hypothecate any of its assets except that, in connection with permissible borrowings, not more than 20% of the assets of the Portfolio (not including amounts borrowed) may be used as collateral;
3. Invest in the securities of other investment companies except in compliance with the 1940 Act;
4. Sell securities short, except that the Portfolio may make short sales if it owns the securities sold short or has the right to acquire such securities through conversion or exchange of other securities it owns; or

31

Table of Contents
5. Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control.
INFORMATION ABOUT TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS
Information about the Trustees and the Officers of the Trust is set forth below. Trustees who are not deemed to be “interested persons” of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, are referred to as “Independent Trustees.” Trustees who are deemed to be “interested persons” of the Trust are referred to as “Interested Trustees.” The Trustees are responsible for the overall supervision of the operations of the Trust and perform the various duties imposed on the trustees of investment companies by the 1940 Act.
Independent Trustees (1)    
Name, Address, Age
No. of Portfolios Overseen
Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years Other Directorships Held
Susan Davenport Austin (48)
No. of Portfolios Overseen: 113
Senior Managing Director of Brock Capital (Since 2014); Vice Chairman (Since 2013), Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (2007-2012) and Vice President of Strategic Planning and Treasurer (2002-2007) of Sheridan Broadcasting Corporation; Formerly President of Sheridan Gospel Network (2004-2014); formerly Vice President, Goldman, Sachs & Co. (2000-2001); formerly Associate Director, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. (1997-2000); formerly Vice President, Salomon Brothers Inc. (1993-1997); President of the Board, The MacDowell Colony (Since 2010); Presiding Director (Since 2014) and Chairman (2011-2014) of the Board of Directors, Broadcast Music, Inc.; Member of the Board of Directors, Hubbard Radio, LLC (Since 2011); President, Candide Business Advisors, Inc. (Since 2011); formerly Member of the Board of Directors, National Association of Broadcasters (2004-2010). Director of NextEra Energy Partners, LP (NYSE: NEP) (February 2015-Present).
Sherry S. Barrat (66)
No. of Portfolios Overseen: 113
Formerly, Vice Chairman of Northern Trust Corporation (financial services and banking institution) (2011–June 2012); formerly President, Personal Financial Services, Northern Trust Corporation (2006-2010); formerly Chairman & CEO, Western US Region, Northern Trust Corporation (1999-2005); formerly President & CEO, Palm Beach/Martin County Region, Northern Trust. Director of NextEra Energy, Inc. (NYSE: NEE) (1998-Present); Director of Arthur J. Gallagher & Company (Since July 2013).
Jessica M. Bibliowicz (56)
No. of Portfolios Overseen: 113
Senior Adviser (Since 2013) of Bridge Growth Partners (private equity firm); formerly Chief Executive Officer (1999-2013) of National Financial Partners (independent distributor of financial services products). Director (since 2006) of The Asia-Pacific Fund, Inc.; Sotheby’s (since 2014) (auction house and art-related finance).
Kay Ryan Booth (65)
No. of Portfolios Overseen: 113
Partner, Trinity Private Equity Group (Since September 2014); formerly, Managing Director of Cappello Waterfield & Co. LLC (2011-2014); formerly Vice Chair, Global Research, J.P. Morgan (financial services and investment banking institution) (June 2008 – January 2009); formerly Global Director of Equity Research, Bear Stearns & Co., Inc. (financial services and investment banking institution) (1995-2008); formerly Associate Director of Equity Research, Bear Stearns & Co., Inc. (1987-1995). None.
Delayne Dedrick Gold (77)
No. of Portfolios Overseen: 113
Marketing Consultant (1982-present); formerly Senior Vice President and Member of the Board of Directors, Prudential Bache Securities, Inc. None.
Robert F. Gunia (69)
No. of Portfolios Overseen: 113
Independent Consultant (Since October 2009); formerly Chief Administrative Officer (September 1999-September 2009) and Executive Vice President (December 1996-September 2009) of Prudential Investments LLC; formerly Executive Vice President (March 1999-September 2009) and Treasurer (May 2000-September 2009) of Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC; formerly President (April 1999-December 2008) and Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer (December 2008-December 2009) of Prudential Investment Management Services LLC; formerly Chief Administrative Officer, Executive Vice President and Director (May 2003-September 2009) of AST Investment Services, Inc. Director (Since May 1989) of The Asia Pacific Fund, Inc.
Thomas T. Mooney (74)
No. of Portfolios Overseen: 113
Formerly Chief Executive Officer, Excell Partners, Inc. (2005-2007);founding partner of High Technology of Rochester and the Lennox Technology Center; formerly President of the Greater Rochester Metro Chamber of Commerce (1976-2004); formerly Rochester City Manager (1973); formerly Deputy Monroe County Executive (1974-1976). None.

    32

Table of Contents
Independent Trustees (1)    
Name, Address, Age
No. of Portfolios Overseen
Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years Other Directorships Held
Thomas M. O'Brien (65)
No. of Portfolios Overseen: 113
Director, President and CEO Sun Bancorp, Inc. N.A. (NASDAQ: SNBC) and Sun National Bank (Since July 2014); formerly Consultant, Valley National Bancorp, Inc. and Valley National Bank (January 2012-June 2012); formerly President and COO (November 2006-December 2011) and CEO (April 2007-December 2011) of State Bancorp, Inc. and State Bank; formerly Vice Chairman (January 1997-April 2000) of North Fork Bank; formerly President and Chief Executive Officer (December 1984-December 1996) of North Side Savings Bank; formerly President and Chief Executive Officer (May 2000-June 2006) Atlantic Bank of New York. Formerly Director, BankUnited, Inc. and BankUnited N.A. (NYSE: BKU) (May 2012-April 2014); formerly Director (April 2008-January 2012) of Federal Home Loan Bank of New York; formerly Director (December 1996-May 2000) of North Fork Bancorporation, Inc.; formerly Director (May 2000-April 2006) of Atlantic Bank of New York; Director (November 2006 – January 2012) of State Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ: STBC) and State Bank of Long Island.
    
Interested Trustee (1)    
Timothy S. Cronin (50)
Number of Portfolios Overseen: 113
President of Prudential Annuities (Since June 2015); Chief Investment Officer and Strategist of Prudential Annuities (Since January 2004); Director of Investment & Research Strategy (Since February 1998); President of AST Investment Services, Inc. (Since June 2005). None.
(1) The year that each Trustee joined the Board is as follows: Susan Davenport Austin, 2011; Sherry S. Barrat, 2013; Jessica Bibliowicz, 2014, Kay Ryan Booth, 2013; Timothy S. Cronin, 2009; Delayne Dedrick Gold, 2003; Robert F. Gunia, 2003; Thomas T. Mooney, 2003; Thomas M. O'Brien, 1992.
Trust Officers (a)(1)  
Name, Address and Age
Position with the Trust
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years
Bradley C. Tobin (41)
Vice President
Vice President of Prudential Annuities (since March 2012), Vice President of AST Investment Services, Inc. (since April 2011).
Raymond A. O’Hara (60)
Chief Legal Officer
Vice President and Corporate Counsel (since July 2010) of Prudential Insurance Company of America (Prudential); Vice President (March 2011-Present) of Pruco Life Insurance Company and Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey; Vice President and Corporate Counsel (March 2011-Present) of Prudential Annuities Life Assurance Corporation; Chief Legal Officer of Prudential Investments LLC (since June 2012); Chief Legal Officer of Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC (since June 2012) and Corporate Counsel of AST Investment Services, Inc. (since June 2012); formerly Assistant Vice President and Corporate Counsel (September 2008-July 2010) of The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.; formerly Associate (September 1980-December 1987) and Partner (January 1988–August 2008) of Blazzard & Hasenauer, P.C. (formerly, Blazzard, Grodd & Hasenauer, P.C.).
Deborah A. Docs (57)
Secretary
Vice President and Corporate Counsel (since January 2001) of Prudential; Vice President (since December 1996) and Assistant Secretary (since March 1999) of Prudential Investments LLC; formerly Vice President and Assistant Secretary (May 2003-June 2005) of AST Investment Services, Inc.
Jonathan D. Shain (57)
Assistant Secretary
Vice President and Corporate Counsel (since August 1998) of Prudential; Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since May 2001) of Prudential Investments LLC; Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since February 2001) of Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC; formerly Vice President and Assistant Secretary (May 2003-June 2005) of AST Investment Services, Inc.
Claudia DiGiacomo (41)
Assistant Secretary
Vice President and Corporate Counsel (since January 2005) of Prudential; Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Prudential Investments LLC (since December 2005); Associate at Sidley Austin Brown Wood LLP (1999-2004).
Andrew R. French (53)
Assistant Secretary
Vice President and Corporate Counsel (since February 2010) of Prudential; formerly Director and Corporate Counsel (2006-2010) of Prudential; Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since January 2007) of Prudential Investments LLC; Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since January 2007) of Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC.
Amanda S. Ryan (37)
Assistant Secretary
Director and Corporate Counsel (since March 2012) of Prudential; Director and Assistant Secretary (since June 2012) of Prudential Investments LLC; Associate at Ropes & Gray (2008-2012).
Kathleen DeNicholas (41)
Assistant Secretary
Vice President and Corporate Counsel (since May 2013) of Prudential; Managing Counsel at The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (2011-2013); formerly Senior Counsel (2007-2011) and Assistant General Counsel (2001-2007) of The Dreyfus Corporation; Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of MBSC Securities Corporation (2011-2013); Vice President and Assistant Secretary of The Dreyfus Family of Funds (2010-2012).
Chad A. Earnst (40)
Chief Compliance Officer
Chief Compliance Officer (September 2014-Present) of Prudential Investments LLC; Chief Compliance Officer (September 2014-Present) of the Prudential Investments Funds, Target Funds, Advanced Series Trust, The Prudential Series Fund, Prudential's Gibraltar Fund, Inc., Prudential Global Short Duration High Yield Income Fund, Inc., Prudential Short Duration High Yield Fund, Inc. and Prudential Jennison MLP Income Fund, Inc.; formerly Assistant Director (March 2010-August 2014) of the Asset Management Unit, Division of Enforcement, US Securities & Exchange Commission; Assistant Regional Director (January 2010-August 2014), Branch Chief (June 2006–December 2009) and Senior Counsel (April 2003-May 2006) of the Miami Regional Office, Division of Enforcement, US Securities & Exchange Commission.

33

Table of Contents
Trust Officers (a)(1)  
Name, Address and Age
Position with the Trust
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years
Theresa C. Thompson (53)
Deputy Chief Compliance Officer
Vice President, Compliance, Prudential Investments LLC (since April 2004); and Director, Compliance, Prudential Investments LLC (2001-2004).
Richard W. Kinville (47)
Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer
Vice President, Corporate Compliance, Anti-Money Laundering Unit (since January 2005) of Prudential; committee member of the American Council of Life Insurers Anti-Money Laundering and Critical Infrastructure Committee (since January 2007); formerly Investigator and Supervisor in the Special Investigations Unit for the New York Central Mutual Fire Insurance Company (August 1994-January 1999); Investigator in AXA Financial's Internal Audit Department and Manager in AXA's Anti-Money Laundering Office (January 1999-January 2005); first chair of the American Council of Life Insurers Anti-Money Laundering and Critical Infrastructure Committee (June 2007-December 2009 ).
M. Sadiq Peshimam (51)
Treasurer and Principal Financial
and Accounting Officer
Vice President (since 2005) of Prudential Investments LLC; formerly Assistant Treasurer of funds in the Prudential Mutual Fund Complex (2006-2014).
Peter Parrella (57)
Assistant Treasurer
Vice President (since 2007) and Director (2004-2007) within Prudential Mutual Fund Administration; formerly Tax Manager at SSB Citi Fund Management LLC (1997-2004).
Lana Lomuti (48)
Assistant Treasurer
Vice President (since 2007) and Director (2005-2007), within Prudential Mutual Fund Administration; formerly Assistant Treasurer (December 2007-February 2014) of The Greater China Fund, Inc.
Linda McMullin (54)
Assistant Treasurer
Vice President (since 2011) and Director (2008-2011) within Prudential Mutual Fund Administration.
Robert A. Szuhany (63)
Assistant Treasurer
Vice President—Tax Department, Prudential Financial, Inc. (since October 1999).
(a) Excludes Mr. Cronin, an interested Trustee who also serves as President.
(1) The year in which each individual became an Officer is as follows: Bradley C. Tobin, 2014; Raymond A. O’Hara, 2012; Deborah A. Docs, 2005; Jonathan D. Shain, 2005; Claudia DiGiacomo, 2005; Andrew R. French, 2006; Amanda S. Ryan, 2012; Kathleen DeNicholas, 2013; Chad A. Earnst, 2014; Theresa C. Thompson, 2008; Peter Parrella, 2007; M. Sadiq Peshimam, 2006; Lana Lomuti, 2014; Linda McMullin, 2014; Robert Szuhany, 2016; Richard W. Kinville, 2011.
Explanatory Notes to Tables:
Trustees are deemed to be “Interested”, as defined in the 1940 Act, by reason of their affiliation with PI and/or an affiliate of PI. Timothy S. Cronin is an Interested Trustee because he is employed by an affiliate of the Manager.
Unless otherwise noted, the address of all Trustees and Officers is c/o Prudential Investments LLC, 655 Broad Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102.
There is no set term of office for Trustees or Officers. The Independent Trustees have adopted a retirement policy, which calls for the retirement of Trustees on December 31 of the year in which they reach the age of 78, provided that the Board may extend the retirement age on a year-by-year basis for a Trustee.
“Other Directorships Held” includes only directorships of companies required to register or file reports with the SEC under the 1934 Act (that is, “public companies”) or other investment companies registered under the 1940 Act.
“No. of Portfolios Overseen” includes all investment companies managed by PI and/or ASTIS that are overseen by the Trustee. The investment companies for which PI and/or ASTIS serves as Manager include The Prudential Variable Contract Accounts, The Prudential Series Fund, Advanced Series Trust, Prudential's Gibraltar Fund, Inc., the Prudential Investments Funds, the Target Funds, the Prudential Short Duration High Yield Fund, Inc. and Prudential Global Short Duration High Yield Fund, Inc.
COMPENSATION OF TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS. Pursuant to a Management Agreement with the Trust, the Investment Manager pays all compensation of Trustees, officers and employees of the Trust, other than the fees and expenses of Trustees who are not affiliated persons of the Investment Manager or any subadviser. The Trust pays each of its Independent Trustees annual compensation in addition to certain out-of-pocket expenses. Trustees who serve on Board Committees may receive additional compensation.
Independent Trustees may defer receipt of their fees pursuant to a deferred fee agreement with the Trust. Under the terms of the agreement, the Trust accrues deferred Trustees' fees daily which, in turn, accrue interest at a rate equivalent to the prevailing rate to 90-day US Treasury Bills at the beginning of each calendar quarter or, at the daily rate of return of one or more funds managed by PI chosen by the Trustee. Payment of the interest so accrued is also deferred and becomes payable at the option of the Trustee. The Trust's obligation to make payments of deferred Trustees' fees, together with interest thereon, is a general obligation of the Trust. The Trust does not have a retirement or pension plan for its Trustees.
The following table sets forth the aggregate compensation paid by the Trust for the Trusts most recently completed fiscal year to the Independent Trustees for service on the Trust's Board, and the Board of any other investment company in the Fund Complex for the most recently completed calendar year. Trustees and officers who are “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in the 1940 Act) do not receive compensation from the Fund Complex.
Name Aggregate Fiscal Year
Compensation from Trust (1)
Pension or Retirement Benefits
Accrued as Part of Trust
Expenses
Estimated Annual Benefits Upon
Retirement
Total Compensation from Trust
and Fund Complex for Most
Recent Calendar Year
Susan Davenport Austin $277,600 None None $323,500 (3/113)*
Sherry S. Barrat $252,740 None None $295,000 (3/113)*

    34

Table of Contents
Name Aggregate Fiscal Year
Compensation from Trust (1)
Pension or Retirement Benefits
Accrued as Part of Trust
Expenses
Estimated Annual Benefits Upon
Retirement
Total Compensation from Trust
and Fund Complex for Most
Recent Calendar Year
Jessica M. Bibliowicz $242,625 None None $267,650 (3/113)*
Kay Ryan Booth $255,810 None None $298,500 (3/113)*
Timothy S. Cronin None None None None
Delayne Dedrick Gold $299,480 None None $348,500 (3/113)*
Robert F. Gunia** $299,480 None None $348,500 (3/113)*
W. Scott McDonald, Jr.*** $277,600 None None $323,500 (3/113)*
Thomas T. Mooney** $351,770 None None $408,500 (3/113)*
Thomas M. O'Brien** $299,480 None None $348,500 (3/113)*
Explanatory Notes to Compensation Table
(1) Compensation relates to portfolios that were in existence during 2015.
* Number of funds and portfolios represents those in existence as of December 31, 2015 and excludes funds that have merged or liquidated during the year. Additionally the number of portfolios includes those which were approved as of December 31, 2015, but which may not have commenced operations as of December 31, 2015. No compensation is paid to Trustees with respect to portfolios that have not yet commenced operations.
** Under the Trust’s deferred fee arrangement, certain Trustees have elected to defer all or part of their total compensation. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued during the calendar year ended December 31, 2015, including investment results during the year on cumulative deferred fees, amounted to $1,681, ($31,814), ($24,177), and ($106,763) for Messrs. Gunia, McDonald, Mooney, and O'Brien, respectively.
*** Mr. McDonald retired from the Board effective December 31, 2015.
BOARD COMMITTEES. The Board of Trustees (the Board) has established four standing committees in connection with governance of the Trust—Audit, Compliance, Governance, and Investment Review and Risk. Information on the membership of each standing committee and its functions is set forth below.
Audit Committee. The Board has determined that each member of the Audit Committee is not an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act. The responsibilities of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board in overseeing the Trust's independent registered public accounting firm, accounting policies and procedures, and other areas relating to the Trust's auditing processes. The Audit Committee is responsible for pre-approving all audit services and any permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm directly to the Trust. The Audit Committee is also responsible for pre-approving permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm to (1) the Investment Manager and (2) any entity in a control relationship with the Investment Manager that provides ongoing services to the Trust, provided that the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm relates directly to the operation and financial reporting of the Trust. The scope of the Audit Committee's responsibilities is oversight. It is management's responsibility to maintain appropriate systems for accounting and internal control and the independent registered public accounting firm's responsibility to plan and carry out an audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). The Audit Committee Charter is available at www.prudential.com/variableinsuranceportfolios . The number of Audit Committee meetings held during the Trust's most recently completed fiscal year is set forth in the table below.
The membership of the Audit Committee is set forth below:
Thomas M. O’Brien (Chair)
Susan Davenport Austin
Delayne Dedrick Gold
Robert F. Gunia
Thomas T. Mooney (ex-officio)
Compliance Committee. The Compliance Committee serves as a liaison between the Board and the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer (CCO). The Compliance Committee is responsible for considering, in consultation with the Board's Chair and outside counsel, any material compliance matters that are identified and reported by the CCO to the Compliance Committee between Board meetings. The Compliance Committee is also responsible for considering, when requested by the CCO, the CCO's recommendations regarding the materiality of compliance matters to be reported to the Board. The Compliance Committee reviews compliance matters that it determines warrant review between Board meetings. Further, when the CCO wishes to engage an independent third party to perform compliance-related work at the Trust’s expense, the Compliance Committee will evaluate with the CCO which third party to recommend to the Board as well as the appropriate scope of the work. The number of Compliance Committee meetings held during the Trust's most recently completed fiscal year is set forth in the table below. The Compliance Committee Charter is available on the Trust's website at www.prudential.com/variableinsuranceportfolios .

35

Table of Contents
The membership of the Compliance Committee is set forth below:
Robert F. Gunia (Chair)
Jessica M. Bibliowicz
Kay Ryan Booth
Sherry S. Barrat
Thomas M. O’Brien
Thomas T. Mooney (ex-officio)
Governance Committee. The Governance Committee of the Board is responsible for nominating Trustees and making recommendations to the Board concerning Board composition, committee structure and governance, director compensation and expenses, director education, and governance practices. The Board has determined that each member of the Governance Committee is not an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act. The number of Governance Committee meetings held during the Trust's most recently completed fiscal year is set forth in the table below. The Governance Committee Charter is available on the Trust's website at www.prudential.com/variableinsuranceportfolios .
The membership of the Governance Committee is set forth below:
Delayne Dedrick Gold (Chair)
Susan Davenport Austin
Sherry S. Barrat
Jessica M. Bibliowicz
Kay Ryan Booth
Thomas T. Mooney (ex-officio)
Investment Review and Risk Committee (IRRC). The IRRC consists of all members of the Board and is chaired by Mr. Mooney, the Chairman of the Board. The Board created the IRRC to help the Board in reviewing certain types of risk, especially those risks related to portfolio investments, the subadvisers for the Portfolios and other related risks. The responsibilities of the IRRC include, but are not limited to: reviewing written materials and reports pertaining to Portfolio performance, investments and risk from subadvisers, the Strategic Investment Review Group (SIRG) of PI and others; considering presentations from subadvisers, the Investment Manager, SIRG or other service providers on matters relating to Portfolio performance, investments and risk; and periodically reviewing management’s evaluation of various types of risks to the Portfolios.
LEADERSHIP STRUCTURE AND QUALIFICATIONS OF BOARD OF TRUSTEES. The Board is responsible for oversight of the Trust. The Trust has engaged the Investment Manager to manage the Trust on a day-to-day basis. The Board oversees the Investment Manager and certain other principal service providers in the operations of the Trust. The Board is currently composed of ten members, nine of whom are Independent Trustees. The Board meets in-person at regularly scheduled meetings twelve times throughout the year. In addition, the Board Members may meet in-person or by telephone at special meetings. As described above, the Board has established four standing committees—Audit, Compliance, Governance, and Investment Review and Risk—and may establish ad hoc committees or working groups from time to time, to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities. The Independent Trustees have also engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in fulfilling their responsibilities.
The Board is chaired by an Independent Trustee. As Chair, this Independent Trustee leads the Board in its activities. Also, the Chair acts as a member or an ex-officio member of each standing committee and any ad hoc committee of the Board of Trustees. The Trustees have determined that the Board's leadership and committee structure is appropriate because the Board believes it sets the proper tone to the relationships between the Trust, on the one hand, and the Investment Manager, the subadviser(s) and certain other principal service providers, on the other, and facilitates the exercise of the Board's independent judgment in evaluating and managing the relationships. In addition, the structure efficiently allocates responsibility among committees.
The Board has concluded that, based on each Trustee's experience, qualifications, attributes or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees, each Trustee should serve as a Trustee. Among other attributes common to all Trustees are their ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the various service providers to the Trust, and to exercise reasonable business judgment in the performance of their duties as Trustees. In addition, the Board has taken into account the actual service and commitment of the Trustees during their tenure in concluding that each should continue to serve. A Trustee's ability to perform his or her duties effectively may have been attained through a Trustee's educational background or professional training; business, consulting, public service or academic positions; experience from service as a Trustee of the Trust, other funds in the Fund Complex, public companies, or non-profit entities or other organizations; or other experiences. Set forth below is a brief discussion of the specific experience qualifications, attributes or skills of each Trustee that led the Board to conclude that he or she should serve as a Trustee.

    36

Table of Contents
Ms. Gold and Messrs. Mooney and O'Brien have each served for more than 10 years as a Trustee of mutual funds advised by the Investment Manager or its predecessors, including some or all of the following funds: Advanced Series Trust, The Prudential Series Fund, Prudential's Gibraltar Fund, Inc, and/or other mutual funds advised by the Investment Manager or its predecessors. Ms. Gold has more than 20 years of experience in the financial services industry. Mr. Mooney has more than 30 years of experience in senior leadership positions with municipal organizations and other companies and has experience serving on the boards of other entities. Mr. O'Brien has more than 25 years of experience in senior leadership positions in the banking industry, and has experience serving on the boards of other entities. Mr. Gunia has served for more than 10 years as a Board Member of mutual funds advised by the Investment Manager or its predecessors. In addition, Mr. Gunia served in senior leadership positions for more than 28 years with the Investment Manager and its affiliates and predecessors. Ms. Austin currently serves as Vice Chairman of Sheridan Broadcasting Corporation and Senior Managing Director of Brock Capital. In addition to her experience in senior leadership positions with private companies, Ms. Austin has more than 10 years of experience in the investment banking industry, and has experience serving on boards of other public companies and non-profit entities. Ms. Barrat has more than 20 years of experience in senior leadership positions in the financial services and banking industries. In addition, Ms. Barrat has over 10 years experience serving on boards of other public companies and non-profit entities. Ms. Bibliowicz has more than 25 years of experience in senior leadership positions in the financial services and investment management industries. In addition, Ms. Bibliowicz also has experience in serving on the boards of other public companies, investment companies, and non-profit organizations. Ms. Booth has more than 35 years of experience in senior leadership positions in the investment management and investment banking industries. Ms. Booth is currently a Partner of Trinity Private Equity Group. In addition to her experience in senior leadership positions with private companies, Ms. Booth has experience serving on the boards of other entities.  Mr. Cronin, an Interested Trustee of the Trust and other funds advised by the Investment Manager since 2009, served as Vice President of the Trust and other funds advised by the Investment Manager from 2009-2015, as President of the Trust and other funds advised by the Investment Manager since 2015, and has held senior positions with Prudential Financial (and American Skandia, which was purchased by Prudential Financial) since 1998.
Specific details about each Trustee's professional experience is set forth in the professional biography tables, above.
Risk Oversight. Investing in general and the operation of a mutual fund involve a variety of risks, such as investment risk, compliance risk, and operational risk, among others. The Board oversees risk as part of its oversight of the Trust. Risk oversight is addressed as part of various regular Board and committee activities. The Board, directly or through its committees, reviews reports from among others, the Investment Manager, sub-advisers, the Trust's Chief Compliance Officer, the Trust's independent registered public accounting firm, counsel, and internal auditors of the Investment Manager or its affiliates, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by the Trust and the risk management programs of the Investment Manager and certain service providers. The actual day-to-day risk management with respect to the Trust resides with the Investment Manager and other service providers to the Trust. Although the risk management policies of the Investment Manager and the service providers are designed to be effective, those policies and their implementation vary among service providers and over time, and there is no guarantee that they will be effective. Not all risks that may affect the Trust can be identified or processes and controls developed to eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects, and some risks are simply beyond any control of the Trust or the Investment Manager, its affiliates or other service providers.
Selection of Trustee Nominees. The Governance Committee is responsible for considering trustee nominees for Trustees at such times as it considers electing new members to the Board. The Governance Committee may consider recommendations by business and personal contacts of current Board members, and by executive search firms which the Committee may engage from time to time and will also consider shareholder recommendations. The Governance Committee has not established specific, minimum qualifications that it believes must be met by a nominee. In evaluating nominees, the Governance Committee considers, among other things, an individual's background, skills, and experience; whether the individual is an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act; and whether the individual would be deemed an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of applicable SEC rules. The Governance Committee also considers whether the individual's background, skills, and experience will complement the background, skills, and experience of other nominees and will contribute to the diversity of the Board. There are no differences in the manner in which the Governance Committee evaluates nominees for the Board based on whether the nominee is recommended by a shareholder.
A shareholder who wishes to recommend a director for nomination should submit his or her recommendation in writing to the Chair of the Board (Thomas T. Mooney) or the Chair of the Governance Committee (Delayne D. Gold), in either case in care of the Trust, at 655 Broad Street, 17 th Floor, Newark, New Jersey 07102. At a minimum, the recommendation should include: the name, address, and business, educational, and/or other pertinent background of the person being recommended; a statement concerning whether the person is an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act; any other information that the Trust would be required to include in a proxy statement concerning the person if he or she was nominated; and the name and address of the person submitting the recommendation, together with the number of shares held by such person and the period for which the shares have been held. The recommendation also can include any additional information which the person submitting it believes would assist the Governance Committee in evaluating the recommendation.

37

Table of Contents
Shareholders should note that a person who owns securities issued by Prudential Financial, Inc. (the parent company of the Trust's Manager) would be deemed an “interested person” under the 1940 Act. In addition, certain other relationships with Prudential Financial, Inc. or its subsidiaries, with registered broker-dealers, or with the Trust's outside legal counsel may cause a person to be deemed an “interested person.” Before the Governance Committee decides to nominate an individual to the Board, Committee members and other Board members customarily interview the individual in person. In addition, the individual customarily is asked to complete a detailed questionnaire which is designed to elicit information which must be disclosed under SEC and stock exchange rules and to determine whether the individual is subject to any statutory disqualification from serving on the board of a registered investment company.
Shareholder Communications with the Board of Trustees. Shareholders of the Trust can communicate directly with the Board of Trustees by writing to the Chair of the Board, c/o the Trust, 1 Corporate Drive, Shelton, Connecticut 06484. Shareholders can communicate directly with an individual Trustee by writing to that Trustee, c/o the Trust, 1 Corporate Drive, Shelton, Connecticut 06484. Such communications to the Board or individual Trustees are not screened before being delivered to the addressee.
Board Committee Meetings (for most recently completed fiscal year)  
Audit Committee Governance Committee Compliance Committee Investment Review and Risk Committee
5 4 4 6
Share Ownership. Information relating to each Trustee's share ownership in the Trust, other funds that are overseen by the respective Trustee as well as any other funds that are managed by the Manager as of the most recently completed calendar year is set forth in the chart below.
Name Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Trust
Aggregate Dollar Range of
Equity Securities Owned
by Trustee in All
Registered Investment
Companies in Fund Complex*
Trustee Share Ownership    
Susan Davenport Austin None over $100,000
Sherry S. Barrat None over $100,000
Jessica M. Bibiliowicz None over $100,000
Kay Ryan Booth None over $100,000
Timothy S. Cronin None over $100,000
Delayne Dedrick Gold None over $100,000
Robert F. Gunia None over $100,000
Thomas T. Mooney None over $100,000
Thomas M. O'Brien None over $100,000
* “Fund Complex” includes Advanced Series Trust, The Prudential Series Fund, Prudential’s Gibraltar Fund, Inc., the Prudential Investments Funds, Target Funds, and any other funds that are managed by the Investment Manager.
Because the Portfolios of the Trust serve as investment options under variable annuity and life insurance contracts, federal tax law prohibits the sale of Portfolio shares directly to individuals, including the Trustees.  Individuals, including a Trustee, may, however, have an interest in a Portfolio if he or she purchases a variable contract and selects the Portfolio as an investment option.
Other than as set forth in the following paragraph, none of the Independent Trustees, or any member of his/her immediate family, owned beneficially or of record any securities in an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Trust or a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser or principal underwriter of a Portfolio as of the most recently completed calendar year.
Between September 17, 2014 and January 29, 2015, Ms. Bibliowicz was the beneficial owner of stock issued by Franklin Resources, Inc. (Franklin) due to the ownership of such stock by trusts of which Ms. Bibliowicz is the grantor and of which her sons are the beneficiaries (the Bibliowicz Trusts). Two of the Portfolios of the Trust, AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio and AST Franklin Templeton K2 Global Absolute Return Portfolio, are subadvised by entities that are subsidiaries of Franklin. The AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio is subadvised by Franklin Advisers, Inc. The AST Franklin Templeton K2 Global Absolute Return Portfolio is subadvised by each of Franklin Advisers, Inc., Templeton Global Advisors Limited and K2/D&S Management Co., L.L.C. The Bibliowicz Trusts sold all shares of Franklin stock as of January 28, 2015, resulting in proceeds of $133,322.40.

    38

Table of Contents
MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORY ARRANGEMENTS
TRUST MANAGEMENT . PI, Gateway Center Three, 655 Broad Street, Newark, New Jersey, and ASTIS, One Corporate Drive, Shelton, Connecticut, serve as the investment managers of the Portfolios; PI and ASTIS serve as co-investment managers for each Portfolio covered by this Statement of Additional Information, except for AST Bond Portfolio 2026, AST Bond Portfolio 2027, AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio and AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio, for which PI serves as the sole investment manager.
As of December 31, 2015, PI served as the investment manager to all of the Prudential US and offshore open-end investment companies, and as administrator to closed-end investment companies, with aggregate assets of approximately $245.5 billion. PI is a wholly-owned subsidiary of PIFM HoldCo LLC, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential Asset Management Holding Company, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential Financial, Inc. (Prudential). PI has been in the business of providing advisory services since 1996.
As of December 31, 2015, ASTIS served as the investment manager to certain of the Prudential US open-end investment companies with aggregate assets of approximately $125.9 billion. ASTIS is a subsidiary of Prudential Annuities Holding Company, Inc., which is a subsidiary of Prudential Annuities, Inc., a subsidiary of Prudential. ASTIS has been in the business of providing advisory services since 1992.
Services Provided by the Investment Managers . Pursuant to Management Agreements with the Trust (collectively, the Management Agreement), the Investment Managers, subject to the supervision of the Trust's Board and in conformity with the stated policies of the Portfolios, manage both the investment operations and composition of each Portfolio, including the purchase, retention, disposition and loan of securities and other assets. In connection therewith, the Investment Managers are obligated to keep certain books and records of the Portfolios. The Investment Managers are authorized to enter into subadvisory agreements for investment advisory services in connection with the management of the Portfolios. The Investment Managers continue to have responsibility for all investment advisory services performed pursuant to any such subadvisory agreements.
The Investment Managers are specifically responsible for overseeing and managing the Portfolios and the subadvisers. In this capacity, the Investment Managers review the performance of the Portfolios and the subadvisers and make recommendations to the Board with respect to the retention of investment subadvisers, the renewal of contracts, and the reorganization and merger of Portfolios, and other legal and compliance matters. The Investment Managers utilize the Strategic Investments Research Group (SIRG), a unit of PI, to assist the Investment Managers in regularly evaluating and supervising the Portfolios and the subadvisers, including with respect to investment performance. SIRG is a centralized research department of PI that is comprised of a group of highly experienced analysts. SIRG utilizes proprietary processes to analyze large quantities of industry data, both on a qualitative and quantitative level, in order to effectively oversee the Portfolios and the subadvisers. The Investment Managers utilize this data in directly overseeing the Portfolios and the subadvisers. SIRG provides reports to the Board and presents to the Board at special and regularly scheduled Board meetings. The Investment Managers bear the cost of the oversight program maintained by SIRG.
In addition, the Investment Managers generally provide all of the administrative functions necessary for the organization, operation and management of the Trust and its Portfolios. The Investment Managers administer the Trust's corporate affairs and, in connection therewith, furnish the Trust with office facilities, together with those ordinary clerical and bookkeeping services which are not being furnished by, the Trust's custodian (the Custodian), and the Trust's transfer agent. The Investment Managers are also responsible for the staffing and management of dedicated groups of legal, marketing, compliance and related personnel necessary for the operation of the Trust. The legal, marketing, compliance and related personnel are also responsible for the management and oversight of the various service providers to the Trust, including, but not limited to, the custodian, transfer agent, and accounting agent. The management services of the Investment Managers to the Trust are not exclusive under the terms of the Management Agreement and the Investment Managers are free to, and do, render management services to others.
The primary administrative services furnished by the Investment Managers are more specifically detailed below:
furnishing of office facilities;
paying salaries of all officers and other employees of the Investment Managers who are responsible for managing the Trust and the Portfolios;
monitoring financial and shareholder accounting services provided by the Trust’s custodian and transfer agent;
providing assistance to the service providers of the Trust and the Portfolios, including, but not limited to, the custodian, transfer agent, and accounting agent;
monitoring, together with each subadviser, each Portfolio’s compliance with its investment policies, restrictions, and with federal and state laws and regulations, including federal and state securities laws, the Internal Revenue Code and other relevant federal and state laws and regulations;
preparing and filing all required federal, state and local tax returns for the Trust and the Portfolios;

39

Table of Contents
preparing and filing with the SEC on Form N-CSR the Trust’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders, including supervising financial printers who provide related support services;
preparing and filing with the SEC required quarterly reports of portfolio holdings on Form N-Q;
preparing and filing the Trust’s registration statement with the SEC on Form N-1A, as well as preparing and filing with the SEC supplements and other documents, as applicable;
preparing compliance, operations and other reports required to be received by the Trust’s Board and/or its committees in support of the Board’s oversight of the Trust; and
organizing the regular and any special meetings of the Board of the Trust, including the preparing Board materials and agendas, preparing minutes, and related functions.
Expenses Borne by the Investment Managers. In connection with their management of the corporate affairs of the Trust, the Investment Managers bear certain expenses, including, but not limited to:
the salaries and expenses of all of their and the Trust's personnel except the fees and expenses of Trustees who are not affiliated persons of the Investment Managers or any subadviser;
all expenses incurred by the Investment Managers or the Trust in connection with managing the ordinary course of a Trust's business, other than those assumed by the Trust as described below;
the fees, costs and expenses payable to any investment subadvisers pursuant to Subadvisory Agreements between the Investment Managers and such investment subadvisers; and
with respect to the compliance services provided by the Investment Managers, the cost of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer, the Trust’s Deputy Chief Compliance Officer, and all personnel who provide compliance services for the Trust, and all of the other costs associated with the Trust’s compliance program, which includes the management and operation of the compliance program responsible for compliance oversight of the Portfolios and the subadvisers.
Expenses Borne by the Trust. Under the terms of the Management Agreement, the Trust is responsible for the payment of Trust expenses not paid by the Investment Managers, including:
the fees and expenses incurred by the Trust in connection with the management of the investment and reinvestment of the Trust's assets payable to the Investment Managers;
the fees and expenses of Trustees who are not affiliated persons of the Investment Managers or any subadviser;
the fees and certain expenses of the custodian and transfer and dividend disbursing agent, including the cost of providing records to the Investment Managers in connection with their obligation of maintaining required records of the Trust and of pricing the Trust's shares;
the charges and expenses of the Trust's legal counsel and independent auditors;
brokerage commissions and any issue or transfer taxes chargeable to the Trust in connection with its securities (and futures, if applicable) transactions;
all taxes and corporate fees payable by the Trust to governmental agencies;
the fees of any trade associations of which the Trust may be a member;
the cost of share certificates representing and/or non-negotiable share deposit receipts evidencing shares of the Trust;
the cost of fidelity, directors and officers and errors and omissions insurance;
the fees and expenses involved in registering and maintaining registration of the Trust and of its shares with the SEC and paying notice filing fees under state securities laws, including the preparation and printing of the Trust's registration statements and prospectuses for such purposes;
allocable communications expenses with respect to investor services and all expenses of shareholders' and Trustees' meetings and of preparing, printing and mailing reports and notices to shareholders; and
litigation and indemnification expenses and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Trust's business and distribution and service (12b-1) fees.
Terms of the Management Agreement . The Management Agreement provides that the Investment Managers will not be liable for any error of judgment by PI or for any loss suffered by the Trust in connection with the matters to which the Management Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services (in which case any award of damages shall be limited to the period and the amount set forth in Section 36(b)(3) of the 1940 Act) or loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of duties. The Management Agreement provides that it will terminate automatically, if assigned (as defined in the 1940 Act), and that it may be terminated without penalty by either the Investment Managers or the Trust by the Board or vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust, (as defined in the 1940 Act) upon not more than 60 days nor less than 30 days written notice. The Management Agreement will continue in effect for a period of more than two years from the date of execution only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

    40

Table of Contents
Fees payable under the Management Agreement are computed daily and paid monthly. The Investment Managers may from time to time waive all or a portion of its management fee and subsidize all or a portion of the operating expenses of a Portfolio. Management fee waivers and subsidies will increase a Portfolio's total return. These voluntary waivers may be terminated at any time without notice.
SEC Manager-of-Managers Order. The manager-of-managers structure operates under exemptive orders issued by the SEC. The orders permit us to hire subadvisers or amend subadvisory agreements, without shareholder approval.
The most recent order imposes the following conditions:
1. Before a Portfolio may rely on the order requested in the application, the operation of the Portfolio in the manner described in the application, including the hiring of wholly-owned subadvisers, will be, or has been, approved by a majority of the Portfolio’s outstanding voting securities as defined in the 1940 Act, which in the case of a master fund will include voting instructions provided by shareholders of the feeder funds investing in such master fund or other voting arrangements that comply with section 12(d)(1)(E)(iii)(aa) of the 1940 Act (or, in the case on an insurance-related Portfolio, pursuant to the voting instructions provided by contract owners with assets allocated to any registered separate account for which the Portfolio serves as a funding medium), or, in the case of a new Portfolio whose public shareholders purchase shares on the basis of a prospectus containing the disclosure contemplated by condition 2 below, by the sole initial shareholder before offering the Portfolio’s shares to the public.
2. The prospectus for each Portfolio, and in the case of a master fund relying on the requested relief, the prospectus for each feeder fund investing in such master fund, will disclose the existence, substance and effect of any order granted pursuant to the application. Each Portfolio (and any such feeder fund) will hold itself out to the public as employing the Multi-Manager Structure described in the application. Each prospectus will prominently disclose that the Investment Manager have the ultimate responsibility, subject to oversight by the Board, to oversee the subadvisers and recommend their hiring, termination, and replacement.
3. The Investment Manager will provide general management services to a Portfolio, including overall supervisory responsibility for the general management and investment of the Portfolio’s assets. Subject to review and approval of the Board, the Investment Manager will (a) set a Portfolio’s overall investment strategies, (b) evaluate, select, and recommend subadvisers to manage all or a portion of a Portfolio’s assets, and (c) implement procedures reasonably designed to ensure that subadvisers comply with a Portfolio’s investment objective, policies and restrictions. Subject to review by the Board, the Investment Manager will (a) when appropriate, allocate and reallocate a Portfolio’s assets among subadvisers; and (b) monitor and evaluate the performance of subadvisers.
4. A Portfolio will not make any ineligible subadviser changes without the approval of the shareholders of the applicable Portfolio, which in the case of a master fund will include voting instructions provided by shareholders of the feeder fund investing in such master fund or other voting arrangements that comply with section 12(d)(1)(E)(iii)(aa) of the 1940 Act.
5. A Portfolio will inform shareholders, and if the Portfolio is a master fund, shareholders of any feeder funds, of the hiring of a new subadviser within 90 days after the hiring of the new subadviser pursuant to the Modified Notice and Access Procedures.
6. At all times, at least a majority of the Board will be Independent Trustees, and the selection and nomination of new or additional Independent Trustees will be placed within the discretion of the then-existing Independent Trustees.
7. Independent legal counsel, as defined in rule 0-1(a)(6) under the 1940 Act, will be engaged to represent the Independent Trustees. The selection of such counsel will be within the discretion of the then-existing Independent Trustees.
8. The Investment Manager will provide the Board, no less frequently than quarterly, with information about the profitability of the Investment Manager on a per Portfolio basis. The information will reflect the impact on profitability of the hiring of termination of any subadviser during the applicable quarter.
9. Whenever a subadviser is hired or terminated, the Investment Manager will provide the Board with information showing the expected impact on the profitability of the Investment Manager.
10. Whenever a subadviser change is proposed for a Portfolio with an affiliated subadviser or a wholly-owned subadviser, the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, will make a separate finding, reflected in the Board minutes, that such change is in the best interests of the Portfolio and its shareholders, and if the Portfolio is a master fund, the best interests of any applicable feeder funds and their respective shareholders, and does not involve a conflict of interest from which the Investment Manager or the affiliated subadviser or wholly-owned subadviser derives an inappropriate advantage.

41

Table of Contents
11. No Board member or officer of a Prudential investment company, a Portfolio, or a feeder fund that invests in a Portfolio that is a master fund, or director, manager or officer of the Investment Manager, will own directly or indirectly (other than through a pooled investment vehicle that is not controlled by such person) any interest in a subadviser except for (a) ownership of interests in the Investment Manager or any entity, other than a Wholly-Owned subadviser, that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Investment Manager, or (b) ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding securities of any class of equity or debt of any publicly traded company that is either a subadviser or an entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, a subadviser.
12. Each Portfolio and any feeder fund that invests in a Portfolio that is a master fund will disclose an aggregate fee disclosure in its registration statement.
13. In the event the SEC adopts a rule under the 1940 Act providing substantially similar relief to that requested in the application, the requested order will expire on the effective date of that rule.
14. Any new Subadvisory Agreement or any amendment to a Portfolio’s existing Investment Management Agreement or Subadvisory Agreement that directly or indirectly results in an increase in the aggregate advisory fee rate payable by the Portfolio will be submitted to the Portfolio’s shareholders for approval.
Potential Conflicts. Under the manager-of-managers structure, the Investment Managers recommend the hiring and firing of subadvisers, determine the allocation of Portfolio assets among subadvisers for Portfolios with more than one subadviser, and report to the Board regarding subadviser performance. The Investment Managers also directly manage the assets for certain Portfolio sleeves or segments.
The Investment Managers may face potential conflicts inherent in serving as a manager-of-managers including, but not limited to: (i) an incentive to recommend that a Portfolio retain an affiliated subadviser; (ii) an incentive to recommend that a Portfolio retain a subadviser because the subadviser may provide distribution support or other services that benefit the Investment Managers or their affiliates or because of other relationships between the subadviser or its affiliates and the Investment Managers or their affiliates; (iii) an incentive to recommend that the Investment Managers provide direct management of assets for certain sleeves or segments; and (iv) an incentive to allocate assets among subadvisers of a single Portfolio based on profitability or other benefit to the Investment Managers or their affiliates.
To mitigate potential conflicts presented by these issues, the Investment Managers utilize the services of SIRG, a unit of PI, which provides investment manager oversight, analysis and recommendations. SIRG provides its input to both the Investment Managers and the Board. SIRG representatives meet with the Board in connection with its quarterly meetings and any special meetings at which subadviser recommendations are made, and the Board makes the decision as to the retention of any subadviser. For recommendations involving a new subadviser or a replacement subadviser for a single asset class Portfolio or sleeve, SIRG conducts a search of qualified investment managers and provides a recommendation. SIRG reviews with the Board the search process, finalists and the reasons for the recommendation. SIRG’s investment analysis process is applied in the same manner to both affiliated and unaffiliated investment managers. The Board makes the final decision with respect to the retention of a new or replacement subadviser. For some Portfolios, the investment managers make a recommendation for a subadviser based on the design of a Portfolio, such as a Portfolio designed in consultation with a specific subadviser. In those cases, SIRG reviews the proposed subadviser and reports to the Board regarding its assessment of the subadviser.
To the extent an investment manager’s affiliation or other business relationship with Prudential is a factor in any subadviser recommendation, the investment manager discusses the relevant factors with the Board, which makes the final decision on any new or replacement subadviser. SIRG personnel are not involved in subadvisory fee negotiations.
Management Fees. The tables below set forth the applicable contractual management fee rate and the management fees received by the Investment Managers from the Trust for each Portfolio for the indicated fiscal years.

    42

Table of Contents
Management Fee Rates (effective July 1, 2015 and thereafter)  
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio Fund-of-Funds Segments/Sleeves:
0.72% of average daily net assets

Non Fund-of-Funds Segments/Sleeves:
0.5525% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.5425% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.5325% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.5225% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5125% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4825% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio 0.6825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 0.9325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.9225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.9125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.9025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.8925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.8625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.8425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST AQR Large-Cap Portfolio 0.5825% of average daily net assets up to $300 million;
0.5725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.5625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.5525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.15% of average daily net assets
AST BlackRock Global Strategies Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets up to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio) 0.4825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.4725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.4525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.3925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio) 0.4825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.4725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.4525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.3925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

43

Table of Contents
Management Fee Rates (effective July 1, 2015 and thereafter)  
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST Bond Portfolio 2016* 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2017* 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2018* 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2019* 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2020* 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2021* 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2022* 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2023* 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2024* 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2025* 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2026* 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2027* 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio) 0.5825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.5725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.5625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.5525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.15% of average daily net assets

    44

Table of Contents
Management Fee Rates (effective July 1, 2015 and thereafter)  
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST ClearBridge Dividend Growth Portfolio 0.6825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Defensive Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.15% of average daily net assets
AST FI Pyramis ® Quantitative Portfolio 0.6825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Global Real Estate Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio 0.5825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.5725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.5625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.5525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio 0.7825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio 0.7825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

45

Table of Contents
Management Fee Rates (effective July 1, 2015 and thereafter)  
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST Government Money Market Portfolio 0.3325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.3225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.3125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.3025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.2925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.2625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.2425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST High Yield Portfolio 0.5825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.5725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.5625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.5525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Hotchkis & Wiley Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio) 0.5825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.5725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.5625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.5525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST International Growth Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST International Value Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio * 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio 0.7825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $75 million;
0.6825% on next $225 million of average daily net assets;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

    46

Table of Contents
Management Fee Rates (effective July 1, 2015 and thereafter)  
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio 0.6325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST MFS Growth Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST MFS Large-Cap Value Portfolio 0.6825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio 0.5325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.5225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.5125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.5025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.25 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

47

Table of Contents
Management Fee Rates (effective July 1, 2015 and thereafter)  
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.6825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $750 million of average daily net assets;
0.6225% on next $2 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5725% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 0.9325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.9225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.9125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.9025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.8925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.8625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.8425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.15% of average daily net assets
AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio 0.5325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.5225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.4875% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.4775% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.4525% on next $2.25 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.3925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio 0.6825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 0.9325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.9225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.9125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.9025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.8925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.8625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.8425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST QMA Large-Cap Portfolio 0.5825% of average daily net assets up to $300 million;
0.5725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.5625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.5525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio 0.25% of average daily net assets
AST RCM World Trends Portfolio 0.7825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

    48

Table of Contents
Management Fee Rates (effective July 1, 2015 and thereafter)  
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio 0.7825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio 0.7825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.6825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.25 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

49

Table of Contents
Management Fee Rates (effective July 1, 2015 and thereafter)  
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio 0.6325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5625 on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Value Equity Portfolio 0.6825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST WEDGE Capital Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio) 0.7825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio 0.5325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.5225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.5125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.5025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio 0.6825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
*The current contractual investment management fee for each of the AST Bond Portfolio 2016, AST Bond Portfolio 2017, AST Bond Portfolio 2018, AST Bond Portfolio 2019, AST Bond Portfolio 2020, AST Bond Portfolio 2021, AST Bond Portfolio 2022, AST Bond Portfolio 2023, AST Bond Portfolio 2024, AST Bond Portfolio 2025, AST Bond Portfolio 2026, AST Bond Portfolio 2027, and AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio is subject to certain breakpoints. The assets of each Portfolio will be aggregated for purposes of determining the fee rate applicable to each Portfolio.
For AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio, the management fee rate applicable to the fund-of-funds segments/sleeves is limited to assets invested in other portfolios of the Advanced Series Trust. The management fee rate applicable to the non fund-of-funds segments/sleeves excludes assets invested in other portfolios of the Advanced Series Trust. Portfolio assets invested in mutual funds other than the portfolios of the Advanced Series Trust are included in the management fee rate applicable to the non fund-of-funds segments/sleeves.
Management Fee Rates (effective February 25, 2013 through June 30, 2015)  
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio Fund-of-Funds Segments/Sleeves:
0.72% of average daily net assets

Non Fund-of-Funds Segments/Sleeves:
0.71% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.70% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.69% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.68% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.67% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.64% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.62% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

    50

Table of Contents
Management Fee Rates (effective February 25, 2013 through June 30, 2015)  
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio 0.84% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.83% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.82% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.81% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.80% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.77% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.75% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 1.09% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
1.08% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
1.07% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
1.06% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
1.05% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
1.02% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
1.00% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST AQR Large-Cap Portfolio 0.74% of average daily net assets up to $300 million;
0.73% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.72% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.71% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.70% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.67% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.65% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.15% of average daily net assets
AST BlackRock Global Strategies Portfolio 0.99% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.98% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.97% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.96% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.95% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.92% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.90% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio 0.89% of average daily net assets up to $300 million;
0.88% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.87% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.86% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.85% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.82% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.80% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio) 0.64% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.63% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.62% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.61% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.60% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.57% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.55% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio) 0.64% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.63% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.62% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.61% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.60% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.57% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.55% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2016* 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.63% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.62% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.61% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2017* 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.63% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.62% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.61% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

51

Table of Contents
Management Fee Rates (effective February 25, 2013 through June 30, 2015)  
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST Bond Portfolio 2018* 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.63% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.62% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.61% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2019* 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.63% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.62% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.61% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2020* 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.63% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.62% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.61% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2021* 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.63% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.62% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.61% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2022* 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.63% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.62% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.61% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2023* 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.63% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.62% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.61% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2024* 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.63% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.62% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.61% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2025* 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.63% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.62% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.61% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2026* 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.63% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.62% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.61% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio) 0.74% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.73% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.72% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.71% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.70% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.67% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.65% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.15% of average daily net assets
AST ClearBridge Dividend Growth Portfolio 0.84% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.83% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.82% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.81% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.80% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.77% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.75% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio 0.99% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.98% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.97% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.96% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.95% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.92% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.90% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Defensive Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.15% of average daily net assets

    52

Table of Contents
Management Fee Rates (effective February 25, 2013 through June 30, 2015)  
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST FI Pyramis ® Quantitative Portfolio 0.84% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.83% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.82% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.81% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.80% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.77% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.75% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Global Real Estate Portfolio 0.99% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.98% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.97% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.96% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.95% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.92% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.90% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio 0.74% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.73% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.72% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.71% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.70% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.67% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.65% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio 0.99% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.98% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.97% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.96% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.95% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.92% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.90% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio (1) 0.94% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.93% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.92% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.91% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.90% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.87% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.85% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio 0.94% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.93% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.92% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.91% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.90% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.87% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.85% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Government Money Market Portfolio 0.49% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.48% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.47% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.46% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.45% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.42% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.40% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST High Yield Portfolio 0.74% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.73% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.72% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.71% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.70% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.67% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.65% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

53

Table of Contents
Management Fee Rates (effective February 25, 2013 through June 30, 2015)  
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST Hotchkis & Wiley Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio) 0.74% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.73% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.72% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.71% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.70% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.67% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.65% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST International Growth Portfolio 0.99% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.98% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.97% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.96% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.95% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.92% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.90% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST International Value Portfolio 0.99% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.98% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.97% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.96% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.95% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.92% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.90% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio * 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.63% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.62% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.61% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio 0.94% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.93% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.92% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.91% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.90% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.87% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.85% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio 0.99% of average daily net assets to $75 million;
0.84% on next $225 million of average daily net assets;
0.83% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.82% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.81% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.80% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.77% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.75% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio 0.99% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.98% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.97% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.96% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.95% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.92% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.90% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 0.89% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.88% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.87% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.86% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.85% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.82% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.80% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 0.89% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.88% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.87% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.86% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.85% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.82% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.80% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

    54

Table of Contents
Management Fee Rates (effective February 25, 2013 through June 30, 2015)  
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio 0.79% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.78% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.77% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.76% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.75% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.72% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.70% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio 0.99% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.98% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.97% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.96% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.95% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.92% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.90% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST MFS Growth Portfolio 0.89% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.88% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.87% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.86% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.85% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.82% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.80% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST MFS Large-Cap Value Portfolio 0.84% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.83% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.82% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.81% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.80% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.77% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.75% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio 0.69% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.68% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.67% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.66% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.65% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.62% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.60% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio 0.89% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.88% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.87% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.86% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.81% on next $2.25 billion of average daily net assets;
0.80% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.77% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.75% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.84% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.83% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.82% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.81% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.80% on next $750 million of average daily net assets;
0.78% on next $2 billion of average daily net assets;
0.75% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.73% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 1.09% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
1.08% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
1.07% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
1.06% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
1.05% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
1.02% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
1.00% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.15% of average daily net assets

55

Table of Contents
Management Fee Rates (effective February 25, 2013 through June 30, 2015)  
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio 0.69% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.68% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.67% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.66% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.65% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.62% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.60% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio 0.84% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.83% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.82% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.81% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.80% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.77% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.75% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 1.09% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
1.08% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
1.07% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
1.06% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
1.05% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
1.02% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
1.00% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST QMA Large-Cap Portfolio 0.74% of average daily net assets up to $300 million;
0.73% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.72% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.71% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.70% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.67% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.65% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio 0.99% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.98% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.97% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.96% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.95% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.92% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.90% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio 0.25% of average daily net assets
AST RCM World Trends Portfolio (2) 0.94% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.93% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.92% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.91% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.90% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.87% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.85% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio 0.94% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.93% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.92% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.91% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.90% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.87% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.85% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio 0.89% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.88% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.87% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.86% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.85% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.82% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.80% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

    56

Table of Contents
Management Fee Rates (effective February 25, 2013 through June 30, 2015)  
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio 0.94% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.93% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.92% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.91% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.90% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.87% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.85% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio 0.89% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.88% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.87% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.86% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.85% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.82% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.80% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.84% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.83% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.82% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.81% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.80% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.77% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.75% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio 0.89% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.88% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.87% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.86% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.85% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.82% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.80% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 0.89% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.88% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.87% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.86% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.81% on next $2.25 billion of average daily net assets;
0.80% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.77% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.75% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio 0.89% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.88% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.87% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.86% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.85% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.82% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.80% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio 0.79% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.78% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.77% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.76% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.75% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.72% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.70% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Value Equity Portfolio 0.84% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.83% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.82% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.81% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.80% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.77% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.75% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

57

Table of Contents
Management Fee Rates (effective February 25, 2013 through June 30, 2015)  
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST WEDGE Capital Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio) 0.94% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.93% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.92% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.91% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.90% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.87% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.85% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio 0.99% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.98% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.97% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.96% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.95% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.92% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.90% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio 0.69% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.68% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.67% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.66% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.65% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.62% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.60% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio 0.84% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.83% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.82% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.81% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.80% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.77% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.75% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
*The current contractual investment management fee for each of the AST Bond Portfolio 2016, AST Bond Portfolio 2017, AST Bond Portfolio 2018, AST Bond Portfolio 2019, AST Bond Portfolio 2020, AST Bond Portfolio 2021, AST Bond Portfolio 2022, AST Bond Portfolio 2023, AST Bond Portfolio 2024, AST Bond Portfolio 2025, AST Bond Portfolio 2026 and AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio is subject to certain breakpoints. The assets of each Portfolio will be aggregated for purposes of determining the fee rate applicable to each Portfolio.
For AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio, the management fee rate applicable to the fund-of-funds segments/sleeves is limited to assets invested in other portfolios of the Advanced Series Trust. The management fee rate applicable to the non fund-of-funds segments/sleeves excludes assets invested in other portfolios of the Advanced Series Trust. Portfolio assets invested in mutual funds other than the portfolios of the Advanced Series Trust are included in the management fee rate applicable to the non fund-of-funds segments/sleeves.
(1) Prior to April 29, 2013, the management fee rate for the Portfolio was 0.30% of average daily net assets.
(2) Prior to April 29, 2013, the management fee rate for the Portfolio was 0.30% of average daily net assets.
Management Fee Rates (effective prior to February 25, 2013)  
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.72% of average daily net assets
AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio 0.85% of average daily net assets
AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.15% of average daily net assets
AST BlackRock Global Strategies Portfolio 1.00% of average daily net assets
AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio) 0.65% of average daily net assets
AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio) 0.65% of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2016 (1) 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.64% of average daily net assets over $500 million
AST Bond Portfolio 2017 (1) 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.64% of average daily net assets over $500 million
AST Bond Portfolio 2018 (1) 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.64% of average daily net assets over $500 million
AST Bond Portfolio 2019 (1) 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.64% of average daily net assets over $500 million
AST Bond Portfolio 2020 (1) 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.64% of average daily net assets over $500 million

    58

Table of Contents
Management Fee Rates (effective prior to February 25, 2013)  
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST Bond Portfolio 2021 (1) 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.64% of average daily net assets over $500 million
AST Bond Portfolio 2022 (1) 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.64% of average daily net assets over $500 million
AST Bond Portfolio 2023 (1) 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.64% of average daily net assets over $500 million
AST Bond Portfolio 2024 (1) 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.64% of average daily net assets over $500 million
AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio) 0.75 % of average daily net assets
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.15% of average daily net assets
AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio 1.00% of average daily net assets
AST FI Pyramis ® Quantitative Portfolio 0.85% of average daily net assets
AST Global Real Estate Portfolio 1.00% of average daily net assets
AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio 0.75% of average daily net assets
AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio 1.00% of average daily net assets
AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio (formerly, AST Horizon Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio) 0.30% of average daily net assets
AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio 0.95% of average daily net assets
AST Government Money Market Portfolio 0.50% of average daily net assets
AST High Yield Portfolio 0.75% of average daily net assets
AST Hotchkis & Wiley Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio) 0.75% of average daily net assets
AST International Growth Portfolio 1.00% of average daily net assets
AST International Value Portfolio 1.00% of average daily net assets
AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio (1) 0.65% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.64% of average daily net assets over $500 million
AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio (2) 0.95% of average daily net assets
AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio 1.00% of average daily net assets to $75 million;
0.85% of average daily net assets over $75 million
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio 1.00% of average daily net assets
AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 0.90% of average daily net assets
AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 0.90% of average daily net assets
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio 0.80% of average daily net assets
AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio 1.00% of average daily net assets
AST MFS Growth Portfolio 0.90% of average daily net assets
AST MFS Large-Cap Value Portfolio 0.85% of average daily net assets
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio 0.90% of average daily net assets to $1 billion;
0.85% of average daily net assets over $1 billion
AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.85% of average daily net assets up to $4 billion;
0.83% of average daily net assets over $4 billion
AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 1.10% of average daily net assets
AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.15% of average daily net assets
AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio 0.70% of average daily net assets
AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio 0.85% of average daily net assets
AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio 1.00% of average daily net assets
AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio 0.25% of average daily net assets
AST RCM World Trends Portfolio 0.30% of average daily net assets
AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio (3) 0.95% of average daily net assets

59

Table of Contents
Management Fee Rates (effective prior to February 25, 2013)  
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio 0.90% of average daily net assets
AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio 0.95% of average daily net assets
AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio 0.90% of average daily net assets
AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.85% of average daily net assets
AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio 0.80% of average daily net assets
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 0.90% of average daily net assets to $1 billion;
0.85% of average daily net assets over $1 billion
AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio 0.90% of average daily net assets
AST Value Equity Portfolio 0.85% of average daily net assets
AST WEDGE Capital Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio) 0.95% of average daily net assets
AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio 1.00% of average daily net assets
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio 0.70% of average daily net assets
AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio 0.85% of average daily net assets
(1) The contractual investment management fee for each of the AST Bond Portfolio 2016, AST Bond Portfolio 2017, AST Bond Portfolio 2018, AST Bond Portfolio 2019, AST Bond Portfolio 2020, AST Bond Portfolio 2021, AST Bond Portfolio 2022, AST Bond Portfolio 2023, AST Bond Portfolio 2024 and AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio is subject to certain breakpoints.
In the event the combined average daily net assets of the Portfolios do not exceed $500 million, each Portfolio's investment management fee rate will equal 0.65% of its average daily net assets. In the event the combined average daily net assets of the Portfolios exceed $500 million, the portion of a Portfolio's assets to which the investment management fee rate of 0.65% applies and the portion of a Portfolio's assets to which the investment management fee rate of 0.64% applies will be determined on a pro rata basis. Such fee would be computed as follows.
[0.65% x ($500 million x Individual Portfolio Assets divided by Combined Portfolio Assets)] + [0.64% x (Combined Portfolio Assets - $500 million) x Individual Portfolio Assets divided by Combined Portfolio Assets]
For purposes of calculating the investment management fee payable to the Investment Managers, the combined average daily net assets of the Portfolios will include the assets of future Portfolios of the Trust that are managed by the Investment Managers pursuant to similar target maturity or constant duration investment strategies and that are used in connection with non-discretionary asset transfers under certain living benefit programs.
(2) Effective August 2012, the management fee rate for the Portfolio changed from 0.89% to 0.95% of average daily net assets. Management fees paid by the Portfolio for the period of January-August, 2012 as well as the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were paid at the rate of 0.89% of average daily net assets.
(3) Effective April 30, 2012, the management fee rate for the Portfolio changed from 0.30% of average daily net assets to 0.95% of average daily net assets. Management fees paid by the Portfolio for the period of January –April 2012 as well as the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were paid at the rate of 0.30% of average daily net assets.
The Investment Managers entered into a contractual waiver so that the Portfolio’s investment management fee equals 0.95% of its first $4 billion of average daily net assets and 0.93% of its average daily net assets in excess of $4 billion through June 30, 2013.
Management Fees Paid by the Trust      
Portfolio 2015 2014 2013
AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio $46,127,890 $54,566,824 $55,967,368
AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio 60,738,244 66,477,361 58,929,517
AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 2,252,707 2,820,230 1,780,453
AST AQR Large-Cap Portfolio 11,662,110 13,470,663 9,170,613
AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio 16,361,022 16,182,604 14,539,996
AST BlackRock Global Strategies Portfolio 20,616,616 22,076,635 19,728,383
AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio 1,686,551 1,106,504 194,698
AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio ( formerly, AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio) 19,631,820 37,649,739 46,581,658
AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio) 4,722,856 6,229,464 7,018,713
AST Bond Portfolio 2016 21,714 -# 130,401
AST Bond Portfolio 2017 573,560 834,873 1,625,760
AST Bond Portfolio 2018 797,472 1,239,406 2,292,300
AST Bond Portfolio 2019 368,507 569,511 983,074
AST Bond Portfolio 2020 795,481 1,180,023 917,709
AST Bond Portfolio 2021 1,326,818 1,210,589 1,396,273
AST Bond Portfolio 2022 686,554 582,876 1,605,914
AST Bond Portfolio 2023 481,242 2,516,464 2,766,424
AST Bond Portfolio 2024 318,203 1,272,974 1,055,392
AST Bond Portfolio 2025 2,244,875 175,309 None

    60

Table of Contents
Management Fees Paid by the Trust      
Portfolio 2015 2014 2013
AST Bond Portfolio 2026 377,339 None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2027 None None None
AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio) 5,162,432 4,613,195 6,812,097
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio 19,550,700 18,808,313 15,792,647
AST ClearBridge Dividend Growth Portfolio 6,232,491 10,352,043 8,592,203
AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio 6,827,108 6,827,553 6,271,361
AST Defensive Asset Allocation Portfolio 489,414 293,989 71,618
AST FI Pyramis ® Quantitative Portfolio 29,441,026 34,515,011 35,782,554
AST Global Real Estate Portfolio 5,611,530 6,282,765 5,959,281
AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio 11,262,301 12,030,139 10,163,797
AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio 6,831,577 6,145,117 5,632,101
AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio 17,812,666 21,038,703 16,234,610
AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio 7,531,385 8,150,120 6,963,851
AST Government Money Market Portfolio -# 376,777 960,153
AST Hotchkis & Wiley Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio) 9,353,671 9,700,255 11,339,462
AST High Yield Portfolio 9,632,029 9,151,649 9,542,347
AST International Growth Portfolio 21,140,189 26,576,024 25,924,792
AST International Value Portfolio 19,380,186 24,424,291 23,475,069
AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio 11,501,135 7,518,693 14,398,171
AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio 26,312,866 27,997,461 24,750,272
AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio 3,441,086 3,937,190 3,679,415
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio 25,556,617 28,999,961 28,406,966
AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 8,262,592 6,570,359 8,799,418
AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 19,079,019 22,152,163 18,779,559
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio 8,471,975 7,983,439 12,621,827
AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio 6,029,140 6,132,623 4,700,296
AST MFS Growth Portfolio 10,050,399 11,987,343 11,379,948
AST MFS Large-Cap Value Portfolio 4,627,446 4,910,897 4,290,017
AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio 21,172,399 11,941,241 1,368,356
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio 7,463,157 8,504,189 6,189,992
AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio 5,678,033 5,881,152 4,339,110
AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 5,324,827 7,150,265 9,411,956
AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio 21,063,777 21,520,357 22,343,297
AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio 57,777,451 53,586,706 46,193,355
AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio 10,834,875 11,390,677 11,660,924
AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 1,408,399 2,072,214 2,468,158
AST QMA Large-Cap Portfolio 18,565,636 18,835,213 11,263,246
AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio 5,524,898 5,069,892 4,564,177
AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio 1,976,278 1,358,778 749,821
AST RCM World Trends Portfolio 39,930,195 40,088,163 26,660,763
AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio 43,739,566 40,850,006 34,658,956
AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio 6,474,773 7,550,442 6,840,803
AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio 7,117,773 7,548,239 6,827,331
AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio 8,338,326 10,248,914 9,823,902
AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio 79,625,986 81,131,412 70,957,061

61

Table of Contents
Management Fees Paid by the Trust      
Portfolio 2015 2014 2013
AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio 3,479,262 1,165,844 None
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 15,098,366 15,525,998 15,552,386
AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio 4,370,216 5,894,243 6,215,338
AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio 4,217,447 4,875,970 3,964,282
AST Value Equity Portfolio 4,801,505 6,261,218 6,570,391
AST WEDGE Capital Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio) 3,695,575 4,126,786 5,603,219
AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio 19,566,262 17,927,110 11,152,755
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio 14,366,631 16,450,428 16,262,096
AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio 1,174,575 2,833,018 2,426,724
# The management fee amount waived exceeds the management fee due to expense limitations described below.
FEE WAIVERS/SUBSIDIES. PI may from time to time waive all or a portion of its management fee and/or subsidize all or a portion of the operating expenses of the Portfolios. Fee waivers and subsidies will increase a Portfolio's return.
PI has agreed to waive a portion of its management fee and/or limit total expenses (expressed as an annual percentage of average daily net assets) for certain Portfolios of the Trust, as set forth in the table below. Unless otherwise noted, the expense limitations may be discontinued or otherwise modified at any time.
Fee Waivers & Expense Limitations  
Portfolio Fee Waiver and/or Expense Limitation
AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio The Manager has voluntarily agreed to reimburse expenses and/or waive fees so that the Portfolio’s “Underlying Fund Fees and Expenses” do not exceed 0.685% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets This waiver is voluntary and may be modified or terminated by the Manager at any time without notice. In addition, the Manager has voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of the Portfolio’s investment management fee based on the aggregate assets of each Portfolio of the Trust managed as a fund-of-funds.*
AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.014% of its investment management fees through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees. In addition, the Manager has voluntarily agreed to waive the Portfolio’s investment management fee to the extent Portfolio assets are invested in underlying portfolios to gain exposure to small-cap equity securities. This waiver is voluntary and may be modified or terminated by the Manager at any time without notice.
AST AQR Large-Cap Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.086% of its investment management fees through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees. [In addition, the Manager has voluntarily agreed to waive two-thirds of the incremental increase in the net management fee received by the Manager as a result of the underlying voluntary subadviser fee discount. This waiver is voluntary and may be modified or terminated by the Manager at any time without notice.]
AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio The Manager has voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of the Portfolio’s investment management fee based on the aggregate assets of each Portfolio of the Trust managed as a fund-of-funds.*
AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fee equal to the acquired fund fees and expenses due to investments in iShares ETFs. In addition, the Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fee and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio’s investment management fees (after the waiver described in the first sentence) and other expenses (including distribution fees, acquired fund fees and expenses due to investments in iShares ETFs, and other expenses excluding taxes, interest and brokerage commissions) do not exceed 1.02% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets through June 30, 2017. These waivers may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio) The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.035% of its investment management fees through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.057% of its investment management fee through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Bond Portfolio 2016 The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) does not exceed 0.93% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

    62

Table of Contents
Fee Waivers & Expense Limitations  
Portfolio Fee Waiver and/or Expense Limitation
AST Bond Portfolio 2017 The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) does not exceed 0.93% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Bond Portfolio 2018 The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) does not exceed 0.93% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Bond Portfolio 2019 The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) does not exceed 0.93% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Bond Portfolio 2020 The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) does not exceed 0.93% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Bond Portfolio 2021 The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) does not exceed 0.93% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Bond Portfolio 2022 The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) does not exceed 0.93% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Bond Portfolio 2023 The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) does not exceed 0.93% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Bond Portfolio 2024 The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) does not exceed 0.93% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Bond Portfolio 2025 The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) does not exceed 0.93% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Bond Portfolio 2026 The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) does not exceed 0.93% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Bond Portfolio 2027 The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) does not exceed 0.93% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio) The Manager has agreed to voluntarily waive a portion of its investment management fees and/or reimburse expenses so that the Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 0.85% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets. This expense limitation is voluntary and may be modified or terminated by the Manager at any time without notice.

63

Table of Contents
Fee Waivers & Expense Limitations  
Portfolio Fee Waiver and/or Expense Limitation
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio The Manager has voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of the Portfolio’s investment management fee based on the aggregate assets of each Portfolio of the Trust managed as a fund-of-funds.*
AST ClearBridge Dividend Growth Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.11% of its investment management fees through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.07% of its investment management fees through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Defensive Asset Allocation Portfolio The Manager has voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of the Portfolio’s investment management fee based on the aggregate assets of each Portfolio of the Trust managed as a fund-of-funds.*
AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.013% of its investment management fees through June 30, 2017. In addition, the Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio’s investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, short sale interest and dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 0.82% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets through October 31, 2016. These waivers may not be terminated without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.10% of its investment management fees through June 30, 2017. In addition, the Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio’s investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, short sale interest and dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 0.98% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets through October 31, 2016. These waivers may not be terminated without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.144% of its investment management fee through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees. The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fee equal to the management fee of any acquired fund managed or subadvised by Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.013% of its investment management fee through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Government Money Market Portfolio The Manager has voluntarily agreed to limit the advisory fees of the Portfolio such that the 1-day yield (without gain or loss) does not fall below 0.00%. The waiver/reimbursement is voluntary and may be modified or terminated by the Manager at any time without notice. The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of the management fee for the Portfolio by implementing the following management fee schedule: 0.30% to $3.25 billion; 0.2925% on the next $2.75 billion; 0.2625% on the next $4 billion; and 0.2425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets. This waiver may not be terminated or modified prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust's Board of Trustees.
AST International Growth Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.011% of its investment management fees through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 0.99% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio The Manager has voluntarily agreed to reimburse expenses and/or waive fees to the extent that the Portfolio’s “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses” exceed 0.23% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets. For purposes of applying this voluntary expense cap, “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses” shall not include, and the Manager shall not reimburse expenses or waive fees with respect to taxes, short sale interest and dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, distribution fees and extraordinary expenses incurred by the relevant underlying non-affiliated portfolios. This arrangement will be monitored and applied daily based upon the Portfolio’s then-current holdings of the underlying non-affiliated portfolios and the expense ratios of the relevant underlying non-affiliated portfolios as of its most recent fiscal year end.
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.011% of its investment management fee through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.06% of its investment management fees through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

    64

Table of Contents
Fee Waivers & Expense Limitations  
Portfolio Fee Waiver and/or Expense Limitation
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.16% of its investment management fees through October 31, 2016. In addition, the Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fees, as follows: 0.10% on the first $500 million of average daily net assets; 0.125% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets between $500 million and $1 billion; and 0.15% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets in excess of $1 billion through October 31, 2016. Additionally, the Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio’s investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, short sale interest and dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 0.59% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets through October 31, 2016. These waivers may not be terminated prior to October 31, 2016 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to cap expenses/ reimburse certain expenses and/or waive a portion of its investment management fee so that the Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 0.83% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets. This arrangement may not be terminated or modified prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.002% of its investment management fee through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio's investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, short sale interest and dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 1.08% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets through June 30, 2017. The Manager has also contractually agreed to waive 0.013% of its investment management fees through June 30, 2017. These waivers may not be terminated without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio The Manager has voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of the Portfolio’s investment management fee based on the aggregate assets of each Portfolio of the Trust managed as a fund-of-funds.*
AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portfolio of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio’s investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, short sale interest and dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 0.90% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets through October 31, 2016. This waiver may not be terminated prior to October 31, 2016 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST QMA Large-Cap Portfolio The Manager has voluntarily agreed to waive two-thirds of the incremental increase in the net management fee received by the Manager as a result of the underlying voluntary subadviser fee discount. This waiver is voluntary and may be modified or terminated by the Manager at any time without notice.
AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio The Manager has voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of the Portfolio’s investment management fee based on the aggregate assets of each Portfolio of the Trust managed as a fund-of-funds.*
AST RCM World Trends Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portfolio of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio’s investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, short sale interest and dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 1.02% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets through October 31, 2016. This waiver may not be terminated prior to October 31, 2016 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio The Manager has voluntarily agreed to reimburse expenses and/or waive fees to the extent that the Portfolio’s “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses” exceed 0.20% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets. For purposes of applying this voluntary expense cap, “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses” shall not include, and the Manager shall not reimburse expenses or waive fees with respect to taxes, short sale interest and dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, distribution fees and extraordinary expenses incurred by the relevant underlying non-affiliated portfolios. This arrangement will be monitored and applied daily based upon the Portfolio’s then-current holdings of the underlying non-affiliated portfolios and the expense ratios of the relevant underlying non-affiliated portfolios as of its most recent fiscal year end. The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portfolio of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio’s investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, short sale interest and dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 1.12% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets through October 31, 2016. This waiver may not be terminated prior to October 31, 2016 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.004% of its investment management fee, effective on or about April 25, 2016 through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.022% of its investment management fee through October 31, 2016. In addition, the Manager has contractually agreed to waive an additional 0.002% of its investment management fee through June 30, 2017. The Manager has also contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the Portfolio’s investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, short sale interest and dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 0.87% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets through October 31, 2016. These waivers may not be terminated without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

65

Table of Contents
Fee Waivers & Expense Limitations  
Portfolio Fee Waiver and/or Expense Limitation
AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.002% of its investment management fee through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.01% of its investment management fee through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.002% of its investment management fee through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Value Equity Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.15% of its investment management fees through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST WEDGE Capital Mid-Cap Value Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.01% of its investment management fee through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.04% of its investment management fees through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.05% of its investment management fee through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
* Fund of Fund Discount : The Manager has agreed to a voluntary fee waiver arrangement that will apply across each of the following portfolios: AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio (Fund of Fund sleeve), AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio, AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio, AST Defensive Asset Allocation Portfolio, AST Managed Alternatives Portfolio, AST Managed Equity Portfolio, AST Managed Fixed Income Portfolio, AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio, and AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio (collectively, the Fund of Fund Portfolios). This voluntary fee waiver arrangement may be terminated by the Manager at any time. As described below, this voluntary fee waiver will be applied to the effective management fee rates and will be based upon the combined average daily net assets of the Fund of Fund Portfolios.
Combined assets up to $10 billion: No fee reduction.
Combined assets between $10 billion and $25 billion: 1% reduction to effective fee rate.
Combined assets between $25 billion and $45 billion: 2.5% reduction to effective fee rate.
Combined assets between $45 billion and $65 billion: 5.0% reduction to effective fee rate.
Combined assets between $65 billion and $85 billion: 7.5% reduction to effective fee rate.
Combined assets between $85 billion and $105 billion: 10.0% reduction to effective fee rate.
Combined assets between $105 million and $125 billion: 12.5% reduction to effective fee rate.
Combined assets above $125 billion: 15.0% reduction to effective fee rate.
SUBADVISERS. The Investment Managers have entered into subadvisory agreements with each of the subadvisers named in the table appearing below. The subadvisory agreements provide that the subadvisers will furnish investment advisory services in connection with the management of each Portfolio. In connection therewith, each subadviser is obligated to keep certain books and records of the Trust. Under each subadvisory agreement, each subadviser, subject to the supervision of the Investment Managers, is responsible for managing the assets of a Portfolio in accordance with the Portfolio's investment objectives, investment program and policies. The subadvisers determine what securities and other instruments are purchased and sold for each Portfolio and are responsible for obtaining and evaluating financial data relevant to the Portfolio. The Investment Managers continue to have responsibility for all investment advisory services pursuant to the Management Agreement and supervise the subadvisers' performance of such services.
Pursuant to each subadvisory agreement, the Investment Managers pay each subadviser a fee. The tables below set forth the current fee rates and fees paid by the Investment Managers to each subadviser for the three most recent fiscal years. The fee rates represent the fees as a percentage of average daily net assets.
As discussed in the Prospectus, the Investment Managers employ each subadviser under a “manager of managers” structure that allows the Investment Managers to replace the subadvisers or amend a subadvisory agreement without seeking shareholder approval. The Investment Managers are authorized to select (with approval of the Board's independent trustees) one or more subadvisers to handle the actual day-to-day investment management of each Portfolio. The Investment Managers monitor each subadviser's performance through quantitative and qualitative analysis and periodically report to the Board as to whether each subadviser's agreement should be renewed, terminated or modified. It is possible that the Investment Managers will continue to be satisfied with the performance record of the existing subadvisers and not recommend any additional subadvisers. The Investment Managers are also responsible for allocating assets among the subadvisers if a Portfolio has more than one subadviser. In those circumstances, the allocation for each subadviser can range from 0% to 100% of the Portfolio's assets, and the Investment Managers can change the allocations without Board or shareholder approval. The Investment Managers will review the allocations periodically and may adjust them without prior notice. The annual update to the Trust's prospectus will reflect these adjustments. Shareholders will be notified of any new subadvisers or materially amended subadvisory agreements.

    66

Table of Contents
Portfolio Subadvisers and Fee Rates    
Portfolio Subadviser Fee Rate*
AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (PIMCO) 0.25% of average daily net assets
(Applies to Inflation-Indexed Securities assets only)
  PIMCO 0.25% of average daily net assets
( Applies to International Fixed income (Un-Hedged) assets only)
  Western Asset Management Company—Western Asset Management Company Limited 0.40% of average daily net assets to $100 million;
0.20% of average daily net assets over $100 million
(Applies to Emerging Markets Fixed income assets only)
  Western Asset Management Company—Western Asset Management Company Limited 0.60% of average daily net assets to $100 million;
0.40% of average daily net assets over $100 million
(Applies to Macro Opportunities assets only)
  Quantitative Management Associates LLC (QMA) 0.075% of average daily net assets of entire Portfolio
(Fee applies only to overall asset allocation and direct
management of Overlay investment strategy)
  QMA 1.00% of average daily net assets attributable to Long/Short
Market Neutral investment category
  Jennison Associates LLC (Jennison) 0.60% of average daily net assets to $100 million;
0.55% of average daily net assets over $100 million
(Fee applies only to assets attributable to Global Infrastructure
investment category)
  CoreCommodity Management, LLC 0.60% of average daily net assets to $750 million;
0.55% of average daily net assets from $750 million to $1 billion;
0.50% of average daily net assets over $1 billion
(Fee applies only to assets attributable to Commodities investment category)
  J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc. (JPMorgan) 1.00% of average daily net assets to $50 million;
0.90% of average daily net assets over $50 million to $150 million;
0.80% of average daily net assets over $150 million
(Fee applies only to assets attributable to Market Neutral Sleeve managed by JPMorgan)
  AlphaSimplex Group, LLC 0.80% of average daily net assets to $100 million;
0.65% of average daily net assets over $100 million
  First Quadrant, L.P. 0.90% of average daily net assets
(Global Macro segment only)
  First Quadrant, L.P. 0.65% of average daily net assets to $100 million;
0.55% of average daily net assets from $100 million to $200 million;
and 0.50% of average daily net assets over $200 million
(Currency segment only)
  AQR Capital Management, LLC (AQR)/CNH Partners, LLC 1.00% of average daily net assets to $100 million;
0.90% of average daily net assets over $100 million
(Diversified Arbitrage segment only)
AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio Brown Advisory, LLC 0.30% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.25% of average daily net assets over $500 million to $1 billion;
0.20% of average daily net assets over $1 billion
(domestic large cap growth category)
  Loomis Sayles & Company, L.P. (Loomis Sayles) 0.25% of average daily net assets
(domestic large cap growth category)
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. Sleeve average daily net assets up to $100 million:
0.50% of average daily net assets to $50 million;
0.45% of average daily net assets over $50 million to $100 million
When Sleeve average daily net assets exceed $100 million:
0.40% on all assets
When Sleeve average daily net assets exceed $200 million:
0.35% on all assets
When Sleeve average daily net assets exceed $500 million :
0.325% to $500 million;
0.30% over $500 million to $1 billion
When Sleeve average daily net assets exceed $1 billion :
0.30% on all assets

67

Table of Contents
Portfolio Subadvisers and Fee Rates    
Portfolio Subadviser Fee Rate*
  William Blair Investment Management, LLC (William Blair) 0.30% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.25% of average daily net assets over $500 million to $1 billion;
0.20% of average daily net assets over $1 billion
(international growth category)
  LSV Asset Management (LSV) 0.45% of average daily net assets to $150 million;
0.425% of average daily net assets over $150 million to $300 million;
0.40% of average daily net assets from $300 million to $450 million;
0.375% of average daily net assets over $450 million to $750 million;
0.35% of average daily net assets over $750 million
(international value category)
  PIMCO 0.25% of average daily net assets
(hedged international bond category)
  PIMCO 0.49% of average daily net assets
(Advanced Strategies I)
  Quantitative Management Associates LLC (QMA) 0.25% of the average daily net assets attributable to the
Advanced Strategies II investment strategy
  QMA 0.025% of the average daily net asset of the entire Portfolio
(Fee applies only to Additional Services)
  PGIM, Inc. (PGIM)/PGIM, Limited 0.20% of sleeve average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.18% of sleeve average daily net assets from $500 million to $2 billion;
0.16% of sleeve average daily net assets over $2 billion
(US fixed income category)
  PGIM 0.025% of the average daily net asset of the entire Portfolio
(Fee applies only to Additional Services)
  Jennison 0.025% of the average daily net asset of the entire Portfolio
(Fee applies only to Additional Services)
AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio AQR Capital Management, LLC (AQR) 0.50% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets to $250 million;
0.45% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets over $250 million to $500 million;
0.40% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets over $500 million
AST AQR Large-Cap Portfolio AQR 0.17% of average daily net assets to $1 billion;
0.15% of average daily net assets from $1 billion to $2 billion;
0.13% of average daily net assets over $2 billion
AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio QMA 0.15% of average daily net assets for “management services” for the liquidity sleeves of the Portfolio and
0.04% of average daily net assets for “additional services”
AST BlackRock Global Strategies Portfolio BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. (BlackRock Financial); BlackRock International Limited (BlackRock International) 0.50% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets to $250 million;
0.45% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets over $250 million to $1 billion;
0.40% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets over $1 billion to $2 billion;
0.375% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets over $2 billion
AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio BlackRock Financial 0.37% of average daily net assets
AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio) BlackRock Financial; BlackRock International; BlackRock (Singapore) Limited (BlackRock Singapore) 0.22% on aggregate assets up to and including $500 million;
0.20% on aggregate assets from $500 million to $1 billion;
0.18% on aggregate assets from $1 billion to $1.5 billion;
0.14% on aggregate assets over $1.5 billion
  Loomis Sayles 0.23% of average daily net assets to $100 million;
0.18% of average daily net assets over $100 million to $500 million;
0.17% of average daily net assets over $500 million to $3.3 billion;
0.15% of average daily net assets over $3.3 billion
AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio) BlackRock Financial (Effective July 13, 2015) 0.20% of average daily net assets to $250 million;
0.15% of average daily net assets over $250 million

    68

Table of Contents
Portfolio Subadvisers and Fee Rates    
Portfolio Subadviser Fee Rate*
  PIMCO (through July 12, 2015) 0.30% of average daily net assets to $150 million;
0.25% of average daily net assets over $150 million
Note: The subadviser has voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of its fee:
0.05% of average daily net assets to $150 million
AST Bond Portfolio 2016 PGIM 0.15% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.14% of the next $1.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.12% of average daily net assets over $2 billion
AST Bond Portfolio 2017 PGIM 0.15% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.14% of the next $1.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.12% of average daily net assets over $2 billion
AST Bond Portfolio 2018 PGIM 0.15% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.14% of the next $1.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.12% of average daily net assets over $2 billion
AST Bond Portfolio 2019 PGIM 0.15% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.14% of the next $1.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.12% of average daily net assets over $2 billion
AST Bond Portfolio 2020 PGIM 0.15% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.14% of the next $1.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.12% of average daily net assets over $2 billion
AST Bond Portfolio 2021 PGIM 0.15% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.14% of the next $1.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.12% of average daily net assets over $2 billion
AST Bond Portfolio 2022 PGIM 0.15% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.14% of the next $1.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.12% of average daily net assets over $2 billion
AST Bond Portfolio 2023 PGIM 0.15% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.14% of the next $1.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.12% of average daily net assets over $2 billion
AST Bond Portfolio 2024 PGIM 0.15% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.14% of the next $1.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.12% of average daily net assets over $2 billion
AST Bond Portfolio 2025 PGIM 0.15% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.14% of the next $1.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.12% of average daily net assets over $2 billion
AST Bond Portfolio 2026 PGIM 0.15% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.14% of the next $1.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.12% of average daily net assets over $2 billion
AST Bond Portfolio 2027 PGIM 0.15% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.14% of the next $1.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.12% of average daily net assets over $2 billion
AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio) Boston Partners 0.275% of average daily net assets to $200 million;
0.25% of average daily net assets from $200 million to $400 million;
0.225% of average daily net assets from $400 million to $750 million;
0.20% of average daily net assets over $750 million
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio QMA 0.15% of average daily net assets for “management services” for the liquidity sleeves of the Portfolio and
0.04% of average daily net assets for “additional services”
AST ClearBridge Dividend Growth Portfolio ClearBridge Investments, LLC 0.25% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets to $250 million;
0.225% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets over $250 million to $500 million;
0.20% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets over $500 million

69

Table of Contents
Portfolio Subadvisers and Fee Rates    
Portfolio Subadviser Fee Rate*
AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. 0.60% of average daily net assets to $100 million;
0.40% of average daily net assets over $100 million to $250 million;
0.30% of average daily net assets over $250 million
Note: the subadviser has voluntarily agreed to waive the portion of its fee that exceeds the following:
0.30% of the portion not in excess of $350 million;
0.25% of assets over $350 million
AST Defensive Asset Allocation Portfolio QMA 0.15% of average daily net assets for “management services” for the liquidity sleeves of the Portfolio and
0.04% of average daily net assets for “additional services”
AST FI Pyramis ® Quantitative Portfolio FIAM LLC 0.35% of average daily net assets to $250 million;
0.30% of average daily net assets over $250 million to $500 million;
0.25% of average daily net assets over $500 million to $1 billion;
0.20% of average daily net assets over $1 billion;
AST Global Real Estate Portfolio Prudential Real Estate Investors, a business unit of PGIM 0.45% of average daily net assets to $50 million;
0.40% of average daily net assets over $50 million to $150 million;
0.35% of average daily net assets over $150 million
AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (GSAM) 0.25% of average daily net assets to $250 million;
0.23% of average daily net assets over $250 million to $750 million;
0.21% over $750 million
AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio GSAM 0.28% of average daily net assets to $1 billion;
0.25% of average daily net assets over $1 billion
AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio GSAM 0.24% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.23% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.22% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.21% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.20% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.17% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.14% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio GSAM 0.50% of average daily net assets
AST Government Money Market Portfolio PGIM 0.06% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.05% of average daily net assets above $500 million to $1 billion;
0.03% of average daily net assets above $1 billion to $2.5 billion;
0.02% of average daily net assets over $2.5 billion
AST High Yield Portfolio JPMorgan Sleeve average daily net assets up to $1 billion:
0.27% of average daily net assets
When Sleeve average daily net assets exceed $1 billion:
0.25% on all assets
  PGIM/PGIM, Limited 0.25% of average daily net assets
AST Hotchkis & Wiley Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio) Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC 0.30% of average daily net assets
AST International Growth Portfolio William Blair 0.30% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.25% of average daily net assets over $500 million to $1 billion;
0.20% of average daily net assets over $1 billion
  Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC 0.375% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.325% of average daily net assets from $500 million to $1.5 billion;
0.300% of average daily net assets over $1.5 billion
  Jennison 0.375% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.325% of average daily net assets from $500 million to $1 billion;
0.30% of average daily net assets over $1 billion
AST International Value Portfolio LSV 0.45% of average daily net assets to $150 million;
0.425% of average daily net assets over $150 million to $300 million;
0.40% of average daily net assets from $300 million to $450 million;
0.375% of average daily net assets over $450 million to $750 million;
0.35% of average daily net assets over $750 million

    70

Table of Contents
Portfolio Subadvisers and Fee Rates    
Portfolio Subadviser Fee Rate*
  Lazard Asset Management LLC 0.35% of average daily net assets on first $300 million;
0.30% of average daily net assets over $300 million
AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio PGIM 0.15% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.14% of the next $1.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.12% of average daily net assets over $2 billion
AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio JPMorgan
Security Capital Research & Management Inc.
0.35% of average daily net assets to $600 million;
0.32% of average daily net assets over $600 million
AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio JPMorgan 0.35% of average daily net assets to $250 million;
0.33% of average daily net assets over $250 million but not exceeding $500 million;
0.30% of average daily net assets over $500 million
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio JPMorgan 0.40% of average daily net assets to $3,000 million;
0.35% of average daily net assets on the next $3,000 million;
0.30% of average daily net assets over $6,000 million
AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio Jennison 0.30% of average daily net assets to $1 billion;
0.25% of average daily net assets from $1 billion to $1.5 billion;
0.20% of average daily net assets over $1.5 billion
AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. 0.25% of average daily net assets
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC 0.17% of average daily net assets to $250 million;
0.15% of average daily net assets over $250 million but not exceeding $1 billion;
0.13% of average daily net assets over $1 billion but not exceeding $2 billion;
0.12% of average daily net assets over $2 billion
AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio Massachusetts Financial Services Company (MFS) 0.425% of average daily net assets
AST MFS Growth Portfolio MFS 0.375% of combined average daily net assets up to $250 million;
0.325% of the next $250 million;
0.30% of the next $250 million
0.275% of the next $250 million;
0.25% of the next $500 million;
0.225% of combined average daily net assets over $1.5 billion
AST MFS Large-Cap Value Portfolio MFS 0.35% of average daily net assets to $100 million;
0.30% of average daily net assets over $100 million to $500 million;
0.275% of average daily net assets over $500 million
AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio PGIM 0.15% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.14% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets over $500 million to $2 billion;
0.12% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets over $2 billion
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio Neuberger Berman 0.40% of average daily net assets to $1 billion;
0.35% of average daily net assets over $1 billion
  LSV 0.40% of average daily net assets to $250 million;
0.35% of average daily net assets over $250 million
AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio Epoch Investment Partners, Inc. (Epoch) 0.275% of average daily net assets to $1 billion;
0.20% of average daily net assets over $1 billion
  Affinity Investment Advisors, LLC (Affinity) (effective February 8, 2016) 0.25% of average daily net assets to $75 million;
0.225% of average daily net assets over $75 million to $150 million;
0.20% of average daily net assets over $150 million to $250 million;
0.19% of average daily net assets over $250 million
  EARNEST 0.45% of average daily net assets
  Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC (TS&W) 0.40% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.350% of average daily net assets over $500 million
  C.S. McKee, LP (C.S. McKee) 0.20% of average daily net assets to $100 million;
0.15% of average daily net assets over $100 million to $200 million;
0.10% of average daily net assets over $200 million

71

Table of Contents
Portfolio Subadvisers and Fee Rates    
Portfolio Subadviser Fee Rate*
  Parametric Portfolio Associates LLC (Parametric) 0.10% of average daily net assets
  Longfellow Investment Management Co. LLC (Longfellow) 0.20% of average daily net assets to $100 million;
0.18% of average daily net assets over $100 million to $200 million;
0.16% of average daily net assets over $200 million
  Boston Advisors, LLC (Boston) (effective February 8, 2016) 0.325% of average daily net assets to $50 million;
0.225% of average daily net assets over $50 million to $100 million;
0.20% of average daily net assets over $100 million to $250 million;
0.185% of average daily net assets over $250 million
  Security Investors, LLC (SI) (through February 7, 2016) 0.25% of average daily net assets to $250 million;
0.20% of average daily net assets over $250 million
  Vision Capital Management, Inc. (Vision) (through February 7, 2016) 0.35% of average daily net assets to $50 million;
0.25% of average daily net assets over $50 million to $100 million;
0.20% of average daily net assets over $100 million
AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio Parametric 0.50% of average daily net assets to $250 million;
0.45% of average daily net assets from $250 million to $500 million;
0.40% of average daily net assets over $500 million
AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio QMA 0.15% of average daily net assets for “management services” for the liquidity sleeves of the Portfolio and
0.04% of average daily net assets for “additional services”
AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio PGIM/PGIM, Limited 0.15% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.14% of average daily net assets over $500 million to $1 billion;
0.12% of average daily net assets over $1 billion
AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio QMA 0.30% of average daily net assets to $250 million;
0.25% of average daily net assets over $250 million to $500 million;
0.22% of average daily net assets over $500 million to $750 million;
0.20% of average daily net assets over $750 million
  PGIM/PGIM, Limited 0.15% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.14% of the next $500 million;
0.12% of average daily net assets over $1 billion
AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio QMA 0.50% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets to $250 million;
0.45% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets over $250 million to $500 million;
0.40% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets over $500 million
AST QMA Large-Cap Portfolio QMA 0.15% of average daily net assets to $1.5 billion;
0.14% of average daily net assets over $1.5 billion
AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio QMA 0.45% of average daily net assets to $250 million;
0.40% of average daily net assets over $250 million
AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio QMA 0.06% of average daily net assets
AST RCM World Trends Portfolio Allianz Global Investors US LLC 0.35% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.30% of average daily net assets over $500 million to $1 billion;
0.26% of average daily net assets over $1 billion
AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio Schroder Investment Management North America Inc. - Schroder Investment Management North America Limited (collectively, Schroders) 0.40% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.325% of average daily net assets from $500 million to $1 billion;
0.30% of average daily net assets from $1 billion to $2 billion;
0.28% of average daily net assets from $2 billion to $3 billion;
0.26% of average daily net assets from $3 billion to $5 billion; and
0.25% of average daily net assets over $5 billion
AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio UBS Asset Management (Americas) Inc. 0.40% of average daily net assets
  Emerald Mutual Fund Advisers Trust 0.45% of average daily net assets to $100 million;
0.40% of average daily net assets over $100 million

    72

Table of Contents
Portfolio Subadvisers and Fee Rates    
Portfolio Subadviser Fee Rate*
AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio RS Investment Management Co. LLC 0.55% of average daily net assets to $100 million;
0.50% of average daily net assets over $100 million but not exceeding $200 million;
0.45% of average daily net assets over $200 million but not exceeding $250 million;
0.40% of average daily net assets over $250 million but not exceeding $300 million;
0.35% of average daily net assets over $300 million
  Wellington Management Company LLP 0.46% of average daily net assets
AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio JPMorgan 0.40% of average daily net assets
  LMCG Investments, LLC 0.40% of average daily net assets
AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. 0.50% of average daily net assets to $25 million;
0.35% of average daily net assets over $25 million to $50 million;
0.26% of average daily net assets over $50 million to $10 billion;
0.25% of average daily net asset over $10 billion
AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
T. Rowe Price International, Ltd.
T. Rowe Price Hong Kong, Limited
T. Rowe Price International, Ltd. - Tokyo
0.35% of average daily net assets to $1 billion;
0.325% on next $1 billion of average daily net assets;
0.30% on next $1 billion of average daily net assets;
0.275% over $3 billion of average daily net assets
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. Portfolio average daily net assets up to $1 billion :
0.40% of average daily net assets to $250 million;
0.375% of average daily net assets over $250 million to $500 million;
0.35% of average daily net assets from $500 million to $1 billion
Portfolio average daily net assets exceed $1 billion :
0.35% of average daily net assets to $1 billion;
0.325% of average daily net assets over $1 billion
AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. 0.60% of average daily net assets to $20 million;
0.50% of average daily net assets over $20 million to $50 million;
— provided, however, average daily net assets exceed $50 million, 0.50% on all assets without reference to the breakpoint schedule set forth above
AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio Franklin Advisers 0.40% of average daily net assets to $100 million;
0.36% of average daily net assets over $100 million to $250 million;
0.33% of average daily net assets over $250 million to $500 million;
0.30% of average daily net assets over $500 million
AST Value Equity Portfolio Herndon Capital Management, LLC 0.25% of average daily net assets to $200 million;
0.20% of average daily net assets over $200 million to $500 million;
0.18% of average daily net assets over $500 million
AST WEDGE Capital Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio) WEDGE Capital Management, LLP (WEDGE) 0.75% of average daily net assets to $10 million;
0.65% of average daily net assets over $10 million to $25 million;
0.50% of average daily net assets over $25 million to $100 million;
0.40% of average daily net assets over $100 million to $150 million;
0.30% of average daily net assets over $150 million to $400 million;
0.20% of average daily net assets over $400 million
AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio Wellington Management Company LLP (Wellington Management) 0.45% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.425% of average daily net assets over $500 million to $1.5 billion;
0.40% of average daily net assets over $1.5 billion to $3 billion;
0.375% of average daily net assets over $3 billion
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio Western Asset Management Company—Western Asset Management Company Limited 0.225% of average daily net assets on the first $300 million;
0.150% of average daily net assets to $2 billion;
0.100% of average daily net assets on amounts over $2 billion
AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio Western Asset Management Company—Western Asset Management Company Limited 0.40% of average daily net assets to $100 million;
0.20% of average daily net assets over $100 million
Aggregation Notes to Subadviser Fee Rate Table:
* For purposes of calculating the fee payable to certain subadvisers, the assets managed by the subadviser will be aggregated with one or more other Portfolios. Each aggregation arrangement is set out below:
Brown Advisory, LLC (Brown): For purposes of calculating the subadvisory fee payable to Brown, the assets managed by Brown in the following will be aggregated: (i) AST Advanced Strategies

73

Table of Contents
Portfolio; (ii) the Prudential Series Fund (PSF) Global Portfolio; (iii) other future large-cap growth accounts under which Brown provides substantially similar advisory or subadvisory services and which Prudential Investments LLC and/or AST Investment Services, Inc., as applicable, mutually agree in writing, may be included in determining the level of average daily net assets for purposes of the fee calculation.
Emerald Mutual Fund Advisers Trust (Emerald): For purposes of calculating the subadvisory fee payable to Emerald, the assets managed by Emerald in the AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio will be aggregated with the assets of any other portfolio or fund managed by Prudential Investments LLC and/or AST Investment Services, Inc. for which Emerald serves as the subadviser and has substantially the same investment strategy as the AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio.
First Quadrant, L.P: For purposes of calculating the fee payable to First Quadrant with respect to the currency sleeve of the AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio, the assets managed by First Quadrant in the global macro sleeve of the AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio will be aggregated with the assets managed by First Quadrant in the currency sleeve of the AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio.
Jennison Associates LLC (Jennison): For purposes of calculating the subadvisory fee payable to Jennison, the assets managed by Jennison in the AST International Growth Portfolio of the Advanced Series Trust will be aggregated with the assets managed by Jennison in the SP International Growth Portfolio of The Prudential Series Fund and any other portfolio subadvised by Jennison on behalf of PI or AST Investment Services, Inc. pursuant to substantially the same investment strategy.
LSV: For purposes of calculating the advisory fee payable to LSV, the assets managed by LSV in the AST International Value Portfolio of the Trust will be aggregated with the assets managed by LSV in: (i) the AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio of Advanced Series Trust; (ii) the Global Portfolio of PSF; (iii) the International Equity Portfolio of the Target Portfolio Trust; and (iv) and any other portfolio subadvised by LSV on behalf of AST and/or PI pursuant to substantially the same investment strategy.
Lazard: For purposes of the subadvisory fee calculation, the assets managed by Lazard in the AST International Value Portfolio will be aggregated with: assets in any other retail and insurance funds/portfolios that are subadvised by Lazard, managed by PI and/or ASTIS, and have substantially the same international investment strategy (i.e. the Target International Equity Portfolio); and assets of certain insurance company separate accounts managed by Lazard for the Retirement business of Prudential and its affiliates.
MFS: The assets of the AST MFS Growth Portfolio managed by MFS will be aggregated with the assets in all portfolios sub-advised by MFS that are managed by Prudential Investments LLC, or by Prudential Investments and AST Investment Services, Inc., that have substantially the same investment strategy (i.e., domestic large capitalization growth).
PIMCO: The assets of each PIMCO-subadvised portfolio managed on behalf of PI and/or AST by PIMCO under a total return mandate (as identified and agreed upon by PIMCO and PI/AST) shall be aggregated for purposes of the fee calculation when all such aggregated assets on any day total at least $3 billion. On any day when all such aggregated assets total at least $3 billion, the contractual annual subadvisory fee rate, calculated daily, shall be: 0.250% on aggregate assets up to $1 billion; and 0.225% on aggregate assets over $1 billion. On any day when the aggregated assets total less than $3 billion, the contractual subadvisory fee rate for that day shall be 0.25% of the assets of each PIMCO-subadvised portfolio.
PGIM: The assets of the AST Government Money Market Portfolio and the assets of the Money Market Portfolio of PSF will be aggregated.
The combined average daily net assets of the AST Bond Portfolio 2015, AST Bond Portfolio 2016, AST Bond Portfolio 2017, AST Bond Portfolio 2018, AST Bond Portfolio 2019, AST Bond Portfolio 2020, AST Bond Portfolio 2021, AST Bond Portfolio 2022, AST Bond Portfolio 2023, AST Bond Portfolio 2024, AST Bond Portfolio 2025, AST Bond Portfolio 2026 and the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio will include the assets of future portfolios of the Trust that are subadvised by PGIM pursuant to target maturity or constant duration investment strategies that are used in connection with non-discretionary asset transfers under certain living benefit programs.
The assets managed by PGIM in the AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio will be aggregated with the assets managed by PGIM in the AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio for purposes of calculating the subadvisory fee payable to PGIM for these portfolios.
WEDGE:  For purposes of calculating the subadvisory fee payable to WEDGE, the assets managed by WEDGE for the AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio will be aggregated with the assets managed by WEDGE for all other Prudential entities, including the assets of certain insurance company separate accounts managed by WEDGE for the Retirement business of Prudential and its affiliates.
Western Asset Management Company (Western Asset) and Western Asset Management Company Limited (WAML): For purposes of calculating the subadvisory fee payable to Western Asset with respect to the AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio, the assets managed by Western Asset in the AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio will be aggregated with the assets managed by WAML in the AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio. For purposes of calculating the subadvisory fee payable to WAML with respect to the AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio, the assets managed by WAML in the AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio will be aggregated with the assets managed by Western Asset in the AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio. For purposes of calculating the subadvisory fee payable to Western Asset with respect to the AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio, the assets managed by Western Asset in the AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio will be aggregated with the assets managed by WAML in the AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio. For purposes of calculating the subadvisory fee payable to WAML with respect to the AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio, the assets managed by WAML in the AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio will be aggregated with the assets managed by Western Asset in the AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio. The assets of the AST Western Asset Core Bond Portfolio are aggregated with the assets of certain insurance company separate accounts managed by Western Asset, WAML or their affiliates for the Retirement business of Prudential and its affiliates (Other Accounts) to determine the fees payable to Western Asset, WAML or their affiliates for the Other Accounts.  The assets of the Other Accounts are not aggregated with the assets of the AST Western Asset Core Bond Portfolio to determine the fees paid to Western Asset and WAML for the AST Western Asset Core Bond Portfolio.
William Blair: The assets in the Advanced Strategies Portfolio will be aggregated with the assets managed by William Blair in the Global Portfolio of the Prudential Series Fund (PSF), in the SP International Growth Portfolio of PSF, the AST International Growth Portfolio and in any other portfolio subadvised by William Blair on behalf of the Investment Managers, pursuant to substantially the same investment strategy.
Notes to Subadviser Fee Rate Table:
Allianz Global Investors US LLC : Allianz Global Investors US LLC has agreed to a voluntary subadvisory fee waiver of 0.035% of average daily net assets for the AST RCM World Trends Portfolio.
AQR: AQR has agreed to implementation of a voluntary subadvisory fee waiver arrangement (the “AQR Waiver”) that applies to the assets of the AQR Large-Cap Portfolio whereby AQR will voluntarily waive 0.01% of the subadvisory fee on assets of the AQR Large-Cap Portfolio. 
BlackRock: BlackRock has agreed to a contractual fee waiver arrangement that apples to the BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio.  Under this arrangement, BlackRock will waive all of a portion of its subadvisory fee in an amount equal to the Portfolio’s expenses related to investments in investment companies (including ETFs) managed or advised by BlackRock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the subadvisory fee waiver will not exceed 100% of the subadvisory fee.  This fee arrangement continues in effect until June 30, 2016.  This arrangement may not be terminated or modified prior to June 30, 2016, and may be discontinued or modified thereafter. The decision on whether to renew, modify or discontinue the arrangement after June 30, 2016 will be subject to review by the Investment Managers and the Trust's Board of Trustees.
Franklin Advisers/Franklin Mutual/Templeton Global (“Franklin Adviser Subadvisers”): The Franklin Adviser Subadvisers have agreed to a voluntary subadvisory fee waiver arrangement, as follows: With respect to all existing and future Portfolios for which the Franklin Adviser Subadvisers provide subadvisory services, the subadvisory fee rates would be discounted according to the following schedule:
Combined assets up to $500 million: No discount.
Combined assets of $500 million up to $1 billion: 2.5% fee discount applied to the same percentage of the overall subadvisory fees as the percentage of combined assets that fall into this tier.
Combined assets of $1 billion to $1.5 billion: 5.0% fee discount applied to the same percentage of the overall subadvisory fees as the percentage of combined assets that fall into this tier.
Combined assets of $1.5 billion to $2.5 billion: 7.5% fee discount applied to the same percentage of the overall subadvisory fees as the percentage of combined assets that fall into this tier.
Combined assets of $2.5 billion and above: 10.0% fee discount applied to the same percentage of the overall subadvisory fees as the percentage of combined assets that fall into this tier.

    74

Table of Contents
Note: The overall reduction/discount in the actual subadvisory fees is limited to $1.5 million per calendar year.
GSAM: GSAM has agreed to a voluntary subadvisory fee waiver arrangement that will apply across each of the portfolios or sleeves of portfolios subadvised by GSAM that are managed the Investment Managers. As described below, this voluntary group fee waiver will be applied to the effective subadvisory fees paid by the Investment Managers to GSAM, and will be based upon the combined average daily net assets of all of the portfolios (or sleeves thereof) subadvised by GSAM that are managed by the Investment Managers.
Combined assets up to $1 billion: 2.5% fee reduction
Combined assets between $1 billion and $2.5 billion: 5.0% fee reduction
Combined assets between $2.5 billion and $5.0 billion: 7.5% fee reduction
Combined assets above $5.0 billion: 10.0% fee reduction
Neuberger Berman: Neuberger Berman has agreed to a voluntary subadvisory fee waiver arrangement that will apply across each of the portfolios or sleeves of portfolios managed by Neuberger Berman (AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio, AST Neuberger Berman Long/Short Portfolio and the sleeves of the AST International Growth Portfolio and the PSF SP International Growth Portfolio (collectively, the Neuberger Berman Portfolios). This voluntary fee waiver arrangement may be terminated by Neuberger Berman at any time. As described below, this voluntary group fee waiver will be applied to the effective subadvisory fees paid by PI and AST to Neuberger Berman and will be based upon the combined average daily net assets of the Neuberger Berman Portfolios. The investment management fees paid by each Neuberger Berman Portfolio will remain unchanged.
Combined assets up to $750 million: No fee reduction.
Combined assets between $750 million and $1.5 billion: 5% reduction to effective subadvisory fee.
Combined assets between $1.5 billion and $3 billion: 7.5% reduction to effective subadvisory fee.
Combined assets above $3 billion: 10% reduction to effective subadvisory fee.
QMA: The Investment Managers will pay QMA a fee for providing additional advisory services as agreed to between the Investment Managers and QMA, including but not limited to asset allocation advice (Additional Services).
QMA has agreed to a voluntary subadvisory fee waiver arrangement (the QMA Waiver) that applies to the assets of the following Portfolios of the Advanced Series Trust subadvised by QMA: AST QMA Large-Cap Portfolio, AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio, AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio (market neutral sleeve), AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio, AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio and AST QMA International Core Equity Portfolio (the Six Portfolios). The QMA Waiver discounts QMA’s combined subadvisory revenue that it receives with respect to the assets it manages in the Five Portfolios.  The size of the revenue discount varies depending on the amount of such combined annual subadvisory revenue.  
Schroders : The Investment Managers will pay a subadvisory fee to Schroders based upon the average daily net assets of each Portfolio. Schroders will retain its affiliate SIMNA Ltd. to provide certain investment advisory services. In particular, SIMNA Ltd. manages each Portfolio, subject to the supervision of Schroders. Schroders directly manages a portion of the assets of each Portfolio. Schroders (and not the Investment Managers) pay to SIMNA Ltd. for each Portfolio, an amount based on Schroders internal transfer pricing policy. The percentage of compensation to SIMNA Ltd. may be subject to change.
T. Rowe Price: T. Rowe Price has agreed to a voluntary subadvisory fee waiver arrangement for the following Portfolios:
- Advanced Series Trust AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio
- Advanced Series Trust AST T. Rowe Price Diversified Real Growth Portfolio
- Advanced Series Trust AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio
- Advanced Series Trust AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio
- Advanced Series Trust AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio
- Advanced Series Trust AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio
- The Prudential Series Fund Global Portfolio
T. Rowe Price has agreed to reduce the monthly subadvisory fee for each Portfolio listed above (or the portion thereof subadvised by T. Rowe Price) by the following percentages based on the combined average daily net assets of the listed Portfolios (or the portion thereof subadvised by T. Rowe Price) and the assets of certain insurance company separate accounts managed by T. Rowe Price for the Retirement business of Prudential and its affiliates (the “other accounts”):
- Combined assets up to $1 billion: 2.5% fee reduction.
- Combined assets between $1 billion and $2.5 billion: 5.0% fee reduction
- Combined assets between $2.5 billion and $5 billion: 7.5% fee reduction
- Combined assets between $5.0 billion and $10 billion: 10.0% fee reduction.
- Combined assets above $10.0 billion: 12.5% fee reduction.
Western Asset Management Company (Western Asset) and Western Asset Management Company Limited (WAML): With respect to the Macro Opportunities sleeve of the AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio, Western Asset and WAML have agreed to implementation of  a voluntary subadvisory fee waiver arrangement, whereby Western Asset and WAML will voluntarily waive 0.50% of the subadvisory fee on assets of the Macro Opportunities sleeve to the extent that the total aggregate assets managed by Western Asset and WAML with respect to any funds or portfolios managed by the Investment Managers are at least $1.5 billion. 
Subadvisory Fees Paid by PI        
Portfolio Subadviser 2015 2014 2013
AST Academic Strategies Portfolio PIMCO (Applies to Inflation-Indexed Securities assets only) $417,089 $474,899 $478,101
  PIMCO (Applies to International Fixed income (Un-Hedged) assets only) 953,833 953,344 854,699
  PIMCO (Applies to Emerging Markets Fixed Income assets only)* N/A N/A N/A
  Western Asset Management Company—Western Asset Management Company Ltd.
(Applies to Emerging Markets Fixed Income assets only)
693,793 810,813 843,983
  Western Asset Management Company—Western Asset Management Company Ltd. (Applies to Macro Opportunities sleeve assets only) 768,444 371,151 N/A
  CoreCommodity Management, LLC 1,151,403 1,674,889 2,073,760
  Mellon Capital Management Corporation* N/A N/A N/A
  QMA (For overall asset allocation and direct management of Overlay investment strategy) 5,114,830 5,808,419 5,940,664
  QMA (Fee applies only to assets attributable to Long/Short Market Neutral investment category) 866,096 1,169,147 1,511,586

75

Table of Contents
Subadvisory Fees Paid by PI        
Portfolio Subadviser 2015 2014 2013
  Jennison 1,817,509 2,528,456 2,255,317
  J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc. (JPMorgan) 666,075 828,296 1,120,617
  Bache* N/A N/A N/A
  AlphaSimplex Group 761,477 854,115 867,654
  First Quadrant, L.P . (Global Macro Segment only) 951,119 1,322,583 1,556,961
  First Quadrant, L.P. (Currency Segment only) 962,186 1,146,855 1,001,948
  AQR Capital Management, LLC/CNH Partners LLC 1,691,902 2,004,511 2,349,191
AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio Marsico Capital Management LLC* None None 1,956,965
  Brown Advisory, LLC 1,994,498 1,894,647 949,766
  T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. 3,913,313 4,177,698 3,716,347
  William Blair 1,964,072 1,979,157 1,755,066
  Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. 1,830,051 1,786,514 866,589
  LSV 2,923,359 2,900,569 2,566,232
  QMA 5,505,600 5,407,454 4,636,906
  PGIM/PGIM, Limited (US Fixed income Sleeve)**** 1,929,692 N/A N/A
  PIMCO (US Fixed income Sleeve)* 12,323 2,064,590 1,785,418
  PIMCO (Hedged Intl Bond Sleeve) 2,579,298 2,327,034 2,008,703
  PIMCO (Advanced Strategies I) 3,441,641 3,636,512 3,116,878
AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio AQR Capital Management, LLC 1,102,841 1,289,315 816,722
AST AQR Large-Cap Portfolio AQR Capital Management, LLC 4,197,999 3,814,385 2,332,389
AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio QMA 5,531,866 5,476,732 4,446,308
AST BlackRock Global Strategies Portfolio BlackRock Financial, BlackRock International 9,479,421 9,491,246 8,631,380
AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio BlackRock Financial 514,273 281,820 76,310
AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio) PIMCO* 50,942 14,166,261 17,455,975
  BlackRock Financial, BlackRock International, BlackRock Singapore 3,635,844 None None
  Loomis Sayles 3,410,485 None None
AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio) PIMCO* 1,206,860 2,489,534 2,793,681
  BlackRock Financial 690,742 None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2016 PGIM 30,885 15,371 42,601
AST Bond Portfolio 2017 PGIM 139,013 179,760 341,217
AST Bond Portfolio 2018 PGIM 191,866 266,897 481,591
AST Bond Portfolio 2019 PGIM 89,879 122,622 206,241
AST Bond Portfolio 2020 PGIM 192,904 253,976 190,835
AST Bond Portfolio 2021 PGIM 322,440 260,984 294,636
AST Bond Portfolio 2022 PGIM 171,226 125,556 339,267
AST Bond Portfolio 2023 PGIM 120,872 541,869 575,187
AST Bond Portfolio 2024 PGIM 87,450 273,929 219,820
AST Bond Portfolio 2025 PGIM 562,225 46,682 None
AST Bond Portfolio 2026 PGIM 100,522 None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2027 PGIM None None None
AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio) Boston Partners 1,926,423 187,981 None
  Jennison* None 1,281,281 2,107,188
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio QMA 6,856,504 6,589,988 4,848,108

    76

Table of Contents
Subadvisory Fees Paid by PI        
Portfolio Subadviser 2015 2014 2013
AST ClearBridge Dividend Growth Portfolio ClearBridge Investments, LLC 2,095,276 3,100,941 2,435,902
AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. 2,218,686 2,120,076 1,893,482
AST Defensive Asset Allocation Portfolio QMA 130,509 78,239 19,098
AST FI Pyramis® Quantitative Portfolio FIAM LLC 9,869,527 8,647,409 None
  First Trust Advisors, L.P.* None 1,122,652 10,121,474
AST Global Real Estate Prudential Real Estate Investors, a business unit of PGIM 2,260,220 2,338,111 2,216,265
AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio GSAM 3,636,810 3,529,957 3,139,822
AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio GSAM 2,170,851 1,807,200 1,640,947
AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio GSAM 5,433,167 6,003,524 5,201,426
AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio GSAM 4,312,071 4,317,414 3,732,772
AST Government Money Market Portfolio PGIM 473,015 505,501 633,616
AST High Yield Portfolio JPMorgan 1,605,510 1,524,499 1,632,052
  PGIM/PGIM, Limited 2,258,975 2,125,435 2,274,967
AST Hotchkis & Wiley Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio) Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC 4,364,552 4,033,206 5,059,451
AST International Growth Portfolio William Blair 1,675,837 1,475,856 1,413,694
  Marsico Capital Management LLC* None None 1,571,343
  Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC 2,476,828 2,819,683 1,542,911
  Jennison 3,505,513 4,605,141 4,466,670
AST International Value Portfolio LSV 4,751,394 5,281,864 4,850,996
  Lazard 2,699,187 345,208 None
  Thornburg Investment Management, Inc.* None 2,944,726 3,315,972
AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio PGIM 2,914,684 1,616,440 3,029,950
AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio JPMorgan 10,231,687 9,970,756 8,785,978
  Horizon Investments, LLC* None None None
AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio JPMorgan 1,493,787 1,558,732 1,453,110
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio JPMorgan 11,907,124 12,518,734 12,210,793
AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio Jennison 3,111,124 2,238,055 2,993,781
AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. 6,531,658 6,874,114 2,442,805
  Marsico Capital Management LLC* None None 4,614,476
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC 2,967,171 2,519,079 3,248,131
AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio MFS 2,832,286 2,651,923 2,022,081
AST MFS Growth Portfolio MFS 3,810,133 4,045,393 4,266,013
AST MFS Large-Cap Value Portfolio MFS 1,859,307 1,795,118 1,580,858
AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio PGIM 4,877,781 2,550,112 297,469
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio Neuberger Berman 1,374,708 1,427,298 1,039,998
  LSV 2,130,204 2,214,911 1,646,409
AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio Epoch 350,884 270,853 214,357
  SI 303,236 325,642 259,537
  Brown Advisory, LLC* None 230,275 222,497
  EARNEST 201,909 203,327 141,620
  TS&W 370,153 336,326 289,015
  Bradford & Marzec* None 165,382 245,600
  C.S. McKee 192,442 245,081 115,956
  Parametric 74,161 63,365 None
  Vision 290,504 33,240 None

77

Table of Contents
Subadvisory Fees Paid by PI        
Portfolio Subadviser 2015 2014 2013
  Longfellow 218,074 13,253 None
  Affinity None None None
  Boston None None None
AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio Parametric 2,474,332 3,018,090 3,843,074
AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio QMA 3,522,646 3,730,210 3,536,106
AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio PGIM/PGIM, Limited 4,786,988 4,314,291 4,453,655
AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio PGIM/PGIM, Limited**** 2,230,825 1,633,680 1,095,626
  QMA 11,101,529 9,614,712 5,612,084
  First Trust Advisors, L.P.* None None 3,798,305
AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio QMA 585,612 807,973 991,634
AST QMA Large-Cap Portfolio QMA 3,681,054 3,323,952 1,995,838
AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio QMA 2,180,649 1,855,284 1,770,522
AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio QMA 474,307 326,107 179,957
AST RCM World Trends Portfolio Allianz Global Investors US LLC 13,165,689 11,761,124 6,891,731
  CLS Investments LLC* None None None
AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio Schroder Investment Management North America Inc. (Schroders) 15,445,775 13,287,446 11,449,474
  CLS* None None None
AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio Eagle Asset Management, Inc.* 1,782,775 2,034,072 2,387,180
  Emerald Mutual Fund Advisers Trust 1,541,993 1,498,686 807,985
AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio (formerly, AST Federated Aggressive Growth Portfolio) RS Investment Management Co. LLC 1,607,672 137,860 None
  Wellington Management Company LLP 2,289,022 184,499 None
  Federated Equity Management Company of Pennsylvania* , ** None 3,122,518 3,175,509
AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio JPMorgan 2,209,842 2,137,995 2,027,314
  LMCG Investments, LLC 1,387,185 1,271,442 1,232,611
  ClearBridge Investments LLC* 571,446 1,285,407 1,220,644
AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. 27,338,403 25,362,424 21,609,310
AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
T. Rowe Price International, Ltd.
T. Rowe Price Hong Kong, Limited
T. Rowe Price International, Ltd. - Tokyo
1,408,788 425,345 None
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. 6,402,295 5,958,491 6,051,638
AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. 2,538,324 3,171,412 3,333,196
AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio Franklin Advisers, Inc. 1,877,651 2,028,314 1,384,583
  T. Rowe Price International, Ltd. * None None 76,773
AST Value Equity Portfolio Herndon Capital Management, LLC 1,629,054 1,737,643 1,965,400
  BlackRock Investment Management LLC* None None 61,653
AST WEDGE Capital Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio) EARNEST Partners LLC* 326,391 691,639 1,082,459
  WEDGE Capital Management, LLP 1,344,712 1,100,314 1,279,873
AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio Wellington Management Company LLP 9,301,836 8,851,462 5,819,683
  QMA* None None None
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio Western Asset Management Company—Western Asset Management Company Ltd. 4,932,328 4,596,015 3,938,469
AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio Western Asset Management Company—Western Asset Management Company Ltd. 527,590 918,723 813,375
* No longer a subadviser to the Portfolio.

    78

Table of Contents
** Federated Global Investment Management Corp. serves as sub-subadviser pursuant to a subadvisory agreement. Federated Advisory Services Company, an affiliate of Federated Equity Management Company of Pennsylvania and Federated Global Investment Management Corp., provides research, quantitative analysis, equity trading and transaction settlement and certain support services. The fee for Federated Advisory Service Company’s services is not paid by the Trust.
*** Security Capital serves as a Sub-Subadviser pursuant to a sub-subadvisory agreement. Security Capital, an affiliate of JPMorgan, provides investment advisory services with respect to investments in real estate investment trusts. The fee for Security Capital’s services is paid by JPMorgan, not the Portfolio or the Investment Managers
**** PGIM, Limited serves as a sub-subadviser pursuant to a sub-subadvisory agreement with PGIM. PGIM, Limited, an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of PGIM, provides investment advisory services with respect to securities in certain foreign markets. The fee for PGIM, Limited’s services is paid by PGIM, not the Portfolio or the Manager.
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS: OTHER ACCOUNTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE PORTFOLIO MANAGERS Other Accounts and Portfolio Ownership. The following tables set forth information about each Portfolio and accounts other than the Portfolio for which each Portfolio's portfolio managers (the Portfolio Managers) are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management as of the Trust's most recently completed fiscal year. The table shows, for each portfolio manager, the number of accounts managed and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts. For each category, the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts whose fees are based on performance is indicated in italics typeface. The tables also set forth the dollar range of equity securities of each Portfolio of the Trust beneficially owned by the Portfolio Managers as of the Trust's most recently completed fiscal year.
AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio
Adviser/Subadvisers Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies*
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles*
Other Accounts* Ownership of Portfolio
Securities
Prudential Investments LLC Brian Ahrens 11/$40,412,353,311 None None None
  Andrei O. Marinich, CFA 11/$40,412,353,311 None None None
Quantitative Management Associates LLC Marcus Perl 25/$63,544,629,851 4/$786,535,268 21/$1,654,051,783 None
  Edward Keon 26/$63,059,710,520 4/$786,535,268 19/$1,423,368,778 None
  Ted Lockwood 27/$63,573,649,112 4/$786,535,268 22/$1,681,400,197
1/$27,348,414
None
  Edward L. Campbell, CFA 26/$63,059,710,520 4/$786,535,268 19/$1,423,368,778 None
  Joel M. Kallman, CFA 26/$63,059,710,520 4/$786,535,268 19/$1,423,368,778 None
  Devang Gambhirwala 13/$9,055,586,460 9/$2,560,081,321 42/$5,654,896,314
9/$1,663,069,618
None
Jennison Associates LLC (Jennison) Shaun Hong 8/$7,485,839,000 None None None
  Ubong “Bobby” Edemeka 8/$7,485,839,000 None None None
  Brannon Cook 2/$76,969,000 None None None
Pacific Investment Management Company LLC Scott A. Mather 23/$142,655.05 million 23/$13,762.25 million
1/$102.13 million
19/$11,838.52 million
3/$2,683.53 million
None
  Mihir Worah 41/$160,251.86 million 38/$20,516.74 million
1/$113.42 million
61/$28,907.13 million
9/$2,606.60 million
None
CoreCommodity Management, LLC Adam De Chiara 3/$133,017,609 5/$1,744,932,894
4/$1,570,952,207
27/$2,194,262,207
13/$966,512,944
None
First Quadrant Ed Peters(1) 2/$154,184,941.29 3/$1,577,178,151.22 1/$566,389,999.35 None
  Jeppe Ladekarl(1) 2/$1,068,338,434.48 7/$396,038,916.32
5/$198,269,559.42
13/$10,578,117,102.09
3/$1,717,946,161.00
None
  Dori Levanoni(1) 3/$1,161,168,513.57 8/$481,459,939.48
6/$283,690,582.58
18/$11,657,616,548.86
6/$2,147,018,757.74
None
AlphaSimplex Group, LLC Andrew W. Lo 5/$6,503,472,000 None 6/$103,430,000
1/$9,126,000
None
  Alexander D. Healy 6/$6,523,603,000 None 6/$103,430,000
1/$9,126,000
None
  Peter A. Lee 4/$6,502,459,000 None None None
  Philippe P. Lüdi 4/$6,502,459,000 None None None
  Robert W. Sinnott 4/$6,502,459,000 None None None
AQR Capital Management, LLC Jacques A. Friedman, MS 44/$17.91 billion 41/$17.13 billion
30/$13.38 billion
108/$48.42 billion
32/$12.20 billion
None

79

Table of Contents
AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio
Adviser/Subadvisers Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies*
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles*
Other Accounts* Ownership of Portfolio
Securities
  Ronen Israel 31/$13,674,281,500 59/$27,699,789,219
48/$22,360,707,558
61/$25,818,939,936
19/$7,849,961,532
None
CNH Partners, LLC Mark Mitchell, Ph.D. 2/$7,849,961,532 10/$3,602,962,579
9/$2,533,745,000
None None
  Todd Pulvino, Ph.D. 2/$7,849,961,532 10/$3,602,962,579
9/$2,533,745,000
None None
J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc. Raffaele Zingone 26/$13,806,986 3/$1,213,797 17/$7,677,473
5/$4,550,734
None
  Steven G. Lee 9/$2,135,206 None 1/$192,616
1/$577,013
None
Western Asset Management Company / Western Asset Management Company Ltd. S. Kenneth Leech 106/$173,340,022,281 276/$84,844,124,650
8/$1,537,449,492
622/$171,718,038,196
57/$17,552,174,024
None
  Chia-Liang Lian 26/$31,555,773,596 41/$13,712,701,261
1/$113,945,343
150/$30,797,780,378
8/$5,109,845,376
None
  Gordon S. Brown 7/$1,842,503,102 16/$4,025,521,860
1/$113,945,343
75/$24,299,475,347
8/$5,109,845,376
None
  Prashant Chandran 8/$1,069,798,546 5/$5,572,047,048
1/$41,010,835
3/$930,025,762
1/$115,937,927
None
  Kevin Ritter 5/$1,315,810,751 9/$1,002,767,848 35/$3,447,891,000
1/$395,941,656
None
    
AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio
Subadvisers Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies*
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles*
Other Accounts* Ownership of Portfolio
Securities
Prudential Investments LLC Brian Ahrens 11/$37,739,821,331 None None None
  Andrei O. Marinich, CFA 11/$37,739,821,331 None None None
Brown Advisory, LLC Kenneth M. Stuzin, CFA 6/$6,458,747,622 6/$1,512,583,702 567/$6,044,928,836
7/$762,409,270
None
Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. Aziz Hamzaogullari 14/$12,047,958,527.87 10/$1,616,207,984.32
1/$583,545,485.96
80/$6,992,706,907.04 None
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc Mark Finn 6/$32,578,295,750 6/$9,038,672,285 26/$3,690,417,092 None
  John D. Linehan 13/$37,613,368,901 6/$6,989,387,557 30/$4,569,933,435 None
  Heather McPherson 3/$5,988,082,609 4/$1,881,819,815 24/$3,267,969,854 None
William Blair Investment Management, LLC Simon Fennell 12/$8,918,506,936 15/$2,847,087,871 38/$7,139,283,607 None
  Kenneth J. McAtamney 7/$1,383,871,967 15/$1,633,246,516 9/$2,556,194,286 None
LSV Asset Management Josef Lakonishok 28/$13,027,252,641 51/$15,753,088,537
5/$353,546,738
425/$54,902,999,757
43/$9,305,944,170
None
  Menno Vermeulen, CFA 28/$13,027,252,641 51/$15,753,088,537
5/$353,546,738
425/$54,902,999,757
43/$9,305,944,170
None
  Puneet Mansharamani, CFA 28/$13,027,252,641 51/$15,753,088,537
5/$353,546,738
425/$54,902,999,757
43/$9,305,944,170
None
  Greg Sleight 28/$13,027,252,641 51/$15,753,088,537
5/$353,546,738
425/$54,902,999,757
43/$9,305,944,170
None
  Guy Lakonishok, CFA 28/$13,027,252,641 51/$15,753,088,537
5/$353,546,738
425/$54,902,999,757
43/$9,305,944,170
None
Quantitative Management Associates LLC Marcus Perl 27/$60,870,718,003 4/$786,535,268 21/$1,654,051,783 None
  Edward L. Campbell, CFA 26/$60,385,798,672 4/$786,535,268 19/$1,423,368,778 None
  Joel M. Kallman, CFA 26/$60,385,798,672 4/$786,535,268 19/$1,423,368,778 None
PGIM, Inc./PGIM Limited Michael J. Collins, CFA 24/$37,437,267,600 6/$5,799,125,765 45/$16,618,677,666 None

    80

Table of Contents
AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio
Subadvisers Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies*
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles*
Other Accounts* Ownership of Portfolio
Securities
  Richard Piccirillo 36/$35,796,087,039 25/$10,388,981,304
2/$0
119/$41,904,903,447 None
  Gregory Peters 14/$27,932,930,775 6/$2,655,587,840 34/$15,985,436,245 None
  Robert Tipp, CFA 23/$18,973,834,159 17/$8,546,155,621
1/$528,090
69/$20,344,221,980 None
Pacific Investment Management Company LLC Scott A. Mather 24/$143,737.03 million 23/$13,762.25 million
1/$102.13 million
19/$11,838.52 million
3/$2,683.53 million
None
  Mihir Worah 42/$160,923.34 million 38/$20,516.74 million
1/$113.42 million
61/$28,907.13 million
9/$2,606.60 million
None
    
AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Portfolio
Securities
AQR Capital Management, LLC Cliff Asness, PhD 37/$22,835,320,448 43/$19,170,225,605
34/$15,894,121,645
71/$29,234,457,144
23/$8,661,943,969
None
  John Liew, PhD 21/$19,924,249,370 35/$14,407,904,413
28/ $ 11,165,510,076
29/$12,625,116,734
9/$4,364,166,393
None
  Jacques Friedman 43/$17,750,245,590 41/$17,132,625,396
30/$13,377,712,620
108/$48,422,495,019
32/$12,199,631,227
None
  Oktay Kurbanov 3/$1,075,813,260 16/$5,425,547,438
13/$5,133,620,336
30/$16,106,953,604
7/$4,161,853,900
None
  Michael Katz, PhD, AM 5/$2.31 billion 9/$3.22 billion
8/$2.57 billion
4/$1.96 billion
2/$545.51 million
None
    
AST AQR Large-Cap Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
AQR Capital Management, LLC Cliff Asness 37/$20,078,448,538 43/19,170,225,605
34/$15,894,121,645
71/$29,234,457,144
23/$8,661,943,969
None
  John Liew 21/$17,167,377,460 35/$14,407,904,413
28/$11,165,510,076
29/$12,625,116,734
9/$4,364,166,393
None
  Jacques Friedman 43/$14,993,373,680 41/$17,132,625,396
30/$13,377,712,620
108/$48,422,495,019
32/$12,199,631,227
None
    
AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio
Adviser / Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies*
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles*
Other Accounts* Ownership of Fund
Securities
Prudential Investments LLC Brian Ahrens 11/$35,714,687,522 None None None
  Andrei O. Marinich, CFA 11/$35,714,687,522 None None None
Quantitative Management Associates LLC Marcus Perl 27/$58,846,733,393 4/$786,535,268 21/$1,654,051,783 None
  Edward L. Campbell, CFA 26/$58,361,814,062 4/$786,535,268 19/$1,423,368,778 None
  Joel M. Kallman, CFA 26/$58,361,814,062 4/$786,535,268 19/$1,423,368,778 None
    
AST BlackRock Global Strategies Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Manager Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., BlackRock International Limited Phil Green 21/$9,425,000,000 24/$3,200,000,000 3/$3,000,000,000
2/$2,300,000,000
None
    
AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. Phil Green 21/$11,268,000,000 24/$3,200,000,000 3/$3,000,000,000
2/$2,300,000,000
None
  Michael Fredericks 5/$10,220,000,000 3/$1,590,000,000 None None

81

Table of Contents
AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
  Justin Christofel 22/$13,490,000,000 22/$4,900,000,000 None None
    
AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio)
Subadviser Portfolio Manager Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., BlackRock International Limited, BlackRock (Singapore) Limited Bob Miller 10/$46,730,000,000 12/$11,090,000,000 5/$2,830,000,000 None
  Rick Rieder 13/$47,700,000,000 9/$11,000,000,000 1/$1,970,000,000 None
Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. Peter Palfrey 1/$6,007,885,650.73 7/$3,544,663,041.21 61/$12,735,670,620.58
1/$109,713,077.49
None
  Rick Raczkowski 1/$6,007,885,650.73 13/$8,760,528,164.72 85/$16,692,947,449.23
3/$5,001,074,495.06
None
    
AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Manager Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
BlackRock, Financial Management, Inc. Thomas Musmanno, CFA 12/$6,640,000,000 15/$5,140,000,000 139/$51,250,000,0000 None
  Scott MacLellan, CFA 10/$6,160,000,000 15/$5,140,000,000 142/$57,380,000,000 None
    
AST Bond Portfolio 2016
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
PGIM, Inc. Richard Piccirillo 36/$36,833,945,843 25/$10,388,981,304
2/$0
119/$41,904,903,447 None
  Malcolm Dalrymple 31/$22,985,871,996 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
  Erik Schiller, CFA 35/$12,654,074,424 22/$9,455,467,334
2/$1,768,686,333
123/$31,794,178,014
2/$355,769,586
None
  David Del Vecchio 30/$22,941,630,317 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
    
AST Bond Portfolio 2017
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
PGIM, Inc. Richard Piccirillo 36/$36,756,630,721 25/$10,388,981,304
2/$0
119/$41,904,903,447 None
  Malcolm Dalrymple 31/$22,908,556,874 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
  Erik Schiller, CFA 35/$12,576,759,302 22/$9,455,467,334
2/$1,768,686,333
123/$31,794,178,014
2/$355,769,586
None
  David Del Vecchio 30/$22,864,315,195 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
    
AST Bond Portfolio 2018
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
PGIM, Inc. Richard Piccirillo 36/$36,730,169,041 25/$10,388,981,304
2/$0
119/$41,904,903,447 None
  Malcolm Dalrymple 31/$22,882,095,194 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
  Erik Schiller, CFA 35/$12,550,297,622 22/$9,455,467,334
2/$1,768,686,333
123/$31,794,178,014
2/$355,769,586
None
  David Del Vecchio 30/$22,837,853,515 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
    

    82

Table of Contents
AST Bond Portfolio 2019
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
PGIM, Inc. Richard Piccirillo 36/$36,802,088,620 25/$10,388,981,304
2/$0
119/$41,904,903,447 None
  Malcolm Dalrymple 31/$22,954,014,773 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
  Erik Schiller, CFA 35/$12,622,217,201 22/$9,455,467,334
2/$1,768,686,333
123/$31,794,178,014
2/$355,769,586
None
  David Del Vecchio 30/$22,909,773,094 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
    
AST Bond Portfolio 2020
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
PGIM, Inc. Richard Piccirillo 36/$36,714,910,348 25/$10,388,981,304
2/$0
119/$41,904,903,447 None
  Malcolm Dalrymple 31/$22,866,836,501 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
  Erik Schiller, CFA 35/$12,535,038,929 22/$9,455,467,334
2/$1,768,686,333
123/$31,794,178,014
2/$355,769,586
None
  David Del Vecchio 30/$22,822,594,822 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
    
AST Bond Portfolio 2021
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
PGIM, Inc. Richard Piccirillo 36/$36,599,166,975 25/$10,388,981,304
2/$0
119/$41,904,903,447 None
  Malcolm Dalrymple 31/$22,751,093,128 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
  Erik Schiller, CFA 35/$12,419,295,556 22/$9,455,467,334
2/$1,768,686,333
123/$31,794,178,014
2/$355,769,586
None
  David Del Vecchio 30/$22,706,851,449 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
    
AST Bond Portfolio 2022
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
PGIM, Inc. Richard Piccirillo 36/$36,676,465,052 25/$10,388,981,304
2/$0
119/$41,904,903,447 None
  Malcolm Dalrymple 31/$22,828,391,205 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
  Erik Schiller, CFA 35/$12,496,593,633 22/$9,455,467,334
2/$1,768,686,333
123/$31,794,178,014
2/$355,769,586
None
  David Del Vecchio 30/$22,784,149,526 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
    
AST Bond Portfolio 2023
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
PGIM, Inc. Richard Piccirillo 36/$36,834,150,021 25/$10,388,981,304
2/$0
119/$41,904,903,447 None
  Malcolm Dalrymple 31/$22,986,076,174 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
  Erik Schiller, CFA 35/$12,654,278,602 22/$9,455,467,334
2/$1,768,686,333
123/$31,794,178,014
2/$355,769,586
None
  David Del Vecchio 30/$22,941,834,495 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None

83

Table of Contents
AST Bond Portfolio 2024
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
PGIM, Inc. Richard Piccirillo 36/$36,858,444,929 25/$10,388,981,304
2/$0
119/$41,904,903,447 None
  Malcolm Dalrymple 31/$23,010,371,082 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
  Erik Schiller, CFA 35/$12,678,573,510 22/$9,455,467,334
2/$1,768,686,333
123/$31,794,178,014
2/$355,769,586
None
  David Del Vecchio 30/$22,966,129,403 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
    
AST Bond Portfolio 2025
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
PGIM, Inc. Richard Piccirillo 36/$36,303,491,741 25/$10,388,981,304
2/$0
119/$41,904,903,447 None
  Malcolm Dalrymple 31/$22,455,417,894 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
  Erik Schiller, CFA 35/$12,123,620,322 22/$9,455,467,334
2/$1,768,686,333
123/$31,794,178,014
2/$355,769,586
None
  David Del Vecchio 30/$22,411,176,215 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
    
AST Bond Portfolio 2026
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
PGIM, Inc. Richard Piccirillo 36/$36,756,309,166 25/$10,388,981,304
2/$0
119/$41,904,903,447 None
  Malcolm Dalrymple 31/$22,908,235,319 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
  Erik Schiller, CFA 35/$12,576,437,747 22/$9,455,467,334
2/$1,768,686,333
123/$31,794,178,014
2/$355,769,586
None
  David Del Vecchio 30/$22,863,993,640 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
    
AST Bond Portfolio 2027
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
PGIM, Inc. Richard Piccirillo 37/$36,871,517,502 25/$10,388,981,304
2/$0
119/$41,904,903,447 None
  Malcolm Dalrymple 32/$23,023,443,655 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
  Erik Schiller, CFA 36/$12,691,646,083 22/$9,455,467,334
2/$1,768,686,333
123/$31,794,178,014
2/$355,769,586
None
  David Del Vecchio 31/$22,979,201,976 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
    
AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio)
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Boston Partners Mark E. Donovan, CFA 6/$15,815,860,193 6/$3,912,780,750 191/$11,097,544,008 None
  David J. Pyle, CFA 6/$15,815,860,193 6/$3,912,780,750 191/$11,097,544,008 None
    
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio
Adviser / Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies*
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles*
Other Accounts* Ownership of Fund
Securities
Prudential Investments LLC Brian Ahrens 11/$33,629,006,813 None None None
  Andrei O. Marinich, CFA 11/$33,629,006,813 None None None

    84

Table of Contents
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio
Adviser / Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies*
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles*
Other Accounts* Ownership of Fund
Securities
Quantitative Management Associates LLC Marcus Perl 27/$56,760,826,433 4/$786,535,268 21/$1,654,051,783 None
  Edward L. Campbell, CFA 26/$56,275,907,102 4/$786,535,268 19/$1,423,368,778 None
  Joel M. Kallman, CFA 26/$56,275,907,102 4/$786,535,268 19/$1,423,368,778 None
    
AST ClearBridge Dividend Growth Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
ClearBridge Investments, LLC Harry Cohen 2/$5,477,286,454.70 1/$81,751,006.20 41,242/$ 7,937,988,623 None
  Michael Clarfeld 7/$9,601,368,202.40 2/$552,227,708.80 40,695/$6,858,224,101 None
  Peter Vanderlee 8/$10,702,499,894.20 6/$1,792,643,079.90 33,627/$7,427,869,989.80 None
    
AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. Joseph M. Harvey 14/$22,029,950,019 29/$16,235,852,877 36/$5,359,469,241 None
  Jon Cheigh 7/$10,744,236,892 22/$3,361,033,397 16/$2,469,553,050 None
  Thomas Bohjalian, CFA 6/$13,775,409,824 7/$12,874,819,479 23/$3,074,460,308 None
  Jason Yablon 8/$14,195,052,050 None 4/$936,793,857 None
    
AST Defensive Asset Allocation Portfolio
Adviser /Subadviser Portfolio Manager Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Prudential Investments LLC Brian Ahrens 11/$45,812,149,452 None None None
  Andrei O. Marinich, CFA 11/$45,812,149,452 None None None
Quantitative Management Associates LLC Marcus Perl 27/$68,943,078,987 4/$786,535,268 21/$1,654,051,783 None
  Edward L. Campbell, CFA 26/$68,458,159,656 4/$786,535,268 19/$1,423,368,778 None
  Joel M. Kallman, CFA 26/$68,458,159,656 4/$786,535,268 19/$1,423,368,778 None
,
AST FI Pyramis® Quantitative Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
FIAM LLC Ognjen Sosa, CAIA None 5/$309 million 21/$2,787 million
1/$113 million
None
  Shiuan-Tung Peng, CFA None 4/$249 million 21/$2,787 million
1/$113 million
None
  Edward Heilbron None 5/$309 million 46/$8,002 million
1/$113 million
None
  Catherine Pena, CFA None 4/$249 million 21/$2,787 million
1/$113 million
None
    
AST Global Real Estate Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment Companies Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Accounts Ownership of Fund Securities
PGIM Real Estate Marc Halle 8/$3,542,146,359 None/$0 9/$790,338,183 None
  Rick J. Romano 8/$3,542,146,359 None/$0 9/$790,338,183 None
  Michael Gallagher 8/$3,542,146,359 None/$0 9/$790,338,183 None
  Kwok Wing Cheong 8/$3,542,146,359 None/$0 9/$790,338,183 None
    
AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies ($mm)
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles ($mm)
Other Accounts ($mm) Ownership of Fund
Securities
Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. Andrew Braun 16/$17,206 4/$271 32/$1,182 None
  Sean Gallagher 14/$16,402 2/$403 35/$2,677 None

85

Table of Contents
AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies ($mm)
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles ($mm)
Other Accounts ($mm) Ownership of Fund
Securities
  John Arege, CFA 7/$4,811 2/$1,647 31/$5,500 None
  Charles “Brook” Dane, CFA 5/$4,770 1/$207 25/$895 None
    
AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. Steve Barry 18/$11,470,000 8/$4,242,000 5/$1,170,000 None
  Ashley Woodruff 6/$5,765,000 1/$21,000,000 None None
    
AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. Kane Brenan 1/$21,786,433 None 3/$5,537,308,464 None
  Raymond Chan 4/$31,942,609 9/$1,952,112,350 1/$51,419,438 None
  Christopher Lvoff 4/$31,942,609 None   1/$1,112,309,888 None
    
AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies ($mm)
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles ($mm)
Other Accounts ($mm) Ownership of Fund
Securities
Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. Sally Pope Davis 7/$7,115 None 14/$1,711 None
  Robert Crystal 7/$7,115 None 14/$1,711 None
  Sean A. Butkus 7/$7,115 None 14/$1,711 None
    
AST High Yield Portfolio
Subadvisers Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc. William J. Morgan 12/$15,275,617 21/$8,020,305
1/$89,035
10/$1,161,264
1/$247,128
None
  James P. Shanahan 13/$19,453,552 26/$4,862,590
1/$89,035
14/$1,905,587
1/$519,700
None
PGIM, Inc./PGIM Limited Robert Cignarella, CFA 24/$12,162,562,048 12/$4,369,648,976 82/$12,251,657,891
1/$0
None
  Michael J. Collins, CFA 24/$37,734,787,690 6/$5,799,125,765 45/$16,618,677,666 None
  Terence Wheat, CFA 24/$11,937,831,882 12/$4,369,648,976 88/$13,515,102,320
1/$0
None
  Robert Spano, CFA, CPA 24/$11,937,831,882 12/$4,369,648,976 87/$13,491,950,951
1/$0
None
  Ryan Kelly, CFA 24/$11,937,831,882 12/$4,369,648,976 88/$13,451,639,061
1/$0
None
  Brian Clapp, CFA 24/$11,937,842,857 12/$4,369,648,976 82/$12,251,657,891
1/$0
None
  Daniel Thorogood, CFA 24/$11,937,842,857 12/$4,369,648,976 84/$13,160,571,276
1/$0
None
    
AST Hotchkis & Wiley Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio)
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC Sheldon Lieberman 14/$14.1 billion
1/$5.5 billion
8/$856.0 million
1/45.3 million
69/$9.1 billion
4/$682.0 million
None
  George Davis 14/$14.1 billion
1/$5.5 billion
8/$856.0 million
1/45.3 million
69/$9.1 billion
4/$682.0 million
None
  Scott McBride 14/$14.1 billion
1/$5.5 billion
8/$856.0 million
1/45.3 million
69/$9.1 billion
4/$682.0 million
None
  Patricia McKenna 14/$14.1 billion
1/$5.5 billion
8/$856.0 million
1/45.3 million
69/$9.1 billion
4/$682.0 million
None

    86

Table of Contents
AST Hotchkis & Wiley Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio)
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
  Judd Peters 14/$14.1 billion
1/$5.5 billion
8/$856.0 million
1/45.3 million
69/$9.1 billion
4/$682.0 million
None
    
AST International Growth Portfolio
Subadvisers Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
William Blair Investment Management, LLC Simon Fennell 12/$8,959,348,578 15/$2,847,087,871 38/$7,139,283,607 None
  Kenneth J. McAtamney 7/$1,424,713,610 15/$1,633,246,516 9/$2,556,194,286 None
Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC Benjamin Segal, CFA 6/$2,039 million 7/$359 million 1,399/$3,576 million
1/$203 million
None
Jennison Associates LLC Mark Baribeau 4/$434,301,000 4/$575,689,000 4/$616,401,000**
3/$388,301,000
 
  Thomas Davis 4/$424,462,000 4/$575,689,000 4/$616,401,000**
1/$267,901,000
 
    
AST International Value Portfolio
Subadvisers Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
LSV Asset Management Josef Lakonishok 28/$12,546,759,268 51/$15,753,088,537
5/$353,546,738
425/$54,902,999,757
43/$9,305,944,170
None
  Menno Vermeulen, CFA 28/$12,546,759,268 51/$15,753,088,537
5/$353,546,738
425/$54,902,999,757
43/$9,305,944,170
None
  Puneet Mansharamani, CFA 28/$12,546,759,268 51/$15,753,088,537
5/$353,546,738
425/$54,902,999,757
43/$9,305,944,170
None
  Greg Sleight 28/$12,546,759,268 51/$15,753,088,537
5/$353,546,738
425/$54,902,999,757
43/$9,305,944,170
None
  Guy Lakonishok, CFA 28/$12,546,759,268 51/$15,753,088,537
5/$353,546,738
425/$54,902,999,757
43/$9,305,944,170
None
Lazard Asset Management LLC Michael G. Fry 9/$5,821,947,957
1/ $ 3,086,865,387
8/$1,878,398,936 163/$13,854,145,275
1/$91,287,177
None
  Michael A. Bennett 12/$13,077,590,135
1/$3,086,865,387
10/$2,358,834,905 207/$20,156,506,018
1/$91,287,177
None
  Kevin J. Matthews 9/$5,821,947,957
1/ $ 3,086,865,387
8/$1,878,398,936 163/$13,854,145,275
1/$91,287,177
None
  Michael Powers 9/$5,821,947,957
1/ $ 3,086,865,387
8/$1,878,398,936 163/$13,854,145,275
1/$91,287,177
None
  John R. Reinsberg 11/$9,979,133,201 80/$13,382,342,634
2/$380,035,725
12/$1,726,534,177 None
    
AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
PGIM, Inc. Richard Piccirillo 36/$32,316,084,110 25/$10,388,981,304
2/$0
119/$41,904,903,447 None
  Malcolm Dalrymple 31/$18,468,010,263 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
  Erik Schiller, CFA 35/$8,136,212,691 22/$9,455,467,334
2/$1,768,686,333
123/$31,794,178,014
2/$355,769,586
None
  David Del Vecchio 30/$18,423,768,584 17/$3,043,149,863 67/$$16,055,974,054
1/$84,256,880
None
    

87

Table of Contents
AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc. Patrik Jakobson 2/$2,889,585 None 5/$5,201,693
3/$2,407,138
None
  Jeffrey Geller 29/$56,084,056 23/$18,066,251 5/$5,201,693 None
  Nicole Goldberger 6/$7,291,053 4/$450,733 21/$7,193,626 None
  Michael Feser 1/$1,841,458 None None None
Security Capital Research & Management Incorporated Anthony R. Manno, Jr. 8/$818,900,000 2/$823,400,000 220/$2,228,600,000
2/$222,700,000*
None
  Kenneth D. Statz 8/$818,900,000 2/$823,400,000 220/$2,228,600,000
2/$222,700,000*
None
  Kevin W. Bedell 8/$818,900,000 2/$823,400,000 220/$2,228,600,000
2/$222,700,000*
None
*Indicates performance fee accounts and total assets.
AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Manager Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc. James Fisher 4/$3,249,098 11/$3,775,236 15/$3,956,537
6/$1,607,899
None
    
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc. Patrik Jakobson 2/$3,173,358 None 5/$5,201,693
3/$2,407,138
None
  Jeffrey Geller 29/$56,367,829 23/$18,066,251 5/$5,201,693 None
  Nicole Goldberger 6/$7,574,826 4/$450,733 21/$7,193,626 None
  Michael Feser 1/$1,841,458 None None None
    
AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Jennison Associates LLC Michael A. Del Balso* 10/$16,750,793,000 5/$1,755,372,000 2/$83,326,000 None
  Mark Shattan None 1/$1,438,852,000 12/$1,442,023,000 None
    
AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Manager Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. Aziz Hamzaogullari 14/$10,260,367,156.60 10/$1,616,207,984.32
1/$583,545,485.96
80/$6,992,706,907.04 None
    
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC Kewjin Yuoh 7/$40,342,622,752 4/$616,718,266 877/$2,929,484,688* None
  Robert A. Lee 16/$62,091,316,967 12/$3,159,253,867 2374/$4,537,167,369* None
  Andrew H. O'Brien, CFA 8/$40,380,440,173 5/$626,619,334 877/$2,929,484,688* None
  Leah G. Traub, PhD 3/$522,789,904 1/$9,901,068 None None
    
AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Massachusetts Financial Services Company* David R. Mannheim 5/$4.1 billion 15/$22.5 billion 100/$43.0 billion
11/$3.6 billion*
None
  Roger Morley 5/$4.1 billion 15/$22.5 billion 100/$43.0 billion
11/$3.6 billion*
None
    

    88

Table of Contents
AST MFS Growth Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Manager Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Massachusetts Financial Services Company Eric B. Fischman 6/$16.7 billion 1/$95.7 million 11/$1.5 billion None
  Matthew D. Sabel 8/$17.4 billion 1/$95.7 million 12/$1.5 billion None
    
AST MFS Large-Cap Value Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Massachusetts Financial Services Company Nevin P. Chitkara 18/$58.8 billion 8/$5.8 billion 41/$17.0 billion None
  Steven R. Gorham 17/$58.8 billion 8/$5.8 billion 41/$17.0 billion None
    
AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
PGIM, Inc. Edward H. Blaha, CFA 1/$44,241,679 12/$3,388,641,394 67/$36,775,060,152
3/$1,619,202,983
None
  Steven A. Kellner, CFA 3/$9,294,565,291 12/$3,388,641,394 71/$37,731,193,085
3/$1,619,202,983
None
  Rajat Shah, CFA 1/$44,241,679 12/$3,388,641,394 70/$37,658,222,445
3/$1,619,202,983
None
    
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio
Subadvisers Portfolio Manager Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC Michael Greene 3/$406 million None 108/$153 million None
LSV Asset Management Josef Lakonishok 28/$13,248,073,602 51/$15,753,088,537
5/$353,546,738
425/$54,902,999,757
43/$9,305,944,170
None
  Menno Vermeulen, CFA 28/$13,248,073,602 51/$15,753,088,537
5/$353,546,738
425/$54,902,999,757
43/$9,305,944,170
None
  Puneet Mansharamani, CFA 28/$13,248,073,602 51/$15,753,088,537
5/$353,546,738
425/$54,902,999,757
43/$9,305,944,170
None
  Greg Sleight 28/$13,248,073,602 51/$15,753,088,537
5/$353,546,738
425/$54,902,999,757
43/$9,305,944,170
None
  Guy Lakonishok, CFA 28/$13,248,073,602 51/$15,753,088,537
5/$353,546,738
425/$54,902,999,757
43/$9,305,944,170
None
    
AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio
Subadvisers Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
C.S. McKee Greg Melvin 2/$251,975,905 6/$140,209,687 423/$10,054,396,340 None
  Bryan Johanson 2/$251,975,905 6/$140,209,687 385/$9,926,760,818 None
  Brian Allen 2/$251,975,905 6/$140,209,687 385/$9,926,760,818 None
  Jack White 2/$251,975,905 6/$140,209,687 385/$9,926,760,818 None
  Andrew Faderewski 2/$251,975,905 6/$140,209,687 385/$9,926,760,818 None
EARNEST Paul Viera 10/$3,455.8 million 30/$2,392.3 million 160/$9,707.1 million
6/$1,252.1 million
None
Epoch David Pearl 9/$2,605 million 25/$9,079 million 72/$8,789 million
9/$2,046 million
None
  Michael Welhoelter 20/$10,908 million 44/$12,725
1/$57 million
144/$16,488 million
13/$2,488 million
None
Longfellow Investment Management Co. LLC Barbara J. McKenna, CFA 3/$317 million 1/$188 million 65/$4,716 million None
  David C. Stuehr, CFA 3/$317 million 1/$188 million 31/$164 million None
Parametric Portfolio Associates LLC Justin Henne, CFA 38/$1,594 million None 454/$54,791 million None
  Daniel Wamre, CFA None None 70/$3,526 million None

89

Table of Contents
AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio
Subadvisers Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
TS&W Brandon Harrell, CFA 7/$4,450.9 million 3/$546.3 million 10/$2,195.7 million None
Prudential Investments LLC Brian Ahrens, CFA 11/$45,468,683,281 None None None
  Andrei O. Marinich, CFA 11/$45,468,683,281 None None None
Affinity Investment Advisors, LLC Gregory R Lai, CFA 1/$4,623,605 1/$454,639 284/$1,314,672,000 None
  Michael Petrino 1/$4,623,605 None 284/$1,314,672,000 None
Boston Advisors, LLC Douglas A. Riley, CFA 10/$3,043,409,303 6/$158,641,853 9/$153,464,885 None
  Michael J. Vogelzang, CFA 11/$3,080,953,683 6/$158,641,853 126/$345,327,122 None
  David Hanna 11/$3,080,953,683 6/$158,641,853 39/$64,423,190 None
    
AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Parametric Portfolio Associates LLC Thomas Seto 27/$20,053.38 million 9/$2,790.15 million 11,235/$53,119.95 million  
  Timothy Atwill 8/$6,408.61 million None None  
    
AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio
Adviser / Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies*
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles*
Other Accounts* Ownership of Fund
Securities
Prudential Investments LLC Brian Ahrens 11/$39,430,659,823 None None None
  Andrei O. Marinich, CFA 11/$39,430,659,823 None None None
Quantitative Management Associates LLC Marcus Perl 27/$62,560,726,895 7/$786,535,268 21/$1,654,051,783 None
  Edward L. Campbell, CFA 26/$62,075,807,564 7/$786,535,268 19/$1,423,368,778 None
  Joel M. Kallman, CFA 26/$62,075,807,564 7/$786,535,268 19/$1,423,368,778 None
    
AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
PGIM, Inc./PGIM Limited Michael J. Collins, CFA 24/$35,101,093,457 6/$5,799,125,765 45/$16,618,677,666 None
  Richard Piccirillo 36/$33,459,912,896 25/$10,388,981,304
2/$0
119/$41,904,903,447 None
  Gregory Peters 14/$25,596,756,632 6/$2,655,587,840 34/$15,985,436,245 None
    
AST Prudential Growth Allocation
Subadvisers Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies*
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles*
Other Accounts* Ownership of Fund
Securities
PGIM, Inc./PGIM Limited Michael J. Collins, CFA 24/$35,515,301,688 6/$5,799,125,765 45/$16,618,677,666 None
  Richard Piccirillo 36/$33,874,121,127 25/$10,388,981,304
2/$0
119/$41,904,903,447 None
  Gregory Peters 14/$26,010,964,863 6/$2,655,587,840 34/$15,985,436,245 None
Quantitative Management Associates, LLC Stacie Mintz 12/$3,122,693,434 9/$2,560,081,321 40/$5,424,213,309
9/$1,663,069,618
None
  Edward F Keon, Jr. 26/$57,611,736,825 4/$786,535,268 19/$1,423,368,778 None
  Jacob Pozharny, PhD 7/$1,674,912,053 10/$1,562,687,277 27/$6,865,944,397
16/$2,936,219,519
None
  Edward L. Campbell, CFA 26/$57,611,736,825 4/$786,535,268 19/$1,423,368,778 None
  Joel Kallman, CFA 26/$57,611,736,825 4/$786,535,268 19/$1,423,368,778 None
    
AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies*
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles*
Other Accounts* Ownership of Fund
Securities
Quantitative Management Associates, LLC Jacob Pozharny, PhD 7/$3,092,907,877 10/$1,562,687,277 36/$6,865,944,397
16/$2,936,219,519
None

    90

Table of Contents
AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies*
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles*
Other Accounts* Ownership of Fund
Securities
  John Van Belle, PhD 7/$3,092,907,877 10/$1,562,687,277 36/$6,865,944,397
16/$2,936,219,519
None
  Wen Jin, PhD 7/$3,092,907,877 10/$1,562,687,277 36/$6,865,944,397
16/$2,936,219,519
None
  Vlad Shutoy 7/$3,092,907,877 10/$1,562,687,277 36/$6,865,944,397
16/$2,936,219,519
None
    
AST QMA Large-Cap Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies*
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles*
Other Accounts* Ownership of Fund
Securities
Quantitative Management Associates LLC Devang Gambhirwala 13/$14,025,046,457 9/$2,560,081,321 42/$5,654,896,314
9/$1,663,069,618
None
  Stacie L. Mintz 12/$13,540,127,125 9/$2,560,081,321 40/$5,424,213,309
9/$1,663,069,618
None
  Daniel Carlucci, CFA 16/$20,404,380,863 27/$15,530,066,706 42/$9,883,692,988
9/$1,663,069,618
None
Mr. Carlucci has announced his intention to retire at the end of 2016.
AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies*
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles*
Other Accounts* Ownership of Fund
Securities
Quantitative Management Associates LLC Stacie Mintz 12/$13,969,116,265 9/$2,560,081,321 40/$5,424,213,309
9/$1,663,069,618
None
  Devang Gambhirwala 13/$14,454,035,596 9/$2,560,081,321 42/$5,654,896,314
9/$1,663,069,618
None
    
AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio
Adviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies*
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles*
Other Accounts* Ownership of Fund
Securities
Prudential Investments LLC Brian Ahrens 11/$45,318,962,254 None None None
  Andrei O. Marinich, CFA 11/$45,318,962,254 None None None
Quantitative Management Associates LLC Marcus Perl 27/$68,514,089,848 4/$786,535,268 21/$1,654,051,783 None
  Edward Keon 26/$68,029,170,517 4/$786,535,268 19/$1,423,368,778 None
  Edward L. Campbell, CFA 27/$68,543,109,108 4/$786,535,268 22/$1,681,400,197
1/$27,348,414
None
  Ted Lockwood 26/$68,029,170,517 4/$786,535,268 19/$1,423,368,778 None
  Rory Cummings 26/$68,029,170,517 4/$786,535,268 19/$1,423,368,778 None
    
AST RCM World Trends Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC Dr. Herold Rohweder None 6/$96 million 3/$287 million None
  Dr. Matthias Mueller None 38/$10,799 million 93/$15,741 milllion None
  Giorgio Carlino 5/$490 million 6/$96 million 3/$287 million None
  Dr. Michael Stamos 4/$171 million 6/$96 million 3/$287 million None
  Claudio Marsala 12/$415 million 6/$96 million 3/$287 million None
    
AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Schroders Johanna Kyrklund, CFA 1/$1,087.00 million 9/$12,497.76 million 7/$1,730.00 million
5/$1,370.00 million
 
  Philip Chandler, CFA 1/$1,087.00 million 3/$595.00 million None  

91

Table of Contents
AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
  Angus Sippe, CFA None 3/$595.00 million None  
    
AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio
Subadvisers Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
UBS Asset Management (Americas) Inc. David Wabnik 1/$177,000,000 2/$189,000,000 5/$247,000,000
2/$247,000,000
None
  Samuel Kim 1/$177,000,000 2/$189,000,000 5/$247,000,000
2/$247,000,000
None
Emerald Mutual Fund Advisers Trust Kenneth G. Mertz II, CFA 4/$1,904,961,125 None 40/$1,911,268,161 None
  Stacey L. Sears 3/$1,530,049,884 None 40/$1,911,268,161 None
  Joseph W. Garner 4/$1,543,683,137 None 53/$2,085,656,736 None
    
AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Victory Capital Management Inc. Stephen J. Bishop 11/$5,237,176,785 None 8/$447,093,558
2/$94,761,274
None
  Melissa Chadwick-Dunn 10/$5,008,133,028 None 8/$447,093,558
2/$94,761,274
None
  D. Scott Tracy, CFA 10/$5,008,133,028 None 8/$447,093,558
2/$94,761,274
None
  Christopher W. Clark, CFA 10/$5,008,133,028 None 8/$447,093,558
2/$94,761,274
None
Wellington Management Company LLP Mammen Chally, CFA 13/$7,857,818,239 4/$142,962,197 4/$513,172,447 None
* Victory Capital Management Inc. assumed subadviser responsibilities for a portion of the assets of the Portfolio on or about July 29, 2016.
AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio
Subadvisers Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc. Dennis Ruhl 25/$14,269,146
1/$1,149,043
13/$2,619,739
1/$135,829
15/$1,206,029 None
  Phillip D. Hart 15/$6,865,837 5/$763,268 7/$784,088 None
LMCG Investments, LLC R. Todd Vingers, CFA 5/$695,700,000 21/$438,300,000 71/$1,021,400,000
1/$17,900,000*
None
    
AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. Charles Shriver 13/$25,452,133,157 14/$2,742,847,121 None None
  Toby M. Thompson 3/$4,538,091,380 13/$2,680,827,076 None None
    
AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio
Subadvisers Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc./
T. Rowe Price International, Ltd.
Charles Shriver 13/$38,716,290,610 14/$2,742,847,121 None None
  Toby Thompson 3/$17,802,248,832 13/$2,680,827,076 None None
    
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Manager Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. Robert W. Sharps + 6/$17,348,051,192 7/$2,852,658,439 56/$13,387,187,409 None
  Taymour Tamaddon ++ 6/$14,386,914,227 None 1/$118,755,131 None

    92

Table of Contents
*Note: Robert Sharps is expected to transition off of the Portfolio on or about December 31, 2016. Effective January 1, 2017, Mr. Tamaddon will replace Mr. Sharps as portfolio manager for the Portfolio.
+Information for Mr. Sharps is as of December 31, 2015.
++Information for Mr. Tamaddon is as of March 31, 2016.
AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Manager Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. Shawn Driscoll 1/$2,739,532,346 1/$250,330,120 3/$137,056,943 None
    
AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Franklin Advisers, Inc. Michael Hasenstab, PhD 17/$73,902.00 million 43/$76,026.10 million
2/$432.5 million
17/$6,703.20 million
1/$447.6 million
None
  Christine Zhu 7/$4,305.90 million 14/$5,103.50 million
2/$432.5 million
11/$2,731.70 million
1/$447.6 million
None
    
AST Value Equity Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Manager Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Herndon Capital Management LLC Randell A. Cain, Jr. 4/$714,888,765.11 6/$149,856,581.24 123/$4,734,148,920.92
4/$371,473,666
None
    
AST Wedge Capital Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio)
Subadvisers Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
WEDGE Capital Management, LLP Brian J. Pratt, CFA 4/$792 million 1/$129 million 215/$6,039 million  
  Caldwell Calame, CFA 4/$792 million 1/$129 million 215/$6,039 million  
  John Norman 4/$792 million 1/$129 million 215/$6,039 million  
    
AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Wellington Management Company LLP Kent M. Stahl, CFA 11/$23,439,871,444 4/$326,400,416 2/$225,764,374 None
  Gregg R. Thomas, CFA 11/$23,439,871,444 4/$333,403,758
1/$7,223,901
1/$225,767,330 None
    
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Western Asset Management Company/Western Asset Management Company Limited S. Kenneth Leech 106/$173,340,022,281 276/$84,844,124,650
8/$1,537,449,492
622/$171,718,038,196
57/$17,552,174,024
None
  Mark S. Lindbloom 17/$31,989,908,404 20/$10,268,428,342 133/$35,856,573,922
23/$7,749,668,314
None
  Chia-Liang Lian 26/$31,555,773,596 41/$13,712,701,261
1/$113,945,343
150/$30,797,780,378
8/$5,109,845,376
None
  Carl L. Eichstaedt 15/$29,050,101,843 23/$9,857,694,587 150/$38,982,314,664
23/$7,520,353,278
None
  Michael C. Buchanan 2/$770,280,339 6/$1,978,971,760 47/$10,005,672,185 None
  Julien A. Scholnick 43/$36,097,010,112 78/$34,650,894,195
4/$1,136,304,589
191/$50,663,684,617
21/$7,507,451,053
None
    
AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
Western Asset Management Company—Western Asset Management Company Ltd. S. Kenneth Leech 106/$173,340,022,281 276/$84,844,124,650
8/$1,537,449,492
622/$171,718,038,196
57/$17,552,174,024
None
  Chia-Liang Lian 26/$31,555,773,596 41/$13,712,701,261
1/$113,945,343
150/$30,797,780,378
8/$5,109,845,376
None

93

Table of Contents
AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio
Subadviser Portfolio Managers Registered Investment
Companies
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles
Other Accounts Ownership of Fund
Securities
  Gordon S. Brown 7/$1,842,503,102 16/$4,025,521,860
1/$113,945,343
75/$24,299,475,347
8 /$5,109,845,376
None
  Kevin Ritter 5/$1,315,810,751 9/$1,002,767,848 35/$3,447,891,000
1/$395,941,656
None
Notes to Other Account Tables:
Blackrock
*One account with total assets of $90.5 Million is subject to an advisory fee that is also based on the performance of the account.
**Two accounts with total assets of $1.1 Billion are subject to an advisory fee that is also based on the performance of the accounts.
Eaton Vance
(1) For “Other Accounts” that are part of a wrap account program, the number of accounts cited includes the number of sponsors for which the portfolio manager provides management services rather than the number of individual accounts within each wrap account program.
First Quadrant
(1) Includes market values for fully funded portfolios and the notional values for margin funded portfolios, all actively managed by First Quadrant and non-discretionary portfolios managed by joint venture partners using First Quadrant, L.P. investment signals. First Quadrant is defined in this context as the combination of all discretionary portfolios of First Quadrant, L.P. and its joint venture partners, but only wherein FQ has full investment discretion over the portfolios. When calculating number of accounts managed for registered investment companies, First Quadrant counts sub-strategies managed for any one registered investment company separately. Therefore there may be two accounts managed and enumerated for one registered investment company.
CoreCommodity
* The information presented above (current as of December 31, 2015) is designed to provide additional information about CoreCommodity, the portfolio manager of CoreCommodity responsible for the Portfolio's investments, and the means by which such person is compensated for his services. Assets are measured at notional value for managed accounts, and net asset value for pooled vehicles. Investors in private investment funds have the option of choosing a performance fee.
Herndon
* Includes UMA accounts where all most recent month end assets are not available.
Jennison
* Other Accounts excludes the assets and number of accounts in wrap fee programs that are managed using model portfolios.
** Excludes performance fee accounts.
LMCG
* Accounts subject to a performance-based advisory fee
Lord Abbett
*Does not include “Other Accounts” representing $409.3 million, for which Lord Abbett provides investment models to managed account sponsors.
MFS
* With respect to the accounts identified in the table above, Mr. Mannheim manages 11 other accounts with assets totaling $3.6 billion and Mr. Morley manages 11 other accounts with assets totaling $3.6 billion, for which the advisory fees are based in part on the performance of the accounts. Performance fees for any particular account are paid to MFS, not the portfolio manager, and the portfolio manager`s compensation is not determined by reference to the level of performance fees received by MFS.
Neuberger Berman
(1) Registered Investment Companies include all mutual funds managed by the portfolio manager.
(2) Other Accounts include: Institutional Separate Accounts, Sub-Advised Accounts, and Managed Accounts (WRAP)
*”Other Accounts” includes without limitation managed accounts, which are counted as one account per strategy per managed account platform.
**A portion of certain accounts may be managed by other portfolio managers; however, the total assets of such accounts are included above even though the portfolio manager listed above is not involved in the day-to-day management of the entire account.
QMA:
“Other Pooled Investment Vehicles” includes commingled insurance company separate accounts, commingled trust funds and other commingled investment vehicles. “Other Accounts” includes single client accounts, managed accounts (which are counted as one account per managed account platform), asset allocation clients, and accounts of affiliates. The assets in certain accounts have been estimated due to the availability of information only at the end of calendar quarters.
* Accounts are managed on a team basis. If a portfolio manager is a member of a team, any account managed by that team is included in the number of accounts and total assets for such portfolio manager (even if such portfolio manager is not primarily involved in the day-to-day management of the account).
WEDGE
* WEDGE utilizes a team-based approach in which the portfolio managers are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of investment accounts.
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS: COMPENSATION & CONFLICTS POLICIES
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE PORTFOLIO MANAGERS—COMPENSATION AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Set forth below, for each portfolio manager, is an explanation of the structure of and method(s) used by each subadviser to determine, portfolio manager compensation. Also set forth below, for each portfolio manager, is an explanation of any material conflicts of interest that may arise between a portfolio manager's management of a Portfolio's investments and investments in other accounts.
Affinity Investment Advisors, LLC
COMPENSATION. The portfolio managers are paid a base salary and a discretionary bonus. Portfolio managers are eligible for equity ownership, which is determined solely by the discretion of Affinity’s directors, and is intended to reward the efforts of employees through a tie-in to the long term success of the firm.

    94

Table of Contents
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. In addition to sub-advising the Fund, the Sub-Adviser manages assets for other separately managed accounts and another 40 Act Fund. Many of the Sub-Adviser’s clients participate in investment programs that have investment objectives, policies and strategies that are substantially similar to the Fund. Other clients of the Sub-Adviser may have differing investment programs, objectives, policies and strategies. In general, when a portfolio manager has responsibility for managing more than one account, potential conflicts of interest may arise. Those conflicts could include preferential treatment of one account over others in terms of allocation of resources or of investment opportunities. For instance, the Sub-Adviser may receive fees from certain accounts that are higher than the fee it receives from the Fund, or the Sub-Adviser could receive performance-based fees on certain accounts. The procedures to address conflicts of interest, if any, are described below.
The Sub-Adviser attempts to avoid conflicts of interest that may arise as a result of the management of multiple client accounts. From time to time, a portfolio manager may recommend or cause a client to invest in a security or other instrument in which another client of the Sub-Adviser has an ownership position. The Sub-Adviser has adopted certain procedures intended to treat all client accounts in a fair and equitable manner. To the extent that the portfolio manager seeks to purchase or sell the same security or other instrument for multiple client accounts, the Sub-Adviser may aggregate, or bunch, these orders where the portfolio manager deems this to be appropriate and consistent with applicable regulatory requirements. When a bunched order is filled in its entirety, each participating client account will participate at the average share prices for the bunched order. When a bunched order is only partially filled, the securities or other instruments purchased will be allocated on a pro-rata basis to each account participating in the bunched order based upon the initial amount requested for the account, subject to certain exceptions. Each participating account will receive the average share price for the bunched order on the same business day.
AlphaSimplex Group, LLC
COMPENSATION. All AlphaSimplex investment professionals, including portfolio managers, may receive compensation in three ways: salary, year-end bonuses, and supplemental bonuses. The bonus amounts are decided by the AlphaSimplex Compensation Committee. As a retention tool, AlphaSimplex has implemented a three-year deferral of a significant portion of bonus amounts for senior professionals.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Conflicts of interest may arise in the allocation of investment opportunities and the allocation of aggregated orders among the Fund and other accounts managed by a portfolio manager. A portfolio manager potentially could give favorable treatment to some accounts for a variety of reasons, including favoring larger accounts, accounts that pay higher fees, accounts that pay performance-based fees, accounts of affiliated companies and accounts in which the portfolio manager has an interest. Such favorable treatment could lead to more favorable investment opportunities or allocations for some accounts. AlphaSimplex's goal is to meet its fiduciary obligation with respect to all clients and AlphaSimplex has adopted policies and procedures to mitigate the effects of the conflicts described above.
AQR Capital Management, LLC and CNH Partners, LLC
COMPENSATION.
Compensation for Portfolio Managers that are Principals of AQR or CNH: The compensation for each of the portfolio managers that are a Principal of AQR or CNH, as applicable, is in the form of distributions based on the net income generated by AQR or CNH, as applicable, and each Principal’s relative ownership in AQR or CNH, as applicable. Net income distributions are a function of assets under management and performance of the funds and accounts managed by the AQR or CNH, as applicable. A Principal’s relative ownership in AQR or CNH, as applicable, is based on cumulative research, leadership and other contributions to AQR or CNH, as applicable. There is no direct linkage between assets under management, performance and compensation. However, there is an indirect linkage in that superior performance tends to attract assets and thus increase revenues. Each portfolio manager is also eligible to participate in a 401(k) retirement plan which is offered to all employees of AQR or CNH, as applicable.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Each of the portfolio managers is also responsible for managing other accounts in addition to the respective Portfolio or Portfolios which the portfolio manager manages, including other accounts of AQR, CNH or their affiliates. Other accounts may include, without limitation, separately managed accounts for foundations, endowments, pension plans, and high net-worth families; registered investment companies; unregistered investment companies relying on either Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act (such companies are commonly referred to as “hedge funds”); foreign investment companies; and may also include accounts or investments managed or made by the portfolio managers in a personal or other capacity (“Proprietary Accounts”). Management of other accounts in addition to the Portfolios can present certain conflicts of interest, as described below.
From time to time, potential conflicts of interest may arise between a portfolio manager’s management of the investments of a Portfolio, on the one hand, and the management of other accounts, on the other. The other accounts might have similar investment objectives or strategies as the Portfolios, or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased or sold

95

Table of Contents
by the Portfolios. Because of their positions with the Portfolios, the portfolio managers know the size, timing and possible market impact of a Portfolio’s trades. It is theoretically possible that the portfolio managers could use this information to the advantage of other accounts they manage and to the possible detriment of a Portfolio.
A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of a portfolio manager’s management of a number of accounts (including Proprietary Accounts) with similar investment strategies. Often, an investment opportunity may be suitable for both a Portfolio and other accounts, but may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the Portfolio and the other accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by a Portfolio and another account. In addition, different account guidelines and/or differences within particular investment strategies may lead to the use of different investment practices for portfolios with a similar investment strategy. The portfolio managers will not necessarily purchase or sell the same securities at the same time, same direction, or in the same proportionate amounts for all eligible accounts, particularly if different accounts have materially different amounts of capital under management by AQR or CNH, different amounts of investable cash available, different strategies, or different risk tolerances. As a result, although AQR or CNH manage numerous accounts and/or portfolios with similar or identical investment objectives, or may manage accounts with different objectives that trade in the same securities, the portfolio decisions relating to these accounts, and the performance resulting from such decisions, may differ from account to account.
Whenever decisions are made to buy or sell securities by the Portfolio and one or more of the other accounts (including Proprietary Accounts) simultaneously, AQR, CNH or the portfolio manager may aggregate the purchases and sales of the securities and will allocate the securities transactions in a manner that it believes to be equitable under the circumstances. To this end, AQR and CNH have adopted policies and procedures that are intended to ensure that investment opportunities are allocated equitably among accounts over time. As a result of the allocations, there may be instances where a Portfolio will not participate in a transaction that is allocated among other accounts or a Portfolio may not be allocated the full amount of the securities sought to be traded. While these aggregation and allocation policies could have a detrimental effect on the price or amount of the securities available to the Portfolio from time to time, it is the opinion of AQR or CNH, as applicable, that the overall benefits outweigh any disadvantages that may arise from this practice. Subject to applicable laws and/or account restrictions, AQR or CNH may buy, sell or hold securities for other accounts while entering into a different or opposite investment decision for the Portfolios.
AQR, CNH and the Portfolios’ portfolio managers may also face a conflict of interest where some accounts pay higher fees to AQR or CNH than others, such as by means of performance fees. Specifically, the entitlement to a performance fee in managing one or more accounts may create an incentive for AQR or CNH to take risks in managing assets that it would not otherwise take in the absence of such arrangements. Additionally, since performance fees reward AQR or CNH for performance in accounts which are subject to such fees, AQR or CNH may have an incentive to favor these accounts over those that have only fixed asset-based fees with respect to areas such as trading opportunities, trade allocation, and allocation of new investment opportunities.
AQR and CNH have implemented specific policies and procedures (e.g., a code of ethics and trade allocation policies) that seek to address potential conflicts of interest that may arise in connection with the management of the Portfolios and other accounts and that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated fairly and equitably over time.
BLACKROCK, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
COMPENSATION OF PORTFOLIO MANAGERS . The discussion below describes the portfolio managers’ compensation as of December 31, 2014.
BlackRock’s financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a performance-based discretionary bonus, participation in various benefits programs and one or more of the incentive compensation programs established by BlackRock.
Base compensation. Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation based on their position with the firm.
Discretionary Incentive Compensation
Discretionary incentive compensation is a function of several components: the performance of BlackRock, Inc., the performance of the portfolio manager’s group within BlackRock, the investment performance, including risk-adjusted returns, of the firm’s assets under management or supervision by that portfolio manager, and the individual’s performance and contribution to the overall performance of these portfolios and BlackRock.  Among other things, BlackRock’s Chief Investment Officers make a subjective determination with

    96

Table of Contents
respect to each portfolio manager’s compensation based on the performance of the Funds and other accounts managed by each portfolio manager.  Performance of multi-asset class funds is generally measured on a pre-tax basis over various time periods including 1-, 3- and 5- year periods, as applicable. The performance of Messrs. Christofel, Fredericks and Shingler is not measured against a specific benchmark.
Distribution of Discretionary Incentive Compensation. Discretionary incentive compensation is distributed to portfolio managers in a combination of cash and BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units which vest ratably over a number of years. For some portfolio managers, discretionary incentive compensation is also distributed in deferred cash awards that notionally track the returns of select BlackRock investment products they manage and that vest ratably over a number of years. The BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units, upon vesting, will be settled in BlackRock, Inc. common stock. Typically, the cash portion of the discretionary incentive compensation, when combined with base salary, represents more than 60% of total compensation for the portfolio managers. Paying a portion of discretionary incentive compensation in BlackRock, Inc. stock puts compensation earned by a portfolio manager for a given year “at risk” based on BlackRock’s ability to sustain and improve its performance over future periods. Providing a portion of discretionary incentive compensation in deferred cash awards that notionally track the BlackRock investment products they manage provides direct alignment with investment product results.
Long-Term Incentive Plan Awards — From time to time long-term incentive equity awards are granted to certain key employees to aid in retention, align their interests with long-term shareholder interests and motivate performance.  Equity awards are generally granted in the form of BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units that, once vested, settle in BlackRock, Inc. common stock. Messrs. Fredericks and Shingler have unvested long-term incentive awards.
Deferred Compensation Program — A portion of the compensation paid to eligible United States-based BlackRock employees may be voluntarily deferred at their election for defined periods of time into an account that tracks the performance of certain of the firm’s investment products. Any portfolio manager who is either a managing director or director at BlackRock with compensation above a specified threshold is eligible to participate in the deferred compensation program.
Other Compensation Benefits. In addition to base salary and discretionary incentive compensation, portfolio managers may be eligible to receive or participate in one or more of the following:
Incentive Savings Plans — BlackRock, Inc. has created a variety of incentive savings plans in which BlackRock employees are eligible to participate, including a 401(k) plan, the BlackRock Retirement Savings Plan (RSP), and the BlackRock Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). The employer contribution components of the RSP include a company match equal to 50% of the first 8% of eligible pay contributed to the plan capped at $5,000 per year, and a company retirement contribution equal to 3-5% of eligible compensation up to the Internal Revenue Service limit ($260,000 for 2014).  The RSP offers a range of investment options, including registered investment companies and collective investment funds managed by the firm. BlackRock contributions follow the investment direction set by participants for their own contributions or, absent participant investment direction, are invested into a target date fund that corresponds to, or is closest to, the year in which the participant attains age 65.  The ESPP allows for investment in BlackRock common stock at a 5% discount on the fair market value of the stock on the purchase date.  Annual participation in the ESPP is limited to the purchase of 1,000 shares of common stock or a dollar value of $25,000 based on its fair market value on the purchase date.  All of the eligible portfolio managers are eligible to participate in these plans.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER POTENTIAL MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST . BlackRock has built a professional working environment, firm-wide compliance culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over another. BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless, BlackRock furnishes investment management and advisory services to numerous clients in addition to the Fund, and BlackRock may, consistent with applicable law, make investment recommendations to other clients or accounts (including accounts which are hedge funds or have performance or higher fees paid to BlackRock, or in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in the receipt of such fees), which may be the same as or different from those made to the Fund.  In addition, BlackRock, its affiliates and significant shareholders and any officer, director, shareholder or employee may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale BlackRock recommends to the Fund.  BlackRock, or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders, or any officer, director, shareholder, employee or any member of their families may take different actions than those recommended to the Fund by BlackRock with respect to the same securities.  Moreover, BlackRock may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of BlackRock’s (or its affiliates’ or significant shareholders’) officers, directors or employees are directors or officers, or companies as to which BlackRock or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders or the officers, directors and employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information.  Certain portfolio managers also may manage accounts whose investment strategies may at times be opposed to the strategy utilized for a fund.  It should also be noted that a portfolio manager may be

97

Table of Contents
managing hedge fund and/or long only accounts, or may be part of a team managing hedge fund and/or long only accounts, subject to incentive fees. Such portfolio managers may therefore be entitled to receive a portion of any incentive fees earned on such accounts. Currently, the portfolio managers of this fund are not entitled to receive a portion of incentive fees of other accounts.
As a fiduciary, BlackRock owes a duty of loyalty to its clients and must treat each client fairly.  When BlackRock purchases or sells securities for more than one account, the trades must be allocated in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duties.  BlackRock attempts to allocate investments in a fair and equitable manner among client accounts, with no account receiving preferential treatment.  To this end, BlackRock has adopted policies that are intended to ensure reasonable efficiency in client transactions and provide BlackRock with sufficient flexibility to allocate investments in a manner that is consistent with the particular investment discipline and client base, as appropriate.
Boston Advisors, LLC
COMPENSATION. Portfolio Managers listed above who are directly responsible for service to the Fund receive a base salary and bonus. Additionally, each member named above has an equity ownership interest in Boston Advisors. Bonus is based on a percent of salary subject to achievement of internally established goals and relative performance of composite products managed by the portfolio manager as measured against industry peer group rankings established by Evestment Alliance. Performance is account weighted, time weighted and evaluated on a pre-tax, annual basis. Discretionary bonuses may also be given and are dependent upon individual contribution to firm profitability and overall firm-wide profitability. The method used to determine the portfolio manager’s compensation does not differ with respect to distinct institutional products managed by institutional portfolio manager. Regarding the compensation of Michael J. Vogelzang, as President of Boston Advisors, his compensation is based on the profitability of the firm. Mr. Vogelzang’s compensation is not directly linked to the performance of the Fund or other Accounts.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Boston Advisors manages multiple separately managed accounts for institutional and individual clients (“Accounts”) in addition to mutual funds, each of which may have distinct investment objectives, some similar to the Fund and others different. Managing multiple accounts will typically present a conflict of interest. For example, at times Boston Advisors may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some Accounts or may decide that certain of the Accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, Boston Advisors may place separate transactions for one or more separate Accounts, which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of one Account over another, including the Fund. Also, Boston Advisors may receive a greater advisory fee for managing an Account than received for advising the Fund which may create an incentive to allocate more favorable transactions to such Accounts. Additionally, Boston Advisors may, from time to time, recommend an Account purchase shares of the Fund or Boston Advisors or its affiliates may buy or sell for itself, or other Accounts, investments that it recommends on behalf of the Fund. Boston Advisors utilizes soft dollars whereby it may purchase research and services using commission dollars generated by the Fund. Often, the research and services purchased using the Fund’s commissions benefit other Accounts of Boston Advisors. Soft dollars may create an actual or perceived conflict of interest whereas Boston Advisors may have an incentive to initiate more transactions to generate soft dollar credits or may select only those brokers willing to offer soft dollar credits when placing transactions for the Fund.
To mitigate these inherent conflicts of interest, Boston Advisors has adopted policies designed to address the potential conflicts of interest. Specifically, Boston Advisors has adopted trade aggregation and rotation policies designed for fair and equitable treatment across all client accounts. Additionally, the Compliance department conducts surveillance to detect incidents of preferential treatment that may occur for more favored clients. Also, Boston Advisors has appointed a soft dollar committee to oversee all aspects of Boston Advisors’ soft dollar practices and a best execution committee who routinely reviews the execution quality of large institutional accounts to ensure consistency in quality and cost.
Further, all institutional client accounts, including the Fund, receive the same access to personnel, services, research and advice. Our institutional investment process is designed to benefit all client accounts. All institutional accounts are managed by a member(s) of the institutional team, each of which rely on the same institutional investment process. The institutional investment process uses research which is shared firm-wide for all products and accounts. Finally, because trades placed for the Fund will be block traded with the other institutional Large Cap Growth accounts they are averaged price so that no account receives preferential treatment.
To avoid conflicts associated with accounts that have performance based fees, Boston Advisors does not manage accounts which have performance based fees.
Brown Advisory, LLC.
COMPENSATION.  Brown Advisory compensates its portfolio managers with a compensation package that includes a base salary and variable incentive bonus. The incentive bonus is subjective. It takes into consideration a number of factors including but not limited to performance, client satisfaction and service and the profitability of the business. Portfolio managers who are members of Brown

    98

Table of Contents
Advisory’s management team may maintain a significant equity interest in the Brown Advisory enterprise. When evaluating a portfolio manager’s performance, Brown Advisory compares the pre-tax performance of a portfolio manager’s accounts to a relative broad-based market index over a trailing 1-, 3- and 5-year time period. The performance bonus is distributed at calendar year-end based on, among other things, the pre-tax investment return over the prior 1-, 3- and 5-year periods.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST . Brown Advisory may manage accounts in addition to the Portfolio, including proprietary accounts, employee accounts, separate accounts, private funds, long-short funds and other pooled investment vehicles. Such accounts may have different fee arrangements than the Portfolio, including performance-based fees.  Management of such accounts may create conflicts of interest including but not limited to the bunching and allocation of transactions and allocation of investment opportunities.  Brown Advisory may give advice and take action with respect to any of its other clients which may differ from advice given, or the timing or nature of action taken, with respect to the Portfolio; however, Brown Advisory seeks as a matter of policy, to achieve best execution and to the extent practical, to allocate investment opportunities over a period of time on a fair and equitable basis.  Brown Advisory has adopted a Code of Ethics and other policies and procedures which we believe to be reasonably designed to ensure that clients are not harmed by potential or actual conflicts of interest; however, no policy or procedures can guarantee detection, avoidance or amelioration for every situation where a potential or actual conflict of interest may arise.
ClearBridge Investments, LLC
COMPENSATION. ClearBridge’s portfolio managers participate in a competitive compensation program that is designed to attract and retain outstanding investment professionals and closely align the interests of its investment professionals with those of its clients and overall firm results. The total compensation program includes a significant incentive component that rewards high performance standards, integrity, and collaboration consistent with the firm’s values. Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed and modified each year as appropriate to reflect changes in the market and to ensure the continued alignment with the goals stated above. ClearBridge’s portfolio managers and other investment professionals receive a combination of base compensation and discretionary compensation, comprising a cash incentive award and deferred incentive plans described below.
Base salary compensation. Base salary is fixed and primarily determined based on market factors and the experience and responsibilities of the investment professional within the firm.
Discretionary compensation. In addition to base compensation managers may receive discretionary compensation.
Discretionary compensation can include:
Cash Incentive Award.
ClearBridge’s Deferred Incentive Plan (CDIP) – a mandatory program that typically defers 15% of discretionary year-end compensation into ClearBridge managed products. For portfolio managers, one-third of this deferral tracks the performance of their primary managed product, one-third tracks the performance of a composite portfolio of the firm’s new products and one-third can be elected to track the performance of one or more of ClearBridge managed funds. Consequently, portfolio managers can have two-thirds of their CDIP award tracking the performance of their primary managed product.
For centralized research analysts, two-thirds of their deferral is elected to track the performance of one of more of ClearBridge managed funds, while one-third tracks the performance of the new product composite.
ClearBridge then makes a company investment in the proprietary managed funds equal to the deferral amounts by fund. This investment is a company asset held on the balance sheet and paid out to the employees in shares subject to vesting requirements.
Legg Mason Restricted Stock Deferral – a mandatory program that typically defers 5% of discretionary year-end compensation into Legg Mason restricted stock. The award is paid out to employees in shares subject to vesting requirements.
Legg Mason Restricted Stock and Stock Option Grants – a discretionary program that may be utilized as part of the total compensation program. These special grants reward and recognize significant contributions to our clients, shareholders and the firm and aid in retaining key talent.
Several factors are considered by ClearBridge Senior Management when determining discretionary compensation for portfolio managers. These include but are not limited to:
Investment performance. A portfolio manager’s compensation is linked to the pre-tax investment performance of the fund/accounts managed by the portfolio manager. Investment performance is calculated for 1-, 3-, and 5-year periods measured against the applicable product benchmark (e.g., a securities index and, with respect to a fund, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s Prospectus) and relative to applicable industry peer groups. The greatest weight is generally placed on 3- and 5-year performance;
Appropriate risk positioning that is consistent with ClearBridge’s investment philosophy and the Investment Committee/CIO approach to generation of alpha;
Overall firm profitability and performance;
Amount and nature of assets managed by the portfolio manager;
Contributions for asset retention, gathering and client satisfaction;

99

Table of Contents
Contribution to mentoring, coaching and/or supervising;
Contribution and communication of investment ideas in ClearBridge’s Investment Committee meetings and on a day to day basis; and
Market compensation survey research by independent third parties.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.
Potential conflicts of interest may arise when the fund’s portfolio managers also have day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for the fund’s portfolio managers.
The subadviser and the fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for the subadviser and the individuals that each employs. For example, the subadviser seeks to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. The subadviser has also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by the subadviser and the fund will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear. These potential conflicts include:
Allocation of Limited Time and Attention. A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.
Allocation of Investment Opportunities. If a portfolio manager identifies an investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit a fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity. The subadviser has adopted policies and procedures to ensure that all accounts, including the fund, are treated equitably.
Pursuit of Differing Strategies. At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.
Selection of Broker/Dealers . In addition to executing trades, some broker/dealers provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. For this reason, the subadviser has formed a brokerage committee that reviews, among other things, the allocation of brokerage to broker/dealers, best execution and soft dollar usage.
Variation in Compensation. A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the manager’s management fee (and the percentage paid to the subadviser) differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the manager and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.
CoreCommodity Management, LLC
COMPENSATION STRUCTURE
The portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following:
Base Salary - The portfolio manager receives a fixed base salary. Base salaries are determined by considering experience and expertise and may be reviewed for adjustment annually.

    100

Table of Contents
Bonus – The portfolio manager is eligible to receive bonuses, which may be significantly more than his base salary, upon attaining certain performance objectives based on measures of individual, group or department success. Achievement of these goals is an important, but not exclusive, element of the bonus decision process. The portfolio manager also serves as a Co-President of CoreCommodity, and his compensation depends in large part on the profitability of CoreCommodity as a whole rather than being triggered by the performance of any one program or client account.
Other Compensation – The portfolio manager may also participate in benefit plans and programs available generally to all employees. He also receives, indirectly, compensation from an affiliate, CoreCommodity Indexes, LLC, which acts as an index sponsor to certain indexes.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Compensation . CoreCommodity could receive substantial compensation in the form of management fees even in the event the Fund/Portfolio loses value.
Advisory Time . CoreCommodity and its key personnel, including the portfolio manager, devote as much of their time to the business of the Fund/Portfolio and client accounts as in their judgment is reasonably required. However, they also provide investment advisory services for other clients (including managed accounts as well as other pooled accounts) and engage in other business ventures in which a Fund/Portfolio has no interest. As a result of these separate business activities CoreCommodity may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time, services, and functions among a Fund/Portfolio and other business ventures or clients.
By way of example, the same investment professionals for the Fund/Portfolio may perform services for other accounts. In addition, the same investment professional may implement one or more strategies or versions of a strategy for managed accounts or via collective investment vehicles such as hedge funds or commodity pools managed in parallel with a Fund/Portfolio. Further, the same investment professionals may implement other strategies related to or different from the Fund/Portfolio, including but not limited to discretionary trading strategies with an investment objective of seeking absolute returns and/or an objective of seeking significant outperformance compared to an index.
In addition, Mr. De Chiara also performs other services for CoreCommodity. For example, he acts as Co-President of CoreCommodity.
Other Clients; Allocation of Investment Opportunities . CoreCommodity is responsible for the investment decisions made on behalf of a Fund/Portfolio. As described above, there are no restrictions on the ability of CoreCommodity to exercise discretion over any number of accounts of other clients following the same or different investment objectives, philosophies and strategies as those used for a Fund/Portfolio. As a general matter, it would not be expected that accounts or collective investment vehicles with different portfolio managers would share information relating to potential transactions. Therefore, one collective investment vehicle or account may trade prior to and at a better price than another Fund/Portfolio or account trading in the same instrument.
These situations may involve conflicts between the interest of CoreCommodity or its related persons, on the one hand, and the interests of CoreCommodity’s clients (including a Fund/Portfolio), on the other.
A Fund/Portfolio may experience returns that differ from other accounts in the same strategy due to, among other factors: (a) regulatory constraints on the ability of a Fund/Portfolio to have exposure to certain contracts; (b) a Fund/Portfolio 's selection of clearing broker, which affects access to markets and exchanges (and, accordingly, instruments); (c) the effect of intra-month adjustments to the trading level of a Fund/Portfolio; (d) the manner in which a Fund/Portfolio 's cash reserves are invested; (e) the size of a Fund/Portfolio's account; (f) a Fund/Portfolio's functional currency, and (g) the effective date of the investment. Additionally, certain markets may not be liquid enough to be traded for a Fund/Portfolio.
Side-by-Side Management.
As described above, the portfolio manager may also act as investment professional for certain other CoreCommodity accounts (including collective investment vehicles and managed accounts described below) (“Other Accounts”). Other Accounts may have negotiated terms different from the terms applicable to a Fund/Portfolio. While these Other Accounts may trade the same and/or similar instruments as traded by a Fund/Portfolio, they may be distinguished from one another by their investment objectives, investment methodology or other investment or trading parameters. Accordingly, the portfolio manager, on behalf of CoreCommodity, may cause purchases or sales to be effected for one or more Other Accounts while not causing such purchases or sales to be effected for a Fund/Portfolio, or alternatively may cause purchases or sales to be effected for a Fund/Portfolio while not causing such purchases or sales to be effected for one or more Other Accounts. He also may determine to use substantially different degrees of leverage in Other Accounts when effecting a transaction, when maintaining a position, or in conducting the Other Account's activities generally. Discretion as to which collective investment vehicles or accounts will receive allocations of particular positions may occur whether

101

Table of Contents
investment opportunities are limited or unlimited, and opportunities to participate in transactions may not necessarily be allocated among a Fund/Portfolio and Other Accounts in any particular proportion. For example but without limitation, client accounts, in trading a new, experimental or different methodology, may enter the same markets earlier than (either days before or on the same day as) a Fund/Portfolio and Other Accounts.
CoreCommodity trades on behalf of many client accounts. We receive performance-based incentive fees from some accounts. Some accounts, such as the registered investment companies, are not subject to any form of performance-based fee. As a result, we have a possible conflict of interest, because we can potentially receive proportionately greater compensation from those accounts that pay us incentive fees than from those accounts that pay us management fees only. We have an incentive to:
direct the best investment ideas or give favorable allocation to those accounts that pay performance-based fees;
use trades by an account that does not pay performance-based fees to benefit those accounts that do pay performance-based fees, such as where a private fund sells short before a sale by an account that does not pay incentive fees, or a private fund sells a security only after an account that does not pay incentive fees has made a large purchase of the security; and
benefit those accounts paying a performance-based fee over those clients that do not pay performance-based fees and which have a different and potentially conflicting investment strategy.
We owe a fiduciary duty to our clients not to favor one account over another, without regard to the types and amounts of fees paid by those accounts. In light of the possible conflicts of interest described above, we have allocation policies and procedures in place to ensure that accounts are treated fairly. Where we determine to trade for more than one account in the same instruments, we generally aggregate the trades and cause the accounts to trade pari passu with each other. However, while accounts may trade the same and/or similar instruments, some may be distinguished from one another by their investment objectives, investment methodology, degrees of leverage, relative size, available capital, tax considerations, fee terms or other investment or trading parameters. Accordingly, our investment professionals may cause purchases or sales to be effected for one or more accounts while not causing such purchases or sales to be effected for other accounts. We may determine also to use substantially different degrees of leverage in certain accounts when effecting a transaction, when maintaining a position, or in conducting an account’s activities generally. Discretion as to which accounts will receive allocations of particular positions may occur whether investment opportunities are limited or unlimited, and opportunities to participate in transactions may not necessarily be allocated among the accounts in any particular proportion. For example, but without limitation, client accounts, in trading a new, experimental or different methodology, may enter the same markets earlier than (either days before or on the same day as) other accounts.
The following are CoreCommodity's current specific allocation approaches. If multiple accounts qualify for participation in the purchase of a specific security or investment opportunity by a particular portfolio group, CoreCommodity will, in general, allocate the instruments among the accounts for which the instrument or investment opportunity is appropriate, on a fair and equitable basis. Common trades on the same day among securities accounts managed by the same portfolio management group generally are allocated on the basis of the relative assets committed to the strategy at the average price per share among such accounts. Common trades (defined as same contract, same month or, separately, same spread, same month(s)) on the same day among commodity futures accounts managed by the same portfolio management group generally are aggregated and randomly allocated across such strategies by fill upon execution. We may change these particular approaches from time to time to account for different markets, different investment instruments or other circumstances.
Personal Account Trading Policy . The policies of CoreCommodity require that CoreCommodity’s employees do not trade securities or commodities for their own account, except for (i) government and municipal securities, open-ended mutual funds and registered commodity pools not managed by us, or (ii) otherwise with pre-approval from CoreCommodity’s compliance personnel. Without limiting the foregoing, CoreCommodity may under certain circumstances permit an employee to maintain a position in an investment even if a Fund/Portfolio trades the instrument. The records of such trading, whether under the current or a new policy, will not be made available to a Fund/Portfolio for inspection.
Interested Transactions
The proprietary activities or portfolio strategies of CoreCommodity and its employees, or the activities or strategies used for accounts managed by CoreCommodity for other customer accounts could conflict with the transactions and strategies employed on behalf of a Fund/Portfolio and affect the prices and availability of the instruments in which a Fund/Portfolio invests.
A Fund/Portfolio may invest in futures that are components of CoreCommodity’s proprietary indices, and certain Indices used or referenced in a Fund/Portfolio may be the same as or similar to proprietary indices used by CoreCommodity. The methodologies used by CoreCommodity in making investment decisions for a Fund/Portfolio may rely on, be the same as or be related to the methodologies used by CoreCommodity to design, modify and operate its proprietary indices or trading strategies. CoreCommodity

    102

Table of Contents
may change or discontinue operation of its proprietary indices or trading strategies at any time. CoreCommodity may receive index fees with respect to CoreCommodity sponsored indexes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all employees of CoreCommodity when trading for their own accounts will do so in accordance with the Personal Account Trading Policy set forth above.
Position Limits . CoreCommodity may be required to aggregate, for position limit purposes, the futures positions held in the Fund/Portfolio with positions held in other accounts such as in Other Accounts. This aggregation of positions could require CoreCommodity to liquidate or modify positions for some or all of its accounts, and such liquidation or modification may adversely affect certain or all client accounts (including a Fund/Portfolio). CoreCommodity may have an incentive to favor certain other accounts over others when liquidating positions or adjusting trading strategies in the context of such limits.
General . CoreCommodity may, without prior notice to a Fund/Portfolio, arrange, recommend, and/or effect transactions in which, or provide services in circumstances where, CoreCommodity has, directly or indirectly, a material interest or relationship with another party that may present a potential conflict with CoreCommodity’s duty to a Fund/Portfolio. Certain of those transactions and services are described herein.
Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. (Cohen & Steers).
COMPENSATION. Cohen & Steers's compensation of portfolio managers and other investment professionals has three primary components: (1) a base salary, (2) an annual cash bonus and (3) annual stock-based compensation consisting generally of restricted stock units of Cohen & Steers's parent, Cohen & Steers, Inc. (CNS). Cohen & Steers's investment professionals, including the portfolio managers, also receive certain retirement, insurance and other benefits that are broadly available to all of their employees. Compensation of Cohen & Steers's investment professionals is reviewed primarily on an annual basis.
Method to Determine Compensation. Cohen & Steers compensates their portfolio managers based primarily on the scale and complexity of their portfolio management responsibilities and the total return performance of funds and accounts managed by a portfolio manager versus appropriate peer groups or benchmarks. In evaluating the performance of a portfolio manager, primary emphasis is normally placed on one- and three-year performance, with secondary consideration of performance over longer periods of time. Performance is evaluated on a pre-tax and pre-expense basis. In addition to rankings within peer groups of funds on the basis of absolute performance, consideration may also be given to risk-adjusted performance. For portfolio managers responsible for multiple funds and accounts, investment performance is evaluated on an aggregate basis. Portfolio managers are also evaluated on the basis of their success in managing their dedicated team of analysts. Base compensation for portfolio managers of Cohen & Steers varies in line with the portfolio manager's seniority and position with the firm.
Salaries, bonuses and stock-based compensation are also influenced by the operating performance of Cohen & Steers and CNS. While the annual salaries of Cohen & Steers's portfolio managers are fixed, cash bonuses and stock based compensation may fluctuate significantly from year to year, based on changes in manager performance and other factors.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST . Although the potential for conflicts of interest exist when an investment adviser and portfolio managers manage other accounts that invest in securities in which the Fund may invest or that may pursue a strategy similar to one of the Fund’s strategies, Cohen & Steers has procedures in place that are designed to ensure that all accounts are treated fairly and that the Fund is not disadvantaged. For example, a portfolio manager may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time, resources and investment opportunities among the Fund and the other accounts or vehicles he advises. In addition, due to differences in the investment strategies or restrictions among the Fund and the other accounts, a portfolio manager may take action with respect to another account that differs from the action taken with respect to the Fund. In some cases, another account managed by a portfolio manager may provide more revenue to Cohen & Steers. While this may appear to create additional conflicts of interest for the portfolio manager in the allocation of management time, resources and investment opportunities, Cohen & Steers strives to ensure that portfolio managers endeavor to exercise their discretion in a manner that is equitable to all interested persons. In this regard, in the absence of specific account-related impediments (such as client-imposed restrictions or lack of available cash), it is the policy of Cohen & Steers to allocate investment ideas pro rata to all accounts with the same primary investment objective, except where an allocation would not produce a meaningful position size.
Certain of the portfolio managers may from time to time manage one or more accounts on behalf of Cohen & Steers, as applicable, and its affiliated companies (the CNS Accounts). Certain securities held and traded in the CNS Accounts also may be held and traded in one or more client accounts. It is the policy of Cohen & Steers, however, not to put the interests of the CNS Accounts ahead of the interests of client accounts. Cohen & Steers may aggregate orders of client accounts with those of the CNS Accounts; however, under no circumstances will preferential treatment be given to the CNS Accounts. For all orders involving the CNS Accounts, purchases or sales will be allocated prior to trade placement, and orders that are only partially filled will be allocated across all accounts in proportion to the shares each account, including the CNS Accounts, was designated to receive prior to trading, except as noted below. As a result, it is expected that the CNS Accounts will receive the same average price as other accounts included in the aggregated

103

Table of Contents
order. Shares will not be allocated or re-allocated to the CNS Accounts after trade execution or after the average price is known. In the event so few shares of an order are executed that a pro-rata allocation is not practical, a rotational system of allocation may be used; however, the CNS Accounts will never be part of that rotation or receive shares of a partially filled order other than on a pro-rata basis.
Because certain CNS Accounts are managed with a cash management objective, it is possible that a security will be sold out of the CNS Accounts but continue to be held for one or more client accounts. In situations when this occurs, such security will remain in a client account only if the portfolio manager, acting in its reasonable judgment and consistent with its fiduciary duties, believes this is appropriate for, and consistent with the objectives and profile of, the client account.
Certain accounts managed by Cohen & Steers may compensate Cohen & Steers using performance based fees. Orders for these accounts will be aggregated, to the extent possible, with any other account managed by Cohen & Steers, regardless of the method of compensation. In the event such orders are aggregated, allocation of partially-filled orders will be made on a pro-rata basis in accordance with pre-trade indications. An account’s fee structure is not considered when making allocation decisions.
Finally, the structure of a portfolio manager’s compensation may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. A portfolio manager’s base pay and bonus tend to increase with additional and more complex responsibilities that include increased assets under management. As such, there may be an indirect relationship between a portfolio manager’s marketing or sales efforts and his or her bonus.
Cohen & Steers adopted certain compliance procedures that are designed to address the above conflicts as well as other types of conflicts of interests. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation where a conflict arises.
C.S. McKee, LP
COMPENSATION.  All employees at C.S. McKee are compensated in accordance with an annual compensation package comprising elements predicated upon both individual and corporate achievements. 
Compensation for portfolio managers takes several forms: 
A salary that is competitive based upon responsibility and geographic (Southwest Pennsylvania) area.
Incentive compensation that is based upon several elements, including 1 and 3 year net-of-fee outperformance hurdles relative to the appropriate benchmark index and achieving top quartile universe ranking.  Incentives are not attained until performance exceeds the benchmarks by an amount approximating fees.
Ownership that takes the form of directly held limited partnership interests in the firm.
CONFLICT OF INTEREST .  Every access person shall notify the compliance officer of the C.S. McKee of any personal conflict of interest relationship which may involve a Fund or Portfolio, such as the existence of any economic relationship between their transactions and securities held or to be acquired by any Portfolio or Fund.  C.S. McKee’s compliance officer shall notify the compliance officer of a Fund of any personal conflict of interest relationship which may involve the Fund.  Such notification shall occur in the pre-clearance process.
EARNEST Partners LLC
COMPENSATION . All EARNEST Partners personnel are paid a salary and a discretionary bonus. A portion of the bonus may consist of profit sharing and/or deferred compensation. The Company also matches a portion of employees' 401(k) contributions, if any. The bonus is a function of client satisfaction with respect to investment results and service. Equity ownership is another component of compensation for the portfolio managers. The firm is employee-owned.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST . EARNEST Partners may be responsible for managing one or more of the Portfolios in addition to other client accounts which may include, but are not limited to, proprietary accounts, separate accounts and other pooled investment vehicles. EARNEST Partners may manage other client accounts which may have higher fee arrangements than the Portfolio(s) and/or may also have performance-based fees. Side-by-side management of these other client accounts may create potential conflicts of interest which may relate to, among other things, the allocation of investment opportunities and the aggregation and allocation of transactions.
EARNEST Partners seeks best execution with respect to all securities transactions and to aggregate and allocate the securities to client accounts in a manner that EARNEST Partners believes to be fair and equitable. EARNEST Partners has implemented policies and procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to mitigate and manage the potential conflicts of interest that may arise from side-by-side management. Specifically, EARNEST Partners manages client accounts to model portfolios that are approved by its investment committee, and aggregates and then allocates securities transactions to client accounts in a manner that EARNEST Partners believes to be fair and equitable.

    104

Table of Contents
Emerald Mutual Fund Advisers Trust (Emerald)
COMPENSATION. Emerald has a company-wide compensation/incentive plan that includes function-specific performance reviews and corresponding incentive payments. The firm’s Compensation Committee (which is comprised of members of Emerald’s board of managers) can adjust an individual’s salary based on job performance.

Portfolio managers are evaluated quarterly based on one and three year rolling period investment performance relative to appropriate benchmark and peer group. In addition, evaluation involves profitability of product and other duties such as research, client servicing, etc. Research personnel are evaluated based on performance, adherence to the research process, idea generation, communication skills (both oral and written) and other team-oriented assignments. Administrative, operations and compliance staff receive performance incentives based on semi-annual performance reviews. In addition, Emerald maintains a “firm-wide” discretionary annual bonus plan, where Emerald’s employees are compensated by operating units including portfolio management, research, marketing, client servicing, operations and staff support. All employees share in the potential profit and growth of the company through a tax deferred retirement plan (ESOP). Upon adoption of the ESOP plan in October 2012, key employees all signed employment contracts. All other employees are subject to a six year vesting cycle.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. There are no material conflicts of interest regarding portfolio manager’s management of the Fund’s investments on the one hand and the investments of other accounts for which the portfolio manager is responsible on the other hand. All similar accounts trade together, and allocations are known prior to trade execution. In the event of partial fill on a trade order, the shares are pro-rated among accounts based on order size.
Epoch Investment Partners, Inc.
COMPENSATION. Epoch seeks to maintain a compensation program that is competitively positioned to attract, retain and motivate all employees. Epoch employees receive a base salary and an annual performance bonus, which is reviewed and determined annually by Epoch's Operating Committee with input from the employee's supervisor and Epoch's Human Resources Department. The level of compensation for each employee is based on a number of factors including individual performance, firm performance and marketplace compensation analysis and information.
For senior employees, a portion of their annual performance bonus is deferred, typically with a three-year vesting schedule, and invested in Epoch-managed investment vehicles, Epoch Performance Units and TD Restricted Stock Units. In addition, Managing Directors are eligible to participate in Epoch's Long-Term Incentive Plan, which is designed to reward superior long-term business performance over a multi-year period.
Investment team members are compensated based on the performance of their strategy, their contribution to that performance, the overall performance of the firm, and corporate citizenship. The Operating Committee reviews product performance, including risk-adjusted returns over one- and three-year periods in assessing an investment professional’s performance and compensation. Each portfolio manager and analyst’s security selection and weighting recommendations are also reviewed on an annual basis.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST . In Epoch’s view, conflicts of interest may arise in managing the Fund’s portfolio investments, on the one hand, and the portfolios of Epoch’s other clients and/or accounts (together, the Accounts), on the other. Set forth below is a brief description of some of the material conflicts that may arise and Epoch’s policy or procedure for handling them. Although Epoch has designed such procedures to prevent and address conflicts, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect every situation in which a conflict arises. 
The management of multiple Accounts inherently means there may be competing interests for the portfolio management team’s time and attention. Epoch seeks to minimize this by utilizing one investment approach (i.e., focus on free-cash flow), and by managing all Accounts on a strategy specific basis. Thus, all Accounts, whether they be fund accounts, institutional accounts or individual accounts are managed using the same investment discipline, strategy and proprietary investment model as the Fund.
 If the portfolio management team identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one Account, the Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity. However, Epoch has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across Accounts so that each Account is treated fairly. First, all orders are allocated among portfolios of the same or similar mandates at the time of trade creation/ initial order preparation. Factors affecting allocations include availability of cash to existence of client imposed trading restrictions or prohibitions, and the tax status of the account. The only changes to the allocations made at the time of the creation of the order, are if there is a partial fill for an order. Depending upon the size of the execution, Epoch may choose to allocate the executed shares through pro-rata breakdown, or on a random basis. As with all trade allocations each Account generally receives pro rata allocations of any new issue or IPO security that is appropriate for its investment objective. Permissible reasons for excluding an account from an otherwise acceptable IPO or new issue investment include the account having FINRA restricted person status, lack of available cash to make the purchase, or a client imposed trading prohibition on IPOs or on the business of the issuer.

105

Table of Contents
 With respect to securities transactions for the Accounts, Epoch determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution. Epoch will bunch or aggregate like orders where to do so will be beneficial to the Accounts. However, with respect to certain Accounts, Epoch may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, Epoch may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for the Fund and another Account, which may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction to the detriment one or the other.
 Conflicts of interest may arise when members of the portfolio management team transact personally in securities investments made or to be made for the Fund or other Accounts. To address this, Epoch has adopted a written Code of Ethics designed to prevent and detect personal trading activities that may interfere or conflict with client interests (including Fund shareholders’ interests) or its current investment strategy. The Code of Ethics generally requires that most transactions in securities by Epoch’s Access Persons and their family members (as defined in the Code), whether or not such securities are purchased or sold on behalf of the Accounts, be cleared prior to execution by appropriate approving parties and compliance personnel. Securities transactions for Access Persons’ personal accounts also are subject to quarterly transaction reporting and annual holdings reporting requirements.
 Epoch manages some Accounts under performance based fee arrangements. Epoch recognizes that this type of incentive compensation creates the risk for potential conflicts of interest. This structure may create an inherent pressure to allocate investments having a greater potential for higher returns to accounts of those clients paying the higher performance fee. To prevent conflicts of interest associated with managing accounts with different compensation structures, Epoch generally requires portfolio decisions to be made on a product specific basis. Epoch also requires pre-allocation of all client orders based on specific fee-neutral criteria set forth above. Additionally, Epoch requires average pricing of all aggregated orders. Finally, Epoch has adopted a policy prohibiting Portfolio Managers (and all employees) from placing the investment interests of one client or a group of clients with the same investment objectives above the investment interests of any other client or group of clients with the same or similar investment objectives.
FIAM LLC
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS . The portfolio manager’s compensation plan may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. Although investors in a fund may invest through either tax-deferred accounts or taxable accounts, the portfolio manager’s compensation is linked to the pre-tax performance of the fund, rather than its after-tax performance. The portfolio manager’s base pay tends to increase with additional and more complex responsibilities that include increased assets under management and a portion of the bonus relates to marketing efforts, which together indirectly link compensation to sales. When a portfolio manager takes over a fund or an account, the time period over which performance is measured may be adjusted to provide a transition period in which to assess the portfolio. The management of multiple funds and accounts (including proprietary accounts) may give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the funds and accounts have different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons, and fees as the portfolio manager must allocate his time and investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts. In addition, a fund’s trade allocation policies and procedures may give rise to conflicts of interest if the fund’s orders do not get fully executed due to being aggregated with those of other accounts managed by FIAM LLC or an affiliate. The portfolio manager may execute transactions for another fund or account that may adversely impact the value of securities held by a fund. Securities selected for other funds or accounts may outperform the securities selected for the fund. Portfolio managers may be permitted to invest in the funds they manage, even if a fund is closed to new investors. Trading in personal accounts, which may give rise to potential conflicts of interest, is restricted by a fund’s Code of Ethics.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER COMPENSATION .
Shiuan-Tung Peng, Ognjen Sosa, Catherine Pena, and Edward Heilbron are the portfolio managers for the AST FI Pyramis® Quantitative Portfolio and receive compensation for their services. As of December 31, 2015, portfolio manager compensation generally consists of a fixed base salary determined periodically (typically annually), a bonus, in certain cases, participation in several types of equity-based compensation plans, and, if applicable, relocation plan benefits. A portion of the portfolio manager's compensation may be deferred based on criteria established by FIAM LLC or at the election of the portfolio manager.
The portfolio manager's base salary is determined by level of responsibility and tenure at FIAM LLC or its affiliates. The portfolio manager’s bonus is based on several components. The primary components of the portfolio manager’s bonus are based on (i) the pre-tax investment performance of the portfolio manager's fund(s) and account(s) measured against a benchmark index (which may be a customized benchmark index developed by FIAM LLC) assigned to each fund or account, (ii) how the portfolio manager allocates the assets of funds and accounts among their asset classes, which results in monthly impact scores, as described below, and (iii) the investment performance of other funds and accounts. The pre-tax investment performance of the portfolio manager's fund(s) and account(s) is weighted according to his tenure on those fund(s) and account(s) and the average asset size of those fund(s) and account(s) over his tenure. Each component is calculated separately over the portfolio manager's tenure on those fund(s) and account(s) over a measurement period that initially is contemporaneous with his tenure, but that eventually encompasses rolling periods of up to five years for the comparison to a benchmark index. The portfolio manager also receives a monthly impact score for

    106

Table of Contents
each month of his tenure as manager of a fund or account. The monthly impact scores are weighted according to his tenure on his fund(s) and account(s) and the average asset size of those fund(s) and account(s) over his tenure. The bonus is based on the aggregate impact scores for applicable annual periods eventually encompassing periods of up to five years. A smaller, subjective component of the portfolio manager’s bonus is based on his overall contribution to management of FIAM LLC and its affiliates.
The portion of the portfolio managers’ bonuses that is linked to the investment performance of AST FI Pyramis® Quantitative Portfolio is based on the fund's pre-tax investment performance relative to the performance of the fund's customized benchmark index (described below), on which the fund's target asset allocation is based. The portion of the portfolio managers’ bonuses that is based on impact scores is based on how each allocates fund assets, which are represented by the components of the composite index, the components of which are 27% S&P 500 Index, 5.5% Russell 2000 Index, 32.5% MSCI EAFE Index (net tax), and 35% Barclays US Aggregate Index. The portfolio managers’ bonuses are based on the percentage of each fund actually invested in each asset class. The percentage overweight or percentage underweight in each asset class relative to the neutral mix is multiplied by the performance of the index that represents that asset class over the measurement period, resulting in a positive or negative impact score.
The portfolio managers are also compensated under equity-based compensation plans linked to increases or decreases in the net asset value of the stock of FMR LLC, FMR’s parent company. FMR LLC is a diverse financial services company engaged in various activities that include fund management, brokerage, retirement, and employer administrative services. If requested to relocate their primary residence, portfolio managers also may be eligible to receive benefits, such as home sale assistance and payment of certain moving expenses, under relocation plans for most full-time employees of FMR LLC and its affiliates.
FIRST QUADRANT
COMPENSATION. First Quadrant’s compensation consists of a base salary, cash bonus, and annual award of temporal profit shares (TPS). TPS is an intermediate-term incentive program designed to give researchers, as well as other employees, complete transparency to a share of the firm’s profits. Other incentives include a 401(k) & Profit Sharing plan, paid vacation, floating holidays and sick time and health benefits including dental, vision, life insurance and long-term care. In addition to compensation and benefit plans, individuals are encouraged to broaden their skills and increase their contributions to the firm which in turn is rewarded with salary increases as well as job growth. Accordingly, FQ provides educational assistance to any active full time employee who has been with the firm for at least six months (i.e. CFA program and Graduate program). Bonuses are entirely at the discretion of First Quadrant’s management, and based on individual employee performance. While performance is measured wherever measurement is appropriate, no formulas are used to directly tie bonus payouts to individual portfolio performance. This is to ensure that full discretion remains in the hands of management to avoid any potential creation of unintended incentives. Risk is taken into account in evaluating performance, but note that risk levels in portfolios managed by First Quadrant are determined systematically, i.e., the level of risk taken in portfolios is not at the discretion of portfolio managers. In addition to individual performance, overall firm performance carries an important weight in the bonus decision as well. All employees are evaluated at mid-year and annually; and salary increases and bonuses are made annually on a calendar-year basis.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. First Quadrant is aware that conflicts of interest may arise and that every effort should be made to prevent them. Should they develop, they must be corrected immediately. We consider conflicts of interest, among other things, to be circumstances that would (i) compromise the impartiality and integrity of the services we provide, (ii) disadvantage a Client relative to other clients and (iii) create an advantage for the firm over a Client, or for one Client over another. The firm’s structure and business activities are of a nature such that the potential for conflicts of interest has been minimized. Detailed information about First Quadrant is disclosed in its Form ADV, specifically in Part 2A; however, we would like to highlight the following: First Quadrant’s investment approach is systematic in nature. Computer models are the primary source of trading decisions and the results are monitored daily. Although the results can be overridden by the investment team under certain circumstances, the systematic nature of First Quadrant’s process means it is less likely to be exposed to the levels of “subjectivity” risk that decisions made by individuals would be. Order aggregation and trade allocation are made on an objective basis and according to preset computerized allocations and standardized exceptions. The methodologies would normally consist of pro-rata allocation or allocation utilizing fair trade allocation algorithms. The firm maintains and enforces personal trading policies and procedures, which have been designed to minimize conflicts of interest between client and employee trades.
FRANKLIN ADVISERS, INC.
Portfolio managers that provide investment services to the Fund may also provide services to a variety of other investment products, including other funds, institutional accounts and private accounts. The advisory fees for some of such other products and accounts may be different than that charged to the Fund and may include performance based compensation. This may result in fees that are higher (or lower) than the advisory fees paid by the Fund. As a matter of policy, each fund or account is managed solely for the benefit of the beneficial owners thereof. As discussed below, the separation of the trading execution function from the portfolio management function and the application of objectively based trade allocation procedures help to mitigate potential conflicts of interest that may arise as a result of the portfolio managers managing accounts with different advisory fees.

107

Table of Contents
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.  The management of multiple funds, including the Fund, and accounts may also give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the funds and other accounts have different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons, and fees as the portfolio manager must allocate his or her time and investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts. The investment manager seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most other accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment strategies that are used in connection with the management of the Fund. Accordingly, portfolio holdings, position sizes, and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across similar portfolios, which may minimize the potential for conflicts of interest. As noted above, the separate management of the trade execution and valuation functions from the portfolio management process also helps to reduce potential conflicts of interest. However, securities selected for funds or accounts other than the Fund may outperform the securities selected for the Fund. Moreover, if a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one fund or other account, the Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of that opportunity across all eligible funds and other accounts. The investment manager seeks to manage such potential conflicts by using procedures intended to provide a fair allocation of buy and sell opportunities among funds and other accounts.
The structure of a portfolio manager’s compensation may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. A portfolio manager’s base pay and bonus tend to increase with additional and more complex responsibilities that include increased assets under management. As such, there may be an indirect relationship between a portfolio manager’s marketing or sales efforts and his or her bonus.
Finally, the management of personal accounts by a portfolio manager may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. While the funds and the investment manager have adopted a code of ethics which they believe contains provisions designed to prevent a wide range of prohibited activities by portfolio managers and others with respect to their personal trading activities, there can be no assurance that the code of ethics addresses all individual conduct that could result in conflicts of interest.
The investment manager and the Fund have adopted certain compliance procedures that are designed to address these, and other, types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation where a conflict arises.
COMPENSATION.  For the Funds, the investment manager seeks to maintain a compensation program that is competitively positioned to attract, retain and motivate top-quality investment professionals. Portfolio managers receive a base salary, a cash incentive bonus opportunity, an equity compensation opportunity, and a benefits package. Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed annually and the level of compensation is based on individual performance, the salary range for a portfolio manager’s level of responsibility and Franklin Templeton guidelines. Portfolio managers are provided no financial incentive to favor one fund or account over another. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following three elements:
Base salary Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary.
Annual bonus Annual bonuses are structured to align the interests of the portfolio manager with those of the Fund’s shareholders. Each portfolio manager is eligible to receive an annual bonus. Bonuses generally are split between cash (50% to 65%) and restricted shares of Resources stock (17.5% to 25%) and mutual fund shares (17.5% to 25%). The deferred equity-based compensation is intended to build a vested interest of the portfolio manager in the financial performance of both Resources and mutual funds advised by the investment manager. The bonus plan is intended to provide a competitive level of annual bonus compensation that is tied to the portfolio manager achieving consistently strong investment performance, which aligns the financial incentives of the portfolio manager and Fund shareholders. The Chief Investment Officer of the investment manager and/or other officers of the investment manager, with responsibility for the Fund, have discretion in the granting of annual bonuses to portfolio managers in accordance with Franklin Templeton guidelines. The following factors are generally used in determining bonuses under the plan:
Investment performance. Primary consideration is given to the historic investment performance of all accounts managed by the portfolio manager over the 1, 3 and 5 preceding years measured against risk benchmarks developed by the fixed income management team. The pre-tax performance of each fund managed is measured relative to a relevant peer group and/or applicable benchmark as appropriate.
Non-investment performance. The more qualitative contributions of the portfolio manager to the investment manager’s business and the investment management team, including business knowledge, productivity, customer service, creativity, and contribution to team goals, are evaluated in determining the amount of any bonus award.
Responsibilities. The characteristics and complexity of funds managed by the portfolio manager are factored in the investment manager’s appraisal.
Additional long-term equity-based compensation Portfolio managers may also be awarded restricted shares or units of Resources stock or restricted shares or units of one or more mutual funds. Awards of such deferred equity-based compensation typically vest over time, so as to create incentives to retain key talent.
Portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans and programs available generally to all employees of the investment manager.

    108

Table of Contents
FRANKLIN MUTUAL ADVISERS, LLC
Portfolio managers that provide investment services to the Fund may also provide services to a variety of other investment products, including other funds, institutional accounts and private accounts. The advisory fees for some of such other products and accounts may be different than that charged to the Fund and may include performance based compensation (as noted in the chart above, if any). This may result in fees that are higher (or lower) than the advisory fees paid by the Fund. As a matter of policy, each fund or account is managed solely for the benefit of the beneficial owners thereof. As discussed below, the separation of the trading execution function from the portfolio management function and the application of objectively based trade allocation procedures help to mitigate potential conflicts of interest that may arise as a result of the portfolio managers managing accounts with different advisory fees.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST . The management of multiple funds, including the Fund, and accounts may also give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the funds and other accounts have different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons, and fees as the portfolio manager must allocate his or her time and investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts. The investment manager seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most other accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment strategies that are used in connection with the management of the Fund. Accordingly, portfolio holdings, position sizes, and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across similar portfolios, which may minimize the potential for conflicts of interest. As noted above, the separate management of the trade execution and valuation functions from the portfolio management process also helps to reduce potential conflicts of interest. However, securities selected for funds or accounts other than the Fund may outperform the securities selected for the Fund. Moreover, if a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one fund or other account, the Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of that opportunity across all eligible funds and other accounts. The investment manager seeks to manage such potential conflicts by using procedures intended to provide a fair allocation of buy and sell opportunities among funds and other accounts.
The structure of a portfolio manager’s compensation may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. A portfolio manager’s base pay and bonus tend to increase with additional and more complex responsibilities that include increased assets under management. As such, there may be an indirect relationship between a portfolio manager’s marketing or sales efforts and his or her bonus.
Finally, the management of personal accounts by a portfolio manager may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. While the funds and the investment manager have adopted a code of ethics which they believe contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent a wide range of prohibited activities by portfolio managers and others with respect to their personal trading activities, there can be no assurance that the code of ethics addresses all individual conduct that could result in conflicts of interest.
The investment manager and the Fund have adopted certain compliance procedures that are designed to address these, and other, types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation where a conflict arises.
COMPENSATION . The investment manager seeks to maintain a compensation program that is competitively positioned to attract, retain and motivate top-quality investment professionals. Portfolio managers receive a base salary, a cash incentive bonus opportunity, an equity compensation opportunity, and a benefits package. Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed annually and the level of compensation is based on individual performance, the salary range for a portfolio manager’s level of responsibility and Franklin Templeton guidelines. Portfolio managers are provided no financial incentive to favor one fund or account over another. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following three elements:
Base salary Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary.
Annual bonus Annual bonuses are structured to align the interests of the portfolio manager with those of the Fund’s shareholders. Each portfolio manager is eligible to receive an annual bonus. Bonuses generally are split between cash (50% to 65%) and restricted shares of Resources stock (17.5% to 25%) and mutual fund shares (17.5% to 25%). The deferred equity-based compensation is intended to build a vested interest of the portfolio manager in the financial performance of both Resources and mutual funds advised by the investment manager. The bonus plan is intended to provide a competitive level of annual bonus compensation that is tied to the portfolio manager achieving consistently strong investment performance, which aligns the financial incentives of the portfolio manager and Fund shareholders. The Chief Investment Officer of the investment manager and/or other officers of the investment manager, with responsibility for the Fund, have discretion in the granting of annual bonuses to portfolio managers in accordance with Franklin Templeton guidelines. The following factors are generally used in determining bonuses under the plan:
Investment performance . Primary consideration is given to the historic investment performance over the 1, 3 and 5 preceding years of all accounts managed by the portfolio manager. The pre-tax performance of each fund managed is measured relative to a relevant peer group and/or applicable benchmark as appropriate.

109

Table of Contents
Non-investment performance . The more qualitative contributions of the portfolio manager to the investment manager’s business and the investment management team, including business knowledge, contribution to team efforts, mentoring of junior staff, and contribution to the marketing of the Fund, are evaluated in determining the amount of any bonus award.
Research . Where the portfolio management team also has research responsibilities, each portfolio manager is evaluated on the number and performance of recommendations over time.
Responsibilities . The characteristics and complexity of funds managed by the portfolio manager are factored in the investment manager’s appraisal.
Additional long-term equity-based compensation Portfolio managers may also be awarded restricted shares or units of Resources stock or restricted shares or units of one or more mutual funds. Awards of such deferred equity-based compensation typically vest over time, so as to create incentives to retain key talent.
Portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans and programs available generally to all employees of the investment manager.
GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.P.
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS' COMPENSATION. Compensation for GSAM portfolio managers is comprised of a base salary and discretionary variable compensation. The base salary is fixed from year to year. Year-end discretionary variable compensation is primarily a function of each portfolio manager's individual performance and his or her contribution to overall team performance; the performance of GSAM and Goldman Sachs & Co. (Goldman Sachs); the team's net revenues for the past year which in part is derived from advisory fees, and for certain accounts, performance-based fees; and anticipated compensation levels among competitor firms. Portfolio managers are rewarded, in part, for their delivery of investment performance, measured on a pre-tax basis, which is reasonably expected to meet or exceed the expectations of clients and fund shareholders in terms of: excess return over an applicable benchmark, peer group ranking, risk management and factors specific to certain funds such as yield or regional focus. Performance is judged over 1-, 3- and 5-year time horizons.
The benchmarks for these Portfolios are: AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio (Russell 2000 ® Value Index); AST Goldman Sachs Large Cap Value (Russell 1000 ® Value Index); AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio (50% MSCI World Index (unhedged), 50% Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index); and AST Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Growth (Russell Midcap ® Growth Index).
The discretionary variable compensation for portfolio managers is also significantly influenced by: (1) effective participation in team research discussions and process; and (2) management of risk in alignment with the targeted risk parameter and investment objective of the fund. Other factors may also be considered including: (1) general client/shareholder orientation and (2) teamwork and leadership. Portfolio managers may receive equity-based awards as part of their discretionary variable compensation.
Other Compensation. In addition to base salary and discretionary variable compensation, the Investment Adviser has a number of additional benefits in place including (1) a 401k program that enables employees to direct a percentage of their pretax salary and bonus income into a tax-qualified retirement plan; and (2) investment opportunity programs in which certain professionals may participate subject to certain eligibility requirements.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. The involvement of the GSAM, Goldman Sachs and their affiliates in the management of, or their interest in, other accounts and other activities of Goldman Sachs may present conflicts of interest with respect to one or more funds for which GSAM is a sub-adviser or adviser or limit such funds’ investment activities. Goldman Sachs is a worldwide, full service investment banking, broker dealer, asset management and financial services organization and a major participant in global financial markets that provides a wide range of financial services to a substantial and diversified client base that includes corporations, financial institutions, governments and high-net-worth individuals. As such, it acts as an investor, investment banker, research provider, investment manager, financier, advisor, market maker, trader, prime broker, lender, agent and principal. In those and other capacities, Goldman Sachs advises clients in all markets and transactions and purchases, sells, holds and recommends a broad array of investments, including securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps, indices, baskets and other financial instruments and products for its own account or for the accounts of its customers and has other direct and indirect interests in the global fixed income, currency, commodity, equity and other markets and the securities and issuers in which the certain funds directly and indirectly invest. Thus, it is likely that such funds may have multiple business relationships with and will invest in, engage in transactions with, make voting decisions with respect to, or obtain services from entities for which Goldman Sachs performs or seeks to perform investment banking or other services. GSAM acts as sub-adviser to certain of the funds. The fees earned by GSAM in this capacity are generally based on asset levels, the fees are not directly contingent on Portfolio performance, and GSAM would still receive significant compensation from a Portfolio even if shareholders lose money. Goldman Sachs and its affiliates engage in proprietary trading and advise accounts and funds which have investment objectives similar to those of the funds and/or which engage in and compete for

    110

Table of Contents
transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the funds. Goldman Sachs and its affiliates will not have any obligation to make available any information regarding their proprietary activities or strategies, or the activities or strategies used for other accounts managed by them, for the benefit of the management of the Portfolios. The results of a Portfolio’s investment activities, therefore, may differ from those of Goldman Sachs, its affiliates, and other accounts managed by Goldman Sachs and it is possible that a Portfolio could sustain losses during periods in which Goldman Sachs and its affiliates and other accounts achieve significant profits on their trading for proprietary or other accounts. In addition, a Portfolio may enter into transactions in which Goldman Sachs or its other clients have an adverse interest. For example, a Portfolio may take a long position in a security at the same time that Goldman Sachs or other accounts managed by the GSAM take a short position in the same security (or vice versa). These and other transactions undertaken by Goldman Sachs, its affiliates or Goldman Sachs advised clients may, individually or in the aggregate, adversely impact a Portfolio. Transactions by one or more Goldman Sachs advised clients or the GSAM may have the effect of diluting or otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of a Portfolio. A Portfolio’s activities may be limited because of regulatory restrictions applicable to Goldman Sachs and its affiliates, and/or their internal policies designed to comply with such restrictions. As a global financial services firm, Goldman Sachs also provides a wide range of investment banking and financial services to issuers of securities and investors in securities. Goldman Sachs, its affiliates and others associated with it may create markets or specialize in, have positions in and effect transactions in, securities of issuers held by a Portfolio, and may also perform or seek to perform investment banking and financial services for those issuers. Goldman Sachs and its affiliates may have business relationships with and purchase or distribute or sell services or products from or to, distributors, consultants and others who recommend a Portfolio or who engage in transactions with or for a Portfolio.
A Portfolio may make brokerage and other payments to Goldman Sachs and its affiliates in connection with a Portfolio’s portfolio investment transactions, in accordance with applicable law.
Herndon Capital Management, LLC
Compensation. The compensation for portfolio managers includes a component based on performance of the portfolios. Analyst’s compensation includes a component based on the subjective assessment of their contribution to the analytical portion of the investment process.
All non-commissioned employees participate in the bonus program that is driven by the profits of the company. Every year a bonus pool is funded by a fixed percentage of the company’s pre-tax profits. This bonus/profit sharing is distributed based on a combination of factors including tenure, role within the organization, and an evaluation by the employee’s immediate supervisor.
Randy Cain, who manages in excess of 90% of the firm’s assets, has an employment contract.
Conflicts of Interest. Herndon seeks to identify potential conflicts of interest resulting from a portfolio manager’s management of both a fund and multiple separate accounts. A portfolio manager makes decisions for each account based on the investment objectives, guidelines, directions, policies, practices and other relevant investment considerations that the portfolio manager believes are applicable to that account. Consequently, a portfolio manager may purchase securities for one account and not another account, and the performance of securities purchased for one account may vary from the performance of the securities purchased for the accounts. A portfolio manager may place transactions on behalf of other accounts that are contrary to investment decisions made on behalf of a fund, or make investment decisions that are similar to those made for a fund, both of which have the potential to adversely affect the price paid or received by a fund or the size of the security position obtainable for a fund. Herndon has adopted policies and procedures that it believes addresses the potential conflicts of interest including the allocation of investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time; although there is no assurance that such policies and procedures will adequately address such conflicts. The firm’s Code of Ethics governs personal trading by all employees and contains policies and procedures to ensure that client interests are paramount.
Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management, LLC (HWCM).
COMPENSATION DISCLOSURE. Portfolio Managers of the Portfolio are supported by the full research team of HWCM. The investment team, including portfolio managers, is compensated in various forms, which may include a base salary, a bonus, profit sharing and equity ownership. Compensation is used to reward, attract and retain high quality investment professionals.
The investment team is evaluated and accountable at three levels. The first level is individual contribution to the research and decision-making process, including the quality and quantity of work achieved. The second level is teamwork, generally evaluated through contribution within sector teams. The third level pertains to overall portfolio and firm performance.

111

Table of Contents
Fixed salaries and discretionary bonuses for investment professionals are determined by the Chief Executive Officer of HWCM using tools which may include annual evaluations, compensation surveys, feedback from other employees and advice from members of HWCM's Executive and Compensation Committees. The amount of the bonus is determined by the total amount of HWCM's bonus pool available for the year, which is generally a function of revenues. No investment professional receives a bonus that is a pre-determined percentage of revenues or net income. Compensation is thus subjective rather than formulaic.
The portfolio managers own equity in HWCM. HWCM believes that the employee ownership structure of HWCM will be a significant factor in ensuring a motivated and stable employee base going forward. HWCM believes that the combination of competitive compensation levels and equity ownership provides HWCM with a demonstrable advantage in the retention and motivation of employees. Portfolio managers who own equity in HWCM receive their pro rata share of HWCM's profits. Investment professionals may also receive contributions under HWCM's profit sharing/401(k) plan.
Finally, HWCM maintains a bank of unallocated equity to be used for those individuals whose contributions to the firm grow over time. If any owner should retire or leave the firm, HWCM has the right to repurchase their ownership to place back in the equity bank. This should provide for smooth succession through the gradual rotation of HWCM's ownership from one generation to the next.
HWCM believes that its compensation structure/levels are more attractive than the industry norm, which is illustrated by the firm's lower-than-industry-norm investment personnel turnover.
DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. The Portfolio is managed by HWCM's investment team (Investment Team). The Investment Team also manages institutional accounts and other mutual funds in several different investment strategies. The portfolios within an investment strategy are managed using a target portfolio; however, each portfolio may have different restrictions, cash flows, tax and other relevant considerations which may preclude a portfolio from participating in certain transactions for that investment strategy. Consequently, the performance of portfolios may vary due to these different considerations. The Investment Team may place transactions for one investment strategy that are directly or indirectly contrary to investment decisions made on behalf of another investment strategy. HWCM may be restricted from purchasing more than a limited percentage of the outstanding shares of a company. If a company is a viable investment for more than one investment strategy, HWCM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that all of its clients are treated fairly and equitably.
Different types of accounts and investment strategies may have different fee structures. Additionally, certain accounts pay HWCM performance-based fees, which may vary depending on how well the account performs compared to a benchmark. Because such fee arrangements have the potential to create an incentive for HWCM to favor such accounts in making investment decisions and allocations, HWCM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that all of its clients are treated fairly and equitably, including in respect of allocation decisions, such as initial public offerings.
Since accounts are managed to a target portfolio by the Investment Team, adequate time and resources are consistently applied to all accounts in the same investment strategy.
Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. (Loomis Sayles)
MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Conflicts of interest may arise in the allocation of investment opportunities and the allocation of aggregated orders among the Funds and other accounts managed by the portfolio managers. A portfolio manager potentially could give favorable treatment to some accounts for a variety of reasons, including favoring larger accounts, accounts that pay higher fees, accounts that pay performance-based fees, accounts of affiliated companies and accounts in which the portfolio manager has an interest. Such favorable treatment could lead to more favorable investment opportunities or allocations for some accounts. Loomis Sayles makes investment decisions for all accounts (including institutional accounts, mutual funds, hedge funds and affiliated accounts) based on each account’s availability of other comparable investment opportunities and Loomis Sayles’ desire to treat all accounts fairly and equitably over time. Loomis Sayles maintains trade allocation and aggregation policies and procedures to address these potential conflicts. Conflicts of interest also may arise to the extent a portfolio manager short sells a stock in one client account but holds that stock long in other accounts, including the Funds, or sells a stock for some accounts while buying the stock for others, and through the use of “soft dollar arrangements,” which are discussed in the Loomis Sayles’ Brokerage Allocation Policies and Procedures and Loomis Sayles’ Trade Aggregation and Allocation Policies and Procedures.”
PORTFOLIO MANAGER COMPENSATION. Loomis Sayles believes that portfolio manager compensation should be driven primarily by the delivery of consistent and superior long-term performance for its clients. Portfolio manager compensation is made up primarily of three main components: base salary, variable compensation and a long-term incentive program. Although portfolio manager compensation is not directly tied to assets under management, a portfolio manager’s base salary and/or variable compensation potential may reflect the amount of assets for which the manager is responsible relative to other portfolio managers. Loomis Sayles also offers a profit sharing plan. Base salary is a fixed amount based on a combination of factors, including industry experience, firm

    112

Table of Contents
experience, job performance and market considerations. Variable compensation is an incentive-based component and generally represents a significant multiple of base salary. Variable compensation is based on four factors: investment performance, profit growth of the firm, profit growth of the manager’s business unit and team commitment. Investment performance is the primary component of total variable compensation and generally represents at least 60% of the total for fixed-income managers and 70% for equity managers. The other three factors are used to determine the remainder of variable compensation, subject to the discretion of the Chief Investment Officer (“CIO”) and senior management. The CIO and senior management evaluate these other factors annually.
Equity Managers. While mutual fund performance and asset size do not directly contribute to the compensation calculation, investment performance for equity managers is measured by comparing the performance of Loomis Sayles’ institutional composites to the performance of the applicable Morningstar peer group and/or the Lipper universe. Generally speaking the performance of the respective product’s fund is compared against the applicable Morningstar peer group and/or the Lipper universe. If the majority of the assets in the product are contained in the mutual fund that comparison will drive compensation. To the extent the majority of assets managed in the fund strategy are for institutional separate accounts, the Evestment Alliance institutional peer group will also be used as an additional comparison. In situations where substantially all of the assets for the strategy are institutional, the institutional peer group will be used as the primary method of comparison. A manager’s performance relative to the peer group for the 1, 3 and 5 year periods (or since the start of the manager’s tenure, if shorter) is used to calculate the amount of variable compensation payable due to performance. The 1 year may be eliminated for some products (large cap growth, all cap growth, and global growth). Longer-term performance (3 and 5 (or 7 years for large cap growth, all cap growth, and global growth) years or since the start of the manager’s tenure, if shorter) combined is weighted more than shorter-term performance (1 year or 3 years for large cap growth, all cap growth, and global growth). In addition, the performance measurement for equity compensation incorporates a consistency metric using longer term (3, 5, etc.) rolling return compared to the peer group over a sustained measurement period (5, 7, etc. years). The exact method may be adjusted to a product’s particular style. If a manager is responsible for more than one product, the rankings of each product are weighted based on relative revenue of accounts represented in each product. The external benchmark used for the investment style utilized for the AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio and the AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio is the Russell 1000 Growth Index.
Loomis Sayles uses either institutional peer groups as a point of comparison for equity manager performance, Morningstar universe and/or the Lipper universe. In cases where the institutional peer groups are used, Loomis Sayles believes they represent the most competitive product universe while closely matching the investment styles offered by the Loomis Sayles fund.
Fixed-Income Managers. While mutual fund performance and asset size do not directly contribute to the compensation calculation, investment performance for fixed-income managers is measured by comparing the performance of Loomis Sayles’ institutional composite (pre-tax and net of fees) in the manager’s style to the performance of an external benchmark and a customized peer group. The customized peer group is created by Loomis Sayles and is made up of institutional managers in the particular investment style. A manager’s relative performance for the past five years, or seven years for some products, is used to calculate the amount of variable compensation payable due to performance. To ensure consistency, Loomis Sayles analyzes the five or seven year performance on a rolling three year basis. If a manager is responsible for more than one product, the rankings of each product are weighted based on relative revenue size of accounts represented in each product.
Loomis Sayles uses both an external benchmark and a customized peer group as a point of comparison for fixed-income manager performance because it believes they represent an appropriate combination of the competitive fixed-income product universe and the investment styles offered by Loomis Sayles. The external benchmark used for the investment style utilized for the AST Blackrock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio is the Barclays U.S. Aggregate Index.
In addition to the compensation described above, portfolio managers may receive additional compensation based on the overall growth of their strategies.
General
Most mutual funds are not included in the Loomis Sayles’ strategy composites, so unlike managed accounts, fund performance and asset size in those cases would not directly contribute to this calculation. However, each fund managed by Loomis Sayles employs strategies endorsed by Loomis Sayles and fits into the product category for the relevant investment style. Loomis Sayles may adjust compensation if there is significant dispersion among the returns of the composite and accounts not included in the composite.
Loomis Sayles has developed and implemented two distinct long-term incentive plans to attract and retain investment talent. The plans supplement existing compensation. The first plan has several important components distinguishing it from traditional equity ownership plans:

113

Table of Contents
the plan grants units that entitle participants to an annual payment based on a percentage of company earnings above an established threshold;
upon retirement, a participant will receive a multi-year payout for his or her vested units; and
participation is contingent upon signing an award agreement, which includes a non-compete covenant.
The second plan is similarly constructed although the participants’ annual participation in company earnings is deferred for two years from the time of award and is only payable if the portfolio manager remains at Loomis Sayles. In this plan, there is no post-retirement payments or non-compete covenants.
Senior management expects that the variable compensation portion of overall compensation will continue to remain the largest source of income for those investment professionals included in the plan. The plan is initially offered to portfolio managers and over time the scope of eligibility is likely to widen. Management has full discretion on what units are issued and to whom.
Portfolio managers also participate in the Loomis Sayles profit sharing plan, in which Loomis Sayles makes a contribution to the retirement plan of each employee based on a percentage of base salary (up to a maximum amount). The portfolio managers also participate in the Loomis Sayles defined benefit pension plan, which applies to all Loomis Sayles employees who joined the firm prior to May 3, 2003. The defined benefit is based on years of service and base compensation (up to a maximum amount).
J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc. (JPMorgan)
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS. The potential for conflicts of interest exists when portfolio managers manage other accounts with similar investment objectives and strategies as the Fund (“Similar Accounts”). Potential conflicts may include, for example, conflicts between investment strategies and conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities. Responsibility for managing JPMorgan’s and its affiliates’ clients’ portfolios is organized according to investment strategies within asset classes. Generally, client portfolios with similar strategies are managed by portfolio managers in the same portfolio management group using the same objectives, approach and philosophy. Underlying sectors or strategy allocations within a larger portfolio are likewise managed by portfolio managers who use the same approach and philosophy as similarly managed portfolios. Therefore, portfolio holdings, relative position sizes and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across similar portfolios and strategies, which minimizes the potential for conflicts of interest.
JPMorgan and/or its affiliates (“JPMorgan Chase”) perform investment services, including rendering investment advice, to varied clients. JPMorgan, JPMorgan Chase and its or their directors, officers, agents, and/or employees may render similar or differing investment advisory services to clients and may give advice or exercise investment responsibility and take such other action with respect to any of its other clients that differs from the advice given or the timing or nature of action taken with respect to another client or group of clients. It is JPMorgan’s policy, to the extent practicable, to allocate, within its reasonable discretion, investment opportunities among clients over a period of time on a fair and equitable basis. One or more of JPMorgan’s other client accounts may at any time hold, acquire, increase, decrease, dispose, or otherwise deal with positions in investments in which another client account may have an interest from time-to-time.
JPMorgan, JPMorgan Chase, and any of its or their directors, partners, officers, agents or employees, may also buy, sell, or trade securities for their own accounts or the proprietary accounts of JPMorgan and/or JPMorgan Chase. JPMorgan and/or JPMorgan Chase, within their discretion, may make different investment decisions and other actions with respect to their own proprietary accounts than those made for client accounts, including the timing or nature of such investment decisions or actions. Further, JPMorgan is not required to purchase or sell for any client account securities that it, JPMorgan Chase, and any of its or their employees, principals, or agents may purchase or sell for their own accounts or the proprietary accounts of JPMorgan, or JPMorgan Chase or its clients.
JPMorgan and/or its affiliates may receive more compensation with respect to certain Similar Accounts than that received with respect to the Fund or may receive compensation based in part on the performance of certain Similar Accounts. This may create a potential conflict of interest for JPMorgan and its affiliates or the portfolio managers by providing an incentive to favor these Similar Accounts when, for example, placing securities transactions. In addition, JPMorgan or its affiliates could be viewed as having a conflict of interest to the extent that JPMorgan or an affiliate has a proprietary investment in Similar Accounts, the portfolio managers have personal investments in Similar Accounts or the Similar Accounts are investment options in JPMorgan’s or its affiliates’ employee benefit plans. Potential conflicts of interest may arise with both the aggregation and allocation of securities transactions and allocation of investment opportunities because of market factors or investment restrictions imposed upon JPMorgan and its affiliates by law, regulation, contract or internal policies. Allocations of aggregated trades, particularly trade orders that were only partially completed due to limited availability and allocation of investment opportunities generally, could raise a potential conflict of interest, as JPMorgan or its affiliates may have an incentive to allocate securities that are expected to increase in value to favored accounts. Initial public offerings, in particular, are frequently of very limited availability. JPMorgan and its affiliates may be perceived as causing accounts they manage to participate in an offering to increase JPMorgan’s and its affiliates’ overall allocation of securities in that offering. A potential conflict of interest also may be perceived to arise if transactions in one account closely follow related transactions in a

    114

Table of Contents
different account, such as when a purchase increases the value of securities previously purchased by another account, or when a sale in one account lowers the sale price received in a sale by a second account. If JPMorgan or its affiliates manage accounts that engage in short sales of securities of the type in which the Fund invests, JPMorgan or its affiliates could be seen as harming the performance of the Fund for the benefit of the accounts engaging in short sales if the short sales cause the market value of the securities to fall.
As an internal policy matter, JPMorgan or its affiliates may from time to time maintain certain overall investment limitations on the securities positions or positions in other financial instruments JPMorgan or its affiliates will take on behalf of its various clients due to, among other things, liquidity concerns and regulatory restrictions. Such policies may preclude the Fund from purchasing particular securities or financial instruments, even if such securities or financial instruments would otherwise meet the Fund’s objectives.
The goal of JPMorgan and its affiliates is to meet their fiduciary obligation with respect to all clients. JPMorgan and its affiliates have policies and procedures that seek to manage conflicts. JPMorgan and its affiliates monitor a variety of areas, including compliance with fund guidelines, review of allocation decisions and compliance with JPMorgan’s Codes of Ethics and JPMorgan Chase and Co.’s Code of Conduct. With respect to the allocation of investment opportunities, JPMorgan and its affiliates also have certain policies designed to achieve fair and equitable allocation of investment opportunities among its clients over time. For example: Orders for the same equity security traded through a single trading desk or system are aggregated on a continual basis throughout each trading day consistent with JPMorgan’s and its affiliates’ duty of best execution for their clients. If aggregated trades are fully executed, accounts participating in the trade will be allocated their pro rata share on an average price basis. Partially completed orders generally will be allocated among the participating accounts on a pro-rata average price basis, subject to certain limited exceptions. For example, accounts that would receive a de minimis allocation relative to their size may be excluded from the order. Another exception may occur when thin markets or price volatility require that an aggregated order be completed in multiple executions over several days. If partial completion of the order would result in an uneconomic allocation to an account due to fixed transaction or custody costs, JPMorgan and its affiliates may exclude small orders until 50% of the total order is completed. Then the small orders will be executed. Following this procedure, small orders will lag in the early execution of the order, but will be completed before completion of the total order.
Purchases of money market instruments and fixed income securities cannot always be allocated pro-rata across the accounts with the same investment strategy and objective. However, the Adviser and its affiliates attempt to mitigate any potential unfairness by basing non-pro rata allocations traded through a single trading desk or system upon objective predetermined criteria for the selection of investments and a disciplined process for allocating securities with similar duration, credit quality and liquidity in the good faith judgment of the Adviser or its affiliates so that fair and equitable allocation will occur over time.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER COMPENSATION. JPMorgan’s portfolio managers participate in a competitive compensation program that is designed to attract, retain and motivate talented people and closely link the performance of investment professionals to client investment objectives. JPMorgan manages compensation on a total compensation basis, the components being base salary fixed from year to year and a variable discretionary incentive award. Base salaries are reviewed annually and awarded based on individual performance and business results taking into account level and scope of position, experience and market competitiveness. The variable discretionary performance based incentive award consists of cash incentives and deferred compensation which includes mandatory notional investments (as described below) in selected mutual funds advised by JPMorgan or its affiliates (“Mandatory Investment Plan”). These elements reflect individual performance and the performance of JPMorgan’s business as a whole. Each portfolio manager’s performance is formally evaluated annually based on a variety of factors including the aggregate size and blended performance of the portfolios such portfolio manager manages, individual contribution relative to client risk and return objectives, and adherence with JPMorgan’s compliance, risk and regulatory procedures. In evaluating each portfolio manager’s performance with respect to the mutual funds he or she manages, the pre-tax performance of the funds (or the portion of the funds managed by the portfolio manager) is compared to the appropriate market peer group and to the competitive indices JPMorgan has identified for the investment strategy over one, three and five year periods (or such shorter time as the portfolio manager has managed the funds). Investment performance is generally more heavily weighted to the long-term.
Deferred compensation granted as part of an employee’s annual incentive compensation comprises from 0% to 60% of a portfolio manager’s total performance based incentive. As the level of incentive compensation increases, the percentage of compensation awarded in deferred incentives also increases. JPMorgan’s portfolio managers are required to notionally invest a certain percentage of their deferred compensation (typically 20% to 50% depending on the level of compensation) into the selected funds they manage. The remaining portion of the non-cash incentive is elective and may be notionally invested in any of the other mutual funds available in the Mandatory Investment Plan or can be placed in restricted stock. When these awards vest over time, the portfolio manager receives cash equal to the market value of the notional investment in the selected mutual funds.

115

Table of Contents
JENNISON ASSOCIATES LLC
COMPENSATION. Jennison seeks to maintain a highly competitive compensation program designed to attract and retain outstanding investment professionals, which include portfolio managers and research analysts, and to align the interests of its investment professionals with those of its clients and overall firm results. Overall firm profitability determines the total amount of incentive compensation pool that is available for investment professionals. Investment professionals are compensated with a combination of base salary and cash bonus. In general, the cash bonus comprises the majority of the compensation for investment professionals. Jennison sponsors a profit sharing retirement plan for all eligible employees. The contribution to the profit sharing retirement plan for portfolio managers is based on a percentage of the portfolio manager’s total compensation, subject to a maximum determined by applicable law. In addition to eligibility to participate in retirement and welfare plans, senior investment professionals, including portfolio managers and senior research analysts, are eligible to participate in a deferred compensation program where all or a portion of the cash bonus can be invested in a variety of predominantly Jennison-managed investment strategies on a tax-deferred basis.
Investment professionals’ total compensation is determined through a subjective process that evaluates numerous qualitative and quantitative factors. There is no particular weighting or formula for considering the factors. Some portfolio managers or analysts may manage or contribute ideas to more than one product strategy, and the performance of the other product strategies is also considered in determining the portfolio manager’s overall compensation. The factors considered for an investment professional whose primary role is portfolio management will differ from an investment professional who is a portfolio manager with research analyst responsibilities. The factors reviewed for the portfolio managers are listed below in order of importance.
The following primary quantitative factor is reviewed for Shaun Hong, Bobby Edemeka, Mark Baribeau, Thomas Davis, Michael Del Balso, and Mark Shattan:
One, three, five year and longer pre-tax investment performance of groupings of accounts managed by the portfolio manager in the same strategy (composite) relative to market conditions, pre-determined passive indices, and industry peer group data for the product strategy (e.g., large cap growth, large cap value) for which the portfolio manager is responsible.
Performance for the composite of accounts that includes the portion of the AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio and the AST Jennison Global Infrastructure Portfolio managed by Messrs. Hong and Edemeka is measured against the S&P Global Infrastructure Index. Performance for the composite of accounts that includes the portion of the AST Prudential Flexible Multi-Strategy Portfolio managed by Messrs. Hong and Edemeka is measured against the Alerian MLP Index.
Performance for the composite of accounts that includes the AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio managed by Messrs. Del Balso and Shattan is measured against the Russell 1000 Growth Index.
Performance for the composite of accounts that includes a portion of the AST International Growth Portfolio managed by Messrs. Baribeau and Davis is measured against the MSCI All Country World Index ex US (ACWI ex US).
The following primary quantitative factor is reviewed for Brannon Cook:
The investment professional’s contribution to client portfolio’s pre-tax one-and three-year performance from the investment professional’s recommended stocks relative to market conditions, the strategy’s passive benchmarks, and the investment professional’s respective coverage universes.
Performance for the composite of accounts that includes the portion of the AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio and the AST Jennison Global Infrastructure Portfolio managed by Mr. Cook is measured against S&P Global Infrastructure Index.
The following primary quantitative factor is reviewed for John “Jay” Saunders and Neil P. Brown:
The investment professional’s contribution to client portfolios’ pre-tax one, three, five year and longer term performance from the investment professional’s recommended stocks relative to market conditions, the strategy’s passive benchmarks, and the investment professional’s respective coverage universes and the one, three, five year and longer term pre-tax investment performance of the composite of accounts managed by the portfolio manager;
Performance for the composite of accounts that includes the portion of the AST Prudential Flexible Multi-Strategy Portfolio managed by Messrs. Saunders and Brown is measured against a Global Natural Resources Custom Index, which is comprised of the Lipper Natural Resources Fund Index for the periods prior to January 1, 2009 and the Lipper Global Natural Resources Fund Index for periods after January 1, 2009.
The qualitative factors reviewed for the portfolio managers may include:
The quality of the portfolio manager’s investment ideas and consistency of the portfolio manager’s judgment;
Historical and long-term business potential of the product strategies;
Qualitative factors such as teamwork and responsiveness; and
Individual factors such as years of experience and responsibilities specific to the individual’s role such as being a team leader or supervisor are also factored into the determination of an investment professional’s total compensation.

    116

Table of Contents
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Jennison manages accounts with asset-based fees alongside accounts with performance-based fees. This side-by-side management can create an incentive for Jennison and its investment professionals to favor one account over another. Specifically, Jennison has the incentive to favor accounts for which it receives performance fees, and possibly take greater investment risks in those accounts, in order to bolster performance and increase its fees.
Other types of side-by-side management of multiple accounts can also create incentives for Jennison to favor one account over another. Examples are detailed below, followed by a discussion of how Jennison addresses these conflicts.
Long only accounts/long-short accounts: Jennison manages accounts in strategies that only hold long securities positions as well as accounts in strategies that are permitted to sell securities short. Jennison may hold a long position in a security in some client accounts while selling the same security short in other client accounts. For example, Jennison permits quantitatively hedged strategies to short securities that are held long in other strategies. Additionally, Jennison permits securities that are held long in quantitatively derived strategies to be shorted by other strategies. The strategies that sell a security short held long by another strategy could lower the price for the security held long. Similarly, if a strategy is purchasing a security that is held short in other strategies, the strategies purchasing the security could increase the price of the security held short.
Multiple strategies: Jennison may buy or sell, or may direct or recommend that one client buy or sell, securities of the same kind or class that are purchased or sold for another client, at prices that may be different. Jennison may also, at any time, execute trades of securities of the same kind or class in one direction for an account and in the opposite direction for another account, due to differences in investment strategy or client direction. Different strategies effecting trading in the same securities or types of securities may appear as inconsistencies in Jennison’s management of multiple accounts side-by-side.
Affiliated accounts/unaffiliated accounts and seeded/nonseeded accounts and accounts receiving asset allocation assets from affiliated investment advisers: Jennison manages accounts for its affiliates and accounts in which it has an interest alongside unaffiliated accounts. Jennison could have an incentive to favor its affiliated accounts over unaffiliated accounts. Additionally, Jennison’s affiliates may provide initial funding or otherwise invest in vehicles managed by Jennison. When an affiliate provides seed capital or other capital for a fund or account, it may do so with the intention of redeeming all or part of its interest at a particular future point in time or when it deems that sufficient additional capital has been invested in that fund or account. Jennison typically requests seed capital to start a track record for a new strategy or product. Managing seeded accounts alongside non-seeded accounts can create an incentive to favor the seeded accounts to establish a track record for a new strategy or product. Additionally, Jennison’s affiliated investment advisers could allocate their asset allocation clients’ assets to Jennison. Jennison could favor accounts used by its affiliate for their asset allocation clients to receive more assets from the affiliate.
Non-discretionary accounts or models: Jennison provides non-discretionary model portfolios to some clients and manages other portfolios on a discretionary basis. Recommendations for some non-discretionary models that are derived from discretionary portfolios are communicated after the discretionary portfolio has traded. The non-discretionary clients could be disadvantaged if Jennison delivers the model investment portfolio to them after Jennison initiates trading for the discretionary clients, or vice versa.
Higher fee paying accounts or products or strategies: Jennison receives more revenues from (1) larger accounts or client relationships than smaller accounts or client relationships and from (2) managing discretionary accounts than advising nondiscretionary models and from (3) non-wrap fee accounts than from wrap fee accounts and from (4) charging higher fees for some strategies than others. The differences in revenue that Jennison receives could create an incentive for Jennison to favor the higher fee paying or higher revenue generating account or product or strategy over another.
Personal interests: The performance of one or more accounts managed by Jennison’s investment professionals is taken into consideration in determining their compensation. Jennison also manages accounts that are investment options in its employee benefit plans such as its defined contribution plans or deferred compensation arrangements and where its employees may have personally invested alongside other accounts where there is no personal interest. These factors could create an incentive for Jennison to favor the accounts where it has a personal interest over accounts where Jennison does not have a personal interest.
How Jennison Addresses These Conflicts of Interest
The conflicts of interest described above could create incentives for Jennison to favor one or more accounts or types of accounts over others in the allocation of investment opportunities, time, aggregation and timing of investments. Portfolios in a particular strategy with similar objectives are managed similarly to the extent possible. Accordingly, portfolio holdings and industry and sector exposure tend to be similar across a group of accounts in a strategy that have similar objectives, which tends to minimize the potential for conflicts of interest among accounts within a product strategy. While these accounts have many similarities, the investment performance of each account will be different primarily due to differences in guidelines, individual portfolio manager’s decisions, timing of investments, fees, expenses and cash flows.
Additionally, Jennison has developed policies and procedures that seek to address, mitigate and assess these conflicts of interest. Jennison cannot guarantee, however, that its policies and procedures will detect and prevent, or lead to the disclosure of, each and every situation in which a conflict may arise.

117

Table of Contents
Jennison has adopted trade aggregation and allocation procedures that seek to treat all clients (including affiliated accounts) fairly and equitably. These policies and procedures address the allocation of limited investment opportunities, such as initial public offerings (IPOs) and new issues, the allocation of transactions across multiple accounts, and the timing of transactions between its non-wrap accounts and its wrap fee accounts.
Jennison has policies that limit the ability to short securities in portfolios that primarily rely on its fundamental research and investment processes (fundamental portfolios) if the security is held long in other fundamental portfolios.
Jennison has adopted procedures to review allocations or performance dispersion between accounts with performance fees and non-performance fee based accounts and to review overlapping long and short positions among long accounts and long-short accounts.
Jennison has adopted a code of ethics and policies relating to personal trading.
Jennison provides disclosure of these conflicts as described in its Form ADV.
Lazard Asset Management LLC
COMPENSATION . Lazard Asset Management LLC (Lazard) compensates portfolio managers by a competitive salary and bonus structure, which is determined both quantitatively and qualitatively.
Salary and bonus are paid in cash, stock and restricted interests in funds managed by Lazard or its affiliates. Portfolio managers are compensated on the performance of the aggregate group of portfolios managed by the teams of which they are a member rather than for a specific fund or account. Various factors are considered in the determination of a portfolio manager’s compensation. All of the portfolios managed by a portfolio manager are comprehensively evaluated to determine his or her positive and consistent performance contribution over time. Further factors include the amount of assets in the portfolios as well as qualitative aspects that reinforce Lazard’s investment philosophy.
Total compensation is generally not fixed, but rather is based on the following factors: (i) leadership, teamwork and commitment, (ii) maintenance of current knowledge and opinions on companies owned in the portfolio; (iii) generation and development of new investment ideas, including the quality of security analysis and identification of appreciation catalysts; (iv) ability and willingness to develop and share ideas on a team basis; and (v) the performance results of the portfolios managed by the investment teams of which the portfolio manager is a member.
Variable bonus is based on the portfolio manager’s quantitative performance as measured by his or her ability to make investment decisions that contribute to the pre-tax absolute and relative returns of the accounts managed by the teams of which the portfolio manager is a member, by comparison of each account to a predetermined benchmark (as set forth in the prospectus or other governing document) over the current fiscal year and the longer-term performance (3-, 5- or 10-year, if applicable) of such account, as well as performance of the account relative to peers. The portfolio manager’s bonus also can be influenced by subjective measurement of the manager’s ability to help others make investment decisions. A portion of a portfolio manager’s variable bonus is awarded under a deferred compensation arrangement pursuant to which the portfolio manager may allocate certain amounts awarded among certain accounts, in shares that vest in two to three years.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST . As an investment adviser, Lazard serves as a fiduciary to its clients. As such, Lazard is obligated to place its clients’ interests before its own. Due to the nature of the investment advisory business, conflicts of interests do arise. For example, conflicts may arise with regard to personal securities transactions, the use of clients’ commissions to obtain research and brokerage services, errors, trade allocations, performance fee accounts, and the use of solicitors.
In recognition of these potential conflicts of interest, Lazard has established written policies and procedures so that it can operate its business within applicable regulatory guidelines.
Please see Lazard Asset Management’s Form ADV Part 2A, which is available on the SEC website, for a more detailed description of Lazard’s business relationships.
LMCG Investments, LLC.
COMPENSATION . Portfolio managers at LMCG are compensated through a combination of a competitive base salary and an incentive bonus. Bonuses are formula driven based on assets managed in the strategy, strategy revenues, and performance relative to peer groups. Incentive bonuses are not calculated on specific client or specific Fund assets. LMCG's incentive bonus compensation plans for investment teams are based on actual composite performance for the strategy relative to a benchmark. The benchmark used to measure performance is a peer group universe blending retail and institutional data. Particular attention is paid to the strategy performance ranking within the universe for a blended time period which generally includes one year, three years, five years (where applicable) and since inception performance.

    118

Table of Contents
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. LMCG’s portfolio managers are often responsible for managing one or more funds as well as other accounts, including proprietary accounts, separate accounts and other pooled investment vehicles. A portfolio manager may also manage a separate account or other pooled investment vehicle which may have materially higher fee arrangements than the Fund and may also have a performance-based fee. The side-by-side management of these funds may raise potential conflicts of interest relating to the allocation of investment opportunities and the aggregation and allocation of trades. LMCG has fiduciary responsibility to manage all client accounts in a fair and equitable manner. It seeks to provide best execution of all securities transactions and aggregate and then allocate securities to client accounts in a fair and timely manner. Similarly, trading in securities by LMCG personnel for their own accounts potentially could conflict with the interest of clients. LMCG has policies and procedures in place to detect, monitor and resolve these and other potential conflicts of interest that are inherent to its business as a registered investment adviser.
Longfellow Investment Management Co. LLC
COMPENSATION . Longfellow’s professionals receive a base salary that considers their responsibilities and their experience. They also are awarded a significant annual bonus based upon their specific contributions to the success and profitability of the firm. Longfellow is 100% owned by 5 employees. Owners receive a portion of the firm’s profits in addition to base salary and bonus.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST . Actual or potential conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has management responsibilities to more than one account. This would include devotion of unequal time and attention to the management of the accounts and the inability to allocate limited investment opportunities across a broad array of accounts. Longfellow has adopted policies and procedures to address such conflicts.
Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC.
COMPENSATION OF PORTFOLIO MANAGERS. When used in this section, the term “fund” refers to the Portfolio, as well as any other registered investment companies, pooled investment vehicles and accounts managed by a portfolio manager. Each portfolio manager receives compensation from Lord Abbett consisting of salary, bonus and profit sharing plan contributions. The level of base compensation takes into account the portfolio manager's experience, reputation and competitive market rates.
Fiscal year-end bonuses, which can be a substantial percentage of overall compensation, are determined after an evaluation of various factors. These factors include the portfolio manager's investment results and style consistency, the dispersion among funds with similar objectives, the risk taken to achieve the fund returns and similar factors. In considering the portfolio manager's investment results, Lord Abbett's senior management may evaluate the Portfolio's performance against one or more benchmarks from among the Portfolio's primary benchmark and any supplemental benchmarks as disclosed in the prospectus, indexes disclosed as performance benchmarks by the portfolio manager's other accounts, and other indexes within one or more of the Portfolio's peer group maintained by rating agencies, as well as the Portfolio's peer group. In particular, investment results are evaluated based on an assessment of the portfolio manager's one-, three-, and five-year investment returns on a pre-tax basis versus both the benchmark and the peer groups. Finally, there is a component of the bonus that reflects leadership and management of the investment team. The evaluation does not follow a formulaic approach, but rather is reached following a review of these factors. No part of the bonus payment is based on the portfolio manager's assets under management, the revenues generated by those assets, or the profitability of the portfolio manager's team. Lord Abbett does not manage hedge funds. In addition, Lord Abbett may designate a bonus payment of a manager for participation in the firm's senior incentive compensation plan, which provides for a deferred payout over a five-year period. The plan's earnings are based on the overall asset growth of the firm as a whole. Lord Abbett believes this incentive focuses portfolio managers on the impact their fund's performance has on the overall reputation of the firm as a whole and encourages exchanges of investment ideas among investment professionals managing different mandates.
Lord Abbett provides a 401(k) profit-sharing plan for all eligible employees. Contributions to a portfolio manager's profit-sharing account are based on a percentage of the portfolio manager's total base and bonus paid during the fiscal year, subject to a specified maximum amount. The assets of this profit-sharing plan are entirely invested in Lord Abbett-sponsored funds.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the portfolio managers’ management of the investments of the Portfolio and the investments of the other accounts included in the table above. Such conflicts may arise with respect to the allocation of investment opportunities among the Portfolio and other accounts with similar investment objectives and policies. A portfolio manager potentially could use information concerning the Portfolio's transactions to the advantage of other accounts and to the detriment of the Portfolio. To address these potential conflicts of interest, Lord Abbett has adopted and implemented a number of policies and procedures. Lord Abbett has adopted Policies and Procedures Relating to Soft Dollars, as well as Evaluation of Proprietary Research Procedures. The objective of these policies and procedures is to ensure the fair and equitable treatment of transactions and allocation of investment opportunities on behalf of all accounts managed by Lord Abbett. In addition, Lord Abbett's Code of Ethics sets forth general principles for the conduct of employee personal securities transactions in a manner that avoids any actual or

119

Table of Contents
potential conflicts of interest with the interests of Lord Abbett's clients including the Portfolio. Moreover, Lord Abbett's Insider Trading and Receipt of Material Non-Public Information Policy and Procedure sets forth procedures for personnel to follow when they have inside information. Lord Abbett is not affiliated with a full service broker-dealer and therefore does not execute any portfolio transactions through such an entity, a structure that could give rise to additional conflicts. Lord Abbett does not conduct any investment bank functions and does not manage any hedge funds. Lord Abbett does not believe that any material conflicts of interest exist in connection with the portfolio managers’ management of the investments of the Portfolio and the investments of the other accounts referenced in the table above.
LSV Asset Management.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER COMPENSATION. LSV Portfolio Managers receive a base salary and bonus which is a function of overall firm profitability. In addition, each portfolio manager is a partner and receives a portion of the firm's net income.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS. The same team of portfolio managers is responsible for the day-to-day management of all of LSV's accounts. In some cases, LSV has entered into individualized performance-fee arrangements with clients. Performance-based arrangements, and accounts in which employees may be invested, could create an incentive to favor those accounts over other accounts in the allocation of investment opportunities. LSV has policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, to monitor for these potential conflicts and to ensure that investment opportunities are fairly allocated to all clients.
Massachusetts Financial Services Company.
COMPENSATION. Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed annually. As of December 31, 2015, portfolio manager total cash compensation is a combination of base salary and performance bonus:
Base Salary—Base salary represents a smaller percentage of portfolio manager total cash compensation than performance bonus.
Performance Bonus—Generally, the performance bonus represents more than a majority of portfolio manager total cash compensation.
The performance bonus is based on a combination of quantitative and qualitative factors, generally with more weight given to the former and less weight given to the latter.
The quantitative portion is based on the pre-tax performance of assets managed by the portfolio manager over one-, three-, and five-year periods relative to peer group universes and/or indices (“benchmarks”). As of December 31, 2015, the following benchmarks were used to measure the following portfolio managers’ performance for the following Portfolios:
AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio
Portfolio Manager: David R. Mannheim
Benchmark(s): MSCI World Index (net div)
Portfolio Manager: Roger Morley
Benchmark(s): MSCI World Index (net div)
AST MFS Growth Portfolio
Portfolio Manager: Eric B. Fischman
Benchmark(s): Russell 1000 Growth Index
Portfolio Manager: Matthew D. Sabel
Benchmark(s): Russell 1000 Growth Index
AST MFS Large-Cap Value Portfolio
Portfolio Manager: Nevin P. Chitkara
Benchmark: Russell 1000 Value Index
Portfolio Manager: Steven R. Gorham
Benchmark: Russell 1000 Value Index
Additional or different benchmarks, including versions of indices, custom indices, and linked indices that combine performance of different indices for different portions of the time period may also be used. Primary weight is given to portfolio performance over a three-year time period with lesser consideration given to portfolio performance over one- and five-year periods (adjusted as appropriate if the portfolio manager has served for less than five years).

    120

Table of Contents
The qualitative portion is based on the results of an annual internal peer review process (conducted by other portfolio managers, analysts, and traders) and management's assessment of overall portfolio manager contributions to investor relations and the investment process (distinct from fund and other account performance). This performance bonus may be in the form of cash and/or a deferred cash award, at the discretion of management. A deferred cash award is issued for a cash value and becomes payable over a three-year vesting period if the portfolio manager remains in the continuous employ of MFS or its affiliates. During the vesting period, the value of the unfunded deferred cash award will fluctuate as though the portfolio manager had invested the cash value of the award in an MFS Fund(s) selected by the portfolio manager. A selected fund may be, but is not required to be, a fund that is managed by the portfolio manager.
Portfolio managers also typically benefit from the opportunity to participate in the MFS Equity Plan. Equity interests and/or options to acquire equity interests in MFS or its parent company are awarded by management, on a discretionary basis, taking into account tenure at MFS, contribution to the investment process and other factors.
Finally, portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans (including a defined contribution plan and health and other insurance plans) and programs available generally to other employees of MFS. The percentage such benefits represent of any portfolio manager's compensation depends upon the length of the individual's tenure at MFS and salary level, as well as other factors.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. MFS seeks to identify potential conflicts of interest resulting from a portfolio manager's management of both the Portfolio and other accounts, and has adopted policies and procedures designed to address such potential conflicts.
The management of multiple funds and accounts (including proprietary accounts) gives rise to conflicts of interest if the funds and accounts have different objectives and strategies, benchmarks, time horizons and fees as a portfolio manager must allocate his or her time and investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts. In certain instances there are securities which are suitable for the Portfolio as well as for accounts of MFS or its subsidiaries with similar investment objectives. MFS’ trade allocation policies may give rise to conflicts of interest if the Portfolio's orders do not get fully executed or are delayed in getting executed due to being aggregated with those of other accounts of MFS or its subsidiaries. A portfolio manager may execute transactions for another fund or account that may adversely affect the value of the Portfolio's investments. Investments selected for funds or accounts other than the Portfolio may outperform investments selected for the Portfolio.
When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed by MFS to be fair and equitable to each. Allocations may be based on many factors and may not always be pro rata based on assets managed. The allocation methodology could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security as far as the Fund is concerned.
MFS and/or a portfolio manager may have a financial incentive to allocate favorable or limited opportunity investments or structure the timing of investments to favor accounts other than the Portfolio, for instance, those that pay a higher advisory fee and/or have a performance adjustment and/or include an investment by the portfolio manager.
Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC
Neuberger Berman's philosophy is one that focuses on rewarding performance and incentivizing its employees. The firm considers a variety of factors in determining fixed and variable compensation for employees, including firm performance, individual performance, overall contribution to the team, collaboration with colleagues across the firm, effective partnering with clients to achieve goals, risk management and the overall investment performance. It is the firm's foremost goal to create a compensation process that is fair, transparent, and competitive with the market.
Neuberger Berman investment professionals on portfolio management teams receive a fixed salary and are eligible for an annual bonus. The annual bonus for an individual investment professional is paid from a “bonus pool” made available to the portfolio management team with which the investment professional is associated. The amount available in the bonus pool is determined based on a number of factors including the revenue that is generated by that particular portfolio management team, less certain adjustments. Once the final size of the available bonus pool is determined, individual bonuses are determined based on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the aggregate investment performance of all strategies managed by the individual, utilization of central resources, business building to further the longer term sustainable success of the investment team, effective team/people management, and overall contribution to the success of Neuberger Berman.  In some cases, bonus pools may be subject to a hold-back applied to revenues.  Research Analysts who are embedded within portfolio management teams participate in a similar compensation structure established for their respective teams, at the discretion of their group heads, thereby aligning them with the long-term performance of their respective teams.

121

Table of Contents
Incentive Structure
As a firm, Neuberger Berman believes that providing its employees with appropriate incentives, a positive work environment and an inclusive and collaborative culture is critical to the firm's success in retaining employees.
The terms of Neuberger Berman's long-term retention incentives are as follows:
Employee-Owned Equity. An integral part of Neuberger Berman’s management buyout in 2009 was the implementation of an equity ownership structure which embodies the importance of incentivizing and retaining key investment professionals. Investment professionals have received a majority of the equity units owned by all employees. These units were subject to vesting (generally 25% vested each year at the 2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th anniversaries of the grant).
In addition, in prior years certain employees may have elected to have a portion of their compensation delivered in the form of equity, which, in certain instances, is vested upon issuance and in other instances vesting aligns with the vesting of the Contingent Compensation Program (vesting over 3 years). For 2017 (and in some cases 2016), the Contingent Compensation Program will allow eligible employees to elect to receive 50% of deferred compensation in the form of vested equity. Eligible employees who have represented that they have sufficient direct investments in Neuberger Berman strategies in their private accounts (typically, 50% of their average three year-year compensation) can elect to receive up to 100% of deferred compensation in the form of vested equity.
Further, employees may have purchased vested equity through a Capital Units Election Program offering – we anticipate a similar offering in the first quarter of 2016 through which eligible employees will be able to purchase equity, subject to allocation capacity and program terms and conditions.
In implementing these programs, Neuberger Berman has established additional ways to expand employee-owned equity while also insuring that it continues to align the interests of employees with the interests of clients.
For confidentiality and privacy reasons, Neuberger Berman cannot disclose individual equity holdings or program participation.
Contingent Compensation. Neuberger Berman established the Neuberger Berman Group Contingent Compensation Plan (the “CCP”) to serve as a means to further align the interests of employees with the success of the firm and the interests of clients, and to reward continued employment. Under the CCP, a percentage of a participant's total compensation is contingent and tied to the performance of a portfolio of Neuberger Berman investment strategies as specified by the firm on an employee-by-employee basis. By having a participant's contingent compensation tied to Neuberger Berman investment strategies, each employee is given further incentive to operate as a prudent risk manager and to collaborate with colleagues to maximize performance across all business areas. In the case of Portfolio Managers, the CCP is currently structured so that such employees have exposure to the investment strategies of their respective teams as well as the broader Neuberger Berman portfolio. In addition, certain CCP Participants may make an election to receive a portion of their contingent compensation in the form of equity, subject to vesting provisions and other provisions generally consistent with those of the traditional CCP. Subject to satisfaction of certain conditions of the CCP (including conditions relating to continued employment), contingent compensation amounts vest over three years. Neuberger Berman determines annually which employees participate in the program based on total compensation for the applicable year.
Restrictive Covenants. Most investment professionals, including Portfolio Fund Managers, are subject to notice periods and restrictive covenants which include employee and client non-solicit restrictions as well as restrictions on the use of confidential information. In addition, depending on participation levels, certain senior professionals who have received equity grants have also agreed to additional notice and transition periods and, in some cases, non-compete restrictions.
Parametric Portfolio Associates LLC.
COMPENSATION.
Parametric Compensation Structure. Compensation of investment professionals has three primary components: (1) a base salary; (2) an annual cash bonus; and (3) annual equity-based compensation.
Parametric investment professionals also receive certain retirement, insurance and other benefits that are broadly available to Parametric employees. Compensation of Parametric professionals are reviewed on an annual basis. Stock-based compensation awards and adjustments in base salary and bonuses are typically paid and/or put into effect at, or shortly after, the firm’s fiscal year-end, October 31.
Method Parametric uses to Determine Compensation. Parametric seeks to compensate investment professionals commensurate with responsibilities and performance while remaining competitive with other firms within the investment management industry.

    122

Table of Contents
Salaries, bonuses and stock-based compensation are also influenced by the operating performance of Parametric and its parent company, Eaton Vance Corp. (“EVC”). Cash bonuses are determined based on a target percentage of Parametric’s profits. While the salaries of investment professionals are comparatively fixed, cash bonuses and stock-based compensation may fluctuate from year-to-year, based on changes in financial performance and other factors. Parametric also offers opportunities to move within the organization, as well as incentives to grow within the organization by promotion.
Additionally, Parametric participates in compensation surveys that benchmark salaries against other firms in the industry. This data is reviewed, along with a number of other factors, so that compensation remains competitive with other firms in the industry.
The firm also maintains the following arrangements:
Employment contracts for key investment professionals and senior leadership.
Employees are eligible for Eaton Vance equity grants that vest over a 5-year period from grant date. The vesting schedule for each grant is 10% in year 1, 15% in year 2, 20% in year 3, 25% in year 4, and 30% in year 5.
Ownership stake in Parametric Portfolio LP for key employees.
Profit Sharing that vests over a 5-year period from employee’s start date. The vesting schedule for the Profit Sharing is 20% per year from the employee’s start date.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. It is possible that conflicts of interest may arise in connection with a portfolio manager's management of the investments of the Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio on the one hand and the investments of other accounts for which the portfolio manager is responsible on the other. For example, a portfolio manager may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time, resources and investment opportunities among the Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio and other accounts he or she advises. In addition, due to differences in the investment strategies or restrictions between a Fund or Portfolio and the other accounts, a portfolio manager may take action with respect to another account that differs from the action taken with respect to the Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio. In some cases, another account managed by a portfolio manager may compensate the investment adviser based on the performance of the securities held by that account. The existence of such a performance based fee may create additional conflicts of interest for the portfolio manager in the allocation of management time, resources and investment opportunities. Whenever conflicts of interest arise, the portfolio manager will endeavor to exercise his or her discretion in a manner that he or she believes is equitable to all interested persons. Parametric has adopted several policies and procedures designed to address these potential conflicts including: a code of ethics; and policies which govern Parametric's trading practices, including among other things the aggregation and allocation of trades among clients, brokerage allocation, cross trades and best execution on the performance of the securities held by that account. The existence of such a performance based fee may create additional conflicts of interest for the portfolio manager in the allocation of management time, resources and investment opportunities. Whenever conflicts of interest arise, the portfolio manager will endeavor to exercise his or her discretion in a manner that he or she believes is equitable to all interested persons. Parametric has adopted several policies and procedures designed to address these potential conflicts including: a code of ethics; and policies which govern Parametric's trading practices, including among other things the aggregation and allocation of trades among clients, brokerage allocation, cross trades and best execution.
Pacific Investment Management Company LLC.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER COMPENSATION. PIMCO has adopted a Total Compensation Plan for its professional level employees, including its portfolio managers, that is designed to pay competitive compensation and reward performance, integrity and teamwork consistent with the firm’s mission statement. The Total Compensation Plan includes an incentive component that rewards high performance standards, work ethic and consistent individual and team contributions to the firm. The compensation of portfolio managers consists of a base salary and discretionary performance bonuses, and may include an equity or long term incentive component.
Certain employees of PIMCO, including portfolio managers, may elect to defer compensation through PIMCO’s deferred compensation plan. PIMCO also offers its employees a non-contributory defined contribution plan through which PIMCO makes a contribution based on the employee’s compensation. PIMCO’s contribution rate increases at a specified compensation level, which is a level that would include portfolio managers.
Key Principles on Compensation Philosophy include:
PIMCO’s pay practices are designed to attract and retain high performers.
PIMCO’s pay philosophy embraces a corporate culture of rewarding strong work ethic and meritocracy.
PIMCO’s goal is to ensure key professionals are aligned to PIMCO’s long-term success through equity participation.
PIMCO’s “Discern and Differentiate” discipline is exercised where individual performance rating is used for guidance as it relates to total compensation levels.
The Total Compensation Plan consists of three components:

123

Table of Contents
Base Salary – Base salary is determined based on core job responsibilities, positions/levels and market factors. Base salary levels are reviewed annually, when there is a significant change in job responsibilities or position, or a significant change in market levels.
Performance Bonus – Performance bonuses are designed to reward individual performance. Each professional and his or her supervisor will agree upon performance objectives to serve as a basis for performance evaluation during the year. The objectives will outline individual goals according to pre-established measures of the group or department success. Achievement against these goals as measured by the employee and supervisor will be an important, but not exclusive, element of the bonus decision process. Award amounts are determined at the discretion of the Compensation Committee (and/or certain senior portfolio managers, as appropriate) and will also consider firm performance.
Long-term Incentive Compensation - PIMCO has a Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) which is awarded to key professionals.  Employees who reach a total compensation threshold are delivered their annual compensation in a mix of cash and long-term incentive awards.  PIMCO incorporates a progressive allocation of long-term incentive awards as a percentage of total compensation, which is in line with market practices. The LTIP provides participants with cash awards that appreciate or depreciate based on PIMCO’s operating earnings over a rolling three-year period. The plan provides a link between longer term company performance and participant pay, further motivating participants to make a long-term commitment to PIMCO’s success. Participation in LTIP is contingent upon continued employment at PIMCO.
Equity Compensation – Equity allows key professionals to participate in the long-term growth of the firm. The M Unit program provides mid-to-senior level employees with the potential to acquire an equity stake in PIMCO over their careers and to better align employee incentives with the firm’s long-term results. In the program, options are awarded and vest over a number of years and may convert into PIMCO equity which shares in the profit distributions of the firm. M Units are non-voting common equity of PIMCO and provide a mechanism for individuals to build a significant equity stake in PIMCO over time.
In addition, the following non-exclusive list of qualitative criteria may be considered when specifically determining the total compensation for portfolio managers:
3-year, 2-year and 1-year dollar-weighted and account-weighted, pre-tax investment performance as judged against the applicable benchmarks for each account managed by a portfolio manager (including the Funds) and relative to applicable industry peer groups;
Appropriate risk positioning that is consistent with PIMCO’s investment philosophy and the Investment Committee/CIO approach to the generation of alpha;
Amount and nature of assets managed by the portfolio manager;
Consistency of investment performance across portfolios of similar mandate and guidelines (reward low dispersion);
Generation and contribution of investment ideas in the context of PIMCO’s secular and cyclical forums, portfolio strategy meetings, Investment Committee meetings, and on a day-to-day basis;
Absence of defaults and price defaults for issues in the portfolios managed by the portfolio manager;
Contributions to asset retention, gathering and client satisfaction;
Contributions to mentoring, coaching and/or supervising; and
Personal growth and skills added.
A portfolio manager’s compensation is not based directly on the performance of any Fund or any other account managed by that portfolio manager.
Profit Sharing Plan.  Portfolio managers who are Managing Directors of PIMCO receive compensation from a non-qualified profit sharing plan consisting of a portion of PIMCO’s net profits. Portfolio managers who are Managing Directors receive an amount determined by the Compensation Committee, based upon an individual’s overall contribution to the firm.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. From time to time, potential and actual conflicts of interest may arise between a portfolio manager’s management of the investments of a Portfolio, on the one hand, and the management of other accounts, on the other. Potential and actual conflicts of interest may also arise as a result of PIMCO’s other business activities and PIMCO’s possession of material non-public information about an issuer. Other accounts managed by a portfolio manager might have similar investment objectives or strategies as the Portfolios, track the same index a Portfolio tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased or sold by the Portfolios. The other accounts might also have different investment objectives or strategies than the Portfolios.
Because PIMCO is affiliated with Allianz, a large multi-national financial institution, conflicts similar to those described below may occur between the Portfolios or other accounts managed by PIMCO and PIMCO’s affiliates or accounts managed by those affiliates. Those affiliates (or their clients), which generally operate autonomously from PIMCO, may take actions that are adverse to the Portfolios or other accounts managed by PIMCO. In many cases, PIMCO will not be in a position to mitigate those actions or address those conflicts, which could adversely affect the performance of the Portfolios or other accounts managed by PIMCO.

    124

Table of Contents
Knowledge and Timing of Fund Trades . A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager’s day-to-day management of a Portfolio. Because of their positions with the Portfolios, the portfolio managers know the size, timing and possible market impact of a Portfolio’s trades. It is theoretically possible that the portfolio managers could use this information to the advantage of other accounts they manage and to the possible detriment of a Portfolio.
Investment Opportunities . A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager’s management of a number of accounts with varying investment guidelines. Often, an investment opportunity may be suitable for both a Portfolio and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, but may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the Portfolio and the other accounts to participate fully. In addition, regulatory issues applicable to PIMCO or one or more Portfolios or other accounts may result in certain Portfolios not receiving securities that may otherwise be appropriate for them. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by a Portfolio and another account. PIMCO has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time.
Under PIMCO’s allocation procedures, investment opportunities are allocated among various investment strategies based on individual account investment guidelines and PIMCO’s investment outlook. PIMCO has also adopted additional procedures to complement the general trade allocation policy that are designed to address potential conflicts of interest due to the side-by-side management of the Portfolios and certain pooled investment vehicles, including investment opportunity allocation issues.
Conflicts potentially limiting a Portfolio’s investment opportunities may also arise when the Portfolio and other PIMCO clients invest in different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, such as when the Portfolio owns senior debt obligations of an issuer and other clients own junior tranches of the same issuer. In such circumstances, decisions over whether to trigger an event of default, over the terms of any workout, or how to exit an investment may result in conflicts of interest. In order to minimize such conflicts, a portfolio manager may avoid certain investment opportunities that would potentially give rise to conflicts with other PIMCO clients or PIMCO may enact internal procedures designed to minimize such conflicts, which could have the effect of limiting a Portfolio’s investment opportunities. Additionally, if PIMCO acquires material non-public confidential information in connection with its business activities for other clients, a portfolio manager may be restricted from purchasing securities or selling securities for a Portfolio. Moreover, a Portfolio or other account managed by PIMCO may invest in a transaction in which one or more other Portfolios or accounts managed by PIMCO are expected to participate, or already have made or will seek to make, an investment. Such Portfolios or accounts may have conflicting interests and objectives in connection with such investments, including, for example and without limitation, with respect to views on the operations or activities of the issuer involved, the targeted returns from the investment, and the timeframe for, and method of, exiting the investment. When making investment decisions where a conflict of interest may arise, PIMCO will endeavor to act in a fair and equitable manner as between a Portfolio and other clients; however, in certain instances the resolution of the conflict may result in PIMCO acting on behalf of another client in a manner that may not be in the best interest, or may be opposed to the best interest, of a Portfolio.
Performance Fees . A portfolio manager may advise certain accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based entirely or partially on performance. Performance fee arrangements may create a conflict of interest for the portfolio manager in that the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate the investment opportunities that he or she believes might be the most profitable to such other accounts instead of allocating them to a Portfolio. PIMCO has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities between the Portfolios and such other accounts on a fair and equitable basis over time.
PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENTS LLC
PORTFOLIO MANAGER COMPENSATION. Prudential provides compensation opportunities to eligible employees to motivate and reward the achievement of outstanding results by providing market-based programs that:
Attract and reward highly qualified employees
Align with critical business goals and objectives
Link to the performance results relevant to the business segment and Prudential
Retain top performers
Pay for results and differentiate levels of performance
Foster behaviors and contributions that promote Prudential's success
The components of compensation for a Vice President in Prudential Investments consists of base salary, annual incentive compensation and long term incentive compensation.
Base Pay Overview: The Prudential compensation structure is organized in grades, each with its own minimum and maximum base pay (i.e., salary). The grades reflect pay patterns in the market. Each job in the plan—from CEO through an entry-level job—is included in one of the grades. The main determinant of placement in the base pay structure is market data. On an annual basis,

125

Table of Contents
Corporate Compensation collects and analyzes market data to determine if any change to the placement of job in the structure is necessary to maintain market competitiveness. If necessary, structural compensation changes (e.g., increases to base pay minimum and maximums) will be effective on the plan's effective date for base pay increases.
Annual Incentive Compensation Overview: The plan provides an opportunity for all participants to share in the annual results of Prudential, as well as the results of their division or profit center. Results are reviewed and incentive payments are made as early as practicable after the close of the plan year. Incentive payments are awarded based on organizational performance—which determines the available dollar amounts—and individual performance. Individual performance will be evaluated on the basis of contributions relative to others in the organization. Incentive payments are granted from a budgeted amount of money that is made available by the Company. Initial budgets are developed by determining the competitive market rates for incentives as compared to our comparator companies. Each organization's budget pool may be increased or decreased based on organizational performance. Organizational performance is determined by a review of performance relative to our comparator group, as well as key measures indicated in our business plan, such as Return on Required Equity (RORE), earnings and revenue growth.
Long Term Incentive Compensation Overview: In addition, executives at the Vice President level and above are eligible to participate in a long term incentive program to provide an ownership stake in Prudential Financial. Long-Term incentives currently consist of restricted stock and stock options. The stock options vest  1 3 per year over 3 years and the restricted stock vests 100% at the end of 3 years.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. PI follows Prudential Financial's policies on business ethics, personal securities trading by investment personnel, and information barriers and has adopted a code of ethics, allocation policies, supervisory procedures and conflicts of interest policies, among other policies and procedures, which are designed to ensure that clients are not harmed by these potential or actual conflicts of interests; however, there is no guarantee that such policies and procedures will detect and ensure avoidance, disclosure or mitigation of each and every situation in which a conflict may arise.
PGIM, INC. (“PGIM”)
COMPENSATION . The base salary of an investment professional in the Prudential Fixed Income unit of PGIM (“Prudential Fixed Income”) is based on market data relative to similar positions as well as the past performance, years of experience and scope of responsibility of the individual. Incentive compensation, including the annual cash bonus, the long-term equity grant and grants under Prudential Fixed Income’s long-term incentive plan, is primarily based on such person’s contribution to Prudential Fixed Income’s goal of providing investment performance to clients consistent with portfolio objectives, guidelines and risk parameters and market-based data such as compensation trends and levels of overall compensation for similar positions in the asset management industry. In addition, an investment professional’s qualitative contributions to the organization are considered in determining incentive compensation. Incentive compensation is not solely based on the performance of, or value of assets in, any single account or group of client accounts.
An investment professional’s annual cash bonus is paid from an annual incentive pool. The pool is developed as a percentage of Prudential Fixed Income’s operating income and is refined by business metrics, which may include:
business development initiatives, measured primarily by growth in operating income;
the number of investment professionals receiving a bonus; and/or
investment performance of portfolios: (i) relative to appropriate peer groups and/or (ii) as measured against relevant investment indices.
Long-term compensation consists of Prudential Financial restricted stock and grants under the long-term incentive plan. Grants under the long-term incentive plan are participation interests in notional accounts with a beginning value of a specified dollar amount. The value attributed to these notional accounts increases or decreases over a defined period of time based, in part, on the performance of investment composites representing a number of Prudential Fixed Income’s most frequently marketed investment strategies. An investment composite is an aggregation of accounts with similar investment strategies. The long-term incentive plan is designed to more closely align compensation with investment performance and the growth of Prudential Fixed Income’s business. Both the restricted stock and participation interests are subject to vesting requirements.
Conflicts of Interest. Like other investment advisers, Prudential Fixed Income is subject to various conflicts of interest in the ordinary course of its business. Prudential Fixed Income strives to identify potential risks, including conflicts of interest, that are inherent in its business, and conducts annual conflict of interest reviews. When actual or potential conflicts of interest are identified, Prudential Fixed Income seeks to address such conflicts through one or more of the following methods:
elimination of the conflict;
disclosure of the conflict; or
management of the conflict through the adoption of appropriate policies and procedures.

    126

Table of Contents
Prudential Fixed Income follows the policies of Prudential Financial, Inc. (Prudential Financial) on business ethics, personal securities trading by investment personnel, and information barriers. Prudential Fixed Income has adopted a code of ethics, allocation policies and conflicts of interest policies, among others, and has adopted supervisory procedures to monitor compliance with its policies. Prudential Fixed Income cannot guarantee, however, that its policies and procedures will detect and prevent, or assure disclosure of, each and every situation in which a conflict may arise.
Side-by-Side Management of Accounts and Related Conflicts of Interest. Prudential Fixed Income’s side-by-side management of multiple accounts can create conflicts of interest. Examples are detailed below, followed by a discussion of how Prudential Fixed Income addresses these conflicts.
Performance Fees— Prudential Fixed Income manages accounts with asset-based fees alongside accounts with performance-based fees. This side-by-side management may be deemed to create an incentive for Prudential Fixed Income and its investment professionals to favor one account over another. Specifically, Prudential Fixed Income could be considered to have the incentive to favor accounts for which it receives performance fees, and possibly take greater investment risks in those accounts, in order to bolster performance and increase its fees.
Affiliated accounts— Prudential Fixed Income manages accounts on behalf of its affiliates as well as unaffiliated accounts. Prudential Fixed Income could be considered to have an incentive to favor accounts of affiliates over others.
Large accounts—large accounts typically generate more revenue than do smaller accounts and certain of Prudential Fixed Income’s strategies have higher fees than others. As a result, a portfolio manager could be considered to have an incentive when allocating scarce investment opportunities to favor accounts that pay a higher fee or generate more income for Prudential Fixed Income.
Long only and long/short accounts— Prudential Fixed Income manages accounts that only allow it to hold securities long as well as accounts that permit short selling. Prudential Fixed Income may, therefore, sell a security short in some client accounts while holding the same security long in other client accounts. These short sales could reduce the value of the securities held in the long only accounts. In addition, purchases for long only accounts could have a negative impact on the short positions.
Securities of the same kind or class— Prudential Fixed Income may buy or sell for one client account securities of the same kind or class that are purchased or sold for another client at prices that may be different. Prudential Fixed Income may also, at any time, execute trades of securities of the same kind or class in one direction for an account and in the opposite direction for another account due to differences in investment strategy or client direction. Different strategies trading in the same securities or types of securities may appear as inconsistencies in Prudential Fixed Income’s management of multiple accounts side-by-side.
Financial interests of investment professionals— Prudential Fixed Income investment professionals may invest in investment vehicles that it advises. Also, certain of these investment vehicles are options under the 401(k) and deferred compensation plans offered by Prudential Financial. In addition, the value of grants under Prudential Fixed Income’s long-term incentive plan is affected by the performance of certain client accounts. As a result, Prudential Fixed Income investment professionals may have financial interests in accounts managed by Prudential Fixed Income or that are related to the performance of certain client accounts.
Non-discretionary accounts or models— Prudential Fixed Income provides non-discretionary investment advice and non-discretionary model portfolios to some clients and manages others on a discretionary basis. Trades in non-discretionary accounts could occur before, in concert with, or after Prudential Fixed Income executes similar trades in its discretionary accounts. The non-discretionary clients may be disadvantaged if Prudential Fixed Income delivers the model investment portfolio or investment advice to them after it initiates trading for the discretionary clients, or vice versa.
How Prudential Fixed Income Addresses These Conflicts of Interest. Prudential Fixed Income has developed policies and procedures designed to address the conflicts of interest with respect to its different types of side-by-side management described above.
The head of Prudential Fixed Income and its chief investment officer periodically review and compare performance and performance attribution for each client account within its various strategies.
In keeping with Prudential Fixed Income’s fiduciary obligations, its policy with respect to trade aggregation and allocation is to treat all of its accounts fairly and equitably over time. Prudential Fixed Income’s trade management oversight committee, which generally meets quarterly, is responsible for providing oversight with respect to trade aggregation and allocation. Prudential Fixed Income has compliance procedures with respect to its aggregation and allocation policy that include independent monitoring by its compliance group of the timing, allocation and aggregation of trades and the allocation of investment opportunities. In addition, its compliance group reviews a sampling of new issue allocations and related documentation each month to confirm compliance with the allocation procedures. Prudential Fixed Income’s compliance group reports the results of the monitoring processes to its trade management oversight committee. Prudential Fixed Income’s trade management oversight committee reviews forensic reports of new issue allocation throughout the year so that new issue allocation in each of its strategies is reviewed at least once during each year. This forensic analysis includes such data as: (i) the number of new issues allocated in the strategy; (ii) the size of new issue allocations to each portfolio in the strategy; and (iii) the profitability of new issue transactions. The results of these analyses are reviewed and discussed at Prudential Fixed Income’s trade management oversight committee meetings. Prudential Fixed Income’s trade management oversight committee also reviews forensic reports on the allocation of trading opportunities in the secondary market. The procedures above are designed to detect patterns and anomalies in Prudential Fixed Income’s side-by-side management and trading so that it may assess and improve its processes.

127

Table of Contents
Prudential Fixed Income has policies and procedures that specifically address its side-by-side management of long/short and long only portfolios. These policies address potential conflicts that could arise from differing positions between long/short and long only portfolios. In addition, lending opportunities with respect to securities for which the market is demanding a slight premium rate over normal market rates are allocated to long only accounts prior to allocating the opportunities to long/short accounts.
Conflicts Related to Prudential Fixed Income’s Affiliations. As an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential Financial, Prudential Fixed Income is part of a diversified, global financial services organization. Prudential Fixed Income is affiliated with many types of U.S. and non-U.S. financial service providers, including insurance companies, broker-dealers, commodity trading advisors, commodity pool operators and other investment advisers. Some of its employees are officers of some of these affiliates.
Conflicts Arising Out of Legal Restrictions . Prudential Fixed Income may be restricted by law, regulation or contract as to how much, if any, of a particular security it may purchase or sell on behalf of a client, and as to the timing of such purchase or sale. These restrictions may apply as a result of its relationship with Prudential Financial and its other affiliates. For example, Prudential Fixed Income’s holdings of a security on behalf of its clients may, under some SEC rules, be aggregated with the holdings of that security by other Prudential Financial affiliates. These holdings could, on an aggregate basis, exceed certain reporting thresholds that are monitored, and Prudential Fixed Income may restrict purchases to avoid exceeding these thresholds. In addition, Prudential Fixed Income could receive material, non-public information with respect to a particular issuer and, as a result, be unable to execute transactions in securities of that issuer for its clients. For example, Prudential Fixed Income’s bank loan team often invests in private bank loans in connection with which the borrower provides material, non-public information, resulting in restrictions on trading securities issued by those borrowers. Prudential Fixed Income has procedures in place to carefully consider whether to intentionally accept material, non-public information with respect to certain issuers. Prudential Fixed Income is generally able to avoid receiving material, non-public information from its affiliates and other units within PGIM by maintaining information barriers. In some instances, it may create an isolated information barrier around a small number of its employees so that material, non-public information received by such employees is not attributed to the rest of Prudential Fixed Income.
Conflicts Related to Outside Business Activity . From time to time, certain of Prudential Fixed Income employees or officers may engage in outside business activity, including outside directorships. Any outside business activity is subject to prior approval pursuant to Prudential Fixed Income’s personal conflicts of interest and outside business activities policy. Actual and potential conflicts of interest are analyzed during such approval process. Prudential Fixed Income could be restricted in trading the securities of certain issuers in client portfolios in the unlikely event that an employee or officer, as a result of outside business activity, obtains material, nonpublic information regarding an issuer. The head of Prudential Fixed Income serves on the board of directors of the operator of an electronic trading platform. Prudential Fixed Income has adopted procedures to address the conflict relating to trading on this platform. The procedures include independent monitoring by Prudential Fixed Income’s chief investment officer and chief compliance officer and reporting on Prudential Fixed Income’s use of this platform to the President of PGIM.
Conflicts Related to Investment of Client Assets in Affiliated Funds . Prudential Fixed Income may invest client assets in funds that it manages or sub-advises for an affiliate. Prudential Fixed Income may also invest cash collateral from securities lending transactions in these funds. These investments benefit both Prudential Fixed Income and its affiliate.
PICA General Account . Because of the substantial size of the general account of The Prudential Insurance Company of America (PICA), trading by PICA’s general account, including Prudential Fixed Income’s trades on behalf of the account, may affect market prices. Although Prudential Fixed Income doesn’t expect that PICA’s general account will execute transactions that will move a market frequently, and generally only in response to unusual market or issuer events, the execution of these transactions could have an adverse effect on transactions for or positions held by other clients.
Conflicts Related to Securities Holdings and Other Financial Interests
Securities Holdings . PGIM, Prudential Financial, PICA’s general account and accounts of other affiliates of Prudential Fixed Income (collectively, affiliated accounts) hold public and private debt and equity securities of a large number of issuers and may invest in some of the same companies as other client accounts but at different levels in the capital structure. These investments can result in conflicts between the interests of the affiliated accounts and the interests of Prudential Fixed Income’s clients. For example: (i) Affiliated accounts can hold the senior debt of an issuer whose subordinated debt is held by Prudential Fixed Income’s clients or hold secured debt of an issuer whose public unsecured debt is held in client accounts. In the event of restructuring or insolvency, the affiliated accounts as holders of senior debt may exercise remedies and take other actions that are not in the interest of, or are adverse to, other clients that are the holders of junior debt. (ii) To the extent permitted by applicable law, Prudential Fixed Income may also invest client assets in offerings of securities the proceeds of which are used to repay debt obligations held in affiliated accounts or other client accounts. Prudential Fixed Income’s interest in having the debt repaid creates a conflict of interest. Prudential Fixed Income has adopted a refinancing policy to address this conflict. Prudential Fixed Income may be unable to invest client assets in the securities of certain issuers as a result of the investments described above.
Conflicts Related to the Offer and Sale of Securities. Certain of Prudential Fixed Income’s employees may offer and sell securities of, and interests in, commingled funds that it manages or sub-advises. There is an incentive for Prudential Fixed Income’s employees to offer these securities to investors regardless of whether the investment is appropriate for such investor since increased assets in these vehicles will result in increased advisory fees to it. In addition, such sales could result in increased compensation to the employee.
Conflicts Related to Long-Term Compensation. The performance of many client accounts is not reflected in the calculation of changes in the value of participation interests under Prudential Fixed Income’s long-term incentive plan. This may be because the composite representing the strategy in which the account is managed is not one of the composites included in the calculation or

    128

Table of Contents
  because the account is excluded from a specified composite due to guideline restrictions or other factors. As a result of the long-term incentive plan, Prudential Fixed Income’s portfolio managers from time to time have financial interests related to the investment performance of some, but not all, of the accounts they manage. To address potential conflicts related to these financial interests, Prudential Fixed Income has procedures, including trade allocation and supervisory review procedures, designed to ensure that each of its client accounts is managed in a manner that is consistent with Prudential Fixed Income’s fiduciary obligations, as well as with the account’s investment objectives, investment strategies and restrictions. For example, Prudential Fixed Income’s chief investment officer reviews performance among similarly managed accounts with the head of Prudential Fixed Income on a quarterly basis.
Other Financial Interests . Prudential Fixed Income and its affiliates may also have financial interests or relationships with issuers whose securities it invests in for client accounts. These interests can include debt or equity financing, strategic corporate relationships or investments, and the offering of investment advice in various forms. For example, Prudential Fixed Income may invest client assets in the securities of issuers that are also its advisory clients.
In general, conflicts related to the securities holdings and financial interests described above are addressed by the fact that Prudential Fixed Income makes investment decisions for each client independently considering the best economic interests of such client.
Conflicts Related to Valuation and Fees.
When client accounts hold illiquid or difficult to value investments, Prudential Fixed Income faces a conflict of interest when making recommendations regarding the value of such investments since its management fees are generally based on the value of assets under management. Prudential Fixed Income believes that its valuation policies and procedures mitigate this conflict effectively and enable it to value client assets fairly and in a manner that is consistent with the client’s best interests.
Conflicts Related to Securities Lending Fees
When Prudential Fixed Income manages a client account and also serves as securities lending agent for the account, it could be considered to have the incentive to invest in securities that would yield higher securities lending rates. This conflict is mitigated by the fact that Prudential Fixed Income’s advisory fees are generally based on the value of assets in a client’s account. In addition, Prudential Fixed Income’s securities lending function has a separate reporting line to its chief operating officer (rather than its chief investment officer).
PGIM Real Estate.
PGIM Real Estate INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL COMPENSATION . PGIM Real Estate’s compensation philosophy is to provide a competitive total compensation package that engages, motivates and retains top talent while rewarding the achievement of outstanding business results obtained while modeling our Principles and Leadership Competencies.
PGIM Real Estate’s Portfolio Managers are compensated based on the overall performance of PGIM Real Estate, Portfolio Investment Performance relative to benchmarks and absolute and relative levels of individual performance and contribution.
There are generally three elements of total compensation: base salary, annual incentive cash bonus and long term compensation.
Base salary levels are reviewed annually to determine if adjustments are required due to individual performance, job scope change and/or a comparison to market compensation data.
Annual cash bonus awards are determined based on individual contributions to firm performance and relative placement in the market range. The annual cash bonus pool is determined by senior management based on several PGIM Real Estate financial performance measures and other factors including investment performance and organization/talent development.
Individuals at the Vice President level and above are also eligible to receive long term compensation in the form of an annual long term grant. The grant is a combination of deferred cash and Prudential Restricted Stock and cliff vests in three years. During that period, the value of the grant increases or decreases based on the performance of the accounts on which the participant works directly and the performance of all discretionary equity real estate accounts that PGIM Real Estate manages. The increase or decrease in the award for individuals who do not work directly on specific portfolios, e.g., research, transactions and client relations, is based on the performance of all the accounts under management.
Additional, select senior managers are eligible to participate in an incentive fee sharing program (carried interest) for closed-end funds.

129

Table of Contents
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. PGIM Real Estate is a division of PGIM, Inc. (PGIM), which is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential Financial and is part of a full scale global financial services organization, affiliated with insurance companies, investment advisers and broker-dealers. PGIM Real Estate's portfolio managers are often responsible for managing multiple accounts, including accounts of affiliates, institutional accounts, mutual funds, insurance company separate accounts and various pooled investment vehicles, such as commingled trust funds and unregistered funds. These affiliations and portfolio management responsibilities may cause potential and actual conflicts of interest. PGIM Real Estate aims to conduct itself in a manner it considers to be the most fair and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to all of its clients, including the Fund.
Management of multiple accounts and funds side-by-side may raise potential conflicts of interest relating to the allocation of investment opportunities, the aggregation and allocation of trades and cross trading. PGIM Real Estate has developed policies and procedures designed to address these potential conflicts of interest.
There may be restrictions imposed by law, regulation or contract regarding how much, if any, of a particular security PGIM Real Estate may purchase or sell on behalf of a Fund, and as to the timing of such purchase or sale. Such restrictions may come into play as a result of PGIM Real Estate’s relationship with Prudential Financial and its other affiliates. The Fund may be prohibited from engaging in transactions with its affiliates even when such transactions may be beneficial for the Fund. Certain affiliated transactions are permitted in accordance with procedures adopted by the Fund and reviewed by the Independent Trustees of the Fund.
PGIM Real Estate may come into possession of material, non-public information with respect to a particular issuer and as a result be unable to execute purchase or sale transactions in securities of such issuer for a Fund. PGIM Real Estate, on behalf of client portfolios, engages in real estate and other transactions with REITs and real estate operating companies and may thereby obtain material, non-public information about issuers, resulting in restrictions in trading in securities of such issuers. PGIM Real Estate generally is able to avoid certain other potential conflicts due to the possession of material, non-public information by maintaining information barriers to prevent the transfer of this information between units of PGIM Real Estate and PGIM as well as between affiliates and PGIM.
Certain affiliates of PGIM Real Estate develop and may publish credit research that is independent from the research developed within PGIM Real Estate. PGIM Real Estate may hold different opinions on the investment merits of a given security, issuer or industry such that PGIM Real Estate may be purchasing or holding a security for the Fund and an affiliated entity may be selling or recommending a sale of the same security or other securities of the issuer. Conversely, PGIM Real Estate may be selling a security for the Fund and an affiliated entity may be purchasing or recommending a buy of the same security or other securities of the same issuer. In addition, PGIM Real Estate's affiliated broker-dealers or investment advisers may be executing transactions in the market in the same securities as the Fund at the same time. PGIM Real Estate may cause securities transactions to be executed for the Fund concurrently with authorizations to purchase or sell the same securities for other accounts managed by PGIM Real Estate, including proprietary accounts or accounts of affiliates. In these instances, the executions of purchases or sales, where possible, are allocated equitably among the various accounts (including the Fund).
PGIM Real Estate may buy or sell, or may direct or recommend that one client buy or sell, securities of the same kind or class that are purchased or sold for the Fund, at prices which may be different. In addition, PGIM Real Estate may, at any time, execute trades of securities of the same kind or class in one direction for an account and trade in the opposite direction or not trade for any other account, including the Portfolio, due to differences in investment strategy or client direction.
The fees charged to advisory clients by PGIM Real Estate may differ depending upon a number of factors including, but not limited to, the unit providing the advisory services, the particular strategy, the size of a portfolio being managed, the relationship with the client, the origination and service requirements and the asset class involved. Fees may also differ based on account type (e.g., commingled accounts, trust accounts, insurance company separate accounts, and corporate, bank or trust-owned life insurance products). Fees are negotiable so one client with similar investment objectives or goals may be paying a higher fee than another client. Fees paid by certain clients may also be higher due to performance based fees which increase based on the performance of a portfolio above an established benchmark.
Large clients generate more revenue for PGIM Real Estate than do smaller accounts. A portfolio manager may be faced with a conflict of interest when allocating scarce investment opportunities given the benefit to PGIM Real Estate of favoring accounts that pay a higher fee or generate more income for PGIM. To address this conflict of interest, PGIM Real Estate has adopted allocation policies as well as supervisory procedures that are intended to fairly allocate investment opportunities among competing client accounts. PGIM Real Estate manages certain funds that are subject to incentive compensation on a side-by-side basis with other accounts including the Fund.
PGIM Real Estate has implemented policies and procedures to address potential conflicts of interest arising out of such side-by-side management.

    130

Table of Contents
Conflicts of interest may also arise regarding proxy voting. A committee of senior business representatives together with relevant regulatory personnel oversees the proxy voting process and monitors potential conflicts of interest relating to proxy voting.
PGIM Real Estate and certain of its affiliates engage in various activities related to investment in real estate. For example, PGIM Real Estate or any of its affiliates may enter into financing arrangements with issuers of real estate securities, including the making of loans secured by the assets or by the credit of the issuer of the real estate securities and may, in certain circumstances, exercise of creditor or other remedies, against the issuer of such real estate securities in connection with such financing arrangements. In addition, PGIM Real Estate or any of its affiliates may buy or sell, or may direct or recommend that another person buy or sell, securities of the same kind or class, or from the same issuer as are purchased or sold for this or any other account under the direction of PGIM Real Estate or any of its affiliates. PGIM Real Estate or its affiliates as a part of its direct investment in real estate on behalf of clients, may obtain material non-public information regarding an issuer of securities that the fund may hold or wish to hold. As a consequence of these activities, PGIM Real Estate's ability to purchase or sell, or to chose the timing of purchase or sale of, real estate securities of a given issuer may be restricted by contract or by applicable laws, including ERISA or federal securities laws.
Prudential Financial and the general account of The Prudential Insurance Company of America (PICA) may at times have various levels of financial or other interests in companies whose securities may be purchased or sold in PGIM's client accounts, including the Portfolio. These financial interests may at any time be in potential or actual conflict or may be inconsistent with positions held or actions taken by PGIM on behalf of the Fund. These interests can include loan servicing, debt or equity financing, services related to advising on merger and acquisition issues, strategic corporate relationships or investments and the offering of investment advice in various forms. Thus PGIM may invest Fund assets in the securities of companies with which PGIM or an affiliate of PGIM has a financial relationship, including investment in the securities of companies that are advisory clients of PGIM.
PGIM Real Estate follows Prudential Financial's policies on business ethics, personal securities trading by investment personnel, and information barriers and has adopted a code of ethics, allocation policies, supervisory procedures and conflicts of interest policies, among other policies and procedures, which are designed to ensure that clients are not harmed by these potential and actual conflicts of interests; however, there is no guarantee that such policies and procedures will detect and will ensure avoidance or disclosure of each and every situation in which a conflict may arise.
QUANTITATIVE MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATES LLC (QMA)
COMPENSATION . QMA’s investment professionals are compensated through a combination of base salary, a performance-based annual cash incentive bonus and an annual long-term incentive grant. QMA regularly utilizes third party surveys to compare its compensation program against leading asset management firms to monitor competitiveness.
An investment professional’s incentive compensation, including both the annual cash bonus and long-term incentive grant, is largely driven by a person’s contribution to QMA’s goal of providing investment performance to clients consistent with portfolio objectives, guidelines and risk parameters. In addition, a person’s qualitative contributions would also be considered in determining compensation. An investment professional’s long-term incentive grant is currently divided into two components: (i) 80% of the value of the grant is subject to increase or decrease based on the annual performance of certain QMA strategies, and (ii) 20% of the value of the grant consists of stock options and/or restricted stock of Prudential Financial, Inc. (QMA’s ultimate parent company). The long-term incentive grants are subject to vesting requirements. The incentive compensation of each investment professional is not based solely or directly on the performance of the Fund (or any other individual account managed by QMA) or the value of the assets of the Fund (or any other individual account managed by QMA).
The annual cash bonus pool is determined quantitatively based on two primary factors: 1) investment performance of composites representing QMA’s various investment strategies on a 1-year and 3-year basis relative to appropriate market peer groups and the indices against which our strategies are managed, and 2) business results as measured by QMA’s pre-tax income.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST . Like other investment advisers, QMA is subject to various conflicts of interest in the ordinary course of its business. QMA strives to identify potential risks, including conflicts of interest, that are inherent in its business, and conducts annual conflict of interest reviews. When actual or potential conflicts of interest are identified, QMA seeks to address such conflicts through one or more of the following methods:
Elimination of the conflict;
Disclosure of the conflict; or
Management of the conflict through the adoption of appropriate policies and procedures.

131

Table of Contents
QMA follows Prudential Financial’s policies on business ethics, personal securities trading, and information barriers. QMA has adopted a code of ethics, allocation policies and conflicts of interest policies, among others, and has adopted supervisory procedures to monitor compliance with its policies. QMA cannot guarantee, however, that its policies and procedures will detect and prevent, or assure disclosure of, each and every situation in which a conflict may arise.
Side-by-Side Management of Accounts and Related Conflicts of Interest. Side-by-side management of multiple accounts can create incentives for QMA to favor one account over another. Examples are detailed below, followed by a discussion of how QMA addresses these conflicts.
Asset-Based Fees vs. Performance-Based Fees; Other Fee Considerations . QMA manages accounts with asset-based fees alongside accounts with performance-based fees. Asset-based fees are calculated based on the value of a client’s portfolio at periodic measurement dates or over specified periods of time. Performance-based fees are generally based on a share of the capital appreciation of a portfolio, and may offer greater upside potential to an investment manager than asset-based fees, depending on how the fees are structured. This side-by-side management can create an incentive for QMA and its investment professionals to favor one account over another. Specifically, QMA has the incentive to favor accounts for which it receives performance fees, and possibly take greater investment risks in those accounts, in order to bolster performance and increase its fees. In addition, since fees are negotiable, one client may be paying a higher fee than another client with similar investment objectives or goals. In negotiating fees, QMA takes into account a number of factors including, but not limited to, the investment strategy, the size of a portfolio being managed, the relationship with the client, and the required level of service. Fees may also differ based on account type. For example, fees for commingled vehicles, including those that QMA subadvises, may differ from fees charged for single client accounts.
Long Only/Long-Short Accounts. QMA manages accounts that only allow it to hold securities long as well as accounts that permit short selling. QMA may, therefore, sell a security short in some client accounts while holding the same security long in other client accounts, creating the possibility that QMA is taking inconsistent positions with respect to a particular security in different client accounts.
Compensation/Benefit Plan Accounts/Other Investments by Investment Professionals . QMA manages certain funds and strategies whose performance is considered in determining long-term incentive plan benefits for certain investment professionals. Investment professionals involved in the management of those accounts in these strategies have an incentive to favor them over other accounts they manage in order to increase their compensation. Additionally, QMA’s investment professionals may have an interest in funds in those strategies if the funds are chosen as options in their 401(k) or deferred compensation plans offered by Prudential or if they otherwise invest in those funds directly.
Affiliated Accounts. QMA manages accounts on behalf of its affiliates as well as unaffiliated accounts. QMA could have an incentive to favor accounts of affiliates over others.
Non-Discretionary Accounts or Models. QMA provides non-discretionary model portfolios to some clients and manages other portfolios on a discretionary basis. The non-discretionary clients may be disadvantaged if QMA delivers the model investment portfolio to them after it initiates trading for the discretionary clients, or vice versa.
Large Accounts . Large accounts typically generate more revenue than do smaller accounts. As a result, a portfolio manager has an incentive when allocating scarce investment opportunities to favor accounts that pay a higher fee or generate more income for QMA.
Securities of the Same Kind or Class . QMA may buy or sell, or may direct or recommend that one client buy or sell, securities of the same kind or class that are purchased or sold for another client, at prices that may be different. QMA may also, at any time, execute trades of securities of the same kind or class in one direction for an account and in the opposite direction for another account, due to differences in investment strategy or client direction. Different strategies effecting trading in the same securities or types of securities may appear as inconsistencies in QMA’s management of multiple accounts side-by-side.
How QMA Addresses These Conflicts of Interest. The conflicts of interest described above with respect to different types of side-by-side management could influence QMA’s allocation of investment opportunities as well as its timing, aggregation and allocation of trades. QMA has developed policies and procedures designed to address these conflicts of interest.
In keeping with its fiduciary obligations, QMA’s policies with respect to allocation and aggregation are to treat all of its accounts fairly and equitably. QMA’s investment strategies generally require that QMA invest its clients’ assets in securities that are publicly traded. QMA generally does not participate in initial public offerings. These factors significantly reduce the risk that QMA could favor one client over another in the allocation of investment opportunities. QMA’s compliance procedures with respect to these policies include independent monitoring by its compliance unit of the timing, allocation and aggregation of trades and the allocation of investment opportunities. These procedures are designed to detect patterns and anomalies in QMA’s side-by-side management and trading so that QMA may take measures to correct or improve its processes. QMA’s trade management oversight committee, which consists of senior members of its management team, reviews trading patterns on a periodic basis.
QMA rebalances portfolios periodically with frequencies that vary with market conditions and investment objectives and may differ across portfolios in the same strategy based on variations in portfolio characteristics and constraints. QMA may aggregate trades for all portfolios rebalanced on any given day, where appropriate and consistent with its duty of best execution. Orders are generally

    132

Table of Contents
allocated at the time of the transaction, or as soon as possible thereafter, on a pro rata basis equal to each account’s appetite for the issue when such appetite can be determined. As mentioned above, QMA’s compliance unit performs periodic monitoring to determine that all portfolios are rebalanced consistently, over time, within all strategies.
With respect to QMA’s management of long-short and long only accounts, the security weightings (positive or negative) in each account are always determined by a quantitative algorithm. An independent review is performed by the compliance unit to assess whether any such positions would represent a departure from the quantitative algorithm used to derive the positions in each portfolio. QMA’s review is also intended to identify situations where QMA would seem to have conflicting views of the same security in different portfolios. Such views may actually be reasonable and consistent due to differing portfolio constraints.
QMA’s Relationships with Affiliates and Related Conflicts of Interest. As an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Prudential Financial, QMA is part of a diversified, global financial services organization. It is affiliated with many types of financial service providers, including broker-dealers, insurance companies, commodity pool operators and other investment advisers. Some of its employees are officers of some of these affiliates.
Conflicts Related to QMA’s Affiliations.
Conflicts Arising Out of Legal Restrictions. QMA may be restricted by law, regulation or contract as to how much, if any, of a particular security it may purchase or sell on behalf of a client, and as to the timing of such purchase or sale. These restrictions may apply as a result of QMA’s relationship with Prudential Financial and its other affiliates. For example, QMA’s holdings of a security on behalf of its clients may, under some SEC rules, be aggregated with the holdings of that security by other Prudential Financial affiliates. These holdings could, on an aggregate basis, exceed certain reporting thresholds unless QMA and Prudential monitor and restrict purchases. In addition, QMA could receive material, non-public information with respect to a particular issuer from an affiliate and, as a result, be unable to execute purchase or sale transactions in securities of that issuer for our clients. QMA is generally able to avoid receiving material, non-public information from its affiliates by maintaining information barriers to prevent the transfer of information between affiliates.
The Fund may be prohibited from engaging in transactions with its affiliates even when such transactions may be beneficial for the Fund. Certain affiliated transactions are permitted in accordance with procedures adopted by the Fund and reviewed by the independent board members of the Fund.
Conflicts Related to QMA’s Asset Allocation Services. QMA performs asset allocation services as subadviser for affiliated mutual funds managed or co-managed by the Investment Manager, including for some Portfolios offered by the Fund. QMA may, under these arrangements, allocate assets to an asset class within which funds or accounts that QMA directly manages will be selected. In these circumstances, QMA receives both an asset allocation fee and a management fee. As a result, QMA has an incentive to allocate assets to an asset class that it manages in order to increase its fees. To help mitigate this conflict, the compliance group monitors the asset allocation to determine that the investments were made within the established guidelines by asset class.
In certain arrangements QMA subadvises mutual funds for the Investment Manager through a program where they have selected QMA as a manager, resulting in QMA’s collection of subadvisory fees from them. The Investment Manager also selects managers for some of QMA’s asset allocation products and, in certain cases, is compensated by QMA for these services under service agreements. The Investment Manager and QMA may have a mutual incentive to continue these types of arrangements that benefit both companies. These and other types of conflicts of interest are reviewed to verify that appropriate oversight is performed.
Conflicts Arising Out of Securities Holdings and Other Financial Interests. QMA, Prudential Financial, Inc., the general account of the Prudential Insurance Company of America (PICA) and accounts of other affiliates of QMA (collectively, affiliated accounts) may, at times, have financial interests in, or relationships with, companies whose securities QMA may hold, purchase or sell in our client accounts. This may occur, for example, because affiliated accounts hold public and private debt and equity securities of a large number of issuers and may invest in some of the same companies as QMA’s client accounts. At any time, these interests and relationships could be inconsistent or in potential or actual conflict with positions held or actions taken by us on behalf of QMA’s client accounts. For instance, QMA may invest client assets in the equity of companies whose debt is held by an affiliate. QMA may also invest in the securities of one or more clients for the accounts of other clients. While these conflicts cannot be eliminated, QMA has implemented policies and procedures, including adherence to PIM’s information barrier policy, that are designed to ensure that investments of clients are managed in their best interests.
Certain of QMA’s employees may offer and sell securities of, and units in, commingled funds that QMA manages or subadvises. Employees may offer and sell securities in connection with their roles as registered representatives of Prudential Investment Management Services LLC (a broker-dealer affiliate), or as officers, agents, or approved persons of other affiliates. There is an incentive

133

Table of Contents
for QMA’s employees to offer these securities to investors regardless of whether the investment is appropriate for such investor since increased assets in these vehicles will result in increased advisory fees to QMA. In addition, such sales could result in increased compensation to the employee.
A portion of the long-term incentive grant of some of QMA’s investment professionals will increase or decrease based on the annual performance of several of QMA’s advised accounts over a defined time period. Consequently, some of QMA’s portfolio managers from time to time have financial interests in the accounts they advise. To address potential conflicts related to these financial interests, QMA has procedures, including supervisory review procedures, designed to ensure that each of its accounts is managed in a manner that is consistent with QMA’s fiduciary obligations, as well as with the account’s investment objectives, investment strategies and restrictions. Specifically, QMA’s Chief Investment Officer will perform a comparison of trading costs between the advised accounts whose performance is considered in connection with the long-term incentive grant and other accounts, to ensure that such costs are consistent with each other or otherwise in line with expectations. The results of the analysis are discussed at a trade management meeting. Additionally, QMA’s compliance group will review the performance of these accounts to ensure that it is consistent with the performance of other accounts in the same strategy that are not considered in connection with the grant.
Conflicts of Interest in the Voting Process. Occasionally, a conflict of interest may arise in connection with proxy voting. For example, the issuer of the securities being voted may also be a client of QMA. When QMA identifies an actual or potential conflict of interest between QMA and its clients, QMA votes in accordance with the policy of its proxy voting facilitator rather than its own policy. In that manner, QMA seeks to assure the independence and objectivity of the vote.
Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC
COMPENSATION. AllianzGI US’s compensation system is designed to support its corporate values and culture. While AllianzGI US acknowledges the importance of financial incentives and seeks to pay top quartile compensation for top quartile performance, it also believes that compensation is only one of a number of critically important elements that allow the emergence of a strong, winning culture that attracts, retains and motivates talented investors and teams.
The primary components of compensation at AllianzGI US are the base salary and an annual discretionary variable compensation payment. This variable compensation component typically comprises a cash bonus that pays out immediately as well as a deferred component, for members of staff whose variable compensation exceeds a certain threshold. The deferred component for most recipients would be a notional award of the Long Term Incentive Program (LTIP); for members of staff whose variable compensation exceeds an additional threshold, the deferred compensation is itself split 50%/50% between the LTIP and a Deferral into Funds program (DIF). Deferral rates increase in line with the overall variable compensation and can reach up to 42%. Overall awards, splits and components are regularly reviewed to ensure they meet industry best practice and, where applicable, at a minimum comply with regulatory standards.
Base salary typically reflects scope, responsibilities and experience required in a particular role, be it on the investment side or any other function in the company. Base compensation is regularly reviewed against peers with the help of compensation survey data. Base compensation is typically a greater percentage of total compensation for more junior positions, while for the most senior roles it will be a comparatively small component, often capped and only adjusted every few years.
Discretionary variable compensation is primarily designed to reflect the achievements of an individual against set goals, over a certain time period. For an investment professional these goals will typically be 70% quantitative and 30% qualitative. The former will reflect a weighted average of investment performance over a three-year rolling time period (one-year (25%) and three year (75%) results) and the latter reflects contributions to broader team goals, contributions made to client review meetings, product development or product refinement initiatives. Portfolio managers have their performance metric aligned with the benchmarks of the client portfolios they manage.
The LTIP element of the variable compensation cliff vests three years after each (typically annual) award. Its value is directly tied to the operating result of AllianzGI US over the three year period of the award.
The DIF element of the variable compensation cliff vests three years after each (typically annual) award and enables these members of staff to invest in a range of AllianzGI US funds (investment professionals are encouraged to invest into their own funds or funds where they may be influential from a research or product group relationship perspective). Again, the value of the DIF awards is determined by the growth of the fund(s) value over the three year period covering each award.

    134

Table of Contents
Assuming an annual deferral of 33% over a three year period, a typical member of AllianzGI US’s staff will have roughly one year’s variable compensation (3x33%) as a deferred component “in the bank.” Three years after the first award, and for as long as deferred components were awarded without break, cash payments in each year will consist of the annual cash bonus for that current year’s performance as well as a payout from LTIP/DIF commensurate with the prior cumulative three-year performance.
There are a small number of revenue sharing arrangements that generate variable compensation for specialist investment teams, as well as commission payments for a limited number of members of staff in distribution. These payments are subject to the same deferral rules and deferred instruments as described above for the discretionary compensation element.
In addition to competitive compensation, the firm’s approach to retention includes providing a challenging career path for each professional, a supportive culture to ensure each employee’s progress and a full benefits package.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Like other investment professionals with multiple clients, a portfolio manager for a Fund may face certain potential conflicts of interest in connection with managing both the Fund and other accounts at the same time. The paragraphs below describe some of these potential conflicts, which AllianzGI US believes are faced by investment professionals at most major financial firms.
AllianzGI US has adopted compliance policies and procedures that address certain of these potential conflicts. The management of accounts with different advisory fee rates and/or fee structures, including accounts that pay advisory fees based on account performance (“performance fee accounts”), may raise potential conflicts of interest by creating an incentive to favor higher-fee accounts. These potential conflicts may include, among others:
The most attractive investments could be allocated to higher-fee accounts or performance fee accounts.
The trading of higher-fee accounts could be favored as to timing and/or execution price. For example, higher -fee accounts could be permitted to sell securities earlier than other accounts when a prompt sale is desirable or to buy securities at an earlier and more opportune time.
The investment management team could focus their time and efforts primarily on higher-fee accounts due to a personal stake in compensation.
When AllianzGI US considers the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of a Fund as well as other accounts, AllianzGI US’s trading desk may, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased. Aggregation of trades may create the potential for unfairness to a Fund or another account if one account is favored over another in allocating the securities purchased or sold—for example, by allocating a disproportionate amount of a security that is likely to increase in value to a favored account. AllianzGI US considers many factors when allocating securities among accounts, including the account’s investment style, applicable investment restrictions, availability of securities, available cash and other current holdings. AllianzGI US attempts to allocate investment opportunities among accounts in a fair and equitable manner. However, accounts are not assured of participating equally or at all in particular investment allocations due to such factors as noted above. “Cross trades,” in which one AllianzGI US account sells a particular security to another account (potentially saving transaction costs for both accounts), may also pose a potential conflict of interest when cross trades are effected in a manner perceived to favor one client over another. For example, AllianzGI US may cross a trade between aperformance fee account and a fixed fee account that results in a benefit to the performance fee account and a detriment to the fixed fee account. AllianzGI US has adopted compliance procedures that provide that all cross trades are to be made at an independent current market price, as required by law.
Another potential conflict of interest may arise from the different investment objectives and strategies of a Fund and other accounts. For example, another account may have a shorter-term investment horizon or different investment objectives, policies or restrictions than a Fund. Depending on another account’s objectives or other factors, a portfolio manager may give advice and make decisions that may differ from advice given, or the timing or nature of decisions made, with respect to a Fund. In addition, investment decisions are subject to suitability for the particular account involved. Thus, a particular security may not be bought or sold for certain accounts even though it was bought or sold for other accounts at the same time. More rarely, a particular security may be bought for one or more accounts managed by a portfolio manager when one or more other accounts are selling the security (including short sales). There may be circumstances when purchases or sales of portfolio securities for one or more accounts may have an adverse effect on other accounts. AllianzGI US maintains trading policies designed to provide portfolio managers an opportunity to minimize the effect that short sales in one portfolio may have on holdings in other portfolios.
A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

135

Table of Contents
A Fund’s portfolio manager(s) may be able to select or influence the selection of the broker/dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the Fund. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide AllianzGI US with brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. In order to be assured of continuing to receive services considered of value to its clients, AllianzGI US has adopted a brokerage allocation policy embodying the concepts of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the portfolio manager determines in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the Fund and the Sub-Adviser’s other clients, a portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages.
A Fund’s portfolio manager(s) may also face other potential conflicts of interest in managing a Fund, and the description above is not a complete description of every conflict that could be deemed to exist in managing both the Funds and other accounts. In addition, a Fund’s portfolio manager may also manage other accounts (including their personal assets or the assets of family members) in their personal capacity.
AllianzGI US’s investment personnel, including each Fund’s portfolio manager, are subject to restrictions on engaging in personal securities transactions pursuant to AllianzGI US’s Code of Business Conduct and Code of Ethics (the “Code”), which contain provisions and requirements designed to identify and address conflicts of interest between personal investment activities and the interests of the Funds. The Code is designed to ensure that the personal securities transactions, activities and interests of the employees of AllianzGI US will not interfere with (i) making decisions in the best interest of advisory clients (including the Funds) or (ii) implementing such decisions while, at the same time, allowing employees to invest for their own accounts.
Robeco Investment Management, Inc., d/b/a Boston Partners (Boston Partners)
All investment professionals receive a compensation package comprised of an industry competitive base salary and a discretionary bonus and long-term incentives. Through our bonus program, key investment professionals are rewarded primarily for strong investment performance.
Typically, bonuses are based upon a combination of one or more of the following four criteria:
1. Individual Contribution: an evaluation of the professional’s individual contribution based on the expectations established at the beginning of each year;
2.
Product Investment Performance: performance of the investment product(s) with which the individual is involved versus the pre-designed index, based on the excess return;
3.
Investment Team Performance: the financial results of the investment group; and
4.
Firm-wide Performance: the overall financial performance of Boston Partners.
We retain professional compensation consultants with asset management expertise to periodically review our practices to ensure that they remain highly competitive.
Boston Partners recognizes that conflicts are inherent in any investment advisory business with respect to the management of client accounts. These conflicts include, but are not limited to, simultaneous management of different types of accounts, activities with affiliated entities, value-added investors, access to material non-public information, and selective disclosure. In addition, side-by-side management of registered investment companies, hedge funds and separately managed accounts pose particular conflicts such as differing fee structures, differing investments selected for the various vehicles, inappropriate or unsupported valuations, and inequitable allocation and aggregation trading practices. Boston Partners has taken each of these conflicts into consideration and has developed reasonable policies and procedures designed to monitor and mitigate the conflicts. Additionally, Boston Partners discloses these conflicts to clients in its Form ADV.
Security Capital Research & Management Incorporated
Compensation . JPMorgan Investment Management Inc. (“JPMIM”) pays Security Capital a fee based on the assets under management of the AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio as set forth in an investment sub-advisory agreement between Security Capital and JPMIM. Security Capital pays its investment professionals out of its total revenues and other resources, including the sub-advisory fees earned with respect to the AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio. The following information relates to the period ended December 31, 2015.

    136

Table of Contents
The principal form of compensation of Security Capital's professionals is a base salary and annual bonus. Base salaries are fixed for each portfolio manager. Each professional is paid a cash salary and, in addition, a year-end bonus based on achievement of specific objectives that the professional's manager and the professional agree upon at the commencement of the year. The annual bonus is paid partially in cash and partially in either: (i) restricted stock of Security Capital's parent company, JPMorgan Chase & Co., (ii) in self-directed parent company mutual funds, and/or (iii) mandatory notional investment in selected mutual funds advised by Security Capital, all vesting over a three-year period (50% each after the second and third years). The annual bonus is a function of Security Capital achieving its financial, operating and investment performance goals, as well as the individual achieving measurable objectives specific to that professional's role within the firm and the investment performance of all accounts managed by the portfolio manager. None of the portfolio managers' compensation is based on the performance of, or the value of assets held in, the AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio.
Conflicts of Interest. The portfolio managers' management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with their management of the AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other. The other accounts managed by Security Capital's portfolio managers include other registered mutual funds and separately managed accounts. The other accounts might have similar investment objectives as the AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio or hold, purchase or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased or sold by the AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio. While the portfolio managers' management of other accounts may give rise to the following potential conflicts of interest, Security Capital does not believe that the conflicts, if any, are material or, to the extent any such conflicts are material, Security Capital believes that it has designed policies and procedures to manage those conflicts in an appropriate way.
A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers' day-to-day management of the AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio. Because of their positions with the AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio, the portfolio managers know the size, timing and possible market impact of AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio trades. It is theoretically possible that the portfolio managers could use this information to the advantage of other accounts they manage and to the possible detriment of the AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio. However, Security Capital has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time.
A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers' management of the AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio and other accounts, which, in theory, may allow them to allocate investment opportunities in a way that favors other accounts over the AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio. This conflict of interest may be exacerbated to the extent that Security Capital or the portfolio managers receive, or expect to receive, greater compensation from their management of the other accounts than from the AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio. Notwithstanding this theoretical conflict of interest, it is Security Capital's policy to manage each account based on its investment objectives and related restrictions and, as discussed above, Security Capital has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time and in a manner consistent with each account's investment objectives and related restrictions. For example, while the portfolio managers may buy for other accounts securities that differ in identity or quantity from securities bought for the AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio, such securities might not be suitable for the AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio given its investment objectives and related restrictions.
Schroder Investment Management North America Inc. (Schroders) and Schroder Investment Management North America Limited (SIMNA Ltd.).
COMPENSATION. Schroders' methodology for measuring and rewarding the contribution made by portfolio managers combines quantitative measures with qualitative measures. The fund's portfolio managers are compensated for their services to the fund and to other accounts they manage in a combination of base salary and annual discretionary bonus, as well as the standard retirement, health and welfare benefits available to all Schroders employees. Base salary of Schroders employees is determined by reference to the level of responsibility inherent in the role and the experience of the incumbent, is benchmarked annually against market data to ensure competitive salaries, and is paid in cash. The portfolio managers' base salary is fixed and is subject to an annual review and will increase if market movements make this necessary or if there has been an increase in responsibilities.
Each portfolio manager's bonus is based in part on performance. Discretionary bonuses for portfolio managers are determined by a number of factors. At a macro level the total amount available to spend is a function of the compensation to revenue ratio achieved by Schroders globally. Schroders then assesses the performance of the division and of a management team to determine the share of the aggregate bonus pool that is spent in each area. This focus on “team” maintains consistency and minimizes internal competition that may be detrimental to the interests of Schroders' clients. For each team, Schroders assesses the performance of their funds relative to competitors and to relevant benchmarks (which may be internally-and/or externally-based and are considered over a range of performance periods, including over one and three year periods), the level of funds under management and the level of performance fees generated, if any. The portfolio managers' compensation for other accounts they manage may be based upon such accounts' performance. Schroders also reviews “softer” factors such as leadership, contribution to other parts of the business, and adherence to

137

Table of Contents
our corporate values of excellence, integrity, teamwork, passion, and innovation. An employee's bonus is paid in a combination of cash and Schroders plc stock, as determined by Schroders. This stock vests over a period of three years and ensures that the interests of the employee are aligned with those of shareholders of Schroders.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Whenever a portfolio manager of the fund manages other accounts, potential conflicts of interest exist, including potential conflicts between the investment strategy of the Fund and the investment strategy of the other accounts. For example, in certain instances, a portfolio manager may take conflicting positions in a particular security for different accounts, by selling a security for one account and continuing to hold it for another account. In addition, the fact that other accounts require the portfolio manager to devote less than all of his or her time to the fund may be seen itself to constitute a conflict with the interest of the fund.
Each portfolio manager may also execute transactions for another fund or account at the direction of such fund or account that may adversely impact the value of securities held by the fund. Securities selected for funds or accounts other than the fund may outperform the securities selected for the fund. Finally, if the portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one fund or other account, the fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of that opportunity across all eligible funds and accounts. Schroders' policies, however, require that portfolio managers allocate investment opportunities among accounts managed by them in an equitable manner over time. Orders are normally allocated on a pro rata basis, except that in certain circumstances, such as the small size of an issue, orders will be allocated among clients in a manner believed by Schroders to be fair and equitable over time.
The structure of a portfolio manager's compensation may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. A portfolio manager's base pay tends to increase with additional and more complex responsibilities that include increased assets under management, which indirectly links compensation to sales. Also, potential conflicts of interest may arise since the structure of Schroders' compensation may vary from account to account.
Schroders has adopted certain compliance procedures that are designed to address these, and other, types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation where a conflict arises.
T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.
T. ROWE PRICE INTERNATIONAL LTD
T. ROWE PRICE INTERNATIONAL LTD – TOKYO, A DIVISION OF T. ROWE PRICE INTERNATIONAL
T. ROWE PRICE HONG KONG LIMITED (COLLECTIVELY, T. ROWE PRICE)
PORTFOLIO MANAGER COMPENSATION STRUCTURE. Portfolio manager compensation consists primarily of a base salary, a cash bonus, and an equity incentive that usually comes in the form of a stock option grant or restricted stock grant. Compensation is variable and is determined based on the following factors:
Investment performance over 1-, 3-, 5-, and 10-year periods is the most important input. The weightings for these time periods are generally balanced and are applied consistently across similar strategies. T. Rowe Price (and T. Rowe Price Hong Kong, T. Rowe Price Singapore, and T. Rowe Price International, as appropriate), evaluate performance in absolute, relative, and risk-adjusted terms. Relative performance and risk-adjusted performance are typically determined with reference to the broad-based index (e.g., S&P 500) and the Lipper index (e.g., Large-Cap Growth) set forth in the total returns table in the fund’s prospectus, although other benchmarks may be used as well. Investment results are also measured against comparably managed funds of competitive investment management firms. The selection of comparable funds is approved by the applicable investment steering committee and is the same as the selection presented to the directors of the T. Rowe Price Funds in their regular review of fund performance. Performance is primarily measured on a pretax basis though tax efficiency is considered.
Compensation is viewed with a long-term time horizon. The more consistent a manager’s performance over time, the higher the compensation opportunity. The increase or decrease in a fund’s assets due to the purchase or sale of fund shares is not considered a material factor. In reviewing relative performance for fixed-income funds, a fund’s expense ratio is usually taken into account. Contribution to T. Rowe Price’s overall investment process is an important consideration as well. Leveraging ideas and investment insights across the global investment platform; working effectively with and mentoring others; and other contributions to our clients, the firm or our culture are important components of T. Rowe Price’s long-term success and are highly valued.
All employees of T. Rowe Price, including portfolio managers, participate in a 401(k) plan sponsored by T. Rowe Price Group. In addition, all employees are eligible to purchase T. Rowe Price common stock through an employee stock purchase plan that features a limited corporate matching contribution. Eligibility for and participation in these plans is on the same basis for all employees. Finally, all vice presidents of T. Rowe Price Group, including all portfolio managers, receive supplemental medical/hospital reimbursement benefits.

    138

Table of Contents
This compensation structure is used for all portfolios managed by the portfolio manager.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. We are not aware of any material conflicts of interest that may arise in connection with the Portfolio Manager's management of the Fund's investments and the investments of the other account(s) included in response to this question.
Portfolio managers at T. Rowe Price and its affiliates typically manage multiple accounts. These accounts may include, among others, mutual funds, separate accounts (assets managed on behalf of institutions such as pension funds, colleges and universities, foundations), offshore funds and common trust accounts. Portfolio managers make investment decisions for each portfolio based on the investment objectives, policies, practices and other relevant investment considerations that the managers believe are applicable to that portfolio. Consequently, portfolio managers may purchase (or sell) securities for one portfolio and not another portfolio. T. Rowe Price and its affiliates have adopted brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures which they believe are reasonably designed to address any potential conflicts associated with managing multiple accounts for multiple clients. Also, as disclosed under the “Portfolio Manager Compensation” above, our portfolio managers' compensation is determined in the same manner with respect to all portfolios managed by the portfolio manager.
T. Rowe Price funds may, from time to time, own shares of Morningstar, Inc. Morningstar is a provider of investment research to individual and institutional investors, and publishes ratings on mutual funds, including the T. Rowe Price Funds. T. Rowe Price manages the Morningstar retirement plan and T. Rowe Price and its affiliates pay Morningstar for a variety of products and services. In addition, Morningstar may provide investment consulting and investment management services to clients of T. Rowe Price or its affiliates.
TEMPLETON GLOBAL ADVISORS LIMITED
Portfolio managers that provide investment services to the Fund may also provide services to a variety of other investment products, including other funds, institutional accounts and private accounts. The advisory fees for some of such other products and accounts may be different than that charged to the Fund and may include performance based compensation. This may result in fees that are higher (or lower) than the advisory fees paid by the Fund. As a matter of policy, each fund or account is managed solely for the benefit of the beneficial owners thereof. As discussed below, the separation of the trading execution function from the portfolio management function and the application of objectively based trade allocation procedures help to mitigate potential conflicts of interest that may arise as a result of the portfolio managers managing accounts with different advisory fees.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. The management of multiple funds, including the Fund, and accounts may also give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the funds and other accounts have different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons, and fees as the portfolio manager must allocate his or her time and investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts. The investment manager seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most other accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment strategies that are used in connection with the management of the Fund. Accordingly, portfolio holdings, position sizes, and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across similar portfolios, which may minimize the potential for conflicts of interest. As noted above, the separate management of the trade execution and valuation functions from the portfolio management process also helps to reduce potential conflicts of interest. However, securities selected for funds or accounts other than the Fund may outperform the securities selected for the Fund. Moreover, if a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one fund or other account, the Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of that opportunity across all eligible funds and other accounts. The investment manager seeks to manage such potential conflicts by using procedures intended to provide a fair allocation of buy and sell opportunities among funds and other accounts.
The structure of a portfolio manager’s compensation may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. A portfolio manager’s base pay and bonus tend to increase with additional and more complex responsibilities that include increased assets under management. As such, there may be an indirect relationship between a portfolio manager’s marketing or sales efforts and his or her bonus.
Finally, the management of personal accounts by a portfolio manager may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. While the funds and the investment manager have adopted a code of ethics which they believe contains provisions designed to prevent a wide range of prohibited activities by portfolio managers and others with respect to their personal trading activities, there can be no assurance that the code of ethics addresses all individual conduct that could result in conflicts of interest.
The investment manager and the Fund have adopted certain compliance procedures that are designed to address these, and other, types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation where a conflict arises.

139

Table of Contents
COMPENSATION. The investment manager seeks to maintain a compensation program that is competitively positioned to attract, retain and motivate top-quality investment professionals. Portfolio managers receive a base salary, a cash incentive bonus opportunity, an equity compensation opportunity, and a benefits package. Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed annually and the level of compensation is based on individual performance, the salary range for a portfolio manager’s level of responsibility and Franklin Templeton guidelines. Portfolio managers are provided no financial incentive to favor one fund or account over another. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following three elements:
Base salary Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary.
Annual bonus Annual bonuses are structured to align the interests of the portfolio manager with those of the Fund’s shareholders. Each portfolio manager is eligible to receive an annual bonus. Bonuses generally are split between cash (50% to 65%) and restricted shares of Resources stock (17.5% to 25%) and mutual fund shares (17.5% to 25%). The deferred equity-based compensation is intended to build a vested interest of the portfolio manager in the financial performance of both Resources and mutual funds advised by the investment manager. The bonus plan is intended to provide a competitive level of annual bonus compensation that is tied to the portfolio manager achieving consistently strong investment performance, which aligns the financial incentives of the portfolio manager and Fund shareholders. The Chief Investment Officer of the investment manager and/or other officers of the investment manager, with responsibility for the Fund, have discretion in the granting of annual bonuses to portfolio managers in accordance with Franklin Templeton guidelines. The following factors are generally used in determining bonuses under the plan:
Investment performance. Primary consideration is given to the historic investment performance over the 1, 3 and 5 preceding years of all accounts managed by the portfolio manager. The pre-tax performance of each fund managed is measured relative to a relevant peer group and/or applicable benchmark as appropriate.
Research. Where the portfolio management team also has research responsibilities, each portfolio manager is evaluated on the number and performance of recommendations over time, productivity and quality of recommendations, and peer evaluation.
Non-investment performance. For senior portfolio managers, there is a qualitative evaluation based on leadership and the mentoring of staff.
Responsibilities. The characteristics and complexity of funds managed by the portfolio manager are factored in the investment manager’s appraisal.
Additional long-term equity-based compensation Portfolio managers may also be awarded restricted shares or units of Resources stock or restricted shares or units of one or more mutual funds. Awards of such deferred equity-based compensation typically vest over time, so as to create incentives to retain key talent.
Portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans and programs available generally to all employees of the investment manager.
Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC
PORTFOLIO MANAGER COMPENSATION :  For each portfolio manager, TS&W’s compensation structure includes the following components: base salary, annual bonus, retirement plan employer contribution and access to a voluntary income deferral plan and participation in the TS&W equity plan.
Base Salary .  Each portfolio manager is paid a fixed base salary, which varies among portfolio managers depending on the experience and responsibilities of the portfolio manager as well as employment market conditions and competitive industry standards.
Bonus.  Each portfolio manager is eligible to receive an annual discretionary bonus. Targeted bonus amounts vary among portfolio managers based on the experience level and responsibilities of the portfolio manager. Bonus amounts are discretionary and based on an assessment of the portfolio manager’s meeting specific job responsibilities and goals.  Investment performance versus peer groups and benchmarks are taken into consideration.
Retirement Plan Employer Contribution .  All employees are eligible to receive an annual retirement plan employer contribution under a qualified retirement plan, subject to IRS limitations. The contributions are made as a percent of eligible compensation and are at the sole discretion of TS&W.
Deferred Compensation Plan .  Portfolio managers meeting certain requirements are also eligible to participate in a voluntary, nonqualified deferred compensation plan that allows participants to defer a portion of their income on a pre-tax basis and potentially earn tax-deferred returns.
Equity Plan .  Key employees may be awarded deferred TS&W equity grants. In addition, key employees may purchase TS&W equity directly.

    140

Table of Contents
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST .  TS&W seeks to minimize actual or potential conflicts of interest that may arise from its management of the Fund and management of non-Fund accounts.  TS&W has designed and implemented policies and procedures to address (although may not eliminate) potential conflicts of interest, including, among others, performance based fees; hedge funds; aggregation, allocation, and best execution or orders; TS&W’s Code of Ethics which requires personnel to act solely in the best interest of their clients and imposes certain restrictions on the ability of Access Persons to engage in personal securities transactions for their own account(s), and procedures to ensure soft dollar arrangements meet the necessary requirements of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  TS&W seeks to treat all clients fairly and to put clients’ interests first.
UBS Asset Management (Americas) Inc.
PORTFOLIO MANAGER COMPENSATION. UBS Asset Management's (UBS AM) compensation and benefits programs are designed to provide its investment professionals with incentives to excel, and to promote an entrepreneurial, performance-oriented culture with clear accountability. They also align the interests of investment professionals with those of our clients and other stakeholders. In general, the total compensation received by the portfolio managers and analysts at UBS Asset Management consists of two elements: a fixed component (base salary and benefits) and an annual discretionary performance award.
Fixed component (base salary and benefits):
Set with the aim of being competitive in the industry and monitored and adjusted periodically with reference to the relevant local labor market in order to remain so.
The fixed component is used to recognize the experience, skills and knowledge that each portfolio manager or analyst brings to their role.
Performance award:
Determined annually on a discretionary basis.
Based on the individual’s financial and non-financial contribution—as assessed through a rigorous performance assessment process—as well as on the performance of their respective function, of UBS Asset Management and of UBS as a whole.
Delivered in cash and, when total compensation is over a defined threshold, partly in deferral vehicles.
For awards subject to deferral, the deferred amount is calculated using graduated marginal deferral rates, which increase as the value of the performance award increases.
Deferred amounts are then delivered via two deferral vehicles – 75% in the UBS Asset Management Equity Ownership Plan (AM EOP) and 25% in the Deferred Contingent Capital Plan (DCCP):
AM EOP awards vest over five years with 40% of the award vesting in year two, 40% in year three and 20% in year five, provided the vesting conditions, including continued service, are met and the awards have not been forfeited on or before the vesting dates. The Notional Funds awarded under the AM EOP are aligned to selected UBS Asset Management funds. They provide for a high level of transparency and correlation between an employee’s compensation and the investment performance of UBS Asset Management. This alignment with UBS Asset Management funds enhances the alignment of investment professionals’ and other employees’ interests with those of our clients.
The DCCP was introduced for performance year 2012 onwards as a key component of UBS's compensation framework to align compensation incentives with the capital strength of the firm. Awards under the DCCP vest 100% in year five, subject to vesting conditions, including continued employment, and subject to forfeiture.
UBS Asset Management believes that these deferral plans reinforce the critical importance of creating long-term business value, with both plans serving as alignment and retention tools.
For UBS AM's Equities group, portfolio managers’ performance awards are linked with the investment performance of relevant client portfolios versus benchmark or other investment objectives and, where appropriate, peer strategies over one and three years. This is to ensure that long-term performance is the focus and that the interests of the portfolio managers are aligned with those of clients. For analysts, performance awards are, in general, based on the performance of some combination of model and/or client portfolios, generally evaluated over one and three years. This is coupled with a qualitative assessment of their contribution considering factors such as the quality of their research, stock recommendations and their communication within and between teams and with portfolio managers.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. UBS AM's management of the Portfolio and other accounts could result in potential conflicts of interest if the Portfolio and other accounts have different objectives, benchmarks and fees because the portfolio management team must allocate its time and investment expertise across multiple accounts, including the Portfolio. A portfolio manager and his or her team manage the Portfolio and other accounts utilizing a model portfolio approach that groups similar accounts within a model portfolio. UBS AM manages accounts according to the appropriate model portfolio, including where possible, those accounts that have specific investment restrictions. Accordingly, portfolio holdings, position sizes and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across accounts, which may minimize the potential for conflicts of interest.

141

Table of Contents
If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one account or model portfolio, the Portfolio may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible model portfolios and accounts. To deal with these situations, UBS AM has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio trades across multiple accounts to provide fair treatment to all accounts.
The management of personal accounts by a portfolio manager may also give rise to potential conflicts of interest. UBS AM has adopted a Code of Ethics that governs such personal trading but there is no assurance that the Code will adequately address all such conflicts.
UBS Group AG (“UBS”), the parent company of UBS AM, is a worldwide full-service investment banking, broker-dealer, asset management and financial services organization. As a result, UBS AM and UBS (including, for these purposes, their directors, partners, officers and employees) worldwide, including the entities and personnel who may be involved in the investment activities and business operations of the Portfolio, are engaged in businesses and have interests other than that of managing the Portfolio. These activities and interests include potential multiple advisory, transactional, financial, consultative, and other interests in transactions, companies, securities and other instruments that may be engaged in, purchased or sold by the Portfolio. To address these potential conflicts, UBS and UBS AM have established various policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to detect and prevent these potential conflicts of interest and prevent clients from being disadvantaged.
UBS conducts extensive broker-dealer, banking and other activities around the world and provides investment banking, broker-dealer, prime brokerage, administrative and other services to clients which may involve markets and securities in which the Funds invest. These activities will give UBS broad access to the current status of certain markets and investments. As a result of the activities described in this paragraph and the access and knowledge arising from those activities, parts of UBS may be in possession of information in respect of markets and investments, which, if known to UBS AM, might cause UBS AM to seek to dispose of, retain or increase interests in investments held by the Portfolio or acquire certain positions on behalf of the Portfolio. UBS will be under no duty to make any such information available to the Portfolio or personnel of UBS AM making investment decisions on behalf of the Portfolio and maintains information barriers designed to prevent the misuse of such information. In general, UBS AM personnel making investment decisions will make decisions based solely upon information known by such decision makers without regard to information known by other UBS personnel.
In conformance with the Portfolio's investment objectives and subject to compliance with applicable law, UBS AM may purchase securities for the Funds during an underwriting or other offering of securities in which a broker-dealer affiliate acts as a manager, co-manager, underwriter or placement agent, or receives a benefit in the form of management, underwriting, or other fees. Affiliates of UBS AM may act in other capacities in such offerings for which a fee, compensation, or other benefit will be received. From time to time, affiliates of UBS AM will be current investors in companies engaged in an offering of securities which UBS AM may purchase on behalf of its clients. Such purchases may provide a direct or indirect benefit to UBS AM's affiliates acting as a selling shareholder.
UBS AM may purchase or sell, or recommend for purchase or sale, for the Portfolio or its other accounts securities of companies: (i) with respect to which its affiliates act as an investment banker or financial adviser; (ii) with which its affiliates have other confidential relationships; (iii) in which its affiliates maintain a position; (iv) for which its affiliates make a market; or (v) in which it or its officers, directors or employees or those of its affiliates own securities or otherwise have an interest. Except to the extent prohibited by law or regulation or by client instruction, UBS AM may recommend to the Portfolio or its other clients, or purchase for the Portfolio or its other clients, securities of issuers in which UBS has an interest.
From time to time and subject to client approval, UBS AM may rely on certain affiliates to execute trades for the Portfolio or its other accounts. For each security transaction effected by a UBS affiliate, UBS AM may compensate and such UBS affiliate may retain such compensation for effecting the transaction, and UBS AM may receive affiliated group credit for generating such business.
Transactions undertaken by UBS or client accounts managed by UBS (“Client Accounts”) may adversely impact the Portfolio. UBS and one or more Client Accounts may buy or sell positions while the Portfolio is undertaking the same or a differing, including potentially opposite, strategy, which could disadvantage the Portfolio.
Victory Capital Management Inc. (“Victory Capital”)
Victory Capital’s portfolio managers are often responsible for managing one or more mutual funds as well as other accounts, such as separate accounts, and other pooled investment vehicles, such as collective trust funds or unregistered hedge funds. A portfolio manager may manage other accounts which have materially higher fee arrangements than the Portfolio and may, in the future, manage other accounts which have a performance-based fee. A portfolio manager also may make personal investments in accounts they manage or support. The side-by-side management of the Portfolio along with other accounts may raise potential conflicts of interest by incenting a portfolio manager to direct a disproportionate amount of: (1) their attention; (2) limited investment

    142

Table of Contents
opportunities, such as less liquid securities or initial public offerings; and/or (3) desirable trade allocations, to such other accounts. In addition, to assist in the investment decision-making process for its clients, including the Portfolio, Victory Capital may use brokerage commissions generated from securities transactions to obtain research and/or brokerage services from broker-dealers. Thus, Victory Capital may have an incentive to select a broker that provides research through the use of brokerage, rather than paying for execution only. Certain other trading practices, such as cross-trading between the Portfolio and another account, also may raise conflict of interest issues. Victory Capital has policies and procedures in place, including an internal review process, that are intended to mitigate those conflicts.
Victory Capital has designed the structure of its portfolio managers’ compensation to (1) align portfolio managers’ interests with those of Victory Capital’s clients with an emphasis on long-term, risk-adjusted investment performance, (2) help Victory Capital attract and retain high-quality investment professionals, and (3) contribute to Victory Capital’s overall financial success.
Each of the Victory Capital portfolio managers receives a base salary plus an annual incentive bonus for managing the Portfolio, separate accounts, other investment companies, pooled investment vehicles and other accounts (including any accounts for which Victory Capital receives a performance fee) (together, “Accounts”). A portfolio manager’s base salary is dependent on the manager’s level of experience and expertise. Victory Capital monitors each manager’s base salary relative to salaries paid for similar positions with peer firms by reviewing data provided by various consultants that specialize in competitive salary information. Each of the portfolio management teams employed by Victory Capital (including RS Investments) may earn incentive compensation based on a percentage of Victory Capital’s revenue attributable to fees paid by Accounts managed by the team. The chief investment officer of each team, in coordination with Victory Capital, determines the allocation of the incentive compensation earned by the team among the team’s portfolio managers by establishing a “target” incentive for each portfolio manager based on the manager’s level of experience and expertise in the manager’s investment style. Individual performance is based on objectives established annually using performance metrics such as portfolio structure and positioning, research, stock selection, asset growth, client retention, presentation skills, marketing to prospective clients and contribution to Victory Capital’s philosophy and values, such as leadership, risk management and teamwork. The annual incentive bonus also factors in individual investment performance of each portfolio manager’s portfolio or client accounts relative to a selected peer group(s). The overall performance results for a manager are based on the composite performance of all Accounts managed by that manager on a combination of one, three and five year rolling performance periods as compared to the performance information of a peer group of similarly-managed competitors.
Victory Capital’s portfolio managers may participate in the equity ownership plan of Victory Capital’s parent company. There is an ongoing annual equity pool granted to certain employees based on their contribution to the firm. Eligibility for participation in these incentive programs depends on the manager’s performance and seniority.
Wedge Capital Management, LLP
COMPENSATION. Incentive compensation plans have been structured to reward all professionals for their contribution to the overall growth and profitability of the firm. Compensation is not directly tied to fund performance or growth in assets for any fund or other account managed by a portfolio manager. General Partners, including Brian J. Pratt and John Norman, are compensated via a percentage of the firm's net profitability following a peer review, which focuses on performance in their specific area of responsibility, as well as their contribution to the general management of the firm, and their importance to the firm in the future. Other investment professionals, including Caldwell Calame, receive a competitive salary and bonus based on the firm's investment and business success and their specific contribution to that record.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. During the normal course of managing assets for multiple clients of varying types and asset levels, WEDGE will inevitably encounter conflicts of interest that could, if not properly addressed, be harmful to one or more of its clients. Those of a material nature that are encountered most frequently surround security selection, brokerage selection, employee personal securities trading, proxy voting and the allocation of securities. WEDGE is therefore, forced to consider the possible personal conflicts that occur for an analyst and portfolio manager as well as those for the firm when a security is recommended for purchase or sale. When trading securities, WEDGE must address the issues surrounding the selection of brokers to execute trades considering the personal conflicts of the trader and the firm's conflict to obtain best execution of client transactions versus offsetting the cost of research or enhancing its relationship with a broker for potential future gain. And finally, WEDGE must consider the implications that a limited supply or demand for a particular security poses on the allocation of that security across accounts.
To mitigate these conflicts and ensure its clients are not negatively impacted by the adverse actions of WEDGE or its employees, WEDGE has implemented a series of policies including its Personal Security Trading Policy, Proxy Voting Policy, Equity Trading Policy, Trading Error Policy, and others designed to prevent and detect conflicts when they occur. WEDGE reasonably believes that these and other policies combined with the periodic review and testing performed by its compliance professionals adequately protects the interests of its clients.

143

Table of Contents
Wellington Management Company LLP
Portfolio Manager Compensation
Wellington Management Company LLP (Wellington Management) receives a fee based on the assets under management of a Portfolio as set forth in the Investment Subadvisory Agreement between Wellington Management and the Manager on behalf of a Portfolio. Wellington Management pays its investment professionals out of its total revenues, including the advisory fees earned with respect to a Portfolio. The following information is as of December 31, 2015.
Wellington Management’s compensation structure is designed to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals necessary to deliver high quality investment management services to its clients. Wellington Management’s compensation of the Fund’s managers listed in the prospectus who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of a Portfolio (the “Investment Professional”) includes a base salary and incentive component. The base salary for each Investment Professional who is a partner (a “Partner”) of Wellington Management Group LLP, the ultimate holding company of Wellington Management, is generally a fixed amount that is determined by the managing partners of Wellington Management Group LLP. The base salaries for the other Investment Professionals are determined by the Investment Professionals’ experience and performance in their role as an Investment Professional. Base salaries for Wellington management’s employees are reviewed annually and may be adjusted based on the recommendation of an Investment Professional’s manager, using guidelines established by Wellington Management, which has final oversight responsibility for base salaries of employees of the firm. Each Investment Professional, with the exception of Stahl and Thomas, is eligible to receive an incentive payment based on the revenues earned by Wellington Management from the Fund managed by the Investment Professional and generally each other account managed by such Investment Professional. The Investment Professional's incentive payment relating to the Fund is linked to the gross pre-tax performance of the Fund managed by the Investment Professional compared to the benchmark index and/or peer group identified below over one and three year periods, with an emphasis on three year results. In 2012, Wellington Management began placing increased emphasis on long-term performance and is phasing in a five-year performance comparison period, which will be fully implemented by December 31, 2016. Wellington Management applies similar incentive compensation structures (although the benchmarks or peer groups, time periods and rates may differ) to other accounts managed by the Investment Professional, including accounts with performance fees.
Portfolio-based incentives across all accounts managed by an investment professional can, and typically do, represent a significant portion of an investment professional's overall compensation; incentive compensation varies significantly by individual and can vary significantly from year to year. The Investment Professionals may also be eligible for bonus payments based on their overall contribution to Wellington Management’s business operations. Senior management at Wellington Management may reward individuals as it deems appropriate based on other factors. Each Partner is eligible to participate in a Partner-funded tax qualified retirement plan, the contributions to which are made pursuant to an actuarial formula. Messrs. Chally, Stahl Soukas, Sullivan and Thomas are Partners.
Fund Benchmark Index and/or Peer Group for Incentive Period
AST Small Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio Russell 2000 Growth Index
AST Wellington Management Global Bond Portfolio Barclays Global Aggregate Bond Hedged to USD
AST Wellington Management Total Return Portfolio Barclays US TIPS (1-10) Yr Index
Potential Conflicts
Individual investment professionals at Wellington Management manage multiple accounts for multiple clients. These accounts may include mutual funds, separate accounts (assets managed on behalf of institutions, such as pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, or separately managed account programs sponsored by financial intermediaries), bank common trust accounts, and hedge funds. A Portfolio’s managers listed in the prospectus who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of a Portfolio (“Investment Professionals”) generally manage accounts in several different investment styles. These accounts may have investment objectives, strategies, time horizons, tax considerations and risk profiles that differ from those of a Portfolio. The Investment Professionals make investment decisions for each account, including a Portfolio, based on the investment objectives, policies, practices, benchmarks, cash flows, tax and other relevant investment considerations applicable to that account. Consequently, the Investment Professionals may purchase or sell securities, including IPOs, for one account and not another account, and the performance of securities purchased for one account may vary from the performance of securities purchased for other accounts. Alternatively, these accounts may be managed in a similar fashion to a Portfolio and thus the accounts may have similar, and in some cases nearly identical, objectives, strategies and/or holdings to that of a Portfolio.

    144

Table of Contents
An Investment Professional or other investment professionals at Wellington Management may place transactions on behalf of other accounts that are directly or indirectly contrary to investment decisions made on behalf of a Portfolio, or make investment decisions that are similar to those made for a Portfolio, both of which have the potential to adversely impact a Portfolio depending on market conditions. For example, an investment professional may purchase a security in one account while appropriately selling that same security in another account. Similarly, an Investment Professional may purchase the same security for a Portfolio and one or more other accounts at or about the same time. In those instances the other accounts will have access to their respective holdings prior to the public disclosure of a Portfolio’s holdings. In addition, some of these accounts have fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher, in some cases significantly higher, than the fees Wellington Management receives for managing a Portfolio. Messrs. Meyi, Soukas, Sullivan, Thomas, and Gorman also manage accounts which pay performance allocations to Wellington Management or its affiliates. Because incentive payments paid by Wellington Management to the Investment Professionals are tied to revenues earned by Wellington Management and, where noted, to the performance achieved by the manager in each account, the incentives associated with any given account may be significantly higher or lower than those associated with other accounts managed by a given Investment Professional. Finally, the Investment Professionals may hold shares or investments in the other pooled investment vehicles and/or other accounts identified above.
Wellington Management’s goal is to meet its fiduciary obligation to treat all clients fairly and provide high quality investment services to all of its clients. Wellington Management has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, which it believes address the conflicts associated with managing multiple accounts for multiple clients. In addition, Wellington Management monitors a variety of areas, including compliance with primary account guidelines, the allocation of IPOs, and compliance with the firm’s Code of Ethics, and places additional investment restrictions on investment professionals who manage hedge funds and certain other accounts. Furthermore, senior investment and business personnel at Wellington Management periodically review the performance of Wellington Management’s investment professionals. Although Wellington Management does not track the time an investment professional spends on a single account, Wellington Management does periodically assess whether an investment professional has adequate time and resources to effectively manage the investment professional’s various client mandates.
Western Asset Management Company
Western Asset Management Company Limited
PORTFOLIO MANAGER COMPENSATION. At Western Asset and WAML (together, WAMCO), one compensation methodology covers all products and functional areas, including portfolio managers. WAMCO's philosophy is to reward its employees through Total Compensation. Total Compensation is reflective of the external market value for skills, experience, ability to produce results, and the performance of one's group and WAMCO as a whole.
Discretionary bonuses make up the variable component of total compensation. These are structured to reward sector specialists for contributions to WAMCO as well as relative performance of their specific portfolios/product and are determined by the professional's job function and performance as measured by a formal review process.
For portfolio managers, the formal review process includes a thorough review of portfolios they were assigned to lead or with which they were otherwise involved, and includes not only investment performance, but maintaining a detailed knowledge of client portfolio objectives and guidelines, monitoring of risks and performance for adherence to these parameters, execution of asset allocation consistent with current Firm and portfolio strategy, and communication with clients. In reviewing investment performance, one, three, and five year annualized returns are measured against appropriate market peer groups and to each fund's benchmark index.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST . WAMCO has adopted compliance policies and procedures to address a wide range of potential conflicts of interest that could directly impact client portfolios. For example, potential conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the management of multiple portfolios (including portfolios managed in a personal capacity). These could include potential conflicts of interest related to the knowledge and timing of a portfolio’s trades, investment opportunities and broker selection. Portfolio managers are privy to the size, timing, and possible market impact of a portfolio’s trades.
It is possible that an investment opportunity may be suitable for both a portfolio and other accounts managed by a portfolio manager, but may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the portfolio and the other accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by a portfolio and another account. A conflict may arise where the portfolio manager may have an incentive to treat an account preferentially as compared to a portfolio because the account pays a performance-based fee or the portfolio manager, the Advisers or an affiliate has an interest in the account. WAMCO has adopted procedures for allocation of portfolio transactions and investment opportunities across multiple client accounts on a fair and equitable basis over time. All

145

Table of Contents
eligible accounts that can participate in a trade share the same price on a pro-rata allocation basis to ensure that no conflict of interest occurs. Trades are allocated among similarly managed accounts to maintain consistency of portfolio strategy, taking into account cash availability, investment restrictions and guidelines, and portfolio composition versus strategy.
With respect to securities transactions, the Adviser determines which broker or dealer to use to execute each order, consistent with their duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain other accounts (such as pooled investment vehicles that are not registered investment companies and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals), WAMCO may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or dealers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker or dealer. In these cases, trades for a portfolio in a particular security may be placed separately from, rather than aggregated with, such other accounts. Having separate transactions with respect to a security may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the possible detriment of a portfolio or the other account(s) involved. Additionally, the management of multiple portfolios and/or other accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each portfolio and/or other account. WAMCO’s team approach to portfolio management and block trading approach works to limit this potential risk.
WAMCO also maintains a gift and entertainment policy to address the potential for a business contact to give gifts or host entertainment events that may influence the business judgment of an employee. Employees are permitted to retain gifts of only a nominal value and are required to make reimbursement for entertainment events above a certain value. All gifts (except those of a de minimus value) and entertainment events that are given or sponsored by a business contact are required to be reported in a gift and entertainment log which is reviewed on a regular basis for possible issues.
Employees of WAMCO have access to transactions and holdings information regarding client accounts and WAMCO’s overall trading activities. This information represents a potential conflict of interest because employees may take advantage of this information as they trade in their personal accounts. Accordingly, WAMCO maintains a Code of Ethics that is compliant with Rule 17j-1 and Rule 204A-1 to address personal trading. In addition, the Code of Ethics seeks to establish broader principles of good conduct and fiduciary responsibility in all aspects of WAMCO’s business. The Code of Ethics is administered by the Legal and Compliance Department and monitored through WAMCO’s compliance monitoring program.
WAMCO may also face other potential conflicts of interest with respect to managing client assets, and the description above is not a complete description of every conflict of interest that could be deemed to exist. WAMCO also maintains a compliance monitoring program and engages independent auditors to conduct a SSAE16/ISAE 3402 audit on an annual basis. These steps help to ensure that potential conflicts of interest have been addressed.
William Blair Investment Management, LLC
COMPENSATION. The compensation of William Blair portfolio managers is based on the firm's mission: “to achieve success for its clients.” The Fund's portfolio managers are partners of William Blair, and their compensation consists of a base salary, a share of the firm's profits and, in some instances, a discretionary bonus. Each portfolio manager’s compensation is determined by the head of William Blair's Investment Management Department, subject to the approval of the firm's Executive Committee. The base salary is fixed and each portfolio manager’s ownership stake can vary over time based upon the portfolio manager’s sustained contribution to the firm's revenue, profitability, long-term investment performance, intellectual capital and brand reputation. In addition, the discretionary bonus (if any) is based, in part, on the long-term investment performance, profitability and assets under management of all accounts managed by each portfolio manager, including the Fund.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Since the portfolio managers manage other accounts in addition to the Fund, conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the portfolio managers' management of a Portfolio's investments on the one hand and the investments of such other accounts on the other hand. However, William Blair has adopted policies and procedures designed to address such conflicts, including, among others, policies and procedures relating to allocation of investment opportunities, soft dollars and aggregation of trades.
OTHER SERVICE PROVIDERS
CUSTODIAN. The Bank of New York Mellon Corp., One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286 serves as Custodian for the Trust's portfolio securities and cash, and in that capacity, maintains certain financial accounting books and records pursuant to an agreement with the Trust. Subcustodians provide custodial services for any foreign assets held outside the United States.
TRANSFER AGENT AND SHAREHOLDER SERVICING AGENT. Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC (PMFS), Gateway Center Three, 655 Broad Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102, serves as the transfer and dividend disbursing agent of the Trust. PMFS is an affiliate of PI. PMFS provides customary transfer agency services to the Trust, including the handling of shareholder communications, the processing of shareholder transactions, the maintenance of shareholder account records, the payment of dividends and distributions,

    146

Table of Contents
and related functions. For these services, PMFS receives compensation from the Trust and is reimbursed for its transfer agent expenses which include an annual fee per shareholder account, a monthly inactive account fee per shareholder account and its out-of-pocket expenses; including but not limited to postage, stationery, printing, allocable communication expenses and other costs.
BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (BNYAS) serves as sub-transfer agent to the Trust. PMFS has contracted with BNYAS, 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, to provide certain administrative functions to the Transfer Agent. PMFS will compensate BNYAS for such services.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM. KPMG LLP served as the Trust's independent registered public accounting firm for the five fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, and in that capacity will audit the annual financial statements for the Trust for the next fiscal year.
SECURITIES LENDING AGENT. Goldman Sachs Bank USA, doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (GSAL), serves as the securities lending agent for the Trust, and in that role administers the Portfolios' securities lending program. Prior to on or about July 6, 2016, PGIM served as the securities lending agent. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, PGIM received a portion of the amount earned by lending securities. The amounts earned by the securities lending agent for its services as securities lending agent for the Portfolios are set forth in the table below.
Compensation Received by PGIM for Securities Lending  
Portfolio Amount
AST Academic Strategies Portfolio $251,487
AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio 638,206
AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 5,280
AST AQR Large-Cap Portfolio 30,740
AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio None
AST BlackRock Global Strategies Portfolio 213,360
AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio 85,965
AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio) 52,150
AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio) None
AST Bond Portfolio 2016 None
AST Bond Portfolio 2017 2,130
AST Bond Portfolio 2018 2,585
AST Bond Portfolio 2019 None
AST Bond Portfolio 2020 3,766
AST Bond Portfolio 2021 5,942
AST Bond Portfolio 2022 None
AST Bond Portfolio 2023 1,962
AST Bond Portfolio 2024 964
AST Bond Portfolio 2025 2,219
AST Bond Portfolio 2026 None
AST Bond Portfolio 2027 None
AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio) 6,775
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio None
AST ClearBridge Dividend Growth Portfolio 104,413
AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio 11,075
AST Defensive Asset Allocation Portfolio None
AST FI Pyramis ® Quantitative Portfolio 266,656
AST Global Real Estate Portfolio 6,870
AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio 53,402
AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio 70,001
AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio 68,595

147

Table of Contents
Compensation Received by PGIM for Securities Lending  
Portfolio Amount
AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio 108,361
AST Government Money Market Portfolio None
AST High Yield Portfolio 189,034
AST Hotchkis & Wiley Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio) 46,818
AST International Growth Portfolio 340,818
AST International Value Portfolio 86,707
AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio 101,039
AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio 181,201
AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio 1,613
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio 122,836
AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 47,856
AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 62,201
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio 153,605
AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio 23,197
AST MFS Growth Portfolio 22,087
AST MFS Large-Cap Value Portfolio 7,143
AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio 120,850
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio 146,531
AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio 51,057
AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 14,883
AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio None
AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio 90,427
AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio 297,643
AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 4,118
AST QMA Large-Cap Portfolio 30,775
AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio None
AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio None
AST RCM World Trends Portfolio 360,936
AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio 269,107
AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio 285,937
AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio (formerly, AST Federated Aggressive Growth Portfolio) 547,968
AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio 142,331
AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio 586,720
AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio 3,354
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 88,745
AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio 47,153
AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio None
AST Value Equity Portfolio 138,153
AST WEDGE Capital Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio) 6,599
AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio 90,394
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio 178,934
AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio 46,940
Prudential Financial, Inc. (Prudential), the parent company of the Manager, self-reported in February 2016 to the Securities and Exchange Commission and notified other regulators that in some cases Prudential failed to maximize securities lending income for certain of the Trust’s Portfolios due to a long-standing restriction benefitting Prudential. The restriction has been removed and

    148

Table of Contents
Prudential is in the process of implementing a remediation plan for the benefit of such Portfolios, which will include reimbursement to the Portfolios of opportunity loss. The Board of the Trust was informed of the restriction. The remediation plan and all aspects related to it will be undergoing evaluation by the Board and will be subject to approval.
DISTRIBUTOR. The Trust has distribution arrangements with PAD, pursuant to which PAD serves as the distributor for the shares of each Portfolio. PAD is an affiliate of the Investment Managers.
The Trust’s distribution agreement with respect to the Trust and the Portfolios (Distribution Agreement) has been approved by the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, with respect to each Portfolio. The Distribution Agreement will remain in effect from year to year provided that the Distribution Agreement’s continuance is approved annually by (i) a majority of the Independent Trustees who are not parties to the agreement and, if applicable, who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan (the 12b-1Plan) or any such related agreement, by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such Agreements and (ii) either by a vote of a majority of the Trustees or a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust, as applicable.
The Trust has adopted the 12b-1Plan in the manner prescribed under Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Under the 12b-1Plan, each Portfolio (except for AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio, AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio, AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio, and AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio) is authorized to pay PAD an annual shareholder services and distribution fee of 0.25% of each Portfolio’s average daily net assets.
The shareholder services and distribution fee paid by each Portfolio to PAD is intended to compensate PAD and its affiliates for various administrative services, including but not limited to the filing, printing and delivery of the Trust’s prospectus and statement of additional information, annual and semi-annual shareholder reports, and other required regulatory documents, responding to shareholder questions and inquiries relating to the Portfolios, and related functions and services. In addition, pursuant to the 12b-1Plan, the fee is intended to compensate PAD and its affiliates for various services rendered and expenses incurred in connection with activities intended to result in the sale or servicing of the shares of the covered Portfolios. These activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
printing and mailing of prospectuses, statements of additional information, supplements, proxy statement materials, and annual and semi-annual reports for current owners of variable life or variable annuity contracts indirectly investing in the shares (the Contracts);
reconciling and balancing separate account investments in the Portfolios;
reconciling and providing notice to the Trust of net cash flow and cash requirements for net redemption orders;
confirming transactions;
providing Contract owner services related to investments in the Portfolios, including assisting the Trust with proxy solicitations, including providing solicitation and tabulation services, and investigating and responding to inquiries from Contract owners that relate to the Portfolios;
providing periodic reports to the Trust and regarding the Portfolios to third-party reporting services;
paying compensation to and expenses, including overhead, of employees of PAD and other broker-dealers and financial intermediaries that engage in the distribution of the shares including, but not limited to, commissions, service fees and marketing fees;
printing and mailing of prospectuses, statements of additional information, supplements and annual and semi-annual reports for prospective Contract owners;
paying expenses relating to the development, preparation, printing and mailing of advertisements, sales literature, and other promotional materials describing and/or relating to the Portfolios;
paying expenses of holding seminars and sales meetings designed to promote the distribution of the shares;
paying expenses of obtaining information and providing explanations to Contract owners regarding investment objectives, policies, performance and other information about the Trust and its Portfolios;
paying expenses of training sales personnel regarding the Portfolios; and
providing other services and bearing other expenses for the benefit of the Portfolios, including activities primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the Trust.
The 12b-1Plan is of a type known as a “compensation” plan because payments are made for services rendered to the covered Portfolios of the Trust regardless of the level of actual expenditures by PAD. However, as part of their oversight of the operations of the Trust and the 12b-1Plan, the Trustees consider and examine all payments made to PAD and all expenditures by PAD for purposes of reviewing operations under the 12b-1Plan. As required under Rule 12b-1, the 12b-1Plan provides that PAD and any other person(s) authorized to direct the disposition of monies paid or payable by the Portfolios pursuant to the 12b-1Plan or any related agreement will provide to the Board, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts so expended and the purposes for which such expenditures were made. Fees payable to PAD under the 12b-1Plan are accrued daily and paid bi-weekly.

149

Table of Contents
The 12b-1Plan and any related agreement will continue in effect, with respect to each Portfolio, for a period of more than one year only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of (a) the Board and (b) the Trust’s Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the 12b-1Plan or such agreement, as applicable. In addition, the 12b-1Plan and any related agreement may be terminated at any time with respect to any Portfolio by vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities representing the shares of that Portfolio. The 12b-1Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of distribution and shareholder service fees permissible with respect to any Portfolio until it has been approved by the Board and by a vote of at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities representing the shares of that Portfolio.
The amounts received by PAD from each Portfolio pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan during the most recently completed fiscal year are set out in the table below:
Amounts Received by PAD  
Portfolio Name Amount
AST Academic Strategies Portfolio $4,708,224
AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio 14,978,139
AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 364,840
AST AQR Large-Cap Portfolio 5,260,398
AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio None
AST BlackRock Global Strategies Portfolio 4,038,589
AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio 497,357
AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio) 6,854,358
AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio) 1,570,807
AST Bond Portfolio 2016 49,007
AST Bond Portfolio 2017 186,899
AST Bond Portfolio 2018 249,495
AST Bond Portfolio 2019 118,709
AST Bond Portfolio 2020 259,959
AST Bond Portfolio 2021 438,377
AST Bond Portfolio 2022 256,223
AST Bond Portfolio 2023 117,984
AST Bond Portfolio 2024 74,853
AST Bond Portfolio 2025 821,137
AST Bond Portfolio 2026 162,638
AST Bond Portfolio 2027 None
AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio) 1,397,305
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio None
AST ClearBridge Dividend Growth Portfolio 1,525,054
AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio 1,392,156
AST Defensive Asset Allocation Portfolio None
AST FI Pyramis ® Quantitative Portfolio 8,682,177
AST Global Real Estate Portfolio 1,050,888
AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio 3,236,426
AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio 1,553,907
AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio 4,961,488
AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio 1,546,995
AST Government Money Market Portfolio 1,920,394
AST High Yield Portfolio 2,603,327
AST Hotchkis & Wiley Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio) 2,531,772

    150

Table of Contents
Amounts Received by PAD  
Portfolio Name Amount
AST International Growth Portfolio 4,137,788
AST International Value Portfolio 3,768,718
AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio 3,941,908
AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio 5,452,212
AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio 754,422
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio 4,980,941
AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 1,877,445
AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 4,495,793
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio 3,467,151
AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio 1,157,028
AST MFS Growth Portfolio 2,177,013
AST MFS Large-Cap Value Portfolio 1,064,714
AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio 6,823,456
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio 1,594,154
AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio 1,334,129
AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 876,372
AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio None
AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio 6,578,724
AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio 14,740,903
AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 226,860
AST QMA Large-Cap Portfolio 5,232,062
AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio 1,060,822
AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio None
AST RCM World Trends Portfolio 8,502,626
AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio 9,799,952
AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio 1,398,002
AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio 1,446,002
AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio 1,786,828
AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio 20,963,736
AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio 813,175
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 3,495,090
AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio 898,155
AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio 981,963
AST Value Equity Portfolio 1,358,887
AST WEDGE Capital Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio) 732,922
AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio 3,832,024
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio 6,370,515
AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio 277,516
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS & BROKERAGE
The Trust has adopted a policy pursuant to which the Trust and its Manager, subadvisers, and principal underwriter are prohibited from directly or indirectly compensating a broker-dealer for promoting or selling Trust shares by directing brokerage transactions to that broker. The Trust has adopted procedures for the purpose of deterring and detecting any violations of the policy. The policy permits the Trust, the Investment Managers, and the subadvisers to use selling brokers to execute transactions in portfolio securities so long as the selection of such selling brokers is the result of a decision that executing such transactions is in the best interest of the Trust and is not influenced by considerations about the sale of Portfolio shares.

151

Table of Contents
The Investment Managers are responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities, futures contracts and options on such securities and futures for the Trust, the selection of brokers, dealers and futures commission merchants to effect the transactions and the negotiation of brokerage commissions, if any. On a national securities exchange, broker-dealers may receive negotiated brokerage commissions on Trust portfolio transactions, including options, futures, and options on futures transactions and the purchase and sale of underlying securities upon the exercise of options. On a foreign securities exchange, commissions may be fixed. For purposes of this section, the term “Investment Managers” includes the investment subadvisers. Orders may be directed to any broker or futures commission merchant including, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable laws, affiliates of the Investment Managers and/or subadvisers (an affiliated broker). Brokerage commissions on US securities, options and futures exchanges or boards of trade are subject to negotiation between the Investment Managers and the broker or futures commission merchant.
In the over-the-counter market, securities are generally traded on a “net” basis with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price which includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter's concession or discount. On occasion, certain money market instruments and US government agency securities may be purchased directly from the issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid. The Trust will not deal with an affiliated broker in any transaction in which an affiliated broker acts as principal except in accordance with the rules of the SEC.
In placing orders for portfolio securities of the Trust, the Investment Managers’ overriding objective is to obtain the best possible combination of favorable price and efficient execution. The Investment Managers seek to effect such transaction at a price and commission that provides the most favorable total cost of proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. The factors that the Investment Managers may consider in selecting a particular broker, dealer or futures commission merchant (firms) are the Investment Managers’ knowledge of negotiated commission rates currently available and other current transaction costs; the nature of the portfolio transaction; the size of the transaction; the desired timing of the trade; the activity existing and expected in the market for the particular transaction; confidentiality; the execution, clearance and settlement capabilities of the firms; the availability of research and research related services provided through such firms; the Investment Managers’ knowledge of the financial stability of the firms; the Investment Managers’ knowledge of actual or apparent operational problems of firms; and the amount of capital, if any, that would be contributed by firms executing the transaction. Given these factors, the Trust may pay transaction costs in excess of that which another firm might have charged for effecting the same transaction.
When the Investment Managers select a firm that executes orders or is a party to portfolio transactions, relevant factors taken into consideration are whether that firm has furnished research and research-related products and/or services, such as research reports, research compilations, statistical and economic data, computer data bases, quotation equipment and services, research-oriented computer software, hardware and services, reports concerning the performance of accounts, valuations of securities, investment related periodicals, investment seminars and other economic services and consultations. Such services are used in connection with some or all of the Investment Managers’ investment activities; some of such services, obtained in connection with the execution of transactions for one investment account, may be used in managing other accounts, and not all of these services may be used in connection with the Trust. The Investment Managers maintain an internal allocation procedure to identify those firms who have provided them with research and research-related products and/or services, and the amount that was provided, and to endeavor to direct sufficient commissions to them to ensure the continued receipt of those services that the Investment Managers believe provide a benefit to the Trust and its other clients. The Investment Managers make a good faith determination that the research and/or service is reasonable in light of the type of service provided and the price and execution of the related portfolio transactions.
When the Investment Managers deem the purchase or sale of equities to be in the best interests of the Trust or its other clients, including Prudential, the Investment Managers may, but are under no obligation to, aggregate the transactions in order to obtain the most favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and efficient execution. In such event, allocation of the transactions, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Investment Managers in the manner they consider to be most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to its clients. The allocation of orders among firms and the commission rates paid are reviewed periodically by the Trust's Board of Trustees. Portfolio securities may not be purchased from any underwriting or selling syndicate of which any affiliated broker, during the existence of the syndicate, is a principal underwriter (as defined in the 1940 Act), except in accordance with rules of the SEC. This limitation, in the opinion of the Trust, will not significantly affect the Trust's ability to pursue its present investment objective. However, in the future in other circumstances, the Trust may be at a disadvantage because of this limitation in comparison to other funds with similar objectives but not subject to such limitations.
Subject to the above considerations, an affiliated broker may act as a broker or futures commission merchant for the Trust. In order for an affiliated broker to effect any portfolio transactions for the Trust, the commissions, fees or other remuneration received by the affiliated broker must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions, fees or other remuneration paid to other firms in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities or futures being purchased or sold on an exchange or board of trade during a comparable period of time. This standard would allow the affiliated broker to receive no more than the remuneration

    152

Table of Contents
which would be expected to be received by an unaffiliated firm in a commensurate arm's-length transaction. Furthermore, the Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the non-interested Trustees, have adopted procedures which are reasonably designed to provide that any commissions, fees or other remuneration paid to the affiliated broker (or any affiliate) are consistent with the foregoing standard. In accordance with Section 11 (a) of the 1934 Act, an affiliated broker may not retain compensation for effecting transactions on a national securities exchange for the Trust unless the Trust has expressly authorized the retention of such compensation. The affiliated broker must furnish to the Trust at least annually a statement setting forth the total amount of all compensation retained by it from transactions effected for the Trust during the applicable period. Brokerage transactions with an affiliated broker are also subject to such fiduciary standards as may be imposed upon the broker by applicable law. Transactions in options by the Trust will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges governing the maximum number of options which may be written or held by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or held on the same or different exchanges or are written or held in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which the Trust may write or hold may be affected by options written or held by the Investment Managers and other investment advisory clients of the Investment Managers. An exchange may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.
Each Portfolio of the Trust participates in a voluntary commission recapture program available through Russell Implementation Services, Inc. (Russell). Subadvisers that choose to participate in the program retain the responsibility to seek best execution and are under no obligation to place any specific trades with a broker available through the program (each, a designated broker). A portion of commissions on trades executed through designated brokers is rebated to a Portfolio as a credit that can be used by the Portfolio to pay expenses of the Portfolio.
The tables below set forth information concerning the payment of brokerage commissions by the Trust, including the amount of brokerage commissions paid to any affiliated broker for the three most recently completed fiscal years:
Total Brokerage Commissions Paid by the Trust
Portfolio 2015 2014 2013
AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio $1,664,166 $2,966,507 $3,011,662
AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio 1,642,859 1,862,385 2,326,572
AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 93,230 218,186 304,161
AST AQR Large-Cap Portfolio 47,827 15,417 18,976
AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None
AST BlackRock Global Strategies Portfolio 624,252 817,943 853,213
AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio 68,223 39,686 20,180
AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio) 15,363 2,474 4,394
AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio) None 2,273 None
AST Bond Portfolio 2016 3,955 1,246 3,633
AST Bond Portfolio 2017 17,983 15,563 25,465
AST Bond Portfolio 2018 22,698 23,610 35,153
AST Bond Portfolio 2019 12,315 11,527 15,161
AST Bond Portfolio 2020 26,554 26,106 14,107
AST Bond Portfolio 2021 48,041 30,100 26,738
AST Bond Portfolio 2022 32,226 16,875 35,437
AST Bond Portfolio 2023 31,852 44,791 46,609
AST Bond Portfolio 2024 18,586 23,042 19,239
AST Bond Portfolio 2025 109,035 6,793 None
AST Bond Portfolio 2026 23,314 None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2027 None None None
AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio) 340,424 774,980 1,037,721
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None
AST ClearBridge Dividend Growth Portfolio 429,131 336,248 391,407
AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio 641,756 528,201 773,821
AST Defensive Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None

153

Table of Contents
Total Brokerage Commissions Paid by the Trust
Portfolio 2015 2014 2013
AST FI Pyramis® Quantitative Portfolio 2,079,638 10,452,829 1,359,594
AST Global Real Estate Portfolio 769,022 782,786 650,210
AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio 2,044,510 1,500,070 1,928,928
AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio 710,670 431,194 359,343
AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio 187,441 299,695 334,587
AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio 629,969 602,258 844,321
AST Government Money Market Portfolio None None None
AST Hotchkis & Wiley Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio) 760,198 536,044 1,014,371
AST High Yield Portfolio 1,464 1,564 3,156
AST International Growth Portfolio 2,925,620 3,687,464 5,856,823
AST International Value Portfolio 970,612 2,238,696 1,238,705
AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio 450,840 141,840 470,777
AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio 929,041 1,077,965 1,397,944
AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio 70,413 71,461 108,722
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio 1,168,433 1,076,691 1,429,211
AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 322,085 202,242 575,812
AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 594,558 621,155 2,199,578
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio 1,998 None None
AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio 93,677 109,013 148,465
AST MFS Growth Portfolio 311,260 427,771 770,659
AST MFS Large-Cap Value Portfolio 67,215 88,757 224,088
AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio None None None
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio 353,656 274,110 355,823
AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio 269,852 248,670 229,266
AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 344,170 350,103 1,548,532
AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio 528,658 269,298 360,714
AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio 11,331,207 10,270,293 7,632,120
AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None
AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 218,603 254,685 617,497
AST QMA Large-Cap Portfolio 6,788,475 5,409,171 5,248,769
AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio 3,037,958 2,375,897 1,698,241
AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio None None None
AST RCM World Trends Portfolio 981,633 836,549 877,169
AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio 1,671,893 1,481,729 1,459,615
AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio 941,237 1,336,531 923,865
AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio 888,266 2,062,193 2,221,423
AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio 1,101,162 817,764 1,467,107
AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio 2,714,343 2,019,182 1,606,694
AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio 176,474 98,185 N/A
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 427,072 579,874 670,685
AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio 560,790 574,441 667,985
AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio None None None
AST Value Equity Portfolio 619,322 561,224 374,909
AST WEDGE Capital Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio) 388,573 155,673 533,345
AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio 1,444,990 1,826,531 1,000,603

    154

Table of Contents
Total Brokerage Commissions Paid by the Trust
Portfolio 2015 2014 2013
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio 384,559 203,829 74,305
AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio None None None
    
Brokerage Commissions Paid to Affiliated Brokers: Fiscal Year 2015
Portfolio Commissions Paid Broker Name % of Commissions
Paid to Broker
% of Dollar Amt. of Transactions
Involving Commissions Effected
through Broker
AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None None
AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio None None None None
AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio None None None None
AST AQR Large-Cap Portfolio None None None None
AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None None
AST BlackRock Global Strategies Portfolio None None None None
AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio None None None None
AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio) None None None None
AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio) None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2016 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2017 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2018 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2019 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2020 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2021 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2022 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2023 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2024 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2025 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2026 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2027 None None None None
AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio) None None None None
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None None
AST ClearBridge Dividend Growth Portfolio None None None None
AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio None None None None
AST Defensive Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None None
AST FI Pyramis ® Quantitative Portfolio None None None None
AST Global Real Estate Portfolio None None None None
AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio None None None None
AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio $839 Goldman Sachs & Co. 0.12% 0.22%
AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio None None None None
AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio 7,835 Goldman Sachs & Co. 1.24% 0.97%
AST Government Money Market Portfolio None None None None
AST High Yield Portfolio None None None None
AST Hotchkis & Wiley Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio) None None None None
AST International Growth Portfolio None None None None
AST International Value Portfolio None None None None

155

Table of Contents
Brokerage Commissions Paid to Affiliated Brokers: Fiscal Year 2015
Portfolio Commissions Paid Broker Name % of Commissions
Paid to Broker
% of Dollar Amt. of Transactions
Involving Commissions Effected
through Broker
AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio None None None None
AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio None None None None
AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio $103 J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. 0.15% 0.10%
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio None None None None
AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio None None None None
AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio None None None None
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio None None None None
AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio None None None None
AST MFS Growth Portfolio None None None None
AST MFS Large-Cap Value Portfolio None None None None
AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio None None None None
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio None None None None
AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None None
AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio None None None None
AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio None None None None
AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio None None None None
AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None None
AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio None None None None
AST QMA Large-Cap Portfolio None None None None
AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio None None None None
AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio None None None None
AST RCM World Trends Portfolio None None None None
AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio None None None None
AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio None None None None
AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio None None None None
AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio None None None None
AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None None
AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio None None None None
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio None None None None
AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio None None None None
AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio None None None None
AST Value Equity Portfolio None None None None
AST WEDGE Capital Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio) None None None None
AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio None None None None
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio None None None None
AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio None None None None
    
Brokerage Commissions Paid to Affiliated Brokers: Fiscal Year 2014
Portfolio Commissions Paid Broker Name % of Commissions
Paid to Broker
% of Dollar Amt. of Transactions
Involving Commissions Effected
through Broker
AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio $65 J.P. Morgan Securities LLC 0.00% 0.00%
AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio None None None None
AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio None None None None
AST AQR Large-Cap Portfolio        

    156

Table of Contents
Brokerage Commissions Paid to Affiliated Brokers: Fiscal Year 2014
Portfolio Commissions Paid Broker Name % of Commissions
Paid to Broker
% of Dollar Amt. of Transactions
Involving Commissions Effected
through Broker
AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None None
AST BlackRock Global Strategies Portfolio None None None None
AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio None None None None
AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio) None None None None
AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio) None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2016 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2017 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2018 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2019 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2020 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2021 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2022 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2023 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2024 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2025 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2026 None None None None
AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio) None None None None
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None None
AST ClearBridge Dividend Growth Portfolio None None None None
AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio None None None None
AST Defensive Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None None
AST FI Pyramis ® Quantitative Portfolio 2,138 Fidelity Capital Management Corp. 0.02% 0.03%
  989 National Financial Services LLC 0.01% 0.01%
AST Global Real Estate Portfolio None None None None
AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio 1,561 Goldman Sachs &Co. 0.10% 0.11%
AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio 2,294 Goldman Sachs & Co. 0.53% 1.23%
AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio None None None None
AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio 13,820 Goldman Sachs & Co. 2.29% 1.95%
AST Government Money Market Portfolio None None None None
AST High Yield Portfolio None None None None
AST Hotchkis & Wiley Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio) None None None None
AST International Growth Portfolio None None None None
AST International Value Portfolio None None None None
AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio None None None None
AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio 533 J.P. Morgan Securities LLC 0.05% 0.01%
AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio None None None None
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio 651 J.P. Morgan Securities LLC 0.06% 0.01%
AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio None None None None
AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio None None None None
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio None None None None

157

Table of Contents
Brokerage Commissions Paid to Affiliated Brokers: Fiscal Year 2014
Portfolio Commissions Paid Broker Name % of Commissions
Paid to Broker
% of Dollar Amt. of Transactions
Involving Commissions Effected
through Broker
AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio None None None None
AST MFS Growth Portfolio None None None None
AST MFS Large-Cap Value Portfolio None None None None
AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio None None None None
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio None None None None
AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio 286 Guggenheim Securities LLC 0.12% 0.05%
AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio None None None None
AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio None None None None
AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio None None None None
AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None None
AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio None None None None
AST QMA Large-Cap Portfolio None None None None
AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio None None None None
AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio None None None None
AST RCM World Trends Portfolio None None None None
AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio None None None None
AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio 10,840 Raymond James & Associates Inc. 0.81% 0.71%
AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio None None None None
AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio None None None None
AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None None
AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio None None None None
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio None None None None
AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio None None None None
AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio None None None None
AST Value Equity Portfolio None None None None
AST WEDGE Capital Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio) None None None None
AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio None None None None
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio None None None None
AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio None None None None
    
Brokerage Commissions Paid to Affiliated Brokers: Fiscal Year 2013
Portfolio Commissions Paid Broker Name % of Commissions
Paid to Broker
% of Dollar Amt. of Transactions
Involving Commissions Effected
through Broker
AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio 24 J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. 0.00% 0.00%
AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio None None None None
AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio None None None None
AST AQR Large-Cap Portfolio None None None None
AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None None
AST BlackRock Global Strategies Portfolio None None None None
AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio None None None None
AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio) None None None None

    158

Table of Contents
Brokerage Commissions Paid to Affiliated Brokers: Fiscal Year 2013
Portfolio Commissions Paid Broker Name % of Commissions
Paid to Broker
% of Dollar Amt. of Transactions
Involving Commissions Effected
through Broker
AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio) None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2016 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2017 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2018 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2019 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2020 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2021 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2022 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2023 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2024 None None None None
AST Bond Portfolio 2025 None None None None
AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio) None None None None
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None None
AST ClearBridge Dividend Growth Portfolio None None None None
AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio None None None None
AST Defensive Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None None
AST FI Pyramis ® Quantitative Portfolio None None None None
AST Global Real Estate Portfolio None None None None
AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio None None None None
AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio 402 Goldman Sachs & Co. 0.11% 0.02%
AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio None None None None
AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio 1,658 Goldman Sachs & Co. 0.20% 0.09%
AST Government Money Market Portfolio None None None None
AST High Yield Portfolio None None None None
AST Hotchkis & Wiley Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio) None None None None
AST International Growth Portfolio None None None None
AST International Value Portfolio None None None None
AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio None None None None
AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio 5,216 J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. 0.37% 0.09%
AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio 512 J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. 0.47% 0.57%
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio 5,243 J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. 0.37% 0.10%
AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio None None None None
AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio None None None None
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio None None None None
AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio None None None None
AST MFS Growth Portfolio None None None None
AST MFS Large-Cap Value Portfolio None None None None
AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio None None None None
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio None None None None
AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio 1,091 Guggenheim Securities LLC 0.48% 0.41%

159

Table of Contents
Brokerage Commissions Paid to Affiliated Brokers: Fiscal Year 2013
Portfolio Commissions Paid Broker Name % of Commissions
Paid to Broker
% of Dollar Amt. of Transactions
Involving Commissions Effected
through Broker
AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio None None None None
AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio None None None None
AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio None None None None
AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None None
AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio None None None None
AST QMA Large-Cap Portfolio None None None None
AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio None None None None
AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio None None None None
AST RCM World Trends Portfolio None None None None
AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio None None None None
AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio 8,525 Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 0.92% 0.67%
AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio None None None None
AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio None None None None
AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio None None None None
AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio None None None None
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio None None None None
AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio None None None None
AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio None None None None
AST Value Equity Portfolio None None None None
AST WEDGE Capital Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio) None None None None
AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio None None None None
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio None None None None
AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio None None None None
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FUND HISTORY. The Trust is a managed, open-end investment company organized as a Massachusetts business trust, the separate Portfolios of which are diversified, unless otherwise indicated. Formerly, the Trust was known as the Henderson International Growth Fund, which consisted of only one Portfolio (The Henderson International Growth Fund is currently known as the AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio (formerly known as the AST Strong International Equity Portfolio, the AST AIM International Equity Portfolio, the AST Putnam International Equity Portfolio and the Seligman Henderson International Equity Portfolio)).The investment manager was Henderson International, Inc. Shareholders of what was, at the time, the Henderson International Growth Fund, approved certain changes in a meeting held April 17, 1992. These changes included engagement of a new investment manager, engagement of a Sub-advisor and election of new Trustees. Subsequent to that meeting, the new Trustees adopted a number of resolutions, including, but not limited to, resolutions renaming the Trust. Since that time the Trustees have adopted a number of resolutions, including, but not limited to, making new Portfolios available and adopting forms of Investment Management Agreements and subadvisory Agreements between the Investment Managers and the Trust and the Investment Managers and each subadviser, respectively.
The AST AllianceBernstein Growth & Income Portfolio (formerly known as the AST Alliance Growth and Income Portfolio and as the AST Lord Abbett Growth and Income Portfolio) was first offered as of May 1, 1992. The AST Government Money Market Portfolio (formerly known as the AST Money Market Portfolio) was first offered as of November 4, 1992. The AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly known as the Federated Utility Income Portfolio) and the AST UBS Dynamic Alpha Portfolio (formerly known as the AST Global Allocation Portfolio, the DeAM Global Allocation Portfolio, the AIM Balanced Portfolio, the AST Putnam Balanced Portfolio and the AST Phoenix Balanced Asset Portfolio) were first offered as of May 1, 1993. The AST High Yield Portfolio (formerly known as the Goldman Sachs High Yield Portfolio and the AST Federated High Yield Portfolio), the AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio, AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio (formerly known as the AST State Street Research Small-Cap Growth Portfolio, the AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio (formerly known as the PBHG Small-Cap Growth Portfolio), the AST Janus Small-Cap Growth Portfolio

    160

Table of Contents
and the Founders Capital Appreciation Portfolio), the Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly known as the AST Hotchkis Wiley Large-Cap Value Portfolio and the AST INVESCO Capital Income Portfolio) and the AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio (formerly known as the AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio) were first offered as of December 31, 1993. The AST T. Rowe Price Global Bond Portfolio (formerly known as the AST Scudder International Bond Portfolio) was first offered as of May 1, 1994.
The AST International Value Portfolio (formerly known as the AST LSV International Value Portfolio, the AST DeAM International Equity Portfolio, the AST Founders Passport Portfolio and the Seligman Henderson International Small Cap Portfolio), the AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio and the AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio were first offered as of May 2, 1995. The AST AllianceBernstein Large-Cap Growth Portfolio (formerly known as the AST Alliance Growth Portfolio, AST Oppenheimer Large-Cap Growth Portfolio, and the Robertson Stephens Value + Growth Portfolio) was first offered as of May 2, 1996. The AST International Growth Portfolio (formerly known as the AST William Blair International Growth Portfolio and the AST Janus Overseas Growth Portfolio), the AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly known as the AST Gabelli Small-Cap Value Portfolio and the AST T. Rowe Price Small Company Value Portfolio) and the AST American Century Income & Growth Portfolio (formerly known as the AST Putnam Value Growth Income Portfolio) were first offered as of January 2, 1997. The AST Marsico Capital Growth Portfolio was first offered as of December 22, 1997. The AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly known as the AST Lord Abbett Small Cap Value Portfolio), the AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio, and the AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio (formerly known as the AST AllianceBernstein Managed Index 500 Portfolio, the AST Sanford Bernstein Managed Index 500 Portfolio and as the AST Bankers Trust Managed Index 500 Portfolio) were first offered as of January 2, 1998. The AST Neuberger Berman Small-Cap Growth Portfolio (formerly known as the AST DeAM Small-Cap Growth Portfolio and the AST Scudder Small-Cap Growth Portfolio) was first offered as of January 4, 1999. The AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio and the AST MFS Growth Portfolio were first offered as of October 18, 1999. The AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio (formerly known as the AST Janus Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio) was first offered as of May 1, 2000. The AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio (formerly known as the AST Federated Aggressive Growth Portfolio), the AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly known as the AST Gabelli All-Cap Value Portfolio), the AST DeAM Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly known as the Janus Strategic Value Portfolio) and the AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio (formerly, the AST Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture Portfolio) were first offered on October 23, 2000. The AST AllianceBernstein Core Value (formerly known as the AST Sanford Bernstein Core Value) Portfolio was first offered on May 1, 2001.
Effective as of December 2, 2005, the AST Alger All-Cap Growth Portfolio and the AST AllianceBernstein Growth + Value Portfolio were reorganized into the AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio and the AST AllianceBernstein Managed Index 500 Portfolio, respectively, and ceased to exist.
The AST Aggressive Asset Allocation Portfolio, the AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio, the AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio (formerly the AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio), the AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio (formerly the AST Conservative Asset Allocation Portfolio, and the AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio were each first offered on or about December 5, 2005.
The AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio, the AST First Trust Balanced Target Portfolio and the AST First Trust Capital Appreciation Target Portfolio were each first offered on or about March 20, 2006.
The AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio, the AST CLS Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio, the AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio, the AST Horizon Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio, the AST Horizon Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio, and the AST Niemann Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio were each first offered on or about November 17, 2007.
The AST Bond Portfolio 2018, the AST Bond Portfolio 2019, and the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio were each first offered on or about January 28, 2008.
The AST Global Real Estate Portfolio and the AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio were each first offered on or about April 28, 2008.
The AST Focus Four Plus Portfolio was first offered on or about July 21, 2008.
Effective as of July 18, 2008, the AST DeAM Small-Cap Value Portfolio was reorganized into the AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio.
The AST Bond Portfolio 2016 and the AST Bond Portfolio 2020 were each first offered on or about January 2, 2009.
Effective as of November 13, 2009, the AST Focus Four Plus Portfolio was reorganized into the AST First Trust Capital Appreciation Target Portfolio.
The AST Bond Portfolio 2017 and the AST Bond Portfolio 2021 were each first offered on or about January 14, 2010.

161

Table of Contents
The AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio and the AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly known as the AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio) were each first offered on or about November 16, 2009.
Effective as of March 15, 2010, the AST UBS Dynamic Alpha Portfolio was renamed as the AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio.
Effective as of May 1, 2010, the AST DeAM Large-Cap Value Portfolio was renamed the AST Value Portfolio. Effective as of July 16, 2010, the AST Value Portfolio was renamed as the AST BlackRock Value Portfolio. Effective as of May 1, 2011, the AST Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture Portfolio was renamed the AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio.
The AST Bond Portfolio 2022 was first offered on or about January 3, 2011.
The AST BlackRock Global Strategies Portfolio and the AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio were each first offered on or about May 2, 2011.
Effective as of April 29, 2011, the AST Aggressive Asset Allocation Portfolio was renamed the AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio.
The AST Neuberger Berman Small-Cap Growth Portfolio was reorganized (merged) into the AST Federated Aggressive Growth Portfolio (now known as the AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio) on April 29, 2011.
The AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio was first offered on or about October 17, 2011.
The AST Bond Portfolio 2023 was first offered on or about January 3, 2012.
The AST American Century Income & Growth Portfolio was reorganized (merged) into the AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio on April 30, 2012. The AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio was first offered on April 30, 2012.
Effective as of April 27, 2012, the AST CLS Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio was re-named the AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio.
Effective as of August 20, 2012, the AST Horizon Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio was re-named the AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio.
The AST MFS Large-Cap Value Portfolio and the AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio were first offered on or about August 20, 2012.
The AST Bond Portfolio 2024 was first offered on or about January 2, 2013.
Effective as of December 17, 2012, the AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio was re-named AST Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio.
The AST ClearBridge Dividend Growth Portfolio, AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio, AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio, and AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio were each first offered on or about February 25, 2013.
Effective on or about April 29, 2013, the following Portfolios were re-named: AST T. Rowe Price Global Bond Portfolio was re-named AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio. AST Horizon Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio was re-named AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio. AST First Trust Capital Appreciation Target Portfolio was re-named AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio. AST Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio was re-named AST RCM World Trends Portfolio.
Effective on or about April 29, 2013, the following new Portfolios of the Trust commenced operations: AST AQR Large-Cap Portfolio, AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio, AST Defensive Asset Allocation Portfolio, and AST QMA Large-Cap Portfolio.
Effective on or about July 15, 2013, the following Portfolios were re-named: AST BlackRock Value Portfolio was re-named AST Herndon Large-Cap Value Portfolio. AST Marsico Capital Growth Portfolio was re-named AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio.
Effective on or about November 4, 2013, the AST Long Duration Bond Portfolio was re-named as AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio.

    162

Table of Contents
The AST Bond Portfolio 2025 was first offered on or about January 2, 2014.
The AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio was first offered on or about February 10, 2014.
Effective on or about February 10, 2014, the AST First Trust Balanced Target Portfolio was re-named as AST FI Pyramis ® Quantitative Portfolio.
Effective on or about February 10, 2014, the AST Goldman Sachs Concentrated Growth Portfolio was reorganized (merged) into the AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio.
The following Portfolios were first offered on or about April 28, 2014: AST BlackRock Multi-Asset Income Portfolio, AST FQ Absolute Return Currency Portfolio, AST Franklin Templeton K2 Global Absolute Return Portfolio, AST Goldman Sachs Global Growth Allocation Portfolio, AST Goldman Sachs Strategic Income Portfolio, AST Jennison Global Infrastructure Portfolio, AST Managed Equity Portfolio, AST Managed Fixed-Income Portfolio, AST Prudential Flexible Multi-Strategy Portfolio, and AST T. Rowe Price Diversified Real Growth Portfolio.
The AST Legg Mason Diversified Growth Portfolio was first offered on or about November 24, 2014.
Effective on November 24, 2014, the AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio was re-named as AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio.
Effective on November 24, 2014, the AST Federated Aggressive Growth Portfolio was re-named as AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio.
The AST Bond Portfolio 2026 was first offered on January 2, 2015.
The AST QMA International Core Equity Portfolio was first offered on January 5, 2015.
Effective on January 5, 2015, the AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio was re-named as AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio.
The following Portfolios were first offered on or about July 13, 2015: AST AB Global Bond Portfolio, AST Columbia Adaptive Risk Allocation Portfolio, AST Emerging Managers Diversified Portfolio, AST Goldman Sachs Global Income Portfolio, AST Managed Alternatives Portfolio, AST Morgan Stanley Multi-Asset Portfolio, AST Neuberger Berman Long/Short Portfolio, AST Wellington Management Global Bond Portfolio, and AST Wellington Management Real Total Return Portfolio.
Effective on July 13, 2015, the AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio was re-named as AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio.
Effective on or about October 19, 2015, the AST FI Pyramis ® Asset Allocation Portfolio was reorganized (merged) into the AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio.
Effective on or about October 19, 2015, the AST Franklin Templeton Founding Funds Allocation Portfolio was reorganized (merged) into the AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio.
Effective on or about October 19, 2015, the AST Franklin Templeton Founding Funds Plus Portfolio was reorganized (merged) into the AST RCM World Trends Portfolio.
Effective on or about October 19, 2015, the AST Neuberger Berman Core Bond Portfolio was reorganized (merged) into the AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed-Income Portfolio.
Effective on or about October 19, 2015, the AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio was reorganized (merged) into the AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio.
Effective on or about October 19, 2015, the AST Schroders Multi-Asset World Strategies Portfolio was reorganized (merged) into the AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio.
Effective on or about October 19, 2015, the AST T. Rowe Price Equity Income Portfolio was reorganized (merged) into the AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio.

163

Table of Contents
The AST Bond Portfolio 2027 was first offered on January 4, 2016.
Effective on or about April 25, 2016, the AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio was re-named as AST WEDGE Capital Mid-Cap Value Portfolio.
Effective on or about April 25, 2016, the AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio was re-named as AST Hotchkis &Wiley Large-Cap Value Portfolio.
Effective on or about September 12, 2016, the AST Money Market Portfolio was re-named as AST Government Money Market Portfolio.
Effective on or about September 12, 2016, the AST Herndon Large-Cap Value Portfolio was re-named as AST Value Equity Portfolio.
If approved by the Trustees, the Trust may add more Portfolios and may cease to offer any existing Portfolios in the future.
Effective as of May 1, 2007, the Trust changed its name from American Skandia Trust to Advanced Series Trust.
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES AND ORGANIZATION. As of the date of this SAI, the beneficial interest in the Trust is divided into 90 separate Portfolios, each offering one class of shares.
The Trust's Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated December 1, 2005, which governs certain Trust matters, permits the Trust's Board of Trustees to issue multiple classes of shares, and within each class, an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest with a par value of $.001 per share. Each share entitles the holder to one vote for the election of Trustees and on all other matters that are not specific to one class of shares, and to participate equally in dividends, distributions of capital gains and net assets of each applicable Portfolio. Only shareholders of shares of a specific Portfolio may vote on matters specific to that Portfolio. Shares of one class may not bear the same economic relationship to the Trust as shares of another class. In the event of dissolution or liquidation, holders of shares of a Portfolio will receive pro rata, subject to the rights of creditors, the proceeds of the sale of the assets held in such Portfolio less the liabilities attributable to such Portfolio. Shareholders of a Portfolio will not be liable for the expenses, obligations or debts of another Portfolio.
No preemptive or conversion rights apply to any of the Trust's shares. The Trust's shares, when issued, will be fully paid, non-assessable and transferable. The Trustees may at any time create additional series of shares without shareholder approval.
Generally, there will not be annual meetings of shareholders of any Portfolio of the Trust. A Trustee may, in accordance with certain rules of the SEC, be removed from office when the holders of record of not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares either present a written declaration to the Trust's custodian or vote in person or by proxy at a meeting called for this purpose. In addition, the Trustees will promptly call a meeting of shareholders to remove a Trustee(s) when requested to do so in writing by record holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding shares. Finally, the Trustees shall, in certain circumstances, give such shareholders access to a list of the names and addresses of all other shareholders or inform them of the number of shareholders and the cost of mailing their request.
Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be held liable for the obligations of the Trust. However, the Declaration of Trust disclaims shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Trust and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Trust or the Trustees to all parties, and each party thereto must expressly waive all rights of action directly against shareholders. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of the Trust's property for all loss and expense of any shareholder of the Trust held liable on account of being or having been a shareholder. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which the Trust would be unable to meet its obligations wherein the complaining party was held not to be bound by the disclaimer.
The Declaration of Trust further provides that the Trustees will have no personal liability to any person in connection with the Trust property or affairs of the Trust except for that arising from his bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his duty to that person. All persons must look solely to the Trust property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the Trust's affairs. In general, the Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification by the Trust of the Trustees and officers of the Trust except with respect to any matter as to which the Trustee or officer acted in bad faith, or with willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his duties.
From time to time, Prudential Financial, Inc. and/or its insurance company affiliates have purchased shares of the Trust to provide initial capital and to enable the Portfolios to avoid unrealistically poor investment performance that might otherwise result because the amounts available for investment are too small. Prudential will not redeem any of its shares until a Portfolio is large enough so that

    164

Table of Contents
redemption will not have an adverse effect upon investment performance. Prudential will vote its shares in the same manner and in the same proportion as the shares held by the separate accounts that invest in the Trust, which in turn, are generally voted in accordance with instructions from Contract owners.
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
To the knowledge of the Trust, the following persons/entities owned beneficially or of record 5% or more of the Portfolios of the Trust as of April 1, 2016. As of April 1, 2016, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust, as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of beneficial interest of the Trust.
Portfolio Name Shareholder Name/Address No. Shares / % of Portfolio
AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
241,341,070.26 / 55.9905%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
166,188,308.59 / 38.5552%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
23,120,986.25 / 5.3640%
AST Advanced Strategies PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
389,181,572.74 / 72.1420%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
111,372,062.46 / 20.6449%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
38,324,197.33 / 7.1041%
AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
11,232,394.49 / 72.7290%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
1,647,995.36 / 10.6707%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
1,109,078.15 / 7.1813%
AST AQR Large-Cap ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
102,354,128.30 / 48.8789%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
70,322,232.80 / 33.5821%

165

Table of Contents
Portfolio Name Shareholder Name/Address No. Shares / % of Portfolio
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST PRESERVATION ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
26,453,398.93 / 12.6327%
AST Balanced Asset Allocation PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
457,566,247.18 / 66.0103%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
177,734,145.50 / 25.6406%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
45,986,349.18 / 6.6342%
AST BlackRock Global Strategies PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
146,390,315.14 / 79.5741%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ LIFE
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
14,188,018.54 / 7.7123%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
10,697,032.65 / 5.8146%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
9,758,336.23 / 5.3044%
AST BlackRock iShares ETF PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
23,067,368.13 / 79.8745%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
3,808,133.82 / 13.1863%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
2,003,998.88 / 6.9392%
AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio) PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
125,514,464.359 / 44.2352%

    166

Table of Contents
Portfolio Name Shareholder Name/Address No. Shares / % of Portfolio
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
100,220,452.404 / 35.3208%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
14,369,348.01 / 5.0642%
AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio) PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
36,720,031.15 / 44.6568%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
15,229,738.95 / 18.5215%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST PRESERVATION ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
10,246,609.42 / 12.4613%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
9,063,676.06 / 11.0227%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
6,446,615.35 / 7.8400%
AST Bond Portfolio 2016 PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
4,111,122.64 / 99.9718%
AST Bond Portfolio 2017 PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
6,615,890.84 / 62.2832%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
2,878,913.74 / 27.1026%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
1,126,549.84 / 10.6055%
AST Bond Portfolio 2018 PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
5,250,587.17 / 47.5666%

167

Table of Contents
Portfolio Name Shareholder Name/Address No. Shares / % of Portfolio
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
4,499,608.37 / 40.7633%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
1,253,316.21 / 11.3542%
AST Bond Portfolio 2019 PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
4,966,892.23 / 77.5498%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
1,286,360.77 / 20.0844%
AST Bond Portfolio 2020 PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
17,205,396.25 / 80.1556%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
3,621,364.48 / 16.8710%
AST Bond Portfolio 2021 PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
10,107,330.40 / 59.3063%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
6,002,003.34 / 35.2177%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
932,380.83 / 5.4709%
AST Bond Portfolio 2022 PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
9423830.39 / 60.4781%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
5,401,260.30 / 34.6630%
AST Bond Portfolio 2023 PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
2,444,667.44 / 74.9125%

    168

Table of Contents
Portfolio Name Shareholder Name/Address No. Shares / % of Portfolio
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
725,951.01 / 22.2455%
AST Bond Portfolio 2024 PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
765,559.87 / 66.7692%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
317,034.69 / 27.6506%
AST Bond Portfolio 2025 PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
20,838,740.56 / 57.5311%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
13,300,195.86 / 36.7188%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
2,014,804.95 / 5.5624%
AST Bond Portfolio 2026 PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
6,477,576.02 / 73.2596%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
2,081,869.23 / 23.5454%
AST Bond Portfolio 2027 PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ SEED ACCOUNT
ATTN PUBLIC INVESTMENT OPS
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
300,000.00 / 44.0017%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PICA SEED ACCOUNT
ATTN PUBLIC INVESTMENT OPS
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
200,000.00 / 29.3344%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
169,589.92 / 24.8741%
AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio) ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
14,980,830.69 / 39.0528%

169

Table of Contents
Portfolio Name Shareholder Name/Address No. Shares / % of Portfolio
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
10,240,934.78 / 26.6966%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
4,275,361.12 / 11.1452%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST PRESERVATION ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
3,843,854.43 / 10.0204%
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
478,978,480.71 / 59.1656%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
291,770,431.38 / 36.0408%
AST ClearBridge Dividend Growth ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
44,501,314.01 / 44.3042%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
30,121,585.04 / 29.9881%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST PRESERVATION ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
11,230,209.75 / 11.1805%
AST Cohen & Steers Realty ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
21,391,740.51 / 31.5793%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
21,050,607.77 / 31.0757%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
15,603,376.72 / 23.0343%
  PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE CO OF AMERICA
PRUDENTIAL FINANCIAL PRUBENEFIT FUNDING
ATTN TESSIE BUSINELLI
80 LIVINGSTON AVENUE
BUILDING, ROS 3
ROSELAND NJ 07068
3,976,409.44 / 5.8701%
AST Defensive Asset Allocation PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
35,347,361.44 / 69.1742%

    170

Table of Contents
Portfolio Name Shareholder Name/Address No. Shares / % of Portfolio
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
13,241,580.26 / 25.9136%
AST FI Pyramis® Quantitative PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
259,989,481.53 / 68.3304%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
92,161,526.29 / 24.2219%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
27,828,397.73 / 7.3139%
AST Global Real Estate ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
30,533,137.39 / 74.7674%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
6,217,908.90 / 15.226%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
3,186,787.62 / 7.8036%
AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
28,291,183.52 / 35.9944%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
20,097,603.06 / 25.5698%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
13,043,899.46 / 16.5955%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
8,919,825.58 / 11.3485%
AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
69,720,740.12 / 40.5198%

171

Table of Contents
Portfolio Name Shareholder Name/Address No. Shares / % of Portfolio
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
65,960,190.52 / 38.3343%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
14,129,874.34 / 8.2119%
AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
145,505,658.35 / 69.3654%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
50,255,653.26 / 23.9578%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
13,969,049.10 / 6.6593%
AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
15,685,952.27 / 34.1042%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
10,911,155.31 / 23.7229%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
5,106,247.36 / 11.1019%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
4,332,527.22 / 9.4197%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
3,889,514.17 / 8.4565%
  AST ADVANCED STRATEGIES PORTFOLIO
ATTN TED LOCKWOOD & EDWARD CAMPBELL
2 GATEWAY CTR 6TH FL
NEWARK NJ 07102-5008
2,318,187.65 / 5.0402%
AST Government Money Market PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
636,118,710.39 / 58.5493%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
252,712,465.24 / 23.2600%

    172

Table of Contents
Portfolio Name Shareholder Name/Address No. Shares / % of Portfolio
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST PRESERVATION ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
86,979,481.14 / 8.0057%
AST Hotchkis & Wiley Large-Cap Value (formerly, AST Large-Cap Value) PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
17,362,725.55 / 31.4679%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
11,705,815.17 / 21.2154%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
10,496,215.22 / 19.0232%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
7,184,552.76 / 13.0212%
AST High Yield ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
37,879,386.88 / 23.9472%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST PRESERVATION ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
28,623,606.63 / 18.0957%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
24,674,597.21 / 15.5992%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
23,621,315.30 / 14.9333%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
21,019,690.91 / 13.2879%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
15,088,325.79 / 9.5388%
AST International Growth ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
47,281,396.02 / 30.4301%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
32,265,148.97 / 20.7657%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
25,184,130.57 / 16.2084%

173

Table of Contents
Portfolio Name Shareholder Name/Address No. Shares / % of Portfolio
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
17,639,157.08 / 11.3525%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
14,922,628.21 / 9.6042%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST PRESERVATION ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
12,096,910.68 / 7.7855%
AST International Value ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
37,004,116.88 / 32.5543%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
25,228,955.10 / 22.1952%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
19,824,312.09 / 17.4404%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST PRESERVATION ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
9,558,554.86 / 8.4091%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
7198493.95 / 6.3329%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
6,849,629.77 / 6.0260%
AST Investment Grade Bond PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
670,674,575.33 / 63.7989%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
322,445,412.99 / 30.6731%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
57,637,668.43 / 5.4829%
AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
156,216,044.11 / 73.0423%

    174

Table of Contents
Portfolio Name Shareholder Name/Address No. Shares / % of Portfolio
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
44,998,310.98 / 21.0400%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
12,647,792.05 / 5.9138%
AST J.P. Morgan International Equity PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
7,722,099.96 / 48.3357%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
6,998,246.96 / 43.8049%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
884,395.09 / 5.5358%
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
89,703,241.593 / 58.1794%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
53,723,622.33 / 34.8439%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
10,009,495.25 / 6.4919%
AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
12,696,791.80 / 33.1658%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
8,866,115.79 / 23.1596%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
7,543,437.50 / 19.7045%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST PRESERVATION ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
3,349,086.87 / 8.7483%

175

Table of Contents
Portfolio Name Shareholder Name/Address No. Shares / % of Portfolio
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
2,857,523.36 / 7.4643%
AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
26,008,051.89 / 39.4239%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
13,267,950.08 / 20.1120%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
9,966,707.20 / 15.1079%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
9,004,252.87 / 13.6490%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST PRESERVATION ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
3,340,168.47 / 5.0632%
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
52,485,870.67 / 32.1033%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST PRESERVATION ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
28,871,623.51 / 17.6595%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
25847,729.21 / 15.8099%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
25,159,059.97 / 15.3887%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
17,906,374.11 / 10.9526%
AST MFS Global Equity PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
21,544,069.88 / 56.2388%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
14,451,025.64 / 37.7230%

    176

Table of Contents
Portfolio Name Shareholder Name/Address No. Shares / % of Portfolio
AST MFS Growth ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
21,382,163.08 / 33.0615%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
14,663,609.21 / 22.6731%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
12,209,998.89 / 18.8793%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
6,675,797.94 / 10.3222%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST PRESERVATION ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
5,424,428.91 / 8.3873%
AST MFS Large-Cap Value ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
23,323,270.53 / 40.1029%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
15,995,489.14 / 27.5033%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST PRESERVATION ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
6,017,204.91 / 10.3462%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
4,021,512.56 / 6.9147%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
3,218,859.16 / 5.5346%
AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
441,075,000.43 / 87.0496%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
65,619,199.97 / 12.9505%
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
13,007,293.83 / 43.1918%

177

Table of Contents
Portfolio Name Shareholder Name/Address No. Shares / % of Portfolio
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
10,053,045.98 / 33.3820%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
4,037,130.59 / 13.4056%
AST New Discovery Asset Allocation PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
38,483,553.85 / 68.5822%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
13,521,292.56 / 24.0965%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
3,952,416.39 / 7.0437%
AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
21,653,269.37 / 42.5232%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
11,843,305.37 / 23.2582%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
11,122,518.50 / 21.8427%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
2,645,575.23 / 5.1954%
AST Preservation Asset Allocation PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
298,615,349.01 / 63.1683%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
138,971,300.38 / 29.3976%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
31,948,979.24 / 6.7584%

    178

Table of Contents
Portfolio Name Shareholder Name/Address No. Shares / % of Portfolio
AST Prudential Core Bond ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST PRESERVATION ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
83,219,956.69 / 31.6771%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
74,953,352.92 / 28.5305%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
52,437,531.43 / 19.9600%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
19,507,871.99 / 7.4255%
AST Prudential Growth Allocation PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
525,060,918.55 / 66.3422%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
219,506,207.09 / 27.7349%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
44,968,010.30 / 5.6818%
AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
7,359,666.75 / 72.4524%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
1,045,681.46 / 10.2942%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
711,229.27 / 7.0017%
AST QMA Large-Cap ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
100,187,446.69 / 48.9544%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
68,761,239.72 / 33.5987%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST PRESERVATION ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
25,895,489.57 / 12.6533%
AST QMA US Equity Alpha ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
8,683,268.67 / 33.4220%

179

Table of Contents
Portfolio Name Shareholder Name/Address No. Shares / % of Portfolio
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
8,080,315.01 / 31.1012%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
7,417,244.51 / 28.5491%
AST Quantitative Modeling PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
57,908,117.63 / 83.2896%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
10148,685.02 / 14.5969%
AST RCM World Trends PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
314,656,421.02 / 76.0491%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
67,779,722.20 / 16.3816%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
30,927,196.54 / 7.4748%
AST Schroders Global Tactical PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
343,170,718.51 / 71.8733%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
104,591,613.03 / 21.9056%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
28,896,265.74 / 6.0520%
AST Small-Cap Growth PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
5,829,391.73 / 26.1349%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
4,495,019.38 / 20.1525%

    180

Table of Contents
Portfolio Name Shareholder Name/Address No. Shares / % of Portfolio
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
3,939,598.16 / 17.6624%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
2,773,676.42 / 12.4352%
  AST ADVANCED STRATEGIES PORTFOLIO
ATTN TED LOCKWOOD & EDWARD CAMPBELL
2 GATEWAY CTR 6TH FL
NEWARK NJ 07102-5008
1,904,972.04 / 8.5406%
AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
16,717,266.36 / 32.7201%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
10,136,673.73 / 19.8401%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
8,582,830.83 / 16.7989%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
6,055,465.60 / 11.8521%
  AST ADVANCED STRATEGIES PORTFOLIO
ATTN TED LOCKWOOD & EDWARD CAMPBELL
2 GATEWAY CTR 6TH FL
NEWARK NJ 07102-5008
4,213,663.02 / 8.2472%
AST Small-Cap Value PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
12,132,025.72 / 27.7174%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
8,888,714.31 / 20.3075%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
5,932,646.73 / 13.5540%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
4,496,718.44 / 10.2734%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
4,370,310.95 / 9.9846
  AST ADVANCED STRATEGIES PORTFOLIO
ATTN TED LOCKWOOD & EDWARD CAMPBELL
2 GATEWAY CTR 6TH FL
NEWARK NJ 07102-5008
3,999,408.39 / 9.1372%

181

Table of Contents
Portfolio Name Shareholder Name/Address No. Shares / % of Portfolio
AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
419,282,675.101 / 74.1196%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
102,355,439.964 / 18.0941%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
42,976,589.939 / 7.5973%
AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
51,767,866.21 / 92.9667%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
3,916,443.39 / 7.0333%
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
24,976,930.38 / 34.5441%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
22,648,396.63 / 31.3236%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
9,442,409.31 / 13.0592%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
6,506,773.84 / 8.9991%
AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
13,098,822.36 / 55.3160%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
7,625,129.10 / 32.2007%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
1,319,199.67 / 5.5710%

    182

Table of Contents
Portfolio Name Shareholder Name/Address No. Shares / % of Portfolio
AST Templeton Global Bond PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
15,989,651.79 / 48.9572%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
14,695,217.80 / 44.9939%
AST Value Equity ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
11,071,168.13 / 26.3207%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
9,295,205.70 / 22.0985%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
7,548,720.47 / 17.9464%
  PRU ANNUITY LIFE ASSURANCE CORP
PALAC – ANNUITY
ATTN: SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON STREET
NEWARK NJ 07102
7,201,742.51 / 17.1215%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST PRESERVATION ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
2,827,994.68 / 6.7233%
AST WEDGE Capital Mid-Cap Value (formerly, AST Mid-Cap Value) ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
5,760,835.85 / 31.5383%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
5,153,686.45 / 28.2144%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
4,320,795.04 / 23.6546%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
1,216,846.96 / 6.6618%
AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
115,336,716.96 / 71.7051%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
29,802,946.66 / 18.5286%

183

Table of Contents
Portfolio Name Shareholder Name/Address No. Shares / % of Portfolio
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLNJ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
9,320,830.49 / 5.7948%
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST PRESERVATION ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
54,607,146.01 / 22.0599%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
49,218,946.08 / 19.8832%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PLAZ ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
47,460,308.17 / 19.1727%
  PRUCO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
PALAC - ANNUITY
ATTN SEPARATE ACCOUNTS 7TH FLOOR
213 WASHINGTON ST
NEWARK NJ 07102-0000
40,641,563.25 / 16.4182%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
34,482,141.46 / 13.9299%
AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST PRESERVATION ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
5,855,160.27 / 37.7380%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
4,762,861.00 / 30.6979%
  ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO
655 BROAD STREET 17 TH FLOOR
NEWARK NJ 07102
3,217,467.13 / 20.7374%
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements of the Trust for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 have been incorporated into this SAI by reference to the annual report to shareholders. Such financial statements have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm whose report thereon is included in the Trust’s annual report to shareholders. KPMG LLP’s principal business address is 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
The Trust's Annual Report, for the year ended December 31, 2015, can be obtained, without charge, by calling (800) 778-2255 or by writing to the Trust at 655 Broad Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102.

    184

Table of Contents
PART II
INVESTMENT RISKS & CONSIDERATIONS
Set forth below are descriptions of some of the types of investments and investment strategies that a Portfolio may use, and the risks and considerations associated with those investments and investment strategies. A Portfolio may invest in the types of investments and investment strategies that are consistent with its investment objective, policies and any limitations described in the prospectus and in the SAI.
AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO, AST ADVANCED STRATEGIES PORTFOLIO, AST HIGH YIELD PORTFOLIO, AST BLACKROCK LOW DURATION BOND PORTFOLIO (FORMERLY, AST PIMCO LIMITED MATURITY BOND PORTFOLIO), AND AST BLACKROCK/LOOMIS SAYLES BOND PORTFOLIO (FORMERLY, AST PIMCO TOTAL RETURN BOND PORTFOLIO): With respect to futures contracts, (which are cash settled contracts and are marked to market on a daily basis), the Portfolio may segregate or earmark liquid assets in an amount equal to the Portfolio's daily marked to market (net) obligation, if any, (or in other words the Portfolio's daily net liability, if any).
AST GOLDMAN SACHS LARGE-CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO: The Portfolio will have a non-fundamental investment policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets in large capitalization companies. For these purposes, large capitalization companies are those that have market capitalizations, at the time of purchase, within the market capitalization range of the Russell 1000 ® Value Index. As of February 29, 2016, the median market capitalization of the Russell 1000 ® Value Index was approximately $6.7 billion and the largest company by capitalization was approximately $411.6 billion.
The size of the companies in the Russell 1000 ® Value Index will change with market conditions. If the market capitalization of a company held by the Portfolio moves outside the range of the Russell 1000 ® Value Index, the Portfolio may, but is not required to, sell the securities.
Although the Portfolio will invest primarily in publicly-traded US securities, it may invest in foreign securities, including securities quoted in foreign currencies and emerging country securities. The Portfolio may also invest in fixed income securities, such as government, corporate, and bank debt obligations.
AST COHEN & STEERS REALTY PORTFOLIO: Short sales may not at any one time exceed 25% of the Portfolio's net assets; the value of securities of any one issuer in which the Portfolio is short may not exceed the lesser of 2% of the Portfolio's net assets or 2% of the securities of any class of issuer.
AST GLOBAL REAL ESTATE PORTFOLIO: The Portfolio will normally invest at least 80% of its investable assets (net assets plus any borrowings made for investment purposes) in equity-related securities of real estate companies. This means that the Portfolio will concentrate its investments in companies that derive at least 50% of their revenues from the ownership, construction, financing, management or sale of commercial, industrial or residential real estate or companies that have at least 50% of their assets in these types of real estate-related areas. The Portfolio may invest up to 15% of its net assets in ownership interests in commercial real estate through investments in private real estate. The Portfolio will execute its strategy of acquiring ownership interests in commercial real estate through investments in, for example, single member limited liability companies where the Portfolio is the sole member, joint ventures, other equity-linked investments, and mezzanine debt.
AST GOLDMAN SACHS MID-CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO: The Portfolio may invest up to 25% of net assets in foreign currency-denominated securities and not publicly traded in the US. The Portfolio will not invest more than 5% of assets in inverse floaters. The Portfolio will not enter into futures contracts or options on futures if the aggregate amount of the Portfolio's commitments under such contracts and options would exceed the value of the Portfolio's total assets. The Portfolio may invest in foreign forward currency contracts up to the value of the Portfolio's assets.
AST GOLDMAN SACHS SMALL-CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO: Unlisted options, together with other illiquid securities, are subject to a limit of 15% of the Portfolio's net assets. Premiums paid for foreign currency put options will not exceed 5% of the Portfolio's net assets. The Portfolio does not intend to write covered call options with respect to securities with an aggregate market value of moe than 5% of its gross assets at the time the option is written. The Portfolio will not write puts having an aggregate exercise price of greater than 25% of net Portfolio assets. The Portfolio will not purchase options on stocks not held in the Portfolio's portfolio, and will not write call options on stocks or stock indices if after such purchase, the aggregate premiums paid for such options would exceed 20% of net Portfolio assets.

185

Table of Contents
The Portfolio may make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, provided that when a short position is open the Portfolio owns an equal amount of such securities or securities convertible or exchangeable for securities of the same issuer (without payment of additional consideration). Not more than 25% of Portfolio's net assets may be subject to short sales; the Portfolio does not intend to have more than 5% of net assets (determined at the time of the short sale) subject to short sales against-the-box. The Portfolio has no present intention to commit more than 5% of gross assets to investing in debt securities.
AST HOTCHKIS & WILEY LARGE-CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (FORMERLY, AST LARGE-CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO) : The Portfolio may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes in amounts not exceeding 10% of total Portfolio assets. No more than 25% of total Portfolio assets can be held as collateral for short sales at any one time.
AST INTERNATIONAL GROWTH PORTFOLIO: The Portfolio may invest up to 10% of assets in zero coupon bonds, pay-in-kind and step securities.
AST INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO : The Portfolio will not enter into futures and options where the aggregate initial margins and premiums exceed 5% of the fair market value of its total assets after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on options entered into. The Portfolio may invest up to 5% of total assets in fixed income securities which are unrated or rated below investment grade at either time of purchase or as a result of a reduction in rating after purchase.
AST J.P. MORGAN INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO : Investments in REITs will not exceed 5% of total Portfolio assets. Reverse repurchase agreements may not exceed 10% of total Portfolio assets. The Portfolio will not engage in leverage, and will not purchase additional securities while borrowings from banks exceed 5% of total Portfolio assets. The Portfolio will not enter into forward contracts, futures contracts or options unless it owns an offsetting position in securities, currencies, or other options, forward contracts or futures contracts or it has cash or liquid assets with value sufficient to covert its potential obligations. The Portfolio will not write options if, after such sale, the aggregate value of securities or obligations underlying the outstanding options exceeds 20% of the Portfolio's total assets, and will not purchase options if at the time of the investment the aggregate premiums paid for the options exceeds 5% of total Portfolio assets.
AST J.P. MORGAN STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO: The Portfolio intends to use futures, forward agreements, options, swaps and other derivatives (collectively Derivatives) to the extent permitted by the prospectus and shall not be limited by any contrary disclosure contained in Part II. The Portfolio is not subject to the “Limitation on Currency Hedging” discussed in Part II and may engage in such hedging to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.
AST LOOMIS SAYLES LARGE-CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO: The Portfolio will not enter into any futures contracts or options on futures contracts if the aggregate amount of the Portfolio's commitments under outstanding futures contract positions and options on futures contracts would exceed the Portfolio's total assets. The Portfolio will not invest more than 5% in high yield/high risk (junk bonds) and mortgage and asset-backed securities. The Portfolio will not enter into any interest rate swap, cap or floor transaction unless the unsecured senior debt or the claims-paying ability of the other party thereto is rated in one of the three highest rating categories of at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization at the time of entering into the transaction.
AST LORD ABBETT CORE FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO : The Portfolio may invest directly in foreign currencies or hold financial instruments that provide exposure to foreign currencies, in particular “hard currencies,” or may invest in securities that trade in, or receive revenues in, foreign currencies. The Portfolio may invest up to 5% of its net assets in securities issued by non-US entities and denominated in currencies other than the US dollar. The Portfolio, with respect to 5% of its net assets, may engage in spot transactions and may use forward contracts to protect against uncertainty in the level of future exchange rates. The Portfolio, with respect to up to 5% of its net assets, may take positions in options on foreign currencies to hedge against the risk that foreign exchange rate fluctuations will affect the value of foreign securities the Portfolio holds or intends to purchase. The Portfolio may invest up to 5% of its net assets in convertible securities. The Portfolio may invest up to 5% of its net assets in municipal bonds that, at the time of purchase, are investment grade or determined by Lord Abbett to be of comparable quality. The Portfolio will not purchase an option if, as a result of such purchase, more than 10% of its net assets would be invested in premiums for such options, (2) may write covered put options to the extent that cover for such options does not exceed 15% of the Portfolio's net assets, and (3) may only sell (write) covered call options with respect to securities having an aggregate market value of less than 25% of the Portfolio's net assets at the time an option is written. The Portfolio may invest up to 5% of its net assets in structured notes and collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) (all tranches), a type of asset-backed security.

    186

Table of Contents
The Portfolio will not enter into short sales (except short sales against-the-box) if immediately after such sale the aggregate value of all collateral plus the amount in a segregated account exceeds one-third of the value of the Portfolio's net assets. The Portfolio will not enter into futures and related options that do not constitute bona fide hedging positions if, immediately thereafter, the aggregate initial margin deposits plus premiums paid by it for open options positions, less the amount by which such options are “in the money,” would exceed 5% of total Portfolio assets.
The Portfolio may invest up to 10% of its net assets in Senior Loans. A Senior Loan is typically originated, negotiated and structured by a US or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company or other financial institution (the Agent) for a group of loan investors (Loan Investors). The Agent typically administers and enforces the Senior Loan on behalf of the other Loan Investors in the syndicate. In addition, an institution, typically but not always the Agent, holds any collateral on behalf of the Loan Investors.
Senior Loans primarily include senior floating rate loans and secondarily senior floating rate debt obligations (including those issued by an asset-backed pool), and interests therein. Loan interests primarily take the form of assignments purchased in the primary or secondary market. Loan interests may also take the form of participation interests in, or novations of, a Senior Loan. Such loan interests may be acquired from US or foreign commercial banks, insurance companies, finance companies or other financial institutions who have made loans or are Loan Investors or from other investors in loan interests.
AST GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO: The Portfolio may invest in certain government supported asset-backed notes in reliance on no-action relief issued by the SEC that such securities may be considered as government securities for purposes of compliance with the diversification requirements under Rule 2a-7.
AST NEUBERGER BERMAN/LSV MID-CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO: The Portfolio will limit counterparties in OTC options transactions to dealers with at least $20 million in net worth as reported in their latest financial statements. The Portfolio may invest in lower-rated foreign debt securities subject to the Portfolio's 15% limitation on lower-rated debt securities. The Portfolio may not purchase any foreign currency-denominated securities if, after such purchase more than 10% of total Portfolio assets would be invested in such securities. Where the Portfolio engages in foreign forward currency contracts for hedging purposes, it will not enter in such contracts to sell currency or maintain a net exposure to such contracts if their consummation would obligate the Portfolio to deliver an amount of foreign currency in excess of the value of its portfolio securities or other assets denominated in that currency. The Portfolio will generally not enter into foreign forward currency contracts with a term of greater than one year.
The Portfolio may write and purchase covered call and put options on foreign currencies in amounts not exceeding 5% of net assets. The Portfolio may invest up to 5% of net assets in zero coupon bonds.
AST SMALL-CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO: The Portfolio may not purchase any foreign-currency denominated securities if after such purchase more than 10% of total assets would be invested in such securities. The Portfolio will generally not enter into a foreign forward contract with a duration of more than one year. The Portfolio may write and purchase covered call and put options on foreign currencies in amounts not exceeding 5% of net assets.
AST SMALL-CAP GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO: The Portfolio will not engage in short sales if the market value of all Portfolio securities sold short would exceed 25% of net assets of the Portfolio. The value of the securities of any one issuer which may be shorted is limited to the lesser of 2% of the value of the Portfolio's net assets or 2% of the securities of any class of the issuer. Short sales against-the-box are not subject to these limits.
AST SMALL-CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO: The Portfolio's investments in junk bonds are limited to 5% of total assets. The Portfolio will not write a covered call option or put option if, as a result, the aggregate market value of all portfolio securities or currencies covering call or put options exceeds 25% of the market value of the Portfolio's net assets.
AST T. ROWE PRICE ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO: The Portfolio will not write a covered call option or put option if, as a result, the aggregate market value of all portfolio securities or currencies covering call or put options exceeds 25% of the market value of the Portfolio's net assets. The Portfolio will not commit more than 5% of its assets to premiums when purchasing call and put options.
The Portfolio may also invest in TIPS, or Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities. TIPS are inflation-linked securities issued by the US government. Inflation-linked securities are income-generating instruments whose interest and principal payments are adjusted for inflation—a sustained increase in prices that erodes the purchasing power of money. Inflation linked bonds are also issued by corporations, US government agencies, states, and foreign countries. The inflation adjustment, which is typically applied monthly to the principal of the bond, follows a designated inflation index, such as the consumer price index (CPI). A fixed coupon rate is applied to the inflation adjusted principal so that as inflation rises, both the principal value and the interest payments increase. This can

187

Table of Contents
provide investors with a hedge against inflation, as it helps preserve the purchasing power of your investment. Because of this inflation-adjustment feature, inflation-protected bonds typically have lower yields than conventional fixed-rate bonds. Municipal inflation bonds generally have a fixed principal amount and the inflation component is reflected in the nominal coupon.
Inflation-protected bonds normally will decline in price when real interest rates rise. (A real interest rate is calculated by subtracting the inflation rate from a nominal interest rate. For example, if a 10-year Treasury note is yielding 5% and rate of inflation is 2%, the real interest rate is 3%.) If inflation is negative, the principal and income of an inflation-protected bond will decline and could result in losses for the portfolio.
AST T. ROWE PRICE LARGE-CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO: The Portfolio may invest up to 5% of assets in warrants and rights. The Portfolio may invest up to 15% of total assets in securities of foreign issuers. The Portfolio will not sell a call or put option written by it if, as a result of the sale, the aggregate of the Portfolio's portfolio securities subject to outstanding call or put options (valued at the lower of the option price or market value of such securities) would exceed 15% of the Portfolio's total assets. The aggregate cost of all outstanding options purchased and held by the Portfolio, including options on market indices, will at no time exceed 10% of the Portfolio's total assets.
AST T. ROWE PRICE NATURAL RESOURCES PORTFOLIO: The Portfolio will not write covered call or put options if, as a result, the aggregate market value of all portfolio securities covering call or put options exceeds 25% of the Portfolio's net assets. The Portfolio will not commit more than 5% of total assets to premiums when purchasing call or put options. The Portfolio may invest up to 50% of total assets in US dollar-denominated and non-US dollar-denominated securities of foreign issuers.
AST TEMPLETON GLOBAL BOND PORTFOLIO: The Portfolio may invest up to 25% of assets in below investment-grade high risk bonds and invest up to 100% of its assets in emerging market securities. The Portfolio may invest up to 30% of its assets in mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. The Portfolio will generally not invest more than 5% of its assets in any individual corporate issuer. However, the Portfolio may place assets in bank deposits or other short-term bank instruments with a maturity of up to 30 days provided that the bank has a short term credit rating of A1+ (or if unrated, the equivalent as determined by the subadviser); and the Portfolio may not maintain more than 10% of total assets with any single bank. The Portfolio may maintain more than 5% of its total assets, including cash and currencies, in custodial accounts or deposits of the Trust’s custodian or subcustodians. To hedge risks, or for the purpose of enhancing returns, the Portfolio may invest in exchange traded and over-the-counter currency options, options on currency futures, fixed income total return swaps, options on credit default swaps, credit linked notes, CDOs (all tranches), CLOs (all tranches) and inflation index swaps.  The Portfolio will not write covered call or put options if, as a result, the aggregate market value of all portfolio securities covering call or put options exceeds 25% of the Portfolio's net assets. The Portfolio will not commit more than 5% of total assets to premiums when purchasing call or put options.
AST VALUE EQUITY PORTFOLIO: The Portfolio may write call and put options up to 25% of net assets and may purchase put and call options so long as no more than 5% of net assets invested in premiums on such options. The Portfolio will not engage in OTC options if the amount invested by the Portfolio in other illiquid securities exceeds 15% of net Portfolio assets. The Portfolio will not invest more than 5% of assets in inverse floaters.
For some loans, such as revolving credit facility loans (revolvers), a Loan Investor may have certain obligations pursuant to the Loan Agreement that may include the obligation to make additional loans in certain circumstances. The Portfolio generally will reserve against these contingent obligations by segregating or otherwise designating a sufficient amount of permissible liquid assets. Delayed draw term loans are similar to revolvers, except that once drawn upon by the borrower during the commitment period, they remain permanently drawn and become term loans. A prefunded L/C term loan is a facility created by the Borrower in conjunction with an Agent, with the loan backed by letters of credit. Each participant in a prefunded L/C term loan fully funds its commitment amount to the Agent for the facility.
AST WEDGE CAPITAL MID-CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO (FORMERLY, AST MID-CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO): The Portfolio may invest up to 25% of assets in more speculative convertible debt securities with a rating of or equivalent of B or better by SP. The Portfolio may invest up to 5% of assets in junk bonds. The Portfolio may pledge, mortgage or hypothecate up to 20% of assets to secure permissible borrowings.
AST WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT HEDGED EQUITY PORTFOLIO: The Portfolio will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing in a broadly diversified portfolio of common stocks while also pursuing an equity index option overlay. The equity index option overlay involves the purchase of put options on the S&P 500 Index and the sale of call and put options on the S&P 500 Index.
Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio currently expects to be fully invested and will invest at least 80% of its net assets in the common stocks of small, medium and large companies. The Portfolio's policy of investing at least 80% of its net assets in common stocks is a non-fundamental policy of the Portfolio and may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. The Portfolio may

    188

Table of Contents
also invest up to 30% of its assets in the equity securities of foreign issuers and non-dollar denominated securities, including companies that conduct their principal business activities in emerging markets or whose securities are traded principally on exchanges in emerging markets. The Portfolio may trade securities actively.
The equity index option overlay strategy is designed to help mitigate capital losses in adverse market environments over a short period of time and employs a put/spread collar to meet this goal. To reduce the Portfolio's risk of loss due to a sharp decline in the value of the general equity market over a short period of time, the Portfolio intends to purchase index put options on the S&P 500 with respect to a substantial portion of the value of its common stock holdings. In order to help lessen the cost of the long put protection, the equity index option strategy will also involve the sale of call options on the S&P 500 Index and the sale of a deeper “out-of-the-money” put option on the S&P 500 Index with respect to a significant portion of the Portfolio's common stock holdings. The Portfolio may use options based upon other indices if Wellington Management deems this appropriate in particular market circumstances or based on the Portfolio's common stock holdings.
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES. Certain Portfolios may invest in asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities directly or indirectly represent a participation interest in, or are secured by and payable from, a stream of payments generated by particular assets such as motor vehicle or credit card receivables. Payments of principal and interest may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the entities issuing the securities. Asset-backed securities may be classified as pass-through certificates or collateralized obligations.
Pass-through certificates are asset-backed securities which represent an undivided fractional ownership interest in an underlying pool of assets. Pass-through certificates usually provide for payments of principal and interest received to be passed through to their holders, usually after deduction for certain costs and expenses incurred in administering the pool. Because pass-through certificates represent an ownership interest in the underlying assets, the holders thereof bear directly the risk of any defaults by the obligors on the underlying assets not covered by any credit support.
Asset-backed securities issued in the form of debt instruments, also known as collateralized obligations, are generally issued as the debt of a special purpose entity organized solely for the purpose of owning such assets and issuing such debt. Such assets are most often trade, credit card or automobile receivables. The assets collateralizing such asset-backed securities are pledged to a trustee or custodian for the benefit of the holders thereof. Such issuers generally hold no assets other than those underlying the asset-backed securities and any credit support provided. As a result, although payments on such asset-backed securities are obligations of the issuers, in the event of defaults on the underlying assets not covered by any credit support, the issuing entities are unlikely to have sufficient assets to satisfy their obligations on the related asset-backed securities.
Credit-Related Asset-Backed Securities. This type of asset-backed security is collateralized by a basket of underlying corporate bonds or other securities, including junk bonds. Unlike the traditional asset-backed securities described above, these asset-backed securities often do have the benefit of a security interest or ownership interest in the related collateral. With a credit-related asset-backed security, the underlying bonds have the risk of being prepaid prior to maturity. Although generally not pre-payable at any time, some of the underlying bonds may have call options, while others may have maturity dates that are earlier than the asset-backed security itself. As with traditional asset-backed securities described above, the Portfolio bears the risk of loss of the resulting increase or decrease in yield to maturity after a prepayment of an underlying bond. However, the primary risk associated with credit-related asset-backed securities is the potential loss of principal associated with losses on the underlying bonds.
Collateralized Loan Obligations (CLOs). This type of asset-backed security is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, as well as loans rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. The risks of an investment in a CLO depend largely on the quality of the underlying loans and may be characterized by the Portfolio as illiquid securities.
For credit-related asset-backed securities and CLOs, the cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a trust typically has higher ratings and lower yields than their underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, other tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to particular underlying assets as a class.
Government Money Market Portfolio: AST Government Money Market Portfolio (the Government Money Market Portfolio) may choose to invest in certain government-supported asset-backed notes in reliance on no-action relief issued by the SEC that such securities may be considered government securities for purposes of compliance with the diversification requirements under Rule 2a-7.

189

Table of Contents
BORROWING AND LEVERAGE. A Portfolio may borrow up to 33  1 3 % of the value of its total assets (calculated at the time of the borrowing). The Portfolio may pledge up to 33  1 3 % of its total assets to secure these borrowings. If a Portfolio's asset coverage for borrowings falls below 300%, the Portfolio will take prompt action to reduce its borrowings. If a Portfolio borrows to invest in securities, any investment gains made on the securities in excess of interest paid on the borrowing will cause the net asset value of the shares to rise faster than would otherwise be the case. On the other hand, if the investment performance of the additional securities purchased fails to cover their cost (including any interest paid on the money borrowed) to the Portfolio, the net asset value of the Portfolio's shares will decrease faster than would otherwise be the case. This is the speculative factor known as “leverage.”
A Portfolio may borrow from time to time, at the investment subadviser's discretion, to take advantage of investment opportunities, when yields on available investments exceed interest rates and other expenses of related borrowing, or when, in the investment adviser's opinion, unusual market conditions otherwise make it advantageous for the Portfolio to increase its investment capacity. A Portfolio will only borrow when there is an expectation that it will benefit a Portfolio after taking into account considerations such as interest income and possible losses upon liquidation. Borrowing by a Portfolio creates an opportunity for increased net income but, at the same time, creates risks, including the risks associated with leveraging. A Portfolio may borrow through forward rolls, dollar rolls or reverse repurchase agreements, although no Portfolio currently has any intention of doing so, except for portfolios managed by PIMCO.
CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES. Convertible securities entitle the holder to receive interest payments paid on corporate debt securities or the dividend preference on a preferred stock until such time as the convertible security matures or is redeemed or until the holder elects to exercise the conversion privilege. The characteristics of convertible securities make them appropriate investments for an investment company seeking a high total return from capital appreciation and investment income. These characteristics include the potential for capital appreciation as the value of the underlying common stock increases, the relatively high yield received from dividend or interest payments as compared to common stock dividends and decreased risks of decline in value relative to the underlying common stock due to their fixed income nature. As a result of the conversion feature, however, the interest rate or dividend preference on a convertible security is generally less than would be the case if the securities were issued in nonconvertible form.
In analyzing convertible securities, the Investment Managers will consider both the yield on the convertible security relative to its credit quality and the potential capital appreciation that is offered by the underlying common stock, among other things.
Convertible securities are issued and traded in a number of securities markets. Even in cases where a substantial portion of the convertible securities held by a Portfolio are denominated in US dollars, the underlying equity securities may be quoted in the currency of the country where the issuer is domiciled. With respect to convertible securities denominated in a currency different from that of the underlying equity securities, the conversion price may be based on a fixed exchange rate established at the time the security is issued. As a result, fluctuations in the exchange rate between the currency in which the debt security is denominated and the currency in which the share price is quoted will affect the value of the convertible security. As described below, a Portfolio is authorized to enter into foreign currency hedging transactions in which it may seek to reduce the effect of such fluctuations.
Apart from currency considerations, the value of convertible securities is influenced by both the yield of nonconvertible securities of comparable issuers and by the value of the underlying common stock. The value of a convertible security viewed without regard to its conversion feature (i.e., strictly on the basis of its yield) is sometimes referred to as its “investment value.” To the extent interest rates change, the investment value of the convertible security typically will fluctuate. However, at the same time, the value of the convertible security will be influenced by its “conversion value,” which is the market value of the underlying common stock that would be obtained if the convertible security were converted. Conversion value fluctuates directly with the price of the underlying common stock. If, because of a low price of the common stock the conversion value is substantially below the investment value of the convertible security, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value.
To the extent the conversion value of a convertible security increases to a point that approximates or exceeds its investment value, the price of the convertible security will be influenced principally by its conversion value. A convertible security will sell at a premium over the conversion value to the extent investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding a fixed income security. The yield and conversion premium of convertible securities issued in Japan and the Euromarket are frequently determined at levels that cause the conversion value to affect their market value more than the securities' investment value.
Holders of convertible securities generally have a claim on the assets of the issuer prior to the common stockholders but may be subordinated to other debt securities of the same issuer. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the charter provision, indenture or other governing instrument pursuant to which the convertible security was issued. If a convertible security held by a Portfolio is called for redemption, the Portfolio will be required to redeem the

    190

Table of Contents
security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. Certain convertible debt securities may provide a put option to the holder, which entitles the holder to cause the security to be redeemed by the issuer at a premium over the stated principal amount of the debt security under certain circumstances.
Synthetic convertible securities may be either (i) a debt security or preferred stock that may be convertible only under certain contingent circumstances or that may pay the holder a cash amount based on the value of shares of underlying common stock partly or wholly in lieu of a conversion right (a Cash-Settled Convertible), (ii) a combination of separate securities chosen by the Investment Managers in order to create the economic characteristics of a convertible security, i.e., a fixed income security paired with a security with equity conversion features, such as an option or warrant (a Manufactured Convertible) or (iii) a synthetic security manufactured by another party.
Synthetic convertible securities may include either Cash-Settled Convertibles or Manufactured Convertibles. Cash-Settled Convertibles are instruments that are created by the issuer and have the economic characteristics of traditional convertible securities but may not actually permit conversion into the underlying equity securities in all circumstances. As an example, a private company may issue a Cash-Settled Convertible that is convertible into common stock only if the company successfully completes a public offering of its common stock prior to maturity and otherwise pays a cash amount to reflect any equity appreciation. Manufactured Convertibles are created by the Investment Managers by combining separate securities that possess one of the two principal characteristics of a convertible security, i.e., fixed income (fixed income component) or a right to acquire equity securities (convertibility component). The fixed income component is achieved by investing in nonconvertible fixed income securities, such as nonconvertible bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments. The convertibility component is achieved by investing in call options, warrants, or other securities with equity conversion features (equity features) granting the holder the right to purchase a specified quantity of the underlying stocks within a specified period of time at a specified price or, in the case of a stock index option, the right to receive a cash payment based on the value of the underlying stock index.
A Manufactured Convertible differs from traditional convertible securities in several respects. Unlike a traditional convertible security, which is a single security having a unitary market value, a Manufactured Convertible is comprised of two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the total “market value” of such a Manufactured Convertible is the sum of the values of its fixed income component and its convertibility component.
More flexibility is possible in the creation of a Manufactured Convertible than in the purchase of a traditional convertible security. Because many corporations have not issued convertible securities, the Investment Managers may combine a fixed income instrument and an equity feature with respect to the stock of the issuer of the fixed income instrument to create a synthetic convertible security otherwise unavailable in the market. The Investment Managers may also combine a fixed income instrument of an issuer with an equity feature with respect to the stock of a different issuer when the Investment Managers believe such a Manufactured Convertible would better promote a Portfolio's objective than alternate investments. For example, the Investment Managers may combine an equity feature with respect to an issuer's stock with a fixed income security of a different issuer in the same industry to diversify the Portfolio's credit exposure, or with a US Treasury instrument to create a Manufactured Convertible with a higher credit profile than a traditional convertible security issued by that issuer. A Manufactured Convertible also is a more flexible investment in that its two components may be purchased separately and, upon purchasing the separate securities, “combined” to create a Manufactured Convertible. For example, a Portfolio may purchase a warrant for eventual inclusion in a Manufactured Convertible while postponing the purchase of a suitable bond to pair with the warrant pending development of more favorable market conditions.
The value of a Manufactured Convertible may respond differently to certain market fluctuations than would a traditional convertible security with similar characteristics. For example, in the event a Portfolio created a Manufactured Convertible by combining a short-term US Treasury instrument and a call option on a stock, the Manufactured Convertible would likely outperform a traditional convertible of similar maturity that is convertible into that stock during periods when Treasury instruments outperform corporate fixed income securities and underperform during periods when corporate fixed income securities outperform Treasury instruments.
CORPORATE LOANS. Commercial banks and other financial institutions make corporate loans to companies that need capital to grow or restructure. Borrowers generally pay interest on corporate loans at rates that change in response to changes in market interest rates such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or the prime rate of US banks. As a result, the value of corporate loan investments is generally less responsive to shifts in market interest rates. Because the trading market for corporate loans is less developed than the secondary market for bonds and notes, a Portfolio may experience difficulties from time to time in selling its corporate loans. Borrowers frequently provide collateral to secure repayment of these obligations. Leading financial institutions often act as agent for a broader group of lenders, generally referred to as a “syndicate.” The syndicate's agent arranges the corporate loans, holds collateral and accepts payments of principal and interest. If the agent develops financial problems, a Portfolio may not recover its investment, or there might be a delay in the Portfolio's recovery. By investing in a corporate loan, a Portfolio becomes a member of the syndicate.

191

Table of Contents
As in the case of junk bonds, the corporate loans in which a Portfolio may invest can be expected to provide higher yields than higher-rated fixed income securities but may be subject to greater risk of loss of principal and income. There are, however, some significant differences between corporate loans and junk bonds. Corporate loans are frequently secured by pledges of liens and security interests in the assets of the borrower, and the holders of corporate loans are frequently the beneficiaries of debt service subordination provisions imposed on the borrower's bondholders. These arrangements are designed to give corporate loan investors preferential treatment over junk bond investors in the event of a deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer. Even when these arrangements exist, however, there can be no assurance that the principal and interest owed on the corporate loans will be repaid in full. Corporate loans generally bear interest at rates set at a margin above a generally recognized base lending rate that may fluctuate on a day-to-day basis, in the case of the Prime Rate of a US bank, or that may be adjusted on set dates, typically 30 days but generally not more than one year, in the case of LIBOR. Consequently, the value of corporate loans held by a Portfolio may be expected to fluctuate significantly less than the value of fixed rate junk bond instruments as a result of changes in the interest rate environment. On the other hand, the secondary dealer market for corporate loans is not as well developed as the secondary dealer market for junk bonds, and therefore presents increased market risk relating to liquidity and pricing concerns.
A Portfolio may acquire interests in corporate loans by means of a novation, assignment or participation. In a novation, a Portfolio would succeed to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and become a contracting party under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation. As an alternative, a Portfolio may purchase an assignment, in which case the Portfolio may be required to rely on the assigning institution to demand payment and enforce its rights against the borrower but would otherwise typically be entitled to all of such assigning institution's rights under the credit agreement. Participation interests in a portion of a debt obligation typically result in a contractual relationship only with the institution selling the participation interest and not with the borrower. In purchasing a loan participation, a Portfolio generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the Portfolio may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, a Portfolio will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the institution selling the participation to the Portfolio.
CYBER SECURITY RISK. With the increasing use of technology and computer systems in general and, in particular, the Internet to conduct necessary business functions, each Portfolio is susceptible to operational, information security and related risks. These risks, which are often collectively referred to as “cyber security” risks, may include deliberate or malicious attacks, as well as unintentional events and occurrences. Cyber security is generally defined as the technology, operations and related protocol surrounding and protecting a user’s computer hardware, network, systems and applications and the data transmitted and stored therewith. These measures ensure the reliability of a user’s systems, as well as the security, availability, integrity, and confidentiality of data assets.
Deliberate cyber attacks can include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to computer systems in order to misappropriate and/or disclose sensitive or confidential information; deleting, corrupting or modifying data; and causing operational disruptions. Cyber attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on websites (in order to prevent access to computer networks). In addition to deliberate breaches engineered by external actors, cyber security risks can also result from the conduct of malicious, exploited or careless insiders, whose actions may result in the destruction, release or disclosure of confidential or proprietary information stored on an organization’s systems.
Cyber security failures or breaches, whether deliberate or unintentional, arising from a Portfolio’s third-party service providers (e.g., custodians, financial intermediaries, transfer agents), subadvisers, shareholder usage of unsecure systems to access personal accounts, as well as breaches suffered by the issuers of securities in which the Portfolio invests, may cause significant disruptions in the business operations of the Portfolio. Potential impacts may include, but are not limited to, potential financial losses for the Portfolio and the issuers’ securities, the inability of shareholders to conduct transactions with the Portfolio, an inability of the Portfolio to calculate net asset value (NAV), and disclosures of personal or confidential shareholder information.
In addition to direct impacts on Portfolio shareholders, cyber security failures by a Portfolio and/or its service providers and others may result in regulatory inquiries, regulatory proceedings, regulatory and/or legal and litigation costs to the Portfolio, and reputational damage. The Portfolio may incur reimbursement and other expenses, including the costs of litigation and litigation settlements and additional compliance costs. The Portfolio may also incur considerable expenses in enhancing and upgrading computer systems and systems security following a cyber security failure.
The rapid proliferation of technologies, as well as the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, and others continue to pose new and significant cyber security threats. Although the Portfolio and its service providers and subadvisers may have established business continuity plans and risk management systems to mitigate cyber security risks, there can be no guarantee or assurance that such plans or systems will be effective, or that all risks that exist, or may develop in the future, have

    192

Table of Contents
been completely anticipated and identified or can be protected against. Furthermore, the Portfolio cannot control or assure the efficacy of the cyber security plans and systems implemented by third-party service providers, the subadvisers, and the issuers in which a Portfolio invests.
DEBT SECURITIES. Debt securities, such as bonds, involve credit risk. This is the risk that the issuer will not make timely payments of principal and interest. The degree of credit risk depends on the issuer's financial condition and on the terms of the bonds. Changes in an issuer's credit rating or the market's perception of an issuer's creditworthiness may also affect the value of a Portfolio's investment in that issuer. Credit risk is reduced to the extent a Portfolio limits its debt investments to US Government securities. All debt securities, however, are subject to interest rate risk. This is the risk that the value of the security may fall when interest rates rise. In general, the market price of debt securities with longer maturities will go up or down more in response to changes in interest rates than the market price of shorter-term securities.
DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS. A Portfolio may invest in the securities of foreign issuers in the form of Depositary Receipts or other securities convertible into securities of foreign issuers. Depositary Receipts may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the underlying securities into which they may be converted. American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) and American Depositary Shares (ADSs) are receipts or shares typically issued by an American bank or trust company that evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation. European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) are receipts issued in Europe that evidence a similar ownership arrangement. Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs) are receipts issued throughout the world that evidence a similar arrangement. Generally, ADRs and ADSs, in registered form, are designed for use in the US securities markets, and EDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the United States and in Europe and are designed for use throughout the world. A Portfolio may invest in unsponsored Depositary Receipts. The issuers of unsponsored Depositary Receipts are not obligated to disclose material information in the United States, and, therefore, there may be less information available regarding such issuers and there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the Depositary Receipts. Depositary Receipts are generally subject to the same risks as the foreign securities that they evidence or into or for which they may be converted or exchanged, as well as the risks associated with foreign investments.
DERIVATIVES. A Portfolio may use instruments referred to as derivatives. Derivatives are financial instruments the value of which is derived from another security, a commodity (such as gold or oil), a currency or an index (a measure of value or rates, such as the S&P 500 Index or the prime lending rate). Derivatives allow a Portfolio to increase or decrease the level of risk to which the Portfolio is exposed more quickly and efficiently than transactions in other types of instruments. Each Portfolio may use derivatives for hedging purposes. Certain Portfolios may also use derivatives to seek to enhance returns. The use of a derivative is speculative if the Portfolio is primarily seeking to achieve gains, rather than offset the risk of other positions. When the Portfolio invests in a derivative for speculative purposes, the Portfolio will be fully exposed to the risks of loss of that derivative, which may sometimes be greater than the Derivative's cost. No Portfolio may use any derivative to gain exposure to an asset or class of assets that it would be prohibited by its investment restrictions from purchasing directly.
The SEC has proposed a new rule related to the use of derivatives by registered investment companies, which, if adopted by the SEC as proposed, may limit the Portfolio’s ability to engage in transactions that involve potential future payment obligations (including derivatives such as forwards, futures, swaps and written options) and may limit the ability of the Portfolio to invest in accordance with its stated investment strategy.
EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS. Each Portfolio may invest in Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs). ETFs, which may be unit investment trusts or mutual funds, typically hold portfolios of securities designed to track the performance of various broad securities indexes or sectors of such indexes. ETFs provide another means, in addition to futures and options on indexes, of including stock index exposure in these Portfolios' investment strategies. A Portfolio will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees and other expenses paid by such ETF. In addition, an investment in an ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional fund (i.e., one that is not exchange-traded) that has the same investment objectives, strategies, and policies.
HEDGING. Hedging is a strategy in which a derivative or security is used to offset the risks associated with other Portfolio holdings. Losses on the other investment may be substantially reduced by gains on a Derivative that reacts in an opposite manner to market movements. While hedging can reduce losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains or cause losses if the market moves in a different manner than anticipated by a Portfolio or if the cost of the derivative outweighs the benefit of the hedge. Hedging also involves the risk that changes in the value of the derivative will not match those of the holdings being hedged as expected by a Portfolio, in which case any losses on the holdings being hedged may not be reduced or may be increased. The inability to close options and futures positions also could have an adverse impact on a Portfolio's ability to hedge effectively its portfolio. There is also a risk of loss by the

193

Table of Contents
Portfolio of margin deposits or collateral in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Portfolio has an open position in an option, a futures contract or a related option. There can be no assurance that a Portfolio's hedging strategies will be effective or that hedging transactions will be available to a Portfolio. No Portfolio is required to engage in hedging transactions and each Portfolio may choose not to do so.
INDEXED AND INVERSE SECURITIES. A Portfolio may invest in securities the potential return of which is based on an index or interest rate. As an illustration, a Portfolio may invest in a security whose value is based on changes in a specific index or that pays interest based on the current value of an interest rate index, such as the prime rate. A Portfolio may also invest in a debt security that returns principal at maturity based on the level of a securities index or a basket of securities, or based on the relative changes of two indices. In addition, certain Portfolios may invest in securities the potential return of which is based inversely on the change in an index or interest rate (that is, a security the value of which will move in the opposite direction of changes to an index or interest rate). For example, a Portfolio may invest in securities that pay a higher rate of interest when a particular index decreases and pay a lower rate of interest (or do not fully return principal) when the value of the index increases. If a Portfolio invests in such securities, it may be subject to reduced or eliminated interest payments or loss of principal in the event of an adverse movement in the relevant interest rate, index or indices. Indexed and inverse securities may involve credit risk, and certain indexed and inverse securities may involve leverage risk, liquidity risk and currency risk. A Portfolio may invest in indexed and inverse securities for hedging purposes or to seek to increase returns. When used for hedging purposes, indexed and inverse securities involve correlation risk. (Furthermore, where such a security includes a contingent liability, in the event of such an adverse movement, a Portfolio may be required to pay substantial additional margin to maintain the position.)
The Investment Managers evaluated the financial statement presentation of certain inverse securities, which are commonly referred to as inverse floaters, under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140 (FAS 140). The application of the provisions of FAS 140 entailed a reclassification of transactions in which a Portfolio sells a municipal bond to a special purpose trust in order to create an inverse floater which the Portfolio receives from such trust in a financing transaction. The special purpose trust also issues floating rate notes to third parties. The Portfolio receives interest payments on inverse floaters that bear an inverse relationship to the interest paid on the floating rate notes. These transactions were previously classified as a sale for financial statement presentation purposes. While such inverse floaters expose a Portfolio to leverage risk, they do not constitute borrowings for purposes of a Portfolio's restrictions on borrowings. The application of the provisions of FAS 140 with respect to inverse floaters otherwise acquired by a Portfolio is not currently subject to this reevaluation.
Future financial statements for a Portfolio will reflect the application of the provisions of FAS 140, regardless of materiality. Pursuant to FAS 140, a Portfolio will record interest on the full amount of the municipal bonds held in the special purpose trusts as interest income and the Portfolio also will record the interest to holders of the floating rate certificates and fees associated with the trust as interest expense in the Statement of Operations. This change will cause the Portfolio's expense ratio to increase. However, neither the Portfolio's net income nor its distributions to shareholders is impacted since the increase in interest expense will be offset by a corresponding amount of increased income on the bonds now deemed to be owned by the Portfolio (instead of only the interest the Portfolio received on the inverse floater certificates it held directly).
To the extent that a Portfolio owns such inverse floaters as of the financial reporting period end, another important change pursuant to FAS 140 is that the Portfolio's gross assets would increase by the par amount of the floating rate certificates issued by the affected special purpose trusts, with a corresponding increase in the Portfolio's liabilities. A Portfolio's net assets and net asset value per share should not be affected by this change in accounting because the increase in gross assets will be offset by a corresponding increase in liabilities.
INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS. Each Portfolio may invest in initial public offerings (IPOs). An IPO is the first sale of stock by a private company to the public. IPOs are often issued by smaller, younger companies seeking capital to expand, but can also be done by large privately owned companies looking to become publicly traded.
In an IPO, the issuer obtains the assistance of an underwriting firm, which helps it determine what type of security to issue (common or preferred), best offering price and time to bring it to market. The volume of IPOs and the levels at which the newly issued stocks trade in the secondary market are affected by the performance of the stock market overall. If IPOs are brought to the market, availability may be limited and a Portfolio may not be able to buy any shares at the offering price, or if it is able to buy shares, it may not be able to buy as many shares at the offering price as it would like.
Investing in IPOs entails risks. Importantly, the prices of securities involved in IPOs are often subject to greater and more unpredictable price changes than more established stocks. It is difficult to predict what the stock will do on its initial day of trading and in the near future since there is often little historical data with which to analyze the company. Also, most IPOs are of companies going through a transitory growth period, and they are therefore subject to additional uncertainty regarding their future value.

    194

Table of Contents
PARTICIPATION NOTES . Participation Notes (P-Notes) are a type of equity-linked derivative which generally are traded over-the-counter. Even though a P-Note is intended to reflect the performance of the underlying equity securities, the performance of a P-Note will not replicate exactly the performance of the issuers or markets that the P-Note seeks to replicate due to transaction costs and other expenses.
SWAP AGREEMENTS. Certain Portfolios may enter into swap transactions, including but not limited to, interest rate, index, credit default, total return and, to the extent that it may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, currency exchange rate swap agreements. In addition, certain Portfolios may enter into options on swap agreements (swap options). These swap transactions are entered into in an attempt to obtain a particular return when it is considered desirable to do so, possibly at a lower cost to the Portfolio than if a Portfolio had invested directly in an instrument that yielded that desired return.
Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods typically ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on or calculated with respect to particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” that is, the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index or other investments or instruments.
Most swap agreements entered into by a Portfolio would calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.” Consequently a Portfolio's current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the net amount). The Portfolio's current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the Portfolio) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the segregation of liquid assets.
To the extent that a Portfolio enters into swaps on other than a net basis, the amount maintained in a segregated account will be the full amount of the Portfolio's obligations, if any, with respect to such swaps, accrued on a daily basis. Inasmuch as segregated accounts are established for these hedging transactions, the investment adviser and the Portfolio believe such obligations do not constitute senior securities and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to its borrowing restrictions. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Portfolio will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreement related to the transaction. Since swaps are individually negotiated, the Portfolio expects to achieve an acceptable degree of correlation between its rights to receive a return on its portfolio securities and its rights and obligations to receive and pay a return pursuant to swaps. The Portfolio will enter into swaps only with parties meeting creditworthiness standards of the investment subadviser. The investment subadviser will monitor the creditworthiness of such parties.
CREDIT DEFAULT SWAP AGREEMENTS AND SIMILAR INSTRUMENTS. Certain Portfolios may enter into credit default swap agreements and similar agreements, and may also buy credit-linked securities. The credit default swap agreement or similar instrument may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not currently held by a Portfolio. The protection “buyer” in a credit default contract may be obligated to pay the protection “seller” an up front or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided generally that no credit event on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. A Portfolio may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If a Portfolio is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Portfolio recovers nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. As a seller, a Portfolio generally receives an up front payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap, provided that there is no credit event. If a credit event occurs, generally the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value.
Credit default swaps and similar instruments involve greater risks than if a Portfolio had invested in the reference obligation directly, since, in addition to general market risks, they are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risks. A Portfolio will enter into credit default swap agreements and similar instruments only with counterparties who are rated investment grade quality by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization at the time of entering into such transaction or whose creditworthiness is believed by the Investment Managers to be equivalent to such rating. A buyer also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the up front or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the Portfolio. When a Portfolio acts as a seller of a credit default swap

195

Table of Contents
or a similar instrument, it is exposed to many of the same risks of leverage since, if a credit event occurs, the seller may be required to pay the buyer the full notional value of the contract net of any amounts owed by the buyer related to its delivery of deliverable obligations.
CREDIT LINKED SECURITIES. Among the income producing securities in which a Portfolio may invest are credit linked securities, which are issued by a limited purpose trust or other vehicle that, in turn, invests in a derivative instrument or basket of derivative instruments, such a credit default swaps, interest rate swaps and other securities, in order to provide exposure to certain fixed income markets. For instance, a Portfolio may invest in credit linked securities as a cash management tool in order to gain exposure to a certain market and/or to remain fully invested when more traditional income producing securities are not available.
Like an investment in a bond, investments in these credit linked securities represent the right to receive periodic income payments (in the form of distributions) and payment of principal at the end of the term of the security. However, these payments are conditioned on the issuer's receipt of payments from, and the issuer's potential obligations to, the counterparties to the derivative instruments and other securities in which the issuer invests. For instance, the issuer may sell one or more credit default swaps, under which the issuer would receive a stream of payments over the term of the swap agreements provided that no event of default has occurred with respect to the referenced debt obligation upon which the swap is based. If a default occurs, the stream of payments may stop and the issuer would be obligated to pay the counterparty the par (or other agreed upon value) of the referenced debt obligation. This, in turn, would reduce the amount of income and principal that a Portfolio would receive. A Portfolio's investments in these instruments are indirectly subject to the risks associated with derivatives. It is also expected that the securities will be exempt from registration under the 1933 Act. Accordingly, there may be no established trading market for the securities and they may constitute illiquid investments.
TOTAL RETURN SWAP AGREEMENTS. Certain Portfolios may enter into total return swap agreements. Total return swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments based on the change in market value of the underlying assets, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or market. Total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to a Portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Portfolio would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. Total return swap agreements entail the risk that a party will default on its payment obligations to a Portfolio thereunder. Swap agreements also bear the risk that the Portfolio will not be able to meet its obligation to the counterparty. Generally, the Portfolio will enter into total return swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out with a Portfolio receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). The net amount of the excess, if any, of a Portfolio's obligations over its entitlements with respect to each total return swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of cash or liquid instruments having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be segregated by a Portfolio. If the total return swap transaction is entered into on other than a net basis, the full amount of a Portfolio's obligations will be accrued on a daily basis, and the full amount of the Portfolio's obligations will be segregated by a Portfolio in an amount equal to or greater than the market value of the liabilities under the total return swap agreement or the amount it would have cost the Portfolio initially to make an equivalent direct investment, plus or minus any amount a Portfolio is obligated to pay or is to receive under the total return swap agreement.
Unless otherwise noted, a Portfolio's net obligations in respect of all swap agreements (i.e., the aggregate net amount owed by the Portfolio) is limited to 15% of its net assets.
NON-STANDARD WARRANTS . From time to time, a Portfolio may use synthetic foreign equity securities derivatives in the form non-standard warrants, often referred to as low exercise price warrants or participatory notes or low exercise price options (LEPOs), to gain indirect exposure to issuers in certain countries, such as India. These securities are issued by banks and other financial institutions. The buyer of a low exercise price warrant effectively pays the full value of the underlying common stock at the outset. LEPOs are different from standard warrants in that they do not give their holders the right to receive a security of the issuer upon exercise. Rather, LEPOs pay the holder the difference in price of the underlying security between the date the LEPO was purchased and the date it is sold. LEPOs entail the same risks as other over-the counter derivatives. These include the risk that the counterparty or issuer of the LEPO may not be able to fulfill its obligations, that the holder and counterparty or issuer may disagree as to the meaning or application of contractual terms, or that the instrument may not perform as expected. Additionally, while LEPOs may be listed on an exchange, there is no guaranty that a liquid market will exist or that the counterparty or issuer of a LEPO will be willing to repurchase the LEPO when a Portfolio wishes to sell it.
OPTIONS ON SECURITIES AND SECURITIES INDEXES. A Portfolio may invest in options on individual securities, baskets of securities or particular measurements of value or rate (an index), such as an index of the price of treasury securities or an index representative of short term interest rates.

    196

Table of Contents
Such investments may be made on exchanges and in the over-the-counter (OTC) markets. In general, exchange-traded options have standardized exercise prices and expiration dates and require the parties to post margin against their obligations, and the performance of the parties' obligations in connection with such options is guaranteed by the exchange or a related clearing corporation. OTC options have more flexible terms negotiated between the buyer and the seller, but generally do not require the parties to post margin and are subject to greater credit risk. OTC options also involve greater liquidity risk. See “Additional Risk Factors of OTC Transactions; Limitations on the Use of OTC Derivatives” below.
A Portfolio will write only “covered” options. A written option is covered if, so long as a Portfolio is obligated the option, it (1) owns an offsetting position in the underlying security or currency or (2) segregates cash or other liquid assets, in an amount equal to or greater than its obligation under the option.
CALL OPTIONS. A Portfolio may purchase call options on any of the types of securities or instruments in which it may invest. A call option gives a Portfolio the right to buy, and obligates the seller to sell, the underlying security at the exercise price at any time during the option period. A Portfolio also may purchase and sell call options on indices. Index options are similar to options on securities except that, rather than taking or making delivery of securities underlying the option at a specified price upon exercise, an index option gives the holder the right to receive cash upon exercise of the option if the level of the index upon which the option is based is greater than the exercise price of the option.
Each Portfolio may only write (i.e., sell) covered call options on the securities or instruments in which it may invest and to enter into closing purchase transactions with respect to certain of such options. A covered call option is an option in which a Portfolio either owns an offsetting position in the underlying security or currency, or the Portfolio segregates cash or other liquid assets in an amount equal to or greater than its obligation under the option. The principal reason for writing call options is the attempt to realize, through the receipt of premiums, a greater return than would be realized on the securities alone. By writing covered call options, a Portfolio gives up the opportunity, while the option is in effect, to profit from any price increase in the underlying security above the option exercise price. In addition, a Portfolio's ability to sell the underlying security will be limited while the option is in effect unless the Portfolio enters into a closing purchase transaction. A closing purchase transaction cancels out a Portfolio's position as the writer of an option by means of an offsetting purchase of an identical option prior to the expiration of the option it has written. Covered call options also serve as a partial hedge to the extent of the premium received against the price of the underlying security declining.
PUT OPTIONS. A Portfolio may purchase put options to seek to hedge against a decline in the value of its securities or to enhance its return. By buying a put option, a Portfolio acquires a right to sell such underlying securities or instruments at the exercise price, thus limiting the Portfolio's risk of loss through a decline in the market value of the securities or instruments until the put option expires. The amount of any appreciation in the value of the underlying securities or instruments will be partially offset by the amount of the premium paid for the put option and any related transaction costs. Prior to its expiration, a put option may be sold in a closing sale transaction and profit or loss from the sale will depend on whether the amount received is more or less than the premium paid for the put option plus the related transaction costs. A closing sale transaction cancels out a Portfolio's position as the purchaser of an option by means of an offsetting sale of an identical option prior to the expiration of the option it has purchased. A Portfolio also may purchase uncovered put options.
Each Portfolio may write (i.e., sell) put options on the types of securities or instruments that may be held by the Portfolio, provided that such put options are covered, meaning that such options are secured by segregated, liquid instruments. A Portfolio will receive a premium for writing a put option, which increases the Portfolio's return. A Portfolio will not sell puts if, as a result, more than 25% of the Portfolio's net assets would be required to cover its potential obligations under its hedging and other investment transactions.
FUTURES. A Portfolio may engage in transactions in futures and options thereon. Futures are standardized, exchange-traded contracts which obligate a purchaser to take delivery, and a seller to make delivery, of a specific amount of an asset at a specified future date at a specified price. No price is paid upon entering into a futures contract. Rather, upon purchasing or selling a futures contract a Portfolio is required to deposit collateral (margin) equal to a percentage (generally less than 10%) of the contract value. Each day thereafter until the futures position is closed, the Portfolio will pay additional margin representing any loss experienced as a result of the futures position the prior day or be entitled to a payment representing any profit experienced as a result of the futures position the prior day. Futures involve substantial leverage risk.
The sale of a futures contract limits a Portfolio's risk of loss through a decline in the market value of portfolio holdings correlated with the futures contract prior to the futures contract's expiration date. In the event the market value of the portfolio holdings correlated with the futures contract increases rather than decreases, however, a Portfolio will realize a loss on the futures position and a lower return on the portfolio holdings than would have been realized without the purchase of the futures contract.

197

Table of Contents
The purchase of a futures contract may protect a Portfolio from having to pay more for securities as a consequence of increases in the market value for such securities during a period when the Portfolio was attempting to identify specific securities in which to invest in a market the Portfolio believes to be attractive. In the event that such securities decline in value or a Portfolio determines not to complete an anticipatory hedge transaction relating to a futures contract, however, the Portfolio may realize a loss relating to the futures position.
A Portfolio is also authorized to purchase or sell call and put options on futures contracts including financial futures and stock indices in connection with its hedging activities. Generally, these strategies would be used under the same market and market sector conditions (i.e., conditions relating to specific types of investments) in which the Portfolio entered into futures transactions. A Portfolio may purchase put options or write (i.e., sell) call options on futures contracts and stock indices rather than selling the underlying futures contract in anticipation of a decrease in the market value of its securities. Similarly, a Portfolio can purchase call options, or write put options on futures contracts and stock indices, as a substitute for the purchase of such futures to hedge against the increased cost resulting from an increase in the market value of securities which the Portfolio intends to purchase.
A Portfolio may only write “covered” put and call options on futures contracts. A Portfolio will be considered “covered” with respect to a call option it writes on a futures contract if the Portfolio owns the assets that are deliverable under the futures contract or an option to purchase that futures contract having a strike price equal to or less than the strike price of the “covered” option and having an expiration date not earlier than the expiration date of the “covered” option, or if it segregates for the term of the option cash or other liquid assets equal to the fluctuating value of the optioned future. A Portfolio will be considered “covered” with respect to a put option it writes on a futures contract if it owns an option to sell that futures contract having a strike price equal to or greater than the strike price of the “covered” option, or if it segregates for the term of the option cash or other liquid assets at all times equal in value to the exercise price of the put (less any initial margin deposited by the Portfolio with its custodian with respect to such option). There is no limitation on the amount of a Portfolio's assets that can be segregated.
With respect to futures contracts that are not legally required to “cash settle,” a Portfolio may cover the open position by setting aside or earmarking liquid assets in an amount equal to the market value of the futures contact. With respect to futures that are required to “cash settle,” however, a Portfolio is permitted to set aside or earmark liquid assets in an amount equal to the Portfolio's daily marked to market (net) obligation, if any, (in other words, the Portfolio's daily net liability, if any) rather than the market value of the futures contract. By setting aside assets equal to only its net obligation under cash-settled futures, a Portfolio will have the ability to employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Portfolio were required to segregate assets equal to the full market value of the futures contract.
Each Portfolio, except AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio and AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio, has filed a notice of exemption from regulation as a “commodity pool,” and the Investment Managers have filed a notice of exemption from registration as a “commodity pool operator” with respect to each Portfolio, under applicable rules issued by the CFTC under the Commodity Exchange Act (the CEA). In order to continue to claim the “commodity pool” exemption, a Portfolio is limited in its ability to use futures, options and swaps subject to regulation under the CEA for purposes other than bona fide hedging, which is narrowly defined. With respect to transactions other than for bona fide hedging purposes, either: (1) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish a Portfolio’s positions in such investments may not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the Portfolio’s assets, or (2) the aggregate net notional value of such instruments may not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of the Portfolio’s assets. In addition to meeting one of the foregoing trading limitations, a Portfolio may not market itself as a commodity pool or otherwise as a vehicle for trading in the futures, options or swaps markets.
Based on the trading strategy for AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio and AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio, each such Portfolio shall be considered a “commodity pool” and the Investment Managers shall be considered a “commodity pool operator” with respect to the Portfolio under the CEA. Compliance with applicable CFTC disclosure, reporting and recordkeeping regulations may increase the Portfolios’ gross expenses.
FOREIGN EXCHANGE TRANSACTIONS. A Portfolio may engage in spot and forward foreign exchange transactions and currency swaps, purchase and sell options on currencies and purchase and sell currency futures and related options thereon (collectively, Currency Instruments) for purposes of hedging against the decline in the value of currencies in which its portfolio holdings are denominated against the US dollar or, with respect to certain Portfolios, to seek to enhance returns. Such transactions could be effected with respect to hedges on non-US dollar denominated securities owned by a Portfolio, sold by a Portfolio but not yet delivered, or committed or anticipated to be purchased by a Portfolio. As an illustration, a Portfolio may use such techniques to hedge the stated value in US dollars of an investment in a yen-denominated security. In such circumstances, for example, the Portfolio may purchase a foreign currency put option enabling it to sell a specified amount of yen for dollars at a specified price by a future date. To the extent the hedge is successful, a loss in the value of the yen relative to the dollar will tend to be offset by an increase in the value of the put option. To offset, in whole or in part, the cost of acquiring such a put option, the Portfolio may also sell a call option which, if exercised, requires it to sell a specified amount of yen for dollars at a specified price by a future date (a technique called a straddle).

    198

Table of Contents
By selling such a call option in this illustration, the Portfolio gives up the opportunity to profit without limit from increases in the relative value of the yen to the dollar. “Straddles” of the type that may be used by a Portfolio are considered to constitute hedging transactions and are consistent with the policies described above. No Portfolio will attempt to hedge all of its foreign portfolio positions.
FORWARD FOREIGN EXCHANGE TRANSACTIONS. Forward foreign exchange transactions are OTC contracts to purchase or sell a specified amount of a specified currency or multinational currency unit at a price and future date set at the time of the contract. Spot foreign exchange transactions are similar but require current, rather than future, settlement. A Portfolio will enter into foreign exchange transactions for purposes of hedging either a specific transaction or a portfolio position, or, with respect to certain Portfolios, to seek to enhance returns. A Portfolio may enter into a foreign exchange transaction for purposes of hedging a specific transaction by, for example, purchasing a currency needed to settle a security transaction or selling a currency in which the Portfolio has received or anticipates receiving a dividend or distribution. A Portfolio may enter into a foreign exchange transaction for purposes of hedging a portfolio position by selling forward a currency in which a portfolio position of the Portfolio is denominated or by purchasing a currency in which the Portfolio anticipates acquiring a portfolio position in the near future. A Portfolio may also hedge portfolio positions through currency swaps, which are transactions in which one currency is simultaneously bought for a second currency on a spot basis and sold for the second currency on a forward basis. Forward foreign exchange transactions involve substantial currency risk, and also involve credit and liquidity risk.
CURRENCY FUTURES. A Portfolio may also seek to enhance returns or hedge against the decline in the value of a currency against the US dollar through use of currency futures or options thereon. Currency futures are similar to forward foreign exchange transactions except that futures are standardized, exchange-traded contracts. See “Futures” above. Currency futures involve substantial currency risk, and also involve leverage risk.
CURRENCY OPTIONS. A Portfolio may also seek to enhance returns or hedge against the decline in the value of a currency against the US dollar through the use of currency options. Currency options are similar to options on securities, but in consideration for an option premium the writer of a currency option is obligated to sell (in the case of a call option) or purchase (in the case of a put option) a specified amount of a specified currency on or before the expiration date for a specified amount of another currency. A Portfolio may engage in transactions in options on currencies either on exchanges or OTC markets. See “Types of Options” above and “Additional Risk Factors of OTC Transactions; Limitations on the Use of OTC Derivatives” below. Currency options involve substantial currency risk, and may also involve credit, leverage or liquidity risk.
LIMITATIONS ON CURRENCY HEDGING. Most Portfolios will not speculate in Currency Instruments although certain Portfolios may use such instruments to seek to enhance returns. Accordingly, except for portfolios managed by PIMCO and PGIM, a Portfolio will not hedge a currency in excess of the aggregate market value of the securities that it owns (including receivables for unsettled securities sales), or has committed to or anticipates purchasing, which are denominated in such currency. A Portfolio may, however, hedge a currency by entering into a transaction in a Currency Instrument denominated in a currency other than the currency being hedged (a “cross-hedge”). A Portfolio will only enter into a cross-hedge if the Investment Managers believe that (i) there is a demonstrable high correlation between the currency in which the cross-hedge is denominated and the currency being hedged, and (ii) executing a cross-hedge through the currency in which the cross-hedge is denominated will be significantly more cost-effective or provide substantially greater liquidity than executing a similar hedging transaction by means of the currency being hedged.
RISK FACTORS IN HEDGING FOREIGN CURRENCY RISKS. Hedging transactions involving Currency Instruments involve substantial risks, including correlation risk. While a Portfolio's use of Currency Instruments to effect hedging strategies is intended to reduce the volatility of the net asset value of the Portfolio's shares, the net asset value of the Portfolio's shares will fluctuate. Moreover, although Currency Instruments will be used with the intention of hedging against adverse currency movements, transactions in Currency Instruments involve the risk that anticipated currency movements will not be accurately predicted and that the Portfolio's hedging strategies will be ineffective. To the extent that a Portfolio hedges against anticipated currency movements that do not occur, the Portfolio may realize losses and decrease its total return as the result of its hedging transactions. Furthermore, a Portfolio may only engage in hedging activities from time to time and may not be engaging in hedging activities when movements in currency exchange rates occur.
In connection with its trading in forward foreign currency contracts, a Portfolio will contract with a foreign or domestic bank, or foreign or domestic securities dealer, to make or take future delivery of a specified amount of a particular currency. There are no limitations on daily price moves in such forward contracts, and banks and dealers are not required to continue to make markets in such contracts. There have been periods during which certain banks or dealers have refused to quote prices for such forward contracts or have quoted prices with an unusually wide spread between the price at which the bank or dealer is prepared to buy and that at which it is prepared to sell. Governmental imposition of credit controls might limit any such forward contract trading. With respect to

199

Table of Contents
its trading of forward contracts, if any, a Portfolio will be subject to the risk of bank or dealer failure and the inability of, or refusal by, a bank or dealer to perform with respect to such contracts. Any such default would deprive the Portfolio of any profit potential or force the Portfolio to cover its commitments for resale, if any, at the then market price and could result in a loss to the Portfolio.
It may not be possible for a Portfolio to hedge against currency exchange rate movements, even if correctly anticipated, in the event that (i) the currency exchange rate movement is so generally anticipated that the Portfolio is not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an effective price, or (ii) the currency exchange rate movement relates to a market with respect to which Currency Instruments are not available and it is not possible to engage in effective foreign currency hedging. The cost to a Portfolio of engaging in foreign currency transactions varies with such factors as the currencies involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Since transactions in foreign currency exchange usually are conducted on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved.
RISK FACTORS IN DERIVATIVES. Derivatives are volatile and involve significant risks. In addition to the risks described in the Prospectus, the use of Derivatives for hedging purposes involves correlation risk. If the value of the Derivative moves more or less than the value of the hedged instruments, a Portfolio will experience a gain or loss that will not be completely offset by movements in the value of the hedged instruments.
A Portfolio intends to enter into transactions involving Derivatives only if there appears to be a liquid secondary market for such instruments or, in the case of illiquid instruments traded in OTC transactions, such instruments satisfy the criteria set forth below under “Additional Risk Factors of OTC Transactions; Limitations on the Use of OTC Derivatives.” However, there can be no assurance that, at any specific time, either a liquid secondary market will exist for a Derivative or the Portfolio will otherwise be able to sell such instrument at an acceptable price. It may therefore not be possible to close a position in a Derivative without incurring substantial losses, if at all.
FOREIGN INVESTMENT RISKS. Certain Portfolios may invest in foreign equity and/or debt securities. Foreign debt securities include certain foreign bank obligations and US dollar or foreign currency-denominated obligations of foreign governments or their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, international agencies and supranational entities.
Foreign Market Risk. Portfolios that may invest in foreign securities offer the potential for more diversification than a Portfolio that invests only in the United States because securities traded on foreign markets have often (though not always) performed differently than securities in the United States. However, such investments involve special risks not present in US investments that can increase the chances that a Portfolio will lose money. In particular, a Portfolio is subject to the risk that, because there are generally fewer investors on foreign exchanges and a smaller number of shares traded each day, it may be difficult for the Portfolio to buy and sell securities on those exchanges. In addition, prices of foreign securities may fluctuate more than prices of securities traded in the United States.
Foreign Economy Risk. The economies of certain foreign markets often do not compare favorably with that of the United States with respect to such issues as growth of gross national product, reinvestment of capital, resources, and balance of payments position. Certain such economies may rely heavily on particular industries or foreign capital and are more vulnerable to diplomatic developments, the imposition of economic sanctions against a particular country or countries, changes in international trading patterns, trade barriers, and other protectionist or retaliatory measures. Investments in foreign markets may also be adversely affected by governmental actions such as the imposition of capital controls, nationalization of companies or industries, expropriation of assets, or the imposition of punitive taxes. In addition, the governments of certain countries may prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on foreign investing in their capital markets or in certain industries. Any of these actions could severely affect security prices, impair a Portfolio's ability to purchase or sell foreign securities or transfer the Portfolio's assets or income back into the United States, or otherwise adversely affect a Portfolio's operations. Other foreign market risks include foreign exchange controls, difficulties in pricing securities, defaults on foreign government securities, difficulties in enforcing favorable legal judgments in foreign courts, and political and social instability. Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be less extensive than those available to investors in the United States or other foreign countries.
Currency Risk and Exchange Risk. Securities in which a Portfolio invests may be denominated or quoted in currencies other than the US dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates will affect the value of a Portfolio's portfolio. Generally, when the US dollar rises in value against a foreign currency, a security denominated in that currency loses value because the currency is worth fewer US dollars. Conversely, when the US dollar decreases in value against a foreign currency, a security denominated in that currency gains value because the currency is worth more US dollars. This risk, generally known as “currency risk,” means that a stronger US dollar will reduce returns for US investors while a weak US dollar will increase those returns.

    200

Table of Contents
Governmental Supervision and Regulation/Accounting Standards. Many foreign governments supervise and regulate stock exchanges, brokers and the sale of securities less than does the United States. Some countries may not have laws to protect investors comparable to the US securities laws. For example, some foreign countries may have no laws or rules against insider trading. Insider trading occurs when a person buys or sells a company's securities based on nonpublic information about that company. Accounting standards in other countries are not necessarily the same as in the United States. If the accounting standards in another country do not require as much detail as US accounting standards, it may be harder for Portfolio management to completely and accurately determine a company's financial condition.
Certain Risks of Holding Portfolio Assets Outside the United States. A Portfolio generally holds its foreign securities and cash in foreign banks and securities depositories. Some foreign banks and securities depositories may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In addition, there may be limited or no regulatory oversight over their operations. Also, the laws of certain countries may put limits on a Portfolio's ability to recover its assets if a foreign bank or depository or issuer of a security or any of their agents goes bankrupt. In addition, it is often more expensive for a Portfolio to buy, sell and hold securities in certain foreign markets than in the United States. The increased expense of investing in foreign markets reduces the amount a Portfolio can earn on its investments and typically results in a higher operating expense ratio for the Portfolio as compared to investment companies that invest only in the United States.
Settlement Risk. Settlement and clearance procedures in certain foreign markets differ significantly from those in the United States. Foreign settlement procedures and trade regulations also may involve certain risks (such as delays in payment for or delivery of securities) not typically generated by the settlement of US investments. Communications between the United States and emerging market countries may be unreliable, increasing the risk of delayed settlements or losses of security certificates. Settlements in certain foreign countries at times have not kept pace with the number of securities transactions; these problems may make it difficult for a Portfolio to carry out transactions. If a Portfolio cannot settle or is delayed in settling a purchase of securities, it may miss attractive investment opportunities and certain of its assets may be uninvested with no return earned thereon for some period. If a Portfolio cannot settle or is delayed in settling a sale of securities, it may lose money if the value of the security then declines or, if it has contracted to sell the security to another party, the Portfolio could be liable to that party for any losses incurred.
Dividends or interest on, or proceeds from the sale of, foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, thereby reducing the amount available for distribution to shareholders.
Certain transactions in Derivatives (such as futures transactions or sales of put options) involve substantial leverage risk and may expose a Portfolio to potential losses, which exceed the amount originally invested by the Portfolio. When a Portfolio engages in such a transaction, the Portfolio will deposit in a segregated account at its custodian liquid securities with a value at least equal to the Portfolio's exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to the transaction (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC). Such segregation will ensure that a Portfolio has assets available to satisfy its obligations with respect to the transaction, but will not limit the Portfolio's exposure to loss.
Additional Risk Factors of OTC Transactions; Limitations on the Use of OTC Derivatives. Certain Derivatives traded in OTC markets, including indexed securities, swaps and OTC options, involve substantial liquidity risk. The absence of liquidity may make it difficult or impossible for a Portfolio to sell such instruments promptly at an acceptable price. The absence of liquidity may also make it more difficult for a Portfolio to ascertain a market value for such instruments. A Portfolio will, therefore, acquire illiquid OTC instruments (i) if the agreement pursuant to which the instrument is purchased contains a formula price at which the instrument may be terminated or sold, or (ii) for which the Investment Managers anticipate the Portfolio can receive on each business day at least two independent bids or offers, unless a quotation from only one dealer is available, in which case that dealer's quotation may be used.
Because Derivatives traded in OTC markets are not guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation and generally do not require payment of margin, to the extent that a Portfolio has unrealized gains in such instruments or has deposited collateral with its counterparty the Portfolio is at risk that its counterparty will become bankrupt or otherwise fail to honor its obligations. A Portfolio will attempt to minimize the risk that a counterparty will become bankrupt or otherwise fail to honor its obligations by engaging in transactions in Derivatives traded in OTC markets only with financial institutions that appear to have substantial capital or that have provided the Portfolio with a third-party guaranty or other credit enhancement.
RECENT EVENTS IN EUROPEAN COUNTRIES . A number of countries in Europe have experienced severe economic and financial difficulties. Many non-governmental issuers, and even certain governments, have defaulted on, or been forced to restructure, their debts; many other issuers have faced difficulties obtaining credit or refinancing existing obligations; financial institutions have in many cases required government or central bank support, have needed to raise capital, and/or have been impaired in their ability to extend credit; and financial markets in Europe and elsewhere have experienced extreme volatility and declines in asset values and liquidity. These difficulties may continue, worsen or spread within and without Europe. Responses to the financial problems by European

201

Table of Contents
governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not work, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences. Further defaults or restructurings by governments and others of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world. In addition, one or more countries may abandon the euro, the common currency of the European Union, and/or withdraw from the European Union. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, is not clear but could be significant and far-reaching. Whether or not the Portfolios invest in securities of issuers located in Europe or with significant exposure to European issuers or countries, these events could negatively affect the value and liquidity of the Portfolios' investments.
DISTRESSED SECURITIES. A Portfolio may invest in securities, including corporate loans purchased in the secondary market, which are the subject of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise in default as to the repayment of principal and/or interest at the time of acquisition by the Portfolio or are rated in the lower rating categories (Ca or lower by Moody's and CC or lower by S&P or Fitch) or which, if unrated, are in the judgment of the Investment Managers of equivalent quality (Distressed Securities). Investment in Distressed Securities is speculative and involves significant risks. Distressed Securities frequently do not produce income while they are outstanding and may require a Portfolio to bear certain extraordinary expenses in order to protect and recover its investment.
A Portfolio will generally make such investments only when the Investment Managers believe it is reasonably likely that the issuer of the Distressed Securities will make an exchange offer or will be the subject of a plan of reorganization pursuant to which the Portfolio will receive new securities. However, there can be no assurance that such an exchange offer will be made or that such a plan of reorganization will be adopted. In addition, a significant period of time may pass between the time at which a Portfolio makes its investment in Distressed Securities and the time that any such exchange offer or plan of reorganization is completed. During this period, it is unlikely that a Portfolio will receive any interest payments on the Distressed Securities, the Portfolio will be subject to significant uncertainty as to whether or not the exchange offer or plan of reorganization will be completed and the Portfolio may be required to bear certain extraordinary expenses to protect and recover its investment. Even if an exchange offer is made or plan of reorganization is adopted with respect to Distressed Securities held by a Portfolio, there can be no assurance that the securities or other assets received by a Portfolio in connection with such exchange offer or plan of reorganization will not have a lower value or income potential than may have been anticipated when the investment was made. Moreover, any securities received by a Portfolio upon completion of an exchange offer or plan of reorganization may be restricted as to resale. As a result of a Portfolio's participation in negotiations with respect to any exchange offer or plan of reorganization with respect to an issuer of Distressed Securities, the Portfolio may be restricted from disposing of such securities.
ILLIQUID OR RESTRICTED SECURITIES. Each Portfolio (other than the Government Money Market Portfolio) generally may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. The Government Money Market Portfolio may invest up to 5% of its net assets in illiquid securities. An illiquid security is one that may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the price used to determine the Portfolio's net asset value. Illiquid securities include, but are not limited to, certain securities sold in private placements with restrictions on resale and not traded, repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days, and other investment determined not to be readily marketable. The 15% and 5% limits are applied as of the date a Portfolio purchases an illiquid security. It is possible that a Portfolio's holding of illiquid securities could exceed the 15% limit (5% for the Government Money Market Portfolio), for example as a result of market developments or redemptions.
Each Portfolio may purchase certain restricted securities that can be resold to institutional investors and which may be determined to be liquid pursuant to the procedures of the Portfolios. In many cases, those securities are traded in the institutional market under Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and are called Rule 144A securities. Securities determined to be liquid under these procedures are not subject to the 15% and 5% limits.
Investments in illiquid securities involve more risks than investments in similar securities that are readily marketable. Illiquid securities may trade at a discount from comparable, more liquid securities. Investment of a Portfolio's assets in illiquid securities may restrict the ability of the Portfolio to dispose of its investments in a timely fashion and for a fair price as well as its ability to take advantage of market opportunities. The risks associated with illiquidity will be particularly acute where a Portfolio's operations require cash, such as when a Portfolio has net redemptions, and could result in the Portfolio borrowing to meet short-term cash requirements or incurring losses on the sale of illiquid investments.
Illiquid securities are often restricted securities sold in private placement transactions between issuers and their purchasers and may be neither listed on an exchange nor traded in other established markets. In many cases, the privately placed securities may not be freely transferable under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or due to contractual restrictions on resale. To the extent privately placed securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from the sales could be less than those originally paid by the Portfolio or less than the fair value of the securities. In addition, issuers whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements that may be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. If any privately placed securities held by a Portfolio are required to be registered under the securities laws of one or more

    202

Table of Contents
jurisdictions before being resold, the Portfolio may be required to bear the expenses of registration. Private placement investments may involve investments in smaller, less seasoned issuers, which may involve greater risks than investments in more established companies. These issuers may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may be dependent on a limited management group. In making investments in private placement securities, a Portfolio may obtain access to material non-public information, which may restrict the Portfolio's ability to conduct transactions in those securities.
INVESTMENT IN EMERGING MARKETS. Certain Portfolios may invest in the securities of issuers domiciled in various countries with emerging capital markets. Specifically, a country with an emerging capital market includes, but is not necessarily limited to, any country that the World Bank, the International Finance Corporation, the United Nations or its authorities has determined to have a low or middle income economy. In addition, the subadviser has broad discretion to identify or determine those countries that it considers to qualify as emerging markets. Countries with emerging markets can be found in regions such as Asia, Latin America, Eastern Europe and Africa. Investments in emerging markets may be more susceptible to the risks associated with foreign investments.
Such capital markets are emerging in a dynamic political and economic environment brought about by events over recent years that have reshaped political boundaries and traditional ideologies. In such a dynamic environment, there can be no assurance that these capital markets will continue to present viable investment opportunities for a Portfolio. In the past, governments of such nations have expropriated substantial amounts of private property, and most claims of the property owners have never been fully settled. There is no assurance that such expropriations will not reoccur. In such an event, it is possible that a Portfolio could lose the entire value of its investments in the affected markets. In addition to withholding taxes on investment income, some countries with emerging markets may impose differential capital gains taxes on foreign investors.
Restrictions on Certain Investments. A number of publicly traded closed-end investment companies have been organized to facilitate indirect foreign investment in developing countries, and certain of such countries, such as Thailand, South Korea, Chile and Brazil have specifically authorized such Portfolios. There also are investment opportunities in certain of such countries in pooled vehicles that resemble open-end investment companies. In accordance with the 1940 Act, a Portfolio may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities of other investment companies, not more than 5% of which may be invested in any one such company. In addition, under the 1940 Act, a Portfolio may not own more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any investment company. These restrictions on investments in securities of investment companies may limit opportunities for a Portfolio to invest indirectly in certain developing countries. New shares of certain investment companies may at times be acquired only at market prices representing premiums to their net asset values. If a Portfolio acquires shares of other investment companies, shareholders would bear both their proportionate share of expenses of the Portfolio (including management and advisory fees) and, indirectly, the expenses of such other investment companies. See also “Investments in Other Investment Companies.”
Restrictions on Foreign Investments in Asia-Pacific Countries. Some developing Asia-Pacific countries prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on investments in their capital markets, particularly their equity markets, by foreign entities such as a Portfolio. As illustrations, certain countries may require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular company or limit the investment by foreign persons to only a specific class of securities of a company which may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals. There can be no assurance that a Portfolio will be able to obtain required governmental approvals in a timely manner. In addition, changes to restrictions on foreign ownership of securities subsequent to a Portfolio's purchase of such securities may have an adverse effect on the value of such shares. Certain countries may restrict investment opportunities in issuers or industries deemed important to national interests.
The manner in which foreign investors may invest in companies in certain developing Asia-Pacific countries, as well as limitations on such investments, also may have an adverse impact on the operations of a Portfolio. For example, a Portfolio may be required in certain of such countries to invest initially through a local broker or other entity and then have the shares purchased re-registered in the name of the Portfolio. Re-registration may in some instances not be able to occur on a timely basis, resulting in a delay during which a Portfolio may be denied certain of its rights as an investor, including rights as to dividends or to be made aware of certain corporate actions. There also may be instances where a Portfolio places a purchase order but is subsequently informed, at the time of re-registration, that the permissible allocation of the investment to foreign investors has been filled, depriving the Portfolio of the ability to make its desired investment at that time.
Substantial limitations may exist in certain countries with respect to a Portfolio's ability to repatriate investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors. A Portfolio could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to the Portfolio of any restrictions on investments. For example, in September 1998, Malaysia imposed currency controls that limited a Portfolio's ability to repatriate proceeds of Malaysian investments. It is possible that Malaysia, or certain other countries may impose similar restrictions or other restrictions relating to their currencies or to securities of issuers in those countries. To the extent that such restrictions have the effect of

203

Table of Contents
making certain investments illiquid, securities may not be available to meet redemptions. Depending on a variety of financial factors, the percentage of a Portfolio's portfolio subject to currency controls may increase. In the event other countries impose similar controls, the portion of the Portfolio's assets that may be used to meet redemptions may be further decreased. Even where there is no outright restriction on repatriation of capital, the mechanics of repatriation may affect certain aspects of the operations of a Portfolio. For example, investments may be withdrawn from the People's Republic of China only in US or Hong Kong dollars and only at an exchange rate established by the government once each week. In certain countries, banks or other financial institutions may be among the leading companies or have actively traded securities. The 1940 Act restricts a Portfolio's investments in any equity securities of an issuer that, in its most recent fiscal year, derived more than 15% of its revenues from “securities related activities,” as defined by the rules thereunder. These provisions may restrict a Portfolio's investments in certain foreign banks and other financial institutions.
INVESTMENT IN OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES. Each Portfolio may invest in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds. In accordance with the 1940 Act, a Portfolio may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities of other investment companies. In addition, under the 1940 Act, a Portfolio may not own more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any investment company and not more than 5% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets may be invested in securities of any investment company. (These limits do not restrict a Feeder Fund from investing all of its assets in shares of its Master Portfolio).
Notwithstanding the limits discussed above, a Portfolio may invest in other investment companies without regard to the limits set forth above, provided that the Portfolio complies with Rules 12d1-1, 12d1-2 and 12d1-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the 1940 Act or otherwise permitted by exemptive order, SEC releases, no-action letters or similar interpretation. As with other investments, investments in other investment companies are subject to market and selection risk. In addition, if the Portfolio acquires shares in investment companies, shareholders would bear both their proportionate share of expenses in the Portfolio (including management and advisory fees) and, indirectly, the expenses of such investment companies (including management and advisory fees). Investments by a Portfolio in wholly-owned investment companies created under the laws of certain countries will not be deemed an investment in other investment companies.
JUNK BONDS. Junk bonds are debt securities that are rated below investment grade by the major rating agencies or are unrated securities that the Investment Managers believe are of comparable quality. Although junk bonds generally pay higher rates of interest than investment grade bonds, they are high risk investments that may cause income and principal losses for a Portfolio. The major risks in junk bond investments include the following:
Junk bonds are issued by less credit worthy companies. These securities are vulnerable to adverse changes in the issuer's industry and to general economic conditions. Issuers of junk bonds may be unable to meet their interest or principal payment obligations because of an economic downturn, specific issuer developments or the unavailability of additional financing.
The issuers of junk bonds may have a larger amount of outstanding debt relative to their assets than issuers of investment grade bonds. If the issuer experiences financial stress, it may be unable to meet its debt obligations. The issuer's ability to pay its debt obligations also may be lessened by specific issuer developments, or the unavailability of additional financing.
Junk bonds are frequently ranked junior to claims by other creditors. If the issuer cannot meet its obligations, the senior obligations are generally paid off before the junior obligations.
Junk bonds frequently have redemption features that permit an issuer to repurchase the security from a Portfolio before it matures. If an issuer redeems the junk bonds, a Portfolio may have to invest the proceeds in bonds with lower yields and may lose income.
Prices of junk bonds are subject to extreme price fluctuations. Negative economic developments may have a greater impact on the prices of junk bonds than on other higher rated fixed income securities.
Junk bonds may be less liquid than higher rated fixed income securities even under normal economic conditions. There are fewer dealers in the junk bond market, and there may be significant differences in the prices quoted for junk bonds by the dealers. Because they are less liquid, judgment may play a greater role in valuing certain of a Portfolio's portfolio securities than in the case of securities trading in a more liquid market.
A Portfolio may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting issuer.
MONEY MARKET INSTRUMENTS. Certain Portfolios may invest in money market instruments. Money market instruments include cash equivalents and short-term obligations of US banks, certificates of deposit, short-term obligations issued or guaranteed by the US Government or its agencies. Money market instruments also include bankers' acceptances, commercial paper, certificates of deposit and Eurodollar obligations issued or guaranteed by bank holding companies in the US, their subsidiaries and foreign branches, by foreign banking institutions, and by the World Bank and other multinational instrumentalities, as well as commercial paper and other short-term obligations of, and variable amount master demand notes, variable rate notes and similar agreements issued by, US and foreign corporations.

    204

Table of Contents
MONEY MARKET FUND REFORM. In July 2014, the SEC adopted amendments to Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. Rule 2a-7 imposes quality, liquidity and other requirements on any registered mutual fund that holds itself out to the public as a money market fund. The Government Money Market Portfolio is subject to Rule 2a-7. The new regulations impact money market funds differently depending upon the types of investors that will be permitted to invest in a fund, and the types of securities in which a fund may invest.
“Retail” money market funds have policies and procedures reasonably designed to limit their beneficial owners to natural persons. All other money market funds are considered to be “institutional” money market funds. Retail and institutional money market funds are further classified by their investments. “Prime” money market funds are permitted to invest primarily in corporate or other non-government securities, “US government” money market funds are required to invest a very high percentage of their assets in US government securities and “municipal” money market funds are required to invest significantly in municipal securities.
Under the revised rule, institutional prime money market funds and institutional municipal money market funds are required to value their portfolio securities using market-based factors, and sell and redeem shares at prices based on a floating net asset value. A floating net asset value is calculated by rounding to the fourth decimal place in the case of a money market fund with a $1.0000 share price. Retail money market funds and institutional US government money market funds are not subject to the floating net asset value requirement.
Under the revised rule, any type of money market fund is permitted to impose a discretionary liquidity fee of up to 2% on redemptions or temporarily suspend redemptions (also known as “gate”) if the money market fund’s weekly liquid assets (as defined in Rule 2a-7) fall below 30% of the fund’s total assets and the money market fund’s board of trustees determines that the fee or gate is in the fund’s best interests. Once imposed, a discretionary liquidity fee or redemption gate will remain in effect until the fund’s board of trustees determines that the fee or gate is no longer in the fund’s best interests or the next business day after the fund’s weekly liquid assets return to 30% of the fund’s total assets, whichever occurs first. Regardless, the redemption gate is required to be lifted no later than the 10th business day after the gate is imposed, and a money market fund may not impose a redemption gate for more than 10 business days in any rolling 90-calendar day period.
Under the revised rule, any type of money market fund (except for US government money market funds) is required to impose a liquidity fee of 1% on all redemptions if the money market fund’s weekly liquid assets (as defined in Rule 2a-7) fall below 10% of the fund’s total assets, unless the fund’s board of trustees determines that the fee is not in the fund’s best interests, or that a lower or higher (up to 2%) liquidity fee is in the fund’s best interests.
Other requirements of the revised rule include enhanced website disclosure obligations, the adoption of a new form for disclosure of certain material events (such as the imposition of liquidity fees or redemption gates), stronger diversification requirements and enhanced stress testing.
Pursuant to investment policy changes approved by the Board, effective September 12, 2016, the AST Government Money Market Portfolio (formerly known as the AST Money Market Portfolio) is managed as a government money market fund under Rule 2a-7, which means that it invests at least 99.5% or more of its assets in cash, government securities, and/or repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized with cash or other government securities.  At the election of the Board, the Government Money Market Portfolio will not be subject to a liquidity fee and/or a redemption gate on redemptions, which might apply to other types of money market funds in the future should certain triggering events specified in Rule 2a-7 occur.  However, the Board reserves the right, with notice to shareholders, to change the policy with respect to liquidity fees and/or redemption gates, thereby permitting the Portfolio to impose such fees and gates in the future.
MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES. Investing in mortgage-backed securities involves certain unique risks in addition to those generally associated with investing in fixed income securities and in the real estate industry. Mortgage-backed securities are “pass-through” securities, meaning that principal and interest payments made by the borrower on the underlying mortgages are passed through to a Portfolio. The value of mortgage-backed securities, like that of traditional fixed income securities, typically increases when interest rates fall and decreases when interest rates rise. However, mortgage-backed securities differ from traditional fixed income securities because of their potential for prepayment without penalty. The price paid by a Portfolio for its mortgage-backed securities, the yield the Portfolio expects to receive from such securities and the average life of the securities are based on a number of factors, including the anticipated rate of prepayment of the underlying mortgages. In a period of declining interest rates, borrowers may prepay the underlying mortgages more quickly than anticipated, thereby reducing the yield to maturity and the average life of the mortgage-backed securities. Moreover, when a Portfolio reinvests the proceeds of a prepayment in these circumstances, it will likely receive a rate of interest that is lower than the rate on the security that was prepaid.

205

Table of Contents
To the extent that a Portfolio purchases mortgage-backed securities at a premium, mortgage foreclosures and principal prepayments may result in a loss to the extent of the premium paid. If a Portfolio buys such securities at a discount, both scheduled payments of principal and unscheduled prepayments will increase current and total returns and will accelerate the recognition of income which, when distributed to shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. In a period of rising interest rates, prepayments of the underlying mortgages may occur at a slower than expected rate, creating maturity extension risk. This particular risk may effectively change a security that was considered short or intermediate-term at the time of purchase into a long-term security. Since long-term securities generally fluctuate more widely in response to changes in interest rates than shorter-term securities, maturity extension risk could increase the inherent volatility of the Portfolio. Under certain interest rate and prepayment scenarios, a Portfolio may fail to recoup fully its investment in mortgage-backed securities notwithstanding any direct or indirect governmental or agency guarantee.
Most mortgage-backed securities are issued by Federal government agencies such as the Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae), or by government sponsored enterprises such as the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) or the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae). Principal and interest payments on mortgage-backed securities issued by the Federal government and some Federal government agencies, such as Ginnie Mae, are guaranteed by the Federal government and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Mortgage-backed securities issued by other government agencies or government sponsored enterprises, such as Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae, are backed only by the credit of the government agency or enterprise and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. While certain mortgage-related securities receive government or private support, there is no assurance that such support will remain in place in the future. Additionally, mortgage-backed securities issued by government agencies or sponsored enterprises like Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae generally have very little credit risk, but may be subject to substantial interest rate risks. Private mortgage-backed securities are issued by private corporations rather than government agencies and are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Some mortgage-backed securities, including those issued by government agencies and government-sponsored enterprises, may be based on pools of loans that are originated by an affiliate of the Manager.
In September 2008, the US Treasury placed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac under conservatorship and appointed the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) to manage their daily operations. In addition, the US Treasury entered into purchase agreements with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to provide them with capital in exchange for senior preferred stock. Pass-through securities issued by Fannie Mae are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by Fannie Mae. Participation certificates representing interests in mortgages from Freddie Mac’s national portfolio are guaranteed as to the timely payment of interest and principal by Freddie Mac. Private, government, or government-related entities may create mortgage loan pools offering pass-through investments in addition to those described above. The mortgages underlying these securities may be alternative mortgage instruments (that is, mortgage instruments whose principal or interest payments may vary or whose terms to maturity may be shorter than customary).
MUNICIPAL SECURITIES. Certain Portfolios may, from time to time, invest in municipal bonds including general obligation and revenue bonds. General obligation bonds are secured by the issuer's pledge of its faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest, whereas revenue bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source. A Portfolio may also invest in municipal notes including tax, revenue and bond anticipation notes which are issued to obtain Portfolios for various public purposes.
Municipal securities include notes and bonds issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States and their political subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities and the District of Columbia, the interest on which is generally eligible for exclusion from federal income tax and, in certain instances, applicable state or local income and personal property taxes. Such securities are traded primarily in the over-the-counter market.
The interest rates payable on certain municipal bonds and municipal notes are not fixed and may fluctuate based upon changes in market rates. Municipal bonds and notes of this type are called “variable rate” obligations. The interest rate payable on a variable rate obligation is adjusted either at predesignated intervals or whenever there is a change in the market rate of interest on which the interest rate payable is based. Other features may include the right whereby a Portfolio may demand prepayment of the principal amount of the obligation prior to its stated maturity (a demand feature) and the right of the issuer to prepay the principal amount prior to maturity. The principal benefit of a variable rate obligation is that the interest rate adjustment minimizes changes in the market value of the obligation. As a result, the purchase of variable rate obligations should enhance the ability of a Portfolio to maintain a stable NAV per share and to sell an obligation prior to maturity at a price approximating the full principal amount of the obligation.
Variable or floating rate securities include participation interests therein and inverse floaters. Floating rate securities normally have a rate of interest that is set as a specific percentage of a designated base rate, such as the rate on Treasury Bonds or Bills. The interest rate on floating rate securities changes whenever there is a change in the designated base interest rate. Variable rate securities provide for a specific periodic adjustment in the interest rate based on prevailing market rates and generally would allow a Portfolio to demand payment of the obligation on short notice at par plus accrued interest, which amount may, at times, be more or less than the amount

    206

Table of Contents
the Portfolio paid for them. Some floating rate and variable rate securities have maturities longer than 397 calendar days but afford the holder the right to demand payment at dates earlier than the final maturity date. Such floating rate and variable rate securities will be treated as having maturities equal to the demand date or the period of adjustment of the interest rate whichever is longer.
An inverse floater is a debt instrument with a floating or variable interest rate that moves in the opposite direction of the interest rate on another security or the value of an index. Changes in the interest rate on the other security or index inversely affect the residual interest rate paid on the inverse floater, with the result that the inverse floater's price will be considerably more volatile than that of a fixed rate bond. Generally, income from inverse floating rate bonds will decrease when short-term interest rates increase, and will increase when short-term interest rates decrease. Such securities have the effect of providing a degree of investment leverage, since they may increase or decrease in value in response to changes, as an illustration, in market interest rates at a rate that is a multiple (typically two) of the rate at which fixed-rate, long-term, tax-exempt securities increase or decrease in response to such changes. As a result, the market values of such securities generally will be more volatile than the market values of fixed-rate tax-exempt securities. For additional information relating to inverse floaters, please see “Indexed and Inverse Securities.”
REAL ESTATE RELATED SECURITIES. Although no Portfolio may invest directly in real estate, certain Portfolios may invest in equity securities of issuers that are principally engaged in the real estate industry. Therefore, an investment in such a Portfolio is subject to certain risks associated with the ownership of real estate and with the real estate industry in general. These risks include, among others: possible declines in the value of real estate; risks related to general and local economic conditions; possible lack of availability of mortgage Portfolios or other limitations on access to capital; overbuilding; risks associated with leverage; market illiquidity; extended vacancies of properties; increase in competition, property taxes, capital expenditures and operating expenses; changes in zoning laws or other governmental regulation; costs resulting from the clean-up of, and liability to third parties for damages resulting from, environmental problems; tenant bankruptcies or other credit problems; casualty or condemnation losses; uninsured damages from floods, earthquakes or other natural disasters; limitations on and variations in rents, including decreases in market rates for rents; investment in developments that are not completed or that are subject to delays in completion; and changes in interest rates. To the extent that assets underlying a Portfolio's investments are concentrated geographically, by property type or in certain other respects, the Portfolio may be subject to certain of the foregoing risks to a greater extent. Investments by a Portfolio in securities of companies providing mortgage servicing will be subject to the risks associated with refinancings and their impact on servicing rights. In addition, if a Portfolio receives rental income or income from the disposition of real property acquired as a result of a default on securities the Portfolio owns, the receipt of such income may adversely affect the Portfolio's ability to retain its tax status as a regulated investment company because of certain income source requirements applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code.
REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS (REITS). Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, may not be diversified geographically or by property type, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers and self-liquidation. REITs must also meet certain requirements under the Code to avoid entity level tax and be eligible to pass-through certain tax attributes of their income to shareholders. REITs are consequently subject to the risk of failing to meet these requirements for favorable tax treatment and of failing to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act. REITs are also subject to the risks of changes in the Code, affecting their tax status.
REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT's investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT's investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. In contrast, as interest rates on adjustable rate mortgage loans are reset periodically, yields on a REIT's investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates, causing the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations.
Investing in certain REITs involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. These REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically, small capitalization stocks, such as these REITs, have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks included in the S&P 500 Index. The management of a REIT may be subject to conflicts of interest with respect to the operation of the business of the REIT and may be involved in real estate activities competitive with the REIT. REITs may own properties through joint ventures or in other circumstances in which the REIT may not have control over its investments. REITs may incur significant amounts of leverage.
REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS. A Portfolio may invest in securities pursuant to repurchase agreements. A Portfolio will enter into repurchase agreements only with parties meeting creditworthiness standards as set forth in the Portfolio's repurchase agreement procedures.

207

Table of Contents
Under such agreements, the other party agrees, upon entering into the contract with a Portfolio, to repurchase the security at a mutually agreed-upon time and price in a specified currency, thereby determining the yield during the term of the agreement. This results in a fixed rate of return insulated from market fluctuations during such period, although such return may be affected by currency fluctuations. In the case of repurchase agreements, the prices at which the trades are conducted do not reflect accrued interest on the underlying obligation. Such agreements usually cover short periods, such as under one week. Repurchase agreements may be construed to be collateralized loans by the purchaser to the seller secured by the securities transferred to the purchaser.
In the case of a repurchase agreement, as a purchaser, a Portfolio will require all repurchase agreements to be fully collateralized at all times by cash or other liquid assets in an amount at least equal to the resale price. The seller is required to provide additional collateral if the market value of the securities falls below the repurchase price at any time during the term of the repurchase agreement. In the event of default by the seller under a repurchase agreement construed to be a collateralized loan, the underlying securities are not owned by the Portfolio but only constitute collateral for the seller's obligation to pay the repurchase price. Therefore, the Portfolio may suffer time delays and incur costs or possible losses in connection with disposition of the collateral.
A Portfolio may participate in a joint repurchase agreement account with other investment companies managed by PI pursuant to an order of the SEC. On a daily basis, any uninvested cash balances of the Portfolio may be aggregated with those of such investment companies and invested in one or more repurchase agreements. Each Portfolio participates in the income earned or accrued in the joint account based on the percentage of its investment.
DOLLAR ROLLS. Certain Portfolios may enter into dollar rolls. In a dollar roll, a Portfolio sells securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar (same type and coupon) securities on a specified future date from the same party. During the roll period, a Portfolio foregoes principal and interest paid on the securities. A Portfolio is compensated by the difference between the current sale price and the forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the drop) as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. The Portfolio will establish a segregated account in which it will maintain cash or other liquid assets, marked to market daily, having a value equal to its obligations in respect of dollar rolls.
Dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained by the Portfolio may decline below the price of the securities, the Portfolio has sold but is obligated to repurchase under the agreement. In the event the buyer of securities under a dollar roll files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Portfolio's use of the proceeds of the agreement may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Portfolio's obligation to repurchase the securities. Cash proceeds from dollar rolls may be invested in cash or other liquid assets.
SECURITIES LENDING. Unless otherwise noted, a Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions subject to applicable regulatory requirements and guidance, including the requirements that: (1) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed 33 1/3% of the total assets of the Portfolio; (2) the borrower pledge and maintain with the Portfolio collateral consisting of cash, an irrevocable letter of credit, or securities issued or guaranteed by the US government having at all times a value of not less than 100% of the value of the securities lent; and (3) the loan be made subject to termination by the Portfolio at any time. Goldman Sachs Bank, USA, doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (GSAL), serves as securities lending agent for each Portfolio, and in that role administers each Portfolio’s securities lending program. As compensation for these services, GSAL receives a portion of any amounts earned by the Portfolio through lending securities.
A Portfolio may invest the cash collateral and/or it may receive a fee from the borrower. To the extent that cash collateral is invested, it will be invested in a prime money market fund and will be subject to market depreciation or appreciation. The Portfolio will be responsible for any loss that results from this investment of collateral.
On termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Portfolio, and any gain or loss in the market price during the loan would inure to the Portfolio. If the borrower defaults on its obligation to return the securities lent because of insolvency or other reasons, the Portfolio could experience delays and costs in recovering the securities lent or in gaining access to the collateral. In such situations, the Portfolio may sell the collateral and purchase a replacement investment in the market. There is a risk that the value of the collateral could decrease below the value of the replacement investment by the time the replacement investment is purchased.
During the time portfolio securities are on loan, the borrower will pay the Portfolio an amount equivalent to any dividend or interest paid on such securities. Voting or consent rights which accompany loaned securities pass to the borrower. However, all loans may be terminated at any time to facilitate the exercise of voting or other consent rights with respect to matters considered to be material. The Portfolio bears the risk that there may be a delay in the return of the securities which may impair the Portfolio’s ability to exercise such rights.

    208

Table of Contents
SECURITIES OF SMALLER OR EMERGING GROWTH COMPANIES. Investment in smaller or emerging growth companies involves greater risk than is customarily associated with investments in more established companies. The securities of smaller or emerging growth companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than larger, more established companies or the market average in general. These companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may be dependent on a limited management group.
While smaller or emerging growth company issuers may offer greater opportunities for capital appreciation than large cap issuers, investments in smaller or emerging growth companies may involve greater risks and thus may be considered speculative. The Investment Managers believe that properly selected companies of this type have the potential to increase their earnings or market valuation at a rate substantially in excess of the general growth of the economy. Full development of these companies and trends frequently takes time.
Small cap and emerging growth securities will often be traded only in the over-the-counter market or on a regional securities exchange and may not be traded every day or in the volume typical of trading on a national securities exchange. As a result, the disposition by a Portfolio of portfolio securities to meet redemptions or otherwise may require a Portfolio to make many small sales over a lengthy period of time, or to sell these securities at a discount from market prices or during periods when, in the Investment Managers’ judgment, such disposition is not desirable.
While the process of selection and continuous supervision by the Investment Managers does not, of course, guarantee successful investment results, it does provide access to an asset class not available to the average individual due to the time and cost involved. Careful initial selection is particularly important in this area as many new enterprises have promise but lack certain of the factors necessary to prosper. Investing in small cap and emerging growth companies requires specialized research and analysis. In addition, many investors cannot invest sufficient assets in such companies to provide wide diversification.
Small companies are generally little known to most individual investors although some may be dominant in their respective industries. The Investment Managers believe that relatively small companies will continue to have the opportunity to develop into significant business enterprises. A Portfolio may invest in securities of small issuers in the relatively early stages of business development that have a new technology, a unique or proprietary product or service, or a favorable market position. Such companies may not be counted upon to develop into major industrial companies, but Portfolio management believes that eventual recognition of their special value characteristics by the investment community can provide above-average long-term growth to the portfolio.
Equity securities of specific small cap issuers may present different opportunities for long-term capital appreciation during varying portions of economic or securities markets cycles, as well as during varying stages of their business development. The market valuation of small cap issuers tends to fluctuate during economic or market cycles, presenting attractive investment opportunities at various points during these cycles.
Smaller companies, due to the size and kinds of markets that they serve, may be less susceptible than large companies to intervention from the Federal government by means of price controls, regulations or litigation.
SHORT SALES AND SHORT SALES AGAINST-THE-BOX. Certain Portfolios may make short sales of securities, either as a hedge against potential declines in value of a portfolio security or to realize appreciation when a security that the Portfolio does not own declines in value. When a Portfolio makes a short sale, it borrows the security sold short and delivers it to the broker-dealer through which it made the short sale. A Portfolio may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to turn over any payments received on such borrowed securities to the lender of the securities. The Trust may not be able to limit any losses resulting from share price volatility if the security indefinitely continues to increase in value at such specified time.
A Portfolio secures its obligation to replace the borrowed security by depositing collateral with the broker-dealer, usually in cash, US Government securities or other liquid securities similar to those borrowed. With respect to the uncovered short positions, a Portfolio is required to (1) deposit similar collateral with its custodian or otherwise segregate collateral on its records, to the extent that the value of the collateral in the aggregate is at all times equal to at least 100% of the current market value of the security sold short, or (2) a Portfolio must otherwise cover its short position. Depending on arrangements made with the broker-dealer from which the Portfolio borrowed the security, regarding payment over of any payments received by a Portfolio on such security, a Portfolio may not receive any payments (including interest) on its collateral deposited with such broker-dealer. A Portfolio will incur a loss as a result of a short sale if the price of the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Portfolio replaces the borrowed security. A Portfolio will realize a gain if the security declines in price between those dates.

209

Table of Contents
Certain Portfolios may also make short sales against-the-box. A short sale against-the-box is a short sale in which a Portfolio owns an equal amount of the securities sold short, or securities convertible or exchangeable for, with or without payment of any further consideration, such securities. However, if further consideration is required in connection with the conversion or exchange, cash or other liquid assets, in an amount equal to such consideration must be segregated on a Portfolio's records or with its Custodian.
SOVEREIGN DEBT. Investment in sovereign debt can involve a high degree of risk. The governmental entity that controls the repayment of sovereign debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt. A governmental entity's willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the government entity's policy towards the International Monetary Fund and the political constraints to which a government entity may be subject. Governmental entities may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor's obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties' commitments to lend Portfolios to the governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor's ability or willingness to timely service its debts. Consequently, governmental entities may default on their sovereign debt. Holders of sovereign debt may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to government entities. In the event of a default by a governmental entity, there may be few or no effective legal remedies for collecting on such debt.
STANDBY COMMITMENT AGREEMENTS. A Portfolio may enter into standby commitment agreements. These agreements commit a Portfolio, for a stated period of time, to purchase a stated amount of securities that may be issued and sold to that Portfolio at the option of the issuer. The price of the security is fixed at the time of the commitment. At the time of entering into the agreement the Portfolio is paid a commitment fee, regardless of whether or not the security is ultimately issued. A Portfolio will enter into such agreements for the purpose of investing in the security underlying the commitment at a price that is considered advantageous to the Portfolio. A Portfolio will limit its investment in such commitments so that the aggregate purchase price of securities subject to such commitments, together with the value of portfolio securities subject to legal restrictions on resale that affect their marketability, will not exceed 15% of its net assets taken at the time of the commitment. A Portfolio segregates liquid assets in an aggregate amount equal to the purchase price of the securities underlying the commitment. There can be no assurance that the securities subject to a standby commitment will be issued, and the value of the security, if issued, on the delivery date may be more or less than its purchase price. Since the issuance of the security underlying the commitment is at the option of the issuer, the Portfolio may bear the risk of a decline in the value of such security and may not benefit from any appreciation in the value of the security during the commitment period. The purchase of a security subject to a standby commitment agreement and the related commitment fee will be recorded on the date on which the security can reasonably be expected to be issued, and the value of the security thereafter will be reflected in the calculation of a Portfolio's net asset value. The cost basis of the security will be adjusted by the amount of the commitment fee. In the event the security is not issued, the commitment fee will be recorded as income on the expiration date of the standby commitment.
STRIPPED SECURITIES. Stripped securities are created when the issuer separates the interest and principal components of an instrument and sells them as separate securities. In general, one security is entitled to receive the interest payments on the underlying assets (the interest only or “IO” security) and the other to receive the principal payments (the principal only or “PO” security). Some stripped securities may receive a combination of interest and principal payments. The yields to maturity on IOs and POs are sensitive to the expected or anticipated rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying assets, and principal payments may have a material effect on yield to maturity. If the underlying assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a Portfolio may not fully recoup its initial investment in IOs. Conversely, if the underlying assets experience less than anticipated prepayments of principal, the yield on POs could be adversely affected. Stripped securities may be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and rates of prepayment.
STRUCTURED NOTES. Certain Portfolios may invest in structured notes. The values of the structured notes in which a Portfolio will invest may be linked to equity securities or equity indices or other instruments or indices(reference instruments). These notes differ from other types of debt securities in several respects. The interest rate or principal amount payable at maturity may vary based on changes in the value of the equity security, instrument,or index. A structured note may be positively or negatively indexed; that is, its value or interest rate may increase or decrease if the value of the reference instrument increases. Similarly, its value may increase or decrease if the value of the reference instrument decreases. Further, the change in the principal amount payable with respect to, or the interest rate of, a structured note may be a multiple of the percentage change (positive or negative) in the value of the underlying reference instrument(s).

    210

Table of Contents
Investments in structured notes involve certain risks, including the credit risk of the issuer and the normal risks of price changes in response to changes in interest rates. Further, in the case of certain structured notes, a decline or increase in the value of the reference instrument may cause the interest rate to be reduced to zero, and any further declines or increases in the reference instrument may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity. The percentage by which the value of the structured note decreases may be far greater than the percentage by which the value of the reference instrument increases or decreases. Finally, these securities may be less liquid than other types of securities, and may be more volatile than their underlying reference instruments.
SUPRANATIONAL ENTITIES. A Portfolio may invest in debt securities of supranational entities . Examples include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the World Bank), the European Steel and Coal Community, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. The government members, or “stockholders,” usually make initial capital contributions to the supranational entity and in many cases are committed to make additional capital contributions if the supranational entity is unable to repay its borrowings.
TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE STRATEGY AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS. Each Portfolio may temporarily invest without limit in money market instruments, including commercial paper of US corporations, certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances and other obligations of domestic banks, and obligations issued or guaranteed by the US government, its agencies or its instrumentalities, as part of a temporary defensive strategy or to maintain liquidity to meet redemptions. Money market instruments typically have a maturity of one year or less as measured from the date of purchase.
A Portfolio also may temporarily hold cash or invest in money market instruments pending investment of proceeds from new sales of Portfolio shares or during periods of portfolio restructuring.
TRACERS AND TRAINS. Tradable Custodial Receipts or TRACERS represent an interest in a basket of investment grade corporate credits. Targeted Return Index Securities or TRAINS represent an interest in a basket of high yield securities of varying credit quality. Only the AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio may invest in TRAINS. Interests in TRACERS and TRAINS provide a cost-effective alternative to purchasing individual issues.
WARRANTS AND RIGHTS. Warrants and rights are securities permitting, but not obligating, the warrant holder to subscribe for other securities. Buying a warrant does not make a Portfolio a shareholder of the underlying stock. The warrant holder has no right to dividends or votes on the underlying stock. A warrant does not carry any right to assets of the issuer, and for this reason investment in warrants may be more speculative than other equity-based investments.
WHEN ISSUED SECURITIES, DELAYED DELIVERY SECURITIES AND FORWARD COMMITMENTS. A Portfolio may purchase or sell securities that it is entitled to receive on a when issued basis. A Portfolio may also purchase or sell securities on a delayed delivery basis or through a forward commitment. These transactions involve the purchase or sale of securities by a Portfolio at an established price with payment and delivery taking place in the future. A Portfolio enters into these transactions to obtain what is considered an advantageous price to the Portfolio at the time of entering into the transaction. No Portfolio has established any limit on the percentage of its assets that may be committed in connection with these transactions. When a Portfolio purchases securities in these transactions, the Portfolio segregates liquid securities in an amount equal to the amount of its purchase commitments.
There can be no assurance that a security purchased on a when issued basis will be issued or that a security purchased or sold through a forward commitment will be delivered. The value of securities in these transactions on the delivery date may be more or less than the Portfolio's purchase price. The Portfolio may bear the risk of a decline in the value of the security in these transactions and may not benefit from an appreciation in the value of the security during the commitment period.
US GOVERNMENT SECURITIES. Certain Portfolios may invest in adjustable rate and fixed rate US Government securities. US Government securities are instruments issued or guaranteed by the US Treasury or by an agency or instrumentality of the US Government. US Government guarantees do not extend to the yield or value of the securities or a Portfolio's shares. Not all US Government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Some are supported only by the credit of the issuing agency.
US Treasury securities include bills, notes, bonds and other debt securities issued by the US Treasury. These instruments are direct obligations of the US Government and, as such, are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. They differ primarily in their interest rates, the lengths of their maturities and the dates of their issuances. US Government guarantees do not extend to the yield or value of the securities or a Portfolio’s shares.
Securities issued by agencies of the US Government or instrumentalities of the US Government, including those which are guaranteed by Federal agencies or instrumentalities, may or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Obligations of the Ginnie Mae, the Farmers Home Administration and the Small Business Administration are backed by the full faith and credit of the

211

Table of Contents
United States. In the case of securities not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, a Portfolio must look principally to the agency issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment and may not be able to assert a claim against the United States if the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitments.
Certain Portfolios may also invest in component parts of US Government securities, namely either the corpus (principal) of such obligations or one or more of the interest payments scheduled to be paid on such obligations. These obligations may take the form of (1) obligations from which the interest coupons have been stripped; (2) the interest coupons that are stripped; (3) book-entries at a Federal Reserve member bank representing ownership of obligation components; or (4) receipts evidencing the component parts (corpus or coupons) of US Government obligations that have not actually been stripped. Such receipts evidence ownership of component parts of US Government obligations (corpus or coupons) purchased by a third party (typically an investment banking firm) and held on behalf of the third party in physical or book-entry form by a major commercial bank or trust company pursuant to a custody agreement with the third party. A Portfolio may also invest in custodial receipts held by a third party that are not US Government securities. US Government securities may be affected by changing interest rates.
ZERO COUPON SECURITIES, PAY-IN-KIND SECURITIES AND DEFERRED PAYMENT SECURITIES. Certain Portfolios may invest in zero coupon securities. Zero coupon securities are securities that are sold at a discount to par value and on which interest payments are not made during the life of the security. The discount approximates the total amount of interest the security will accrue and compound over the period until maturity on the particular interest payment date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. Upon maturity, the holder is entitled to receive the par value of the security. While interest payments are not made on such securities, holders of such securities are deemed to have received income (phantom income) annually, notwithstanding that cash may not be received currently. The effect of owning instruments that do not make current interest payments is that a fixed yield is earned not only on the original investment but also, in effect, on all discount accretion during the life of the obligations. This implicit reinvestment of earnings at the same rate eliminates the risk of being unable to invest distributions at a rate as high as the implicit yield on the zero coupon bond, but at the same time eliminates the holder's ability to reinvest at higher rates in the future. For this reason, some of these securities may be subject to substantially greater price fluctuations during periods of changing market interest rates than are comparable securities that pay interest currently, which fluctuation increases the longer the period to maturity. These investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of cash.
A Portfolio accrues income with respect to these securities for Federal income tax and accounting purposes prior to the receipt of cash payments. Zero coupon securities may be subject to greater fluctuation in value and lesser liquidity in the event of adverse market conditions than comparable rated securities paying cash interest at regular intervals. In addition to the above-described risks, there are certain other risks related to investing in zero coupon securities. During a period of severe market conditions, the market for such securities may become even less liquid. In addition, as these securities do not pay cash interest, a Portfolio's investment exposure to these securities and their risks, including credit risk, will increase during the time these securities are held in the Portfolio's portfolio. Further, to maintain its qualification for pass-through treatment under the Federal tax laws, a Portfolio is required to distribute income to its shareholders and, consequently, may have to dispose of its portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances to generate the cash, or may have to leverage itself by borrowing the cash to satisfy these distributions, as they relate to the income accrued but not yet received. The required distributions will result in an increase in a Portfolio's exposure to such securities.
Pay-in-kind securities are securities that have interest payable by delivery of additional securities. Upon maturity, the holder is entitled to receive the aggregate par value of the securities. Deferred payment securities are securities that remain a zero coupon security until a predetermined date, at which time the stated coupon rate becomes effective and interest becomes payable at regular intervals. Holders of these types of securities are deemed to have received income (phantom income) annually, notwithstanding that cash may not be received currently. The effect of owning instruments which do not make current interest payments is that a fixed yield is earned not only on the original investment but also, in effect, on all discount accretion during the life of the obligations. This implicit reinvestment of earnings at the same rate eliminates the risk of being unable to invest distributions at a rate as high as the implicit yield on the zero coupon bond, but at the same time eliminates the holder's ability to reinvest at higher rates in the future. For this reason, some of these securities may be subject to substantially greater price fluctuations during periods of changing market interest rates than are comparable securities which pay interest currently, which fluctuation increases the longer the period to maturity. These investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of cash. Zero coupon, pay-in-kind and deferred payment securities may be subject to greater fluctuation in value and lesser liquidity in the event of adverse market conditions than comparable rated securities paying cash interest at regular intervals.
In addition to the above described risks, there are certain other risks related to investing in zero coupon, pay-in-kind and deferred payment securities. During a period of severe market conditions, the market for such securities may become even less liquid. In addition, as these securities do not pay cash interest, the Portfolio's investment exposure to these securities and their risks, including

    212

Table of Contents
credit risk, will increase during the time these securities are held in the Portfolio's portfolio. Further, to maintain its qualification for pass-through treatment under the federal tax laws, the Portfolio is required to distribute income to its shareholders and, consequently, may have to dispose of its portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances to generate the cash, or may have to leverage itself by borrowing the cash to satisfy these distributions, as they relate to the distribution of phantom income and the value of the paid-in-kind interest. The required distributions will result in an increase in the Portfolio's exposure to such securities.
NET ASSET VALUES
Any purchase or sale of Portfolio shares is made at the net asset value, or NAV, of such shares. The price at which a purchase or redemption is made is based on the next calculation of the NAV after the order is received in good order. The NAV of each share class of each Portfolio is determined on each day the NYSE is open for trading as of the close of the exchange's regular trading session (which is generally 4:00 p.m. New York time). The NYSE is closed on most national holidays and Good Friday. The Trust does not price, and shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem, the Trust's shares on days when the NYSE is closed but the primary markets for the Trust's foreign securities are open, even though the value of these securities may have changed. Conversely, the Trust will ordinarily price its shares, and shareholders may purchase and redeem shares, on days that the NYSE is open but foreign securities markets are closed.
The securities held by each of the Trust's portfolios are valued based upon market quotations or, if not readily available, at fair value as determined in good faith under procedures established by the Trust's Board of Trustees. The Trust may use fair value pricing if it determines that a market quotation is not reliable based, among other things, on market conditions that occur after the quotation is derived or after the closing of the primary market on which the security is traded, but before the time that the NAV is determined. This use of fair value pricing most commonly occurs with securities that are primarily traded outside of the US because such securities present time-zone arbitrage opportunities when events or conditions affecting the prices of specific securities or the prices of securities traded in such markets generally occur after the close of the foreign markets but prior to the time that a Portfolio determines its NAV.
The Trust may also use fair value pricing with respect to US traded securities if, for example, trading in a particular security is halted and does not resume before a Portfolio calculates its NAV or the exchange on which a security is traded closes early. In addition, fair value pricing is used for securities where the pricing agent or principal market maker does not provide a valuation or methodology or provides a valuation or methodology that, in the judgment of the Investment Managers (or subadviser) does not represent fair value. Different valuation methods may result in differing values for the same security. The fair value of a portfolio security that a Portfolio uses to determine its NAV may differ from the security's published or quoted price. If a Portfolio needs to implement fair value pricing after the NAV publishing deadline but before shares of the Portfolio are processed, the NAV you receive or pay may differ from the published NAV price. For purposes of computing each Portfolio's NAV, we will value the each Portfolio's futures contracts 15 minutes after the close of regular trading on the NYSE. Except when we fair value securities, we normally value each foreign security held by the Trust as of the close of the security's primary market.
Fair value pricing procedures are designed to result in prices for a Portfolio's securities and its NAV that are reasonable in light of the circumstances which make or have made market quotations unavailable or unreliable, and to reduce arbitrage opportunities available to short-term traders. There is no assurance, however, that fair value pricing will more accurately reflect the market value of a security than the market price of such security on that day or that it will prevent dilution of a Portfolio's NAV by short-term traders. In the event that the fair valuation of a security results in a change of $0.01 or more to a Portfolio’s NAV per share and/or in the aggregate results in a change of one half of one percent or more of a Portfolio’s daily NAV, the Board of Trustees shall promptly be notified, in detail, of the fair valuation, and the fair valuation will be reported on at the next regularly scheduled Board meeting. Also, the Board of Trustees receives, on an interim basis, minutes of the meetings of the Trust’s Valuation Committee that occur between regularly scheduled Board meetings.  
The NAV for each of the Portfolios other than the Government Money Market Portfolio is determined by a simple calculation. It's the total value of a Portfolio (assets minus liabilities) divided by the total number of shares outstanding. As explained below, the Government Money Market Portfolio uses the amortized cost method of valuation, which is designed to permit the Government Money Market Portfolio to maintain a stable NAV of $1 per share. Although the price of each share is designed to remain the same, the Government Money Market Portfolio issues additional shares when dividends are declared.
To determine a Portfolio's NAV, its holdings are valued as follows:
Equity securities for which the primary market is on an exchange (whether domestic or foreign) shall be valued at the last sale price on such exchange or market on the day of valuation or, if there was no sale on such day, at the mean between the last bid and asked prices on such day or at the last bid price on such day in the absence of an asked price. Securities included within the NASDAQ market shall be valued at the NASDAQ official closing price (NOCP) on the day of valuation, or if there was no NOCP issued, at the last sale price on such day. Securities included within the NASDAQ market for which there is no NOCP and no last sale price on the

213

Table of Contents
day of valuation shall be valued at the mean between the last bid and asked prices on such day or at the last bid price on such day in the absence of an asked price. Equity securities that are not sold on an exchange or NASDAQ are generally valued by an independent pricing agent or principal market maker.
A Portfolio may own securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges that trade on weekends or other days when the Portfolios do not price their shares. Therefore, the value of a Portfolio's assets may change on days when shareholders cannot purchase or redeem Portfolio shares.
All Short-term Debt Securities held by the Government Money Market Portfolio are valued at amortized cost. The amortized cost valuation method is widely used by mutual funds. It means that the security is valued initially at its purchase price and then decreases in value by equal amounts each day until the security matures. It almost always results in a value that is extremely close to the actual market value. The Trust's Board of Trustees has established procedures to monitor whether any material deviation between valuation and market value occurs and if so, will promptly consider what action, if any, should be taken to prevent unfair results to Contract owners.
For each Portfolio other than the Government Money Market Portfolio, short-term debt securities, including bonds, notes, debentures and other debt securities, and money market instruments such as certificates of deposit, commercial paper, bankers' acceptances and obligations of domestic and foreign banks, with remaining maturities of more than 60 days, for which market quotations are readily available, are valued by an independent pricing agent or principal market maker (if available, otherwise a primary market dealer).
Short-term Debt Securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less are valued at cost with interest accrued or discount amortized to the date of maturity, unless such valuation, in the judgment of PI or a subadviser, does not represent fair value.
Convertible debt securities that are traded in the over-the-counter market, including listed convertible debt securities for which the primary market is believed by PI or a subadviser to be over-the-counter, are valued on the day of valuation at an evaluated bid price provided by an independent pricing agent or, in the absence of valuation provided by an independent pricing agent, at the bid price provided by a principal market maker or primary market dealer.
Other debt securities—those that are not valued on an amortized cost basis—are valued using an independent pricing service. Options on stock and stock indexes that are traded on a national securities exchange are valued at the last sale price on such exchange on the day of valuation or, if there was no such sale on such day, at the mean between the most recently quoted bid and asked prices on such exchange.
Futures contracts and options on futures contracts are valued at the last sale price at the close of the commodities exchange or board of trade on which they are traded. If there has been no sale that day, the securities will be valued at the mean between the most recently quoted bid and asked prices on that exchange or board of trade.
Forward currency exchange contracts are valued at the cost of covering or offsetting such contracts calculated on the day of valuation. Securities which are valued in accordance herewith in a currency other than US dollars shall be converted to US dollar equivalents at a rate obtained from a recognized bank, dealer or independent service on the day of valuation.
Over-the-counter (OTC) options are valued at the mean between bid and asked prices provided by a dealer (which may be the counterparty). A subadviser will monitor the market prices of the securities underlying the OTC options with a view to determining the necessity of obtaining additional bid and ask quotations from other dealers to assess the validity of the prices received from the primary pricing dealer.
TAXATION
This discussion of federal income tax consequences applies to the Participating Insurance Companies because they are the direct shareholders of the Trust. Contract owners should consult their Contract prospectus for information relating to the tax matters applicable to their Contracts. In addition, variable contract owners may wish to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of investments in the Trust, including the application of state and local taxes.
Each Portfolio currently intends to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. As a result, each Portfolio's income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits will be “passed through” pro rata directly to the Participating Insurance Companies and retain the same character for federal income tax purposes. Distributions may be made to the various separate accounts of the Participating Insurance Companies in the form of additional shares (not in cash).

    214

Table of Contents
Under Code Section 817(h), a segregated asset account upon which a variable annuity contract or variable life insurance policy is based must be “adequately diversified.” A segregated asset account will be adequately diversified if it satisfies one of two alternative tests set forth in Treasury regulations. For purposes of these alternative diversification tests, a segregated asset account investing in shares of a regulated investment company will be entitled to “look-through” the regulated investment company to its pro rata portion of the regulated investment company's assets, provided the regulated investment company satisfies certain conditions relating to the ownership of its shares. The Trust intends to satisfy these ownership conditions. Further, the Trust intends that each Portfolio separately will be adequately diversified. Accordingly, a segregated asset account investing solely in shares of a Portfolio will be adequately diversified, and a segregated asset account investing in shares of one or more Portfolios and shares of other adequately diversified funds generally will be adequately diversified.
The foregoing discussion of federal income tax consequences is based on tax laws and regulations in effect on the date of this SAI, and is subject to change by legislative or administrative action. A description of other tax considerations generally affecting the Trust and its shareholders is found in the section of the Prospectus entitled “Federal Income Taxes.” No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Trust or its shareholders. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of state or local tax matters. The discussion herein and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS
PORTFOLIOS OTHER THAN THE GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO. Each Portfolio's portfolio holdings as of the end of the second and fourth fiscal quarters are made public, as required by law, in the Trust's annual and semi-annual reports. These reports are filed with the SEC on Form N-CSR and mailed to shareholders within 60 days after the end of the second and fourth fiscal quarters. The Trust's annual and semi-annual reports are posted on the Trust's website. Each Portfolio's portfolio holdings as of the end of the first and third fiscal quarters are made public and filed with the SEC on Form N-Q within 60 days after the end of the Portfolio's first and third fiscal quarters. In addition, the Trust may provide a full list of each Portfolio's portfolio holdings as of the end of each month on its website no sooner than approximately three business days prior to the end of the following month. The Trust may also release, at a sleeve level and/or the composite level, each Portfolio's top ten holdings (or in the case of a fund of funds the complete list of portfolio funds and/or the top ten holdings of the portfolio funds), and summary statistics regarding sectors, countries and/or industries and other characteristics, as of each month end, with all such information posted to the Trust’s website approximately 15 days after the end of the month, unless noted otherwise herein.
In addition to the forgoing, the AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio may disclose on its website on both the 15th day of each month and the last day of each month a percentage breakdown of its assets that are invested in Equity Underlying Portfolios (as defined in its Prospectus) versus Debt-Money Market Underlying Portfolios (as defined in its Prospectus). Such information for the AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio shall be as of a date at least five calendar days prior to its release. If the 15th day or the last day of any particular month is a non-business day, such holdings information for the AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio shall be provided as of the immediately preceding business day.
GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO. The Government Money Market Portfolio will release complete portfolio holdings and certain other portfolio information to the SEC as filed on Form N-MFP and to its website as required by Rules 2a-7 and 301b-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
When authorized by the Trust's Chief Compliance Officer and another officer of the Trust, portfolio holdings information may be disseminated more frequently or at different periods than as described above. The Trust has entered into ongoing arrangements to make available information about the Trust's portfolio holdings. Parties receiving this information may include intermediaries that distribute the Trust’s shares, third party providers of auditing, custody, proxy voting and other services for the Trust, rating and ranking organizations, and certain affiliated persons of the Trust, as described below. The procedures utilized to determine eligibility are set forth below:
Procedures for Release of Portfolio Holdings Information:
1. A request for release of Portfolio holdings shall be provided by such third party setting forth a legitimate business purpose for such release which shall specify the Portfolio, the terms of such release, and frequency (e.g., level of detail staleness). The request shall address whether there are any conflicts of interest between the Portfolio and the investment adviser, sub-adviser, principal underwriter or any affiliated person thereof and how such conflicts shall be dealt with to demonstrate that the disclosure is in the best interest of the shareholders of the Portfolio.
2. The request shall be forwarded to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust, or his delegate, for review and approval.

215

Table of Contents
3. A confidentiality agreement in the form approved by an officer of the Trust must be executed with the recipient of the Portfolio holdings information.
4. An officer of the Portfolio shall approve the release and agreement. Copies of the release and agreement shall be sent to PI's law department.
5. Written notification of the approval shall be sent by such officer to PI's Fund Administration Department to arrange the release of Portfolio holdings information.
6. PI's Fund Administration Department shall arrange for the release of Portfolio holdings information by the Portfolio's custodian bank(s).
As of the date of this Statement of Additional Information, the Trust will provide:
1. Traditional External Recipients/Vendors
Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC uses a third party called Syntel Inc. to assist with the custodial reconciliation process.
Full holdings on a daily basis to RiskMetrics Group, Broadridge and Glass, Lewis & Co (proxy voting administrator/agents) at the end of each day;
Full holdings on a daily basis to RickMetrics Group (securities class action claims services administrator) at the end of each day;
Full holdings on a daily basis to each Portfolio's subadviser(s) (as identified n the Trust’s prospectus), Custodian Bank (Bank of New York and/or PNC, as applicable), sub-custodian (Citibank, NA (foreign sub-custodian)) and accounting agents (which includes the Custodian Bank and any other accounting agent that may be appointed) at the end of each day. When a Portfolio has more than one subadviser, each subadviser receives holdings information only with respect to the “sleeve” or segment of the Portfolio for which the subadviser has responsibility;
Full holdings to a Portfolio's independent registered public accounting firm (KPMG LLP) as soon as practicable following the Portfolio's fiscal year-end or on an as-needed basis; and
Full holdings to financial printers (RR Donnelly and/or VG Reed, as applicable) as soon as practicable following the end of a Portfolio's quarterly, semi-annual and annual period ends.
2. Analytical Service Providers
Portfolio trades on a quarterly basis to Abel/Noser Corp. (an agency-only broker and transaction cost analysis company) as soon as practicable following a Portfolio's fiscal quarter-end;
Full holdings on a daily basis to FT Interactive Data (a fair value information service) at the end of each day;
Full holdings on a daily basis to FactSet Research Systems, Inc. and Lipper, Inc. (analytical services/investment research providers) at the end of each day;
Full holdings on a daily basis to Vestek (for preparation of fact sheets) at the end of each day (Target Funds and selected Prudential Investments Funds only);
Full holdings on a quarterly basis to Plexus (review of brokerage transactions) as soon as practicable following a Portfolio's fiscal quarter-end;
Full holdings on a monthly basis to Advanced Quantitative Consulting (AQC) (attribution analysis) (AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio only) as soon as practicable following the close of each calendar month;
Full holdings on a daily basis to Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (certain operational functions) (AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio only) at the end of each day;
Full holdings on a daily basis to FactSet Research Systems Inc. (certain operational functions) (AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio only) at the end of each day;
Full holdings on a daily basis to Glass, Lewis & Co. (certain operational functions) (AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio only) at the end of each day;
Full holdings on a daily basis to Investment Technology Group, Inc. (analytical services) (AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio only) at the end of each day;
Full holdings on a daily basis to Markit WSO Corporation (certain operational functions) (AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio only) at the end of each day;
Full holdings on a daily basis to State Street Bank and Trust Company (certain operational functions) (AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio only) at the end of each day;
Full holdings on a daily basis to Bloomberg LP (analytical services) (AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio only) at the end of each day;
Full holdings on a daily basis to Copal Partners (UK) Limited (certain investment guideline monitoring and coding activities, as well as analytical services and reporting functions) (AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio only) at the end of each day;
Full holdings on a daily basis to MSCI, Inc (analytical services) (AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio only) at the end of each day;

    216

Table of Contents
Full holdings on a daily basis to Syntel Inc. (certain operational functions) (AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio only) at the end of each day.
In each case, the information disclosed must be for a legitimate business purpose and is subject to a confidentiality agreement intended to prohibit the recipient from trading on or further disseminating such information (except for legitimate business purposes). Such arrangements will be monitored on an ongoing basis and will be reviewed by the Trust's Chief Compliance Officer and PI's Law Department on an annual basis.
In addition, certain authorized employees of PI receive portfolio holdings information on a quarterly, monthly or daily basis or upon request, in order to perform their business functions. All PI employees are subject to the requirements of the personal securities trading policy of Prudential Financial, Inc., which prohibits employees from trading on, or further disseminating confidential information, including portfolio holdings information.
In no instance may the Investment Manager or the Trust receive any compensation or consideration in exchange for the portfolio holdings information.
The Board of Trustees of the Trust has approved PI's Policy for the Dissemination of Portfolio Holdings. The Board shall, on a quarterly basis, be advised of any revisions to the list of detailing the recipients of the portfolio holdings information and the reason for such disclosure. The Board has delegated oversight of the Trust's disclosure of portfolio holdings to the Chief Compliance Officer.
Arrangements pursuant to which the Trust discloses non-public information with respect to its portfolio holdings do not provide for any compensation in return for the disclosure of the information.
There can be no assurance that the Trust's policies and procedures on portfolio holdings information will protect the Trust from the potential misuse of such information by individuals or entities that come into possession of the information.
In each case, the information disclosed must be for a legitimate business purpose and is subject to a confidentiality agreement intended to prohibit the recipient from trading on or further disseminating such information (except for legitimate business purposes). Such arrangements will be monitored on an ongoing basis and will be reviewed by the Trust's Chief Compliance Officer and PI's Law Department on an annual basis.
In addition, certain authorized employees of PI receive portfolio holdings information on a quarterly, monthly or daily basis or upon request, in order to perform their business functions. All PI employees are subject to the requirements of the personal securities trading policy of Prudential Financial, Inc., which prohibits employees from trading on, or further disseminating confidential information, including portfolio holdings information.
PROXY VOTING
The Board has delegated to the Trust's investment manager, PI, the responsibility for voting any proxies and maintaining proxy recordkeeping with respect to each Portfolio. The Trust authorizes the Manager to delegate, in whole or in part, its proxy voting authority to its investment subadviser or third party vendors consistent with the policies set forth below. The proxy voting process shall remain subject to the supervision of the Board, including any committee thereof established for that purpose.
The Manager and the Board view the proxy voting process as a component of the investment process and, as such, seek to ensure that all proxy proposals are voted with the primary goal of seeking the optimal benefit for each Portfolio. Consistent with this goal, the Board views the proxy voting process as a means to encourage strong corporate governance practices and ethical conduct by corporate management. The Manager and the Board maintain a policy of seeking to protect the best interests of each Portfolio should a proxy issue potentially implicate a conflict of interest between a Portfolio and the Manager or its affiliates.
The Manager delegates to each Portfolio's subadviser(s) the responsibility for voting each Portfolio's proxies. The subadviser is expected to identify and seek to obtain the optimal benefit for the Portfolio it manages, and to adopt written policies that meet certain minimum standards, including that the policies be reasonably designed to protect the best interests of a Portfolio and delineate procedures to be followed when a proxy vote presents a conflict between the interests of the Portfolio and the interests of the subadviser or its affiliates.
The Manager and the Board expect that the subadviser will notify the Manager and the Board at least annually of any such conflicts identified and confirm how the issue was resolved. In addition, the Manager expects that the subadviser will deliver to the Manager, or its appointed vendor, information required for filing the Form N-PX with the SEC. Information regarding how each Portfolio of the Trust voted proxies relating to its portfolio securities during the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30 is available on the Trust’s website and on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov.

217

Table of Contents
CODES OF ETHICS
The Board of the Trust has adopted a Code of Ethics. In addition, the Investment Manager, investment subadviser(s) and Distributor have each adopted a Code of Ethics (the Codes). The Codes apply to access persons (generally, persons who have access to information about a Portfolio's investment program) and permit personnel subject to the Codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by a Portfolio. However, the protective provisions of the Codes prohibit certain investments and limit such personnel from making investments during periods when the Portfolio is making such investments. The Codes are on public file with, and are available from, the SEC.
APPENDIX I: DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS
STANDARD & POOR'S RATINGS SERVICES (S&P)
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings
AAA: An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA: An obligation rated AA differs from the highest rated obligations only in small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A: An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB: An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
BB: An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B: An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC: An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC: An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
C: The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.
Plus (+) or Minus (–): The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories
Commercial Paper Ratings
A-1: This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.
A-2: Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated A-1.
Notes Ratings
An S&P notes rating reflects the liquidity factors and market risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a notes rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment.
Amortization schedule-the longer the final maturity relative to other maturities the more likely it will be treated as a note.
Source of payment-the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

    218

Table of Contents
Note rating symbols are as follows:
SP-1: Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.
SP-2: Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC. (MOODY'S)
Debt Ratings
Aaa: Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt edged.” Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.
Aa: Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.
A: Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.
Baa: Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.
Ba: Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.
B: Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.
Caa: Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.
Ca: Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.
C: Bonds which are rated C are the lowest-rated class of bonds, and issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.
Moody's applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each generic rating category from Aa to Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the issuer is in the higher end of its letter rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; the modifier 3 indicates that the issuer is in the lower end of the letter ranking category.
Short-Term Ratings
Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor senior financial obligations and contracts. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.
PRIME-1: Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institutions) have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the following characteristics:
Leading market positions in well-established industries.
High rates of return on Portfolios employed.
Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and ample asset protection.
Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal cash generation.
Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

219

Table of Contents
PRIME-2: Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. This normally will be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.
MIG 1: This designation denotes best quality. There is strong protection by established cash flows, superior liquidity support or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG 2: This designation denotes high quality. Margins of protection are ample although not so large as in the proceeding group.
FITCH, INC.
International Long-Term Credit Ratings
AAA: Highest Credit Quality. AAA ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA: Very High Credit Quality. AA ratings denote a very low expectation of credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A: High Credit Quality. A ratings denote a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB: Good Credit Quality. BBB ratings indicate that there is currently a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.
BB: Speculative. BB ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.
B: Highly Speculative. B ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.
CCC, CC, C: High Default Risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments. A CC rating indicates that default of some kind appears probable. C ratings signal imminent default.
International Short-Term Credit Ratings
F1: Highest Credit Quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F2: Good Credit Quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.
F3: Fair Credit Quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.
B: Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C: High Default Risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic investment.
Plus (+) or Minus (–): Plus or minus signs may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the AAA long-term rating category, to categories below CCC, or to short-term ratings other than F1.

    220

Table of Contents
APPENDIX II: PROXY VOTING POLICIES OF THE SUBADVISERS
AFFINITY INVESTMENT ADVISORS, LLC
Proxy Voting Policy
The Client will retain discretion with respect to voting proxies, or will delegate discretion with respect to voting such proxies to a third party. The Custodian Bank of the Account will forward to the Client or its designee (including Affinity if Client delegates to the discretion to vote such proxies) any proxy materials it receives that pertains to the securities in the Account.
In the event Client delegates proxy voting discretion to Affinity then, unless otherwise given specific instructions in writing by Client, Affinity shall vote all proxies according to Glass Lewis & Co.’s Proxy Paper and Investment Manager Guidelines (Guidelines). The Guidelines are designed to maximize returns for investment managers by voting in a manner consistent with such managers’ active investment decision-making. The Guidelines are designed to increase investor’s potential financial gain through the use of the shareholder vote while also allowing management and the board discretion to direct the operations, including governance and compensation, of the firm. The Guidelines will ensure that all issues brought to shareholders are analyzed in light of the fiduciary responsibilities unique to investment advisors on behalf of Clients. The Guidelines will encourage the maximization of return for such Clients through identifying and avoiding financial, audit and corporate governance risks.
Affinity shall retain originals or copies of proxy materials it receives and a record of how it voted through Broadridge’s, (a third-party provider) Proxy Edge platform. In addition, other than forwarding to Client any materials received by Affinity with respect to legal actions (such as notices of bankruptcy and class action suits) pertaining to assets in the Account, Affinity will take no actions with respect to such legal actions, which remains the responsibility of the Client. Affinity will be responsible for voting with respect to corporate actions, such as tender offers and rights offering, involving the securities in the Account. The potential for conflicts of interests with respect to proxy votes is mitigated as result of the firm’s adoption of the Guidelines of a third-party provider.
Affinity is not required to vote every client proxy and refraining from voting should not necessarily be construed as a violation of Affinity’s fiduciary obligations. Affinity shall at no time ignore or neglect its proxy voting responsibilities. However, there may be times when refraining from voting is in the client’s best interest, such as when an adviser’s analysis of a particular client proxy reveals that the cost of voting the proxy may exceed the expected benefit to the client (i.e., casting a vote on a foreign security may require that the adviser engage a translator or travel to a foreign country to vote in person). Such position also complies with Interpretive Bulletin 94-2 of the DOL.
The portfolio management team shall be responsible for making voting decisions with respect to all client proxies, where a proxy is not voted in accordance with Glass Lewis recommendations. Such decisions shall be in writing and provided to the Chief Compliance Officer who will then ensure that such proxy votes are submitted in a timely manner.
Upon request, Affinity will provide any client a copy of the Guidelines along with detailed information on how individual proxies were voted.
ALPHASIMPLEX GROUP, LLC
The Adviser believes that proxy voting is an important right of shareholders and reasonable care and diligence must be undertaken to ensure that such rights are properly and timely exercised. However, the Adviser expects that the securities in which it will invest on behalf of the Fund (e.g., futures and forwards) will not have voting rights, and therefore, the Adviser does not expect to vote proxies for securities held by the Fund. If the Adviser does vote proxies with respect to the Fund's investments, it will vote in a manner that is consistent with what it believes to be the best interests of the Fund.
AQR CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC (“AQR”) AND CNH PARTNERS, LLC (“CNH”)
Proxy Policy
1. GENERAL. Investment Advisers Act of 1940 Rule 206(4)-6 imposes a number of requirements on investment advisers that have voting authority with respect to securities held in their clients' accounts. The SEC states that the duty of care requires an adviser with proxy voting authority to monitor corporate actions and to vote the proxies. To satisfy their duty of loyalty, an adviser must cast the proxy votes in a manner consistent with the best interests of their clients, and must never put the adviser's own interests above those of their clients.
These written policies and procedures are designed to reasonably ensure that AQR and CNH votes proxies in the best interest of clients over whom AQR and CNH has voting authority; and describes how AQR and CNH addresses material conflicts between their interests and those of their clients with respect to proxy voting.

221

2. PROXY GUIDELINES. Generally, AQR and CNH will vote based upon the recommendations of ISS Governance Services (“ISS”), an unaffiliated third party corporate governance research service that provides in-depth analyses of shareholder meeting agendas, vote recommendations, recordkeeping and vote disclosure services. AQR has adopted the Proxy Voting Guidelines employed by ISS to vote proxies. Although ISS' analyses are reviewed and considered in making a final voting decision, AQR and CNH will make the ultimate decision. As a matter of policy, the employees, officers, or principals of AQR and CNH will not be influenced by outside sources whose interests conflict with the interests of their Clients.
In addition, unless prior approval is obtained from AQR and CNH's CCO the following must be adhered to:
(a) AQR and CNH shall not engage in conduct that involves an attempt to change or influence the control of a public company. In addition, all communications regarding proxy issues or corporate actions between companies or their agents, or with fellow shareholders shall be for the sole purpose of expressing and discussing AQR and CNH's concerns for their advisory clients' interests and not for an attempt to influence or control management.
(b) AQR and CNH will not announce their voting intentions and the reasons therefore.
(c) AQR and CNH shall not participate in a proxy solicitation or otherwise seek proxy-voting authority from any other public company shareholder.
AQR or CNH has the responsibility to process proxies and maintain proxy records pursuant to SEC rules and regulations. Therefore, AQR or CNH will attempt to process every vote it receives for all domestic and foreign proxies. However, there may be situations in which AQR or CNH cannot vote proxies.
For example:
If the cost of voting a proxy outweighs the benefit of voting, AQR or CNH may refrain from processing that vote.
AQR or CNH may not be given enough time to process the vote. For example ISS through no fault of their own, may receive a meeting notice from the company too late, or may be unable to obtain a timely translation of the agenda.
If AQR or CNH have outstanding sell orders or intends to sell, the proxies for those meetings may not be voted in order to facilitate the sale of those securities. Although AQR or CNH may hold shares on a company's record date, should it sell them prior to the company's meeting date, AQR or CNH ultimately may decide not to vote those shares.
AQR and CNH will generally refrain from voting proxies on foreign securities that are subject to share blocking restrictions.
AQR or CNH may vote against an agenda item where no further information is provided, particularly in non-US markets. AQR or CNH may also enter an “abstain” vote on the election of certain directors from time to time based on individual situations, particularly where AQR or CNH, as applicable, is not in favor of electing a director and there is no provision for voting against such director.
If an AQR or CNH portfolio manager determines that the interests of clients are best served by voting differently from the ISS recommended vote, approval must be obtained from the CCO or designee. AQR and CNH will adhere to the Conflict of Interest (below) section of this policy in all instances where the recommended vote is not taken.
AQR and CNH will periodically review the outside party's voting standards and guidelines to make certain that proxy issues are voted in accordance with the adopted proxy voting guidelines and the avoidance of conflicts of interest.
3. PROXY PROCEDURES. AQR and CNH have engaged ISS to assist in the administrative aspects for the voting of proxies. ISS is responsible for coordinating with Clients' custodians to ensure that all proxy materials received by the custodians relating to the Clients' portfolio securities are processed in a timely fashion. To the extent applicable, ISS votes all proxies in accordance with their own proxy voting guidelines (please see Proxy Guidelines above), which have been reviewed and adopted by AQR and CNH. The CCO shall supervise the proxy voting process.
Upon request, AQR or CNH, as applicable will furnish a copy of the policies and procedures to the requesting client and information on how the client's proxies were voted.
4. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Occasions may arise where a person or organization involved in the proxy voting process may have a conflict of interest. A conflict of interest may exist, for example, if AQR or CNH has a business relationship with (or is actively soliciting business from) either the company soliciting the proxy or a third party that has a material interest in the outcome of a proxy vote or that is actively lobbying for a particular outcome of a proxy vote. Any individual with knowledge of a personal conflict of interest (e.g., familial relationship with company management) relating to a particular referral item shall disclose that conflict to the CCO and otherwise remove him or herself from the proxy voting process. The CCO will review each item referred to by AQR or

    222

CNH's investment professionals to determine if a conflict of interest exists and will draft a Conflicts Report for each referral item that (1) describes any conflict of interest; (2) discusses the procedures used to address such conflict of interest; and (3) discloses any contacts from parties outside AQR or CNH (other than routine communications from proxy solicitors) with respect to the referral item not otherwise reported in an investment professional's recommendation. The Conflicts Report will also include written confirmation that any recommendation from an investment professional provided under circumstances where a conflict of interest exists was made solely on the investment merits and without regard to any other consideration.
BLACKROCK, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
These guidelines should be read in conjunction with BlackRock's Global Corporate Governance and Engagement Principles.
Introduction. BlackRock, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, BlackRock) seek to make proxy voting decisions in the manner most likely to protect and promote the economic value of the securities held in client accounts. The following issue-specific proxy voting guidelines (the Guidelines) are intended to summarize BlackRock's general philosophy and approach to issues that may commonly arise in the proxy voting context for US Securities. These Guidelines are not intended to limit the analysis of individual issues at specific companies and are not intended to provide a guide to how BlackRock will vote in every instance. Rather, they share our view about corporate governance issues generally, and provide insight into how we typically approach issues that commonly arise on corporate ballots. They are applied with discretion, taking into consideration the range of issues and facts specific to the company and the individual ballot item.
Voting Guidelines. These guidelines are divided into six key themes which group together the issues that frequently appear on the agenda of annual and extraordinary meetings of shareholders.
The six key themes are:
Boards and directors
Auditors and audit-related issues
Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions
Remuneration and benefits
Social, ethical and environmental issues
General corporate governance matters
BOARDS AND DIRECTORS.
Director elections. BlackRock generally supports board nominees in most uncontested elections. However, BlackRock may withhold votes from the entire board in certain situations, including, but not limited to:
Where a board fails to implement shareholder proposals that receive a majority of votes cast at a prior shareholder meeting, and the proposals, in our view, have a direct and substantial impact on shareholders' fundamental rights or long-term economic interests.
Where a board implements or renews a poison pill without seeking shareholder approval beforehand or within a reasonable period of time after implementation.
BlackRock may withhold votes from members of particular board committees (or prior members, as the case may be) in certain situations, including, but not limited to:
An insider or affiliated outsider who sits on any of the board's key committees (i.e., audit, compensation, nominating and governance), which we believe generally should be entirely independent. However, BlackRock will examine a board's complete profile when questions of independence arise prior to casting a withhold vote for any director. For controlled companies, as defined by the US stock exchanges, we will only vote against insiders or affiliates who sit on the audit committee, but not other key committees.
Members of the audit committee during a period when the board failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing.
Members of the audit committee where substantial accounting irregularities suggest insufficient oversight by that committee.
Members of the audit committee during a period in which we believe the company has aggressively accounted for its equity compensation plans.
Members of the compensation committee during a period in which executive compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers, and where we believe the compensation committee has not already substantially addressed this issue.
Members of the compensation committee where the company has repriced options without contemporaneous shareholder approval.
The chair of the nominating committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating committee member with the longest tenure, where board members have previously received substantial withhold votes and the board has not taken appropriate action to respond to shareholder concerns. This may not apply in cases where BlackRock did not support the initial withhold vote.

223

The chair of the nominating committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating committee member with the longest tenure, where the board is not composed of a majority of independent directors. However, this would not apply in the case of a controlled company.
BlackRock may withhold votes from individual board members in certain situations, including, but not limited to:
Where BlackRock obtains evidence that casts significant doubt on a director's qualifications or ability to represent shareholders.
Where it appears the director has acted (at the company or at other companies) in a manner that compromises his or her reliability in representing the best long-term economic interests of shareholders.
Where a director has a pattern of attending less than 75% of combined board and applicable key committee meetings.
Age limits/term limits. We typically oppose limits on the pool of directors from which shareholders can choose their representatives, especially where those limits are arbitrary or unrelated to the specific performance or experience of the director in question.
Board size. We generally defer to the board in setting the appropriate size. We believe directors are generally in the best position to assess what size is optimal to ensure a board's effectiveness. However, we may oppose boards that appear too small to allow for effective shareholder representation or too large to function efficiently.
Classified board of directors/staggered terms. A classified board of directors is one that is divided into classes (generally three), each of which is elected on a staggered schedule (generally for three years). At each annual meeting, only a single class of directors is subject to reelection (generally one-third of the entire board).
We believe that classification of the board dilutes shareholders' right to evaluate promptly a board's performance and limits shareholder selection of their representatives. By not having the mechanism to immediately address concerns we may have with any specific director, we lose the ability to provide valuable feedback to the company. Furthermore, where boards are classified, director entrenchment is more likely, because review of board service generally only occurs every three years. Therefore, we typically vote against classification and for proposals to eliminate board classification.
Cumulative voting for directors. Cumulative voting allocates one vote for each share of stock held, times the number of directors subject to election. A shareholder may cumulate his/her votes and cast all of them in favor of a single candidate, or split them among any combination of candidates. By making it possible to use their cumulated votes to elect at least one board member, cumulative voting is typically a mechanism through which minority shareholders attempt to secure board representation.
BlackRock may support cumulative voting proposals at companies where the board is not majority independent. However, we may oppose proposals that further the candidacy of minority shareholders whose interests do not coincide with our fiduciary responsibility.
Director compensation and equity programs. We believe that compensation for independent directors should be structured to align the interests of the directors with those of shareholders, whom the directors have been elected to represent. We believe that independent director compensation packages based on the company's long-term performance and that include some form of long-term equity compensation are more likely to meet this goal; therefore, we typically support proposals to provide such compensation packages. However, we will generally oppose shareholder proposals requiring directors to own a minimum amount of company stock, as we believe that companies should maintain flexibility in administering compensation and equity programs for independent directors, given each company's and director's unique circumstances.
Indemnification of directors and officers. We generally support reasonable but balanced protection of directors and officers. We believe that failure to provide protection to directors and officers might severely limit a company's ability to attract and retain competent leadership. We generally support proposals to provide indemnification that is limited to coverage of legal expenses. However, we may oppose proposals that provide indemnity for: breaches of the duty of loyalty; transactions from which a director derives an improper personal benefit; and actions or omissions not in good faith or those that involve intentional misconduct.
Independent board composition. We generally support shareholder proposals requesting that the board consist of a two-thirds majority of independent outside directors, as we believe that an independent board faces fewer conflicts and is best prepared to protect shareholder interests.
Liability insurance for directors and officers. Proposals regarding liability insurance for directors and officers often appear separately from indemnification proposals. We will generally support insurance against liability for acts committed in an individual's capacity as a director or officer of a company following the same approach described above with respect to indemnification.
Limits on director removal. Occasionally, proposals contain a clause stipulating that directors may be removed only for cause. We oppose this limitation of shareholders' rights.

    224

Majority vote requirements. BlackRock generally supports the concept of director election by majority vote. Majority voting standards assist in ensuring that directors who are not broadly supported by shareholders are not elected to serve as their representatives. However, we also recognize that there are many methods for implementing majority vote proposals. Where we believe that the company already has a sufficiently robust majority voting process in place, we may not support a shareholder proposal seeking an alternative mechanism.
Separation of chairman and CEO positions. We generally support shareholder proposals requesting that the positions of chairman and CEO be separated. We may consider the designation of a lead director to suffice in lieu of an independent chair, but will take into consideration the structure of that lead director's position and overall corporate governance of the company in such cases.
Shareholder access to the proxy. We believe that shareholders should have the opportunity, when necessary and under reasonable conditions, to nominate individuals to stand for election to the boards of the companies they own. In our view, securing a right of shareholders to nominate directors without engaging in a control contest can enhance shareholders' ability to participate meaningfully in the director election process, stimulate board attention to shareholder interests, and provide shareholders an effective means of directing that attention where it is lacking.
We prefer an access mechanism that is equally applied to companies throughout the market with sufficient protections to limit the potential for abuse. Absent such a mechanism under current law, we consider these proposals on a case-by-case basis. In evaluating a proposal requesting shareholder access at a company, we consider whether access is warranted at that particular company at that time by taking into account the overall governance structure of the company as well as issues specific to that company that may necessitate greater board accountability. We also look for certain minimum ownership threshold requirements, stipulations that access can be used only in non-hostile situations, and reasonable limits on the number of board members that can be replaced through such a mechanism.
AUDITORS AND AUDIT-RELATED ISSUES. BlackRock recognizes the critical importance of financial statements that provide a complete and accurate portrayal of a company's financial condition. Consistent with our approach to voting on boards of directors, we seek to hold the audit committee of the board responsible for overseeing the management of the audit function at a company, and may withhold votes from the audit committee's members where the board has failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing. We take particular note of cases involving significant financial restatements or material weakness disclosures.
The integrity of financial statements depends on the auditor effectively fulfilling its role. To that end, we favor an independent auditor. In addition, to the extent that an auditor fails to reasonably identify and address issues that eventually lead to a significant financial restatement, or the audit firm has violated standards of practice that protect the interests of shareholders, we may also vote against ratification.
From time to time, shareholder proposals may be presented to promote auditor independence or the rotation of audit firms. We may support these proposals when they are consistent with our views as described above.
CAPITAL STRUCTURE, MERGERS, ASSET SALES AND OTHER SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS. In reviewing merger and asset sale proposals, BlackRock's primary concern is the best long-term economic interests of shareholders. While these proposals vary widely in scope and substance, we closely examine certain salient features in our analyses. The varied nature of these proposals ensures that the following list will be incomplete. However, the key factors that we typically evaluate in considering these proposals include:
Market premium: For mergers and asset sales, we make every attempt to determine the degree to which the proposed transaction represents a premium to the company's trading price. In order to filter out the effects of pre-merger news leaks on the parties' share prices, we consider a share price from a time period in advance of the merger announcement. In most cases, business combinations should provide a premium; benchmark premiums vary by industry and direct peer group. Where one party is privately held, we look to the comparable transaction analyses provided by the parties' financial advisors. For companies facing insolvency or bankruptcy, a market premium may not apply.
Strategic reason for transaction: There should be a favorable business reason for the combination.
Board approval/transaction history: Unanimous board approval and arm's-length negotiations are preferred. We examine transactions that involve dissenting boards or that were not the result of an arm's-length bidding process to evaluate the likelihood that a transaction is in shareholders' interests. We also seek to ensure that executive and/or board members' financial interests in a given transaction do not affect their ability to place shareholders' interests before their own.
Financial advisors' fairness opinions: We scrutinize transaction proposals that do not include the fairness opinion of a reputable financial advisor to evaluate whether shareholders' interests were sufficiently protected in the merger process.
Anti-greenmail provisions. Greenmail is typically defined as payments to a corporate raider to terminate a takeover attempt. It may also occasionally refer to payments made to a dissident shareholder in order to terminate a potential proxy contest or shareholder proposal. We typically view such payments as a misuse of corporate assets which denies shareholders the opportunity to review a

225

matter of direct economic concern and potential benefit to them. Therefore, we generally support proposals to prevent boards from making greenmail payments. However, we generally will oppose provisions designed to limit greenmail payments that appear to unduly burden or prohibit legitimate use of corporate funds.
Blank check preferred. See Preferred Stock.
Eliminate preemptive rights. Preemptive rights give current shareholders the opportunity to maintain their current percentage ownership despite any subsequent equity offerings. These provisions are no longer common in the US, and may restrict management's ability to raise new capital.
We generally support the elimination of preemptive rights, but will often oppose the elimination of limited preemptive rights, (e.g., rights that would limit proposed issuances representing more than an acceptable level of dilution).
Equal voting rights. BlackRock supports the concept of equal voting rights for all shareholders. Some management proposals request authorization to allow a class of common stock to have superior voting rights over the existing common or to allow a class of common to elect a majority of the board. We oppose such differential voting power as it may have the effect of denying shareholders the opportunity to vote on matters of critical economic importance to them.
However, when a shareholder proposal requests to eliminate an existing dual-class voting structure, we seek to determine whether this action is warranted at that company at that time, and whether the cost of restructuring will have a clear economic benefit to shareholders. We evaluate these proposals on a case-by-case basis, and we consider the level and nature of control associated with the dual-class voting structure as well as the company's history of responsiveness to shareholders in determining whether support of such a measure is appropriate.
Fair price provisions. Originally drafted to protect shareholders from tiered, front-end-loaded tender offers, these provisions have largely evolved into anti-takeover devices through the imposition of supermajority vote provisions and high premium requirements. BlackRock examines proposals involving fair price provisions and generally votes in favor of those that appear designed to protect minority shareholders, but against those that appear designed to impose barriers to transactions or are otherwise against the economic interests of shareholders.
Increase in authorized common shares. BlackRock considers industry specific norms in our analysis of these proposals, as well as a company's history with respect to the use of its common shares. Generally, we are predisposed to support a company if the board believes additional common shares are necessary to carry out the firm's business. The most substantial concern we might have with an increase is the possibility of use of common shares to fund a poison pill plan that is not in the economic interests of shareholders. Therefore, we generally do not support increases in authorized common shares where a company has no stated use for the additional common shares and/or has a substantial amount of previously authorized common shares still available for issue that is sufficient to allow the company to flexibly conduct its operations, especially if the company already has a poison pill in place. We may also oppose proposals that include common shares with unequal voting rights.
Increase or issuance of preferred stock. These proposals generally request either authorization of a class of preferred stock or an increase in previously authorized preferred stock. Preferred stock may be used to provide management with the flexibility to consummate beneficial acquisitions, combinations or financings on terms not necessarily available via other means of financing. We generally support these proposals in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion and other rights of such stock where the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.
However, we frequently oppose proposals requesting authorization of a class of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution and other rights (“blank check” preferred stock) because they may serve as a transfer of authority from shareholders to the board and a possible entrenchment device. We generally view the board's discretion to establish voting rights on a when-issued basis as a potential anti-takeover device, as it affords the board the ability to place a block of stock with an investor sympathetic to management, thereby foiling a takeover bid without a shareholder vote. Nonetheless, where the company appears to have a legitimate financing motive for requesting blank check authority, has committed publicly that blank check preferred shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes, has a history of using blank check preferred stock for financings, or has blank check preferred stock previously outstanding such that an increase would not necessarily provide further anti-takeover protection but may provide greater financing flexibility, we may support the proposal.
Poison pill plans. Also known as Shareholder Rights Plans, these plans generally involve issuance of call options to purchase securities in a target firm on favorable terms. The options are exercisable only under certain circumstances, usually accumulation of a specified percentage of shares in a relevant company or launch of a hostile tender offer. These plans are often adopted by the board without being subject to shareholder vote.

    226

Poison pill proposals generally appear on the proxy as shareholder proposals requesting that existing plans be put to a vote. This vote is typically advisory and therefore non-binding. We generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to rescind poison pills.
Where a poison pill is put to a shareholder vote, our policy is to examine these plans individually. Although we oppose most plans, we may support plans that include a reasonable 'qualifying offer clause.' Such clauses typically require shareholder ratification of the pill, and stipulate a sunset provision whereby the pill expires unless it is renewed. These clauses also tend to specify that an all cash bid for all shares that includes a fairness opinion and evidence of financing does not trigger the pill, but forces either a special meeting at which the offer is put to a shareholder vote, or the board to seek the written consent of shareholders where shareholders could rescind the pill in their discretion. We may also support a pill where it is the only effective method for protecting tax or other economic benefits that may be associated with limiting the ownership changes of individual shareholders.
Stock splits and reverse stock splits. We generally support stock splits that are not likely to negatively affect the ability to trade shares or the economic value of a share. We generally support reverse splits that are designed to avoid delisting or to facilitate trading in the stock, where the reverse split will not have a negative impact on share value (e.g. one class is reduced while others remain at pre-split levels). In the event of a proposal to reverse split that would not also proportionately reduce the company's authorized stock, we apply the same analysis we would use for a proposal to increase authorized stock.
REMUNERATION AND BENEFITS. We note that there are management and shareholder proposals related to executive compensation that appear on corporate ballots. We generally vote on these proposals as described below, except that we typically oppose shareholder proposals on issues where the company already has a reasonable policy in place that we believe is sufficient to address the issue. We may also oppose a shareholder proposal regarding executive compensation if the company's history suggests that the issue raised is not likely to present a problem for that company.
Adopt advisory resolutions on compensation committee reports. BlackRock generally opposes these proposals, put forth by shareholders, which ask companies to adopt advisory resolutions on compensation committee reports (otherwise known as Say-on-Pay). We believe that compensation committees are in the best position to make compensation decisions and should maintain significant flexibility in administering compensation programs, given their knowledge of the wealth profiles of the executives they seek to incentivize, the appropriate performance measures for the company, and other issues internal and/or unique to the company. In our view, shareholders have a sufficient and much more powerful “say-on-pay” today in the form of director elections, in particular with regards to members of the compensation committee.
Advisory resolutions on compensation committee reports. In cases where there is an advisory vote on compensation put forth by management, BlackRock will respond to the proposal as informed by our evaluation of compensation practices at that particular company, and in a manner that appropriately addresses the specific question posed to shareholders. On the question of support or opposition to executive pay practices our vote is likely to correspond with our vote on the directors who are compensation committee members responsible for making compensation decisions. Generally we believe these matters are best left to the compensation committee of the board and that shareholders should not dictate the terms of executive compensation. Our preferred approach to managing pay-for-performance disconnects is via a withhold vote for the compensation committee.
Claw back proposals. Claw back proposals are generally shareholder sponsored and seek recoupment of bonuses paid to senior executives if those bonuses were based on financial results that are later restated. We generally favor recoupment from any senior executive whose compensation was based on faulty financial reporting, regardless of that particular executive's role in the faulty reporting. We typically support these proposals unless the company already has a robust claw back policy that sufficiently addresses our concerns.
Employee stock purchase plans. An employee stock purchase plan (ESPP) gives the issuer's employees the opportunity to purchase stock in the issuer, typically at a discount to market value. We believe these plans can provide performance incentives and help align employees' interests with those of shareholders. The most common form of ESPP qualifies for favorable tax treatment under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Section 423 plans must permit all full-time employees to participate, carry restrictions on the maximum number of shares that can be purchased, carry an exercise price of at least 85 percent of fair market value on grant date with offering periods of 27 months or less, and be approved by shareholders. We will typically support qualified ESPP proposals.
Equity compensation plans. BlackRock supports equity plans that align the economic interests of directors, managers and other employees with those of shareholders. Our evaluation of equity compensation plans in a post-expensing environment is based on a company's executive pay and performance relative to peers and whether the plan plays a significant role in a pay-for-performance disconnect. We generally oppose plans that contain “evergreen” provisions allowing for the ongoing increase of shares reserved without shareholder approval. We also generally oppose plans that allow for repricing without shareholder approval. Finally, we may oppose plans where we believe that the company is aggressively accounting for the equity delivered through their stock plans.

227

Golden parachutes. Golden parachutes provide for compensation to management in the event of a change in control. We generally view this as encouragement to management to consider proposals that might be beneficial to shareholders. We normally support golden parachutes put to shareholder vote unless there is clear evidence of excess or abuse.
We may also support shareholder proposals requesting that implementation of such arrangements require shareholder approval. In particular, we generally support proposals requiring shareholder approval of plans that exceed 2.99 times an executive's current compensation.
Option exchanges. BlackRock may support a request to exchange underwater options under the following circumstances: the company has experienced significant stock price decline as a result of macroeconomic trends, not individual company performance; directors and executive officers are excluded; the exchange is value neutral or value creative to shareholders; and there is clear evidence that absent repricing the company will suffer serious employee incentive or retention and recruiting problems.
Pay-for-performance plans. In order for executive compensation exceeding $1 million to qualify for federal tax deductions, the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (OBRA) requires companies to link that compensation, for the Company's top five executives, to disclosed performance goals and submit the plans for shareholder approval. The law further requires that a compensation committee comprised solely of outside directors administer these plans. Because the primary objective of these proposals is to preserve the deductibility of such compensation, we generally favor approval in order to preserve net income.
Pay-for-superior-performance. These are typically shareholder proposals requesting that compensation committees adopt policies under which a portion of equity compensation requires the achievement of performance goals as a prerequisite to vesting. We generally believe these matters are best left to the compensation committee of the board and that shareholders should not set executive compensation or dictate the terms thereof. We may support these proposals if we have a substantial concern regarding the company's compensation practices over a significant period of time, the proposals are not overly prescriptive, and we believe the proposed approach is likely to lead to substantial improvement. However, our preferred approach to managing pay-for-performance disconnects is via a withhold vote for the compensation committee.
Supplemental executive retirement plans. BlackRock may support shareholder proposals requesting to put extraordinary benefits contained in Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERP) agreements to a shareholder vote unless the company's executive pension plans do not contain excessive benefits beyond what is offered under employee-wide plans.
SOCIAL, ETHICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES. See Global Corporate Governance and Engagement Principles.
GENERAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS.
Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes. We generally support such proposals when the agenda contains items that we judge to be in shareholders' best long-term economic interests.
Bundled proposals. We believe that shareholders should have the opportunity to review substantial governance changes individually without having to accept bundled proposals. Where several measures are grouped into one proposal, BlackRock may reject certain positive changes when linked with proposals that generally contradict or impede the rights and economic interests of shareholders. The decision to support or oppose bundled proposals requires a balancing of the overall benefits and drawbacks of each element of the proposal.
Change name of corporation. We typically defer to management with respect to appropriate corporate names.
Confidential voting. Shareholders most often propose confidential voting as a means of eliminating undue management pressure on shareholders regarding their vote on proxy issues. We generally support proposals to allow confidential voting. However, we will usually support suspension of confidential voting during proxy contests where dissidents have access to vote information and management may face an unfair disadvantage.
Other business. We oppose giving companies our proxy to vote on matters where we are not given the opportunity to review and understand those measures and carry out an appropriate level of shareholder oversight.
Reincorporation. Proposals to reincorporate from one state or country to another are most frequently motivated by considerations of anti-takeover protections or cost savings. Where cost savings are the sole issue, we will typically favor reincorporating. In all instances, we will evaluate the changes to shareholder protection under the new charter/articles/by-laws to assess whether the move increases or decreases shareholder protections. Where we find that shareholder protections are diminished, we will support reincorporation if we determine that the overall benefits outweigh the diminished rights.

    228

Shareholders' right to call a special meeting or act by written consent. In exceptional circumstances and with sufficiently broad support, shareholders should have the opportunity to raise issues of substantial importance without having to wait for management to schedule a meeting. We therefore believe that shareholders should have the right to call a special meeting or to solicit votes by written consent in cases where a reasonably high proportion of shareholders (typically a minimum of 15%) are required to agree to such a meeting/consent before it is called, in order to avoid misuse of this right and waste corporate resources in addressing narrowly supported interests. However, we may oppose this right in cases where the provision is structured for the benefit of a dominant shareholder to the exclusion of others.
Simple majority voting. We generally favor a simple majority voting requirement to pass proposals. Therefore we will support the reduction or the elimination of supermajority voting requirements to the extent that we determine shareholders' ability to protect their economic interests is improved. Nonetheless, in situations where there is a substantial or dominant shareholder, supermajority voting may be protective of public shareholder interests and we may therefore support supermajority requirements in those situations.
Stakeholder provisions. Stakeholder provisions introduce the concept that the board may consider the interests of constituencies other than shareholders when making corporate decisions. Stakeholder interests vary widely and are not necessarily consistent with the best long-term economic interests of all shareholders, whose capital is at risk in the ownership of a public company. We believe the board's fiduciary obligation is to ensure management is employing this capital in the most efficient manner so as to maximize shareholder value, and we oppose any provision that suggests the board should do otherwise.
BOSTON ADVISORS, LLC
Summary of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
I. INTRODUCTION
Under the investment management contracts between Boston Advisors, LLC (“BA”) and most of our clients, the client retains exclusive voting authority over the securities in the client’s portfolio and we do not have any role in proxy voting. BA assumes responsibility for voting proxies when requested by a client and with respect to clients subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”).
II. STATEMENTS OF POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
A. Policy Statement. The Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), requires us to, at all times, act solely in the best interest of our clients. We have adopted and implemented these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, which we believe, are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act.
While retaining final authority to determine how each proxy is voted, BA has reviewed and determined to follow in most instances the proxy voting policies and recommendations (the “Guidelines”) of Egan-Jones Proxy Services, a proxy research and consulting firm (“Egan-Jones”). Egan-Jones will track each proxy that BA is authorized to vote on behalf of our clients and will make a recommendation to management of BA as how it would vote such proxy in accordance with the Guidelines. Unless otherwise directed by BA, Egan-Jones will instruct Proxy-Edge, a proxy voting firm (“Proxy-Edge”) to vote on such matters on our behalf in accordance with its recommendations. BA will monitor the recommendations from Egan-Jones and may override specific recommendations or may modify the Guidelines in the future.
We have established these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures in a manner that is generally intended to result in us voting proxies in an unbiased manner. All proxy votes are ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the recommendations made by Egan Jones.
B. Conflicts of Interest. If there is determined to be a material conflict between the interests of our clients on the one hand and our interests (including those of our affiliates, directors, officers, employees and other similar persons) on the other hand (a “potential conflict”) the matter shall be considered by management.
Proxy proposals that are “routine,” such as uncontested elections of directors, meeting formalities, and approval of an annual report/financial statements are presumed not to involve a material conflict of interest. Non- routine proxy proposals are presumed to involve a material conflict of interest, unless BA management determines that neither BA nor its personnel have such a conflict of interest. Non-routine proposals would typically include any contested matter, including a contested election of directors, a merger or sale of substantial assets, a change in the articles of incorporation that materially affects the rights of shareholders, and compensation matters for management (e.g., stock option plans and retirement plans).

229

If BA management determines that BA has a material conflict of interest then we shall vote the proxy according to the recommendation of Egan- Jones or, if applicable, the client’s proxy voting policies. BA management also reserves the right to vote a proxy using the following methods:
We may obtain instructions from the client on how to vote the proxy.
If we are able to disclose the conflict to the client, we may do so and obtain the client’s consent as to how we will vote on the proposal (or otherwise obtain instructions from the client on how the proxy should be voted).
We use commercially reasonable efforts to determine whether a potential conflict may exists, and a potential conflict shall be deemed to exist if and only if one or more of our senior investment staff actually knew or reasonably should have known of the potential conflict.
C. Limitations on Our Responsibilities
1. Limited Value. We may abstain from voting a client proxy if we conclude that the effect on client’s economic interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant.
2. Unjustifiable Costs. We may abstain from voting a client proxy for cost reasons (e.g., costs associated with voting proxies of non-U.S. securities). In accordance with our fiduciary duties, we weigh the costs and benefits of voting proxy proposals relating to foreign securities and make an informed decision with respect to whether voting a given proxy proposal is prudent. Our decision takes into account the effect that the vote of our clients, either by itself or together with other votes, is expected to have on the value of our client’s investment and whether this expected effect would outweigh the cost of voting.
3. Special Client Considerations.
a. Mutual Funds. We will vote proxies of our mutual fund clients subject to the funds’ applicable investment restrictions.
b. ERISA Accounts. With respect our ERISA clients, we vote proxies in accordance with our duty of loyalty and prudence, compliance with the plan documents, as well as our duty to avoid prohibited transactions.
4. Client Direction. If a client has a proxy-voting policy and instructs us to follow it, we will comply with that policy upon receipt except when doing so would be contrary to the client’s economic interests or otherwise imprudent or unlawful. As a fiduciary to ERISA clients, we are required to discharge our duties in accordance with the documents governing the plan (insofar as they are consistent with ERISA), including statements of proxy voting policy. We will, on a best efforts basis, comply with each client’s proxy voting policy. If client policies conflict, we may vote proxies to reflect each policy in proportion to the respective client’s interest in any pooled account (unless voting in such a manner would be imprudent or otherwise inconsistent with applicable law).
D. Disclosure. A client for which we are responsible for voting proxies may obtain information from us, via Egan-Jones and Proxy Edge records, regarding how we voted the client’s proxies. Clients should contact their account manager to make such a request.
E. Review and Changes. We shall from time to time review these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and may adopt changes based upon our experience, evolving industry practices and developments in applicable laws and regulations. Unless otherwise agreed to with a client, we may change these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures from time to time without notice to, or approval by, any client. Clients may request a current version of our Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures from their account manager.
F. Delegation. We may delegate our responsibilities under these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures to a third party, other than Egan Jones provided that we retain final authority and fiduciary responsibility for proxy voting. If we so delegate our responsibilities, we shall monitor the delegate’s compliance with these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.
G. Maintenance of Records. We maintain at our principal place of business the records required to be maintained by us with respect to proxies in accordance with the requirements of the Advisers Act and, with respect to our fund clients, the Investment Company Act of 1940. We may, but need not, maintain proxy statements that we receive regarding client securities to the extent that such proxy statements are available on the SEC’s EDGAR system. We also may rely upon a third party, such as Egan-Jones or Proxy Edge to maintain certain records required to be maintained by the Advisers Act.
BROWN ADVISORY, LLC.

    230

Brown Advisory shall vote proxies consistent with its Proxy Policy, a summary of which follows.  Generally, the firm’s research analysts vote actively recommended issuers and obtain research from a proxy service for recommendations for voting proxies of all other issues.  Clients may, at any time, opt to change voting authorization.  Upon notice that a client has revoked the firm’s authority to vote proxies, the firm will forward such materials to the party identified by client.
Routine Matters
Since the quality and depth of management is a primary factor considered when investing in an issuer, the recommendation of the issuer’s management on any issue will be given substantial weight.  However, the position of the issuer’s management will not be supported in any situation where it is determined not to be in the best interests of the client.
Election of Directors :  Proxies shall be voted for a management-proposed slate of directors unless there is a contested election of directors or there are other compelling corporate governance reasons for withholding votes for such directors.  Management proposals to limit director liability consistent with state laws and director indemnification provisions shall be supported because it is important for companies to be able to attract qualified candidates. 
Appointment of Auditors :  Management recommendations shall generally be supported. 
Changes in State of Incorporation or Capital Structure :  Management recommendations about re-incorporation shall be supported unless the new jurisdiction in which the issuer is reincorporating has laws that would materially dilute the rights of shareholders of the issuer.  Proposals to increase authorized common stock should be examined on a case-by-case basis.  If the new shares will be used to implement a poison pill or another form of anti-takeover device, or if the issuance of new shares could excessively dilute the value of outstanding shares upon issuance, then such proposals should be evaluated to determine whether they are in the best interest of the client.
Non-Routine Matters
Corporate Restructurings, Mergers and Acquisitions :  These proposals should be examined on a case-by-case basis because they are an extension of an investment decision.
Proposals Affecting Shareholder Rights:   Proposals that seek to limit shareholder rights, such as the creation of dual classes of stock, generally should not be supported.
Anti-takeover Issues:   Measures that impede takeovers or entrench management will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis taking into account the rights of shareholders and the potential effect on the value of the firm.
  Executive Compensation :  Although management recommendations should be given substantial weight, proposals relating to executive compensation plans, including stock option plans, should be examined on a case-by-case basis to ensure that the long-term interests of management and shareholders are properly aligned. 
Social and Political Issues :  These types of proposals should generally not be supported if they are not supported by management unless they would have a readily-determinable, positive financial effect on shareholder value and would not be burdensome or impose unnecessary or excessive costs on the issuer. 
Conflicts of Interest 
A “conflict of interest,” means any circumstance when the firm or one of its affiliates (including officers, directors and employees), or in the case where the firm serves as investment adviser to a fund, when the fund or the principal underwriter, or one or more of their affiliates (including officers, directors and employees), knowingly does business with, receives compensation from, or sits on the board of, a particular issuer or closely affiliated entity, and, therefore, may appear to have a conflict of interest between its own interests and the interests of clients or fund shareholders in how proxies of that issuer are voted.  The firm should vote proxies relating to such issuers in accordance with the following procedures: 
Routine Matters Consistent with Policy .  The firm may vote proxies for routine matters as required by this Policy.
Immaterial Conflicts :  The firm may vote proxies for non-routine matters consistent with this Policy if it determines that the conflict of interest is not material.  A conflict of interest will be considered material to the extent that it is determined that such conflict has the potential to influence the firm’s decision-making in voting a proxy.  Materiality determinations will be based upon an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. 

231

Material Conflicts and Non-Routine Matters:   If the firm believes that (A) it has a material conflict and (B) that the issue to be voted upon is non-routine or is not covered by this Policy, the firm may abstain.  The firm may also abstain from voting proxies in other circumstances, including, for example, if voting may be unduly burdensome or expensive, or otherwise not in the best economic interest of the clients, such as (by example and without limitation) when foreign proxy issuers impose unreasonable or expensive voting or holding requirements or when the costs to effect a vote would be uneconomic relative to the value of the client’s investment in the issuer.
CLEARBRIDGE INVESTMENTS, LLC.
Proxy Voting Guidelines Procedures Summary. ClearBridge is subject to the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures that it has adopted to seek to ensure that it votes proxies relating to equity securities in the best interest of client accounts. The following is a brief overview of the policies.
ClearBridge votes proxies for each client account with respect to which it has been authorized or is required by law to vote proxies. In voting proxies, ClearBridge is guided by general fiduciary principles and seeks to act prudently and solely in the best interest of the beneficial owners of the accounts it manages. ClearBridge attempts to consider all factors that could affect the value of the investment and will vote proxies in the manner that it believes will be consistent with efforts to maximize shareholder values. ClearBridge may utilize an external service provider to provide it with information and/or a recommendation with regard to proxy votes. However, such recommendations do not relieve ClearBridge of its responsibility for the proxy vote.
In the case of a proxy issue for which there is a stated position in the policies, ClearBridge generally votes in accordance with such stated position. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is a list of factors set forth in the policies that ClearBridge considers in voting on such issue, ClearBridge considers those factors and votes on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles set forth above. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is no stated position or list of factors that ClearBridge considers in voting on such issue, ClearBridge votes on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles set forth above. Issues for which there is a stated position set forth in the policies or for which there is a list of factors set forth in the policies that ClearBridge considers in voting on such issues fall into a variety of categories, including election of directors, ratification of auditors, proxy and tender offer defenses, capital structure issues, executive and director compensation, mergers and corporate restructuring, and social and environmental issues. The stated position on an issue set forth in the policies can always be superseded, subject to the duty to act solely in the best interest of the beneficial owners of accounts, by the investment management professionals responsible for the account whose shares are being voted. There may be occasions when different investment teams vote differently on the same issue. An investment team (e.g., ClearBridge SAI investment team) may adopt proxy voting policies that supplement ClearBridge's Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures. In addition, in the case of Taft-Hartley clients, ClearBridge will comply with a client direction to vote proxies in accordance with Institutional Shareholder Services' (ISS) PVS Voting guidelines, which ISS represents to be fully consistent with AFL-CIO guidelines.
In furtherance of ClearBridge's goal to vote proxies in the best interest of clients, ClearBridge follows procedures designed to identify and address material conflicts that may arise between ClearBridge's interests and those of its clients before voting proxies on behalf of such clients. To seek to identify conflicts of interest, ClearBridge periodically notifies ClearBridge employees in writing that they are under an obligation (i) to be aware of the potential for conflicts of interest on the part of ClearBridge with respect to voting proxies on behalf of client accounts both as a result of their personal relationships or ClearBridge's business relationships or the personal or business relationships of other Legg Mason units' employees, and (ii) to bring conflicts of interest of which they become aware to the attention of ClearBridge's General Counsel/Chief Compliance Officer. ClearBridge also maintains and considers a list of significant ClearBridge relationships that could present a conflict of interest for ClearBridge in voting proxies.
ClearBridge generally takes the position that non-ClearBridge relationships between a Legg Mason affiliate and an issuer do not present a conflict of interest for ClearBridge in voting proxies with respect to such issuer. Such position is based on the fact that ClearBridge is operated as an independent business unit from other Legg Mason business units as well as on the existence of information barriers between ClearBridge and certain other Legg Mason business units.
ClearBridge's Proxy Committee reviews and addresses conflicts of interest. A proxy issue that will be voted in accordance with a stated ClearBridge position on such issue or in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third party is not brought to the attention of the Proxy Committee for a conflict of interest review because ClearBridge's position is that to the extent a conflict of interest issue exists, it is resolved by voting in accordance with a pre-determined policy or in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third party. With respect to a conflict of interest brought to its attention, the Proxy Committee first determines whether such conflict of interest is material. A conflict of interest is considered material to the extent that it is determined that such conflict is likely to influence, or appear to influence, ClearBridge's decision-making in voting proxies. If it is determined by the Proxy Committee that a conflict of interest is not material, ClearBridge may vote proxies notwithstanding the existence of the conflict.

    232

If it is determined by the Proxy Committee that a conflict of interest is material, the Proxy Committee is responsible for determining an appropriate method to resolve such conflict of interest before the proxy affected by the conflict of interest is voted. Such determination is based on the particular facts and circumstances, including the importance of the proxy issue and the nature of the conflict of interest.
COHEN & STEERS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
General Proxy Voting Guidelines
Objectives
Voting rights are an important component of corporate governance. Cohen & Steers has three overall objectives in exercising voting rights:
Responsibility . Cohen & Steers shall seek to ensure that there is an effective means in place to hold companies accountable for their actions. While management must be accountable to its board, the board must be accountable to a company’s shareholders. Although accountability can be promoted in a variety of ways, protecting shareholder voting rights may be among our most important tools.
Rationalizing Management and Shareholder Concerns . Cohen & Steers seeks to ensure that the interests of a company’s management and board are aligned with those of the company’s shareholders. In this respect, compensation must be structured to reward the creation of shareholder value.
Shareholder Communication . Since companies are owned by their shareholders, Cohen & Steers seeks to ensure that management effectively communicates with its owners about the company’s business operations and financial performance. It is only with effective communication that shareholders will be able to assess the performance of management and to make informed decisions on when to buy, sell or hold a company’s securities.
General Principles
In exercising voting rights, Cohen & Steers shall conduct itself in accordance with the general principles set forth below.
The ability to exercise a voting right with respect to a security is a valuable right and, therefore, must be viewed as part of the asset itself.
In exercising voting rights, Cohen & Steers shall engage in a careful evaluation of issues that may materially affect the rights of shareholders and the value of the security.
Consistent with general fiduciary principles, the exercise of voting rights shall always be conducted with reasonable care, prudence and diligence.
In exercising voting rights on behalf of clients, Cohen & Steers shall conduct itself in the same manner as if Cohen & Steers were the constructive owner of the securities.
To the extent reasonably possible, Cohen & Steers shall participate in each shareholder voting opportunity.
Voting rights shall not automatically be exercised in favor of management-supported proposals.
Cohen & Steers, and its officers and employees, shall never accept any item of value in consideration of a favorable proxy voting decision.
General Guidelines
Set forth below are general guidelines that Cohen & Steers shall follow in exercising proxy voting rights:
Prudence . In making a proxy voting decision, Cohen & Steers shall give appropriate consideration to all relevant facts and circumstances, including the value of the securities to be voted and the likely effect any vote may have on that value. Since voting rights must be exercised on the basis of an informed judgment, investigation shall be a critical initial step.
Third Party Views . While Cohen & Steers may consider the views of third parties, Cohen & Steers shall never base a proxy voting decision solely on the opinion of a third party. Rather, decisions shall be based on a reasonable and good faith determination as to how best to maximize shareholder value.
Shareholder Value . Just as the decision whether to purchase or sell a security is a matter of judgment, determining whether a specific proxy resolution will increase the market value of a security is a matter of judgment as to which informed parties may differ. In determining how a proxy vote may affect the economic value of a security, Cohen & Steers shall consider both short-term and long-term views about a company’s business and prospects, especially in light of our projected holding period on the stock (e.g., Cohen & Steers may discount long-term views on a short-term holding).
Specific Guidelines
Uncontested Director Elections

233

Votes on director nominees should be made on a case-by-case basis using a “mosaic” approach, where all factors are considered in director elections and where no single issue is deemed to be determinative. For example, a nominee’s experience and business judgment may be critical to the long-term success of the portfolio company, notwithstanding the fact that he or she may serve on the board of more than four public companies. In evaluating nominees, we consider the following factors:
Whether the nominee attended less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse for the absences;
Whether the nominee is an inside or affiliated outside director and sits on the audit, compensation, or nominating committees;
Whether the board ignored a significant shareholder proposal that was approved by a majority of the votes cast in the previous year;
Whether the board, without shareholder approval, to our knowledge instituted a new poison pill plan, extended an existing plan, or adopted a new plan upon the expiration of an existing plan during the past year;
Whether the nominee is an inside or affiliated outside director and the full board serves as the audit, compensation, or nominating committee or the company does not have one of these committees;
Whether the nominee is an insider or affiliated outsider on boards that are not at least majority independent;
Whether the nominee is the CEO of a publicly-traded company who serves on more than two public boards;
Whether the nominee is the chairperson of a publicly-traded company who serves on more than two public boards;
Whether the nominee serves on more than four public company boards;
Whether the nominee serves on the audit committee where there is evidence (such as audit reports or reports mandated under the Sarbanes Oxley Act) that there exists material weaknesses in the company’s internal controls;
Whether the nominee serves on the compensation committee if that director was present at the time of the grant of backdated options or options the pricing or the timing of which we believe may have been manipulated to provide additional benefits to executives;
Whether the nominee has a material related party transaction or is believed by us to have a material conflict of interest with the portfolio company;
Whether the nominee (or the overall board) in our view has a record of making poor corporate or strategic decisions or has demonstrated an overall lack of good business judgment, including, among other things, whether the company’s total shareholder return is in the bottom 25% of its peer group over the prior five years;
Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;
Failure to replace management as appropriate; and
Egregious actions related to a director's service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.
Proxy Access
We recognize the importance of shareholder access to the ballot process as a means to ensure that boards do not become self-perpetuating and self-serving. However, we are also aware that some proposals may promote certain interest groups and could be disruptive to the nomination process. We vote on a case-by-case basis considering the proxy access terms in light of a company’s specific circumstances and we may support proxy access proposals when management and boards have displayed a lack of shareholder accountability.
Proxy Contests
Director Nominees in a Contested Election
By definition, this type of board candidate or slate runs for the purpose of seeking a significant change in corporate policy or control. Therefore, the economic impact of the vote in favor of or in opposition to that director or slate must be analyzed using a higher standard such as is normally applied to changes in control. Criteria for evaluating director nominees as a group or individually should also include: the underlying reason why the new slate (or individual director) is being proposed; performance; compensation; corporate governance provisions and takeover activity; criminal activity; attendance at meetings; investment in the company; interlocking directorships; inside, outside and independent directors; number of other board seats; and other experience. It is impossible to have a general policy regarding director nominees in a contested election.
Reimbursement of Proxy Solicitation Expenses
Decisions to provide full reimbursement for dissidents waging a proxy contest should be made on a case-by-case basis. In the absence of compelling reasons, Cohen & Steers will generally not support such proposals.
Ratification of Auditors

    234

We vote for proposals to ratify auditors, auditor renumeration and/or proposals authorizing the board to fix audit fees unless an auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent; there is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position; the name of the proposed auditor and/or fees paid to the audit firm are not disclosed by the company in a timely manner prior to the meeting; the auditors are being changed without explanation; or fees paid for non-audit related services are excessive and/or exceed limits set in local best practice recommendations or law.
In circumstances where fees for non-audit services include fees related to significant one-time capital structure events; initial public offerings; bankruptcy emergence, and spinoffs; and the company makes public disclosure of the amount and nature of those fees, then such fees may be excluded from the non-audit fees considered in determining whether non-audit related fees are excessive.
We vote on a case-by-case basis on auditor rotation proposals. Criteria for evaluating the rotation proposal include, but are not limited to: tenure of the audit firm; establishment and disclosure of a renewal process whereby the auditor is regularly evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price; length of the rotation period advocated in the proposal; and any significant audit related issues.
Generally, we vote against auditor indemnification and limitation of liability; however we recognize there may be situations where indemnification and limitations on liability may be appropriate.
Takeover Defenses
While we recognize that a takeover attempt can be a significant distraction for the board and management to deal with, the simple fact is that the possibility of a corporate takeover keeps management focused on maximizing shareholder value. As a result, Cohen & Steers opposes measures that are designed to prevent or obstruct corporate takeovers because they can entrench current management. The following are our guidelines on change of control issues:
Shareholder Rights Plans
We acknowledge that there are arguments for and against shareholder rights plans, also known as “poison pills.” Companies should put their case for rights plans to shareholders.
We review on a case-by-case basis management proposals to ratify a poison pill. We generally look for shareholder friendly features including a two- to three-year sunset provision, a permitted bid provision and a 20 percent or higher flip-in provision.
Greenmail
We vote for proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.
Unequal Voting Rights
Generally, we vote against dual-class recapitalizations as they offer an effective way for a firm to thwart hostile takeovers by concentrating voting power in the hands of management or other insiders. We support the one-share, one-vote principal for voting.
Classified Boards
We generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to declassify a board of directors, although we acknowledge that a classified board may be in the long-term best interests of a company in certain situations, such as continuity of a strong board and management team or for certain types of companies. In voting on shareholder proposals to declassify a board of directors, we evaluate all facts and circumstances surrounding such proposal, including whether the shareholder proposing the de-classification has an agenda in making such proposal that may be at odds with the long-term best interests of the company or whether it would be in the best interests of the company to thwart a shareholder’s attempt to control the board of directors.
Cumulative Voting
Having the ability to cumulate our votes for the election of directors – that is, cast more than one vote for a director about whom they feel strongly – generally increases shareholders’ rights to effect change in the management of a corporation. However, we acknowledge that cumulative voting promotes special candidates who may not represent the interests of all, or even a majority, of

235

shareholders. In voting on proposals to institute cumulative voting, we therefore evaluate all facts and circumstances surrounding such proposal and we generally vote against cumulative voting where the company has good corporate governance practices in place, including majority voting for board elections and classified boards.
Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meeting
Cohen & Steers votes on a case-by-case basis for shareholder proposals requesting companies to amend their governance documents (bylaws and/or charter) in order to allow shareholders to call special meetings. We recognize the importance on shareholder ability to call a special meeting and generally will vote for such shareholder proposals where the shareholder(s) making such proposal hold at least 20% of the company’s outstanding shares. However, we are also aware that some proposals are put forth in order to promote the agenda(s) of certain special interest groups and could be disruptive to the management of the company, and in those cases we will vote against such shareholder proposals.
Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent
We generally vote against proposals to allow or facilitate shareholder action by written consent. The requirement that all shareholders be given notice of a shareholders’ meeting and matters to be discussed therein seems to provide a reasonable protection of minority shareholder rights.
Shareholder Ability to Alter the Size of the Board
We generally vote for proposals that seek to fix the size of the board and vote against proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board without shareholder approval. While we recognize the importance of such proposals, we are however also aware that these proposals are sometimes put forth in order to promote the agenda(s) of certain special interest groups and could be disruptive to the management of the company.
Miscellaneous Board Provisions
Board Committees
Boards should delegate key oversight functions, such as responsibility for audit, nominating and compensation issues, to independent committees. The chairman and members of any committee should be clearly identified in the annual report. Any committee should have the authority to engage independent advisors where appropriate at the company’s expense.
Audit, nominating and compensation committees should consist solely of non-employee directors, who are independent of management.
Independent Chairman
We review on a case-by-case basis proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, taking into consideration the company’s current board leadership and governance structure; company performance, and any other factors that may be applicable.
Separate Chairman and CEO Role
We will generally vote for proposals looking to separate the CEO and Chairman roles. We do acknowledge, however, that under certain circumstances, it may be reasonable for the CEO and Chairman roles to be held by a single person.
Lead Directors and Executive Sessions
In cases where the CEO and Chairman roles are combined or the Chairman is not independent, we will vote for the appointment of a lead independent director and for regular executive sessions (board meetings taking place without the CEO/Chairman present).
Majority of Independent Directors
We vote for proposals that call for the board to be composed of a majority of independent directors. We believe that a majority of independent directors can be an important factor in facilitating objective decision making and enhancing accountability to shareholders.
Independent Committees

    236

We vote for shareholder proposals requesting that the board’s audit, compensation, and nominating committees consist exclusively of independent directors.
Stock Ownership Requirements
We support measures requiring senior executives to hold a minimum amount of stock in a company (often expressed as a percentage of annual compensation), which may include restricted stock or restricted stock units.
Term of Office
We vote against shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors. Term limits pose artificial and arbitrary impositions on the board and could harm shareholder interests by forcing experienced and knowledgeable directors off the board.
Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection
We generally support indemnification provisions that are consistent with the local jurisdiction in which the company has been formed. We vote in favor of proposals providing indemnification for directors and officers with respect to acts conducted in the normal course of business. We also vote in favor of proposals that expand coverage for directors and officers where, despite an unsuccessful legal defense, the director or officer acted in good faith and in the best interests of the company and the director or officers’ legal expenses are covered. We vote against proposals that would expand indemnification beyond coverage of legal expenses to coverage of acts, such as gross negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligations.
Board Size
We generally vote for proposals to limit the size of the board to 15 members or less.
Majority Vote Standard
We generally vote for proposals asking for the board to initiate the appropriate process to amend the company’s governance documents (charter or bylaws) to provide that director nominees shall be elected by the affirmative vote of the majority of votes cast at an annual meeting of shareholders.
Supermajority Vote Requirements
We generally support proposals that seek to lower supermajority voting proposals.
Miscellaneous Governance Provisions
Disclosure of Board Nominees
We generally vote against the election of directors at companies if the names of the director nominees are not disclosed in a timely manner prior to the meeting. However, we recognize that companies in certain emerging markets may have a legitimate reason for not disclosing nominee names. In such a rare case, if a company discloses a legitimate reason why such nominee names should not be disclosed, we may vote for the nominees even if nominee names are not disclosed in a timely manner.
Disclosure of Board Compensation
We generally vote against the election of directors at companies if the compensation paid to such directors is not disclosed in a timely manner prior to the meeting. However, we recognize that companies in certain emerging markets may have a legitimate reason for not disclosing such compensation information. In such a rare case, if a company discloses a legitimate reason why such compensation should not be disclosed, we may vote for the nominees even if compensation is not disclosed in a timely manner.
Confidential Voting
We vote for shareholder proposals requesting that companies adopt confidential voting, use independent tabulators, and use independent inspectors of election as long as the proposals include clauses for proxy contests as follows: in the case of a contested election, management should be permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the dissidents do not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.
We also vote for management proposals to adopt confidential voting.

237

Bundled Proposals
We review on a case-by-case basis bundled or “conditioned” proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, we examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances where the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests, we vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, we support such proposals. In the case of bundled director proposals, we will vote for the entire slate only if we would have otherwise voted for each director on an individual basis.  
Date/Location of Meeting
We vote against shareholder proposals to change the date or location of the shareholders’ meeting. No one site will meet the needs of all shareholders.
Adjourn Meeting if Votes are Insufficient.
Open-end requests for adjournment of a shareholder meeting generally will not be supported.  However, where management specifically states the reason for requesting an adjournment and the requested adjournment is necessary to permit a proposal that would otherwise be supported under this policy to be carried out, the adjournment request will be supported.
Other Business
Cohen & Steers will generally vote against proposals to approve other business where we cannot determine the exact nature of the proposal to be voted on.
Disclosure of Shareholder Proponents
We vote for shareholder proposals requesting that companies disclose the names of shareholder proponents. Shareholders may wish to contact the proponents of a shareholder proposal for additional information.
Capital Structure
Increase Additional Common Stock
We generally vote for increases in authorized shares, provided that the increase is not greater than three times the number of shares outstanding and reserved for issuance (including shares reserved for stock-related plans and securities convertible into common stock, but not shares reserved for any poison pill plan).
Votes generally are cast in favor of proposals to authorize additional shares of stock except where the proposal:
creates a blank check preferred stock; or
establishes classes of stock with superior voting rights.
Blank Check Preferred Stock
Votes generally are cast in opposition to management proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecific voting, conversion, distribution and other rights, and management proposals to increase the number of authorized blank check preferred shares. We may vote in favor of this type of proposal when we receive assurances to our reasonable satisfaction that (i) the preferred stock was authorized by the board for the use of legitimate capital formation purposes and not for anti-takeover purposes, and (ii) no preferred stock will be issued with voting power that is disproportionate to the economic interests of the preferred stock. These representations should be made either in the proxy statement or in a separate letter from the company to Cohen & Steers.
Pre-emptive Rights
We believe that the governance and regulation of public equity markets allow for adequate shareholder protection against dilution. Further, we believe that companies should have more flexibility to issue shares without costly and time constraining rights offerings. As such, we do not believe that pre-emptive rights are necessary and as such, we generally vote for the issuance of equity shares without pre-emptive rights. On a limited basis, we will vote for shareholder pre-emptive rights where such pre-emptive rights are necessary, taking into account the best interests of the company’s shareholders.

    238

We acknowledge that international local practices typically call for shareholder pre-emptive rights when a company seeks authority to issue shares (e.g., UK authority for the issuance of only up to 5% of outstanding shares without pre-emptive rights). While we would prefer that companies be permitted to issue shares without pre-emptive rights, in deference to international local practices, in markets outside the US we will approve issuance requests without pre-emptive rights for up to 100% of a company's outstanding capital.
Dual Class Capitalizations
Because classes of common stock with unequal voting rights limit the rights of certain shareholders, we vote against adoption of a dual or multiple class capitalization structure.
Restructurings/Recapitalizations
We review proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan on a case-by-case basis. In voting, we consider the following issues:
dilution—how much will ownership interest of existing shareholders be reduced, and how extreme will dilution to any future earnings be?
change in control—will the transaction result in a change in control of the company?
bankruptcy—generally, approve proposals that facilitate debt restructurings unless there are clear signs of self-dealing or other abuses.
Share Repurchase Programs
Boards may institute share repurchase or stock buy-back programs for a number of reasons. Cohen & Steers will generally vote in favor of such programs where the repurchase would be in the long-term best interests of shareholders, and where the company is not thought to be able to use the cash in a more useful way.
We will vote against such programs when shareholders’ interests could be better served by deployment of the cash for alternative uses, or where the repurchase is a defensive maneuver or an attempt to entrench management.
Targeted Share Placements
These shareholder proposals ask companies to seek stockholder approval before placing 10% or more of their voting stock with a single investor. The proposals are typically in reaction to the placement by various companies of a large block of their voting stock in an ESOP, parent capital fund or with a single friendly investor, with the aim of protecting themselves against a hostile tender offer. These proposals are voted on a case-by-case basis after reviewing the individual situation of the company receiving the proposal.
Executive and Director Compensation
Executive Compensation (“Say on Pay”)
Votes regarding shareholder “say on pay” are determined on a case-by-case basis. Generally, we believe that executive compensation should be tied to the long-term performance of the executive and the company both in absolute and relative to the peer group. We therefore monitor the compensation practices of portfolio companies to determine whether compensation to these executives is commensurate to the company’s total shareholder return (TSR) (i.e., we generally expect companies that pay their executives at the higher end of the pay range to also be performing commensurately well).
Further, pay elements that are not directly based on performance are generally evaluated on a case-by-case basis considering the context of a company's overall pay program and demonstrated pay-for-performance philosophy. The following list highlights certain negative pay practices that carry significant weight in this overall consideration and may result in adverse vote recommendations:
Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/SARS without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender of underwater options);
Excessive perquisites or tax gross-ups;
New or extended agreements that provide for:
Change in Control (CIC) payments exceeding 3 times base salary and bonus;
CIC severance payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“single” or “modified single” triggers);
CIC payments with excise tax gross-ups (including “modified” gross-ups).
Also, we generally vote for shareholder proposals that seek additional disclosure of executive and director pay information.
Frequency of Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say When on Pay”)

239

We generally vote for annual advisory votes on compensation as we note that executive compensation is also evaluated on an annual basis by the company’s compensation committee.
Stock-based Incentive Plans
Votes with respect to compensation plans should be determined on a case-by-case basis depending on a combination of certain plan features and equity grant practices, where positive factors may counterbalance negative factors, and vice versa, as evaluated in three pillars:
Plan Cost: The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company's estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:
SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and
SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.
Plan Features:
Automatic single-triggered award vesting upon CIC;
Discretionary vesting authority;
Liberal share recycling on various award types;
Minimum vesting period for grants made under the plan.
Grant Practices:
The company’s three year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers;
Vesting requirements in most recent CEO equity grants (3-year look-back);
The estimated duration of the plan based on the sum of shares remaining available and the new shares requested, divided by the average annual shares granted in the prior three years;
The proportion of the CEO's most recent equity grants/awards subject to performance conditions;
Whether the company maintains a claw-back policy;
Whether the company has established post exercise/vesting share-holding requirements.
We will generally vote against the plan proposal if the combination of factors indicates that the plan is not, overall, in the shareholders’ interest, or if any of the following apply:
Awards may vest in connection with a liberal CIC;
The plan would permit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval;
The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a pay-for-performance disconnect; or
Any other plan features that are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.
Approval of Cash or Cash-and-Stock Bonus Plans
We vote for cash or cash-and-stock bonus plans to exempt the compensation from limits on deductibility under the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.
Reload/Evergreen Features
We will generally vote against plans that enable the issuance of reload options and that provide an automatic share replenishment (“evergreen”) feature.
Golden Parachutes
In general, the guidelines call for voting against “golden parachute” plans because they impede potential takeovers that shareholders should be free to consider. In particular, we oppose the use of employment contracts that result in cash grants of greater than three times annual compensation (salary and bonus) and generally withhold our votes at the next shareholder meeting for directors who to our knowledge approved golden parachutes.
Voting on Golden Parachutes in an Acquisition, Merger, Consolidation, or Proposed Sale
We vote on a case-by-case basis on proposals to approve the company's golden parachute compensation. Features that may lead to a vote against include:
Potentially excessive severance payments (cash grants of greater than three times annual compensation (salary and bonus));
Agreements that include excessive excise tax gross-up provisions;
Single trigger payments that will happen immediately upon a change in control, including cash payment and such items as the acceleration of performance-based equity despite the failure to achieve performance measures;

    240

Single-trigger vesting of equity based on a definition of change in control that requires only shareholder approval of the transaction (rather than consummation);
Recent amendments or other changes that may make packages so attractive as to influence merger agreements that may not be in the best interests of shareholders;
In the case of a substantial gross-up from pre-existing/grandfathered contract: the element that triggered the gross-up (i.e., option mega-grants at low point in stock price, unusual or outsized payments in cash or equity made or negotiated prior to the merger); or
The company's assertion that a proposed transaction is conditioned on shareholder approval of the golden parachute advisory vote.
401(k) Employee Benefit Plans
We vote for proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.
Employee Stock Purchase Plans
We support employee stock purchase plans, although we generally believe the discounted purchase price should be at least 85% of the current market price.
Option Expensing
We vote for shareholder proposals to expense fixed-price options.
Vesting
We believe that restricted stock awards normally should vest over at least a two-year period. 
Option Repricing
Stock options generally should not be re-priced, and never should be re-priced without shareholder approval. In addition, companies should not issue new options, with a lower strike price, to make up for previously issued options that are substantially underwater. Cohen & Steers will vote against the election of any slate of directors that, to its knowledge, has authorized a company to re-price or replace underwater options during the most recent year without shareholder approval.
Stock Holding Periods
Generally vote against all proposals requiring executives to hold the stock received upon option exercise for a specific period of time.
Transferable Stock Options
Review on a case-by-case basis proposals to grant transferable stock options or otherwise permit the transfer of outstanding stock options, including cost of proposal and alignment with shareholder interests.
Recoup Bonuses
We vote on a case-by-case on shareholder proposals to recoup unearned incentive bonuses or other incentive payments made to senior executives if it is later determined that fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation.
Incorporation
Reincorporation Outside of the United States
Generally, we will vote against companies looking to reincorporate outside of the US
Voting on State Takeover Statutes
We review on a case-by-case basis proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freezeout provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, antigreenmail provisions, and disgorgement provisions). In voting on these shareholder proposals, we evaluate all facts and circumstances surrounding such proposal, including whether the shareholder proposing such measure has an agenda in making such proposal that may be at odds with the long-term best interests of the company or whether it would be in the best interests of the company to thwart a shareholder’s attempt to control the board of directors.

241

Voting on Reincorporation Proposals
Proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation are examined on a case-by-case basis. In making our decision, we review management’s rationale for the proposal, changes to the charter/bylaws, and differences in the state laws governing the companies.
Mergers and Corporate Restructurings
Mergers and Acquisitions
Votes on mergers and acquisitions should be considered on a case-by-case basis, taking into account factors including the following: anticipated financial and operating benefits; offer price (cost vs. premium); prospects of the combined companies; how the deal was negotiated; and changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights.
We vote against proposals that require a super-majority of shareholders to approve a merger or other significant business combination. We support proposals that seek to lower super-majority voting requirements.
Nonfinancial Effects of a Merger or Acquisition
Some companies have proposed a charter provision which specifies that the board of directors may examine the nonfinancial effect of a merger or acquisition on the company. This provision would allow the board to evaluate the impact a proposed change in control would have on employees, host communities, suppliers and/or others. We generally vote against proposals to adopt such charter provisions. We feel it is the directors' fiduciary duty to base decisions solely on the financial interests of the shareholders.
Corporate Restructuring
Votes on corporate restructuring proposals, including minority squeezeouts, leveraged buyouts, “going private” proposals, spin-offs, liquidations, and asset sales, should be considered on a case-by-case basis. In evaluating these proposals and determining our votes, we are singularly focused on meeting our goal of maximizing long-term shareholder value.
Spin-offs
Votes on spin-offs should be considered on a case-by-case basis depending on the tax and regulatory advantages, planned use of sale proceeds, market focus, and managerial incentives.
Asset Sales
Votes on asset sales should be made on a case-by-case basis after considering the impact on the balance sheet/working capital, value received for the asset, and potential elimination of diseconomies.
Liquidations
Votes on liquidations should be made on a case-by-case basis after reviewing management’s efforts to pursue other alternatives, appraisal value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.
Appraisal Rights
We vote for proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal. Rights of appraisal provide shareholders who are not satisfied with the terms of certain corporate transactions the right to demand a judicial review in order to determine a fair value for their shares.
Changing Corporate Name
We vote for changing the corporate name.
Shareholder Rights
Our position on the rights of shareholders is as follows:
Shareholders should be given the opportunity to exercise their rights. Notification of opportunities for the exercise of voting rights should be given in good time.
Shareholders are entitled to submit questions to company management.
Minority shareholders should be protected as far as possible from the exercise of voting rights by majority shareholders.

    242

Shareholders are entitled to hold company management as well as the legal person or legal entity accountable for any action caused by the company or company management for which the company, company management or legal entity should bear responsibility.
Environmental and Social Issues
We recognize that the companies in which we invest can enhance shareholder value and long-term profitability by adopting policies and procedures that promote corporate social and environmental responsibility. Because of the diverse nature of environmental and social shareholder proposals and the myriad ways companies deal with them, these proposals should be considered on a case-by-case basis. All such proposals are scrutinized based on whether they contribute to the creation of shareholder value, are reasonable and relevant, and provide adequate disclosure of key issues to shareholders. When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, we tend to focus on the financial aspects of the social and environmental proposals, and we consider the following factors (in the order of importance as set forth below):
Whether adoption of the proposal is likely to have significant economic benefit for the company, such that shareholder value is enhanced or protected by the adoption of the proposal;
Whether the issues presented are more appropriately/effectively dealt with through governmental or company-specific action, as many social and environmental issues are more properly the province of government and broad regulatory action;
Whether the subject of the proposal is best left to the discretion of the board;
Whether the company has already responded in some appropriate manner to the request embodied in the proposal;
Whether the information requested concerns business issues that relate to a meaningful percentage of the company's business as measured by sales, assets, and earnings;
The degree to which the company's stated position on the issues raised in the proposal could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it vulnerable to a boycott or selective purchasing;
Whether implementation of the proposal’s request would achieve the proposal’s objectives;
Whether the requested information is available to shareholders either from the company or from a publicly available source; and
Whether providing this information would reveal proprietary or confidential information that would place the company at a competitive disadvantage.
CoreCommodity MANAGEMENT, LLC (CoreCommodity)

CoreCommodity may be responsible for voting on shareholder proxies and may do so only in accordance with the following Proxy Voting Procedures, in the best interest of a client and as agreed to by the advisory client.
General Guidelines
We rely on Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS), a privately-held company, whose ultimate owner is Vestar Associates VI, LP, an affiliate of Vestar Capital Partners, a private equity firm based in New York, NY, to research, vote and record all proxy ballots for accounts over which we have proxy voting authority. We have adopted the ISS US Proxy Voting Guidelines, as may be amended from time to time.
In voting proxies, we are guided by general fiduciary principles. Our goal is to act prudently, solely in the best interest of the beneficial owners of the accounts we manage. We do not necessarily have an obligation to vote every proxy; for example we may forego voting proxies if the account no longer holds the position at the time of the vote, or the cost of voting (such as in the case of a vote regarding a foreign issuer that requires being physically present to vote) outweighs the anticipated benefit to the account. Similarly, in jurisdictions which permit “shareblocking” or require additional documentation to vote proxies (such as power of attorney), we may choose to refrain from voting. We only vote the proxies delivered to us from custodians and do not vote proxies for shares that are out on loan to third parties, and do not seek to recall such shares in order to vote them.
How We Vote
We generally vote proxies in accordance with the ISS recommendations, and have informed ISS to vote in accordance with these recommendations unless otherwise specified by us. A portfolio manager may request that securities under his management be voted differently from the ISS recommendations if he believes that such a vote would be in the best interest of the applicable client(s). Such vote requests will be subject to the conflict of interest review described below.
Conflicts Of Interest
In furtherance of our goal to vote proxies in the best interests of our clients, we follow procedures designed to identify and address material conflicts that may arise between our interests and those of our clients before voting proxies on behalf of such clients. Only votes which are not in accordance with the ISS recommendations are subject to these conflicts of interest procedures.

243

Procedures for Identifying Conflicts of Interest
We rely on the following to seek to identify conflicts of interest:
Personnel are under an obligation (i) to be aware of the potential for conflicts of interest on the part of CoreCommodity with respect to voting proxies on behalf of Accounts both as a result of a personal relationship and due to special circumstances that may arise during the conduct of our business, and (ii) to bring conflicts of interest of which they become aware to the attention of our compliance officer.
CoreCommodity is deemed to have a material conflict of interest in voting proxies relating to issuers that are our clients and that have historically accounted for or are projected to account for a material percentage of our annual revenues.
CoreCommodity shall not vote proxies relating to issuers on such list on behalf of Accounts until it has been determined that the conflict of interest is not material or a method for resolving such conflict of interest has been agreed upon and implemented.
Procedures for Assessing Conflicts of Interest and for Addressing Material Conflicts of Interest
All conflicts of interest identified pursuant to the procedures outlined above must be brought to the attention of the Compliance Officer for resolution. The Compliance Officer will work with appropriate CoreCommodity personnel to determine whether a conflict of interest is material. A conflict of interest will be considered material to the extent that it is determined that such conflict has the potential to influence our decision-making in voting the proxy. A conflict of interest shall be deemed material in the event that the issuer that is the subject of the proxy has a client relationship with us of the type described above. All other materiality determinations will be based on an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. The Compliance Officer shall maintain a written record of all materiality determinations.
If it is determined that a conflict of interest is not material, we may vote proxies notwithstanding the existence of the conflict.
If it is determined that a conflict of interest is material, the Compliance Officer will work with appropriate CoreCommodity personnel to agree upon a method to resolve such conflict of interest before voting proxies affected by the conflict of interest. Such methods may include:
disclosing the conflict to clients and obtaining their consent before voting;
suggesting to clients that they engage another party to vote the proxy on their behalf; or
such other method as is deemed appropriate under the circumstances given the nature of the conflict.
Record Keeping And Oversight
We shall maintain the following records relating to proxy voting:
a copy of these policies and procedures;
a copy of each proxy form (as voted);
a copy of each proxy solicitation (including proxy statements) and related materials with regard to each vote;
documentation relating to the identification and resolution of conflicts of interest;
any documents created by us that were material to a proxy voting decision or that memorialized the basis for that decision; and
a copy of each written client request for information on how we voted proxies on behalf of the client, and a copy of any written response by us to any (written or oral) client request for information on how we voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client.
Such records shall be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, the first two years in our office.
In lieu of keeping copies of proxy statements, we may rely on proxy statements filed on the EDGAR system as well as on third party records of proxy statements and votes cast if the third party provides an undertaking to provide the documents promptly upon request.
Monitoring
These Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures will be reviewed on a periodic basis. As part of the review, we will (i) review the capacity and competency of ISS, including the ability of ISS to make recommendations based upon materially accurate information, and (ii) consider any changes at ISS that may create new conflicts of interest, in each case as deemed necessary by us to ensure that CoreCommodity, acting through ISS, continues to vote proxies in the best interests of clients. Part of such review may include the periodic sampling of proxy votes made by ISS on behalf of CoreCommodity, generally or with respect to particular types of proposals, as deemed necessary by us. We may arrange with ISS that ISS will update CoreCommodity of business changes that CoreCommodity considers relevant (i.e., with respect to ISS’ capacity and competency to provide proxy voting advice) and conflicts policies and procedures.

    244

C.S. McKee, L.P.

Proxy Voting Policy

Objective: The objective of our proxy voting process is to maximize the long-term investment performance of our clients.
Policy : It is our policy to vote all proxy proposals in accordance with management recommendations except in instances where the effect of particular resolutions could adversely affect shareholder value. In such cases, it is our policy to vote against these proposals. Examples of proposals which could negatively impact shareholder interests include, but are not limited to the following:
1. Anti-takeover amendments such as fair price provisions and staggered board provisions.
2. Poison pill provisions designed to discourage another entity from seeking control.
3. Greenmail attempts.
4. Golden parachutes and related management entrenchment measures.
5. Oversized stock option grants and strike price revisions.
It is McKee’s practice to generally not recall securities unless there is a specific issue that we feel warrants forfeiting the securities lending income. It is generally believed that in most cases the certainty of the securities lending income outweighs the potential, but unknown benefit, of the proxy vote.
Procedure : Our procedure for processing proxy statements is as follows:
1. Upon receipt, all proxy material will be forwarded to the Investment Administrative Assistant for his/her review. Specifically, proxies will be reviewed for material conflict of interest and in such cases will be addressed by the Compliance Department to ensure that resolutions are voted in the best interest of shareholders.
2. If the proxy proposals are routine and contain no proposals adverse to the investment interests of our clients, the Investment Administrative Assistant will vote the resolutions in favor of management. The vote will be reviewed and signed by the CIO, or in his/her absence, by the senior equity portfolio manager.
3. If non-routine proposals or proposals considered to have a potentially negative investment performance impact are discovered, the Chief Investment Officer will review the particular resolutions thoroughly with the equity manager responsible for the investment.
4. After this review, if the Chief Investment Officer determines that specific proposals could have a negative investment performance effect, he will vote against those proposals.
5. The Chief Investment Officer will review any exceptional provisions which are of significant investment interest with the Chief Executive Officer before voting on those issues.
6. Copies of all proxy material, along with our voting record, will be maintained by the Investment Administrative Assistant.
7. The Chief Investment Officer will review our proxy voting record with the Chief Executive Officer annually, or more often if necessary.
EARNEST PARTNERS LLC
Proxy Policies
As a general rule, EARNEST Partners (the Adviser) will vote against actions which would reduce the rights or options of shareholders, reduce shareholder influence over the board of directors and management, reduce the alignment of interests between management and shareholders, or reduce the value of shareholders’ investments. A partial list of issues that may require special attention are as follows: classified boards, change of state of incorporation, poison pills, unequal voting rights plans, provisions requiring supermajority approval of a merger, executive severance agreements, and provisions limiting shareholder rights.
In addition, the following will generally be adhered to unless the Adviser is instructed otherwise in writing by the Client:
The Adviser will not actively engage in conduct that involves an attempt to change or influence the control of a portfolio company.
The Adviser will not announce its voting intentions or the reasons for a particular vote.
The Advisor will not participate in a proxy solicitation or otherwise seek proxy voting authority from any other portfolio company shareholder.

245

The Adviser will not act in concert with any other portfolio company shareholders in connection with any proxy issue or other activity involving the control or management of a portfolio company.
All communications with portfolio companies or fellow shareholders will be for the sole purpose of expressing and discussing the Adviser’s concerns for its Clients’ interests and not in an attempt to influence the control of management.
Proxy Procedures
The Adviser has designated a Proxy Director. The Proxy Director will consider each issue presented on each portfolio company proxy. The Proxy Director will also use available resources, including proxy evaluation services, to assist in the analysis of proxy issues. Proxy issues presented to the Proxy Director will be voted in accordance with the judgment of the Proxy Director, taking into account the general policies outlined above and the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Guidelines (currently ISS Taft-Hartley Advisory Services Proxy Voting Guidelines). Therefore, it is possible that actual votes may differ from these general policies and the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Guidelines. In the case where the Adviser believes it has a material conflict of interest with a Client, the Proxy Director will utilize the services of outside third party professionals (currently ISS Taft-Hartley Advisory Services) to assist in its analysis of voting issues and the actual voting of proxies to ensure that a decision to vote the proxies was based on the Client’s best interest and was not the product of a conflict of interest. In general, ISS Taft-Hartley Advisory Services Proxy Voting Guidelines are based on a worker-owner view of long-term corporate value and conform to the AFL-CIO proxy voting policy. In the event the services of an outside third party professional are not available in connection with a conflict of interest, the Adviser will seek the advice of the Client.
A detailed description of the Adviser’s specific Proxy Voting Guidelines will be furnished upon written request. You may also obtain information about how the Adviser has voted with respect to portfolio company securities by calling, writing, or emailing us at:
EARNEST Partners
1180 Peachtree Street NE, Suite 2300
Atlanta, GA 30309
invest@earnestpartners.com
404-815-8772
The Adviser reserves the right to change these policies and procedures at any time without notice.
EMERALD MUTUAL FUND ADVISERS TRUST
EMERALD ADVISERS, INC.
The following summary of voting policies applies to all proxies which either Emerald or Emerald Advisers, Inc. (collectively, EAI) is entitled to vote. In voting proxies, EAI will consider those factors which would affect the value of the investment and vote in the manner, which in its view, will best serve the economic interest of its clients. Consistent with this objective, EAI will exercise its vote in an activist pro-shareholder manner. EAI generally votes on various issues as described below.
I. Boards of Directors
A. Election of Directors. EAI has adopted the following policies regarding election of Directors:
Votes should be cast in favor of shareholder proposals asking that boards be comprised of a majority of outside directors.
Votes should be cast in favor of shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation and nominating committees be comprised exclusively of outside directors.
Votes should be cast against management proposals to re-elect the board if the board has a majority of inside directors.
Votes should be withheld for directors who have failed to attend 75% of board or committee meetings in cases where management does not provide adequate explanation for the absences.
Votes should be withheld for incumbent directors of poor performing companies; defining poor performing companies as those companies who have below average stock performance (vs. peer group/Wilshire 5000) and below average return on assets and operating margins.
Votes should be cast in favor of proposals to create shareholder advisory committees. These committees will represent shareholders’ views, review management, and provide oversight of the board and their directors.
B. Selection of Accountants. EAI will generally support a rotation of accountants to provide a truly independent audit. This rotation should generally occur every 4-5 years.

    246

C. Incentive Stock Plans. EAI will generally vote against all excessive compensation and incentive stock plans which are not performance related.
D. Preemptive Rights. This is usually a shareholder request enabling shareholders to participate first in any new offering of common stock. EAI believes that preemptive rights would not add value to shareholders and would vote against such shareholder proposals.
II. Corporate Governance Issues
A. Provisions Restricting Shareholder Rights. These provisions would hamper shareholders ability to vote on certain corporate actions, such as changes in the bylaws, greenmail, poison pills, recapitalization plans, golden parachutes, and on any item that would limit shareholders’ right to nominate, elect, or remove directors. Policy : Vote Against management proposals to implement such restrictions and vote For shareholder proposals to eliminate them.
B. Anti-Shareholder Measures . These are measures designed to entrench management so as to make it more difficult to effect a change in control of the corporation. They are generally not in the best interests of shareholders since they do not allow for the most productive use of corporate assets.
1. Classification of the Board of Directors : Policy: Vote Against proposals to classify the Board and support proposals (usually shareholder initiated) to implement annual election of the Board.
2. Shareholder Rights Plans (Poison Pills) : Anti-acquisition proposals of this sort come in a variety of forms. The most frequently used benefit is the right to buy shares at discount prices in the event of defined changes in corporate control. Policy: Vote Against proposals to adopt Shareholder Rights Plans, and vote For Shareholder proposals eliminating such plans.
3. Unequal Voting Rights : A takeover defense, also known as superstock, which gives holders disproportionate voting rights. EAI adheres to the One Share, One Vote philosophy, as all holders of common equity must be treated fairly and equally. Policy: Vote Against proposals creating different classes of stock with unequal voting privileges.
4. Supermajority Clauses : These are implemented by management requiring that an overly large proportion of shareholders (66-95% of shareholders rather than a simple majority) approve business combinations or mergers, or other measures affecting control. This is another way for management to make changes in control of the company more difficult. Policy: Vote Against management proposals to implement supermajority clauses and support shareholder proposals to eliminate them.
5. Increases in authorized shares and/or creation of new classes of common and preferred stock :
a. Increasing authorized shares . EAI will support management if it has a stated purpose for increasing the authorized number of common and preferred stock. However, in certain circumstances, it is apparent that management is proposing these increases as an anti-takeover measure. Policy : On a case by case basis, vote Against management if they attempt to increase the amount of shares that they are authorized to issue if their intention is to use the excess shares to discourage a beneficial business combination.
b. Creation of new classes of stock . Managements have proposed authorizing shares of new classes of stock, usually preferred stock, which the Board would be able to issue at their discretion. These “blank check” issues are designed specifically to inhibit a takeover, merger, or accountability to its shareholders. Policy : EAI would vote Against management in allowing the Board the discretion to issue any type of “blank check” stock without shareholder approval.
c. Compensation Plans (Incentive Plans) . Policy : On a case by case basis, vote Against attempts by management to adopt proposals that are specifically designed to unduly benefit members of executive management in the event of an acquisition.
d. Cumulative Voting . Cumulative voting tends to serve special interests and not those of shareholders. Policy : EAI will vote Against any proposals establishing cumulative voting and For any proposal to eliminate it.
III. Other Issues
On other major issues involving questions of community interest or social concerns, EAI generally supports the position of management with certain exceptions involving companies in South Africa or Northern Ireland where EAI actively encourages corporations to act to promote responsible corporate activity.
EAI may manage a variety of corporate accounts that are publically traded. EAI will use Glass-Lewis recommendations to avoid any appearance of a conflict of interest when voting proxies of its clients that are publically traded companies.

247

EPOCH INVESTMENT PARTNERS, INC.
Proxy Voting and Class Action Monitoring
Policy
Epoch maintains proxy voting authority for Client accounts, unless otherwise instructed by the client. Epoch votes proxies in a manner that it believes is most likely to enhance the economic value of the underlying securities held in Client accounts. Epoch will not respond to proxy solicitor requests unless Epoch determines that it is in the best interest of Clients to do so.
Epoch does not complete proofs-of-claim on behalf of Clients for current or historical holdings; however, Epoch will assist Clients with collecting information relevant to filing proofs-of-claim when such information is in the possession of Epoch.
In light of Epoch’s fiduciary duty to its Clients, and given the complexity of the issues that may be raised in connection with proxy votes, the Firm has retained Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”). ISS is an independent adviser that specializes in providing a variety of fiduciary-level proxy-related services to institutional investment managers. The services provided to the Firm include in-depth research, voting recommendations, vote execution and recordkeeping. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Firm will use its best judgment to vote proxies in the manner it deems to be in the best interests of its Clients. In the event that judgment differs from that of ISS, the Firm will memorialize the reasons supporting that judgment and retain a copy of those records for the Firm’s files. Additionally, the CCO will periodically review the voting of proxies to ensure that all such votes, particularly those diverging from the judgment of ISS, were voted consistent with the Firm’s fiduciary duties.
Procedures for Lent Securities and Issuers in Share-blocking Countries
At times, neither Epoch nor ISS will be allowed to vote proxies on behalf of Clients when those Clients have adopted a securities lending program. The Firm recognizes that Clients who have adopted securities lending programs have made a general determination that the lending program provides a greater economic benefit than retaining the ability to vote proxies. Notwithstanding this fact, in the event that the Firm becomes aware of a proxy voting matter that would enhance the economic value of the client’s position and that position is lent out, the Firm will make reasonable efforts to inform the Client that neither the Firm nor ISS is able to vote the proxy until the Client recalls the lent security.
In certain markets where share blocking occurs, shares must be “frozen” for trading purposes at the custodian or sub-custodian in order to vote. During the time that shares are blocked, any pending trades will not settle. Depending on the market, this period can last from one day to three weeks. Any sales that must be executed will settle late and potentially be subject to interest charges or other punitive fees. For this reason, in blocking markets, the Firm retains the right to vote or not, based on the determination of the Firm’s Investment Personnel. If the decision is made to vote, the Firm will process votes through ISS unless other action is required as detailed in this policy.
Procedures for Conflicts of Interest
Epoch has identified the following potential conflicts of interest:
Whether there are any business or personal relationships between Epoch, or an employee of Epoch, and the officers, directors or shareholder proposal proponents of a company whose securities are held in Client accounts that may create an incentive to vote in a manner that is not consistent with the best interests of Epoch’s Clients;
Whether Epoch has any other economic incentive to vote in a manner that is not consistent with the best interests of its Clients;
If a conflict of interest has been identified and Epoch intends to deviate from the proxy voting recommendation of ISS, then Epoch shall bring the proxy voting issue to the attention of affected Clients for guidance on how to vote the proxy.
Procedures for Proxy Solicitation
In the event that any officer or employee of Epoch receives a request to reveal or disclose Epoch’s voting intention on a specific proxy event, then the officer or employee must forward the solicitation to the CCO.
Procedures for Voting Disclosure
Upon request, Epoch will provide Clients with their specific proxy voting history.
Recordkeeping

    248

Epoch must maintain the documentation described in the following section for a period of not less than five (5) years, the first two (2) years at its principal place of business. The Firm will be responsible for the following procedures and for ensuring that the required documentation is retained.
Client Request to Review Proxy Votes
The Client Service group will record the identity of the Client, the date of the request, and the disposition (e.g., provided a written or oral response to Client’s request, referred to third party, not a proxy voting Client, other dispositions, etc.) in a suitable place.
Furnish the information requested, free of charge, to the Client within a reasonable time period (within 10 business days). Maintain a copy of the written record provided in response to client’s written (including e-mail) or oral request.
Proxy Voting Records
The proxy voting record is periodically provided to Epoch by ISS.
Documents prepared or created by Epoch that were material to making a decision on how to vote, or that memorialized the basis for the decision.
Documentation or notes or any communications received from third parties, other industry analysts, third party service providers, company’s management discussions, etc. that were material in the basis for the decision.
Disclosure
The CCO will ensure that Part 2A of Form ADV is updated as necessary to reflect: (i) all material changes to this policy; and (ii) regulatory requirements related to proxy voting disclosure.
FIRST QUADRANT, L.P.
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
Investment Advisers Act of 1940 Rule 206(4)-6 imposes a number of requirements on investment advisers that have voting authority with respect to securities held in their clients’ portfolios. As a fiduciary, First Quadrant owes its clients the duty of care and loyalty with respect to services undertaking on the clients’ behalves, including proxy voting. To satisfy its duty of loyalty, an adviser must cast the proxy votes in a manner consistent with the best interests of its clients, and must never put the adviser’s own interest above those of its clients. First Quadrant defines the best interest of a client to mean the best economic interest of the holders of the same or similar securities of the issuer held in the client’s account.
These written policies and procedures are designed to reasonably ensure that First Quadrant, L.P. (“First Quadrant”) votes proxies in the best interest of clients for whom First Quadrant has voting authority and describe how the adviser addresses material conflicts between its interests and those of its clients with respect to proxy voting.
First Quadrant utilizes the services of an independent outside proxy service, Glass Lewis & Co (“Glass Lewis”), to act as agent for the proxy process, to maintain records on proxy voting for our clients, and to provide independent research on corporate governance, proxy, and corporate responsibility issues. In addition, First Quadrant has adopted as its own policies those of Glass Lewis’ proxy voting guidelines.
First Quadrant maintains a Proxy Committee (the “Committee”), made up of senior members of the equity investment team, which is responsible for deciding what is in the best interests of each client when deciding how proxies are voted. The Committee meets at least annually to review, approve, and adopt as First Quadrant’s own policies, Glass Lewis proxy voting guidelines. Any changes to the Glass Lewis voting guidelines must be reviewed, approved, and adopted by the Committee when changes occur.
A copy of First Quadrant’s proxy voting policies is available upon request to its clients. Because circumstances differ between clients, some clients contractually reserve the right to vote their own proxies or contractually may direct First Quadrant to vote certain of their proxies in a specific manner, in which case the Committee will assume the responsibility for voting the proxies in accordance with the client’s desires.
First Quadrant’s Trade Operations Group will monitor corporate actions, ensuring notifications from custodians and/or information from Bloomberg or other electronic surveillance systems is recorded in our portfolio management and accounting systems.
Voting Client Proxies

249

When a new portfolio is opened and First Quadrant has ascertained either through language found within the investment management agreement or through written correspondence with the client that First Quadrant is responsible for voting proxies, a letter is sent to the custodian informing them that Glass Lewis will act as First Quadrant’s proxy voting agent and advising them to forward all proxy material pertaining to the portfolio to Glass Lewis for execution. Additionally, First Quadrant provides Glass Lewis with a list of the portfolios for which First Quadrant holds voting authority as needed.
Glass Lewis, as proxy voting agent for First Quadrant, is responsible for analyzing and voting each proxy in a timely manner, maintaining records of proxy statements received and votes cast, and providing reports to First Quadrant, upon request, concerning how proxies were voted for a client. First Quadrant’s Client Service Dept. is responsible for: setting up new portfolios; determining which portfolios First Quadrant has proxy voting responsibilities; ensuring the custodians and Glass Lewis are appropriately notified; receiving and forwarding to the Committee, and ultimately Glass Lewis, any direction received from a client to vote a proxy in a specific manner; and maintaining client documentation and any communications received by First Quadrant related to proxy voting, including records of all communications received from clients requesting information on how their proxies were voted and First Quadrant’s responses.
With respect to securities out on loan, please refer to Addendum A for specific policies and procedures regarding the voting of proxies.
Oversight of GLASS LEWIS
As First Quadrant retains ultimate responsibility for proxies voted by Glass Lewis, First Quadrant’s Proxy Committee will monitor Glass Lewis proxy voting to ensure it is completed in accordance with the proxy voting guidelines adopted by First Quadrant. First Quadrant’s Proxy Committee will also periodically review Glass Lewis’ business practices, procedures, and potential conflicts that may impact its ability to carry out the described responsibilities. This monitoring may be accomplished through discussions with Glass Lewis, document and record reviews, or a combination of these approaches.
Conflicts of Interest
The adoption of the Glass Lewis proxy voting policies provides pre-determined policies for voting proxies and thereby minimizes the potential conflict of interests that could affect the outcome of a vote. The intent of this policy is to minimize the discretion that First Quadrant may have to interpret what is in the best interest of any client or how to vote proxies in cases where First Quadrant has a material conflict of interest or the appearance of a material conflict of interest. However, under very limited circumstances First Quadrant will exercise discretion when it believes that the Glass Lewis’ proxy voting policy does not align with First Quadrant’s clients’ unique interests on the matters being voted on . First Quadrant’s Proxy Voting Committee will maintain the proper records when it decides to exercise the discretion and vote directly.
Providing Voting Information
First Quadrant will provide information to its clients on how their securities were voted for their specific portfolio(s). Clients should be directed to contact First Quadrant at 626-795-8220 or fqclientservice@firstquadrant.com for such information.
Policy last updated: October 2015
_____________________________
1 See Voting Client Proxies section for an explanation of this role.
ADDENDUM A
Securities on Loan
Investment advisers are required by the SEC to recall outstanding securities on loan in order to vote on material events, i.e. mergers and acquisitions which are contentious and controversial in nature. Since clients negotiate the terms of their securities lending program, which affords them the insight into the value of recalling outstanding shares of securities on loan, First Quadrant places the burden of the decision of recalling shares on the client and will treat all correspondences from clients affirming their desire to recall shares on loan as requests to First Quadrant’s Client Services Department.
In handling such matters, First Quadrant’s Portfolio Implementation Department will, as part of its research function, monitor for and identify occurrences of mergers and acquisitions which are controversial or contentious in nature. Once the occurrence of such mergers and acquisitions have been identified, Client Services will ascertain the appropriate time frame to recall the security, which

    250

will then be noted in a letter forwarded to all clients addressing, in particular, clients who have securities out on loan. The letter will request clients whose securities are out on loan to determine whether or not it is of an economic value to them to recall the shares out on loan for purposes of voting the proxy. If a client expresses his/her desire to recall securities out on loan, the client will be asked to provide a contact from their securities lending program to which First Quadrant can direct all recall requests, which will also allow the client to coordinate the recall with the custodial bank directly. Glass Lewis will also be contacted to coordinate any necessary aspects of the recall on its end. Once shares have been recalled, Glass Lewis will vote on the proxy according to the guidelines adopted by First Quadrant.
Franklin Advisers, Inc.
Templeton Global Advisors Limited
PROXY VOTING POLICIES & PROCEDURES
An SEC Compliance Rule Policy and Procedures*
RESPONSIBILITY OF INVESTMENT MANAGER TO VOTE PROXIES
Franklin Advisers, Inc. (hereinafter the “Investment Manager”) has delegated its administrative duties with respect to voting proxies for securities to the Proxy Group within Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC (the “Proxy Group”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Resources, Inc. Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC provides a variety of general corporate services to its affiliates, including, but not limited to, legal and compliance activities. Proxy duties consist of analyzing proxy statements of issuers whose stock is owned by any client (including both investment companies and any separate accounts managed by the Investment Manager) that has either delegated proxy voting administrative responsibility to the Investment Manager or has asked for information and/or recommendations on the issues to be voted.
The Proxy Group will process proxy votes on behalf of, and the Investment Manager votes proxies solely in the best interests of, separate account clients, the Investment Manager-managed investment company shareholders, or shareholders of funds that have appointed Franklin Templeton International Services S.à. r.l. (“FTIS S.à.r.l.”) as the Management Company, provided such funds or clients have properly delegated such responsibility in writing, or, where employee benefit plan assets subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, are involved (“ERISA accounts”), in the best interests of the plan participants and beneficiaries (collectively, “Advisory Clients”), unless (i) the power to vote has been specifically retained by the named fiduciary in the documents in which the named fiduciary appointed the Investment Manager or (ii) the documents otherwise expressly prohibit the Investment Manager from voting proxies. The Investment Manager recognizes that the exercise of voting rights on securities held by ERISA plans for which the Investment Manager has voting responsibility is a fiduciary duty that must be exercised with care, skill, prudence and diligence. The Investment Manager will inform Advisory Clients that have not delegated the voting responsibility but that have requested voting advice about the Investment Manager's views on such proxy votes. The Proxy Group also provides these services to other advisory affiliates of the Investment Manager.
The Investment Manager has adopted and implemented proxy voting policies and procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of Advisory Clients in accordance with its fiduciary duties and rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. To the extent that the Investment Manager has a subadvisory agreement with an affiliated investment manager (the “Affiliated Subadviser”) with respect to a particular Advisory Client, the Investment Manager may delegate proxy voting responsibility to the Affiliated Subadviser. The Investment Manager’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures are substantially similar to those of its affiliated investment managers. The Investment Manager may also delegate proxy voting responsibility to a Non-Affiliated Subadviser in certain limited situations as disclosed to fund shareholders (e.g., where an Investment Manager to a pooled investment vehicle has engaged an unaffiliated Subadviser to manage all or a portion of the assets).
HOW INVESTMENT MANAGER VOTES PROXIES
Fiduciary Considerations
All proxies received by the Proxy Group will be voted based upon the Investment Manager's instructions and/or policies. To assist it in analyzing proxies of equity securities, the Investment Manager subscribes to Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”), an unaffiliated third party corporate governance research service that provides in-depth analyses of shareholder meeting agendas and vote recommendations. In addition, the Investment Manager subscribes to ISS’s Proxy Voting Service and Vote Disclosure Service. These services include receipt of proxy ballots, custodian bank relations, account maintenance, vote execution, ballot reconciliation, vote record maintenance, comprehensive reporting capabilities, and vote disclosure services. Also, the Investment Manager subscribes to Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC (“Glass Lewis”), an unaffiliated third party analytical research firm, to receive analyses and vote recommendations on the shareholder meetings of publicly held U.S. companies, as well as a limited subscription to its international research. Also, the Investment Manager has a supplemental subscription to Egan-Jones Proxy Services (“Egan-Jones”), an unaffiliated

251

third party proxy advisory firm, to receive analyses and vote recommendations. Although analyses provided by ISS, Glass Lewis, Egan-Jones, or another independent third party proxy service provider (each a “Proxy Service”) are thoroughly reviewed and considered in making a final voting decision, the Investment Manager does not consider recommendations from a Proxy Service or any third party to be determinative of the Investment Manager's ultimate decision. Rather, the Investment Manager exercises its independent judgment in making voting decisions. As a matter of policy, the officers, directors and employees of the Investment Manager and the Proxy Group will not be influenced by outside sources whose interests conflict with the interests of Advisory Clients.
Conflicts of Interest
All conflicts of interest will be resolved in the best interests of the Advisory Clients. The Investment Manager is an affiliate of a large, diverse financial services firm with many affiliates and makes its best efforts to avoid conflicts of interest. However, conflicts of interest can arise in situations where:
1. The issuer is a client 1 of the Investment Manager or its affiliates;
2. The issuer is a vendor whose products or services are material or significant to the business of the Investment Manager or its affiliates; 2
3. The issuer is an entity participating to a material extent in the distribution of proprietary investment products advised, administered or sponsored by the Investment Manager or its affiliates (e.g., a broker, dealer or bank); 3
4. The issuer is a significant executing broker dealer; 4
5. An Access Person 5 of the Investment Manager or its affiliates also serves as a director or officer of the issuer;
6. A director or trustee of Franklin Resources, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries or of a Franklin Templeton investment product, or an immediate family member 6 of such director or trustee, also serves as an officer or director of the issuer; or
7. The issuer is Franklin Resources, Inc. or any of its proprietary investment products that are offered to the public as a direct investment.
Nonetheless, even though a potential conflict of interest may exist: (1) the Investment Manager may vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer’s management even if contrary to the recommendations of a third party proxy voting research provider; (2) if management has made no recommendations, the Proxy Group may defer to the voting instructions of the Investment Manager; and (3) with respect to shares held by Franklin Resources, Inc. or its affiliates for their own corporate accounts, such shares may be voted without regard to these conflict procedures.
Material conflicts of interest are identified by the Proxy Group based upon analyses of client, distributor, broker dealer, and vendor lists, information periodically gathered from directors and officers, and information derived from other sources, including public filings. The Proxy Group gathers and analyzes this information on a best efforts basis, as much of this information is provided directly by individuals and groups other than the Proxy Group, and the Proxy Group relies on the accuracy of the information it receives from such parties.
In situations where a material conflict of interest is identified between the Investment Manager or one of its affiliates and an issuer, the Proxy Group may vote consistent with the voting recommendation of a Proxy Service or send the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients with the Investment Manager’s recommendation regarding the vote for approval.
Where the Proxy Group refers a matter to an Advisory Client, it may rely upon the instructions of a representative of the Advisory Client, such as the board of directors or trustees, a committee of the board, or an appointed delegate in the case of a U. S. registered investment company, a conducting officer in the case of a fund that has appointed FTIS S.à.r.l as its Management Company, the Independent Review Committee for Canadian investment funds, or a plan administrator in the case of an employee benefit plan. The Proxy Group may determine to vote all shares held by Advisory Clients of the Investment Manager and affiliated Investment Managers in accordance with the instructions of one or more of the Advisory Clients.
The Investment Manager may also decide whether to vote proxies for securities deemed to present conflicts of interest that are sold following a record date, but before a shareholder meeting date. The Investment Manager may consider various factors in deciding whether to vote such proxies, including the Investment Manager’s long-term view of the issuer’s securities for investment, or it may

    252

defer the decision to vote to the applicable Advisory Client. The Investment Manager also may be unable to vote, or choose not to vote, a proxy for securities deemed to present a conflict of interest for any of the reasons outlined in the first paragraph of the section of these policies entitled “Proxy Procedures.”
Where a material conflict of interest has been identified, but the items on which the Investment Manager’s vote recommendations differ from a Proxy Service relate specifically to (1) shareholder proposals regarding social or environmental issues, (2) “Other Business” without describing the matters that might be considered, or (3) items the Investment Manager wishes to vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer’s management, the Proxy Group may defer to the vote recommendations of the Investment Manager rather than sending the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients for approval.
To avoid certain potential conflicts of interest, the Investment Manager will employ echo voting, if possible, in the following instances: (1) when a Franklin Templeton U.S. registered investment company invests in an underlying fund in reliance on any one of Sections 12(d)(1)(E), (F), or (G) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (“1940 Act”), the rules thereunder, or pursuant to a U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) exemptive order thereunder; (2) when a Franklin Templeton U.S. registered investment company invests uninvested cash in affiliated money market funds pursuant to the rules under the 1940 Act or any exemptive orders thereunder (“cash sweep arrangement”); or (3) when required pursuant to the fund’s governing documents or applicable law. Echo voting means that the Investment Manager will vote the shares in the same proportion as the vote of all of the other holders of the fund’s shares.
In addition, with respect to an open-ended collective investment scheme formed as a Société d'investissement à capital variable (SICAV), in accordance with Luxembourg law, if one sub-fund (the “Acquirer”) has invested in another sub-fund of the SICAV (the “Target”), then the voting rights attached to the shares of the Target will be suspended for voting purposes as long as they are held by the Acquirer.
Weight Given Management Recommendations
One of the primary factors the Investment Manager considers when determining the desirability of investing in a particular company is the quality and depth of that company's management. Accordingly, the recommendation of management on any issue is a factor that the Investment Manager considers in determining how proxies should be voted. However, the Investment Manager does not consider recommendations from management to be determinative of the Investment Manager's ultimate decision. As a matter of practice, the votes with respect to most issues are cast in accordance with the position of the company's management. Each issue, however, is considered on its own merits, and the Investment Manager will not support the position of a company's management in any situation where it determines that the ratification of management's position would adversely affect the investment merits of owning that company's shares.
Engagement with Issuers
The Investment Manager believes that engagement with issuers is important to good corporate governance and to assist in making proxy voting decisions. The Investment Manager may engage with issuers to discuss specific ballot items to be voted on in advance of an annual or special meeting to obtain further information or clarification on the proposals. The Investment Manager may also engage with management on a range of environmental, social or corporate governance issues throughout the year.
THE PROXY GROUP
The Proxy Group is part of the Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC Legal Department and is overseen by legal counsel. Full-time staff members are devoted to proxy voting administration and oversight and providing support and assistance where needed. On a daily basis, the Proxy Group will review each proxy upon receipt as well as any agendas, materials and recommendations that they receive from a Proxy Service or other sources. The Proxy Group maintains a log of all shareholder meetings that are scheduled for companies whose securities are held by the Investment Manager's managed funds and accounts. For each shareholder meeting, a member of the Proxy Group will consult with the research analyst that follows the security and provide the analyst with the agenda, analyses of one or more Proxy Services, recommendations and any other information provided to the Proxy Group. Except in situations identified as presenting material conflicts of interest, the Investment Manager's research analyst and relevant portfolio manager(s) are responsible for making the final voting decision based on their review of the agenda, analyses of one or more Proxy Services, proxy statements, their knowledge of the company and any other information publicly available.
In situations where the Investment Manager has not responded with vote recommendations to the Proxy Group by the deadline date, the Proxy Group may vote consistent with the vote recommendations of a Proxy Service. Except in cases where the Proxy Group is voting consistent with the voting recommendation of a Proxy Service, the Proxy Group must obtain voting instructions from the Investment Manager's research analyst, relevant portfolio manager(s), legal counsel and/or the Advisory Client prior to submitting the

253

vote. In the event that an account holds a security that the Investment Manager did not purchase on its behalf, and the Investment Manager does not normally consider the security as a potential investment for other accounts, the Proxy Group may vote consistent with the voting recommendations of a Proxy Service or take no action on the meeting.
GENERAL PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
The Investment Manager has adopted general guidelines for voting proxies as summarized below. In keeping with its fiduciary obligations to its Advisory Clients, the Investment Manager reviews all proposals, even those that may be considered to be routine matters. Although these guidelines are to be followed as a general policy, in all cases each proxy and proposal (including both management and shareholder proposals) will be considered based on the relevant facts and circumstances on a case-by-case basis. The Investment Manager may deviate from the general policies and procedures when it determines that the particular facts and circumstances warrant such deviation to protect the best interests of the Advisory Clients. These guidelines cannot provide an exhaustive list of all the issues that may arise nor can the Investment Manager anticipate all future situations. Corporate governance issues are diverse and continually evolving and the Investment Manager devotes significant time and resources to monitor these changes.
THE INVESTMENT MANAGER’S PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PRINCIPLES
The Investment Manager's proxy voting positions have been developed based on years of experience with proxy voting and corporate governance issues. These principles have been reviewed by various members of the Investment Manager's organization, including portfolio management, legal counsel, and the Investment Manager's officers. The Board of Directors of Franklin Templeton’s U.S.-registered investment companies will approve the proxy voting policies and procedures annually.
The following guidelines reflect what the Investment Manager believes to be good corporate governance and behavior:
Board of Directors: The election of directors and an independent board are key to good corporate governance. Directors are expected to be competent individuals and they should be accountable and responsive to shareholders. The Investment Manager supports an independent, diverse board of directors, and prefers that key committees such as audit, nominating, and compensation committees be comprised of independent directors. The Investment Manager supports boards with strong risk management oversight. The Investment Manager will generally vote against management efforts to classify a board and will generally support proposals to declassify the board of directors. The Investment Manager will consider withholding votes from directors who have attended less than 75% of meetings without a valid reason. While generally in favor of separating Chairman and CEO positions, the Investment Manager will review this issue on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration other factors including the company's corporate governance guidelines and performance. The Investment Manager evaluates proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting on a case-by-case basis and considers such factors as corporate governance provisions as well as relative performance. The Investment Manager generally will support non-binding shareholder proposals to require a majority vote standard for the election of directors; however, if these proposals are binding, the Investment Manager will give careful review on a case-by-case basis of the potential ramifications of such implementation.
In the event of a contested election, the Investment Manager will review a number of factors in making a decision including management’s track record, the company’s financial performance, qualifications of candidates on both slates, and the strategic plan of the dissidents and/or shareholder nominees.
Ratification of Auditors: The Investment Manager will closely scrutinize the independence, role, and performance of auditors. On a case-by-case basis, The Investment Manager will examine proposals relating to non-audit relationships and non-audit fees. The Investment Manager will also consider, on a case-by-case basis, proposals to rotate auditors, and will vote against the ratification of auditors when there is clear and compelling evidence of a lack of independence, accounting irregularities or negligence attributable to the auditors. The Investment Manager may also consider whether the ratification of auditors has been approved by an appropriate audit committee that meets applicable composition and independence requirements.
Management & Director Compensation: A company's equity-based compensation plan should be in alignment with the shareholders' long-term interests. The Investment Manager believes that executive compensation should be directly linked to the performance of the company. The Investment Manager evaluates plans on a case-by-case basis by considering several factors to determine whether the plan is fair and reasonable. The Investment Manager reviews the ISS quantitative model utilized to assess such plans and/or the Glass Lewis evaluation of the plan. The Investment Manager will generally oppose plans that have the potential to be excessively dilutive, and will almost always oppose plans that are structured to allow the repricing of underwater options, or plans that have an automatic share replenishment “evergreen” feature. The Investment Manager will generally support employee stock option plans in which the purchase price is at least 85% of fair market value, and when potential dilution is 10% or less.

    254

Severance compensation arrangements will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis, although the Investment Manager will generally oppose “golden parachutes” that are considered excessive. The Investment Manager will normally support proposals that require that a percentage of directors' compensation be in the form of common stock, as it aligns their interests with those of the shareholders.
The Investment Manager will review non-binding say-on-pay proposals on a case-by-case basis, and will generally vote in favor of such proposals unless compensation is misaligned with performance and/or shareholders’ interests, the company has not provided reasonably clear disclosure regarding its compensation practices, or there are concerns with the company’s remuneration practices.
Anti-Takeover Mechanisms and Related Issues: The Investment Manager generally opposes anti-takeover measures since they tend to reduce shareholder rights. However, as with all proxy issues, the Investment Manager conducts an independent review of each anti-takeover proposal. On occasion, the Investment Manager may vote with management when the research analyst has concluded that the proposal is not onerous and would not harm Advisory Clients' interests as stockholders. The Investment Manager generally supports proposals that require shareholder rights plans (“poison pills”) to be subject to a shareholder vote. The Investment Manager will closely evaluate shareholder rights' plans on a case-by-case basis to determine whether or not they warrant support. The Investment Manager will generally vote against any proposal to issue stock that has unequal or subordinate voting rights. In addition, the Investment Manager generally opposes any supermajority voting requirements as well as the payment of “greenmail.” The Investment Manager usually supports “fair price” provisions and confidential voting. The Investment Manager will review a company’s proposal to reincorporate to a different state or country on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration financial benefits such as tax treatment as well as comparing corporate governance provisions and general business laws that may result from the change in domicile.
Changes to Capital Structure: The Investment Manager realizes that a company's financing decisions have a significant impact on its shareholders, particularly when they involve the issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock or the assumption of additional debt. The Investment Manager will carefully review, on a case-by-case basis, proposals by companies to increase authorized shares and the purpose for the increase. The Investment Manager will generally not vote in favor of dual-class capital structures to increase the number of authorized shares where that class of stock would have superior voting rights. The Investment Manager will generally vote in favor of the issuance of preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock issuance are deemed reasonable. The Investment Manager will review proposals seeking preemptive rights on a case-by-case basis.
Mergers and Corporate Restructuring: Mergers and acquisitions will be subject to careful review by the research analyst to determine whether they would be beneficial to shareholders. The Investment Manager will analyze various economic and strategic factors in making the final decision on a merger or acquisition. Corporate restructuring proposals are also subject to a thorough examination on a case-by-case basis.
Environmental and Social Issues: The Investment Manager considers environmental and social issues alongside traditional financial measures to provide a more comprehensive view of the value, risk and return potential of an investment. Companies may face significant financial, legal and reputational risks resulting from poor environmental and social practices, or negligent oversight of environmental or social issues. Franklin Templeton’s “Responsible Investment Principles and Policies” describes the Investment Manager’s approach to consideration of environmental, social and governance issues within the Investment Manager’s processes and ownership practices.
In the Investment Manager’s experience, those companies that are managed well are often effective in dealing with the relevant environmental and social issues that pertain to their business. As such, the Investment Manager will generally give management discretion with regard to environmental and social issues. However, in cases where management and the board have not demonstrated adequate efforts to mitigate material environmental or social risks, have engaged in inappropriate or illegal conduct, or have failed to adequately address current or emergent risks that threaten shareholder value, the Investment Manager may choose to support well-crafted shareholder proposals that serve to promote or protect shareholder value. This may include seeking appropriate disclosure regarding material environmental and social issues. The Investment Manager will review shareholder proposals on a case-by-case basis and may support those that serve to enhance value or mitigate risk, are drafted appropriately, and do not disrupt the course of business or require a disproportionate or inappropriate use of company resources.
The Investment Manager will consider supporting a shareholder proposal seeking disclosure and greater board oversight of lobbying and corporate political contributions if the Investment Manager believes that there is evidence of inadequate oversight by the company’s board, if the company’s current disclosure is significantly deficient, or if the disclosure is notably lacking in comparison to the company’s peers.

255

Governance Matters: The Investment Manager generally supports the right of shareholders to call special meetings and act by written consent. However, the Investment Manager will review such shareholder proposals on a case-by-case basis in an effort to ensure that such proposals do not disrupt the course of business or require a disproportionate or inappropriate use of company resources.
Proxy Access: In cases where the Investment Manager is satisfied with company performance and the responsiveness of management, it will generally vote against shareholder proxy access proposals not supported by management. In other instances, the Investment Manager will consider such proposals on a case-by-case basis, taking into account factors such as the size of the company, ownership thresholds and holding periods, nomination limits (e.g., number of candidates that can be nominated), the intentions of the shareholder proponent, and shareholder base.
Global Corporate Governance: The Investment Manager manages investments in countries worldwide. Many of the tenets discussed above are applied to the Investment Manager's proxy voting decisions for international investments. However, the Investment Manager must be flexible in these worldwide markets. Principles of good corporate governance may vary by country, given the constraints of a country’s laws and acceptable practices in the markets. As a result, it is on occasion difficult to apply a consistent set of governance practices to all issuers. As experienced money managers, the Investment Manager's analysts are skilled in understanding the complexities of the regions in which they specialize and are trained to analyze proxy issues germane to their regions.
PROXY PROCEDURES
The Proxy Group is fully cognizant of its responsibility to process proxies and maintain proxy records pursuant to SEC and Canadian Securities Administrators (“CSA”) rules and regulations. In addition, the Investment Manager understands its fiduciary duty to vote proxies and that proxy voting decisions may affect the value of shareholdings. Therefore, the Investment Manager will generally attempt to process every proxy it receives for all domestic and foreign securities. However, there may be situations in which the Investment Manager may be unable to vote a proxy, or may chose not to vote a proxy, such as where: (i) a proxy ballot was not received from the custodian bank; (ii) a meeting notice was received too late; (iii) there are fees imposed upon the exercise of a vote and it is determined that such fees outweigh the benefit of voting; (iv) there are legal encumbrances to voting, including blocking restrictions in certain markets that preclude the ability to dispose of a security if the Investment Manager votes a proxy or where the Investment Manager is prohibited from voting by applicable law, economic or other sanctions, or other regulatory or market requirements, including but not limited to, effective Powers of Attorney; (v) the Investment Manager held shares on the record date but has sold them prior to the meeting date; (vi) a proxy voting service is not offered by the custodian in the market; (vii) the Investment Manager believes it is not in the best interest of the Advisory Client to vote the proxy for any other reason not enumerated herein; or (viii) a security is subject to a securities lending or similar program that has transferred legal title to the security to another person.
In some foreign jurisdictions, even if the Investment Manager uses reasonable efforts to vote a proxy on behalf of its Advisory Clients, such vote or proxy may be rejected because of (a) operational or procedural issues experienced by one or more third parties involved in voting proxies in such jurisdictions; (b) changes in the process or agenda for the meeting by the issuer for which the Investment Manager does not have sufficient notice; or (c) the exercise by the issuer of its discretion to reject the vote of the Investment Manager. In addition, despite the best efforts of the Proxy Group and its agents, there may be situations where the Investment Manager’s votes are not received, or properly tabulated, by an issuer or the issuer’s agent.
The Investment Manager or its affiliates may, on behalf of one or more of the proprietary registered investment companies advised by the Investment Manager or its affiliates, determine to use its best efforts to recall any security on loan where the Investment Manager or its affiliates (a) learn of a vote on a material event that may affect a security on loan and (b) determine that it is in the best interests of such proprietary registered investment companies to recall the security for voting purposes. The Investment Manager will not generally make such efforts on behalf of other Advisory Clients, or notify such Advisory Clients or their custodians that the Investment Manager or its affiliates has learned of such a vote.
There may be instances in certain non-U.S. markets where split voting is not allowed. Split voting occurs when a position held within an account is voted in accordance with two differing instructions. Some markets and/or issuers only allow voting on an entire position and do not accept split voting. In certain cases, when more than one Franklin Templeton Investment Manager has accounts holding shares of an issuer that are held in an omnibus structure, the Proxy Group will seek direction from an appropriate representative of the Advisory Client with multiple Investment Managers (such as a conducting officer of the Management Company in the case of a SICAV), or the Proxy Group will submit the vote based on the voting instructions provided by the Investment Manager with accounts holding the greatest number of shares of the security within the omnibus structure.

    256

The Investment Manager may vote against an agenda item where no further information is provided, particularly in non-U.S. markets. For example, if “Other Business” is listed on the agenda with no further information included in the proxy materials, the Investment Manager may vote against the item as no information has been provided prior to the meeting in order to make an informed decision. The Investment Manager may also enter a “withhold” vote on the election of certain directors from time to time based on individual situations, particularly where the Investment Manager is not in favor of electing a director and there is no provision for voting against such director.
If several issues are bundled together in a single voting item, the Investment Manager will assess the total benefit to shareholders and the extent that such issues should be subject to separate voting proposals.
The following describes the standard procedures that are to be followed with respect to carrying out the Investment Manager's proxy policy:
1. The Proxy Group will identify all Advisory Clients, maintain a list of those clients, and indicate those Advisory Clients who have delegated proxy voting authority in writing to the Investment Manager. The Proxy Group will periodically review and update this list. If the agreement with an Advisory Client permits the Advisory Client to provide instructions to the Investment Manager regarding how to vote the client’s shares, the Investment Manager will make a best-efforts attempt to vote per the Advisory Client’s instructions.
2. All relevant information in the proxy materials received (e.g., the record date of the meeting) will be recorded promptly by the Proxy Group in a database to maintain control over such materials.
3. The Proxy Group will review and compile information on each proxy upon receipt of any agendas, materials, reports, recommendations from a Proxy Service, or other information. The Proxy Group will then forward this information to the appropriate research analyst for review and voting instructions.
4. In determining how to vote, the Investment Manager's analysts and relevant portfolio manager(s) will consider the General Proxy Voting Guidelines set forth above, their in-depth knowledge of the company, any readily available information and research about the company and its agenda items, and the recommendations of a Proxy Service.
5. The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining the documentation that supports the Investment Manager’s voting decision. Such documentation may include, but is not limited to, any information provided by a Proxy Service and, with respect to an issuer that presents a potential conflict of interest, any board or audit committee memoranda describing the position it has taken. Additionally, the Proxy Group may include documentation obtained from the research analyst, portfolio manager and/or legal counsel; however, the relevant research analyst may, but is not required to, maintain additional documentation that was used or created as part of the analysis to reach a voting decision, such as certain financial statements of an issuer, press releases, or notes from discussions with an issuer’s management.
6. After the proxy is completed but before it is returned to the issuer and/or its agent, the Proxy Group may review those situations including special or unique documentation to determine that the appropriate documentation has been created, including conflict of interest screening.
7. The Proxy Group will make every effort to submit the Investment Manager's vote on all proxies to ISS by the cut-off date. However, in certain foreign jurisdictions or instances where the Proxy Group did not receive sufficient notice of the meeting, the Proxy Group will use its best efforts to send the voting instructions to ISS in time for the vote to be processed.
8. With respect to proprietary products, the Proxy Group will file Powers of Attorney in all jurisdictions that require such documentation on a best efforts basis; the Proxy Group does not have authority to file Powers of Attorney on behalf of other Advisory Clients. On occasion, the Investment Manager may wish to attend and vote at a shareholder meeting in person. In such cases, the Proxy Group will use its best efforts to facilitate the attendance of the designated Franklin Templeton employee by coordinating with the relevant custodian bank.
9. The Proxy Group prepares reports for each Advisory Client that has requested a record of votes cast. The report specifies the proxy issues that have been voted for the Advisory Client during the requested period and the position taken with respect to each issue. The Proxy Group sends one copy to the Advisory Client, retains a copy in the Proxy Group’s files and forwards a copy to either the appropriate portfolio manager or the client service representative. While many Advisory Clients prefer quarterly or annual reports, the Proxy Group will provide reports for any timeframe requested by an Advisory Client.

257

10. If the Franklin Templeton Services, LLC Global Trade Services learns of a vote on a potentially material event that may affect a security on loan from a proprietary registered investment company, Global Trade Services will notify the Investment Manager. If the Investment Manager decides that the vote is material and it would be in the best interests of shareholders to recall the security, the Investment Manager will advise Global Trade Services to contact the custodian bank in an effort to retrieve the security. If so requested by the Investment Manager, Global Trade Services shall use its best efforts to recall any security on loan and will use other practicable and legally enforceable means to ensure that the Investment Manager is able to fulfill its fiduciary duty to vote proxies for proprietary registered investment companies with respect to such loaned securities. However, there can be no guarantee that the securities can be retrieved for such purposes. Global Trade Services will advise the Proxy Group of all recalled securities. Many Advisory Clients have entered into securities lending arrangements with agent lenders to generate additional revenue. Under normal circumstances, the Investment Manager will not make efforts to recall any security on loan for voting purposes on behalf of other Advisory Clients, or notify such clients or their custodians that the Investment Manager or its affiliates have learned of such a vote.
11. The Proxy Group participates in Franklin Templeton Investment’s Business Continuity and Disaster Preparedness programs. The Proxy Group will conduct disaster recovery testing on a periodic basis in an effort to ensure continued operations of the Proxy Group in the event of a disaster. Should the Proxy Group not be fully operational, then the Proxy Group will instruct ISS to vote all meetings immediately due per the recommendations of the appropriate third-party proxy voting service provider.
12. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with Legal Staff responsible for coordinating Fund disclosure, on a timely basis, will file all required Form N-PXs, with respect to proprietary U.S. registered investment companies, disclose that each fund’s proxy voting record is available on the Franklin Templeton web site, and will make available the information disclosed in each fund’s Form N-PX as soon as is reasonably practicable after filing Form N-PX with the SEC.
13. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with Legal Staff responsible for coordinating Fund disclosure, will ensure that all required disclosure about proxy voting of the proprietary U.S. registered investment companies is made in such clients’ disclosure documents.
14. The Proxy Group is subject to periodic review by Internal Audit, compliance groups, and external auditors.
15. The Investment Manager will review the guidelines of each Proxy Service, with special emphasis on the factors they use with respect to proxy voting recommendations.
16. The Proxy Group will update the proxy voting policies and procedures as necessary for review and approval by legal, compliance, investment officers, and/or other relevant staff.
17. The Proxy Group will familiarize itself with the procedures of ISS that govern the transmission of proxy voting information from the Proxy Group to ISS and periodically review how well this process is functioning. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with the compliance department, will conduct periodic due diligence reviews of each Proxy Service via on-site visits or by written questionnaires. As part of the periodic due diligence process, the Investment Manager assesses the adequacy and quality of each Proxy Service’s staffing and personnel to ensure each Proxy Service has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues and the ability to make proxy voting recommendations based on material accurate information. In the event the Investment Manager discovers an error in the research or voting recommendations provided by a Proxy Service, it will take reasonable steps to investigate the error and seek to determine whether the Proxy Service is taking reasonable steps to reduce similar errors in the future. In addition, the Investment Manager assesses the robustness of Proxy Service’s policies regarding (1) ensuring proxy voting recommendations are based on current and accurate information, and (2) identifying and addressing any conflicts of interest. To the extent enhanced disclosure of conflicts is required of Proxy Services, the Proxy Group will seek to ensure that each Proxy Service complies with such disclosure obligations and review the conflicts disclosed. The Investment Manager also considers the independence of each Proxy Service on an on-going basis.
18. The Proxy Group will investigate, or cause others to investigate, any and all instances where these Procedures have been violated or there is evidence that they are not being followed. Based upon the findings of these investigations, the Proxy Group, if practicable, will recommend amendments to these Procedures to minimize the likelihood of the reoccurrence of non-compliance.
19. At least annually, the Proxy Group will verify that:
a. A sampling of proxies received by Franklin Templeton Investments has been voted in a manner consistent with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures;
b. A sampling of proxies received by Franklin Templeton Investments has been voted in accordance with the instructions of the Investment Manager;

    258

c. Adequate disclosure has been made to clients and fund shareholders about the procedures and how proxies were voted in markets where such disclosures are required by law or regulation; and
d. Timely filings were made with applicable regulators, as required by law or regulation, related to proxy voting.
The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining appropriate proxy voting records. Such records will include, but are not limited to, a copy of all materials returned to the issuer and/or its agent, the documentation described above, listings of proxies voted by issuer and by client, each written client request for proxy voting policies/records and the Investment Manager’s written response to any client request for such records, and any other relevant information. The Proxy Group may use an outside service such as ISS to support this recordkeeping function. All records will be retained for at least five years, the first two of which will be on-site. Advisory Clients may request copies of their proxy voting records by calling the Proxy Group collect at 1-954-527-7678, or by sending a written request to: Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC, 300 S.E. 2nd Street, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301, Attention: Proxy Group. The Investment Manager does not disclose to third parties (other than ISS) the proxy voting records of its Advisory Clients, except to the extent such disclosure is required by applicable law or regulation or court order. Advisory Clients may review the Investment Manager's proxy voting policies and procedures on-line at www.franklintempleton.com and may request additional copies by calling the number above. For U.S. proprietary registered investment companies, an annual proxy voting record for the period ending June 30 of each year will be posted to www.franklintempleton.com no later than August 31 of each year. For proprietary Canadian mutual fund products, an annual proxy voting record for the period ending June 30 of each year will be posted to www.franklintempleton.ca no later than August 31 of each year. The Proxy Group will periodically review the web site posting and update the posting when necessary. In addition, the Proxy Group is responsible for ensuring that the proxy voting policies, procedures and records of the Investment Manager are available as required by law and is responsible for overseeing the filing of such U.S. registered investment company voting records with the SEC.
PROCEDURES FOR MEETINGS INVOLVING FIXED INCOME SECURITIES
From time to time, certain custodians may process events for fixed income securities through their proxy voting channels rather than corporate action channels for administrative convenience. In such cases, the Proxy Group will receive ballots for such events on the ISS voting platform. The Proxy Group will solicit voting instructions from the Investment Manager for each account or fund involved. If the Proxy Group does not receive voting instructions from the Investment Manager, the Proxy Group will take no action on the event. The Investment Manager may be unable to vote a proxy for a fixed income security, or may choose not to vote a proxy, for the reasons described under the section entitled “Proxy Procedures.”
The Proxy Group will monitor such meetings involving fixed income securities for conflicts of interest in accordance with these procedures for fixed income securities. If a fixed income issuer is flagged as a potential conflict of interest, the Investment Manager may nonetheless vote as it deems in the best interests of its Advisory Clients. The Investment Manager will report such decisions on an annual basis to Advisory Clients as may be required.
As of January 4, 2016
* Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”) and Rule 206(4)-7 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”) (together the “Compliance Rule”) require registered investment companies and registered investment advisers to, among other things, adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violations of the federal securities laws (“Compliance Rule Policies and Procedures”).
1 For purposes of this section, a “client” does not include underlying investors in a collective investment trust, Canadian pooled fund, or other pooled investment vehicle managed by the Investment Manager or its affiliates. Sponsors of funds sub-advised by the Investment Manager or its affiliates will be considered a “client.”
2 The top 50 vendors will be considered to present a potential conflict of interest.
3 The top 40 distributors (based on aggregate gross sales) will be considered to present a potential conflict of interest. In addition, any insurance company that has entered into a participation agreement with a Franklin Templeton entity to distribute the Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust or other variable products will be considered to present a potential conflict of interest.
4 The top 40 executing broker-dealers (based on gross brokerage commissions and client commissions) will be considered to present a potential conflict of interest.
5
“Access Person” shall have the meaning provided under the current Code of Ethics of Franklin Resources, Inc.
6 The term “immediate family member” means a person’s spouse; child residing in the person’s household (including step and adoptive children); and any dependent of the person, as defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 152).

259

GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT (“GSAM”)
April 2014
POLICY ON PROXY VOTING FOR INVESTMENT ADVISORY CLIENTS
A. Objective
GSAM has adopted the policies and procedures set out below regarding the voting of proxies on securities held in client accounts (the “Policy”). These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that where GSAM has the authority to vote proxies, GSAM complies with its legal, fiduciary and contractual obligations.
B. Guiding Principles
Proxy voting and the analysis of corporate governance issues in general are important elements of the portfolio management services we provide to our advisory clients who have authorized us to address these matters on their behalf. Our guiding principles in performing proxy voting are to make decisions that favor proposals that in GSAM’s view tend to maximize a company’s shareholder value and are not influenced by conflicts of interest. These principles reflect GSAM’s belief that sound corporate governance will create a framework within which a company can be managed in the interests of its shareholders.
GSAM periodically reviews this Policy, including our use of the GSAM Guidelines (as defined below), to ensure it continues to be consistent with our guiding principles.
C. Implementation and the Proxy Voting Process
Public Equity Investments
To implement these guiding principles for investments in publicly-traded equities for which we have voting power on any record date, we follow customized proxy voting guidelines that have been developed by GSAM portfolio management (the “GSAM Guidelines”). The GSAM Guidelines embody the positions and factors GSAM generally considers important in casting proxy votes. They address a wide variety of individual topics, including, among other matters, shareholder voting rights, anti-takeover defenses, board structures, the election of directors, executive and director compensation, reorganizations, mergers, issues of corporate social responsibility and various shareholder proposals. Recognizing the complexity and fact-specific nature of many corporate governance issues, the GSAM Guidelines identify factors we consider in determining how the vote should be cast. A summary of the GSAM Guidelines is attached as Part II.
The principles and positions reflected in this Policy are designed to guide us in voting proxies, and not necessarily in making investment decisions. Portfolio management teams base their determinations of whether to invest in a particular company on a variety of factors, and while corporate governance may be one such factor, it may not be the primary consideration.
Implementation by GSAM Portfolio Management Teams
General Overview
GSAM seeks to fulfill its proxy voting obligations through the implementation of this Policy and the oversight and maintenance of the GSAM Guidelines. In this connection, GSAM has retained a third-party proxy voting service (“Proxy Service”) 1 to assist in the implementation of certain proxy voting-related functions, including, without limitation, operational, recordkeeping and reporting services. Among its responsibilities, the Proxy Service prepares a written analysis and recommendation (a “Recommendation”) of each proxy vote that reflects the Proxy Service’s application of the GSAM Guidelines to the particular proxy issues. GSAM retains the responsibility for proxy voting decisions.
GSAM’s portfolio management teams (each, a “Portfolio Management Team”) generally cast proxy votes consistently with the GSAM Guidelines and the Recommendations. Each Portfolio Management Team, however, may on certain proxy votes seek approval to diverge from the GSAM Guidelines or a Recommendation by following an “override” process. The override process requires: (i) the requesting Portfolio Management Team to set forth the reasons for their decision; (ii) the approval of the Chief Investment Officer for the requesting Portfolio Management Team; (iii) notification to senior management of GSAM and/or other appropriate GSAM personnel; (iv) an attestation that the decision is not influenced by any conflict of interest; and (v) the creation of a written record reflecting the process.
A Portfolio Management Team that receives approval through the override process to cast a proxy vote that diverges from the GSAM Guidelines and/or a Recommendation may vote differently than other Portfolio Management Teams that did not seek an override for that particular vote for that particular company.

    260

Fundamental Equity and GS Investment Strategies Portfolio Management Teams
The Fundamental Equity and GS Investment Strategies Portfolio Management Teams view the analysis of corporate governance practices as an integral part of the investment research and stock valuation process. On a case-by-case basis, and subject to the approval process described above, each Fundamental Equity Portfolio Management Team and the GS Investment Strategies Portfolio Management Team may vote differently than the GSAM Guidelines or a particular Recommendation. In forming their views on particular matters, these Portfolio Management Teams may consider applicable regional rules and practices, including codes of conduct and other guides, regarding proxy voting, in addition to the GSAM Guidelines and Recommendations.
Quantitative Investment Strategies Portfolio Management Teams
The Quantitative Investment Strategies Portfolio Management Teams have decided to follow the GSAM Guidelines and Recommendations exclusively, based on such Portfolio Management Teams’ investment philosophy and approach to portfolio construction, as well as their participation in the creation of the GSAM Guidelines and their evaluation of the Proxy Service’s process of preparing Recommendations. The Quantitative Investment Strategies Portfolio Management Teams may from time to time, however, review and individually assess any specific shareholder vote.
Potential Limitations on GSAM’s Ability to Vote Proxies
In certain circumstances, such as if a security is on loan through a securities lending program or held by a prime broker, the Portfolio Management Teams may not be able to participate in certain proxy votes unless the shares of the particular issuer are recalled in time to cast a vote. A determination of whether to seek a recall will be based on whether the applicable Portfolio Management Team determines that the benefit of voting outweighs the costs, lost revenue, and/or other detriments of retrieving the securities, recognizing that the handling of such recall requests is beyond GSAM’s control and may not be satisfied in time for GSAM to vote the shares in question.
From time to time, GSAM may face regulatory, compliance, legal or logistical limits with respect to voting securities that it may purchase or hold for client accounts which can affect GSAM’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. As a result, GSAM, from time to time, may determine that it is not desirable to vote proxies in certain circumstances. Among other limits, federal, state, foreign regulatory restrictions, or company-specific ownership limits, as well as legal matters related to consolidated groups, may restrict the total percentage of an issuer’s voting securities that GSAM can hold for clients and the nature of GSAM’s voting in such securities. GSAM’s ability to vote proxies may also be affected by, among other things: (i) meeting notices received too late; (ii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iv) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (v) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions; and (vi) requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting.
GSAM clients who have delegated voting responsibility to GSAM with respect to their account may from time to time contact their client representative if they would like to direct GSAM to vote in a particular manner for a particular solicitation.  GSAM will use commercially reasonable efforts to vote according to the client’s request in these circumstances, however, GSAM’s ability to implement such voting instruction will be dependent on operational matters such as the timing of the request.
Use of a Proxy Service
As discussed above, GSAM utilizes a Proxy Service to assist in the implementation and administration of GSAM’s proxy voting function. The Proxy Service assists GSAM in the proxy voting process by providing operational, recordkeeping and reporting services. In addition, the Proxy Service produces Recommendations as previously discussed under this Policy and provides assistance in the development and maintenance of the GSAM Guidelines.
GSAM conducts periodic due diligence meetings with the Proxy Service which include, but are not limited to, a review of the Proxy Service’s general organizational structure, new developments with respect to research and technology, work flow improvements and internal due diligence with respect to conflicts of interest.
GSAM may hire other service providers to replace or supplement the Proxy Service with respect to any of the services GSAM currently receives from the Proxy Service. In addition, individual Portfolio Management Teams may supplement the information and analyses the Proxy Service provides from other sources.
Fixed Income and Private Investments

261

Voting decisions with respect to client investments in fixed income securities and the securities of privately-held issuers generally will be made by the relevant Portfolio Management Teams based on their assessment of the particular transactions or other matters at issue. Such Portfolio Management Teams may also adopt policies related to the fixed income or private investments they make that supplement this Policy.
Alternative Investment and Manager Selection (“AIMS”) and Externally Managed Strategies
Where GSAM places client assets with managers outside of GSAM, which function occurs primarily within GSAM’s AIMS business unit, such external managers generally will be responsible for voting proxies in accordance with the managers’ own policies. AIMS may, however, retain proxy voting responsibilities where it deems appropriate or necessary under prevailing circumstances. To the extent AIMS portfolio managers assume proxy voting responsibility with respect to publicly-traded equity securities they will follow the GSAM Guidelines and Recommendations as discussed above unless an override is requested. Any other voting decision will be conducted in accordance with AIMS’ policies governing voting decisions with respect to non-publicly traded equity securities held by their clients.
D. Conflicts of Interest
Pursuant to this Policy, GSAM has implemented processes designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing its proxy voting decisions. These processes include the use of the GSAM Guidelines and Recommendations and the override process described above in instances when a Portfolio Management Team is interested in voting in a manner that diverges from the GSAM Guidelines and/or a Recommendation.
__________________
* For purposes of this Policy, “GSAM” refers, collectively, to the following legal entities: Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.; Goldman Sachs Asset Management International; Goldman Sachs Hedge Fund Strategies LLC; GS Investment Strategies, LLC; GSAM Stable Value, LLC; Goldman Sachs (Singapore) Pte.; Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C.; Goldman Sachs Asset Management Korea Co., Ltd.; Goldman Sachs Asset Management Co. Ltd.; Beijing Gao Hua Securities Company Limited; Goldman Sachs (China) L.L.C.; Goldman Sachs (India) Securities Private Limited; Goldman Sachs Asset Management (India) Private Limited; Goldman Sachs Representacoes Ltda.; Goldman Sachs Asset Management Brasil LTDA; GS Investment Strategies Canada Inc.; Goldman Sachs Management (Ireland) Ltd.; Goldman Sachs Asset Management Company Private Limited; Goldman Sachs Asset Management Australia Pty Ltd.; Goldman Sachs Australia Managed Funds Limited; Goldman Sachs Trustee Company (India) Private Limited; Goldman Sachs Global Advisory Products LLC..
1 The third-party proxy voting service currently retained by GSAM is Institutional Shareholder Services.
PART II
GSAM Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary
The following is a summary of the material GSAM Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines”), which form the substantive basis of GSAM’s Policy on Proxy Voting for Client Accounts (“Policy”). As described in the main body of the Policy, one or more GSAM portfolio management teams may diverge from the Guidelines and a related Recommendation on any particular proxy vote or in connection with any individual investment decision in accordance with the Policy.
U.S. Proxy Items
The following section is a summary of the Guidelines, which form the substantive basis of the Policy with respect to U.S. public equity investments. 
1. Operational Items
Auditor Ratification
Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply within the last year:
An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;
There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;
Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; or material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or
Fees for non-audit services are excessive (generally over 50% or more of the audit fees).

    262

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or limit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services or asking for audit firm rotation. 
2. Board of Directors
The Board of Directors should promote the interests of shareholders by acting in an oversight and/or advisory role; the board should consist of a majority of independent directors and should be held accountable for actions and results related to their responsibilities. When evaluating board composition, GSAM believes a diversity of ethnicity, gender and experience is an important consideration.
Classification of Directors
Where applicable, the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ Listing Standards definition is to be used to classify directors as insiders or affiliated outsiders. General definitions are as follows:
Inside Director
Employee of the company or one of its affiliates
Among the five most highly paid individuals (excluding interim CEO)
Listed as an officer as defined under Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934
Current interim CEO
Beneficial owner of more than 50 percent of the company's voting power (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group)
Affiliated Outside Director
Board attestation that an outside director is not independent
Former CEO or other executive of the company within the last 3 years
Former CEO or other executive of an acquired company within the past three years
Independent Outside Director
No material connection to the company other than a board seat
Additionally, GSAM will consider compensation committee interlocking directors to be affiliated (defined as CEOs who sit on each other’s compensation committees).
Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections
Vote on director nominees should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from individual directors who:
Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a disclosed valid excuse for each of the last two years;
Sit on more than six public operating and/or holding company boards;
Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own—withhold only at their outside boards.
Other items considered for an AGAINST vote include specific concerns about the individual or the company, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities, sanctions from government or authority, violations of laws and regulations, or other issues related to improper business practice.
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Classification of Directors above) in the case of operating and/or holding companies when:
The Inside Director or Affiliated Outside Director serves on the Audit, Compensation, or Nominating Committees (vote against Affiliated Outside Directors only for nominating committee);
The company lacks an Audit or Compensation Committee so that the full board functions as such committees and Insider Directors are participating in voting on matters that independent committees should be voting on;
The full board is less than majority independent (in this case withhold from Affiliated Outside Directors); at controlled companies, GSAM will first vote against the election of an Inside Director, other than the CEO or chairperson or second, against a nominee that is affiliated with the controlling shareholder or third, vote against a nominee affiliated with the company for any other reason.
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from members of the appropriate committee for the following reasons (or independent chairman or lead director in cases of a classified board and members of appropriate committee are not up for reelection). Extreme cases may warrant a vote against the entire board.
Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

263

Egregious actions related to the director(s)’ service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company;
At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the underlying issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote (members of the Nominating or Governance Committees);
The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken); an adopted proposal that is substantially similar to the original shareholder proposal will be deemed sufficient; (vote against members of the committee of the board that is responsible for the issue under consideration). If GSAM did not support the shareholder proposal in both years, GSAM will still vote against the committee member(s).
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:
The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (generally over 50% or more of the audit fees);
The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor and there is not clear evidence that the situation has been remedied; or
There is persuasive evidence that the Audit Committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and/or the full board if poor accounting practices, which rise to a level of serious concern are identified, such as fraud, misapplication of GAAP and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures.
Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether negative vote recommendations are warranted against the members of the Audit Committee who are responsible for the poor accounting practices, or the entire board.
See section 3 on executive and director compensation for reasons to withhold from members of the Compensation Committee.
In limited circumstances, GSAM may vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from all nominees of the board of directors (except from new nominees who should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis and except as discussed below) if:
The company’s poison pill has a dead-hand or modified dead-hand feature for two or more years. Vote against/withhold every year until this feature is removed; however, vote against the poison pill if there is one on the ballot with this feature rather than the director;
The board adopts or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval, does not commit to putting it to shareholder vote within 12 months of adoption (or in the case of an newly public company, does not commit to put the pill to a shareholder vote within 12 months following the IPO), or reneges on a commitment to put the pill to a vote, and has not yet received a withhold/against recommendation for this issue;
The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares;
If in an extreme situation the board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers.
Shareholder proposal regarding Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)
Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
GSAM will generally recommend a vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, if the company satisfies 3 of the 4 following criteria:
Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties;
Two-thirds independent board;
All independent “key” committees (audit, compensation and nominating committees); or
Established, disclosed governance guidelines.
Shareholder proposal regarding board declassification
GSAM will generally vote FOR proposals requesting that the board adopt a declassified structure in the case of operating and holding companies.
Majority Vote Shareholder Proposals
GSAM will vote FOR proposals requesting that the board adopt majority voting in the election of directors provided it does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated.

    264

GSAM also looks for companies to adopt a post-election policy outlining how the company will address the situation of a holdover director.
Cumulative Vote Shareholder Proposals
GSAM will generally support shareholder proposals to restore or provide cumulative voting in the case of operating and holding companies unless:
The company has adopted (i) majority vote standard with a carve-out for plurality voting in situations where there are more nominees than seats and (ii) a director resignation policy to address failed elections.
3. Executive Compensation
Pay Practices
Good pay practices should align management’s interests with long-term shareholder value creation. Detailed disclosure of compensation criteria is preferred; proof that companies follow the criteria should be evident and retroactive performance target changes without proper disclosure is not viewed favorably. Compensation practices should allow a company to attract and retain proven talent. Some examples of poor pay practices include: abnormally large bonus payouts without justifiable performance linkage or proper disclosure, egregious employment contracts, excessive severance and/or change in control provisions, repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/stock appreciation rights without prior shareholder approval, and excessive perquisites. A company should also have an appropriate balance of short-term vs. long-term metrics and the metrics should be aligned with business goals and objectives.
If the company maintains problematic or poor pay practices, generally vote:
AGAINST Management Say on Pay (MSOP) Proposals; or
AGAINST an equity-based incentive plan proposal if excessive non-performance-based equity awards are the major contributor to a pay-for-performance misalignment.
If no MSOP or equity-based incentive plan proposal item is on the ballot, vote AGAINST/WITHHOLD from compensation committee members.
Equity Compensation Plans
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Reasons to vote AGAINST the equity plan could include the following factors:
The plan permits the repricing of stock options/stock appreciation rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval;
The plan is a vehicle for poor pay practices; or
There is more than one problematic feature of the plan, which could include one of the following calculations materially exceeding industry group metrics (i) the company’s three year burn rate or (ii) Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT).
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay, MSOP) Management Proposals
Vote FOR annual frequency and AGAINST shareholder or management proposals asking for any frequency less than annual.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for an advisory vote on executive compensation. For U.S. companies, consider the following factors in the context of each company’s specific circumstances and the board’s disclosed rationale for its practices. In general more than one factor will need to be present in order to warrant a vote AGAINST.
Pay-for-Performance Disconnect:
GSAM will consider there to be a disconnect based on a quantitative assessment of the following: CEO pay vs. TSR and peers, CEO pay as a percentage of the median peer group or CEO pay vs. shareholder return over time.
Additional Factors Considered Include:
Boards responsiveness if company received 70% or less shareholder support in the previous year’s MSOP vote;
Abnormally large bonus payouts without justifiable performance linkage or proper disclosure;
Egregious employment contracts;
Excessive perquisites or excessive severance and/or change in control provisions;
Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options without prior shareholder approval;
Excessive pledging or hedging of stock by executives;
Egregious pension/SERP (supplemental executive retirement plan) payouts;
Extraordinary relocation benefits;

265

Internal pay disparity;
Lack of transparent disclosure of compensation philosophy and goals and targets, including details on short-term and long-term performance incentives; and
Long-term equity-based compensation is 100% time-based.
Other Compensation Proposals and Policies
Employee Stock Purchase Plans — Non-Qualified Plans
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans taking into account the following factors:
Broad-based participation;
Limits on employee contributions;
Company matching contributions; and
Presence of a discount on the stock price on the date of purchase.
Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options, taking into consideration:
Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;
Rationale for the re-pricing;
If it is a value-for-value exchange;
If surrendered stock options are added back to the plan reserve;
Option vesting;
Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;
Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market;
Participants—executive officers and directors should be excluded.
Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.
Other Shareholder Proposals on Compensation
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Frequency on Pay)
Vote FOR annual frequency.
Stock retention holding period
Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking for a policy requiring that senior executives retain a significant percentage of shares acquired through equity compensation programs if the policy requests retention for two years or less following the termination of their employment (through retirement or otherwise) and a holding threshold percentage of 50% or less.
Also consider:
Whether the company has any holding period, retention ratio, or officer ownership requirements in place and the terms/provisions of awards already granted.
Elimination of accelerated vesting in the event of a change in control
Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking a policy eliminating the accelerated vesting of time-based equity awards in the event of a change-in-control.
Performance-based equity awards and pay-for-superior-performance proposals
Generally support unless there is sufficient evidence that the current compensation structure is already substantially performance-based. GSAM considers performance-based awards to include awards that are tied to shareholder return or other metrics that are relevant to the business.
Say on Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERP)
Generally vote AGAINST proposals asking for shareholder votes on SERP.

    266

4. Proxy Contests and Access
Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors of operating and holding companies in contested elections, considering the following factors:
Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;
Management’s track record;
Background to the proxy contest;
Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);
Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;
Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates);
Likelihood that the Board will be productive as a result;
Stock ownership positions.
Proxy Access
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder or management proposals asking for proxy access.
GSAM may support proxy access as an important right for shareholders of operating and holding companies and as an alternative to costly proxy contests and as a method for GSAM to vote for directors on an individual basis, as appropriate, rather than voting on one slate or the other. While this could be an important shareholder right, the following will be taken into account when evaluating the shareholder proposals:
The ownership thresholds, percentage and duration proposed (GSAM will not support if the ownership threshold is less than 3%);
The maximum proportion of directors that shareholders may nominate each year (GSAM will not support if the proportion of directors is greater than 25%);
The method of determining which nominations should appear on the ballot if multiple shareholders submit nominations; and
The governance of the company in question.
Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident slate, vote FOR the reimbursement of all appropriate proxy solicitation expenses associated with the election.
5. Shareholders Rights & Defenses
Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent
In the case of operating and holding companies, generally vote FOR shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to act by written consent, unless:
The company already gives shareholders the right to call special meetings at a threshold of 25% or lower; and
The company has a history of strong governance practices.
Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings
In the case of operating and holding companies, generally vote FOR management proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings.
In the case of operating and holding companies, generally vote FOR shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings at a threshold of 25% or lower if the company currently does not give shareholders the right to call special meetings. However, if a company already gives shareholders the right to call special meetings at a threshold of at least 25%, do not support shareholder proposals to further reduce the threshold.
Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations
In the case of operating and holding companies, vote CASE-BY-CASE on advance notice proposals, giving support to proposals that allow shareholders to submit proposals/nominations reasonably close to the meeting date and within the broadest window possible, recognizing the need to allow sufficient notice for company, regulatory and shareholder review.
Poison Pills

267

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it UNLESS the company has: (1) A shareholder-approved poison pill in place; or (2) the company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying certain shareholder friendly provisions.
Vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for poison pills to be put to a vote within a time period of less than one year after adoption.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan.
In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.
6. Mergers and Corporate Restructurings
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following based on publicly available information:
Valuation;
Market reaction;
Strategic rationale;
Management’s track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions;
Presence of conflicts of interest; and
Governance profile of the combined company.
7. State of Incorporation
Reincorporation Proposals
GSAM may support management proposals to reincorporate as long as the reincorporation would not substantially diminish shareholder rights. GSAM may not support shareholder proposals for reincorporation unless the current state of incorporation is substantially less shareholder friendly than the proposed reincorporation, there is a strong economic case to reincorporate or the company has a history of making decisions that are not shareholder friendly.
Exclusive venue for shareholder lawsuits
Generally vote FOR on exclusive venue proposals, taking into account:
Whether the company has been materially harmed by shareholder litigation outside its jurisdiction of incorporation, based on disclosure in the company's proxy statement;
Whether the company has the following good governance features:
Majority independent board;
Independent key committees;
An annually elected board;
A majority vote standard in uncontested director elections;
The absence of a poison pill, unless the pill was approved by shareholder; and/or
Separate Chairman CEO role or, if combined, an independent chairman with clearly delineated duties.
8. Capital Structure
Common Stock Authorization
Votes on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis. We consider company-specific factors that include, at a minimum, the following:
Past Board performance;
The company's use of authorized shares during the last three years;
One- and three-year total shareholder return;
The board's governance structure and practices;
The current request;
Disclosure in the proxy statement of specific reasons for the proposed increase;
The dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable increase, which examines the company's need for shares and total shareholder returns; and
Risks to shareholders of not approving the request.

    268

9. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)/Environmental, Social, Governance (ESG) Issues
Overall Approach
GSAM recognizes that Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) factors can affect investment performance, expose potential investment risks and provide an indication of management excellence and leadership. When evaluating ESG proxy issues, GSAM balances the purpose of a proposal with the overall benefit to shareholders.
Shareholder proposals considered under this category could include, among others, reports asking for details on 1) employee labor and safety policies; 2) impact on the environment of the company’s oil sands or fracturing operations; 3) water-related risks or 4) societal impact of products manufactured.
When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals the following factors are generally considered:
Whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value;
Whether the information requested concerns business issues that relate to a meaningful percentage of the company’s business;
The degree to which the company’s stated position on the issues raised in the proposal could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it vulnerable to a boycott or selective purchasing;
Whether the company has already responded in some appropriate manner to the request embodied in the proposal;
What other companies in the relevant industry have done in response to the issue addressed in the proposal;
Whether the proposal itself is well framed and the cost of preparing the report is reasonable;
Whether the subject of the proposal is best left to the discretion of the board;
Whether the company has material fines or violations in the area and if so, if appropriate actions have already been taken to remedy going forward;
Whether the requested information is available to shareholders either from the company or from a publicly available source; and
Whether providing this information would reveal proprietary or confidential information that would place the company at a competitive disadvantage.
Sustainability, climate change reporting
Generally vote FOR proposals requesting the company to report on its policies, initiatives and oversight mechanisms related to social, economic, and environmental sustainability, or how the company may be impacted by climate change. The following factors will be considered:
The company’s current level of publicly-available disclosure including if the company already discloses similar information through existing reports or policies
If the company has formally committed to the implementation of a reporting program based on Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines or a similar standard within a specified time frame;
If the company’s current level of disclosure is comparable to that of its industry peers; and
If there are significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental performance.
Establishing goals or targets for emissions reduction
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals that call for the adoption of Greenhouse Gas (“GHG”) reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:
Overly prescriptive requests for the reduction in GHG emissions by specific amounts or within a specific time frame;
Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;
Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions;
The feasibility of reduction of GHGs given the company’s product line and current technology and;
Whether the company already provides meaningful disclosure on GHG emissions from its products and operations.
Political Contributions and Trade Association Spending/Lobbying Expenditures and Initiatives
Generally vote AGAINST proposals asking the company to affirm political nonpartisanship in the workplace so long as:
There are no recent, significant controversies, fines or litigation regarding the company’s political contributions or trade association spending; and
The company has procedures in place to ensure that employee contributions to company-sponsored political action committees (PACs) are strictly voluntary and prohibits coercion.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to improve the disclosure of a company’s political contributions and trade association spending, considering:

269

Recent significant controversy or litigation related to the company’s political contributions or governmental affairs;
The public availability of a company policy on political contributions and trade association spending including information on the types of organizations supported, the business rationale for supporting these organizations, and the oversight and compliance procedures related to such expenditures of corporate assets.
GSAM will not necessarily vote for the proposal merely to encourage further disclosure of trade association or lobbying spending.
Vote AGAINST proposals barring the company from making political contributions. Businesses are affected by legislation at the federal, state, and local level and barring political contributions can put the company at a competitive disadvantage.
Gender Identity and Sexual Orientation
A company should have a clear, public Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) statement and/or diversity policy. Generally vote FOR proposals seeking to amend a company’s EEO statement or diversity policies to additionally prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation and/or gender identity.
Labor and Human Rights Standards
Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report or implementation of a policy on company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed considering:
The degree to which existing relevant policies and practices are disclosed;
Whether or not existing relevant policies are consistent with internationally recognized standards;
Whether company facilities and those of its suppliers are monitored and how;
Company participation in fair labor organizations or other internationally recognized human rights initiatives;
Scope and nature of business conducted in markets known to have higher risk of workplace labor/human rights abuse;
Recent, significant company controversies, fines, or litigation regarding human rights at the company or its suppliers;
The scope of the request; and
Deviation from industry sector peer company standards and practices.
Non-U.S. Proxy Items
The following section is a broad summary of the Guidelines, which form the basis of the Policy with respect to non-U.S. public equity investments.  Applying these guidelines is subject to certain regional and country-specific exceptions and modifications and is not inclusive of all considerations in each market.
1. Operational Items
Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports
Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:
There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or
The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be publicly disclosed.
Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees
Vote FOR the re-election of auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:
There are serious concerns about the accounts presented, audit procedures used or audit opinion rendered;
There is reason to believe that the auditor has rendered an opinion, which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;
Name of the proposed auditor has not been published;
The auditors are being changed without explanation; non-audit-related fees are substantial or are in excess of standard annual audit-related fees; or the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.
Appointment of Statutory Auditors
Vote FOR the appointment or reelection of statutory auditors, unless:
There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;
Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

    270

The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.
Allocation of Income
Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:
The dividend payout ratio has been consistently low without adequate explanation; or
The payout is excessive given the company's financial position.
Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative
Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.
Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.
Amendments to Articles of Association
Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Change in Company Fiscal Term
Vote FOR resolutions to change a company's fiscal term unless a company's motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.
Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership
Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.
Amend Quorum Requirements
Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Transact Other Business
Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.
2. Board of Directors
Director Elections
Vote FOR management nominees taking into consideration the following:
Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner; or
There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements; or
There have been questionable transactions or conflicts of interest; or
There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; or
The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards. or
There are reservations about:
Director terms
Bundling of proposals to elect directors
Board independence
Disclosure of named nominees
Combined Chairman/CEO
Election of former CEO as Chairman of the Board
Overboarded directors
Composition of committees
Director independence
Specific concerns about the individual or company, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities; or
Repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed); or

271

Unless there are other considerations which may include sanctions from government or authority, violations of laws and regulations, or other issues related to improper business practice, failure to replace management, or egregious actions related to service on other boards.
Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis in contested elections of directors, e.g., the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.
The analysis will generally be based on, but not limited to, the following major decision factors:
Company performance relative to its peers;
Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents;
Independence of board candidates;
Experience and skills of board candidates;
Governance profile of the company;
Evidence of management entrenchment;
Responsiveness to shareholders;
Whether a takeover offer has been rebuffed;
Whether minority or majority representation is being sought.
Vote FOR employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees.
Vote AGAINST employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.
Classification of directors
Executive Director
Employee or executive of the company;
Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.
Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)
Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;
Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;
Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;
Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10% of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., family members who beneficially own less than 10% individually, but collectively own more than 10%), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);
Government representative;
Currently provides (or a relative provides) professional services to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;
Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which company maintains
transactional/commercial relationship (unless company discloses information to apply a materiality test);
Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;
Relative of a current employee of the company or its affiliates;
Relative of a former executive of the company or its affiliates;
A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the General Meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);
Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;
Former executive (5 year cooling off period);
Years of service is generally not a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market and/or in extreme circumstances, in which case it may be considered; and
Any additional relationship or principle considered to compromise independence under local corporate governance best practice guidance.
Independent NED
No material connection, either directly or indirectly, to the company other than a board seat.

    272

Employee Representative
Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” but considered a non-independent NED).
Discharge of Directors
Generally vote FOR the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling controversies that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties warranted by:
A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest; or
Any legal issues (e.g., civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged actions yet to be confirmed (and not only the fiscal year in question), such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or
Other egregious governance issues where shareholders may bring legal action against the company or its directors; or
Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis where a vote against other agenda items are deemed inappropriate.
3. Compensation
Good pay practices should align management’s interests with long-term shareholder value creation. Detailed disclosure of compensation criteria is preferred; proof that companies follow the criteria should be evident and retroactive performance target changes without proper disclosure is not viewed favorably. Compensation practices should allow a company to attract and retain proven talent. Some examples of poor pay practices include: abnormally large bonus payouts without justifiable performance linkage or proper disclosure, egregious employment contracts, excessive severance and/or change in control provisions, repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/stock appreciation rights without prior shareholder approval, and excessive perquisites. A company should also have an appropriate balance of short-term vs. long-term metrics and the metrics should be aligned with business goals and objectives.
Director Compensation
Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.
Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.
Compensation Plans
Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions
Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.
4. Board Structure
Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors.
Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.
Chairman CEO combined role (for applicable markets)
GSAM will generally recommend a vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, if the company satisfies 3 of the 4 following criteria:
2/3 independent board, or majority in countries where employee representation is common practice;

273

A designated, or a rotating, lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties;
Fully independent key committees; and/or
Established, publicly disclosed, governance guidelines and director biographies/profiles.
5. Capital Structure
Share Issuance Requests
General Issuances:
Vote FOR issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital.
Vote FOR issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital.
Specific Issuances:
Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.
Increases in Authorized Capital
Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.
Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:
The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or
The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.
Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.
Reduction of Capital
Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.
Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Capital Structures
Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure.
Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional super voting shares.
Preferred Stock
Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.
Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets guidelines on equity issuance requests.
Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.
Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.
Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Debt Issuance Requests

    274

Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.
Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets guidelines on equity issuance requests.
Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.
Increase in Borrowing Powers
Vote proposals to approve increases in a company's borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Share Repurchase Plans
GSAM will generally recommend FOR share repurchase programs taking into account whether:
The share repurchase program can be used as a takeover defense;
There is clear evidence of historical abuse;
There is no safeguard in the share repurchase program against selective buybacks;
Pricing provisions and safeguards in the share repurchase program are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.
Reissuance of Repurchased Shares
Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.
Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value
Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value.
6. Mergers and Corporate Restructuring & Other
Reorganizations/Restructurings
Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following based on publicly available information:
Valuation;
Market reaction;
Strategic rationale;
Management’s track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions;
Presence of conflicts of interest; and
Governance profile of the combined company.
Antitakeover Mechanisms
Generally vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals, unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.
Reincorporation Proposals
Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Related-Party Transactions
Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering factors including, but not limited to, the following:
The parties on either side of the transaction;
The nature of the asset to be transferred/service to be provided;
The pricing of the transaction (and any associated professional valuation);
The views of independent directors (where provided);

275

The views of an independent financial adviser (where appointed);
Whether any entities party to the transaction (including advisers) is conflicted; and
The stated rationale for the transaction, including discussions of timing.
Shareholder Proposals
Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profile at a reasonable cost.
Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or not benefit.
7. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)/Environmental, Social, Governance (ESG) Issues
Please refer to section 9 for our current approach to these important topics.
HERNDON CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC (“HCM”)
Herndon Capital Management, LLC (“HCM”) has a fiduciary obligation to, at all times, place the best interest of advisory clients (e.g. plan participants and beneficiaries) as the sole consideration when voting proxies of portfolio companies. HCM has retained Glass Lewis & Co. (“GL”) for proxy voting services. GL will analyze the voting issues and carry out the actual voting process in accordance with its guidelines which have been agreed to by HCM’s Proxy Committee. Proxy issues receive consideration based on all relevant facts and circumstances.
Some accounts for which HCM is investment manager may wish to retain responsibility for proxy voting or to assign that responsibility to a different investment manager. Such accounts must either provide HCM with a plan document that expressly precludes HCM from voting proxies or include in the contract that HCM will not vote their proxies. In the absence of such documentation HCM has the legal responsibility and the obligation to vote for its accounts, and will do so through GL.
Proxy Committee. HCM has established a Proxy Committee. The Proxy Committee considers its fiduciary responsibility to all clients when addressing proxy issues. The Proxy Committee has reviewed and agreed with GL’s proxy voting guidelines and instructed them to vote on HCM’s behalf in accordance with those guidelines for HCM’s clients. As GL amends their guidelines the Proxy Committee will review and based on the agreement of the terms will provide GL voting instruction.
HCM provides GL with the list of accounts and their holdings monthly to ensure that GL has record of the clients and their holdings for proxy purposes.
The Proxy Committee meets at least annually to review any guideline changes from GL, should any exist.
In compliance with the U. S. Department of Labor, the Director of Operations maintains applicable records regarding proxy voting for accounts. The Director of Operations can access a report online on any given day. Any voting decision that may require a deviation from the standard policies will be deferred to the Proxy Committee from GL for further analysis and a final decision. In these rare situations, outside legal counsel may be sought for additional guidance, and reasons for such action will be noted in the committee’s “special” meeting minutes.
ERISA Accounts. It is HCM’s policy to fully comply with ERISA requirements regarding proxy voting. Some ERISA accounts for which HCM is investment manager may wish to retain responsibility for proxy voting or to assign that responsibility to a different investment manager. Such accounts must either provide HCM with a plan document that expressly precludes HCM from voting proxies or include in the client agreement that HCM will not vote proxies on their behalf. In the absence of such documentation HCM has the legal responsibility and the obligation to vote for its ERISA accounts.
Material Conflicts. Regardless of material conflict, HCM through GL will, at all times, vote in the best interest of the client.
Criteria. GL on behalf of HCM votes proxies related to securities held by clients in a manner solely in the interest of the client, which is in accordance with written GL guidelines. Proxy votes generally will be cast in favor of proposals that maintain or strengthen the shared interest of shareholders and management, increase shareholder value, maintain or increase shareholder influence over the issuer’s board of directors and management, and maintain or increase the rights of shareholders; proxy votes generally will be cast against proposals having the opposite effect. In voting on each and every issue, GL shall vote in the prudent and diligent fashion and only after a careful evaluation of the issue presented on the ballot.

    276

Checks and Balances. Monthly, HCM will:
1. Review the following GL reports, to verify that proxies received have been voted in a manner consistent with the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and the standard and custom guidelines (if any) issued by the client, or in the case of an employee benefit plan, the plan’s trustee or other fiduciaries;
a. Proxy Voting Report
b. Meeting Statistics Report
c. Ballot Statistics Report
d. Proposal Statistics Report
e. Proposal Category Report
f. Proposal Type Report
2. Provide a proxy voting report to those clients that request it; in a manner consistent with the client’s request, which may vary.
HCM through GL will provide investment company clients with the information necessary to comply with filing requirements of Form N-PX on a timely basis.
HOTCHKIS AND WILEY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC (HWCM)
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
PURPOSE
The purpose of these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures is to memorialize the procedures and policies adopted by Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management (“H&W”) to enable the firm to comply with its accepted responsibilities and the requirements of Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (“Advisers Act”).
POLICY
H&W acts as discretionary investment adviser for various clients, including clients governed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). Unless a client (including a “named fiduciary” under ERISA) specifically reserves the right to vote its own proxies, H&W will vote proxies and act on all other corporate actions in sufficient time prior to their deadlines as part of its full discretionary authority over the assets.
In certain situations as permitted under the investment management agreement, H&W may consider written direction from a client on how to vote on a specific proxy proposal that would be applicable only to shares specifically owned by the respective client. In this situation, the shares voted under client direction may not be consistent with proxies voted by H&W for other clients or with the established guidelines contained in these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.
When voting proxies for clients, H&W’s primary concern is that all decisions be made solely in the best interest of the shareholder (and for ERISA accounts, plan beneficiaries and participants, in accordance with the letter and spirit of ERISA). H&W will act in a manner it deems prudent and diligent and which is intended to enhance the economic value of the assets of the account.
GUIDELINES
Each proxy issue will be considered individually. The following guidelines are a partial list to be used in voting on proposals often contained in proxy statements, but will not be used as rigid rules. The voting policies below are subject to modification in certain circumstances and will be reexamined from time to time. With respect to matters that do not fit in the categories stated below, H&W will exercise its best judgment as a fiduciary to vote in the manner which will most enhance shareholder value.
Management Proposals
H&W recognizes that a company’s management is charged with day-to-day operations and, therefore, generally votes on routine business matters in favor of management’s positions. Generally, in the absence of any unusual or non-routine information, the following items if recommended by management are likely to be supported:

277

Ratification of appointment of independent auditors
General updating/corrective amendments to charter
Increase in common share authorization for a stock split or share dividend
Stock option plans that are incentive based and not excessive
Election of directors
The following items will always require company specific and case-by-case review and analysis when submitted by management to a shareholder vote:
Directors' liability and indemnity proposals
Executive compensation plans
Mergers, acquisitions, and other restructurings submitted to a shareholder vote
Anti-takeover and related provisions
Shareholder Proposals
Under ERISA standards, it is inappropriate to use (vote) plan assets to carry out social agendas or purposes. Thus, shareholder proposals are examined closely for their relationship to the best interest of beneficiaries, and economic impact. In general, H&W will vote in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals. However, H&W will support shareholder proposals that are consistent with H&W’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals. For example, H&W will generally support a proposal requiring a majority vote for the election of directors.
Generally, shareholder proposals related to the following items are not supported:
Declassification of the board
Cumulative voting
Restrictions related to social, political, or special interest issues that impact the ability of the company to do business or be competitive and that have a significant financial or vested interest impact.
Reports which are costly to provide or expenditures which are of a non-business nature or would provide no pertinent information from the perspective of shareholders.
Conflict of Interest
Conflicts between H&W’s interests and its client’s interests may arise in the proxy decision process due to significant business or personal relationships between H&W or its managers, members, employees or affiliates and the company or its management. If a potential conflict of interest arises, it will typically involve a proxy for a company that is also H&W’s client. In the event that any proxies raise a conflict of interest, the Proxy Oversight Committee (consisting of the Chief Operating Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, and Managing Director of Portfolio Services) will review H&W’s proposed votes to ensure that they are consistent with established guidelines and not prompted by any conflict of interest.
H&W may receive proxies for companies which are clients of Stephens Inc. (“Stephens”), a full service broker-dealer and investment bank and an affiliate of H&W. Stephens does not directly or indirectly participate in H&W's policies or decisions with respect to proxy voting.
H&W employees may own the same securities held by client accounts. The employees vote their securities independently from H&W’s proxy voting policy. The Proxy Oversight Committee will also review proposed proxy votes in situations where the H&W analyst with responsibility for proxy voting decision owns shares of the company and where the H&W analyst has an immediate family member (spouse, child, parent, or sibling) that is a corporate director or executive officer of the company.
PROCEDURES
All proxy solicitations from a company in which clients of H&W own shares are received by H&W’s Portfolio Services Department and routed to the analyst responsible for research into that company. The analyst reviews the proxy statement and any reports from the independent third-party proxy research firm engaged by H&W with respect to the company. Based on the information in the proxy statement and the proxy research firm’s reports, among other factors, the analyst will determine how to vote the proxies for that company.
H&W’s Portfolio Services Department is responsible for ensuring that proxies received by H&W are voted in a timely manner, voted in a manner consistent with the proxy voting policies and voted consistently across all portfolios. The Portfolio Services Department is also responsible for ensuring that all corporate action notices or requests which require shareholder action received by H&W are addressed in a timely manner and consistent action is taken across all similarly situated client accounts.

    278

On specific items where the analyst indicates that the board-approved recommendation and the proxy research firm’s recommendation do not agree, the analyst generally will determine to vote the proxies with the board-approved recommendation if it is consistent with the established guidelines.
Although many proxy proposals can be voted in accordance with the established guidelines, H&W’s analysts recognize that some proposals require special consideration, which may dictate that H&W make an exception to the broad guidelines.
In the event of a conflict of interest or whenever an analyst is proposing to vote against the board-approved recommendations or against its established guidelines, the proposed vote will be submitted to the Proxy Oversight Committee, which will review the proxy voting determination to make sure that H&W’s vote is not prompted by any conflict of interest.
LIMITATIONS
If H&W is authorized to exercise proxy voting rights for a client account, H&W will vote the proxies for securities beneficially held by the custodian for the client portfolio as of the record date of the shareholder meetings (settlement date). Securities not held by the custodian as of the record date (e.g., due to an unsettled purchase or securities lending) will not be voted by H&W. In addition, H&W will not vote proxies if it does not receive adequate information from a client’s custodian in sufficient time to cast the vote.
H&W may determine not to vote proxies in respect of securities of any company (i) if H&W determines that it would be in the client’s overall best interest not to vote under the circumstances, such as when (a) the cost of voting exceeds the expected benefit to the client, (b) voting the client’s proxies will not have an effect on the outcome of the matter up for vote or (c) the matter up for vote will not impact the client’s economic interests, or (ii) if the security is no longer held in the clients’ portfolios by the proxy meeting date. For example, to the extent that H&W receives proxies for securities that are transferred into a client’s portfolio that were not recommended or selected by H&W and have been sold or are expected to be sold promptly in an orderly manner (“legacy securities”), H&W will generally refrain from voting such proxies. In such circumstances, since legacy securities have been sold or are expected to be sold promptly, H&W may determine that voting proxies on such securities would not further a client’s interest in maximizing the value of its investments. H&W may consider an institutional client’s special request to vote a legacy security proxy and, if agreed, would vote such proxy in accordance with H&W’s guidelines.
Non-U.S. proxies (and particularly those in emerging markets) may involve a number of problems that restrict or prevent H&W’s ability to vote. As a result, a client account’s non-U.S. proxies will be voted on a best efforts basis only.
Fixed-income securities normally do not provide voting rights; however, special circumstances may occur that permit voting or responding to another type of corporate action.
Certain clients retain the responsibility for receiving and voting proxies for any and all securities maintained in client portfolios and receive their proxies or other solicitations directly from their custodian. H&W will not vote the proxies for these securities in this case, but may provide advice to clients regarding the clients’ voting of proxies.
RECORD KEEPING
In accordance with Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act, H&W will maintain for the time periods set forth in the Rule (i) these proxy voting procedures and policies, and all amendments thereto; (ii) all proxy statements received regarding client securities (provided however, that H&W may rely on the proxy statement filed on EDGAR as its records); (iii) a record of all votes cast on behalf of clients; (iv) records of all client requests for proxy voting information; (v) any documents prepared by H&W that were material to making a decision how to vote or that memorialized the basis for the decision; and (vi) all records relating to requests made by clients regarding conflicts of interest in voting the proxy.
H&W will describe in its Part 2A of Form ADV (or other brochure fulfilling the requirement of Rule 204-3) its proxy voting policies and procedures and advise clients how they may obtain information about how H&W voted their securities. Clients may obtain information about how their securities were voted or a copy of H&W’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures free of charge by written request addressed to H&W. For its mutual fund clients, H& W will provide information about how H&W voted each mutual fund’s securities within the appropriate time frame for the public filing of Form N-PX within 60 days of June 30th. Form N-PX for each mutual fund will be available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free (866) 236-0050 and on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Revised: September 21, 2012
JENNISON ASSOCIATES LLC.

279

PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
I. Policy
Jennison (or the “Company”) has adopted the following policy and related procedures to guide the voting of proxies in a manner that is consistent with Jennison’s fiduciary duties and the requirements of Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act.
In the absence of any written delegation or when proxy voting authority has been delegated in writing to Jennison by clients, Jennison will exercise this voting authority in each client’s best interests. The Company will not consider its own interests, or those of any affiliates, when voting proxies.
Unless otherwise specified by a client, “best interest” means the client’s best economic interest over the long term, as determined by Jennison’s portfolio managers and analysts (“Investment Professionals”) covering the issuer. Secondary consideration may be given to the public and social value of each issue, but absent specific client instructions, long term economic interests will be the primary basis for voting.
Jennison will disclose information about its proxy voting policies and procedures to clients, and will provide a copy of these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures upon request. The Company will also inform clients how they may obtain information about the votes cast on their behalf.
II. Procedures
Proxy Voting Guidelines
Jennison has adopted proxy voting guidelines (“Guidelines”) with respect to certain recurring issues. When Jennison is responsible for voting proxies, Jennison considers these guidelines except when Jennison accepts custom guidelines.
The Guidelines are reviewed as necessary by the Company’s Proxy Voting Committee and Investment Professionals, and are revised when a change is appropriate. The Proxy Team maintains the Guidelines and distributes copies to the Investment Professionals following any change. The Guidelines are meant to convey Jennison’s general approach to voting decisions on certain issues. Nevertheless, Investment Professionals are responsible for reviewing all proposals related to fundamental strategies individually and making final decisions based on the merits of each voting opportunity.
If an Investment Professional believes that Jennison should vote in a way that is different from the Guidelines, the Proxy Team is notified. In certain circumstances, an Investment Professional may conclude that different clients should vote in different ways, or that it is in the best interests of some or all clients to abstain from voting.
The Proxy Team is responsible for maintaining Investment Professionals’ reasons for deviating from the Guidelines.
Client-Specific Voting Mandates
Any client’s specific voting instructions must be communicated or confirmed by the client in writing, either through a provision in the investment advisory contract or through other written correspondence. Such instructions may call for Jennison to vote the client’s securities according to the client’s own voting guidelines, or may indicate that the Company is not responsible for voting the client’s proxies.
The Proxy Team reviews client specific voting instructions and approves operational implementation, and certain instructions may only be implemented on a best efforts basis. The Proxy Team is responsible for communicating such instructions to the third party vendor.
Use of a Third Party Voting Service
Jennison has engaged an independent third party proxy voting vendor that provides research and analytical services, operational implementation and recordkeeping and reporting services. The proxy voting vendor will cast votes in accordance with the Company’s Guidelines, unless instructed otherwise by the Investment Professionals.
Identifying and Addressing Potential Material Conflicts of Interest
There may be instances where Jennison’s interests conflict materially, or appear to conflict materially, with the interests of clients in connection with a proxy vote (a “Material Conflict”). Examples of potential Material Conflicts include, but are not limited to:

    280

Jennison managing the pension plan of the issuer.
Jennison or its affiliates have a material business relationship with the issuer.
If an Investment Professional or any other employee perceives a Material Conflict, he or she must promptly report the matter to the Chief Compliance Officer. When a potential conflict has been identified, the Proxy Team will work with the Investment Professional covering the issuer to complete a Proxy Voting for Conflicts Documentation Form. The Proxy Team is responsible for retaining completed Proxy Voting for Conflicts Documentation Forms.
Jennison’s Proxy Voting Committee will review the Proxy Voting for Conflicts Documentation Form and will consider any other relevant facts to determine if there is a conflict. If the Proxy Voting Committee determines that a Material Conflict is present and if the Investment Professional is recommending a vote that deviates from the Guidelines, then the voting decision must be reviewed and approved by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Compliance Officer prior to casting the vote.
Jennison will not abstain from voting a proxy for the purpose of avoiding a Material Conflict.
Quantitatively Derived Holdings and the Jennison Managed Accounts
In voting proxies for non-fundamental strategies such as quantitatively derived holdings and Jennison Managed Accounts (i.e. “wrap”) where the securities are not held elsewhere in the firm, proxies will be voted utilizing the Guidelines. Additionally, in those circumstances where no specific Guidelines exist, the Company will consider the recommendations of the proxy voting vendor.
International Holdings
Jennison will exercise opportunities to vote on international holdings on a best efforts basis. Such votes will be cast based on the same principles that govern domestic holdings.
In some countries casting a proxy vote can adversely affect a client, such as countries that restrict stock sales around the time of the proxy vote by requiring “share blocking” as part of the voting process. The Investment Professional covering the issuer will weigh the expected benefits of voting proxies on international holdings against any anticipated costs or limitations, such as those associated with share blocking. Jennison may abstain from voting if it anticipates that the costs or limitations associated with voting outweigh the benefits.
Securities Lending
Jennison may be unable to vote proxies when the underlying securities have been lent out pursuant to a client’s securities lending program. The Company does not know when securities are on loan and are therefore not available to be voted. In rare circumstances, Investment Professionals may ask the Proxy Team to work with the client’s custodian to recall the shares so that Jennison can vote. Efforts to recall loaned securities are not always effective since such requests must be submitted prior to the record date for the upcoming proxy vote; therefore voting shares on loan is on a best efforts basis. In determining whether to call back securities that are out on loan, the Investment Professional will consider whether the benefit to the client in voting the matter outweighs the benefit to the client in keeping the security out on loan.
Disclosure to Advisory Clients
Jennison will provide a copy of these Policies and Procedures and the Guidelines to any client upon request. The Company will also provide any client with information about how Jennison has voted that client’s proxies upon request. Any such requests should be forwarded to the Proxy Team, which is responsible for responding, and for documenting the correspondence.
Compliance Reporting for Investment Companies
Upon request, the Proxy Team will provide to each investment company board of directors or trustees for which Jennison acts as sub-adviser reporting needed to satisfy their regulatory and board requirements, including, but not limited to, information required for Form NP-X.
III. Internal Controls
Supervisory Review

281

The Proxy Team periodically notifies each Investment Professional’s supervisor of any Guideline overrides authorized by that Investment Professional. The supervisor reviews the overrides to confirm that they appear to have been made based on clients’ best interests, and that they were not influenced by any Material Conflict.
The Proxy Voting Committee
The Proxy Voting Committee consists of representatives from Operations, Risk, Legal, and Compliance. It meets at least quarterly, and has the following responsibilities:
Review potential Material Conflicts and decide whether a material conflict is present, and needs to be addressed according to these policies and procedures.
Review the Guidelines in consultation with the Investment Professionals and make revisions as appropriate.
Review these Policies and Procedures annually for accuracy and effectiveness, and recommend and adopt any necessary changes.
Review all Guideline overrides.
Review proxy voting reports to confirm that Jennison is following these Policies and Procedures.
Review the performance of the proxy voting vendor and determine whether Jennison should continue to retain their services.
Equity Trade Management Oversight Committee (“ETMOC”)
The ETMOC reviews all Guideline overrides on a quarterly basis to ensure proper override procedures were followed. The ETMOC also reviews any changes to the Guidelines. The ETMOC is comprised of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, Head of Trading and the Head of Large Cap Growth.
IV. Escalating Concerns
Any concerns about aspects of the policy that lack specific escalation guidance may be reported to the reporting employee’s supervisor, the Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Legal Officer, Chief Risk Officer, Chief Ethics Officer, Chief Operating Officer or Chief Executive Officer. Alternatively Jennison has an Ethics Reporting Hotline phone number and email address that enable employees to raise concerns anonymously. Information about the Ethics Reporting Hotline phone number and email address can be found on the Jennison intranet’s “Ethics” web page.
V. Discipline and Sanctions
All Jennison employees are responsible for understanding and complying with the policies and procedures outlined in this policy. The procedures described in this policy are intended to ensure that Jennison and its employees act in full compliance with the law. Violations of this policy and related procedures will be communicated to your supervisor and to senior management through Jennison’s Compliance Council, and may lead to disciplinary action.
J.P. MORGAN INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC. (JPMorgan)
Proxy Voting Guidelines. The Board of Trustees has delegated to JPMorgan and its affiliated advisers, proxy voting authority with respect to the fund’s portfolio securities. To ensure that the proxies of portfolio companies are voted in the best interests of the fund, the fund’s Board of Trustees has adopted JPMorgan’s detailed proxy voting procedures (the “Procedures”) that incorporate guidelines (“Guidelines”) for voting proxies on specific types of issues.
JPMorgan and its affiliated advisers are part of a global asset management organization with the capability to invest in securities of issuers located around the globe. Because the regulatory framework and the business cultures and practices vary from region to region, the Guidelines are customized for each region to take into account such variations. Separate Guidelines cover the regions of (1) North America, (2) Europe, Middle East, Africa, Central America and South America, (3) Asia (ex-Japan) and (4) Japan, respectively.
Notwithstanding the variations among the Guidelines, all of the Guidelines have been designed with the uniform objective of encouraging corporate action that enhances shareholder value. As a general rule, in voting proxies of a particular security, JPMorgan and its affiliated advisers will apply the Guidelines of the region in which the issuer of such security is organized. Except as noted below, proxy voting decisions will be made in accordance with the Guidelines covering a multitude of both routine and non-routine matters that JPMorgan and its affiliated adviser have encountered globally, based on many years of collective investment management experience.

    282

To oversee and monitor the proxy-voting process, JPMorgan has established a proxy committee and appointed a proxy administrator in each global location where proxies are voted. The primary function of each proxy committee is to review periodically general proxy-voting matters, review and approve the Guidelines annually, and provide advice and recommendations on general proxy-voting matters as well as on specific voting issues. The procedures permit an independent voting service, to perform certain services otherwise carried out or coordinated by the proxy administrator.
Although for many matters the Guidelines specify the votes to be cast, for many others, the Guidelines contemplate case-by-case determinations. In addition, there will undoubtedly be proxy matters that are not contemplated by the Guidelines. For both of these categories of matters and to override the Guidelines, the Procedures require a certification and review process to be completed before the vote is cast. That process is designed to identify actual or potential material conflicts of interest (between the fund on the one hand, and JPMorgan and its affiliates on the other hand) and ensure that the proxy vote is cast in the best interests of the fund. A conflict is deemed to exist when the proxy is for JPMorgan Chase & Co. stock or for J.P. Morgan Funds, or when the proxy administrator has actual knowledge indicating that a JPMorgan affiliate is an investment banker or rendered a fairness opinion with respect to the matter that is the subject of the proxy vote. When such conflicts are identified, the proxy will be voted by an independent third party either in accordance with JPMorgan proxy voting guidelines or by the third party using its own guidelines.
When other types of potential material conflicts of interest are identified, the proxy administrator and, as necessary, JPMorgan Asset Management’s Chief Fiduciary Officer will evaluate the potential conflict of interest and determine whether such conflict actually exists, and if so, will recommend how JPMorgan will vote the proxy. In addressing any material conflict, JPMorgan may take one or more of the following measures (or other appropriate action): removing or “walling off” from the proxy voting process certain JPMorgan personnel with knowledge of the conflict, voting in accordance with any applicable Guideline if the application of the Guideline would objectively result in the casting of a proxy vote in a predetermined manner, or deferring the vote to or obtaining a recommendation from a third independent party, in which case the proxy will be voted by, or in accordance with the recommendation of, the independent third party.
The following summarizes some of the more noteworthy types of proxy voting policies of the non-U.S. Guidelines:
Corporate governance procedures differ among the countries. Because of time constraints and local customs, it is not always possible for JPMorgan to receive and review all proxy materials in connection with each item submitted for a vote. Many proxy statements are in foreign languages. Proxy materials are generally mailed by the issuer to the sub-custodian which holds the securities for the client in the country where the portfolio company is organized, and there may not be sufficient time for such materials to be transmitted to JPMorgan in time for a vote to be cast. In some countries, proxy statements are not mailed at all, and in some locations, the deadline for voting is two to four days after the initial announcement that a vote is to be solicited and it may not always be possible to obtain sufficient information to make an informed decision in good time to vote.
Certain markets require that shares being tendered for voting purposes are temporarily immobilized from trading until after the shareholder meeting has taken place. Elsewhere, notably emerging markets, it may not always be possible to obtain sufficient information to make an informed decision in good time to vote. Some markets require a local representative to be hired in order to attend the meeting and vote in person on our behalf, which can result in considerable cost. JPMorgan also considers the cost of voting in light of the expected benefit of the vote. In certain instances, it may sometimes be in the Fund’s best interests to intentionally refrain from voting in certain overseas markets from time to time.
Where proxy issues concern corporate governance, takeover defense measures, compensation plans, capital structure changes and so forth, JPMorgan pays particular attention to management’s arguments for promoting the prospective change JPMorgan’s sole criterion in determining its voting stance is whether such changes will be to the economic benefit of the beneficial owners of the shares.
JPMorgan is in favor of a unitary board structure of the type found in the United Kingdom as opposed to tiered board structures. Thus, JPMorgan will generally vote to encourage the gradual phasing out of tiered board structures, in favor of unitary boards. However, since tiered boards are still very prevalent in markets outside of the United Kingdom, local market practice will always be taken into account.
JPMorgan will use its voting powers to encourage appropriate levels of board independence, taking into account local market practice.
JPMorgan will usually vote against discharging the board from responsibility in cases of pending litigation, or if there is evidence of wrongdoing for which the board must be held accountable.
JPMorgan will vote in favor of increases in capital which enhance a company’s long-term prospects. JPMorgan will also vote in favor of the partial suspension of preemptive rights if they are for purely technical reasons (e.g., rights offers which may not be legally offered to shareholders in certain jurisdictions). However, JPMorgan will vote against increases in capital which would allow the company to adopt “poison pill” takeover defense tactics, or where the increase in authorized capital would dilute shareholder value in the long term.
JPMorgan will vote in favor of proposals which will enhance a company’s long-term prospects. JPMorgan will vote against an increase in bank borrowing powers which would result in the company reaching an unacceptable level of financial leverage, where such borrowing is expressly intended as part of a takeover defense, or where there is a material reduction in shareholder value.
JPMorgan will generally vote against anti-takeover devices.

283

Where social or environmental issues are the subject of a proxy vote, JPMorgan will consider the issue on a case-by-case basis, keeping in mind at all times the best economic interests of its clients.
The following summarizes some of the more noteworthy types of proxy voting policies of the U.S. Guidelines:
JPMorgan considers votes on director nominees on a case-by-case basis. Votes generally will be withheld from directors who: (a) attend less than 75% of board and committee meetings without a valid excuse; (b) implement or renew a dead-hand poison pill; (c) are affiliated directors who serve on audit, compensation or nominating committees or are affiliated directors and the full board serves on such committees or the company does not have such committees; (d) ignore a shareholder proposal that is approved by a majority of either the shares outstanding or the votes cast based on a review over a consecutive two year time frame; (e) are insiders and affiliated outsiders on boards that are not at least majority independent; or (f) are CEOs of publically-traded companies who serve on more than three public boards or serve on more than four public company boards. In addition, votes are generally withheld for directors who serve on committees in certain cases. For example, the Adviser generally withholds votes from audit committee members in circumstances in which there is evidence that there exists material weaknesses in the company’s internal controls.
JPMorgan considers vote proposals with respect to compensation plans on a case-by-case basis. The analysis of compensation plans focuses primarily on the transfer of shareholder wealth (the dollar cost of pay plans to shareholders) and includes an analysis of the structure of the plan and pay practices of other companies in the relevant industry and peer companies. Other matters included in the analysis are the amount of the company’s outstanding stock to be reserved for the award of stock options, whether the exercise price of an option is less than the stock’s fair market value at the date of the grant of the options, and whether the plan provides for the exchange of outstanding options for new ones at lower exercise prices.
JPMorgan votes proposals to classify boards on a case-by-case basis, but normally will vote in favor of such proposal if the issuer’s governing documents contain each of eight enumerated safeguards (for example, a majority of the board is composed of independent directors and the nominating committee is composed solely of such directors).
JPMorgan also considers management poison pill proposals on a case-by-case basis, looking for shareholder-friendly provisions before voting in favor.
JPMorgan votes against proposals for a super-majority vote to approve a merger.
JPMorgan considers proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan on a case-by-case basis, taking into account such factors as the extent of dilution and whether the transaction will result in a change in control.
JPMorgan also considers on a case-by-case basis proposals to change an issuer’s state of incorporation, mergers and acquisitions and other corporate restructuring proposals and certain social issue proposals.
JPMorgan generally votes for management proposals which seek shareholder approval to make the state of incorporation the exclusive forum for disputes if the company is a Delaware corporation; otherwise, JPMorgan votes on a case by case basis.
JPMorgan generally supports management disclosure practices for environmental issues except for those companies that have been involved in significant controversies, fines or litigation related to environmental issues.
JPMorgan reviews Say on Pay proposals on a case by case basis with additional review of proposals where the issuer’s previous year’s proposal received a low level of support.
LAZARD ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
Policy:
As a fiduciary, Lazard Asset Management LLC (the “Investment Manager”) is obligated to vote proxies in the best interests of its clients. The Investment Manager has adopted a written policy (the “Policy”) that is designed to ensure that it satisfies its fiduciary obligation. The Investment Manager has developed a structure to attempt to ensure that proxy voting is conducted in an appropriate manner, consistent with clients' best interests, and within the framework of the Policy.
The Investment Manager manages assets for a variety of clients, including individuals, Taft-Hartley plans, governmental plans, foundations and endowments, corporations, investment companies and other collective investment vehicles. Absent specific guidelines provided by a client, the Investment Manager's policy is to vote proxies on a given issue the same for all of its clients. The Policy is based on the view that, in its role as investment adviser, the Investment Manager must vote proxies based on what it believes will maximize shareholder value as a long-term investor, and that the votes it casts on behalf of all its clients are intended to accomplish that objective.
Procedures:
Administration and Implementation of Proxy Voting Process. The Investment Manager's proxy-voting process is administered by its Proxy Operations Department (“ProxyOps”), which reports to the Investment Manager's Chief Operating Officer. Oversight of the process is provided by the Investment Manager's Legal/Compliance Department and by a Proxy Committee consisting of senior officers of the Investment Manager. To assist it in its proxy-voting responsibilities, the Investment Manager currently subscribes to

    284

several research and other proxy-related services offered by Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”), one of the world's largest providers of proxy-voting services. ISS provides the Investment Manager with its independent analysis and recommendation regarding virtually every proxy proposal that the Investment Manager votes on behalf of its clients, with respect to both US and non-US securities.
The Investment Manager's Proxy Committee has approved specific proxy voting guidelines regarding the most common proxy proposals (the “Approved Guidelines”). These Approved Guidelines provide that the Investment Manager should vote for or against the proposal, or that the proposal should be considered on a case-by-case basis. The Investment Manager believes that its portfolio managers and global research analysts with knowledge of the company (“Portfolio Management”) are in the best position to evaluate the impact that the outcome of a given proposal will have on long-term shareholder value. Therefore, ProxyOps seeks Portfolio Management's recommendation on all proposals to be considered on a case-by-case basis. Portfolio Management is also given the opportunity to review all proposals (other than routine proposals) where the Approved Guideline is to vote for or against, and, in compelling circumstances, to overrule the Approved Guideline, subject to the Proxy Committee's final determination. The Manager of ProxyOps may also consult with the Investment Manager's Chief Compliance Officer or the Proxy Committee concerning any proxy agenda or proposal.
Types of Proposals . Shareholders receive proxies involving many different proposals. Many proposals are routine in nature, such as a non-controversial election of Directors or a change in a company's name. Other proposals are more complicated, such as items regarding corporate governance and shareholder rights, changes to capital structure, stock option plans and other executive compensation issues, mergers and other significant transactions and social or political issues. The Policy lists the Approved Guidelines for the most common proposals. New or unusual proposals may be presented from time to time. Such proposals will be presented to Portfolio Management and discussed with the Proxy Committee to determine how they should be voted, and an Approved Guideline will be adopted if appropriate.
Conflicts of Interest . The Policy recognizes that there may be times when meeting agendas or proposals create the appearance of a material conflict of interest for the Investment Manager. Should the appearance of such a conflict exist, the Investment Manager will seek to alleviate the conflict by voting consistent with an Approved Guideline (to vote for or against), or, in situations where the Approved Guideline is to vote case-by-case, with the recommendation of an independent source, currently ISS. If the recommendations of the two services offered by ISS, the Proxy Advisor Service and the Proxy Voter Service, are not the same, the Investment Manager will obtain a recommendation from a third independent source that provides proxy voting advisory services, and will defer to the majority recommendation. If a third independent source is not available, the Investment Manager will follow the recommendation of ISS's Proxy Advisor Service.
LMCG INVESTMENTS, LLC
The proxy voting guidelines of LMCG Investments, LLC (the Firm) contained herein are a sampling of select, key guidelines and are not all inclusive. The Firm will review its proxy voting policies and guidelines from time to time and may adopt changes. Proxy questions are considered within the individual circumstances of the issuer and therefore it is possible that individual circumstances might mean that a given proxy ballot could be voted differently than what is generally done in other cases.
1. Audit-related Items:
Auditor Ratification
Generally vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors unless:
An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company and is therefore not independent;
There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;
Poor accounting practices are identified such as fraud, misapplication of GAAP and material weaknesses are identified; or
Fees for non-audit services are excessive
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or limit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services.
2. Board of Directors:
Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections
Votes on director nominees should be determined CASE-BY-CASE.

285

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following:
Management’s track record;
Background to the proxy contest;
Qualifications of Director nominees;
Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;
Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved; and
Stock ownership positions
Board responsiveness
Vote case-by-case on individual directors, committee members or the entire board of directors as appropriate if:
Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company
Board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of shares cast in the previous year
Board failed to act on takeover offer where majority of shares tendered
Board failed to address issues related to a director receiving 50% or more withhold/against votes
Board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received the majority of votes
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from entire board of directors for problematic practices or material failures in the areas of accountability, independence or competence:
Board accountability, including items such as:
A classified board structure
A supermajority vote requirement
Inability for shareholders to call special meetings
Inability of shareholders to act by written consent
Dual-class capital structure
Non-shareholder approved poison pill
Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight, fiduciary responsibility
Failure to replace management as appropriate
Director independence, including items such as:
Inside or affiliated director serves on key committees
Company lacks an audit, compensation or nominating committee
Independent directors make up less than a majority of directors
Director competence, including items such as:
Not all director’s attended 75% of the aggregate board and committee meetings
Sit on more than six public company boards
Independent Chair (Separate CEO/Chair)
Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman position be filled by an independent director unless there are substantial reasons to recommend against the proposal, such as counterbalancing governance structure.
Majority Vote Shareholder Proposals
Generally vote FOR binding resolutions requesting that the board change the company’s bylaws to stipulate that directors need to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast.
Audit Committee related items
Generally vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from members of the Audit Committee if:
Non-audit fees paid to auditor are excessive
Company receives an adverse opinion on financial statements
Evidence of inappropriate indemnification language that limits ability of the company or shareholders to pursue legal recourse against audit firm

    286

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and potentially the full board if:
Poor accounting practices result in fraud, misapplication of GAAP, and/or other material weaknesses
Compensation Committee related items
In the absence of an Advisory vote on executive compensation, vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD on members of the Compensation Committee or potentially the full board if:
There is significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance
Company maintains problematic pay practices related to non-performance based compensation elements, incentives that motivate excessive risk taking and options backdating
Board exhibits significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders
Company fails to submit one-time transfer of stock options to shareholder vote
Company fails to fulfill terms of burn rate commitment made to shareholders
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on members of the Compensation Committee and the MSOP proposal if the Company’s previous say-on-pay proposal received support of less than 70% of votes cast, taking into account:
Discloser of engagement efforts with major institutional shareholders regarding issues that led to low level of support
Specific actions to address issues that contributed to low level of support
Other recent compensation practices
Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated
Company’s ownership structure
Whether support level was less than 50%,
Performance/Governance Evaluation for Directors
Generally vote WITHHOLD or AGAINST on all director nominees if the board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers.
Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses.
3. Shareholder Rights and Defenses:
Advanced Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on advance notice proposals, giving support to proposals that allow shareholders to submit proposals/nominations reasonably close to the meeting date within the broadest window possible.
Poison Pills
Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it unless the company has (1) a shareholder approved poison pill in place or (2) the company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan or the board determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders to adopt a pill without delay.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan.
Reincorporation Proposals
Evaluate management or shareholder proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
4. Capital and Corporate Restructurings:
Common Stock Authorization
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance.
Dual Class Structure

287

Generally vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock with superior voting rights
Share Repurchase Programs
Vote FOR management proposals to institute open market repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Overall Approach – Vote CASE-BY-CASE
For mergers and acquisitions, review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:
Valuation;
Market reaction;
Strategic rationale;
Negotiations and process;
Conflicts of Interest; and
Governance
5. Compensation:
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay) Management Proposals
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on ballot items related to executive pay and practices
Vote AGAINST Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (MSOP) if:
There is significant misalignment between CEO pay and company performance
Company maintains problematic pay practices
Board exhibits significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from members of the Compensation Committee if:
There is no MSOP on the ballot
Board fails to adequately respond to a previous MSOP proposal that received less than 70% support
The company has poor compensation practices
Vote FOR annual advisory votes on compensation.
Employee Stock Purchase Plans
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on non-qualified employee stock purchase plans.
Option Exchange Programs/Re-pricing Options
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/re-price options.
Equity Compensation Plans
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans.
6. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Issues:
General approach on CSR issues is to vote CASE-BY-CASE taking into account factors such as impact on shareholder value, significance of company’s business affected by the proposal, impact on company reputation, response by other companies to similar issue and degree to which proprietary or confidential information would be disclosed.
Some issues that fall under this topic include proposals on:
Company’s political spending, lobbying efforts and charitable contributions
Animal welfare practices
Energy and environmental issues
Equal employment opportunity and discrimination

    288

Diversity
Product safety and hazardous materials
7. Conflicts of Interest:
Conflicts of interest could exist when the Firm holds a security issued by a client in client portfolios, and the Firm is required to vote that security. When there is a potential conflict with a client, the Firm will look to these guidelines and the ISS recommendation for voting guidance.
LOOMIS, SAYLES & COMPANY, L.P. (Loomis Sayles)
1. GENERAL
A. Introduction.
Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. (“Loomis Sayles”) will vote proxies on behalf of a client if, in its investment management agreement (“IMA”) with Loomis Sayles, the client has delegated to Loomis Sayles the authority to vote proxies on its behalf. With respect to IMAs executed with clients prior to June 30, 2004, Loomis Sayles assumes that the proxy voting authority assigned by Loomis Sayles at account setup is accurate unless the client or their representative has instructed Loomis Sayles otherwise. Loomis Sayles has adopted and implemented these policies and procedures (“Proxy Voting Procedures”) to ensure that, where it has voting authority, proxy matters are handled in the best interest of clients, in accordance with Loomis Sayles’ fiduciary duties, SEC rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and Staff Legal Bulletin No. 20 (June 30, 2014). In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, its Proxy Voting Procedures reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts set out in Department of Labor Bulletin 08-2, 29 C.F.R. 2509.08-2 (October 17, 2008).
Loomis Sayles uses the services of third parties (“Proxy Voting Service(s)”), to research and administer the vote on proxies for those accounts and funds for which Loomis Sayles has voting authority. Loomis Sayles will generally follow its express policy with input from the Proxy Voting Services unless the Proxy Committee determines that the client’s best interests are served by voting otherwise.
B. General Guidelines.
The following guidelines will apply when voting proxies on behalf of accounts for which Loomis Sayles has voting authority.
1. Client’s Best Interest. Loomis Sayles’ Proxy Voting Procedures are designed and implemented in a way that is reasonably expected to ensure that proxy matters are conducted in the best interest of clients. When considering the best interest of clients, Loomis Sayles has determined that this means the best investment interest of its clients as shareholders of the issuer. Loomis Sayles has established its Proxy Voting Procedures to assist it in making its proxy voting decisions with a view to enhancing the value of its clients’ interests in an issuer over the period during which it expects its clients to hold their investments. Loomis Sayles will vote against proposals that it believes could adversely impact the current or potential market value of the issuer’s securities during the expected holding period.
2. Client Proxy Voting Policies. Rather than delegating proxy voting authority to Loomis Sayles, a client may (1) retain the authority to vote proxies on securities in its account, (2) delegate voting authority to another party or (3) instruct Loomis Sayles to vote proxies according to a policy that differs from that of Loomis Sayles. Loomis Sayles will honor any of these instructions if the client includes the instruction in writing in its IMA or in a written instruction from a person authorized under the IMA to give such instructions. If Loomis incurs additional costs or expenses in following any such instruction, Loomis may request payment of such additional costs or expenses from the client.
3. Stated Policies. These policies identify issues where Loomis Sayles will (1) generally vote in favor of a proposal, (2) generally vote against a proposal, (3) generally vote as recommended by the proxy voting service and (4) specifically consider its vote for or against a proposal. However, these policies are guidelines and each vote may be cast differently than the stated policy, taking into consideration all relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote.
4. Abstain from Voting. Our policy is to vote rather than abstain from voting on issues presented unless the client’s best interest requires abstention. Loomis Sayles will abstain in cases where the impact of the expected costs involved in voting exceeds the expected benefits of the vote such as where foreign corporations follow share-blocking practices or where proxy material is not available in English. Loomis Sayles will vote against ballot issues where the issuer does not provide sufficient information to make an informed decision. In addition, there may be instances where Loomis Sayles is not able to vote proxies on a client's behalf, such as when ballot delivery instructions have not been processed by a client's custodian, the Proxy Voting Service has

289

  not received a ballot for a client's account or under other circumstances beyond Loomis Sayles' control.
5. Oversight. All issues presented for shareholder vote will be considered under the oversight of the Proxy Committee. All non-routine issues will be directly considered by the Proxy Committee and, when necessary, the equity analyst following the company and/or the portfolio manager of an account holding the security, and will be voted in the best investment interests of the client. All routine for and against issues will be voted according to Loomis Sayles’ policy approved by the Proxy Committee unless special factors require that they be considered by the Proxy Committee and, when necessary, the equity analyst following the company and/or the portfolio manager of an account holding the security. Loomis Sayles’ Proxy Committee has established these routine policies in what it believes are the client’s best interests.
6. Availability of Procedures. Upon request, Loomis Sayles provides clients with a copy of its Proxy Voting Procedures, as updated from time to time. In addition, Loomis Sayles includes its Proxy Voting Procedures and/or a description of its Proxy Voting Procedures on its public website, www.loomissayles.com, and in its Form ADV, Part II.
7. Disclosure of Vote. Upon request, a client can obtain information from Loomis Sayles on how its proxies were voted. Any client interested in obtaining this information should contact its Loomis Sayles representatives.
8. Disclosure to Third Parties. Loomis Sayles’ general policy is not to disclose to third parties how it (or its voting delegate) voted a client’s proxy except that for registered investment companies, Loomis Sayles makes disclosures as required by Rule 30(b)(1)-(4) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and, from time to time at the request of client groups, Loomis may make general disclosures (not specific as to client) of its voting instructions.
C. Proxy Committee.
1. Proxy Committee. Loomis Sayles has established a Proxy Committee. The Proxy Committee is composed of representatives of the Equity Research department and the Legal & Compliance department and other employees of Loomis Sayles as needed. In the event that any member is unable to participate in a meeting of the Proxy Committee, his or her designee acts on his or her behalf. A vacancy in the Proxy Committee is filled by the prior member’s successor in position at Loomis Sayles or a person of equivalent experience. Each portfolio manager of an account that holds voting securities of an issuer or analyst covering the issuer or its securities may be an ad hoc member of the Proxy Committee in connection with the vote of proxies.
2. Duties. The specific responsibilities of the Proxy Committee include,
a. to develop, authorize, implement and update these Proxy Voting Procedures, including:
(i) annual review of these Proxy Voting Procedures to ensure consistency with internal policies and regulatory agency policies,
(ii) annual review of existing voting guidelines and development of additional voting guidelines to assist in the review of proxy proposals, and
(iii) annual review of the proxy voting process and any general issues that relate to proxy voting;
b. to oversee the proxy voting process, including:
(i) overseeing the vote on proposals according to the predetermined policies in the voting guidelines,
(ii) directing the vote on proposals where there is reason not to vote according to the predetermined policies in the voting guidelines or where proposals require special consideration,
(iii) consulting with the portfolio managers and analysts for the accounts holding the security when necessary or appropriate, and
(iv) periodically sampling or engaging an outside party to sample proxy votes to ensure they comply with the Proxy Voting Procedures and are cast in accordance with the clients’ best interests;
c. to engage and oversee third-party vendors, such as Proxy Voting Services, including:
(i) determining whether a Proxy Voting Service has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues by considering:
(a) the adequacy and quality of the Proxy Voting Service’s staffing and personnel, and

    290

(b) the robustness of the Proxy Voting Service’s policies and procedures regarding its ability to ensure that its recommendations are based on current and accurate information and to identify and address any relevant conflicts of interest,
(ii) providing ongoing oversight of Proxy Voting Services to ensure that proxies continue to be voted in the best interests of clients,
(iii) receiving and reviewing updates from Proxy Voting Services regarding relevant business changes or changes to Proxy Voting Services’ conflict policies and procedures, and
(iv) in the event that the Proxy Committee becomes aware that a Proxy Voting Service’s recommendation was based on a material factual error, investigating the error, considering the nature of the error and the related recommendation, and determining whether the Proxy Voting Service has taken reasonable steps to reduce the likelihood of similar errors in the future; and
d. to develop and/or modify these Proxy Voting Procedures as appropriate or necessary.
3. Standards.
a. When determining the vote of any proposal for which it has responsibility, the Proxy Committee shall vote in the client’s best interest as described in section 1(B)(1) above. In the event a client believes that its other interests require a different vote, Loomis Sayles shall vote as the client instructs if the instructions are provided as required in section 1(B)(2) above.
b. When determining the vote on any proposal, the Proxy Committee shall not consider any benefit to Loomis Sayles, any of its affiliates, any of its or their clients or service providers, other than benefits to the owner of the securities to be voted.
4. Charter. The Proxy Committee may adopt a Charter, which shall be consistent with these Proxy Voting Procedures. Any Charter shall set forth the Committee’s purpose, membership and operation and shall include procedures prohibiting a member from voting on a matter for which he or she has a conflict of interest by reason of a direct relationship with the issuer or other party affected by a given proposal (e.g., he or she is a portfolio manager for an account of the issuer).
D. Conflicts of Interest.
Loomis Sayles has established several policies to ensure that proxy votes are voted in its clients’ best interest and are not affected by any possible conflicts of interest. First, except in certain limited instances, Loomis Sayles votes in accordance with its pre-determined policies set forth in these Proxy Voting Procedures. Second, where these Proxy Voting Procedures allow for discretion, Loomis Sayles will generally consider the recommendations of the Proxy Voting Services in making its voting decisions. However, if the Proxy Committee determines that the Proxy Voting Services’ recommendation is not in the best interest of its clients, then the Proxy Committee may use its discretion to vote against the Proxy Voting Services’ recommendation, but only after taking the following steps: (1) conducting a review for any material conflict of interest Loomis Sayles may have and, (2) if any material conflict is found to exist, excluding anyone at Loomis Sayles who is subject to that conflict of interest from participating in the voting decision in any way. However, if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Proxy Committee after full prior disclosure of any conflict, that person may provide information, opinions or recommendations on any proposal to the Proxy Committee. In such event the Proxy Committee will make reasonable efforts to obtain and consider, prior to directing any vote information, opinions or recommendations from or about the opposing position on any proposal.
E. Recordkeeping and Disclosure.
Loomis Sayles or its Proxy Voting Service will maintain records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act. The records include: (1) a copy of its Proxy Voting Procedures and its charter; (2) proxy statements received regarding client securities; (3) a record of each vote cast; (4) a copy of any document created by Loomis Sayles that is material to making a decision how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorializes the basis for that decision; and (5) each written client request for proxy voting records and Loomis Sayles’ written response to any (written or oral) client request for such records.
Proxy voting books and records are maintained in an easily accessible place for a period of five years, the first two in an appropriate office of Loomis Sayles.
Loomis Sayles will provide disclosure of its Proxy Voting Procedures as well as its voting record as required under applicable SEC rules.
2. PROPOSALS USUALLY VOTED FOR
Proxies involving the issues set forth below generally will be voted FOR.

291

Adjustments to Par Value of Common Stock: Vote for management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock.
Annual Election of Directors: Vote for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.
Appraisal Rights: Vote for proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal.
Authority to Issue Shares (for certain foreign issuers): Vote for proposals by boards of non-US issuers where: (1) the board’s authority to issue shares with preemptive rights is limited to no more than 66% of the issuer’s issued ordinary share capital; or (2) the board’s authority to issue shares without preemptive rights is limited to no more than 5% of the issuer’s issued ordinary share capital, to the extent such limits continue to be consistent with the guidelines issued by the Association of British Insurers and other UK investor bodies; and the recommendations of the issuer’s board and the Proxy Voting Service are in agreement. Review on a case-by-case basis proposals that do not meet the above criteria.
Blank Check Preferred Authorization:
A. Vote for proposals to create blank check preferred stock in cases when the company expressly states that the stock will not be used as a takeover defense or carry superior voting rights, and expressly states conversion, dividend, distribution and other rights.
B. Vote for shareholder proposals to have blank check preferred stock placements, other than those shares issued for the purpose of raising capital or making acquisitions in the normal course of business, submitted for shareholder ratification.
C. Review on a case-by-case basis proposals to increase the number of authorized blank check preferred shares.
Chairman and CEO are the Same Person: Vote for proposals that would require the positions of chairman and CEO to be held by different persons.
Changing Corporate Name: Vote for changing the corporate name.
Confidential Voting: Vote for shareholder proposals that request corporations to adopt confidential voting, use independent tabulators and use independent inspectors of election as long as the proposals include clauses for proxy contests as follows: In the case of a contested election, management should be permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the dissidents do not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived. Vote for management proposals to adopt confidential voting.
Cumulative Voting: Vote for proposals to permit cumulative voting, except where the issuer already has in place a policy of majority voting.
Delivery of Electronic Proxy Materials: Vote for proposals to allow electronic delivery of proxy materials to shareholders.
Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections:
A. Vote for proposals involving routine matters such as election of directors, provided that two-thirds of the directors would be independent and affiliated or inside nominees do not serve on any board committee.
B. Vote against nominees that are CFOs and, generally, against nominees that the Proxy Voting Service has identified as not acting in the best interest of shareholders. Vote against nominees that have attended less than 75% of board and committee meetings. Vote against affiliated or inside nominees who serve on a board committee or if two thirds of the board would not be independent. Vote against governance or nominating committee members if there is no independent lead or presiding director and if the CEO and chairman are the same person. Generally, vote against audit committee members if auditor ratification is not proposed, except in cases involving mutual fund board members, who are not required to submit auditor ratification for shareholder approval pursuant to Investment Company Act of 1940 rules. Vote against compensation committee members when the Proxy Voting Service recommends a vote against the issuer's “say on pay” advisory vote. A recommendation of the Proxy Voting Service will generally be followed when electing directors of foreign companies.
C. Generally, vote against all members of a board committee and not just the chairman or a representative thereof in situations where the Proxy Voting Service finds that the board committee has not acted in the best interest of shareholders.
D. Vote as recommended by the Proxy Voting Service when directors are being elected as a slate and not individually.

    292

Director Related Compensation: Vote for proposals that are required by and comply with the applicable statutory or listing requirements governing the issuer. Review on a case-by-case basis all other proposals.
Election of CEO Director Nominees: Vote for a CEO director nominee that sits on less than four U.S.-domiciled company boards and committees. Vote against a CEO director nominee that sits on four or more U.S.-domiciled boards and committees. Vote for a CEO director nominees of non-U.S.-domiciled companies that sit on more than 4 non-U.S.-domiciled company boards and committees.
Election of Mutual Fund Trustees: Vote for nominees who oversee less than 60 mutual fund portfolios. Vote against nominees who oversee 60 or more mutual fund portfolios that invest in substantially different asset classes (e.g., if the applicable portfolios include both fixed income funds and equity funds). Vote on a case-by-case basis for or against nominees who oversee 60 or more mutual fund portfolios that invest in substantially similar asset classes (e.g., if the applicable portfolios include only fixed income funds or only equity funds).
Equal Access: Vote for shareholder proposals that would allow significant company shareholders equal access to management's proxy material in order to evaluate and propose voting recommendations on proxy proposals and director nominees, and in order to nominate their own candidates to the board.
Fair Price Provisions:
A. Vote for fair price proposals, as long as the shareholder vote requirement embedded in the provision is no more than a majority of disinterested shares.
B. Vote for shareholder proposals to lower the shareholder vote requirement in existing fair price provisions.
Golden and Tin Parachutes:
A. Vote for shareholder proposals to have golden (top management) and tin (all employees) parachutes submitted for shareholder ratification.
B. Review on a case-by-case basis all proposals to ratify or cancel golden or tin parachutes.
Greenshoe Options (French issuers only): Vote for proposals by boards of French issuers in favor of greenshoe options that grant the issuer the flexibility to increase an over-subscribed securities issuance by up to 15% so long as such increase takes place on the same terms and within thirty days of the initial issuance, provided that the recommendation of the issuer’s board and the Proxy Voting Service are in agreement. Review on a case-by-case basis proposals that do not meet the above criteria.
Independent Audit, Compensation and Nominating Committees: Vote for proposals requesting that the board audit, compensation and/or nominating committees include independent directors exclusively.
Independent Board Chairman:
A. Vote for shareholder proposals that generally request the board to adopt a policy requiring its chairman to be “independent,” as defined by a relevant exchange or market with respect to any issuer whose enterprise value is, according to the Proxy Voting Service, greater than or equal to $10 billion.
B. Vote such proposals on a case-by-case basis when, according to the Proxy Voting Service, the issuer's enterprise value is less than $10 billion.
Majority Voting: Vote for proposals to permit majority rather than plurality or cumulative voting for the election of directors/trustees.
OBRA (Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act)-Related Compensation Proposals:
A. Vote for plans that simply amend shareholder-approved plans to include administrative features or place a cap on the annual grants any one participant may receive to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA.
B. Vote for amendments to add performance goals to existing compensation plans to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA.
C. Vote for cash or cash-and-stock bonus plans to exempt the compensation from taxes under the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA.

293

D. Votes on amendments to existing plans to increase shares reserved and to qualify the plan for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of Section 162(m) should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
Ratifying Auditors:
A. Generally vote for proposals to ratify auditors.
B. Vote against ratification of auditors where an auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent; or there is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company's financial position. In general, if non-audit fees amount to 35% or more of total fees paid to a company's auditor we will vote against ratification and against the members of the audit committee.
C. Vote against ratification of auditors and vote against members of the audit committee where it is known that an auditor has negotiated an alternative dispute resolution procedure.
Reverse Stock Splits: Vote for management proposals to reduce the number of outstanding shares available through a reverse stock split.
Right to Adjourn: Vote for the right to adjourn in conjunction with a vote for a merger or acquisition or other proposal, and vote against the right to adjourn in conjunction with a vote against a merger or acquisition or other proposal.
Right to Call a Special Meeting: Vote for proposals that set a threshold of 10% of the outstanding voting stock as a minimum percentage allowable to call a special meeting of shareholders. Vote against proposals that increase or decrease the threshold from 10%.
Share Cancellation Programs: Vote for management proposals to reduce share capital by means of cancelling outstanding shares held in the issuer's treasury.
Shareholder Ability to Alter the Size of the Board:
A. Vote for proposals that seek to fix the size of the board.
B. Vote against proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board without shareholder approval.
Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors: Vote for proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause and proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.
Share Repurchase Programs: Vote for management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.
Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends: Generally vote for management proposals to increase common share authorization, provided that the increase in authorized shares following the split or dividend is not greater than 100 percent of existing authorized shares.
White Squire Placements: Vote for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of blank check preferred stock issues.
Written Consent: Vote for proposals regarding the right to act by written consent when the Proxy Voting Service recommends a vote for the proposal. Proposals regarding the right to act by written consent where the Proxy Voting Service recommends a vote against will be sent to the Proxy Committee for determination.
3. PROPOSALS USUALLY VOTED AGAINST
Proxies involving the issues set forth below generally will be voted AGAINST.
Common Stock Authorization: Vote against proposed common stock authorizations that increase the existing authorization by more than 100 percent unless a clear need for the excess shares is presented by the company. A recommendation of the Proxy Voting Service will generally be followed.
Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection:
A. Proposals concerning director and officer indemnification and liability protection that limit or eliminate entirely director and

    294

  officer liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care, or that would expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to acts, such as gross negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligations than mere carelessness.
B. Vote for only those proposals that provide such expanded coverage in cases when a director's or officer's legal defense was unsuccessful if (i) the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company, and (ii) only if the director's legal expenses would be covered.
Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent: Vote against proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent.
Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings: Vote against proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call special meetings.
Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors:
A. Vote against proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.
B. Vote against proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.
Share Retention by Executives: Generally vote against shareholder proposals requiring executives to retain shares of the issuer for fixed periods unless the board and the Proxy Voting Service recommend voting in favor of the proposal.
Staggered Director Elections: Vote against proposals to classify or stagger the board.
Stock Ownership Requirements: Generally vote against shareholder proposals requiring directors to own a minimum amount of company stock in order to qualify as a director, or to remain on the board.
Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirements: Vote against management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve charter and bylaw amendments.
Term of Office: Vote against shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors.
Unequal Voting Rights:
A. Vote against dual class exchange offers and dual class recapitalizations.
B. Vote, on a case-by-case basis, proposals to eliminate an existing dual class voting structure.
4. PROPOSALS USUALLY VOTED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE PROXY VOTING SERVICE
Proxies involving compensation issues, not limited to those set forth below, generally will be voted as recommended by the Proxy Voting Service but may, in the consideration of the Proxy Committee, be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
401(k) Employee Benefit Plans: Vote for proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.
Compensation Plans: Votes with respect to compensation plans generally will be voted as recommended by the Proxy Voting Service.
Employee Stock Ownership Plans (“ESOPs”): Vote for proposals that request shareholder approval in order to implement an ESOP or to increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, except in cases when the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is “excessive” (i.e., generally greater than five percent of outstanding shares). A recommendation of the Proxy Voting Service will generally be followed.
Executive Compensation Advisory Resolutions (“Say-on-Pay”): A recommendation of the Proxy Voting Service will generally be followed using the following as a guide:
A. Vote for shareholder proposals to permit non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation.
B. Non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation will be voted as recommended by the Proxy Voting Service.
C. Vote for a 3 year review of executive compensation when a recommendation of the Proxy Voting Service is for the approval of the executive compensation proposal, and vote for an annual review of executive compensation when the Proxy Voting Service is against the approval of the executive compensation proposal.

295

Non-Material Miscellaneous Bookkeeping Proposals: A recommendation of the Proxy Voting Service will generally be followed regarding miscellaneous bookkeeping proposals of a non-material nature.
Preemptive Rights: Votes with respect to preemptive rights generally will be voted as recommended by the Proxy Voting Service subject to Common Stock Authorization requirements above.
Stock Option Plans: A recommendation of the Proxy Voting Service will generally be followed using the following as a guide:
A. Vote against plans which expressly permit repricing of underwater options.
B. Vote against proposals to make all stock options performance based.
C. Vote against stock option plans that could result in an earnings dilution above the company specific cap considered by the Proxy Voting Service.
D. Vote for proposals that request expensing of stock options.
Technical Amendments to By-Laws: A recommendation of the Proxy Voting Service will generally be followed regarding technical or housekeeping amendments to by-laws or articles designed to bring the by-laws or articles into line with current regulations and/or laws.
5. PROPOSALS REQUIRING SPECIAL CONSIDERATION
The Proxy Committee will vote proxies involving the issues set forth below generally on a case-by-case basis after review. Proposals on many of these types of matters will typically be reviewed with the analyst following the company before any vote is cast.
Asset Sales: Votes on asset sales should be made on a case-by-case basis after considering the impact on the balance sheet/working capital, value received for the asset, and potential elimination of diseconomies.
Bundled Proposals: Review on a case-by-case basis bundled or “conditioned” proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders' best interests, vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, support such proposals.
Charitable and Political Contributions and Lobbying Expenditures: Votes on proposals regarding charitable contributions, political contributions, and lobbying expenditures, should be considered on a case-by-case basis. Votes for UK issuers concerning political contributions will be voted for if the issuer states that (a) it does not intend to make any political donations or incur any expenditures in respect to any political party in the EU; and (b) the proposal is submitted to ensure that the issuer does not inadvertently breach the Political Parties, Elections and Referendums Act 2000 and sections 366 and 367 of the Companies Act 2006.
Compensation in the Event of a Change in Control: Votes on proposals regarding executive compensation in the event of a change in control of the issuer should be considered on a case-by-case basis.
Conversion of Debt Instruments: Votes on the conversion of debt instruments should be considered on a case-by-case basis after the recommendation of the relevant Loomis Sayles equity or fixed income analyst is obtained.
Corporate Restructuring: Votes on corporate restructuring proposals, including minority squeezeouts, leveraged buyouts, spin-offs, liquidations, and asset sales should be considered on a case-by-case basis.
Counting Abstentions: Votes on proposals regarding counting abstentions when calculating vote proposal outcomes should be considered on a case-by-case basis.
Debt Restructurings: Review on a case-by-case basis proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt-restructuring plan. Consider the following issues: Dilution - How much will ownership interest of existing shareholders be reduced, and how extreme will dilution to any future earnings be? Change in Control - Will the transaction result in a change in control of the company? Bankruptcy – Loomis Sayles’ Corporate Actions Department is responsible for consents related to bankruptcies and debt holder consents related to restructurings.
Delisting a Security: Review on a case-by-case basis all proposals to delist a security from an exchange.

    296

Director Nominees in Contested Elections: Votes in a contested election of directors or vote no campaign must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis, considering the following factors: long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry; management's track record; background to the proxy contest; qualifications of director nominees (both slates); evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders as well as the likelihood that the proposed objectives and goals can be met; and stock ownership positions.
Disclosure of Prior Government Service: Review on a case-by-case basis all proposals to disclose a list of employees previously employed in a governmental capacity.
Environmental and Social Issues: Proxies involving social and environmental issues, not limited to those set forth below, frequently will be voted as recommended by the Proxy Voting Service but may, in the consideration of the Proxy Committee, be reviewed on a case-by-case basis if the Proxy Committee believes that a particular proposal (i) could have a significant impact on an industry or issuer (ii) is appropriate for the issuer and the cost to implement would not be excessive, (iii) is appropriate for the issuer in light of various factors such as reputational damage or litigation risk or (iv) is otherwise appropriate for the issuer.
Animal Rights: Proposals that deal with animal rights.
Energy and Environment: Proposals that request companies to file the CERES Principles.
Equal Employment Opportunity and Discrimination: Proposals regarding equal employment opportunities and discrimination.
Human Resources Issues: Proposals regarding human resources issues.
Maquiladora Standards and International Operations Policies: Proposals relating to the Maquiladora Standards and international operating policies.
Military Business: Proposals on defense issues.
Northern Ireland: Proposals pertaining to the MacBride Principles.
Product Integrity and Marketing: Proposals that ask companies to end their production of legal, but socially questionable, products.
Third World Debt Crisis: Proposals dealing with third world debt.
Golden Coffins: Review on a case-by-case basis all proposals relating to the obligation of an issuer to provide remuneration or awards to survivors of executives payable upon such executive's death.
Greenmail:
A. Vote for proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter of bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.
B. Review on a case-by-case basis anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.
Liquidations: Votes on liquidations should be made on a case-by-case basis after reviewing management's efforts to pursue other alternatives, appraisal value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.
Mergers and Acquisitions: Votes on mergers and acquisitions should be considered on a case-by-case basis, taking into account at least the following: anticipated financial and operating benefits; offer price (cost vs. premium); prospects of the combined companies; how the deal was negotiated; and changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights.
Mutual Fund Distribution Agreements: Votes on mutual fund distribution agreements should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
Mutual Fund Fundamental Investment Restrictions: Votes on amendments to a mutual fund's fundamental investment restrictions should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
Mutual Fund Investment Advisory Agreement: Votes on mutual fund investment advisory agreements should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
Poison Pills:

297

A. Vote for shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification.
B. Review on a case-by-case basis shareholder proposals to redeem a company's poison pill.
C. Review on a case-by-case basis management proposals to ratify a poison pill.
Proxy Access: Proposals to allow shareholders to nominate their own candidates for seats on a board should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
Proxy Contest Defenses: Generally, proposals concerning all proxy contest defenses should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses: Decisions to provide full reimbursement for dissidents waging a proxy contest should be made on a case-by-case basis.
Reincorporation Proposals: Proposals to change a company's domicile should be examined on a case-by-case basis.
Shareholder Advisory Committees: Review on a case-by-case basis proposals to establish a shareholder advisory committee.
Shareholder Proposals to Limit Executive and Director Pay:
A. Generally, vote for shareholder proposals that seek additional disclosure of executive and director pay information.
B. Review on a case-by-case basis (i) all shareholder proposals that seek to limit executive and director pay and (ii) all advisory resolutions on executive pay other than shareholder resolutions to permit such advisory resolutions. Vote against proposals to link all executive or director variable compensation to performance goals.
Spin-offs: Votes on spin-offs should be considered on a case-by-case basis depending on the tax and regulatory advantages, planned use of sale proceeds, market focus, and managerial incentives.
State Takeover Statutes: Review on a case-by-case basis proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freezeout provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, antigreenmail provisions, and disgorgement provisions).
Tender Offer Defenses: Generally, proposals concerning tender offer defenses should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
LONGFELLOW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CO. LLC.
PROXY VOTING POLICY
Where the power to vote proxies has been delegated to Longfellow Investment Management Co. LLC. (LIM), LIM has the responsibility for voting in a manner that is in the best economic interests of the client. LIM shall consider only those factors that relate to the client’s investment or dictated by the client’s written instructions, including how its vote will economically impact and affect the value of the client’s investment. In some instances LIM may abstain from voting a client proxy, particularly when the effect on the client’s economic interest is insignificant or the cost of voting the proxy outweighs the benefit to the client’s portfolio. In voting on each and every issue, LIM shall vote in a prudent and timely fashion and only after a careful evaluation of the issue(s) presented on the ballot. Proxy votes will generally be cast in support of management on routine corporate matters and in support of any management proposal that is plainly in the interest of all shareholders. LIM would generally vote for proposals that increase shareholder value and maintain or increase shareholder rights. LIM will generally vote for management proposals for merger or reorganization. LIM will generally vote for the selection of independent auditors. Where LIM perceives that the proposal, if approved, would tend to limit or reduce the economic value of the client’s investment, LIM will generally vote against it. There may be instances where the interests of LIM may conflict or appear to conflict with the interests of its clients. For example: a situation where a portfolio holding is a client or an affiliate of a client of LIM. In such situations LIM, consistent with its duty of care and duty of loyalty, may engage an independent third party to determine how the proxy should be voted.
LORD, ABBETT & CO. LLC
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
Introduction
Under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC (“Lord Abbett” or “we”) acts as a fiduciary that owes each of its clients duties of care and loyalty with respect to all services undertaken on the client’s behalf, including proxy voting. This means that Lord Abbett is required to vote proxies in the manner we believe is in the best interests of each client, including the Lord

    298

Abbett Funds (the “Funds”) and their shareholders. We take a long-term perspective in investing our clients’ assets and employ the same perspective in voting proxies on their behalf. Accordingly, we tend to support proxy proposals that we believe are likely to maximize shareholder value over time, whether such proposals were initiated by a company or its shareholders.
Proxy Voting Process Overview
Lord Abbett has a Proxy Group within its Operations Department (the “Proxy Group”) that oversees proxy voting mechanics on a day-to-day basis and provides Lord Abbett’s Proxy Policy Committee (the “Proxy Policy Committee”) and Investment Department personnel with information regarding proxy voting. The Proxy Policy Committee consists of Lord Abbett’s Chief Investment Officer, Director of Domestic Equity Portfolio Management, Director of International Equity, Director of Domestic Equity Research, Chief Administrative Officer for the Investment Department, and General Counsel. Voting decisions are made by the Investment Department in accordance with these policies and procedures and are carried out by the Proxy Group.
Lord Abbett has implemented the following approach to the proxy voting process:
In cases where we deem any client’s position in a company to be material, 1 the relevant investment team is responsible for determining how to vote the security. Once a voting decision has been made, the investment team provides instructions to the Proxy Group, which is responsible for submitting Lord Abbett’s vote.
In cases where we deem all clients’ positions in a company to be non-material, the Chief Administrative Officer for the Investment Department is responsible for determining how to vote the security. The Chief Administrative Officer may seek guidance from the relevant investment team, the Proxy Policy Committee or any of its members, the Proxy Service Provider (defined below), or other sources to determine how to vote. Once a voting decision has been made, the Chief Administrative Officer provides instructions to the Proxy Group, which is responsible for submitting Lord Abbett’s vote.
Lord Abbett has identified certain types of proxy proposals that it considers purely administrative in nature and as to which it always will vote in the same manner. The Proxy Group is authorized to vote on such proposals without receiving instructions from the Investment Department, regardless of the materiality of any client’s position. Lord Abbett presently considers the following specific types of proposals to fall within this category: (1) proposals to change a company’s name, as to which Lord Abbett always votes in favor; (2) proposals regarding formalities of shareholder meetings (namely, changes to a meeting’s date, time, or location), as to which Lord Abbett always votes in favor; and (3) proposals to allow shareholders to transact other business at a meeting, as to which Lord Abbett always votes against.
When multiple investment teams manage one or more portfolios that hold the same voting security, the investment team that manages the largest number of shares of the security will be considered to have the dominant position. Lord Abbett will vote all shares on behalf of all clients that hold the security in accordance with the vote determined by the investment team with the dominant position.
Retention and Oversight of Proxy Service Provider
Lord Abbett has retained an independent third party service provider (the “Proxy Service Provider”) to analyze proxy issues and recommend how to vote on those issues, and to provide assistance in the administration of the proxy process, including maintaining complete proxy voting records. 2 While Lord Abbett takes into consideration the information and recommendations of the Proxy Service Provider, Lord Abbett votes all proxies based on its own proxy voting policies, including Lord Abbett’s conclusions regarding the best interests of the Funds, their shareholders, and other advisory clients, rather than basing decisions solely on the Proxy Service Provider’s recommendations.
Lord Abbett monitors the Proxy Service Provider’s capacity, competency, and conflicts of interest to ensure that Lord Abbett continues to vote proxies in the best interests of its clients. As part of its ongoing oversight of the Proxy Service Provider, Lord Abbett performs periodic due diligence on the Proxy Service Provider. Such due diligence may be conducted in Lord Abbett’s offices or at the Proxy Service Provider’s offices. The topics included in these due diligence reviews include conflicts of interest, methodologies for developing vote recommendations, and resources, among other things.
Conflicts of Interest
Lord Abbett is an independent, privately held firm with a singular focus on the management of money. Although Lord Abbett does not face the conflicts of interest inherent in being part of a larger financial institution, conflicts of interest nevertheless may arise in the proxy voting process. Such a conflict may exist, for example, when a client’s account holds shares of a company that also is a client of Lord Abbett. We have adopted safeguards designed to ensure that conflicts of interest are identified and resolved in our clients’ best interests rather than our own. These safeguards include, but are not limited to, the following:
Lord Abbett has implemented special voting measures with respect to companies for which one of the Funds’ independent directors/trustees also serves on the board of directors or is a nominee for election to the board of directors. If a Fund owns stock in such a company, Lord Abbett will notify the Funds’ Proxy Committees 3 (the “Proxy Committees”) and seek voting instructions from the Committees only in those situations where Lord Abbett proposes not to follow the Proxy Service Provider’s recommendations. In these instances, if applicable, the independent director/trustee will abstain from any discussions by the Funds’ Proxy Committees regarding the company.

299

Lord Abbett also has implemented special voting measures with respect to companies that have a significant business relationship with Lord Abbett (including any subsidiaries of such companies). For this purpose, a “significant business relationship” means: (1) a broker dealer firm that is responsible for one percent or more of the Funds’ total dollar amount of shares sold for the last 12 months; (2) a firm that is a sponsor firm with respect to Lord Abbett’s separately managed account business; (3) an institutional account client that has an investment management agreement with Lord Abbett; (4) an institutional investor that, to Lord Abbett’s knowledge, holds at least $5 million in shares of the Funds; and (5) a retirement plan client that, to Lord Abbett’s knowledge, has at least $5 million invested in the Funds. If a Fund owns stock in such a company, Lord Abbett will notify the Funds’ Proxy Committees and seek voting instructions from the Committees only in those situations where Lord Abbett proposes not to follow the Proxy Service Provider’s recommendations.
Absent explicit instructions from an institutional account client to resolve proxy voting conflicts in a different manner, Lord Abbett will vote all shares on behalf of all clients that hold a security that presents a conflict of interest for the Funds in accordance with the voting instructions received from the Funds’ Proxy Committees, unless Lord Abbett proposes to follow the Proxy Service Provider’s recommendation.
To serve the best interests of a client that holds a given voting security, Lord Abbett generally will vote proxies without regard to other clients’ investments in different classes or types of securities or instruments of the same issuer that are not entitled to vote. Accordingly, when the voting security in one account is from an issuer whose other, non-voting securit(ies) or instrument(s) are held in a second account in a different strategy, Lord Abbett will vote without input from members of the Investment Department acting on behalf of the second account. The Chief Administrative Officer, members of an investment team, members of the Proxy Policy Committee, and members of the Proxy Group may seek guidance from Lord Abbett’s Investment Conflicts Committee with respect to any potential conflict of interest arising out of the holdings of multiple clients.
Proxy Voting Guidelines
A general summary of the guidelines that we normally follow in voting proxies appears below. These voting guidelines reflect our general views. We reserve the flexibility to vote in a manner contrary to our general views on particular issues if we believe doing so is in the best interests of our clients, including the Funds and their shareholders. Many different specific types of proposals may arise under the broad categories discussed below, and it is not possible to contemplate every issue on which we may be asked to vote. Accordingly, we will vote on proposals concerning issues not expressly covered by these guidelines based on the specific factors that we believe are relevant. For institutional accounts managed on behalf of multi-employer pension or benefit plans, commonly referred to as “Taft-Hartley plans,” Lord Abbett generally will vote proxies in accordance with the Proxy Voting Guidelines issued by the AFL-CIO rather than the guidelines described below unless instructed otherwise by the client.
A. Auditors – Auditors are responsible for examining, correcting, and verifying the accuracy of a company’s financial statements. Lord Abbett believes that companies normally are in the best position to select their auditors and, therefore, we generally support management’s recommendations concerning the ratification of the selection of auditors. However, we may evaluate such proposals on a case-by-case basis due to concerns about impaired independence, accounting irregularities, or failure of the auditors to act in shareholders’ best economic interests, among other factors we may deem relevant.
B. Directors
1. Election of directors – The board of directors of a company oversees all aspects of the company’s business. Companies and, under certain circumstances, their shareholders, may nominate directors for election by shareholders. Lord Abbett believes that the independent directors currently serving on a company’s board of directors (or a nominating committee comprised of such independent directors) generally are in the best position to identify qualified director nominees. Accordingly, we normally vote in accordance with management’s recommendations on the election of directors. In evaluating a director nominee’s candidacy, however, Lord Abbett may consider the following factors, among others: (1) the nominee’s experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills, as disclosed in the company’s proxy statement; (2) the composition of the board and its committees; (3) whether the nominee is independent of company management; (4) the nominee’s board meeting attendance; (5) the nominee’s history of representing shareholder interests on the company’s board or other boards; (6) the nominee’s investment in the company; (7) the company’s long-term performance relative to a market index; and (8) takeover activity. In evaluating a compensation committee nominee’s candidacy, Lord Abbett may consider additional factors including the nominee’s record on various compensation issues such as tax gross-ups, severance payments, options repricing, and pay for performance, although the nominee’s record as to any single compensation issue alone will not necessarily be determinative. Lord Abbett may withhold votes for some or all of a company’s director nominees on a case-by-case basis.
2. Majority voting – Under a majority voting standard, director nominees must be elected by an affirmative majority of the votes cast at a meeting. Majority voting establishes a higher threshold for director election than plurality voting, in which nominees who receive the most votes are elected, regardless of how small the number of votes received is relative to the total number of shares voted. Lord Abbett generally supports proposals that seek to adopt a majority voting standard.

    300

3. Board classification – A “classified” or “staggered” board is a structure in which only a portion of a company’s board of directors (typically one-third) is elected each year. A company may employ such a structure to promote continuity of leadership and thwart takeover attempts. Lord Abbett generally votes against proposals to classify a board, absent special circumstances indicating that shareholder interests would be better served by such a structure. In evaluating a classified board proposal, Lord Abbett may consider the following factors, among others: (1) the company’s long-term strategic plan; (2) the extent to which continuity of leadership is necessary to advance that plan; and (3) the need to guard against takeover attempts.
4. Independent board and committee members – An independent director is one who serves on a company’s board but is not employed by the company or affiliated with it in any other capacity. While company boards may apply different standards in assessing director independence, including any applicable standards prescribed by stock exchanges and the federal securities laws, a director generally is determined to qualify as independent if the director does not have any material relationship with the company (either directly or indirectly) based on all relevant facts and circumstances. Material relationships can include employment, business, and familial relationships, among others. Lord Abbett believes that independent board and committee membership often helps to mitigate the inherent conflicts of interest that arise when a company’s executive officers also serve on its board and committees. Therefore, we generally support the election of board or committee nominees if such election would cause a majority of a company’s board or committee members to be independent. However, a nominee’s effect on the independent composition of the board or any committee is one of many factors Lord Abbett considers in voting on the nominee and will not necessarily be dispositive.
5. Independent board chairman – Proponents of proposals to require independent board chairmen (formerly often referred to as “separation of chairman and chief executive officer” proposals) seek to enhance board accountability and mitigate a company’s risk-taking behavior by requiring that the role of the chairman of the company’s board of directors be filled by an independent director. We generally vote with management on proposals that call for independent board chairmen. We may vote in favor of such proposals on a case-by-case basis, despite management opposition, if we believe that a company’s governance structure does not promote independent oversight through other means, such as a lead director, a board composed of a majority of independent directors, and/or independent board committees. In evaluating independent chairman proposals, we will focus in particular on the presence of a lead director, which is an independent director designated by a board with a non-independent chairman to serve as the primary liaison between company management and the independent directors and act as the independent directors’ spokesperson.
C. Compensation and Benefits
1. General – In the wake of recent corporate scandals and market volatility, shareholders increasingly have scrutinized the nature and amount of compensation paid by a company to its executive officers and other employees. Lord Abbett believes that because a company has exclusive knowledge of material information not available to shareholders regarding its business, financial condition, and prospects, the company itself usually is in the best position to make decisions about compensation and benefits. Accordingly, we generally vote with management on such matters. However, we may oppose management on a case-by-case basis if we deem a company’s compensation to be excessive or inconsistent with its peer companies’ compensation, we believe a company’s compensation measures do not foster a long-term focus among its executive officers and other employees, or we believe a company has not met performance expectations, among other reasons. Discussed below are some specific types of compensation-related proposals that we may encounter.
2. Incentive compensation plans – An incentive compensation plan rewards an executive’s performance through a combination of cash compensation and stock awards. Incentive compensation plans are designed to align an executive’s compensation with a company’s long-term performance. As noted above, Lord Abbett believes that management generally is in the best position to assess executive compensation levels and, therefore, generally votes with management on proposals relating to incentive compensation plans. In evaluating such a proposal, however, Lord Abbett may consider the following factors, among others: (1) the executive’s expertise and the value he or she brings to the company; (2) the company’s performance, particularly during the executive’s tenure; (3) the percentage of overall compensation that consists of stock; (4) whether and/or to what extent the incentive compensation plan has any potential to dilute the voting power or economic interests of other shareholders; (5) the features of the plan and costs associated with it; (6) whether the plan provides for repricing or replacement of underwater stock options; and (7) quantitative data from the Proxy Service Provider regarding compensation ranges by industry and company size. We also scrutinize very closely the proposed repricing or replacement of underwater stock options, taking into consideration the stock’s volatility, management’s rationale for the repricing or replacement, the new exercise price, and any other factors we deem relevant.
3. Say on pay – “Say on pay” proposals give shareholders a nonbinding vote on executive compensation. These proposals are designed to serve as a means of conveying to company management shareholder concerns, if any, about executive

301

  compensation. Lord Abbett believes that management generally is in the best position to assess executive compensation. Thus, we generally vote with management on say on pay proposals unless we believe that compensation has been excessive or direct feedback to management about compensation has not resulted in any changes. We also generally vote with management on proposals regarding the frequency of say on pay votes. However, any particular vote will be based on the specific facts and circumstances we deem relevant.
4. Pay for performance – “Pay for performance” proposals are shareholder proposals that seek to achieve greater alignment between executive compensation and company performance. Shareholders initiating these proposals tend to focus on board compensation committees’ accountability, the use of independent compensation consultants, enhanced disclosure of compensation packages, and perquisites given to executives. Because Lord Abbett believes that management generally is in the best position to assess executive compensation, we generally follow management’s voting recommendations regarding pay for performance proposals. However, we may evaluate such proposals on a case-by-case basis if we believe a company’s long-term interests and its executives’ financial incentives are not properly aligned or if we question the methodology a company followed in setting executive compensation, among other reasons.
5. Clawback provisions – A clawback provision allows a company to recoup or “claw back” incentive compensation paid to an executive if the company later determines that the executive did not actually meet applicable performance goals. For example, such provisions might be used when a company calculated an executive’s compensation based on materially inaccurate or fraudulent financial statements. Some clawback provisions are triggered only if the misalignment between compensation and performance is attributable to improper conduct on the part of the executive. Shareholder proponents of clawback proposals believe that they encourage executive accountability and mitigate a company’s risk-taking behavior. Because Lord Abbett believes that management generally is in the best position to assess executive compensation, we generally vote with management on clawback proposals. We may, however, evaluate such a proposal on a case-by-case basis due to concerns about the amount of compensation paid to the executive, the executive’s or the company’s performance, or accounting irregularities, among other factors we may deem relevant.
6. Anti-gross-up policies – Tax “gross-ups” are payments by a company to an executive intended to reimburse some or all of the executive’s tax liability with respect to compensation, perquisites, and other benefits. Because the gross-up payment also is taxable, it typically is inflated to cover the amount of the tax liability and the gross-up payment itself. Critics of such payments argue that they often are not transparent to shareholders and can substantially enhance an executive’s overall compensation. Thus, shareholders increasingly are urging companies to establish policies prohibiting tax gross-ups. Lord Abbett generally favors adoption of anti-tax gross-up policies themselves, but will not automatically vote against a compensation committee nominee solely because the nominee approved a gross-up.
7. Severance agreements and executive death benefits – Severance or so-called “golden parachute” payments sometimes are made to departing executives after termination or upon a company’s change in control. Similarly, companies sometimes make executive death benefit or so-called “golden coffin” payments to an executive’s estate. Both practices increasingly are coming under shareholder scrutiny. While we generally vote with management on compensation matters and acknowledge that companies may have contractual obligations to pay severance or executive death benefits, we scrutinize cases in which such benefits are especially lucrative or are granted despite the executive’s or the company’s poor performance, and may vote against management on a case-by-case basis as we deem appropriate. We also generally support proposals to require that companies submit severance agreements and executive death benefits for shareholder ratification.
8. Executive pay limits – Lord Abbett believes that a company’s flexibility with regard to its compensation practices is critical to its ability to recruit, retain, and motivate key talent. Accordingly, we generally vote with management on shareholder proposals that seek to impose limits on executive compensation.
9. Employee stock purchase plans – Employee stock purchase plans permit employees to purchase company stock at discounted prices and, under certain circumstances, receive favorable tax treatment when they sell the stock. Lord Abbett generally follows management’s voting recommendation concerning employee stock purchase plans, although we generally do not support plans that are dilutive.
D. Corporate Matters
1. Charter amendments – A company’s charter documents, which may consist of articles of incorporation or a declaration of trust and bylaws, govern the company’s organizational matters and affairs. Lord Abbett believes that management normally is in the best position to determine appropriate amendments to a company’s governing documents. Some charter amendment proposals involve routine matters, such as changing a company’s name or procedures relating to the conduct of shareholder meetings. Lord

    302

  Abbett believes that such routine matters do not materially affect shareholder interests and, therefore, we vote with management with respect to them in all cases. Other types of charter amendments, however, are more substantive in nature and may impact shareholder interests. We consider such proposals on a case-by-case basis to the extent they are not explicitly covered by these guidelines.
2. Changes to capital structure – A company may propose amendments to its charter documents to change the number of authorized shares or create new classes of stock. We generally support proposals to increase a company’s number of authorized shares when the company has articulated a clear and reasonable purpose for the increase (for example, to facilitate a stock split, merger, acquisition, or restructuring). However, we generally oppose share capital increases that would have a dilutive effect. We also generally oppose proposals to create a new class of stock with superior voting rights.
3. Reincorporation – We generally follow management’s recommendation regarding proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation, although we consider the rationale for the reincorporation and the financial, legal, and corporate governance implications of the reincorporation. We will vote against reincorporation proposals that we believe contravene shareholders’ interests.
4. Mergers, acquisitions, and restructurings – A merger or acquisition involves combining two distinct companies into a single corporate entity. A restructuring involves a significant change in a company’s legal, operational, or structural features. After these kinds of transactions are completed, shareholders typically will own stock in a company that differs from the company whose shares they initially purchased. Thus, Lord Abbett views the decision to approve or reject a potential merger, acquisition, or restructuring as being equivalent to an investment decision. In evaluating such a proposal, Lord Abbett may consider the following factors, among others: (1) the anticipated financial and operating benefits; (2) the offer price; (3) the prospects of the resulting company; and (4) any expected changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights. We generally vote against management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve mergers or other significant business combinations. We generally vote for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority vote requirements for mergers and acquisitions. We also generally vote against charter amendments that attempt to eliminate shareholder approval for acquisitions involving the issuance of more than 10% of a company’s voting stock.
E. Anti-Takeover Issues and Shareholder Rights
1. Proxy access – Proxy access proposals advocate permitting shareholders to have their nominees for election to a company’s board of directors included in the company’s proxy statement in opposition to the company’s own nominees. Proxy access initiatives enable shareholders to nominate their own directors without incurring the often substantial cost of preparing and mailing a proxy statement, making it less expensive and easier for shareholders to challenge incumbent directors. Lord Abbett evaluates proposals that seek to allow proxy access based on the merits of each situation.
2. Shareholder rights plans – Shareholder rights plans or “poison pills” are a mechanism of defending a company against takeover efforts. Poison pills allow current shareholders to purchase stock at discounted prices or redeem shares at a premium after a takeover, effectively making the company more expensive and less attractive to potential acquirers. Companies may employ other defensive tactics in combination with poison pills, such as golden parachutes that take effect upon a company’s change in control and therefore increase the cost of a takeover. Because poison pills can serve to entrench management and discourage takeover offers that may be attractive to shareholders, we generally vote in favor of proposals to eliminate poison pills and proposals to require that companies submit poison pills for shareholder ratification. In evaluating a poison pill proposal, however, Lord Abbett may consider the following factors, among others: (1) the duration of the poison pill; (2) whether we believe the poison pill facilitates a legitimate business strategy that is likely to enhance shareholder value; (3) our level of confidence in management; (4) whether we believe the poison pill will be used to force potential acquirers to negotiate with management and assure a degree of stability that will support good long-range corporate goals; and (5) the need to guard against takeover attempts.
3. Chewable pill provisions – A “chewable pill” is a variant of the poison pill that mandates a shareholder vote in certain situations, preventing management from automatically discouraging takeover offers that may be attractive to shareholders. We generally support chewable pill provisions that balance management’s and shareholders’ interests by including: (1) a redemption clause allowing the board to rescind a pill after a potential acquirer’s holdings exceed the applicable ownership threshold; (2) no dead-hand or no-hand pills, which would allow the incumbent board and their approved successors to control the pill even after they have been voted out of office; (3) sunset provisions that allow shareholders to review and reaffirm or redeem a pill after a predetermined time frame; and (4) a qualifying offer clause, which gives shareholders the ability to redeem a poison pill when faced with a bona fide takeover offer.

303

4. Anti-greenmail provisions – An anti-greenmail provision is a special charter provision that prohibits a company’s management from buying back shares at above market prices from potential acquirers without shareholder approval. We generally support such provisions, provided that they are not bundled with other measures that serve to entrench management or discourage attractive takeover offers.
5. Fair price provisions – A fair price provision is a special charter provision that requires that all selling shareholders receive the same price from a buyer. Fair price provisions are designed to protect shareholders from inequitable two-tier stock acquisition offers in which some shareholders may be bought out on disadvantageous terms. We generally support such provisions, provided that they are not bundled with other measures that serve to entrench management or discourage attractive takeover offers.
6. Rights to call special shareholder meetings – Proposals regarding rights to call special shareholder meetings normally seek approval of amendments to a company’s charter documents. Lord Abbett generally votes with management on proposals concerning rights to call special shareholder meetings. In evaluating such a proposal, Lord Abbett may consider the following factors, among others: (1) the stock ownership threshold required to call a special meeting; (2) the purposes for which shareholders may call a special meeting; (3) whether the company’s annual meetings offer an adequate forum in which shareholders may raise their concerns; and (4) the anticipated economic impact on the company of having to hold additional shareholder meetings.
7. Supermajority vote requirements – A proposal that is subject to a supermajority vote must receive the support of more than a simple majority in order to pass. Supermajority vote requirements can have the effect of entrenching management by making it more difficult to effect change regarding a company and its corporate governance practices. Lord Abbett normally supports shareholders’ ability to approve or reject proposals based on a simple majority vote. Thus, we generally vote for proposals to remove supermajority vote requirements and against proposals to add them.
8. Cumulative voting – Under cumulative or proportional voting, each shareholder is allotted a number of votes equal to the number of shares owned multiplied by the number of directors to be elected. This voting regime strengthens the voting power of minority shareholders because it enables shareholders to cast multiple votes for a single nominee. Lord Abbett believes that a shareholder or group of shareholders using this technique to elect a director may seek to have the director represent a narrow special interest rather than the interests of the broader shareholder population. Accordingly, we generally vote against cumulative voting proposals.
9. Confidential voting – In a confidential voting system, all proxies, ballots, and voting tabulations that identify individual shareholders are kept confidential. An open voting system, by contrast, gives management the ability to identify shareholders who oppose its proposals. Lord Abbett believes that confidential voting allows shareholders to vote without fear of retribution or coercion based on their views. Thus, we generally support proposals that seek to preserve shareholders’ anonymity.
10. Reimbursing proxy solicitation expenses - Lord Abbett generally votes with management on shareholder proposals to require a company to reimburse reasonable expenses incurred by one or more shareholders in a successful proxy contest, and may consider factors including whether the board has a plurality or majority vote standard for the election of directors, the percentage of directors to be elected in the contest, and shareholders’ ability to cumulate their votes for the directors.
11. Transacting other business – Lord Abbett believes that proposals to allow shareholders to transact other business at a meeting deprive other shareholders of sufficient time and information to carefully evaluate the relevant business issues and determine how to vote with respect to them. Therefore, Lord Abbett always votes against such proposals.
F. Social, Political, and Environmental Issues – Proposals relating to social, political, or environmental issues typically are initiated by shareholders and urge a company to disclose certain information or change certain business practices. Lord Abbett evaluates such proposals based on their effect on shareholder value rather than on their ideological merits. We generally follow management’s recommendation on social, political, and environmental proposals and tend to vote against proposals that are unduly burdensome or impose substantial costs on a company with no countervailing economic benefits to the company’s shareholders. Nonetheless, we pay particular attention to highly controversial issues, as well as instances where management has failed repeatedly to take corrective actions with respect to an issue.
G. Share Blocking – Certain foreign countries impose share blocking restrictions that would prohibit Lord Abbett from trading a company’s stock during a specified period before the company’s shareholder meeting. Lord Abbett believes that in these situations, the benefit of maintaining liquidity during the share blocking period outweighs the benefit of exercising our right to vote. Therefore, it is Lord Abbett’s general policy to not vote securities in cases where share blocking restrictions apply.
Document Revision History

    304

Amended: February 25, 2016
History of Amendments to the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
Adopted: September 17, 2009
Amended:
September 14, 2010
March 10, 2011
September 13, 2012
September 19, 2014
September 17, 2015
February 25, 2016
_________________________
1 We presently consider a position in a particular company to be material if: (1) it represents more than 1% of any client’s portfolio holdings and all clients’ positions in the company together represent more than 1% of the company’s outstanding shares; or (2) all clients’ positions in the company together represent more than 5% of the company’s outstanding shares. For purposes of determining materiality, we exclude shares held by clients with respect to which Lord Abbett does not have authority to vote proxies. We also exclude shares with respect to which Lord Abbett’s vote is restricted or limited due to super-voting share structures (where one class of shares has super-voting rights that effectively disenfranchise other classes of shares), vote limitation policies, and other similar measures. This definition of materiality is subject to change at our discretion.
2 Lord Abbett currently retains Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. as the Proxy Service Provider.
3 The Boards of Directors and Trustees of the Funds have delegated oversight of proxy voting to separate Proxy Committees comprised solely of independent directors and/or trustees, as the case may be. Each Proxy Committee is responsible for, among other things: (1) monitoring Lord Abbett’s actions in voting securities owned by the related Fund; (2) evaluating Lord Abbett’s policies in voting securities; and (3) meeting with Lord Abbett to review the policies in voting securities, the sources of information used in determining how to vote on particular matters, and the procedures used to determine the votes in any situation where there may be a conflict of interest.
LSV ASSET MANAGEMENT
LSV Asset Management has adopted proxy voting guidelines that provide direction in determining how various types of proxy issues are to be voted.
LSV has engaged an expert independent third party to design guidelines for client accounts that are updated for current corporate governance issues, helping to ensure that clients' best interests are served by voting decisions. Clients are sent a copy of their respective guidelines on an annual basis.
LSV's quantitative investment process does not provide output or analysis that would be functional in analyzing proxy issues. LSV therefore has retained an independent, expert third party, currently Glass Lewis & Co. (GLC). GLC implements LSV's proxy voting process, provides assistance in developing guidelines to assist in proxy voting, and provide analysis of proxy issues on a case-by-case basis. LSV is responsible for monitoring GLC to ensure that proxies are appropriately voted. LSV will vote issues contrary to, or issues not covered by, the guidelines only when LSV believes it is in the best interest of the client. Where the client has provided proxy voting guidelines to LSV, those guidelines will be followed, unless it is determined that a different vote would add more value to the client's holding of the security in question. Direction from a client on a particular proxy vote will take precedence over the guidelines. Clients are sent a copy of their respective guidelines on an annual basis. LSV's use of GLC is not a delegation of LSV's fiduciary obligation to vote proxies for clients.
Should a material conflict arise between LSV's interest and that of its clients (e.g., a client bringing a shareholder action has solicited LSV's support; LSV manages a pension plan for a company whose management is soliciting proxies; or an LSV employee has a relative involved in management at an investee company), LSV will vote the proxies in accordance with the recommendation of the independent third party proxy voting service. A written record will be maintained describing the conflict of interest, and an explanation of how the vote made was in the client's best interest.

305

LSV may refrain from voting a proxy if the cost of voting the proxy exceeds the expected benefit to the client, for example in the case of voting a foreign security when the proxy must be translated into English or the vote must be cast in person.
Clients may receive a copy of LSV's proxy voting policy and voting record for their account by request. LSV will additionally provide any mutual fund for which LSV acts as adviser or sub-adviser, a copy of LSV's voting record for the fund so that the fund may fulfill its obligation to report proxy votes to fund shareholders.
Recordkeeping. In accordance with the recordkeeping rules, LSV will retain copies of its proxy voting policies and procedures; a copy of each proxy statement received regarding client securities (maintained by the proxy voting service and/or available on EDGAR); a record of each vote cast on behalf of a client (maintained by the proxy voting service); a copy of any document created that was material to the voting decision or that memorializes the basis for that decision (maintained by the proxy voting service); a copy of clients' written requests for proxy voting information and a copy of LSV's written response to a client's request for proxy voting information for the client's account; and LSV will ensure that it may obtain access to the proxy voting service's records promptly upon LSV's request.
MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
February 1, 2016
Massachusetts Financial Services Company, MFS Institutional Advisors, Inc., MFS International (UK) Limited, MFS Heritage Trust Company, MFS Investment Management (Canada) Limited, MFS Investment Management Company (Lux) S.à r.l., MFS International Singapore Pte. Ltd., MFS Investment Management K.K., and MFS’ other subsidiaries that perform discretionary investment management activities (collectively, “MFS”) have adopted proxy voting policies and procedures, as set forth below (“MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures”), with respect to securities owned by the clients for which MFS serves as investment adviser and has the power to vote proxies, including the pooled investment vehicles sponsored by MFS (the “MFS Funds”). References to “clients” in these policies and procedures include the MFS Funds and other clients of MFS, such as funds organized offshore, sub-advised funds and separate account clients, to the extent these clients have delegated to MFS the responsibility to vote proxies on their behalf under the MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.
The MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures include:
A. Voting Guidelines;
B. Administrative Procedures;
C Records Retention; and
D. Reports.
A. VOTING GUIDELINES
1. General Policy; Potential Conflicts of Interest
MFS’ policy is that proxy voting decisions are made in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients, and not in the interests of any other party or in MFS' corporate interests, including interests such as the distribution of MFS Fund shares and institutional client relationships.
MFS reviews corporate governance issues and proxy voting matters that are presented for shareholder vote by either management or shareholders of public companies. Based on the overall principle that all votes cast by MFS on behalf of its clients must be in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of such clients, MFS has adopted proxy voting guidelines, set forth below, that govern how MFS generally will vote on specific matters presented for shareholder vote.
As a general matter, MFS votes consistently on similar proxy proposals across all shareholder meetings. However, some proxy proposals, such as certain excessive executive compensation, environmental, social and governance matters, are analyzed on a case-by-case basis in light of all the relevant facts and circumstances of the proposal. Therefore, MFS may vote similar proposals differently at different shareholder meetings based on the specific facts and circumstances of the issuer or the terms of the proposal. In addition, MFS also reserves the right to override the guidelines with respect to a particular proxy proposal when such an override is, in MFS’ best judgment, consistent with the overall principle of voting proxies in the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients.

    306

MFS also generally votes consistently on the same matter when securities of an issuer are held by multiple client accounts, unless MFS has received explicit voting instructions to vote differently from a client for its own account. From time to time, MFS may also receive comments on the MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures from its clients. These comments are carefully considered by MFS when it reviews these guidelines and revises them as appropriate.
These policies and procedures are intended to address any potential material conflicts of interest on the part of MFS or its subsidiaries that are likely to arise in connection with the voting of proxies on behalf of MFS’ clients. If such potential material conflicts of interest do arise, MFS will analyze, document and report on such potential material conflicts of interest (see Sections B.2 and D below), and shall ultimately vote the relevant proxies in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of its clients. The MFS Proxy Voting Committee is responsible for monitoring and reporting with respect to such potential material conflicts of interest.
MFS is also a signatory to the United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment. In developing these guidelines, MFS considered environmental, social and corporate governance issues in light of MFS’ fiduciary obligation to vote proxies in the best long-term economic interest of its clients.
2. MFS’ Policy on Specific Issues
Election of Directors
MFS believes that good governance should be based on a board with at least a simple majority of directors who are “independent” of management, and whose key committees (e.g., compensation, nominating, and audit committees) consist entirely of “independent” directors. While MFS generally supports the board’s nominees in uncontested or non-contentious elections, we will not support a nominee to a board of a U.S. issuer (or issuer listed on a U.S. exchange) if, as a result of such nominee being elected to the board, the board would consist of a simple majority of members who are not “independent” or, alternatively, the compensation, nominating (including instances in which the full board serves as the compensation or nominating committee) or audit committees would include members who are not “independent.”
MFS will also not support a nominee to a board if we can determine that he or she attended less than 75% of the board and/or relevant committee meetings in the previous year without a valid reason stated in the proxy materials or other company communications. In addition, MFS may not support some or all nominees standing for re-election to a board if we can determine: (1) the board or its compensation committee has re-priced or exchanged underwater stock options since the last annual meeting of shareholders and without shareholder approval; (2) the board or relevant committee has not taken adequately responsive action to an issue that received majority support or opposition from shareholders; (3) the board has implemented a poison pill without shareholder approval since the last annual meeting and such poison pill is not on the subsequent shareholder meeting's agenda, (including those related to net-operating loss carry-forwards); (4) the board or relevant committee has failed to adequately oversee risk by allowing the hedging and/or significant pledging of company shares by executives; or (5) there are governance concerns with a director or issuer.
MFS may not support certain board nominees of U.S. issuers under certain circumstances where MFS deems compensation to be egregious due to pay-for-performance issues and/or poor pay practices. Please see the section below titled “MFS’ Policy on Specific Issues - Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation” for further details.
MFS evaluates a contested or contentious election of directors on a case-by-case basis considering the long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry, management's track record, the qualifications of all nominees, and an evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders.
Majority Voting and Director Elections
MFS votes for reasonably crafted proposals calling for directors to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast and/or the elimination of the plurality standard for electing directors (including binding resolutions requesting that the board amend the company’s bylaws), provided the proposal includes a carve-out for a plurality voting standard when there are more director nominees than board seats (e.g., contested elections) (“Majority Vote Proposals”).
Classified Boards
MFS generally supports proposals to declassify a board (i.e.; a board in which only one-third of board members is elected each year) for all issuers other than for certain closed-end investment companies. MFS generally opposes proposals to classify a board for issuers other than for certain closed-end investment companies.
Proxy Access

307

MFS believes that the ability of qualifying shareholders to nominate a certain number of directors on the company's proxy statement (“Proxy Access”) may have corporate governance benefits. However, such potential benefits must be balanced by its potential misuse by shareholders. Therefore, we support Proxy Access proposals at U.S. issuers that establish an ownership criteria of 3% of the company held continuously for a period of 3 years. In our view, such qualifying shareholders should have the ability to nominate at least 2 directors. Companies should be mindful of imposing any undue impediments within its bylaws that may render Proxy Access impractical.
MFS analyzes all other proposals seeking Proxy Access on a case-by-case basis. In its analysis, MFS will consider the proposed ownership criteria for qualifying shareholders (such as ownership threshold and holding period) as well as the proponent's rationale for seeking Proxy Access.
Stock Plans
MFS opposes stock option programs and restricted stock plans that provide unduly generous compensation for officers, directors or employees, or that could result in excessive dilution to other shareholders. As a general guideline, MFS votes against restricted stock, stock option, non-employee director, omnibus stock plans and any other stock plan if all such plans for a particular company involve potential dilution, in the aggregate, of more than 15%. However, MFS will also vote against stock plans that involve potential dilution, in aggregate, of more than 10% at U.S. issuers that are listed in the Standard and Poor’s 100 index as of December 31 of the previous year. In the cases where a stock plan amendment is seeking qualitative changes and not additional shares, MFS will vote its shares on a case-by-case basis.
MFS also opposes stock option programs that allow the board or the compensation committee to re-price underwater options or to automatically replenish shares without shareholder approval. MFS also votes against stock option programs for officers, employees or non-employee directors that do not require an investment by the optionee, that give “free rides” on the stock price, or that permit grants of stock options with an exercise price below fair market value on the date the options are granted. MFS will consider proposals to exchange existing options for newly issued options, restricted stock or cash on a case-by-case basis, taking into account certain factors, including, but not limited to, whether there is a reasonable value-for-value exchange and whether senior executives are excluded from participating in the exchange.
MFS supports the use of a broad-based employee stock purchase plans to increase company stock ownership by employees, provided that shares purchased under the plan are acquired for no less than 85% of their market value and do not result in excessive dilution.
Shareholder Proposals on Executive Compensation
MFS believes that competitive compensation packages are necessary to attract, motivate and retain executives. However, MFS also recognizes that certain executive compensation practices can be “excessive” and not in the best, long-term economic interest of a company’s shareholders. We believe that the election of an issuer’s board of directors (as outlined above), votes on stock plans (as outlined above) and advisory votes on pay (as outlined below) are typically the most effective mechanisms to express our view on a company’s compensation practices.
MFS generally opposes shareholder proposals that seek to set rigid restrictions on executive compensation as MFS believes that compensation committees should retain some flexibility to determine the appropriate pay package for executives. Although we support linking executive stock option grants to a company’s performance, MFS also opposes shareholder proposals that mandate a link of performance-based pay to a specific metric. MFS generally supports reasonably crafted shareholder proposals that (i) require the issuer to adopt a policy to recover the portion of performance-based bonuses and awards paid to senior executives that were not earned based upon a significant negative restatement of earnings unless the company already has adopted a satisfactory policy on the matter, (ii) expressly prohibit the backdating of stock options, and (iii) prohibit the acceleration of vesting of equity awards upon a broad definition of a “change-in-control” (e.g.; single or modified single-trigger).
Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation
MFS will analyze advisory votes on executive compensation on a case-by-case basis. MFS will vote against an advisory vote on executive compensation if MFS determines that the issuer has adopted excessive executive compensation practices and will vote in favor of an advisory vote on executive compensation if MFS has not determined that the issuer has adopted excessive executive compensation practices. Examples of excessive executive compensation practices may include, but are not limited to, a pay-for-performance disconnect, employment contract terms such as guaranteed bonus provisions, unwarranted pension payouts, backdated stock options, overly generous hiring bonuses for chief executive officers, unnecessary perquisites, or the potential reimbursement of excise taxes to an executive in regards to a severance package. In cases where MFS (i) votes against consecutive advisory pay votes, or (ii) determines that a particularly egregious excessive executive compensation practice has occurred, then MFS

    308

may also vote against certain or all board nominees. MFS may also vote against certain or all board nominees if an advisory pay vote for a U.S. issuer is not on the agenda, or the company has not implemented the advisory vote frequency supported by a plurality/ majority of shareholders.
MFS generally supports proposals to include an advisory shareholder vote on an issuer’s executive compensation practices on an annual basis.
“Golden Parachutes”
From time to time, MFS may evaluate a separate, advisory vote on severance packages or “golden parachutes” to certain executives at the same time as a vote on a proposed merger or acquisition. MFS will support an advisory vote on a severance package on a on a case-by-case basis, and MFS may vote against the severance package regardless of whether MFS supports the proposed merger or acquisition.
Shareholders of companies may also submit proxy proposals that would require shareholder approval of severance packages for executive officers that exceed certain predetermined thresholds. MFS votes in favor of such shareholder proposals when they would require shareholder approval of any severance package for an executive officer that exceeds a certain multiple of such officer’s annual compensation that is not determined in MFS’ judgment to be excessive.
Anti-Takeover Measures
In general, MFS votes against any measure that inhibits capital appreciation in a stock, including proposals that protect management from action by shareholders. These types of proposals take many forms, ranging from “poison pills” and “shark repellents” to super-majority requirements.
MFS generally votes for proposals to rescind existing “poison pills” and proposals that would require shareholder approval to adopt prospective “poison pills,” unless the company already has adopted a clearly satisfactory policy on the matter. MFS may consider the adoption of a prospective “poison pill” or the continuation of an existing “poison pill” if we can determine that the following two conditions are met: (1) the “poison pill” allows MFS clients to hold an aggregate position of up to 15% of a company's total voting securities (and of any class of voting securities); and (2) either (a) the “poison pill” has a term of not longer than five years, provided that MFS will consider voting in favor of the “poison pill” if the term does not exceed seven years and the “poison pill” is linked to a business strategy or purpose that MFS believes is likely to result in greater value for shareholders; or (b) the terms of the “poison pill” allow MFS clients the opportunity to accept a fairly structured and attractively priced tender offer (e.g. a “chewable poison pill” that automatically dissolves in the event of an all cash, all shares tender offer at a premium price). MFS will also consider on a case-by-case basis proposals designed to prevent tenders which are disadvantageous to shareholders such as tenders at below market prices and tenders for substantially less than all shares of an issuer.
MFS will consider any poison pills designed to protect a company’s net-operating loss carryforwards on a case-by-case basis, weighing the accounting and tax benefits of such a pill against the risk of deterring future acquisition candidates.
Proxy Contests
From time to time, a shareholder may express alternative points of view in terms of a company's strategy, capital allocation, or other issues. Such shareholder may also propose a slate of director nominees different than the slate of director nominees proposed by the company (a “Proxy Contest”). MFS will analyze Proxy Contests on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the track record and current recommended initiatives of both company management and the dissident shareholder(s). Like all of our proxy votes, MFS will support the slate of director nominees that we believe is in the best, long-term economic interest of our clients.
Reincorporation and Reorganization Proposals
When presented with a proposal to reincorporate a company under the laws of a different state, or to effect some other type of corporate reorganization, MFS considers the underlying purpose and ultimate effect of such a proposal in determining whether or not to support such a measure. MFS generally votes with management in regards to these types of proposals, however, if MFS believes the proposal is in the best long-term economic interests of its clients, then MFS may vote against management (e.g. the intent or effect would be to create additional inappropriate impediments to possible acquisitions or takeovers).
Issuance of Stock

309

There are many legitimate reasons for the issuance of stock. Nevertheless, as noted above under “Stock Plans,” when a stock option plan (either individually or when aggregated with other plans of the same company) would substantially dilute the existing equity (e.g. by approximately 10-15% as described above), MFS generally votes against the plan. In addition, MFS typically votes against proposals where management is asking for authorization to issue common or preferred stock with no reason stated (a “blank check”) because the unexplained authorization could work as a potential anti-takeover device. MFS may also vote against the authorization or issuance of common or preferred stock if MFS determines that the requested authorization is excessive or not warranted.
Repurchase Programs
MFS supports proposals to institute share repurchase plans in which all shareholders have the opportunity to participate on an equal basis. Such plans may include a company acquiring its own shares on the open market, or a company making a tender offer to its own shareholders.
Cumulative Voting
MFS opposes proposals that seek to introduce cumulative voting and for proposals that seek to eliminate cumulative voting. In either case, MFS will consider whether cumulative voting is likely to enhance the interests of MFS’ clients as minority shareholders.
Written Consent and Special Meetings
The right to call a special meeting or act by written consent can be a powerful tool for shareholders. As such, MFS supports proposals requesting the right for shareholders who hold at least 10% of the issuer’s outstanding stock to call a special meeting. MFS also supports proposals requesting the right for shareholders to act by written consent.
Independent Auditors
MFS believes that the appointment of auditors for U.S. issuers is best left to the board of directors of the company and therefore supports the ratification of the board’s selection of an auditor for the company. Some shareholder groups have submitted proposals to limit the non-audit activities of a company’s audit firm or prohibit any non-audit services by a company’s auditors to that company. MFS opposes proposals recommending the prohibition or limitation of the performance of non-audit services by an auditor, and proposals recommending the removal of a company’s auditor due to the performance of non-audit work for the company by its auditor. MFS believes that the board, or its audit committee, should have the discretion to hire the company’s auditor for specific pieces of non-audit work in the limited situations permitted under current law.
Other Business
MFS generally votes against “other business” proposals as the content of any such matter is not known at the time of our vote.
Adjourn Shareholder Meeting
MFS generally supports proposals to adjourn a shareholder meeting if we support the other ballot items on the meeting's agenda. MFS generally votes against proposals to adjourn a meeting if we do not support the other ballot items on the meeting's agenda.
Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) Issues
MFS believes that a company’s ESG practices may have an impact on the company’s long-term economic financial performance and will generally support proposals relating to ESG issues that MFS believes are in the best long-term economic interest of the company’s shareholders. For those ESG proposals for which a specific policy has not been adopted, MFS considers such ESG proposals on a case-by-case basis. As a result, it may vote similar proposals differently at various shareholder meetings based on the specific facts and circumstances of such proposal.
MFS generally supports proposals that seek to remove governance structures that insulate management from shareholders (i.e., anti-takeover measures) or that seek to enhance shareholder rights. Many of these governance-related issues, including compensation issues, are outlined within the context of the above guidelines. In addition, MFS typically supports proposals that require an issuer to reimburse successful dissident shareholders (who are not seeking control of the company) for reasonable expenses that such dissident incurred in soliciting an alternative slate of director candidates. MFS also generally supports reasonably crafted shareholder proposals requesting increased disclosure around the company’s use of collateral in derivatives trading. MFS typically supports proposals for an independent board chairperson. However, we may not support such proposals if we determine there to be an appropriate and effective counter-balancing leadership structure in place (e.g.; a strong, independent lead director with an appropriate level of powers

    310

and duties). For any governance-related proposal for which an explicit guideline is not provided above, MFS will consider such proposals on a case by case basis and will support such proposals if MFS believes that it is in the best long-term economic interest of the company’s shareholders.
MFS generally supports proposals that request disclosure on the impact of environmental issues on the company’s operations, sales, and capital investments. However, MFS may not support such proposals based on the facts and circumstances surrounding a specific proposal, including, but not limited to, whether (i) the proposal is unduly costly, restrictive, or burdensome, (ii) the company already provides publicly-available information that is sufficient to enable shareholders to evaluate the potential opportunities and risks that environmental matters pose to the company’s operations, sales and capital investments, or (iii) the proposal seeks a level of disclosure that exceeds that provided by the company’s industry peers. MFS will analyze all other environmental proposals on a case-by-case basis and will support such proposals if MFS believes such proposal is in the best long-term economic interest of the company’s shareholders.
MFS will analyze social proposals on a case-by-case basis. MFS will support such proposals if MFS believes that such proposal is in the best long-term economic interest of the company’s shareholders. Generally, MFS will support shareholder proposals that (i) seek to amend a company’s equal employment opportunity policy to prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation and gender identity; and (ii) request additional disclosure regarding a company’s political contributions (including trade organizations and lobbying activity) (unless the company already provides publicly-available information that is sufficient to enable shareholders to evaluate the potential opportunities and risks that such contributions pose to the company’s operations, sales and capital investments).
The laws of various states or countries may regulate how the interests of certain clients subject to those laws (e.g. state pension plans) are voted with respect to social issues. Thus, it may be necessary to cast ballots differently for certain clients than MFS might normally do for other clients.
Foreign Issuers
MFS generally supports the election of a director nominee standing for re-election in uncontested or non-contentious elections unless it can be determined that (1) he or she failed to attend at least 75% of the board and/or relevant committee meetings in the previous year without a valid reason given in the proxy materials; (2) since the last annual meeting of shareholders and without shareholder approval, the board or its compensation committee has re-priced underwater stock options; or (3) since the last annual meeting, the board has either implemented a poison pill without shareholder approval or has not taken responsive action to a majority shareholder approved resolution recommending that the “poison pill” be rescinded. In such circumstances, we will vote against director nominee(s). Also, certain markets outside of the U.S. have adopted best practice guidelines relating to corporate governance matters (e.g. the United Kingdom’s and Japan Corporate Governance Codes). Many of these guidelines operate on a “comply or explain” basis. As such, MFS will evaluate any explanations by companies relating to their compliance with a particular corporate governance guideline on a case-by-case basis and may vote against the board nominees or other relevant ballot item if such explanation is not satisfactory. In some circumstances, MFS may submit a vote to abstain from certain director nominees or the relevant ballot items if we have concerns with the nominee or ballot item, but do not believe these concerns rise to the level where a vote against is warranted.
MFS generally supports the election of auditors, but may determine to vote against the election of a statutory auditor in certain markets if MFS reasonably believes that the statutory auditor is not truly independent.
Some international markets have also adopted mandatory requirements for all companies to hold shareholder votes on executive compensation. MFS will vote against such proposals if MFS determines that a company’s executive compensation practices are excessive, considering such factors as the specific market’s best practices that seek to maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment and to create long-term shareholder value. We may alternatively submit an abstention vote on such proposals in circumstances where our executive compensation concerns are not as severe.
Many other items on foreign proxies involve repetitive, non-controversial matters that are mandated by local law. Accordingly, the items that are generally deemed routine and which do not require the exercise of judgment under these guidelines (and therefore voted with management) for foreign issuers include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) receiving financial statements or other reports from the board; (ii) approval of declarations of dividends; (iii) appointment of shareholders to sign board meeting minutes; (iv) discharge of management and supervisory boards; and (v) approval of share repurchase programs (absent any anti-takeover or other concerns). MFS will evaluate all other items on proxies for foreign companies in the context of the guidelines described above, but will generally vote against an item if there is not sufficient information disclosed in order to make an informed voting decision. For any ballot item where MFS wishes to express a more moderate level of concern than a vote of against, we will cast a vote to abstain.

311

In accordance with local law or business practices, some foreign companies or custodians prevent the sale of shares that have been voted for a certain period beginning prior to the shareholder meeting and ending on the day following the meeting (“share blocking”). Depending on the country in which a company is domiciled, the blocking period may begin a stated number of days prior or subsequent to the meeting (e.g. one, three or five days) or on a date established by the company. While practices vary, in many countries the block period can be continued for a longer period if the shareholder meeting is adjourned and postponed to a later date. Similarly, practices vary widely as to the ability of a shareholder to have the “block” restriction lifted early (e.g. in some countries shares generally can be “unblocked” up to two days prior to the meeting whereas in other countries the removal of the block appears to be discretionary with the issuer’s transfer agent). Due to these restrictions, MFS must balance the benefits to its clients of voting proxies against the potentially serious portfolio management consequences of a reduced flexibility to sell the underlying shares at the most advantageous time. For companies in countries with share blocking periods or in markets where some custodians may block shares, the disadvantage of being unable to sell the stock regardless of changing conditions generally outweighs the advantages of voting at the shareholder meeting for routine items. Accordingly, MFS will not vote those proxies in the absence of an unusual, significant vote that outweighs the disadvantage of being unable to sell the stock.
From time to time, governments may impose economic sanctions which may prohibit us from transacting business with certain companies or individuals. These sanctions may also prohibit the voting of proxies at certain companies or on certain individuals. In such instances, MFS will not vote at certain companies or on certain individuals if it determines that doing so is in violation of the sanctions.
In limited circumstances, other market specific impediments to voting shares may limit our ability to cast votes, including, but not limited to, late delivery of proxy materials, untimely vote cut-off dates, power of attorney and share re-registration requirements, or any other unusual voting requirements. In these limited instances, MFS votes securities on a best efforts basis in the context of the guidelines described above.
B. ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES
1. MFS Proxy Voting Committee
The administration of these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures is overseen by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, which includes senior personnel from the MFS Legal and Global Investment Support Departments. The Proxy Voting Committee does not include individuals whose primary duties relate to client relationship management, marketing, or sales. The MFS Proxy Voting Committee:
a. Reviews these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures at least annually and recommends any amendments considered to be necessary or advisable;
b. Determines whether any potential material conflict of interest exists with respect to instances in which MFS (i) seeks to override these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures; (ii) votes on ballot items not governed by these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures; (iii) evaluates an excessive executive compensation issue in relation to the election of directors; or (iv) requests a vote recommendation from an MFS portfolio manager or investment analyst (e.g. mergers and acquisitions); and
c. Considers special proxy issues as they may arise from time to time.
2. Potential Conflicts of Interest
The MFS Proxy Voting Committee is responsible for monitoring potential material conflicts of interest on the part of MFS or its subsidiaries that could arise in connection with the voting of proxies on behalf of MFS’ clients. Due to the client focus of our investment management business, we believe that the potential for actual material conflict of interest issues is small. Nonetheless, we have developed precautions to assure that all proxy votes are cast in the best long-term economic interest of shareholders. 1 Other MFS internal policies require all MFS employees to avoid actual and potential conflicts of interests between personal activities and MFS’ client activities. If an employee (including investment professionals) identifies an actual or potential conflict of interest with respect to any voting decision (including the ownership of securities in their individual portfolio), then that employee must recuse himself/herself from participating in the voting process. Any significant attempt by an employee of MFS or its subsidiaries to unduly influence MFS’ voting on a particular proxy matter should also be reported to the MFS Proxy Voting Committee.
In cases where proxies are voted in accordance with these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, no material conflict of interest will be deemed to exist. In cases where (i) MFS is considering overriding these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, (ii) matters presented for vote are not governed by these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, (iii) MFS evaluates a potentially excessive

    312

executive compensation issue in relation to the election of directors or advisory pay or severance package vote, or (iv) a vote recommendation is requested from an MFS portfolio manager or investment analyst (e.g. mergers and acquisitions); (collectively, “Non-Standard Votes”); the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will follow these procedures:
a. Compare the name of the issuer of such proxy against a list of significant current (i) distributors of MFS Fund shares, and (ii) MFS institutional clients (the “MFS Significant Distributor and Client List”);
b. If the name of the issuer does not appear on the MFS Significant Distributor and Client List, then no material conflict of interest will be deemed to exist, and the proxy will be voted as otherwise determined by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee;
c. If the name of the issuer appears on the MFS Significant Distributor and Client List, then the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will be apprised of that fact and each member of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will carefully evaluate the proposed vote in order to ensure that the proxy ultimately is voted in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients, and not in MFS' corporate interests; and
d. For all potential material conflicts of interest identified under clause (c) above, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will document: the name of the issuer, the issuer’s relationship to MFS, the analysis of the matters submitted for proxy vote, the votes as to be cast and the reasons why the MFS Proxy Voting Committee determined that the votes were cast in the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients, and not in MFS' corporate interests. A copy of the foregoing documentation will be provided to MFS’ Conflicts Officer.
The members of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee are responsible for creating and maintaining the MFS Significant Distributor and Client List, in consultation with MFS’ distribution and institutional business units. The MFS Significant Distributor and Client List will be reviewed and updated periodically, as appropriate.
For instances where MFS is evaluating a director nominee who also serves as a director of the MFS Funds, then the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will adhere to the procedures described in section (d) above regardless of whether the portfolio company appears on our Significant Distributor and Client List.
If an MFS client has the right to vote on a matter submitted to shareholders by Sun Life Financial, Inc. or any of its affiliates (collectively “Sun Life”), MFS will cast a vote on behalf of such MFS client pursuant to the recommendations of Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc.'s (“ISS”) benchmark policy, or as required by law.
Except as described in the MFS Fund's prospectus, from time to time, certain MFS Funds (the “top tier fund”) may own shares of other MFS Funds (the “underlying fund”). If an underlying fund submits a matter to a shareholder vote, the top tier fund will generally vote its shares in the same proportion as the other shareholders of the underlying fund. If there are no other shareholders in the underlying fund, the top tier fund will vote in what MFS believes to be in the top tier fund’s best long-term economic interest. If an MFS client has the right to vote on a matter submitted to shareholders by a pooled investment vehicle advised by MFS, MFS will cast a vote on behalf of such MFS client in the same proportion as the other shareholders of the pooled investment vehicle.
3. Gathering Proxies
Most proxies received by MFS and its clients originate at Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. (“Broadridge”). Broadridge and other service providers, on behalf of custodians, send proxy related material to the record holders of the shares beneficially owned by MFS’ clients, usually to the client’s proxy voting administrator or, less commonly, to the client itself. This material will include proxy ballots reflecting the shareholdings of Funds and of clients on the record dates for such shareholder meetings, as well as proxy materials with the issuer’s explanation of the items to be voted upon.
MFS, on behalf of itself and certain of its clients (including the MFS Funds) has entered into an agreement with an independent proxy administration firm pursuant to which the proxy administration firm performs various proxy vote related administrative services such as vote processing and recordkeeping functions. Except as noted below, the proxy administration firm for MFS and its clients, including the MFS Funds, is ISS. The proxy administration firm for MFS Development Funds, LLC is Glass, Lewis & Co., Inc. (“Glass Lewis”; Glass Lewis and ISS are each hereinafter referred to as the “Proxy Administrator”).
The Proxy Administrator receives proxy statements and proxy ballots directly or indirectly from various custodians, logs these materials into its database and matches upcoming meetings with MFS Fund and client portfolio holdings, which are input into the Proxy Administrator’s system by an MFS holdings data-feed. Through the use of the Proxy Administrator system, ballots and proxy material summaries for all upcoming shareholders’ meetings are available on-line to certain MFS employees and members of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee.

313

It is the responsibility of the Proxy Administrator and MFS to monitor the receipt of ballots. When proxy ballots and materials for clients are received by the Proxy Administrator, they are input into the Proxy Administrator’s on-line system. The Proxy Administrator then reconciles a list of all MFS accounts that hold shares of a company’s stock and the number of shares held on the record date by these accounts with the Proxy Administrator’s list of any upcoming shareholder’s meeting of that company. If a proxy ballot has not been received, the Proxy Administrator contacts the custodian requesting the reason as to why a ballot has not been received.
4. Analyzing Proxies
Proxies are voted in accordance with these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures. The Proxy Administrator, at the prior direction of MFS, automatically votes all proxy matters that do not require the particular exercise of discretion or judgment with respect to these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures as determined by MFS. With respect to proxy matters that require the particular exercise of discretion or judgment, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee considers and votes on those proxy matters. MFS also receives research and recommendations from the Proxy Administrator which it may take into account in deciding how to vote. MFS uses the research of ISS to identify (i) circumstances in which a board may have approved excessive executive compensation, (ii) environmental and social proposals that warrant further consideration or (iii) circumstances in which a non-U.S. company is not in compliance with local governance or compensation best practices. In those situations where the only MFS fund that is eligible to vote at a shareholder meeting has Glass Lewis as its Proxy Administrator, then we will utilize research from Glass Lewis to identify such issues. MFS analyzes such issues independently and does not necessarily vote with the ISS or Glass Lewis recommendations on these issues. MFS may also use other research tools in order to identify the circumstances described above. Representatives of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee review, as appropriate, votes cast to ensure conformity with these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.
As a general matter, portfolio managers and investment analysts have little involvement in most votes taken by MFS. This is designed to promote consistency in the application of MFS’ voting guidelines, to promote consistency in voting on the same or similar issues (for the same or for multiple issuers) across all client accounts, and to minimize the potential that proxy solicitors, issuers, or third parties might attempt to exert inappropriate influence on the vote. In certain types of votes (e.g. mergers and acquisitions, proxy contests, capitalization matters, potentially excessive executive compensation issues, or certain shareholder proposals)a representative of MFS Proxy Voting Committee may consult with or seek recommendations from MFS investment analysts and/or portfolio managers. 2 However, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will ultimately determine the manner in which all proxies are voted.
As noted above, MFS reserves the right to override the guidelines when such an override is, in MFS’ best judgment, consistent with the overall principle of voting proxies in the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients. Any such override of the guidelines shall be analyzed, documented and reported in accordance with the procedures set forth in these policies.
5. Voting Proxies
In accordance with its contract with MFS, the Proxy Administrator also generates a variety of reports for the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, and makes available on-line various other types of information so that the MFS Proxy Voting Committee or proxy team may review and monitor the votes cast by the Proxy Administrator on behalf of MFS’ clients.
For those markets that utilize a “record date” to determine which shareholders are eligible to vote, MFS generally will vote all eligible shares pursuant to these guidelines regardless of whether all (or a portion of) the shares held by our clients have been sold prior to the meeting date.
6. Securities Lending
From time to time, the MFS Funds or other pooled investment vehicles sponsored by MFS may participate in a securities lending program. In the event MFS or its agent receives timely notice of a shareholder meeting for a U.S. security, MFS and its agent will attempt to recall any securities on loan before the meeting’s record date so that MFS will be entitled to vote these shares. However, there may be instances in which MFS is unable to timely recall securities on loan for a U.S. security, in which cases MFS will not be able to vote these shares. MFS will report to the appropriate board of the MFS Funds those instances in which MFS is not able to timely recall the loaned securities. MFS generally does not recall non-U.S. securities on loan because there may be insufficient advance notice of proxy materials, record dates, or vote cut-off dates to allow MFS to timely recall the shares in certain markets on an automated basis. As a result, non-U.S. securities that are on loan will not generally be voted. If MFS receives timely notice of what MFS determines to be an unusual, significant vote for a non-U.S. security whereas MFS shares are on loan, and determines that voting is in the best long-term economic interest of shareholders, then MFS will attempt to timely recall the loaned shares.
7. Engagement

    314

The MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures are available on www.mfs.com and may be accessed by both MFS’ clients and the companies in which MFS’ clients invest. From time to time, MFS may determine that it is appropriate and beneficial for representatives from the MFS Proxy Voting Committee to engage in a dialogue or written communication with a company or other shareholders regarding certain matters on the company’s proxy statement that are of concern to shareholders, including environmental, social and governance matters. A company or shareholder may also seek to engage with representatives of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee in advance of the company’s formal proxy solicitation to review issues more generally or gauge support for certain contemplated proposals.
C. RECORDS RETENTION
MFS will retain copies of these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures in effect from time to time and will retain all proxy voting reports submitted to the Board of Trustees of the MFS Funds for the period required by applicable law. Proxy solicitation materials, including electronic versions of the proxy ballots completed by representatives of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, together with their respective notes and comments, are maintained in an electronic format by the Proxy Administrator and are accessible on-line by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee. All proxy voting materials and supporting documentation, including records generated by the Proxy Administrator’s system as to proxies processed, including the dates when proxy ballots were received and submitted, and the votes on each company’s proxy issues, are retained as required by applicable law.
D. REPORTS
U.S. Registered MFS Funds
MFS publicly discloses the proxy voting records of the U.S. registered MFS Funds on a quarterly basis. MFS will also report the results of its voting to the Board of Trustees of the U.S. registered MFS Funds. These reports will include: (i) a summary of how votes were cast (including advisory votes on pay and “golden parachutes”) ; (ii) a summary of votes against management’s recommendation; (iii) a review of situations where MFS did not vote in accordance with the guidelines and the rationale therefore; (iv) a review of the procedures used by MFS to identify material conflicts of interest and any matters identified as a material conflict of interest; (v) a review of these policies and the guidelines; (vi) a review of our proxy engagement activity; (vii) a report and impact assessment of instances in which the recall of loaned securities of a U.S. issuer was unsuccessful; and (viii) as necessary or appropriate, any proposed modifications thereto to reflect new developments in corporate governance and other issues. Based on these reviews, the Trustees of the U.S. registered MFS Funds will consider possible modifications to these policies to the extent necessary or advisable.
Other MFS Clients
MFS may publicly disclose the proxy voting records of certain other clients (including certain MFS Funds) or the votes it casts with respect to certain matters as required by law. A report can also be printed by MFS for each client who has requested that MFS furnish a record of votes cast. The report specifies the proxy issues which have been voted for the client during the year and the position taken with respect to each issue and, upon request, may identify situations where MFS did not vote in accordance with the MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.
Except as described above, MFS generally will not divulge actual voting practices to any party other than the client or its representatives because we consider that information to be confidential and proprietary to the client. However, as noted above, MFS may determine that it is appropriate and beneficial to engage in a dialogue with a company regarding certain matters. During such dialogue with the company, MFS may disclose the vote it intends to cast in order to potentially effect positive change at a company in regards to environmental, social or governance issues.
1 For clarification purposes, note that MFS votes in what we believe to be the best, long-term economic interest of our clients entitled to vote at the shareholder meeting, regardless of whether other MFS clients hold “short” positions in the same issuer.
2 From time to time, due to travel schedules and other commitments, an appropriate portfolio manager or research analyst may not be available to provide a vote recommendation. If such a recommendation cannot be obtained within a reasonable time prior to the cut off date of the shareholder meeting, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee may determine to abstain from voting.
NEUBERGER BERMAN INVESTMENT ADVISERS LLC
Proxy Summary. Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC (Neuberger Berman) has implemented written Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (Proxy Voting Policy) that are designed to reasonably ensure that Neuberger Berman votes proxies prudently and in the best interest of its advisory clients for whom Neuberger Berman has voting authority. The Proxy Voting Policy also describes how Neuberger Berman addresses any conflicts that may arise between its interests and those of its clients with respect to proxy voting.

315

Neuberger Berman's Proxy Committee is responsible for developing, authorizing, implementing and updating the Proxy Voting Policy, overseeing the proxy voting process, and engaging and overseeing any independent third-party vendors as voting delegate to review, monitor and/or vote proxies. In order to apply the Proxy Voting Policy noted above in a timely and consistent manner, Neuberger Berman utilizes Glass, Lewis Co. LLC (Glass Lewis) to vote proxies in accordance with Neuberger Berman's voting guidelines.
For socially responsive clients, Neuberger Berman has adopted socially responsive voting guidelines. For non-socially responsive clients, Neuberger Berman's guidelines adopt the voting recommendations of Glass Lewis. Neuberger Berman retains final authority and fiduciary responsibility for proxy voting. Neuberger Berman believes that this process is reasonably designed to address material conflicts of interest that may arise between Neuberger Berman and a client as to how proxies are voted.
In the event that an investment professional at Neuberger Berman believes that it is in the best interest of a client or clients to vote proxies in a manner inconsistent with Neuberger Berman's proxy voting guidelines or in a manner inconsistent with Glass Lewis recommendations, the Proxy Committee will review information submitted by the investment professional to determine that there is no material conflict of interest between Neuberger Berman and the client with respect to the voting of the proxy in that manner.
If the Proxy Committee determines that the voting of a proxy as recommended by the investment professional presents a material conflict of interest between Neuberger Berman and the client or clients with respect to the voting of the proxy, the proxy Committee shall: (i) take no further action, in which case Glass Lewis shall vote such proxy in accordance with the proxy voting guidelines or as Glass Lewis recommends; (ii) disclose such conflict to the client or clients and obtain written direction from the client as to how to vote the proxy; (iii) suggest that the client or clients engage another party to determine how to vote the proxy; or (iv) engage another independent third party to determine how to vote the proxy.
PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC (PIMCO)
PIMCO has adopted written proxy voting policies and procedures (“Proxy Policy”) as required by Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act. In addition to covering the voting of equity securities, the Proxy Policy also applies generally to voting and/or consent rights of fixed income securities, including but not limited to, plans of reorganization, and waivers and consents under applicable indentures. The Proxy Policy does not apply, however, to consent rights that primarily entail decisions to buy or sell investments, such as tender or exchange offers, conversions, put options, redemption and Dutch auctions. The Proxy Policy is designed and implemented in a manner reasonably expected to ensure that voting and consent rights (collectively, “proxies”) are exercised in the best interests of accounts.
With respect to the voting of proxies relating to equity securities, PIMCO has selected an unaffiliated third party proxy research and voting service (“Proxy Voting Service”), to assist it in researching and voting proxies. With respect to each proxy received, the Proxy Voting Service researches the financial implications of the proposals and provides a recommendation to PIMCO as to how to vote on each proposal based on the Proxy Voting Service’s research of the individual facts and circumstances and the Proxy Voting Service’s application of its research findings to a set of guidelines that have been approved by PIMCO. Upon the recommendation of the applicable portfolio managers, PIMCO may determine to override any recommendation made by the Proxy Voting Service. In the event that the Proxy Voting Service does not provide a recommendation with respect to a proposal, PIMCO may determine to vote on the proposals directly.
With respect to the voting of proxies relating to fixed income securities, PIMCO’s fixed income credit research group (the “Credit Research Group”) is responsible for researching and issuing recommendations for voting proxies. With respect to each proxy received, the Credit Research Group researches the financial implications of the proxy proposal and makes voting recommendations specific for each account that holds the related fixed income security. PIMCO considers each proposal regarding a fixed income security on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration any relevant contractual obligations as well as other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote. Upon the recommendation of the applicable portfolio managers, PIMCO may determine to override any recommendation made by the Credit Research Group. In the event that the Credit Research Group does not provide a recommendation with respect to a proposal, PIMCO may determine to vote the proposal directly.
PIMCO may determine not to vote a proxy for an equity or fixed income security if: (1) the effect on the applicable account’s economic interests or the value of the portfolio holding is insignificant in relation to the account’s portfolio; (2) the cost of voting the proxy outweighs the possible benefit to the applicable account, including, without limitation, situations where a jurisdiction imposes share blocking restrictions which may affect the ability of the portfolio managers to effect trades in the related security; or (3) PIMCO otherwise has determined that it is consistent with its fiduciary obligations not to vote the proxy.
In the event that the Proxy Voting Service or the Credit Research Group, as applicable, does not provide a recommendation or the portfolio managers of a client account propose to override a recommendation by the Proxy Voting Service, or the Credit Research Group, as applicable, PIMCO will review the proxy to determine whether there is a material conflict between PIMCO and the

    316

applicable account or among PIMCO-advised accounts. If no material conflict exists, the proxy will be voted according to the portfolio managers’ recommendation. If a material conflict does exist, PIMCO will seek to resolve the conflict in good faith and in the best interests of the applicable client account, as provided by the Proxy Policy. The Proxy Policy permits PIMCO to seek to resolve material conflicts of interest by pursuing any one of several courses of action. With respect to material conflicts of interest between PIMCO and a client account, the Proxy Policy permits PIMCO to either: (i) convene a committee to assess and resolve the conflict (the “Proxy Conflicts Committee”); or (ii) vote in accordance with protocols previously established by the Proxy Policy, the Proxy Conflicts Committee and/or other relevant procedures approved by PIMCO’s Legal and Compliance department with respect to specific types of conflicts. With respect to material conflicts of interest between one or more PIMCO-advised accounts, the Proxy Policy permits PIMCO to: (i) designate a PIMCO portfolio manager who is not subject to the conflict to determine how to vote the proxy if the conflict exists between two accounts with at least one portfolio manager in common; or (ii) permit the respective portfolio managers to vote the proxies in accordance with each client account’s best interests if the conflict exists between client accounts managed by different portfolio managers.
PIMCO will supervise and periodically review its proxy voting activities and the implementation of the Proxy Policy. PIMCO’s Proxy Policy, and information about how PIMCO voted a client’s proxies, is available upon request.
PARAMETRIC PORTFOLIO ASSOCIATES LLC
Proxy Voting Policy
Parametric Portfolio Associates, LLC (“Parametric”) is generally authorized by its clients in the investment advisory agreement to vote proxies for the securities held in their accounts. However, clients may retain this authority, in which case Parametric may consult with clients regarding proxy voting decisions as requested.
It is Parametric’s policy to vote proxies in a prudent and diligent manner after careful review of each company’s proxy statement. Parametric votes on an individual basis and bases its voting decisions exclusively on its reasonable judgment of what will serve the best financial interests of the client. Where economic impact is judged to be immaterial, Parametric typically votes in accordance with management’s recommendations.
To assist in its voting process, Parametric currently engages Broadridge’s ProxyEdge® (“ProxyEdge”), a third-party service provider that specializes in providing a variety of proxy related services.
In addition to voting proxies, Parametric:
i. Maintains a written proxy voting policy, which may be updated and supplemented from time to time;
ii. Provides a copy of its proxy voting policy and procedures to clients upon request;
iii. Retains proxy voting records for each client account to determine i) that all proxies are voted, and ii) that they are voted in accordance with Parametric’s policy; and
iv. Monitors voting for any potential conflicts of interest and maintains systems to deal with these issues appropriately. In the case of a conflict between Parametric and its clients, Parametric may outsource the voting authority to an independent third party.
Although no proxy vote is considered “routine,” outlined below are general voting parameters on various types of issues when there are no extenuating circumstances, i.e., company specific reasons for voting differently.
Affirmative votes are generally cast for ballot items that:
i. Are fairly common management sponsored initiatives;
ii. Increase total shareholder value while mitigating associated risk;
iii. Promote long-term corporate responsibility and accountability and sound corporate governance; and
iv. Provide the intent of maximizing long-term benefits of plan participants and beneficiaries.
Negative votes are generally cast for ballot items that:
i. Restrict social, political, or special interest issues that impact the ability of the company to do business or be competitive;

317

ii. Have a substantial financial or best interest impact favoring officers, directors or key employees;
iii. Prevent the majority of stakeholders from exercising their rights; and
iv. Incur substantial costs.
Traditionally, shareholder proposals are commonly used for putting social initiatives and issues in front of management and other shareholders. Under Parametric’s fiduciary obligations, it is typically inappropriate to use client assets to carry out such social agendas or purposes. Therefore, shareholder proposals are examined closely for their effect on the best interest of shareholders (economic impact) and the interests of our clients, the beneficial owners of the securities. In certain cases, an alternate course of action may be chosen for a particular account if socially responsible proxy voting or shareholder activism is a component of the client’s investment mandate.
On occasion, Parametric may elect to take no action when it is determined that voting the proxy will result in share blocking, which prevents it from trading that specific security for an uncertain period of time prior to its next annual meeting. Parametric may also elect to take no action if the economic effect on shareholders’ interests or the value of the portfolio holdings is indeterminable or insignificant.
Non-routine proxies that are outside the scope of Parametric’s standard proxy voting policy are voted in accordance with the guidance of the appropriate investment personnel. Adequate documentation must be retained.
Foreign proxy voting notification and distribution policies and procedures may significantly differ from those that are standard for companies registered in the United States. Meeting notification and voting capability time lines may be extremely truncated and may be further exacerbated by time zones. Therefore, occasions may arise where Parametric may not receive the proxy information in sufficient time to vote the proxies.
In addition, there are certain countries with complex legal documentation or share blocking requirements that may make it difficult, costly and/or prohibit Parametric from voting a company’s proxy. Parametric must seek to vote every proxy for every applicable security and account; however, there can be no guarantees that this will occur.
Clients may request information regarding Parametric’s proxy voting policies and procedures and actual proxy votes cast for any applicable period by contacting the firm via telephone, email or in writing.flict and the resolution of the matter.
PGIM, INC. (PGIM)
The policy of each of PGIM's asset management units is to vote proxies in the best interests of their respective clients based on the clients’ priorities. Client interests are placed ahead of any potential interest of PGIM or its asset management units.
Because the various asset management units manage distinct classes of assets with differing management styles, some units will consider each proxy on its individual merits while other units may adopt a predetermined set of voting guidelines. The specific voting approach of each unit is noted below.
Relevant members of management and regulatory personnel oversee the proxy voting process and monitor potential conflicts of interests. In addition, should the need arise, senior members of management, as advised by Compliance and Law, are authorized to address any proxy matter involving an actual or apparent conflict of interest that cannot be resolved at the level of an individual asset management business unit.
PRUDENTIAL FIXED INCOME . Prudential Fixed Income’s policy is to vote proxies in the best economic interest of its clients. In the case of pooled accounts, the policy is to vote proxies in the best economic interest of the pooled account. The proxy voting policy contains detailed voting guidelines on a wide variety of issues commonly voted upon by shareholders. These guidelines reflect Prudential Fixed Income’s judgment of how to further the best economic interest of its clients through the shareholder or debt-holder voting process.
Prudential Fixed Income invests primarily in debt securities, thus there are few traditional proxies voted by it. Prudential Fixed Income generally votes with management on routine matters such as the appointment of accountants or the election of directors. From time to time, ballot issues arise that are not addressed by the policy or circumstances may suggest a vote not in accordance with the established guidelines. In these cases, voting decisions are made on a case-by-case basis by the applicable portfolio manager taking into consideration the potential economic impact of the proposal. If a security is held in multiple accounts and two or more portfolio

    318

managers are not in agreement with respect to a particular vote, Prudential Fixed Income’s proxy voting committee will determine the vote. Not all ballots are received by Prudential Fixed Income in advance of voting deadlines, but when ballots are received in a timely fashion, Prudential Fixed Income strives to meet its voting obligations. It cannot, however, guarantee that every proxy will be voted prior to its deadline.
With respect to non-U.S. holdings, Prudential Fixed Income takes into account additional restrictions in some countries that might impair its ability to trade those securities or have other potentially adverse economic consequences. Prudential Fixed Income generally votes non-U.S. securities on a best efforts basis if it determines that voting is in the best economic interest of its clients.
Occasionally, a conflict of interest may arise in connection with proxy voting. For example, the issuer of the securities being voted may also be a client of Prudential Fixed Income. When Prudential Fixed Income identifies an actual or potential conflict of interest between the firm and its clients with respect to proxy voting, the matter is presented to senior management who will resolve such issue in consultation with the compliance and legal departments.
Any client may obtain a copy of Prudential Fixed Income’s proxy voting policy, guidelines and procedures, as well as the proxy voting records for that client’s securities, by contacting the client service representative responsible for the client’s account.
PGIM REAL ESTATE. PGIM Real Estate's proxy voting policy contains detailed voting guidelines on a wide variety of issues commonly voted upon by shareholders. These guidelines reflect PGIM Real Estate's judgment of how to further the best long-range economic interest of our clients (i.e. the mutual interest of clients in seeing the appreciation in value of a common investment over time) through the shareholder voting process. PGIM Real Estate's policy is generally to vote proxies on social or political issues on a case by case basis. Additionally, where issues are not addressed by our policy, or when circumstances suggest a vote not in accordance with our established guidelines, voting decisions are made on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration the potential economic impact of the proposal. With respect to international holdings, we take into account additional restrictions in some countries that might impair our ability to trade those securities or have other potentially adverse economic consequences, and generally vote foreign securities on a best efforts basis in accordance with the recommendations of the issuer's management if we determine that voting is in the best economic interest of our clients.
PGIM Real Estate utilizes the services of a third party proxy voting facilitator, and upon receipt of proxies will direct the voting facilitator to vote in a manner consistent with PGIM Real Estate's established proxy voting guidelines described above (assuming timely receipt of proxy materials from issuers and custodians). In accordance with its obligations under the Advisers Act, PGIM Real Estate provides full disclosure of its proxy voting policy, guidelines and procedures to its clients upon their request, and will also provide to any client, upon request, the proxy voting records for that client's securities.
FIAM Proxy Voting Guidelines
January 2016
I. General Principles
A. Voting of shares will be conducted in a manner consistent with the best interests of clients as follows: (i) securities of a portfolio company will generally be voted in a manner consistent with the Guidelines; and (ii) voting will be done without regard to any other FIAM or Fidelity companies' relationship, business or otherwise, with that portfolio company. In evaluating proposals, FIAM considers information from a number of sources, including management or shareholders of a company presenting a proposal and proxy voting advisory firms, and uses all this information as an input within the larger mix of information to which the Guidelines are applied.
B. FMR Investment Proxy Research votes proxies on behalf of FIAM’s clients. Execution of FIAM Proxy Votes is delegated to FMR Investment Proxy Research. Like other Fidelity employees, FMR Investment Proxy Research employees have a fiduciary duty to never place their own personal interest ahead of the interests of FIAM’s clients, and are instructed to avoid actual and apparent conflicts of interest. In the event of a conflict of interest, FMR Investment Proxy Research employees, like other Fidelity employees, will escalate to their managers or the Ethics Office, as appropriate, in accordance with Fidelity’s corporate policy on conflicts of interest. A conflict of interest arises when there are factors that may prompt one to question whether a Fidelity and/or FIAM employee is acting solely on the best interests of FIAM, Fidelity and their customers. Employees are expected to avoid situations that could present even the appearance of a conflict between their interests and the interests of FIAM and its customers.
C. Except as set forth herein, FIAM will generally vote in favor of routine management proposals.

319

D. Non-routine proposals will generally be voted in accordance with the Guidelines.
E. Non-routine proposals not covered by the Guidelines or involving other special circumstances will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis with input from the appropriate analyst or portfolio manager, as applicable, subject to review by an attorney within FMR's General Counsel's office, FMR’s Head of Fiduciary Oversight and Board Support, and a member of senior management within FMR Investment Proxy Research.
F. FIAM will vote on shareholder proposals not specifically addressed by the Guidelines based on an evaluation of a proposal's likelihood to enhance the long-term economic returns or profitability of the portfolio company or to maximize long-term shareholder value. Where information is not readily available to analyze the long-term economic impact of the proposal, FIAM will generally abstain.
G. Many FIAM accounts invest in voting securities issued by companies that are domiciled outside the United States and are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange. Corporate governance standards, legal or regulatory requirements and disclosure practices in foreign countries can differ from those in the United States. When voting proxies relating to non-U.S. securities, FIAM will generally evaluate proposals in the context of the Guidelines and where applicable and feasible, take into consideration differing laws, regulations and practices in the relevant foreign market in determining how to vote shares.
H. In certain non-U.S. jurisdictions, shareholders voting shares of a portfolio company may be restricted from trading the shares for a period of time around the shareholder meeting date. Because such trading restrictions can hinder portfolio management and could result in a loss of liquidity for a client, FIAM will generally not vote proxies in circumstances where such restrictions apply. In addition, certain non-U.S. jurisdictions require voting shareholders to disclose current share ownership on a fund-by-fund basis. When such disclosure requirements apply, FIAM will generally not vote proxies in order to safeguard fund holdings information.
I. Where a management-sponsored proposal is inconsistent with the Guidelines, FIAM may receive a company's commitment to modify the proposal or its practice to conform to the Guidelines, and FIAM will generally support management based on this commitment. If a company subsequently does not abide by its commitment, FIAM will generally withhold authority for the election of directors at the next election.
II. Definitions (as used in this document)
A. Anti-Takeover Provision - includes fair price amendments; classified boards; “blank check” preferred stock; Golden Parachutes; supermajority provisions; Poison Pills; restricting the right to call special meetings; provisions restricting the right of shareholders to set board size; and any other provision that eliminates or limits shareholder rights.
B. Golden Parachute - Employment contracts, agreements, or policies that include an excise tax gross-up provision; single trigger for cash incentives; or may result in a lump sum payment of cash and acceleration of equity that may total more than three times annual compensation (salary and bonus) in the event of a termination following a change in control.
C. Greenmail - payment of a premium to repurchase shares from a shareholder seeking to take over a company through a proxy contest or other means.
D. Sunset Provision - a condition in a charter or plan that specifies an expiration date.
E. Poison Pill - a strategy employed by a potential take-over / target company to make its stock less attractive to an acquirer. Poison Pills are generally designed to dilute the acquirer's ownership and value in the event of a take-over.
F. Large-Capitalization Company - a company included in the Russell 1000® Index or the Russell Global ex-U.S. Large Cap Index.
G. Small-Capitalization Company - a company not included in the Russell 1000® Index or the Russell Global ex-U.S. Large Cap Index that is not a Micro-Capitalization Company.
H. Micro-Capitalization Company - a company with market capitalization under US $300 million.
I.
Evergreen Provision - a feature which provides for an automatic increase in the shares available for grant under an equity award plan on a regular basis.
III. Directors
A. Election of Directors

    320

FIAM will generally vote in favor of incumbent and nominee directors except where one or more such directors clearly appear to have failed to exercise reasonable judgment. FIAM will also generally withhold authority for the election of all directors or directors on responsible committees if:
1. An Anti-Takeover Provision was introduced, an Anti-Takeover Provision was extended, or a new Anti-Takeover Provision was adopted upon the expiration of an existing Anti-Takeover Provision, without shareholder approval except as set forth below.
With respect to Poison Pills, however, FIAM will consider not withholding authority on the election of directors if all of the following conditions are met when a Poison Pill is introduced, extended, or adopted:
a. The Poison Pill includes a Sunset Provision of less than five years;
b. The Poison Pill includes a mechanism to allow shareholders to consider a bona fide takeover offer for all outstanding shares without triggering the Poison Pill;
c. The Poison Pill is linked to a business strategy that will result in greater value for the shareholders; and
d. Shareholder approval is required to reinstate the Poison Pill upon expiration.
FIAM will also consider not withholding authority on the election of directors when:
e. FIAM determines that the Poison Pill was narrowly tailored to protect a specific tax benefit, and subject to an evaluation of its likelihood to enhance long-term economic returns or maximize long-term shareholder value; or
f. One or more of the conditions a. through d. above are not met if a board is willing to strongly consider seeking shareholder ratification of, or adding above conditions noted a. and b. to an existing Poison Pill. In such a case, if the company does not take appropriate action prior to the next annual shareholder meeting, FIAM will withhold authority on the election of directors.
2. The company refuses, upon request by FIAM, to amend the Poison Pill to allow Fidelity to hold an aggregate position of up to 20% of a company's total voting securities and of any class of voting securities.
3. Within the last year and without shareholder approval, a company's board of directors or compensation committee has repriced outstanding options, exchanged outstanding options for equity, or tendered cash for outstanding options.
4. Within the last year and without shareholder approval, a company's board of directors or compensation committee has adopted or extended a Golden Parachute.
5. The company has not adequately addressed concerns communicated by FIAM in the process of discussing executive compensation.
6. To gain FIAM’ support on a proposal, the company made a commitment to modify a proposal or practice to conform to the Guidelines and the company has failed to act on that commitment.
7. The director attended fewer than 75% of the aggregate number of meetings of the board or its committees on which the director served during the company's prior fiscal year, absent extenuating circumstances.
8. The board is not composed of a majority of independent directors.
B. Contested Director Election
FIAM believes that strong management creates long-term shareholder value and we generally support management of companies in which the funds’ assets are invested. FIAM will vote on a case-by-case basis in contested director elections, taking into account factors such as management’s track record and strategic plan for enhancing shareholder value; the long-term performance of the target company compared to its industry peers; the qualifications of the shareholder’s and management’s nominees; and other factors. Ultimately, FIAM will vote for the outcome it believes has the best prospects for maximizing shareholder value over the long term.
C. Indemnification

321

FIAM will generally vote in favor of charter and by-law amendments expanding the indemnification of directors and/or limiting their liability for breaches of care unless FIAM is otherwise dissatisfied with the performance of management or the proposal is accompanied by Anti-Takeover Provisions.
D. Independent Chairperson
FIAM will generally vote against shareholder proposals calling for or recommending the appointment of a non-executive or independent chairperson. However, FIAM will consider voting for such proposals in limited cases if, based upon particular facts and circumstances, appointment of a non-executive or independent chairperson appears likely to further the interests of shareholders and to promote effective oversight of management by the board of directors.
E. Majority Director Elections
FIAM will generally vote in favor of proposals calling for directors to be elected by an affirmative majority of votes cast in a board election, provided that the proposal allows for plurality voting standard in the case of contested elections (i.e., where there are more nominees than board seats). FIAM may consider voting against such shareholder proposals where a company's board has adopted an alternative measure, such as a director resignation policy, that provides a meaningful alternative to the majority voting standard and appropriately addresses situations where an incumbent director fails to receive the support of a majority of the votes cast in an uncontested election.
F. Proxy Access
FIAM will generally vote against management and shareholder proposals to adopt proxy access.
IV. Compensation
A. Executive Compensation
1. Advisory votes on executive compensation
a. FIAM will generally vote for proposals to ratify executive compensation unless such compensation appears misaligned with shareholder interests or otherwise problematic, taking into account:
(i) The actions taken by the board or compensation committee in the previous year, including whether the company repriced or exchanged outstanding stock options without shareholder approval; adopted or extended a Golden Parachute without shareholder approval; or adequately addressed concerns communicated by FIAM in the process of discussing executive compensation;
(ii) The alignment of executive compensation and company performance relative to peers; and
(iii) The structure of the compensation program, including factors such as whether incentive plan metrics are appropriate, rigorous and transparent; whether the long-term element of the compensation program is evaluated over at least a three-year period; the sensitivity of pay to below median performance; the amount and nature of non-performance-based compensation; the justification and rationale behind paying discretionary bonuses; the use of stock ownership guidelines and amount of executive stock ownership; and how well elements of compensation are disclosed.
b. FIAM will generally vote against proposals to ratify Golden Parachutes.
2. Frequency of advisory vote on executive compensation
FIAM will generally support annual advisory votes on executive compensation.
B. Equity award plans (including stock options, restricted stock awards, and other stock awards).
FIAM will generally vote against equity award plans or amendments to authorize additional shares under such plans if:
1. (a) The company’s average three year burn rate is greater than 1.5 % for a Large-Capitalization Company, 2.5% for a Small-Capitalization Company or 3.5% for a Micro-Capitalization Company; and (b) there were no circumstances specific to the company or the plans that lead FIAM to conclude that the burn rate is acceptable.

    322

2. In the case of stock option plans, (a) the offering price of options is less than 100% of fair market value on the date of grant, except that the offering price may be as low as 85% of fair market value if the discount is expressly granted in lieu of salary or cash bonus; (b) the plan's terms allow repricing of underwater options; or (c) the board/committee has repriced options outstanding under the plan in the past two years without shareholder approval.
3. The plan includes an Evergreen Provision.
4. The plan provides for the acceleration of vesting of equity awards even though an actual change in control may not occur.
C. Equity Exchanges and Repricing
FIAM will generally vote in favor of a management proposal to exchange, reprice or tender for cash, outstanding options if the proposed exchange, repricing, or tender offer is consistent with the interests of shareholders, taking into account such factors as:
1. Whether the proposal excludes senior management and directors;
2. Whether the exchange or repricing proposal is value neutral to shareholders based upon an acceptable pricing model;
3. The company's relative performance compared to other companies within the relevant industry or industries;
4. Economic and other conditions affecting the relevant industry or industries in which the company competes; and
5. Any other facts or circumstances relevant to determining whether an exchange or repricing proposal is consistent with the interests of shareholders.
D. Employee Stock Purchase Plans
FIAM will generally vote in favor of employee stock purchase plans if the minimum stock purchase price is equal to or greater than 85% of the stock's fair market value and the plan constitutes a reasonable effort to encourage broad based participation in the company's equity. In the case of non-U.S. company stock purchase plans, FIAM may permit a lower minimum stock purchase price equal to the prevailing “best practices” in the relevant non-U.S. market, provided that the minimum stock purchase price must be at least 75% of the stock's fair market value.
E. Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)
FIAM will generally vote in favor of non-leveraged ESOPs. For leveraged ESOPs, FIAM may examine the company's state of incorporation, existence of supermajority vote rules in the charter, number of shares authorized for the ESOP, and number of shares held by insiders. FIAM may also examine where the ESOP shares are purchased and the dilution effect of the purchase. FIAM will generally vote against leveraged ESOPs if all outstanding loans are due immediately upon change in control.
F. Bonus Plans and Tax Deductibility Proposals
FIAM will generally vote in favor of cash and stock incentive plans that are submitted for shareholder approval in order to qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, provided that the plan includes well defined and appropriate performance criteria, and with respect to any cash component, that the maximum award per participant is clearly stated and is not unreasonable or excessive.
V. Anti-Takeover Provisions
FIAM will generally vote against a proposal to adopt or approve the adoption of an Anti-Takeover Provision unless:
A. The Poison Pill either:
1. includes the following features:
a. A Sunset Provision of no greater than five years;
b. Linked to a business strategy that is expected to result in greater value for the shareholders;
c. Requires shareholder approval to be reinstated upon expiration or if amended;

323

d. Contains a mechanism to allow shareholders to consider a bona fide takeover offer for all outstanding shares without triggering the Poison Pill; and
e. Allows Fidelity to hold an aggregate position of up to 20% of a company's total voting securities and of any class of voting securities; or
2. Has been narrowly tailored to protect a specific tax benefit, and subject to an evaluation of its likelihood to enhance long-term economic returns or maximize long-term shareholder value.
B. It is an Anti-Greenmail proposal that does not include other Anti-Takeover Provisions; or
C. It is a fair price amendment that considers a two-year price history or less.
FIAM will generally vote in favor of a proposal to eliminate an Anti-Takeover Provision unless:
D. In the case of shareholder proposals regarding shareholders’ right to call special meetings, FIAM generally will vote against each proposal if the threshold required to call a special meeting is less than 25% of the outstanding stock.
E. In the case of proposals regarding shareholders’ right to act by written consent, FIAM will generally vote against each proposal if it does not include appropriate mechanisms for implementation including, among other things, that at least 25% of the outstanding stock request that the company establish a record date determining which shareholders are entitled to act and that consents be solicited from all shareholders.
F. In the case of proposals regarding supermajority provisions, FIAM may vote to support such a provision when FIAM determines that it may protect minority shareholder interests due to the presence of a substantial or dominant shareholder.
VI. Capital Structure / Incorporation
A. Increases in Common Stock
FIAM will generally vote against a provision to increase a company's common stock if such increase will result in a total number of authorized shares greater than three times the current number of outstanding and scheduled to be issued shares, including stock options, except in the case of real estate investment trusts, where an increase that will result in a total number of authorized shares up to five times the current number of outstanding and scheduled to be issued shares is generally acceptable.
B. Reverse Stock Splits
FIAM will generally vote in favor of reverse stock splits as long as the post-split authorized shares is no greater than three times the post-split number of outstanding and scheduled to be issued shares, including stock awards, or in the case of real estate investment trusts the number of post-split authorized shares is not greater than five times the post-split number of outstanding and scheduled to be issued shares.
C. Multi-Class Share Structures
FIAM will generally vote in favor of proposals to recapitalize multi-class share structures into structures that provide equal voting rights for all shareholders, and will generally vote against proposals to introduce or increase classes of stock with differential voting rights. However, FIAM will evaluate all such proposals in the context of their likelihood to enhance long-term economic returns or maximize long-term shareholder value.
D. Cumulative Voting Rights
FIAM will generally vote against the introduction and in favor of the elimination of cumulative voting rights.
E. Acquisition or Business Combination Statutes
FIAM will generally vote in favor of proposed amendments to a company's certificate of incorporation or by-laws that enable the company to opt out of the control shares acquisition or business combination statutes.
F. Incorporation or Reincorporation in Another State or Country

    324

FIAM will generally vote for management proposals calling for, or recommending that, a portfolio company reincorporate in another state or country if, on balance, the economic and corporate governance factors in the proposed jurisdiction appear reasonably likely to be better aligned with shareholder interests, taking into account the corporate laws of the current and proposed jurisdictions and any changes to the company’s current and proposed governing documents. FIAM will consider supporting such shareholder proposals in limited cases if, based upon particular facts and circumstances, remaining incorporated in the current jurisdiction appears misaligned with shareholder interests.
VII. Shares of Investment Companies
A. If applicable, when a FIAM account invests in an underlying Fidelity Fund with public shareholders, an exchange traded fund (ETF), or non-affiliated fund, FIAM will vote in the same proportion as all other voting shareholders of such underlying fund or class (“echo voting”). FIAM may choose not to vote if “echo voting” is not operationally feasible.
B. Certain FIAM accounts may invest in shares of underlying Fidelity Funds that do not have public shareholders. For Fidelity Funds without public shareholders that are managed by FMR or an affiliate. FIAM will generally vote in favor of proposals recommended by the underlying funds' Board of Trustees.
VIII. Other
A. Voting Process
FIAM will generally vote in favor of proposals to adopt confidential voting and independent vote tabulation practices.
B. Regulated Industries
Voting of shares in securities of any regulated industry (e.g., U.S. banking) organization shall be conducted in a manner consistent with conditions that may be specified by the industry's regulator (e.g., the Federal Reserve Board) for a determination under applicable law (e.g., federal banking law) that no client or group of clients has acquired control of such organization.
QUANTITATIVE MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATES LLC
It is the policy of Quantitative Management Associates LLC (QMA) to vote proxies on client securities in the best long-term economic interest of its clients, in accordance with QMA's established proxy voting policy and procedures. In the case of pooled accounts, QMA’s policy is to vote proxies on securities in such account in the best long-term economic interest of the pooled account. In the event of any actual or apparent material conflict between its clients' interest and QMA’s own, QMA’s policy is to act solely in its clients' interest. To this end, the proxy voting policy and procedures adopted by QMA include procedures to address potential material conflicts of interest arising in connection with the voting of proxies.
QMA's proxy voting policy contains detailed voting guidelines on a wide variety of issues commonly voted upon by shareholders. These guidelines reflect QMA's judgment of how to further the best long-range economic interest of its clients (i.e. the mutual interest of clients in seeing the appreciation in value of a common investment over time) through the shareholder voting process. Where issues are not addressed by its policy, or when circumstances suggest a vote not in accordance with its established guidelines, voting decisions are made on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration the potential economic impact of the proposal. With respect to international holdings, QMA takes into account additional restrictions in some countries that might impair its ability to trade those securities or have other potentially adverse economic consequences, and generally vote foreign securities on a best efforts basis if QMA determines that voting is in the best economic interest of its clients. The Fund determines whether fund securities out on loan are to be recalled for voting purposes and QMA is not involved in any such decision. QMA’s proxy voting committee includes representatives of QMA’s investment, operations, compliance, risk and legal teams. QMA’s proxy voting committee is responsible for interpreting the proxy voting policy as well as monitoring conflicts of interest, and periodically assesses the policy's effectiveness.
QMA utilizes the services of a third party proxy voting facilitator, and upon receipt of proxies will direct the voting facilitator to vote in a manner consistent with QMA's established proxy voting guidelines described above (assuming timely receipt of proxy materials from issuers and custodians). In accordance with its obligations under the Advisers Act, QMA provides full disclosure of its proxy voting policy, guidelines and procedures to its clients upon their request, and will also provide to any client, upon request, the proxy voting records for that client's securities.
Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC Proxy Voting Policy Summary

325

AllianzGI may be granted by its clients the authority to vote proxies of the securities held in client accounts. AllianzGI US typically votes proxies as part of its discretionary authority to manage accounts, unless the client has explicitly reserved the authority for itself.  When voting proxies, AllianzGI US seeks to make voting decisions solely in the best interests of its clients and to enhance the economic value of the underlying portfolio securities held in its clients’ accounts.
AllianzGI US has adopted written Proxy Policy Guidelines and Procedures (the “Proxy Guidelines”) that are reasonably designed to ensure that the firm is voting in the best interest of its clients. The Proxy Guidelines reflect AllianzGI US’s general voting positions on specific corporate governance issues.  AllianzGI US has retained an independent third party service provider (the “Proxy Provider”) to assist in the proxy voting process by implementing the votes in accordance with the Proxy Guidelines as well as assisting in the administrative process.  The Proxy Provider offer a variety of proxy-related services to assist in AllianzGI US’s handling of proxy voting responsibilities.   The Proxy Guidelines also provide for oversight of the proxy voting process by a Proxy Committee. The Proxy Guidelines summarize AllianzGI US’s position on various issues, including issues of corporate governance and corporate actions, and give general indication as to how we will vote shares on such issues.  Occasionally, there may be instances when AllianzGI US may not vote proxies in strict adherence to the Proxy Guidelines.  To the extent that the Proxy Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues or a case arises of a potential material conflict between AllianzGI US’s interest and those of a client with respect to proxy voting, the Proxy Committee will convene to discuss the issues.  In evaluating issues, the Proxy Committee may consider information from many sources, including the portfolio management team, the analyst responsible for monitoring the stock of the company at issue, management of a company presenting a proposal, shareholder groups and independent proxy research services.  In situations in which the Proxy Guidelines do not give clear guidance on an issue, the Proxy Provider policies are consulted and/or the Proxy Committee will review the issue.  In the event that either an analyst or portfolio manager wishes to override the Proxy Guidelines, the analyst or portfolio manager will be presented to the Proxy Committee for a final decision.  Any deviations from the Proxy Guidelines will be documented and maintained in accordance with Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act.
In certain circumstances, a client may request in writing that AllianzGI US vote proxies for its account in accordance with a set of guidelines which differs from the Proxy Guidelines.  For example, a client may wish to have proxies voted for its account in accordance with the Taft-Hartley proxy voting guidelines.  In that case, AllianzGI US will vote the shares held by such client accounts in accordance with their direction, which may be different from the vote cast for shares held on behalf of other client accounts that vote in accordance with the Proxy Guidelines.
AllianzGI US will generally refrain from voting proxies on securities that are subject to share blocking restrictions.  Certain countries require the freezing of shares for trading purposes at the custodian/sub-custodian bank level in order to vote proxies to ensure that shareholders voting at meetings continue to hold the shares through the actual shareholder meeting.  However, because AllianzGI US cannot anticipate every proxy proposal that may arise (including a proxy proposal that an analyst and/or portfolio manager believes has the potential to significantly affect the economic value of the underlying security, such as proxies relating to mergers and acquisitions), AllianzGI US may, from time to time, instruct the Proxy Providers to cast a vote for a proxy proposal in a share blocked country. AllianzGI US will not be responsible for voting of proxies that AllianzGI US has not been notified of on a timely basis by the client’s custodian. 
In accordance with the Proxy Guidelines, AllianzGI US may review additional criteria associated with voting proxies and evaluate the expected benefit to its clients when making an overall determination on how or whether to vote a proxy.  Upon receipt of a client’s written request, AllianzGI US may also vote proxies for that client’s account in a particular manner that may differ from the Proxy Guidelines.  In addition, AllianzGI US may refrain from voting a proxy on behalf of its clients’ accounts due to de-minimis holdings, immaterial impact on the portfolio, items relating to non-U.S. issuers (such as those described below), non-discretionary holdings not covered by AllianzGI US, timing issues related to the opening/closing of accounts, securities lending issues (see below), contractual arrangements with clients and/or their authorized delegate, the timing of receipt of information, or where circumstances beyond its control prevent it from voting.  For example, AllianzGI US may refrain from voting a proxy of a non-U.S. issuer due to logistical considerations that may impair AllianzGI US’s ability to vote the proxy.  These issues may include, but are not limited to: (i) proxy statements and ballots being written in a language other than English, (ii) untimely notice of a shareholder meeting, (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person, (iv) restrictions on non-U.S. person’s ability to exercise votes, (v) restrictions on the sale of securities for a period of time in proximity to the shareholder meeting, or (vi) requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate the voting instructions.  Such proxies are voted on a best-efforts basis.
AllianzGI US may instead vote in accordance with the proxy guidelines of its affiliate advisers when voting in connection with Wrap Programs.  The affiliated adviser’s guidelines may differ and in fact be in conflict with AllianzGI US’s voting guidelines.  AllianzGI US typically votes proxies as part of its discretionary authority to manage Wrap Program accounts, unless a client has indicated to the Sponsor that it has explicitly reserved the authority to vote proxies for itself.  AllianzGI US will generally vote all proxies sent to it by the Sponsor on an aggregate basis.  When AllianzGI US votes proxies on an aggregate basis, the proxy voting records are generally available only on an aggregate level and are not maintained on an individual account basis.

    326

If a client has decided to participate in a securities lending program, AllianzGI US will defer to the client’s determination and not attempt to recall securities on loan solely for the purpose of voting routine proxies as this could impact the returns received from securities lending and make the client a less desirable lender in the marketplace.  If the participating client requests, AllianzGI US will use reasonable efforts to notify the client of proxy measures that AllianzGI US deems material.
The ability to timely identify material events and recommend recall of shares for proxy voting purposes is not within the control of AllianzGI US and requires the cooperation of the client and its other service providers.  Efforts to recall loaned securities are not always effective and there can be no guarantee that any such securities can be retrieved in a timely manner for purposes of voting the securities.
Clients may obtain a copy of the Proxy Guidelines upon request.  To obtain a copy of the Proxy Guidelines or to obtain information on how an account’s securities were voted, clients should contact their account representative.
BOSTON PARTNERS AND WEISS PECK & GREER
PROXY VOTING POLICY SUMMARY
Boston Partners’ Proxy Policy Committee (the “Committee”) is responsible for administering and overseeing Boston Partners’ proxy voting process. The Committee makes decisions on proxy policy, establishes formal Proxy Voting Policies (the “Guidelines”) and updates the Guidelines as necessary, but no less frequently than annually. In addition, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may delegate certain functions to internal departments and/or engage third-party vendors to assist in the proxy voting process. Finally, selected members of the Committee will be responsible for evaluating and resolving conflicts of interest relating to Boston Partners’ proxy voting process.
To assist Boston Partners in carrying out its responsibilities with respect to proxy activities for Boston Partners and Weiss, Peck & Greer, Boston Partners has engaged Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”), a third party corporate governance research service, which is registered as an investment adviser. ISS receives all proxy-related materials for securities held in client accounts and votes the proposals in accordance with Boston Partners’ Guidelines. While Boston Partners may consider ISS’s recommendations on proxy issues, Boston Partners bears ultimate responsibility for proxy voting decisions. ISS also provides recordkeeping and vote-reporting services.
How Boston Partners Votes
Boston Partners’ Guidelines were developed in conjunction with ISS and predominantly follow a combination of their standard and PVS (Taft-Hartley) guidelines. In determining how proxies should be voted, Boston Partners primarily focuses on maximizing the economic value of its clients’ investments. In the case of social and political responsibility issues that, in its view, do not primarily involve financial considerations, it is Boston Partners’ objective to support shareholder proposals that it believes promote good corporate citizenship.
Boston Partners has identified for ISS certain routine issues that enable them to vote in a consistent manner with regard to those proposals. In addition, Boston Partners has outlined certain criteria for addressing non-routine issues. ISS performs in-depth research and analysis and, where required by the Guidelines, performs a case-by-case evaluation prior to casting a ballot on Boston Partners’ behalf. Although Boston Partners has instructed ISS to vote in accordance with the Guidelines, Boston Partners retains the right to deviate from those Guidelines if, in its estimation, doing so would be in the best interest of clients. Boston Partners may refrain from voting proxies where it is unable or unwilling to do so because of legal or operational difficulties or because it believes the administrative burden and/or associated cost exceeds the expected benefit to a client.
Conflicts
ISS is a third-party service provider engaged to make recommendations and to vote proxies in accordance with Boston Partners’ predetermined Guidelines. Because Boston Partners votes proxies based on predetermined Guidelines, Boston Partners believes clients are sufficiently insulated from any actual or perceived conflicts Boston Partners may encounter between its interests and those of its clients. However, Boston Partners may deviate from the Guidelines in certain circumstances or its Guidelines may not address certain proxy voting proposals. If a member of Boston Partners’ research or portfolio management team recommends that it vote a particular proxy proposal in a manner inconsistent with the Guidelines or if its Guidelines do not address a particular proposal, Boston Partners will adhere to certain procedures designed to ensure that the decision to vote the particular proxy proposal is based on the best interest of Boston Partners’ clients. In summary, these procedures require the individual requesting a deviation from the Guidelines to complete a Conflicts Questionnaire (the “Questionnaire”) along with written document of the economic rationale supporting the request. The Questionnaire seeks to identify possible relationships with the parties involved in the proxy that may not be readily apparent. Based on the responses to the Questionnaire, the Committee (or a subset of the Committee) will determine

327

whether it believes a material conflict of interest is present. If a material conflict of interest is found to exist, Boston Partners will vote in accordance with the instructions of the client, seek the recommendation of an independent third party or resolve the conflict in such other manner as Boston Partners believes is appropriate, including by making its own determination that a particular vote is, notwithstanding the conflict, in the best interest of clients.
Disclosures
A copy of Boston Partners’ Proxy Voting Procedures, as updated from time to time, as well as information regarding the voting of securities for a client account is available upon request from Boston Partners’ relationship manager.
Wrap Program account clients may obtain information regarding Boston Partners’ policies and procedures or their voting record by contacting Boston Partners at (866) 762-6699.
SCHRODER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT NORTH AMERICA INC. AND SCHRODER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT NORTH AMERICA LIMITED
Schroders Environmental, Social & Governance Policy
Schroders is an investment manager managing investments for clients in a variety of asset classes and for a variety of objectives but all with a common theme of producing returns for clients. This document illustrates how Schroders exercises the rights and responsibilities attaching to equity securities in which the funds of clients are invested. This paper may be part of a wider policy accommodating additional statements, where necessary, for regulatory purposes or for the benefit of clients in different locations.
Schroders believes that well managed companies will deliver sustainable competitive advantage and long term shareholder value, and therefore an analysis and consideration of a company’s financial performance, the quality of its management structures, the suitability of internal controls and the ability of the board to manage operational performance, environmental and social risks and opportunities will affect our stock valuation and selection strategies. It is in the interests of our clients that we will expect boards and executives to consider and review the strategy, operating performance, quality of leadership and the internal controls of the companies they direct, in order to produce the returns required by our clients.
On behalf of our clients Schroders has share ownership rights and exercising these rights, through company engagement and proxy voting, is an integral part of our role in managing, protecting and enhancing the value of our clients’ investments. In exercising these responsibilities we combine the perspectives of our portfolio managers and company, environmental, social and governance (ESG) analysts to form a rounded view of each company and the issues it faces. It follows that we will concentrate on each company’s ability to create sustainable value and may question or challenge companies about ESG issues that we perceive may affect their future value.
December 2014
Our ESG Process
Investment . Schroders overriding objective for integrating an ESG approach into the equity investment process is to, wherever possible, enhance returns and protect value for our clients. The sale of shares of a successful company by Schroders is not necessarily a reflection of our view of the quality of the management of a company but may be because of our belief that other companies will offer greater share price growth relative to their current valuation. The purchase and sale of shares will also be affected by the flow of funds under our control and asset allocation decisions.
Stewardship . Share interests carry ownership rights and exercising those rights is an integral part of our investment process. The overriding principles are that our objectives for the exercise of shareholder rights and responsibilities are to enhance returns for clients and to work in the best interests of our clients.
We believe this is best achieved by considering and seeking to enhance the long term value of equity holdings. In determining long term value, we must consider the risk attached to investments compared with an opportunity to sell a holding, particularly in the event of a takeover.
Companies should act in the best interests of their owners, the shareholders. Companies must have due regard for other stakeholders – no company can function, for example, without a good workforce, without providing quality services or goods to customers, without treating suppliers with respect and without maintaining credibility with lenders. However, it is the interests of the owners of the business which should be paramount.

    328

We accept that no one model of ESG can apply to all companies and we will consider the circumstances of each company. It is in the best interests of clients for us to be pragmatic in the way we exercise ownership rights.
Analysis . Schroders believes that an analysis and evaluation of ESG issues and their impact on investments is a fundamental part of the stock valuation and selection process. Typically ESG analysis will source information from a mosaic of sources, including (but not limited to) the company itself, specialist research providers, brokers and academics. We will utilise internationally recognised benchmarks, codes and standards 1 as guidelines for corporate best practice within our ESG company analysis, but we are pragmatic in our recognition that no “one” model of ESG management can apply to a company, and that each company has to be considered in respect of the industry and markets in which it operates. Typically good corporate ESG practice should ensure that:
there is an empowered and effective board
there are appropriate checks and balances in company management systems
there are effective systems for internal control and risk management covering ESG and other significant issues
there is suitable transparency and accountability
management remuneration is aligned with long term shareholder value
Integration . Wherever relevant the analysis of a company’s ESG performance is part of our investment process. Such analysis enhances our understanding of a company and its ability to deliver sustainable long term shareholder value. We accept that it is not always possible to apportion investment value to ESG issues but that ESG performance can provide a proxy for the quality of management and as such can be integrated into stock valuation. On occasion some ESG issues may have direct financial relevance (e.g. carbon emissions, water scarcity) and in these instances we will endeavour to integrate these considerations into our valuation process. We recognise that there is no set way for integrating ESG into the investment process, and as such different teams have developed varying approaches, and that these approaches may evolve over time.
Engagement . Engagement with companies is part of our fundamental approach to the investment process as an active investor 2 . It has the advantage of enhancing communication and understanding between companies and investors. When engaging with companies our purpose is to either seek additional understanding or, where necessary, to seek change that will protect and enhance the value of investments for which we are responsible. We concentrate on each company’s ability to create sustainable value and will question or challenge companies about issues, including those relating to ESG, that we perceive might affect the future value of those companies.
Voting: Coverage . We recognise our responsibility to make considered use of voting rights. We therefore evaluate voting issues on our investments and, where we have the authority to do so, vote on them in line with our fiduciary responsibilities in what we deem to be the interests of our clients. We normally hope to support company management, however, we will withhold support or oppose management if we believe that it is in the best interests of our clients to do so.
When voting, where there is insufficient information with which to make a voting decision or where market practices make it onerous or expensive to vote compared with the benefits of doing so (for example, share blocking 3 ), we will not generally vote.
Voting: Operational . In order to act in the best interests of clients and in order to maintain the necessary flexibility to meet client needs, local offices of Schroders may determine a voting policy regarding the securities for which they are responsible, subject to agreement with clients as appropriate, and/or addressing local market issues.
All voting is overseen by investment professionals and is undertaken to enhance returns for clients.
We use a third party service to process all proxy voting instructions electronically. For certain investments (particularly those determined by quantitative processes) where holdings will generally be a small proportion of a company’s voting share capital, we will use a third party to determine and implement a vote on the grounds that the voting service will be more familiar with governance of those companies and the voting policy is not inconsistent with our own. At companies where we have a material holding, we will continue to vote according to our own policy.
Voting: Conflicts of Interest . Occasions may arise where a conflict or perceived conflict of interest exists, for example where the director of a company is also a director of Schroders plc. In such situations, we will follow the voting recommendations of a third party (which will be the supplier of our proxy voting processing and research service).
If a recommendation from the third party is unavailable, or If Schroders believes it should override the recommendations of the third party and vote in a way that may also benefit, or be perceived to benefit, its own interest, then Schroders will obtain the approval of the decision from the Schroders’ Head of Equities with the rationale of such vote being recorded in writing.
Screening . In addition to our ESG approach Schroders also provides a screening service for clients, as and when required. These may be for a themed fund or for a segregated mandate to reflect a client’s values within their investment approach.

329

Client Choice . ESG should be part of the investment management process in order to ensure that the governance policy is operated to enhance the value of funds under management. Accordingly, we believe it is appropriate for clients to give voting discretion to Schroders. However, clients may elect to retain all or some discretion in relation to voting, engagement and/or corporate governance issues. In these cases, we suggest such clients use an external voting service to vote their interests.
Disclosure . We produce quarterly and annual reports on our ESG activities, as well as hosting a Responsible Investment page on our internet site. We believe that our policy and processes comply with, and support the implementation of, the Principles for Responsible Investment and the UK Stewardship Code.
Reports on our use of voting rights and engagement with companies are available to clients.
Stock Lending . Lenders of stock do not generally have voting rights on lent stock. There may be occasions, however, where it is necessary to recall stock in order to vote it. We believe it would be appropriate to recall lent stock when a) the benefits for clients of voting outweigh the benefits of stock lending; b) the subject of the vote is material to the value of the company; and c) there is a realistic chance that voting the shares under our control would affect the outcome of the vote.
Voting Policy: Our Core Principles
The following pages set out the issues we consider when determining how to vote. All are subject to the overriding principles that we will vote and act to enhance returns for clients and act in the best interests of clients. We will vote against any proposal or action by a company which would materially reduce shareholder rights or damage shareholder interests.
Strategy, Performance, Transparency and Integrity.
Strategic Focus
Companies must produce adequate returns for shareholders.
If a company is not making or will not make returns above the cost of capital, it should improve performance or consider returning underperforming capital to shareholders in a tax-efficient manner.
Shareholders’ Interests
We will oppose any proposal or action which materially reduce or damage shareholders’ rights.
Major corporate changes or transactions that materially dilute the equity or erode the economic interests or ownership rights of existing shareholders should not be made without the approval of shareholders.
With the exception of those that could reasonably be deemed insignificant, any transactions with related parties should not be made without prior independent shareholder approval.
Shareholders should be given sufficient information about any voting proposal to allow them to make an informed judgement when exercising their voting rights.
Companies should provide secure methods of ownership of shares. Further, there should be no unreasonable restrictions on the transfer of shares.
Reporting to Shareholders
The annual report and accounts of companies should be properly prepared, in accordance with relevant accounting standards.
Companies must communicate clearly with shareholders. This obligation extends to producing quality accounts and communicating timely and relevant information. Transparency, prudence and integrity in the accounts of companies are factors which are highly valued by investors.
Auditors
Audits provide a valuable protection to shareholders and should ensure the integrity of accounts.

    330

In order to provide objectivity and a robust assessment of the accounts, the auditors should be independent. Where independence is compromised or perceived as being compromised due to a conflict of interest, a firm’s suitability as auditor will be called into question. Independence may be compromised, for example, where the level of non-audit work is excessive or inappropriate or where the auditors or relevant individuals have a connection with the company.
Internal Controls
The level of risk a company faces and the way a company manages those risks can have a significant effect on a company’s value and may determine whether the company can survive. We understand and recognise that risks must be taken. However, risks must be recognised and managed. Linked to this, internal controls should be in place to ensure a company’s managers and board are aware of the state of the business.
Boards and Management.
Status and Role
The boards (the term ‘boards’ as used in this document includes the governing bodies of corporations, however described (for example, ‘supervisory boards’)) of the companies in which our clients’ monies are invested should consider and review, amongst other things, the strategic direction, the quality of leadership and management, the internal controls and the operating performance of those companies.
Board members must be competent and have relevant expertise.
The board of directors, or supervisory board, (as an entity and each of its members as individuals) should be accountable to shareholders.
The discharge or indemnification of a board or management will not normally be supported where we are aware of outstanding issues or have concerns regarding that board or company.
Every member of the board should stand for re-election by shareholders no less than every three years.
Companies should disclose sufficient biographical information about directors to enable investors to make a reasonable assessment of the value they add to the company.
Board Structure
Boards should consider the diversity and balance of the board:
The board should recognise the benefits of diversity
The board should be balanced, such that no group dominates the board or supervisory body.
There should be a material number of genuinely independent non- executives on the board or supervisory body.
Independent non-executives can give shareholders a degree of protection and assurance by ensuring that no individual or non-independent grouping has unfettered powers or dominant authority. However, the issue of independence is not, of itself, a measure of an individual’s value or ability to contribute as a board member.
Performance and Succession Planning
It is emphasised that the success of a company will be determined by the quality and success of its people. Appointing the right people to lead a company is an essential part of this process. The process for selecting and retaining board members should therefore be robust and rigorous and ensure that the make up of the board remains appropriate and dynamic, with a particular emphasis on individuals with business success.
It is important that companies which fail to achieve a satisfactory level of performance should review board membership and the role of senior executives.
Boards should therefore regularly undertake a review of their performance. A review of performance must not be an academic exercise. Any review should seek to consider the performance of individuals and the board as a whole.
Any issues identified should be resolved through, if necessary, operational changes or changes of personnel.

331

It is an inevitable part of any organisation that there will be changes of staff – people might not have, or no longer have, the right skills, abilities or attitude to properly and successfully fulfil or continue in their role. This applies at all levels in an organisation. Thus, it is a natural and healthy process to have staff turnover, including at senior executive and board level.
We will oppose directors and may seek their replacement where the leadership of an organisation is not sufficiently objective or robust in reviewing performance.
Committees
Boards should appoint an audit committee and a remuneration committee, each consisting of independent non-executive board members.
Capital.
Efficient Use of Capital
Companies should earn a return on capital that exceeds the company’s weighted average cost of capital.
Companies should have efficient balance sheets that minimise the cost of capital, with an appropriate level of gearing which recognises the significant risks attaching to debt.
Where companies cannot or will not use capital efficiently, they should consider returning the capital to shareholders: the capital may then be allocated to investments earning an appropriate return.
Capital should not be used for value-destroying acquisitions.
Share Buybacks
Buybacks are a valid means of creating value for investors at appropriate prices and when the objective is in the best interests of shareholders.
Issuing Shares
Companies should not propose general authorities to allow unlimited or substantial capital authorisations or blank cheque preferred stock.
The creation of different classes of equity share capital must be fully justified.
Pre-emption Rights
Pre-emption rights are a key investor protection measure. We recognise that in some instances it is appropriate for companies to have a certain amount of flexibility to issue shares for cash without offering them first to shareholders on a pre-emptive basis.
Accordingly, authorities to issue shares non-pre-emptively should not exceed recognised market guidelines or practice or, in the absence of guidelines or a recognised practice, an overall limit of 10%.
We will consider powers to issue shares on a non-pre-emptive basis in excess of these limits, where a company can provide a reasoned case that the issue of shares on a non-pre-emptive basis (whether directly or, for example, through the issue of convertible bonds or warrants or for vendor placings) would be in the best interests of existing shareholders.
Share Voting Rights
Companies should provide strong arguments to justify the introduction or maintenance of equity shares with special voting rights, golden shares or other split capital structures.
Executive Remuneration.
High calibre individuals are a vital component of success for any organisation. Remuneration policies should allow the recruitment and retention of these individuals and provide appropriate incentive arrangements which reward returns for shareholders.

    332

In considering the pay arrangements of senior executives at companies, we are concerned with the structure of total compensation and to ensure that potential rewards are aligned with shareholder interests.
We recognise the value of high-calibre executives and note that in order to hire the best individuals, it is necessary for companies to pay at levels which allow them to compete in the market to recruit successful executives. However, the existence of this effect does not justify unwarranted transfers of value to executives. It follows that where individuals have failed, their continuation in the role should be reviewed and, if necessary, they should be removed.
In formulating proposals remuneration committees and boards should, in particular:
avoid creating arrangements or policies that could result in excessive dilution of shareholders’ interests or create excessive or unwarranted costs. It is expected that average dilution through the commitment to issue shares to directors, executives and employees would not exceed 1% per year;
link significant elements of total remuneration to genuine performance and in particular focused on the achievement of above average performance;
encourage significant share ownership amongst the executive team and look to widen share ownership throughout the organisation
avoid arrangements that would encourage the destruction of shareholder value;
achieve an appropriate balance between long- and short-term elements of pay, with an emphasis on reward for sustainable longer-term performance;
avoid service contracts and provisions providing compensatory arrangements in excess of one year, except following appointment where for a limited time a longer period may be acceptable;
appoint remuneration committees consisting of independent non-executive directors. These committees should be responsible for determining and recommending to the board the pay policies in respect of executive directors and senior managers;
not reprice, adjust, or otherwise amend stock options and awards;
use financial and ESG metrics for measuring executive performance which focus on outcomes rather than inputs to potential corporate performance;
avoid complex scorecards of numerous performance measures, thereby diluting a focus on long term success for the company and shareholders;
focus long-term incentive arrangements for board members primarily on total corporate performance and only secondarily on areas of individual responsibility. Special incentive arrangements concerning specific ventures or projects may distort alignment with total corporate performance and shareholder returns.
Other Issues.
Takeover Bids
Takeovers are an important part of an efficient market. However, takeovers do not always create value for shareholders. Accordingly, each case will be judged on its merits. Factors considered will include the quality of a company’s management, the long-term prospects for the company’s share price and investors and, ultimately, whether the price offered should be accepted in the best interests of our clients.
Poison Pills and Takeover Defences
Poison pill arrangements, takeover defences or other equivalent arrangements have as their purpose the benefit of management rather than the owners of the company and are frequently contrary to shareholder interests. Such arrangements should not be introduced and existing arrangements that have been put in place should be removed.
Company Constitutions
The documents defining the constitution of a company are key documents providing protection to the interests of shareowners. Any changes to these documents should be clearly justified.
_____________________________
1 These include, but are not limited to, the Institutional Shareholders Committee, the Global Reporting Initiative, the Association of British Insurers, the United Nations Global Compact and the UK Stewardship Code.
2 The extent to which we engage for particular funds as part of stock selection will vary; for quant funds, for example, meeting company managements will play no part in the selection process.
3 Share blocking is a practice whereby restrictions are placed on the trading of shares which are to be voted.

333

SECURITY CAPITAL RESEARCH & MANAGEMENT INCORPORATED

Security Capital Research & Management Incorporated (Security Capital) has adopted proxy voting procedures (“Procedures”) that incorporate detailed guidelines (Guidelines) for voting proxies in the best interests of clients.  Pursuant to the Procedures, most routine proxy matters will be voted in accordance with the Guidelines.  To assist Security Capital’s investment personnel with proxy voting proposals, independent proxy voting services are retained.  For proxy matters that are not covered by the Guidelines (including matters that require a case-by-case determination) or where a vote contrary to the independent proxy voting service recommendation is considered appropriate, the Procedures require a certification and review process to be completed before the vote is cast. 
To oversee and monitor the proxy-voting process, Security Capital has established a proxy committee and appointed a proxy administrator.  The proxy committee is composed of the Proxy Administrator, senior business officers of Security Capital and the Legal, Compliance and Risk Management and Control departments. The proxy committee will meet periodically to review general proxy-voting matters, review and approve the Guidelines annually, and provide advice and recommendations on general proxy-voting matters as well as on specific voting issues.
T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC.
T. ROWE PRICE INTERNATIONAL LTD
T. ROWE PRICE (CANADA), INC
T. ROWE PRICE HONG KONG LIMITED
T. ROWE PRICE SINGAPORE PRIVATE LTD.
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
RESPONSIBILITY TO VOTE PROXIES
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., T. Rowe Price International Ltd, T. Rowe Price (Canada), Inc., T. Rowe Price Hong Kong Limited, and T. Rowe Price Singapore Private Ltd. (collectively, “ T. Rowe Price ”) recognize and adhere to the principle that one of the privileges of owning stock in a company is the right to vote in the election of the company’s directors and on matters affecting certain important aspects of the company’s structure and operations that are submitted to shareholder vote. As an investment adviser with a fiduciary responsibility to its clients, T. Rowe Price analyzes the proxy statements of issuers whose stock is owned by the U.S.-registered investment companies which it sponsors and serves as investment adviser (“ Price Funds ”) and by common trust funds, offshore funds, institutional and private counsel clients who have requested that T. Rowe Price be involved in the proxy process. T. Rowe Price has assumed the responsibility for voting proxies on behalf of the T. Rowe Price Funds and certain counsel clients who have delegated such responsibility to T. Rowe Price. In addition, T. Rowe Price makes recommendations regarding proxy voting to counsel clients who have not delegated the voting responsibility but who have requested voting advice. T. Rowe Price reserves the right to decline to vote proxies in accordance with client-specific voting guidelines.
T. Rowe Price has adopted these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (“ Policies and Procedures ”) for the purpose of establishing formal policies and procedures for performing and documenting its fiduciary duty with regard to the voting of client proxies. This document is updated annually.
Fiduciary Considerations. It is the policy of T. Rowe Price that decisions with respect to proxy issues will be made in light of the anticipated impact of the issue on the desirability of investing in the portfolio company from the viewpoint of the particular client or Price Fund. Proxies are voted solely in the interests of the client, Price Fund shareholders or, where employee benefit plan assets are involved, in the interests of plan participants and beneficiaries. Our intent has always been to vote proxies, where possible to do so, in a manner consistent with our fiduciary obligations and responsibilities. Practicalities and costs involved with international investing may make it impossible at times, and at other times disadvantageous, to vote proxies in every instance.
Other Considerations. One of the primary factors T. Rowe Price considers when determining the desirability of investing in a particular company is the quality and depth of its management. We recognize that a company’s management is entrusted with the day-to-day operations of the company, as well as its long-term direction and strategic planning, subject to the oversight of the company’s board of directors. Accordingly, our proxy voting guidelines are not intended to substitute our judgment for management’s with respect to the company’s day-to-day operations. Rather, our proxy voting guidelines are designed to promote accountability of a company's management and board of directors to its shareholders; to align the interests of management with those of shareholders; and to encourage companies to adopt best practices in terms of their corporate governance. In addition to our proxy voting guidelines, we rely on a company’s disclosures, its board’s recommendations, a company’s track record, country-specific best practices codes, our research providers and, most importantly, our investment professionals’ views, in making voting decisions.
ADMINISTRATION OF POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

    334

Proxy Committee. T. Rowe Price’s Proxy Committee (“ Proxy Committee ”) is responsible for establishing positions with respect to corporate governance and other proxy issues, including those involving corporate social responsibility issues. Certain delegated members of the Proxy Committee also review questions and respond to inquiries from clients and mutual fund shareholders pertaining to proxy issues. While the Proxy Committee sets voting guidelines and serves as a resource for T. Rowe Price portfolio management, it does not have proxy voting authority for any Price Fund or counsel client. Rather, this responsibility is held by the Chairperson of the Price Fund’s Investment Advisory Committee or counsel client’s portfolio manager.
Global Proxy Services Group. The Global Proxy Services Group is responsible for administering the proxy voting process as set forth in the Policies and Procedures.
Proxy Administrator. The Global Proxy Services Group will assign a Proxy Administrator who will be responsible for ensuring that all meeting notices are reviewed and important proxy matters are communicated to the portfolio managers for consideration.
Global Corporate Governance Analyst. Our Global Corporate Governance Analyst is responsible for reviewing the proxy agendas for all upcoming meetings and making company-specific recommendations to our global industry analysts and portfolio managers with regard to the voting decisions in their portfolios.
HOW PROXIES ARE REVIEWED, PROCESSED AND VOTED
In order to facilitate the proxy voting process, T. Rowe Price has retained Institutional Shareholder Services ( ISS ) as an expert in the proxy voting and corporate governance area. ISS specializes in providing a variety of fiduciary-level proxy advisory and voting services. These services include voting recommendations as well as vote execution, reporting, auditing and consulting assistance for the handling of proxy voting responsibility. In order to reflect T. Rowe Price’s issue-by-issue voting guidelines as approved each year by the Proxy Committee, ISS maintains and implements a custom voting policy for the Price Funds and other client accounts. From time to time, T. Rowe Price may also obtain certain proxy voting research from Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC.
Meeting Notification
T. Rowe Price utilizes ISS’s voting agent services to notify us of upcoming shareholder meetings for portfolio companies held in client accounts and to transmit votes to the various custodian banks of our clients. ISS tracks and reconciles T. Rowe Price holdings against incoming proxy ballots. If ballots do not arrive on time, ISS procures them from the appropriate custodian or proxy distribution agent. Meeting and record date information is updated daily, and transmitted to T. Rowe Price through Proxy Exchange, ISS’s web-based application.
Vote Determination
Each day, ISS delivers into T. Rowe Price’s proprietary proxy research platform a comprehensive summary of upcoming meetings, proxy proposals, publications discussing key proxy voting issues, and custom vote recommendations to assist us with proxy research and processing. The final authority and responsibility for proxy voting decisions remains with T. Rowe Price. Decisions with respect to proxy matters are made primarily in light of the anticipated impact of the issue on the desirability of investing in the company from the perspective of our clients.
Portfolio managers may decide to vote their proxies consistent with the Policies and Procedures, as set by the Proxy Committee, and instruct our Proxy Administrator to vote all proxies accordingly. Alternatively, portfolio managers may request to review the vote recommendations and sign off on all proxies before the votes are cast, or they may choose only to sign off on those votes cast against management. The portfolio managers are also given the option of reviewing and determining the votes on all proxies without utilizing the vote guidelines of the Proxy Committee. In all cases, the portfolio managers may elect to receive current reports summarizing all proxy votes in their client accounts. Portfolio managers who vote their proxies inconsistent with T. Rowe Price guidelines are required to document the rationale for their votes. The Proxy Administrator is responsible for maintaining this documentation and assuring that it adequately reflects the basis for any vote which is cast contrary to our proxy voting guidelines.
T. Rowe Price Voting Policies
Specific proxy voting guidelines have been adopted by the Proxy Committee for all regularly occurring categories of management and shareholder proposals. A detailed set of proxy voting guidelines is available on the T. Rowe Price website, www.troweprice.com. The following is a summary of our guidelines on the most significant proxy voting topics:
Election of Directors – For U.S. companies, T. Rowe Price generally supports slates with a majority of independent directors. However, T. Rowe Price may vote against outside directors who do not meet our criteria relating to their independence, particularly when they serve on key board committees, such as compensation and nominating committees, for which we believe that all directors should be independent. Outside of the U.S., we expect companies to adhere to the minimum independence standard established by regional

335

corporate governance codes. At a minimum, however, we believe boards in all regions should include a blend of executive and non-executive members, and we are likely to vote against senior executives at companies without any independent directors. We also vote against directors who are unable to dedicate sufficient time to their board duties due to their commitments to other boards. We may vote against certain directors who have served on company boards where we believe there has been a gross failure in governance or oversight. Additionally, we may vote against compensation committee members who approve excessive executive compensation or severance arrangements. We support efforts to elect all board members annually because boards with staggered terms lessen directors’ accountability to shareholders and act as deterrents to takeover proposals. To strengthen boards’ accountability, T. Rowe Price supports proposals calling for a majority vote threshold for the election of directors and we may withhold votes from an entire board if they fail to implement shareholder proposals that receive majority support.
Anti-Takeover, Capital Structure and Corporate Governance Issues – T. Rowe Price generally opposes anti-takeover measures since they adversely impact shareholder rights and limit the ability of shareholders to act on potential value-enhancing transactions. Such anti-takeover mechanisms include classified boards, supermajority voting requirements, dual share classes, and poison pills. When voting on capital structure proposals, T. Rowe Price will consider the dilutive impact to shareholders and the effect on shareholder rights. We may support shareholder proposals that call for the separation of the Chairman and CEO positions if we determine that insufficient governance safeguards are in place at the company.
Executive Compensation Issues – T. Rowe Price’s goal is to assure that a company’s equity-based compensation plan is aligned with shareholders’ long-term interests. We evaluate plans on a case-by-case basis, using a proprietary, scorecard-based approach that employs a number of factors, including dilution to shareholders, problematic plan features, burn rate, and the equity compensation mix. Plans that are constructed to effectively and fairly align executives’ and shareholders’ incentives generally earn our approval. Conversely, we oppose compensation packages that provide what we view as excessive awards to few senior executives, contain the potential for excessive dilution relative to the company’s peers, or rely on an inappropriate mix of options and full-value awards. We also may oppose equity plans at any company where we deem the overall compensation practices to be problematic. We generally oppose efforts to reprice options in the event of a decline in value of the underlying stock unless such plans appropriately balance shareholder and employee interests. For companies with particularly egregious pay practices such as excessive severance packages, executives with outsized pledged/hedged stock positions, executive perks, and bonuses that are not adequately linked to performance, we may vote against compensation committee members. We analyze management proposals requesting ratification of a company’s executive compensation practices (“Say-on-Pay” proposals) on a case-by-case basis, using a proprietary scorecard-based approach that assesses the long-term linkage between executive compensation and company performance as well as the presence of objectionable structural features in compensation plans. With respect to the frequency in which companies should seek advisory votes on compensation, we believe shareholders should be offered the opportunity to vote annually. Finally, we may withhold votes from compensation committee members or even the entire board if we have cast votes against a company’s “Say-on-Pay” vote in consecutive years.
Mergers and Acquisitions – T. Rowe Price considers takeover offers, mergers, and other extraordinary corporate transactions on a case-by-case basis to determine if they are beneficial to shareholders’ current and future earnings stream and to ensure that our Price Funds and clients are receiving fair consideration for their securities. We oppose a high proportion of proposals for the ratification of executive severance packages (“Say on Golden Parachute” proposals) in conjunction with merger transactions if we conclude these arrangements reduce the alignment of executives’ incentives with shareholders’ interests.
Corporate Social Responsibility Issues – Vote recommendations for corporate responsibility issues are generated by the Global Corporate Governance Analyst using ISS’s proxy research and company reports. T. Rowe Price generally votes with a company’s management on social, environmental and corporate responsibility issues unless the issue has substantial investment implications for the company’s business or operations which have not been adequately addressed by management. T. Rowe Price supports well-targeted shareholder proposals on environmental and other public policy issues that are particularly relevant to a company’s businesses.
Global Portfolio Companies – ISS applies a two-tier approach to determining and applying global proxy voting policies. The first tier establishes baseline policy guidelines for the most fundamental issues, which span the corporate governance spectrum without regard to a company’s domicile. The second tier takes into account various idiosyncrasies of different countries, making allowances for standard market practices, as long as they do not violate the fundamental goals of good corporate governance. The goal is to enhance shareholder value through effective use of the shareholder franchise, recognizing that application of policies developed for U.S. corporate governance issues are not appropriate for all markets. The Proxy Committee has reviewed ISS’s general global policies and has developed international proxy voting guidelines which in most instances are consistent with ISS recommendations.

    336

Fixed Income, Index and Passively Managed Accounts – Proxy voting for fixed income, index and other passively-managed portfolios is administered by the Proxy Services Group using T. Rowe Price’s policies as set by the Proxy Committee. If a portfolio company is held in both an actively managed account and an index account, the index account will default to the vote as determined by the actively managed proxy voting process. In addition, fixed income accounts will generally follow the proxy vote determinations on security holdings held by our equity accounts unless the matter is specific to a particular fixed income security (i.e., consents, restructurings, reorganization proposals).
Divided Votes – In situations where a decision is made which is contrary to the policies established by the Proxy Committee, or differs from the vote for any other client or Price Fund, the Proxy Services Group advises the portfolio managers involved of the divided vote. The persons representing opposing views may wish to confer to discuss their positions. In such instances, it is the normal practice for the portfolio manager to document the reasons for the vote if it is against our proxy voting guidelines. The Proxy Administrator is responsible for assuring that adequate documentation is maintained to reflect the basis for any vote which is cast in opposition to our proxy voting guidelines.
Shareblocking – Shareblocking is the practice in certain foreign countries of “freezing” shares for trading purposes in order to vote proxies relating to those shares. In markets where shareblocking applies, the custodian or sub-custodian automatically freezes shares prior to a shareholder meeting once a proxy has been voted. Shareblocking typically takes place between one and fifteen (15) days before the shareholder meeting, depending on the market. In markets where shareblocking applies, there is a potential for a pending trade to fail if trade settlement takes place during the blocking period. T. Rowe Price’s policy is generally to abstain from voting shares in shareblocking countries unless the matter has compelling economic consequences that outweigh the loss of liquidity in the blocked shares.
Securities on Loan – The Price Funds and our institutional clients may participate in securities lending programs to generate income. Generally, the voting rights pass with the securities on loan; however, lending agreements give the lender the right to terminate the loan and pull back the loaned shares provided sufficient notice is given to the custodian bank in advance of the voting deadline. T. Rowe Price’s policy is generally not to vote securities on loan unless the portfolio manager has knowledge of a material voting event that could affect the value of the loaned securities. In this event, the portfolio manager has the discretion to instruct the Proxy Administrator to pull back the loaned securities in order to cast a vote at an upcoming shareholder meeting.
Monitoring and Resolving Conflicts of Interest
The Proxy Committee is also responsible for monitoring and resolving potential material conflicts between the interests of T. Rowe Price and those of its clients with respect to proxy voting. We have adopted safeguards to ensure that our proxy voting is not influenced by interests other than those of our fund shareholders. While membership on the Proxy Committee is diverse, it does not include individuals whose primary duties relate to client relationship management, marketing, or sales. Since T. Rowe Price’s voting guidelines are predetermined by the Proxy Committee, application of the guidelines by fund portfolio managers to vote fund proxies should in most instances adequately address any potential conflicts of interest. However, consistent with the terms of the Policies and Procedures, which allow portfolio managers to vote proxies opposite our general voting guidelines, the Proxy Committee regularly reviews all such proxy votes that are inconsistent with the proxy voting guidelines to determine whether the portfolio manager’s voting rationale appears reasonable. The Proxy Committee also assesses whether any business or other material relationships between T. Rowe Price and a portfolio company (unrelated to the ownership of the portfolio company’s securities) could have influenced an inconsistent vote on that company’s proxy.
Issues raising potential conflicts of interest are referred to designated members of the Proxy Committee for immediate resolution prior to the time T. Rowe Price casts its vote. With respect to personal conflicts of interest, T. Rowe Price’s Code of Ethics and Conduct requires all employees to avoid placing themselves in a “compromising position” in which their interests may conflict with those of our clients and restrict their ability to engage in certain outside business activities. Portfolio managers or Proxy Committee members with a personal conflict of interest regarding a particular proxy vote must recuse themselves and not participate in the voting decisions with respect to that proxy.
Specific Conflict of Interest Situations - Voting of T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. common stock (sym: TROW) by certain T. Rowe Price Index Funds will be done in all instances in accordance with T. Rowe Price policy, and votes inconsistent with policy will not be permitted. In the event that there is no previously established guideline for a specific voting issue appearing on the T. Rowe Price Group proxy, the Price Funds will abstain on that voting item. In addition, T. Rowe Price has voting authority for proxies of the holdings of certain Price Funds that invest in other Price Funds. In cases where the underlying fund of an investing Price Fund, including a fund-of-funds, holds a proxy vote, T. Rowe Price will mirror vote the fund shares held by the upper-tier fund in the same proportion as the votes cast by the shareholders of the underlying funds (other than the T. Rowe Price Reserve Investment Funds).

337

REPORTING, RECORD RETENTION AND OVERSIGHT
The Proxy Committee, and certain personnel under the direction of the Proxy Committee, perform the following oversight and assurance functions, among others, over T. Rowe Price’s proxy voting: (1) periodically samples proxy votes to ensure that they were cast in compliance with T. Rowe Price’s proxy voting guidelines; (2) reviews, no less frequently than annually, the adequacy of the Policies and Procedures to make sure that they have been implemented effectively, including whether they continue to be reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of our clients; (3) performs due diligence on whether a retained proxy advisory firm has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues, including the adequacy and quality of the proxy advisory firm’s staffing and personnel and its policies; and (4) oversees any retained proxy advisory firms and their procedures regarding their capabilities to (i) produce proxy research that is based on current and accurate information and (ii) identify and address any conflicts of interest and any other considerations that we believe would be appropriate in considering the nature and quality of the services provided by the proxy advisory firm.
Vote Summary Reports will be generated for each client that requests T. Rowe Price to furnish proxy voting records. The report specifies the portfolio companies, meeting dates, proxy proposals, and votes which have been cast for the client during the period and the position taken with respect to each issue. Reports normally cover quarterly or annual periods and are provided to clients upon request.
T. Rowe Price retains proxy solicitation materials, memoranda regarding votes cast in opposition to the position of a company’s management, and documentation on shares voted differently. In addition, any document which is material to a proxy voting decision such as the T. Rowe Price proxy voting guidelines, Proxy Committee meeting materials, and other internal research relating to voting decisions will be kept. All proxy voting materials and supporting documentation are retained for six years (except for proxy statements available on the SEC’s EDGAR database).
THOMPSON, SIEGEL & WALMSLEY LLC
Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC (TS&W) acknowledges it has a fiduciary obligation to its clients that requires it to monitor corporate events and vote client proxies.  TS&W has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that proxies for domestic and foreign stock holdings are voted in the best interest of our clients on a best efforts basis.  TS&W recognizes that it (i) has a fiduciary responsibility under the Employee Retirement Income Securities Act (ERISA) to vote proxies prudently and solely in the best interest of plan participants and beneficiaries (ii) will vote stock proxies in the best interest of the client (non-ERISA) when directed (together, our clients).  TS&W has developed its policy to be consistent with, wherever possible, enhancing long-term shareholder value and leading corporate governance practices.  TS&W has retained the services of Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS).  ISS is a Registered Investment Adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.  As a leading provider of proxy voting and corporate governance services with 20+ years of experience, ISS serves more than 1,700 institutions.  ISS’s core business is to analyze proxies and issue informed research and objective vote recommendations for more than 38,000 companies across 115 markets worldwide.  ISS provides TS&W proxy proposal research and voting recommendations and votes accounts on TS&W’s behalf under the guidance of ISS’s standard voting guidelines which include:
Operational Issues
Board of Directors
Proxy Contests
Anti-takeover Defenses and Related Voting Issues
Mergers and Corporate Restructurings
State of Incorporation
Capital Structure
Executive & Director Compensation
Corporate Responsibility:
Consumer Issues and Public Safety
Environment and Energy
General Corporate Issues
Labor Standards and Human Rights
Military Business
Workplace Diversity
Mutual Fund Proxies
Equity and Compensation Plans
Specific Treatment of Certain Award Types in Equity Plan Evaluations
Other Compensation Proposals & Policies
Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

    338

TS&W’s proxy coordinator is responsible for monitoring ISS’s voting procedures on an ongoing basis. TS&W’s general policy regarding the voting of proxies is as follows:
Proxy Voting Guidelines:
Routine and/or non-controversial, general corporate governance issues are normally voted with management; this would include the Approval of Independent Auditors.
Occasionally, ISS may vote against management’s proposal on a particular issue; such issues would generally be those deemed likely to reduce shareholder control over management, entrench management at the expense of shareholders, or in some way diminish shareholders’ present or future value. From time to time TS&W will receive and act upon the client’s specific instructions regarding proxy proposals.  TS&W reserves the right to vote against any proposals motivated by political, ethical or social concerns.  TS&W and ISS will examine each issue solely from an economic perspective.
A complete summary of ISS’s voting guidelines, domestic & foreign, are available at: http://www.issgovernance.com/policy
Conflicts of Interest: 
Occasions may arise during the voting process in which the best interests of the clients conflicts with TS&W’s interests.  Conflicts of interest generally include (i) business relationships where TS&W has a substantial business relationship with, or is actively soliciting business from, a company soliciting proxies (ii) personal or family relationships whereby an employee of TS&W has a family member or other personal relationship that is affiliated with a company soliciting proxies, such as a spouse who serves as a director of a public company.  A conflict could also exist if a substantial business relationship exists with a proponent or opponent of a particular initiative. If TS&W determines that a material conflict of interest exists, TS&W will instruct ISS to vote using ISS’s standard policy guidelines which are derived independently from TS&W.
Proxy Voting Process:
Upon timely receipt of proxy materials, ISS will automatically release vote instructions on client’s behalf as soon as custom research is completed.  TS&W retains authority to override the votes (before cut-off date) if they disagree with the vote recommendation.
The Proxy Coordinator will monitor the voting process at ISS via Proxy Exchange website (ISS’s online voting and research platform).  Records of which accounts are voted, how accounts are voted, and how many shares are voted are kept electronically with ISS.
For proxies not received at ISS, TS&W and ISS will make a best efforts attempt to receive ballots from the clients’ custodian.
TS&W will be responsible for account maintenance — opening and closing of accounts, transmission of holdings and account environment monitoring.
Order Implementation Manager (proxy oversight representative) will keep abreast of any critical or exceptional events or events qualifying as a conflict of interest via ISS Proxy Exchange website and email.  TS&W has the ability to override vote instructions, and the Order Implementation Manager will consult with TS&W’s Investment Policy Committee or product managers in these types of situations.
All proxies are voted solely in the best interest of clients.
Proactive communication takes place via regular meetings with ISS’s Client Relations Team.
Practical Limitations Relating to Proxy Voting:
 While TS&W uses its best efforts to vote proxies, in certain circumstances it may be impractical or impossible for TS&W to do so.  Identifiable circumstances include: 
Limited Value .  TS&W may abstain from voting in those circumstances where it has concluded to do so would have no identifiable economic benefit to the client-shareholder.
Unjustifiable Cost .  TS&W may abstain from voting when the costs of or disadvantages resulting from voting, in TS&W’s judgment, outweigh the economic benefits of voting.
Securities Lending .  Certain of TS&W’s clients engage in securities lending programs under which shares of an issuer could be on loan while that issuer is conducting a proxy solicitation.  As part of the securities lending program, if the securities are on loan at the record date, the client lending the security cannot vote that proxy.  Because TS&W generally is not aware of when a security may be on loan, it does not have an opportunity to recall the security prior to the record date.  Therefore, in most cases, those shares will not be voted and TS&W may not be able fully to reconcile the securities held at record date with the securities actually voted.
Failure to Receive Proxy Statements .  TS&W may not be able to vote proxies in connection with certain holdings, most frequently for foreign securities, if it does not receive the account’s proxy statement in time to vote the proxy.
Proxy Voting Records & Reports:

339

The proxy information is maintained by ISS on TS&W’s behalf and includes the following:  (i) name of the issuer, (ii) the exchange ticker symbol, (iii) the CUSIP number, (iv) the shareholder meeting date, (v) a brief description of the matter brought to vote; (vi) whether the proposal was submitted by management or a shareholder, (vii) how the proxy was voted (for, against, abstained), (viii) whether the proxy was voted for or against management, and (ix) documentation materials to make the decision.  TS&W’s Proxy Coordinator coordinates retrieval and report production as required or requested.
Clients will be notified annually of their ability to request a copy of our proxy policies and procedures.  A copy of how TS&W voted on securities held is available free of charge upon request from our clients or by calling us toll free at (800) 697-1056.
UBS ASSET MANAGEMENT (AMERICAS) INC.
The following is a summary of UBS Asset Management (Americas) Inc’s (UBS AM) proxy voting policy:
The proxy voting policy of UBS AM is based on its belief that voting rights have economic value and should be treated accordingly. Good corporate governance should in the long term, lead towards better corporate performance and improved shareholder value. Generally, UBS AM expects the boards of directors of companies issuing securities held by its clients to act in the service of the shareholders, view themselves as stewards of the company, exercise good judgment and practice diligent oversight of the management of the company. A commitment to acting in as transparent a manner as possible is fundamental to good governance. While there is no absolute set of rules that determine appropriate corporate governance under all circumstances and no set of rules will guarantee ethical board behavior, there are certain principles, which provide evidence of good corporate governance. UBS AM may delegate to an independent proxy voting and research service the authority to exercise the voting rights associated with certain client holdings. Any such delegation shall be made with the direction that the votes be exercised in accordance with UBS AM's proxy voting policy.
When UBS AM's view of a company's management is favorable, UBS AM generally supports current management initiatives. When UBS AM's view is that changes to the management structure would probably increase shareholder value, UBS AM may not support existing management proposals. In general, UBS AM generally exercises voting rights in accordance with the following principles: (1) with respect to board structure, (a) an effective chairman is key, (b) the roles of chairman and chief executive generally should be separated, (c) board members should have appropriate and diverse experience and be capable of providing good judgment and diligent oversight of management of the company, (d) the board should include executive and non-executive members, and (e) the non-executive members should provide a challenging, but generally supportive environment; and (2) with respect to board responsibilities, (a) the whole board should be fully involved in endorsing strategy and in all major strategic decisions, and (b) the board should ensure that at all times (i) appropriate management succession plans are in place; (ii) the interests of executives and shareholders are aligned; (iii) the financial audit is independent and accurate; (iv) the brand and reputation of the company is protected and enhanced; (v) a constructive dialogue with shareholders is encouraged; and (vi) it receives all the information necessary to hold management accountable. In addition, UBS AM focuses on the following areas of concern when voting its clients' securities: economic value resulting from acquisitions or disposals; operational performance; quality of management; independent non-executive board members not holding management accountable; quality of internal controls; lack of transparency; inadequate succession planning; poor approach to corporate social responsibility; inefficient management structure; and corporate activity designed to frustrate the ability of shareholders to hold the board accountable or realize the maximum value of their investment. UBS AM exercises its voting rights in accordance with overarching rationales outlined by its proxy voting policies and procedures that are based on the principles described above.
UBS AM has implemented procedures designed to address a conflict of interest in voting a particular proxy proposal, which may arise as a result of its or its affiliates' client relationships, marketing efforts or banking, investment banking and broker-dealer activities. To address such conflicts, UBS AM has imposed information barriers between it and its affiliates who conduct banking, investment banking and broker-dealer activities and has implemented procedures to prevent business, sales and marketing issues from influencing its proxy votes. Whenever UBS AM is aware of a conflict with respect to a particular proxy, the UBS AM Committee is notified and determines the manner in which such proxy is voted.
VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC.
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
It is Victory Capital’s policy to vote the Portfolio’s proxies in the best interests of the Portfolio and its shareholders. This entails voting client proxies with the objective of increasing the long-term economic value of Portfolio assets. To assist it in making proxy-voting decisions, Victory Capital has adopted a Proxy Voting Policy (“Policy”) that establishes voting guidelines (“Proxy Voting Guidelines”) with respect to certain recurring issues. The Policy is reviewed on an annual basis by Victory Capital’s Proxy Committee (“Proxy Committee”) and revised when the Proxy Committee determines that a change is appropriate.

    340

Voting under Victory Capital’s Policy may be executed through administrative screening per established guidelines with oversight by the Proxy Committee or upon vote by a quorum of the Proxy Committee. Victory Capital delegates to Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”), an independent service provider, the non-discretionary administration of proxy voting for its clients, subject to oversight by the Proxy Committee. In no circumstances shall ISS have the authority to vote proxies except in accordance with standing or specific instructions given to it by Victory Capital.
Victory Capital’s Proxy Committee determines how proxies are voted by following established guidelines, which are intended to assist in voting proxies and are not considered rigid rules. The Proxy Committee is directed to apply the guidelines as appropriate. On occasion, however, a contrary vote may be warranted when such action is in the best interests of the Portfolio or if required by the client. In such cases, Victory Capital may consider, among other things:
the effect of the proposal on the underlying value of the securities
the effect on marketability of the securities
the effect of the proposal on future prospects of the issuer
the composition and effectiveness of the issuer’s board of directors
the issuer’s corporate governance practices
the quality of communications from the issuer to its shareholders
Victory Capital may also take into account independent third-party, general industry guidance or other corporate governance review sources when making decisions. It may additionally seek guidance from other senior internal sources with special expertise on a given topic where it is appropriate. The investment team’s opinion concerning the management and prospects of the issuer may be taken into account in determining whether a vote for or against a proposal is in the Portfolio’s best interests. Insufficient information, onerous requests or vague, ambiguous wording may indicate that a vote against a proposal is appropriate, even when the general principal appears to be reasonable.
Occasionally, conflicts of interest arise between Victory Capital’s interests and those of the Portfolio or another client. When this occurs, the Proxy Committee must document the nature of the conflict and vote the proxy in accordance with the Proxy Voting Guidelines unless such guidelines are judged by the Proxy Committee to be inapplicable to the proxy matter at issue. In the event that the Proxy Voting Guidelines are inapplicable or do not mitigate the conflict, Victory Capital will seek the opinion of its chief compliance officer or consult with an external independent adviser. In the case of a Proxy Committee member having a personal conflict of interest (e.g. a family member is on the board of the issuer), such member will abstain from voting. Finally, Victory Capital reports to the Portfolio annually any proxy votes that took place involving a conflict, including the nature of the conflict and the basis or rationale for the voting decision made.
WEDGE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT L.L.P.
WEDGE Capital Management L.L.P. (WEDGE) established its proxy policy to comply with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and, as a fiduciary to ERISA clients, proxy voting responsibilities promulgated by the Department of Labor. This policy applies to accounts in which WEDGE has voting authority. WEDGE's authority to vote client proxies is established by an advisory contract or a comparable document.
Voting Guidelines. The analyst who recommends the security for the WEDGE portfolio has voting responsibility for that security. If the security is held in multiple traditional products, the analyst who holds the most shares in his or her portfolio is responsible for voting. Securities held in both a quantitative product and a traditional product are voted by the traditional portfolio analyst.
WEDGE casts votes in the best economic interest of shareholders. Therefore, the vote for each security held in a traditional product is cast on a case-by-case basis. Each analyst may conduct his or her own research and/or use the information provided by Glass Lewis & Co. LLC (Glass Lewis). Glass Lewis provides proxy analyses containing research and objective vote recommendations on each proposal.) If an analyst chooses to vote against the management's recommended vote, a reason must be provided on the voting materials and recorded in the vote management software.
Votes should be cast either “For” or “Against.” In very limited instances an abstention may be appropriate; in which case, the analyst should document why he or she abstained. This will be documented in the vote management software by the proxy department.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. All conflicts of interest are to be resolved in the best interest of our clients.
To alleviate potential conflicts of interest or the appearance of conflicts, WEDGE does not allow any associate or his or her spouse to sit on the board of directors of any public company without Management Committee approval, and all associates have to affirm quarterly that they are in compliance with this requirement.

341

All associates must adhere to the CFA Institute Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct, which requires specific disclosure of conflicts of interest and strict adherence to independence and objectivity standards. Situations that may create a conflict or the appearance of a conflict include but are not limited to the following:
1. An analyst has a financial interest in the company or in a company which may be involved in a merger or acquisition with the company in question.
2. An analyst has a personal relationship with someone (e.g. a close friend or family member) who is employed by the company in question or by a company which may be involved in a merger or acquisition with the company in question.
3. The company in question is a client or prospective client of the firm.
If any of the three criteria listed above is met, or if the voting analyst feels a potential conflict of interest exists for any reason, he or she should complete a Potential Conflict of Interest Form (PCIF) which identifies the potential conflict of interest and is used to document the review of the vote.
For items 1 and 2 above, the voting analyst is required to consult with an analyst who does not have a potential conflict of interest. If the consulting analyst disagrees with the voting analyst's vote recommendation, a Management Committee member must be consulted. For item 3 above (or any other potential conflict not identified above), two of the three Management Committee members must review and agree with the recommended vote. The completed PCIF is attached to the voting materials and reviewed by the proxy department for accurate completion prior to being recorded in the vote management software.
Due to the importance placed on the Glass Lewis recommended votes, it is important that Glass Lewis has procedures in place to mitigate any potential conflicts of interest. The independence of Glass Lewis will be reviewed during each audit of the proxy process.
PROXY VOTING RECORDS. As required by Rule 204-2 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, WEDGE will maintain the following records:
The Proxy Policy
Record of each vote cast on behalf of WEDGE's clients
Documents prepared by WEDGE that were material to making a proxy voting decision, including PCIFs
Each written client request for proxy voting records and WEDGE's written response to any written or oral client request
POLICY DISCLOSURE. On an annual basis, WEDGE will send Form ADV Part 2 to all clients to disclose how they can obtain a copy of the Proxy Policy and/or information on how their securities were voted. Clients may request a copy of the Proxy Policy and voting decisions at any time by contacting WEDGE at either address below.
Attention: Proxy Request
WEDGE Capital Management L.L.P.
301 S. College Street, Suite 2920
Charlotte, NC 28202-6002
Via E-mail:
proxy@wedgecapital.com
REVIEW PROCEDURES
Periodically, WEDGE will review proxy voting for compliance with this policy and determine if revisions to the policy are necessary.
WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLP
Global Proxy Policy & Procedures :
INTRODUCTION
Wellington Management has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best economic interests of clients for whom it exercises proxy-voting discretion.
Wellington Management’s Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines”) set forth broad guidelines and positions on common proxy issues that Wellington Management uses in voting on proxies. In addition, Wellington Management also considers each proposal in the context of the issuer, industry and country or countries in which the issuer’s business is conducted. The Guidelines are not rigid rules and the merits of a particular proposal may cause Wellington Management to enter a vote that differs from the Guidelines.

    342

STATEMENT OF POLICY
Wellington Management:
1) Votes client proxies for which clients have affirmatively delegated proxy-voting authority, in writing, unless it determines that it is in the best interest of one or more clients to refrain from voting a given proxy.
2) Votes all proxies in the best interests of the client for whom it is voting, i.e., to maximize economic value.
3) Identifies and resolves all material proxy-related conflicts of interest between the firm and its clients in the best interests of the client.
RESPONSIBILITY AND OVERSIGHT
Investor and Counterparty Services (“ICS”) monitors regulatory requirements with respect to proxy voting and works with the firm’s Legal and Compliance Group and the Corporate Governance Committee to develop practices that implement those requirements. Day-to-day administration of the proxy voting process is the responsibility of ICS, which also acts as a resource for portfolio managers and research analysts on proxy matters, as needed. The Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for oversight of the implementation of the Global Proxy Policy and Procedures, review and approval of the Guidelines and for providing advice and guidance on specific proxy votes for individual issuers.
PROCEDURES
Use of Third-Party Voting Agent
Wellington Management uses the services of a third-party voting agent to manage the administrative aspects of proxy voting. The voting agent processes proxies for client accounts, casts votes based on the Guidelines and maintains records of proxies voted.
Receipt of Proxy
If a client requests that Wellington Management votes proxies on its behalf, the client must instruct its custodian bank to deliver all relevant voting material to Wellington Management or its voting agent.
Reconciliation
Each public security proxy received by electronic means is matched to the securities eligible to be voted and a reminder is sent to any custodian or trustee that has not forwarded the proxies as due. Although proxies received for private securities, as well as those received in non-electronic format, are voted as received, Wellington Management is not able to reconcile these proxies to holdings, nor does it notify custodians of non-receipt.
Research
In addition to proprietary investment research undertaken by Wellington Management investment professionals, ICS conducts proxy research internally, and uses the resources of a number of external sources to keep abreast of developments in corporate governance and of current practices of specific companies.
Proxy Voting
Following the reconciliation process, each proxy is compared against the Guidelines, and handled as follows:
Generally, issues for which explicit proxy voting guidance is provided in the Guidelines (i.e., “For”, “Against”, “Abstain”) are reviewed by ICS and voted in accordance with the Guidelines.
Issues identified as “case-by-case” in the Guidelines are further reviewed by ICS. In certain circumstances, further input is needed, so the issues are forwarded to the relevant research analyst and/or portfolio manager(s) for their input.
Absent a material conflict of interest, the portfolio manager has the authority to decide the final vote. Different portfolio managers holding the same securities may arrive at different voting conclusions for their clients’ proxies.
Wellington Management reviews regularly the voting record to ensure that proxies are voted in accordance with these Global Proxy Policy and Procedures and the Guidelines; and ensures that documentation and reports, for clients and for internal purposes, relating to the voting of proxies are promptly and properly prepared and disseminated.

343

Material Conflict of Interest Identification and Resolution Processes
Wellington Management’s broadly diversified client base and functional lines of responsibility serve to minimize the number of, but not prevent, material conflicts of interest it faces in voting proxies. Annually, the Corporate Governance Committee sets standards for identifying material conflicts based on client, vendor, and lender relationships, and publishes those standards to individuals involved in the proxy voting process. In addition, the Corporate Governance Committee encourages all personnel to contact ICS about apparent conflicts of interest, even if the apparent conflict does not meet the published materiality criteria. Apparent conflicts are reviewed by designated members of the Corporate Governance Committee to determine if there is a conflict and if so whether the conflict is material.
If a proxy is identified as presenting a material conflict of interest, the matter must be reviewed by designated members of the Corporate Governance Committee, who will resolve the conflict and direct the vote. In certain circumstances, the designated members may determine that the full Corporate Governance Committee should convene.
OTHER CONSIDERATIONS
In certain instances, Wellington Management may be unable to vote or may determine not to vote a proxy on behalf of one or more clients. While not exhaustive, the following are potential instances in which a proxy vote might not be entered.
Securities Lending
In general, Wellington Management does not know when securities have been lent out pursuant to a client’s securities lending program and are therefore unavailable to be voted. Efforts to recall loaned securities are not always effective, but, in rare circumstances, Wellington Management may recommend that a client attempt to have its custodian recall the security to permit voting of related proxies.
Share Blocking and Re-registration
Certain countries impose trading restrictions or requirements regarding re-registration of securities held in omnibus accounts in order for shareholders to vote a proxy. The potential impact of such requirements is evaluated when determining whether to vote such proxies.
Lack of Adequate Information, Untimely Receipt of Proxy Materials, or Excessive Costs
Wellington Management may abstain from voting a proxy when the proxy statement or other available information is inadequate to allow for an informed vote, when the proxy materials are not delivered in a timely fashion or when, in Wellington Management’s judgment, the costs exceed the expected benefits to clients (such as when powers of attorney or consularization are required).
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Wellington Management maintains records related to proxies pursuant to Rule 204-2 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and other applicable laws.
Wellington Management provides clients with a copy of its Global Proxy Policy and Procedures , including the Guidelines, upon written request. In addition, Wellington Management will make specific client information relating to proxy voting available to a client upon reasonable written request.
Dated: 1 January 2015
Global Proxy Voting Guidelines:
Upon a client’s written request, Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”) votes securities that are held in the client’s account in response to proxies solicited by the issuers of such securities. Wellington Management established these Global Proxy Voting Guidelines to document positions generally taken on common proxy issues voted on behalf of clients.
These guidelines are based on Wellington Management’s fiduciary obligation to act in the best economic interest of its clients as shareholders. Hence, Wellington Management examines and votes each proposal so that the long-term effect of the vote will ultimately increase shareholder value for our clients. Because ethical considerations can have an impact on the long-term value of assets, our voting practices are also attentive to these issues, and votes will be cast against unlawful and unethical activity. Further, Wellington Management’s experience in voting proposals has shown that similar proposals often have different consequences for

    344

different companies. Moreover, while these Global Proxy Voting Guidelines are written to apply globally, differences in local practice and law make universal application impractical. Therefore, each proposal is evaluated on its merits, taking into account its effects on the specific company in question and on the company within its industry. It should be noted that the following are guidelines, and not rigid rules, and Wellington Management reserves the right in all cases to vote contrary to guidelines where doing so is judged to represent the best economic interest of its clients.
Following is a list of common proposals and the guidelines on how Wellington Management anticipates voting on these proposals. The “(SP)” after a proposal indicates that the proposal is usually presented as a shareholder proposal.
Voting Guidelines:
Composition and role of the board of directors
Elect directors (Case by case). We believe that shareholders’ ability to elect directors annually is the most important right shareholders have. We generally support management nominees, but will withhold votes from any director who is demonstrated to have acted contrary to the best economic interest of shareholders. We may also withhold votes from directors who failed to implement shareholder proposals that received majority support, implemented dead-hand or no-hand poison pills, or failed to attend at least 75% of scheduled board meetings.
Classify board of directors (Against). We will also vote in favor of shareholder proposals seeking to declassify boards.
Adopt director tenure/retirement age (SP) (Against).
Adopt director and officer indemnification (For). We generally support director and officer indemnification as critical to the attraction and retention of qualified candidates to the board. Such proposals must incorporate the duty of care.
Allow special interest representation to board (SP) (Against).
Require board independence (For). We believe that, in the absence of a compelling counter-argument or prevailing market norms, at least 65% of a board should be composed of independent directors, with independence defined by the local market regulatory authority. Our support for this level of independence may include withholding approval for non-independent directors, as well as votes in support of shareholder proposals calling for independence.
Require key board committees to be independent. (For) . Key board committees are the nominating, audit, and compensation committees. Exceptions will be made, as above, with respect to local market conventions.
Require a separation of chair and CEO or require a lead director (SP) (Case by case). We will generally support management proposals to separate the chair and CEO or establish a lead director.
Approve directors’ fees. (For).
Approve bonuses for retiring directors. (Case by case).
Elect supervisory board/corporate assembly. (For).
Elect/establish board committee. (For).
Adopt shareholder access/majority vote on election of directors (SP) (Case by case). We believe that the election of directors by a majority of votes cast is the appropriate standard for companies to adopt and therefore generally will support those proposals that seek to adopt such a standard. Our support for such proposals will extend typically to situations where the relevant company has an existing resignation policy in place for directors that receive a majority of “withhold” votes. We believe that it is important for majority voting to be defined within the company’s charter and not simply within the company’s corporate governance policy.
Generally we will not support proposals that fail to provide for the exceptional use of a plurality standard in the case of contested elections. Further, we will not support proposals that seek to adopt a majority of votes outstanding (i.e., total votes eligible to be cast as opposed to actually cast) standard.
Management compensation
Adopt/amend stock option plans. (Case by case).
Adopt/amend employee stock purchase plans. (For).
Approve/amend bonus plans. (Case by case). In the US, bonus plans are customarily presented for shareholder approval pursuant to section 162(m) of the omnibus budget reconciliation act of 1992 (“OBRA”). OBRA stipulates that certain forms of compensation are not tax deductible unless approved by shareholders and subject to performance criteria. Because OBRA does not prevent the payment of subject compensation, we generally vote “for” these proposals. Nevertheless, occasionally these proposals are presented in a bundled form seeking 162(m) approval and approval of a stock option plan. In such cases, failure of the proposal prevents the awards from being granted. We will vote against these proposals where the grant portion of the proposal fails our guidelines for the evaluation of stock option plans.
Approve remuneration policy. (Case by case).
Approve compensation packages for named executive officers. (Case by case).
Determine whether the compensation vote will occur every one, two, or three years. (One year).
Exchange underwater options. (Case by case). We may support value-neutral exchanges in which senior management is ineligible to participate.
Eliminate or limit severance agreements (golden parachutes) (Case by case). We will oppose excessively generous arrangements, but may support agreements structured to encourage management to negotiate in shareholders’ best economic interest.

345

Approve golden parachute arrangements in connection with certain corporate transactions. (Case by case).
Shareholder approval of future severance agreements covering senior executives (SP) (Case by case). We believe that severance arrangements require special scrutiny, and are generally supportive of proposals that call for shareholder ratification thereof. But we are also mindful of the board’s need for flexibility in recruitment and retention and will therefore oppose limitations on board compensation policy where respect for industry practice and reasonable overall levels of compensation have been demonstrated.
Expense future stock options (SP) (For).
Shareholder approval of all stock option plans (SP) (For).
Disclose all executive compensation (SP) (For).
Reporting of results
Approve financial statements (For).
Set dividends and allocate profits. (For).
Limit non-audit services provided by auditors (SP) (Case by case). We follow the guidelines established by the public company accounting oversight board regarding permissible levels of non-audit fees payable to auditors.
Ratify selection of auditors and set their fees. (Case by case). We will generally support management’s choice of auditors, unless the auditors have demonstrated failure to act in shareholders’ best economic interest.
Elect statutory auditors. (Case by case).
Shareholder approval of auditors (SP) (For).
Shareholder voting rights
Adopt cumulative voting (SP) (Against). We are likely to support cumulative voting proposals at “controlled” companies (i.e., companies with a single majority shareholder) or at companies with two-tiered voting rights.
Shareholder rights plans (Case by case). Also known as poison pills, these plans can enable boards of directors to negotiate higher takeover prices on behalf of shareholders. However, these plans also may be misused to entrench management. The following criteria are used to evaluate both management and shareholder proposals regarding shareholder rights plans.
We generally support plans that include:
Shareholder approval requirement
Sunset provision
Permitted bid feature (i.e., bids that are made for all shares and demonstrate evidence of financing must be submitted to a shareholder vote)
Because boards generally have the authority to adopt shareholder rights plans without shareholder approval, we are equally vigilant in our assessment of requests for authorization of blank check preferred shares (see below).
Authorize blank check preferred stock. (Case by case). We may support authorization requests that specifically proscribe the use of such shares for anti-takeover purposes.
Eliminate right to call a special meeting. (Against).
Establish right to call a special meeting or lower ownership threshold to call a special meeting (SP) (Case by case).
Increase supermajority vote requirement. (Against). We likely will support shareholder and management proposals to remove existing supermajority vote requirements.
Adopt anti-greenmail provision. (For).
Adopt confidential voting (SP) (Case by case). We require such proposals to include a provision to suspend confidential voting during contested elections so that management is not subject to constraints that do not apply to dissidents.
Remove right to act by written consent. (Against).
Capital structure
Increase authorized common stock. (Case by case). We generally support requests for increases up to 100% of the shares currently authorized. Exceptions will be made when the company has clearly articulated a reasonable need for a greater increase. Conversely, at companies trading in less liquid markets, we may impose a lower threshold.
Approve merger or acquisition. (Case by case).
Approve technical amendments to charter. (Case by case).
Opt out of state takeover statutes. (For).
Authorize share repurchase. (For).
Authorize trade in company stock. (For).
Approve stock splits. (Case by case). We approve stock splits and reverse stock splits that preserve the level of authorized but unissued shares.
Approve recapitalization/restructuring. (Case by case).
Issue stock with or without preemptive rights. (Case by case).
Issue debt instruments. (Case by case).

    346

Environmental and social issues
We expect portfolio companies to comply with applicable laws and regulations with regards to environmental and social standards. We evaluate shareholder proposals related to environmental and social issues on a case-by-case basis.
Disclose political and PAC Gifts (SP) (Case by case).
Report on sustainability (SP) (Case by case).
Miscellaneous
Approve other business. (Against).
Approve reincorporation. (Case by case).
Approve third-party transactions. (Case by case).
Dated: March 8, 2012
WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY/WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY LIMITED (“WESTERN ASSET”)
BACKGROUND
An investment adviser is required to adopt and implement policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). The authority to vote the proxies of our clients is established through investment management agreements or comparable documents. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities have been established for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the investment manager.
POLICY
As a fixed income only manager, the occasion to vote proxies is very rare. However, the Firm has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.
While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).
In exercising its voting authority, Western Asset will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Legg Mason Inc. or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset affiliated companies) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.
PROCEDURE
Responsibility and Oversight
The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department (“Compliance Department”) is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.
Client Authority
The Investment Management Agreement for each client is reviewed at account start-up for proxy voting instructions. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Legal and Compliance Department maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.
Proxy Gathering

347

Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.
Proxy Voting
Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:
a. Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted.
b. Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority.
c. Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.)
d. If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party.
e. Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department.
f. Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials.
Timing
Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.
Recordkeeping
Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:
a. A copy of Western Asset’s policies and procedures.
b. Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities.
c. A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies.
d. Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Asset’s written response to both verbal and written client requests.
e. A proxy log including:
1. Issuer name;
2. Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted;
3. Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted;

    348

4. A brief identification of the matter voted on;
5. Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer;
6. Whether a vote was cast on the matter;
7. A record of how the vote was cast; and
8. Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team.
Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Asset’s offices.
Disclosure
Western Asset’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part 2A of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.
Conflicts of Interest
All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:
1. Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company;
2. Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and
3. Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders.
Voting Guidelines
Western Asset’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process.
Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.
I. Board Approved Proposals
The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:
Matters relating to the Board of Directors
Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:
a. Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors.
b. Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director.

349

c. Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences.
d. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors.
2. Matters relating to Executive Compensation
Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:
a. Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution.
b. Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options.
c. Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price.
d. Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less.
3. Matters relating to Capitalization
The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.
a. Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock.
b. Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits).
c. Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs.
4. Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions
Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions.
5. Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures
Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:
a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans.
b. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions.
6. Other Business Matters
Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.
a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws.
b. Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.
II. Shareholder Proposals

    350

SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:
1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans.
2. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Asset’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals.
3. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.
III. Voting Shares of Investment Companies
Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.
1. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios.
2. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided.
IV. Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers
In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers – i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.
1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management.
2. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees.
3. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated.
4. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights.
RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS
For accounts subject to ERISA, as well as other Retirement Accounts, Western Asset is presumed to have the responsibility to vote proxies for the client. The Department of Labor (“DOL”) has issued a bulletin that states that investment managers have the responsibility to vote proxies on behalf of Retirement Accounts unless the authority to vote proxies has been specifically reserved to another named fiduciary. Furthermore, unless Western Asset is expressly precluded from voting the proxies, the DOL has determined that the responsibility remains with the investment manager.
In order to comply with the DOL’s position, Western Asset will be presumed to have the obligation to vote proxies for its Retirement Accounts unless Western Asset has obtained a specific written instruction indicating that: (a) the right to vote proxies has been reserved to a named fiduciary of the client, and (b) Western Asset is precluded from voting proxies on behalf of the client. If Western Asset does not receive such an instruction, Western Asset will be responsible for voting proxies in the best interests of the Retirement Account client and in accordance with any proxy voting guidelines provided by the client.

351

WILLIAM BLAIR INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC
This statement sets forth the proxy voting policy and procedures of William Blair & Company, L.L.C. and William Blair Investment Management, LLC (hereinafter collectively referred to as “William Blair”). It is provided to all covered clients as described below even if we currently do not have authority to vote proxies for their account.
The Department of Labor (“DOL”) has stated that the fiduciary act of managing plan assets by an investment adviser generally includes the authority to vote proxies for shares held by a plan unless the plan documents reserve this authority to some other entity. ERISA section 3(38) defines an investment manager as any fiduciary who is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. WBC and WBIM are registered investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) requires registered investment advisers to implement a proxy voting policy and procedures with respect to the voting of proxies for its advisory clients. Registered investment advisers are required to identify potential conflicts involved in the voting of proxies and meet specific recordkeeping and disclosure requirements. On June 30, 2014, the staff of the SEC Divisions of Investment Management and Corporation Finance issued Staff Legal Bulletin No. 20, which provides guidance on investment advisers’ responsibilities in voting client proxies and retaining proxy advisory firms. This policy is intended to comply with the applicable rules of the DOL and the SEC.
General Policy
William Blair shall vote the proxies of its clients solely in the interest of their participants and beneficiaries and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to them. William Blair shall act with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims. William Blair is not responsible for voting proxies it does not receive. However, William Blair will make reasonable efforts to obtain missing proxies.
William Blair shall adopt the Voting Guidelines of an independent proxy advisory firm (the “Proxy Administrator”) . All proxies are reviewed by the Proxy Administrator, subject to the requirement that all votes shall be cast solely in the best interest of the clients in their capacity as shareholders of a company. The Proxy Administrator votes the proxies according to the Voting Guidelines, which are designed to address matters typically arising in proxy votes. In the case when nominee voting is not allowed it may be impractical for William Blair to participate in those particular votes.
William Blair does not intend the Voting Guidelines to be exhaustive; hundreds of issues appear on proxy ballots and it is neither practical nor productive to fashion a guideline for each. Rather, the Voting Guidelines are intended to cover the most significant and frequent proxy issues that arise. For issues not covered or to be voted on a “Case-by-Case” basis by the Voting Guidelines, the Proxy Administrator will consult the Proxy Committee. The Proxy Committee will review the issues and will vote each proxy based on information from the company, our internal analysts and third party research sources, in the best interests of the clients in their capacity as shareholders of a company. The Proxy Committee consists of certain representatives from the Investment Management Department, including management, portfolio manager(s), analyst(s), operations, as well as a representative from the Compliance Department. The Proxy Committee reviews the Proxy Voting Policy and procedures annually and shall revise its guidelines as events warrant.
Conflicts of Interest Policy
William Blair is sensitive to conflicts of interest that may arise in the proxy decision-making process and we have identified the following potential conflicts of interest:
William Blair has received investment banking compensation from the company in the preceding 12 months or anticipates receiving investment banking compensation in the next three months
A William Blair principal or employee currently serves on the company’s Board of Directors
William Blair, its principals, employees and affiliates (including, without limitation, William Blair Capital Partners Fnds and William Blair Mezzanine Funds), in the aggregate, own 1% or more of the company’s outstanding shares
The Company is a client of WBIM or the WBC Investment Management Department
In the event that any of the above potential conflicts of interest arise, the Proxy Committee will vote all proxies for that company in the following manner:
If our Voting Guidelines indicate a vote “For” or “Against” a specific issue we will continue to vote according to the Voting Guidelines
If our Voting Guidelines have no recommendation or indicate a vote on a “Case-by-Case” basis, we will vote consistent with the voting recommendation provided by the Proxy Administrator

    352

Oversight of Proxy Administrator
William Blair shall provide reasonable oversight of the Proxy Administrator. In providing oversight, William Blair will seek to ascertain whether the Proxy Administrator has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues. Specific oversight responsibilities will include the following:
On at least an annual basis, the Proxy Committee will assess:
the adequacy and quality of the proxy advisory firm’s staffing and personnel
Assess whether the proxy advisory firm has robust policies and procedures that
enable it to make proxy voting recommendations based on current and accurate information
identify and address conflicts of interest relating to its voting recommendations
William Blair personnel responsible for administration of proxy voting shall periodically review a random sample of votes recommended by the Proxy Administrator to ensure they are consistent with the Voting Guidelines and report any inconsistencies to the Proxy Committee
William Blair personnel responsible for proxy voting shall periodically inquire whether the Proxy Administrator has learned that any recommendation was based on a material factual error, and, if so, William Blair shall investigate the error and evaluate whether the Proxy Administrator is taking steps to mitigate making such errors in the future and report any such errors, as well as their resolution to the Proxy committee
William Blair personnel responsible for proxy voting shall require the Proxy Administrator to update on business changes that may impact the Proxy Administrator’s capacity and competency to provide proxy voting advice or conflict of interest policies and procedures
International Markets Share Blocking Policy
In international markets where share blocking applies, we typically will not, but reserve the right to, vote proxies due to liquidity constraints. Share blocking is the “freezing” of shares for trading purposes at the custodian/sub-custodian bank level in order to vote proxies. Share blocking typically takes place between 1 and 20 days before an upcoming shareholder meeting, depending on the market. While shares are frozen, they may not be traded. Therefore, the potential exists for a pending trade to fail if trade settlement falls on a date during the blocking period. William Blair shall not subordinate the interests of participants and beneficiaries to unrelated objectives.
Recordkeeping and Disclosure
Pursuant to this policy, William Blair will retain: 1) the Proxy Voting Policy Statement and Procedures; 2) all proxy statements received regarding client securities 3) records of all votes cast on behalf of clients; 4) records of client requests for proxy voting information, and 5) any documents prepared by William Blair that are material to making a decision how to vote, or that memorialize the basis for the decision.
Upon a client’s request to the Proxy Administrator, William Blair will make available to its clients a report on proxy votes cast on their behalf. These proxy-voting reports will demonstrate William Blair’s compliance with its responsibilities and will facilitate clients’ monitoring of how their securities were voted.
The Proxy Voting Policy Statement and Procedures will be provided with each advisory contract and will also be described and provided with the Form ADV, Part 2A.

353
 
 
 
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
Item 28. Exhibits.
(a)(1) Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Registrant. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 to Registrant’s Registration Statement for Form N-1A (File Nos. 33-24962 and 811-5186) (the “Registration Statement”), which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 27, 2006, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(a)(2) Amendment to Declaration of Trust of Registrant. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 26, 2007, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(b) By-laws of Registrant. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 18, 2005, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(c) None
(d)(1)(a)  Investment Management Agreement among the Registrant, American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated) and Prudential Investments LLC for the various portfolios of the Registrant. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2004, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(1)(b) Amendment to Investment Management Agreement. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 1, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(1)(c) Amended Fee Schedule to Investment Management Agreement. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 118 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 30, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(1)(c)(1) Amended Fee Schedule to Investment Management Agreement among the Registrant, American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated) and Prudential Investments LLC. Filed herewith.
(d)(1)(d) Contractual investment management fee waivers and/or contractual expense caps for selected AST portfolios. Filed herewith.
(d)(2)(a) Investment Management Agreement among the Registrant and Prudential Investments LLC. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(2)(a)(1) Amended Fee Schedule to Investment Management Agreement among the Registrant and Prudential Investments LLC. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2016, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(2)(b) Contractual investment management fee waivers and/or contractual expense caps for selected AST portfolios. Filed herewith.
1

(d)(3) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (now known as PGIM, Inc.) for the AST Money Market Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 58 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 28, 2006, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(4)(a) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (now known as PGIM, Inc.) for the AST Bond Portfolio 2018, AST Bond Portfolio 2019, and the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2008, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(4)(b) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (now known as PGIM, Inc.) for the AST Bond Portfolio 2016 and AST Bond Portfolio 2020. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 18, 2008, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(4)(c)  Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (now known as PGIM, Inc.) for the AST Bond Portfolio 2017 and AST Bond Portfolio 2021.  Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78 to Registration Statement which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 28, 2009, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(4)(d) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (now known as PGIM, Inc.) for the AST Bond Portfolio 2022.  Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 22, 2010, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(4)(e) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (now known as PGIM, Inc.) for the AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio.  Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 90 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on October 5, 2011, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(4)(f) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (now known as PGIM, Inc.) for the AST Bond Portfolio 2023. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 93 to the Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 23, 2011, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(4)(g) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (now known as PGIM, Inc.) for the AST Bond Portfolio 2024. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 107 to Registration Statement, which was filed via EDGAR on November 13, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(4)(h) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (now known as PGIM, Inc.) for the AST Bond Portfolio 2025.  Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 118 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 30, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(5) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. for the AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2004, and is incorporated herein by reference.
2

(d)(5)(a) Amendment to Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Inc., Prudential Investments LLC and T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., for the AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2016, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(6) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. for the AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2004, and is incorporated herein by reference
(d)(7) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and William Blair & Company LLC for the AST International Growth Portfolio (formerly known as the AST William Blair International Growth Portfolio). Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2004, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(8) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and LSV Asset Management for the AST International Value Portfolio (formerly known as the AST LSV International Value Portfolio). Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 18, 2005, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(9) Amendment to Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and LSV Asset Management for the AST International Value Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 26, 2007, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(10) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and J. P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc. for the AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2004, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(11) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management LLC for the AST Hotchkis & Wiley Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly the AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio). Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2004, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(12)(a) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and Goldman Sachs Asset Management for the AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2004, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(12)(b) Amendment to Subadvisory Agreement, by and among AST Investment Services, Inc., Prudential Investments LLC, and Goldman Sachs Asset Management for AST Goldman Sachs Small Cap Value Portfolio, AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio, AST Goldman Sachs Large Cap Value Portfolio, and AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(13) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. for the AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2004, and is incorporated herein by reference.
3

(d)(14)(a) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and Neuberger Berman Management LLC (now known as Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC) for the AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (now known as the AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio). Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2004, and is incorporated herein by reference
(d)(14)(b) Amendment to Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Inc., Prudential Investments LLC and Neuberger Berman Management LLC (now known as Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC) for the AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (now known as the AST Neuberger Berman /LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio). Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2008, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(14)(c) Amendment to Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Inc., Prudential Investments LLC and Neuberger Berman Management LLC (now known as Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC) for each of the AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (now known as the AST Neuberger Berman /LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio) and the AST International Growth Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(15) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and UBS Asset Management (Americas) Inc. for the AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2016, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(16) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and Massachusetts Financial Services Company for the AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2004, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(17) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and Massachusetts Financial Services Company for the AST MFS Growth Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2004, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(18) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and Goldman Sachs Asset Management for the AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2004, and is incorporated herein by reference
(d)(19) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and Lee Munder Investments, Ltd. for the AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 18, 2005, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(20) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc. for the AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 18, 2005, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(21) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and Lord Abbett & Co. for the AST Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture Portfolio (now known as the AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio). Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2004, and is incorporated herein by reference.
4

(d)(22)(a) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and LSV Asset Management for the AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 27, 2006, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(22)(b) Amendment to Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and LSV Asset Management for the AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 26, 2007, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(23) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and William Blair & Company LLC for the AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 27, 2006, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(24) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. for the AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 27, 2006, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(25)(a) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and Pacific Investment Management Company LLC for the AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 27, 2006, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(25)(b) Amendment to Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Inc., Prudential Investments LLC and Pacific Investment Management Company LLC for the AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2008, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(26) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services Inc., Prudential Investments LLC, Quantitative Management Associates, LLC, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (now known as PGIM, Inc.), and Jennison Associates, LLC for the AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 23, 2009, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(27)(a) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Inc., Prudential Investments LLC and J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc. for the AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio (formerly the AST UBS Dynamic Alpha Portfolio). Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 81 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 19, 2010, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(27)(b) Amendment to Subadvisory Agreement dated October 1, 2015 among AST Investment Services, Inc., Prudential Investments LLC and J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc. for the AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 140 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 21, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(28) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc., for the AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 26, 2007, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(29) Subadvisory Agreement among American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC and T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., for the AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 26, 2007, and is incorporated herein by reference.
5

(d)(29)(a) Amendment to Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Inc., Prudential Investments LLC and T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., for the AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2016, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(30) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Schroder Investment Management North America Inc. for the AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio (formerly AST CLS Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio). Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 95 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on March 23, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(31) Sub-Subadvisory Agreement among Schroder Investment Management North America Inc. and Schroder Investment Management North America Ltd., AST Investment Services, Incorporated, and Prudential Investments LLC for the AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 95 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on March 23, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(32) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Inc., Prudential Investments LLC and Western Asset Management Company Limited for the AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2008, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(33) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Inc., Prudential Investments LLC and Western Asset Management Company for the AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2008, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(34) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Inc., Prudential Investments LLC and Prudential Real Estate Investors (now known as PGIM Real Estate) for the AST Global Real Estate Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2008, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(35) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Inc., Prudential Investments LLC and Parametric Portfolio Associates LLC for the AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2008, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(36) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Inc., Prudential Investments LLC and Quantitative Management Associates LLC for the AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2008, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(37) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services Inc., Prudential Investments LLC and LSV Asset Management for the AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Value Portfolio (now known as the AST Neuberger Berman / LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio). Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 15, 2008, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(38) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC, and each of Prudential Investment Management, Inc., Jennison Associates LLC, Prudential Bache Asset Management, and Quantitative Management Associates LLC for the AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio.  Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 23, 2009, and is incorporated herein by reference.
6

(d)(39) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC, and Pacific Investment Management Company LLC for the AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio.  Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 15, 2008, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(40) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC, and AlphaSimplex Group for the AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 23, 2009, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(41) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC, and First Quadrant, L.P. for the AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio.  Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 23, 2009, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(42) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC, and Jennison Associates LLC, for AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 76 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on September 10, 2009, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(43) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC, and Quantitative Management Associates, for AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 88 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2011, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(44) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC, and Wellington Management Company, LLP, for AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 88 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2011, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(45) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC, and C.S. McKee, LP, for AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 99 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(46) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC, and EARNEST Partners, LLC, for AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 99 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(47) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC, and Epoch Investment Partners, Inc., for AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(48) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC, and Affinity Investment Advisors, LLC, for AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2016, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(49) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC, and Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC, for AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 99 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
7

(d)(50) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC, and Emerald Mutual Fund Advisers Trust, for AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 99 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(51) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC, and Jennison Associates LLC, for AST International Growth Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 99 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(52) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC, and CoreCommodity Management LLC for AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(53) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC, and J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc. for the AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio. Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 103 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 25, 2012, as is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(54) Sub-subadvisory Agreement among J.P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc. and Security Capital Research & Management Incorporated for the AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio. Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 106 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on October 31, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(55) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Western Asset Management Company for the AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 103 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 24, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(56) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Western Asset Management Company Limited for the AST Western Asset Emerging Market Debts Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No.103 to Registration Statement which was filed via EDGAR on July 24, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(57) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Massachusetts Financial Services Company for the AST MFS Large-Cap Value Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 103 to Registration Statement which was filed via EDGAR on July 24, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(58) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Western Asset Management Company for the AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 1, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(59) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Western Asset Management Company Limited for the AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 1, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(60) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and ClearBridge Investments, LLC for the AST ClearBridge Dividend Growth Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 113 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 6, 2013,and is incorporated herein by reference.
8

(d)(61) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and AQR Capital Management, LLC for the AST AQR Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 113 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 6, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(62) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Quantitative Management Associates LLC for the AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 113 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 6, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(63) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (now known as PGIM, Inc.) for the AST Long Duration Bond Portfolio (now known as AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio). Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 113 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 6, 2013 and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(64) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. for the AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio (formerly known as the AST Horizon Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio). Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(65) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Allianz Global Investors U.S. LLC for the AST RCM World Trends Portfolio (formerly known as the AST Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio). Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(66) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and each of Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (now known as PGIM, Inc.) and Quantitative Management Associates LLC for the Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio (formerly known as the AST First Trust Capital Appreciation Target Portfolio). Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(67) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Franklin Advisers, Inc. for the AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio (formerly known as the AST T. Rowe Price Global Bond Portfolio). Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(68)(a) Form of subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. for the AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(68)(b) Form of contractual Subadvisory Fee Waiver among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. for the AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(69) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and AQR Capital Management, LLC for the AST AQR Large-Cap Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
9

(d)(70) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Quantitative Management Associates LLC for the AST QMA Large-Cap Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(71) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Quantitative Management Associates LLC for the AST Defensive Asset Allocation Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(72) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (now known as PGIM, Inc.) for the AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 118 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 30, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(73) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. for the AST BlackRock Multi-Asset Income Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(74) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and First Quadrant, L.P. for the AST FQ Absolute Return Currency Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(75) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC, K2/D&S management Co., LLC, Templeton Global Advisers Limited and Franklin Advisers, Inc. for the AST Franklin Templeton K2 Global Absolute Return Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(76) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. for the AST Goldman Sachs Global Growth Allocation Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(77) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. for the AST Goldman Sachs Strategic Income Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(78) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Jennison Associates, LLC for the AST Jennison Global Infrastructure Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(79) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services; Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Legg Mason Global Asset Allocation; LLC, Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc.; Brandywine Global Investment Management, LLC; ClearBridge Investments, LLC and Western Asset Management Company for the AST Legg Mason Diversified Growth Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
10

(d)(80) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Quantitative Management Associates, LLC for the AST Managed Equity Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(81) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC and Quantitative Management Associates, LLC for the AST Managed Fixed-Income Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(82) Subadvisory Agreement among Prudential Investments LLC, Quantitative Management Associates, LLC, Jennison Associates, LLC and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (now known as PGIM, Inc.) for the AST Prudential Flexible Multi-Strategy Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(83) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC, T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., T. Rowe Price International Ltd, T. Rowe Price International Ltd. – Tokyo and T. Rowe Price Hong Kong Limited for the AST T. Rowe Price Diversified Real Growth Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(84) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC, Pyramis Global Advisors, LLC (now known as FIAM LLC) for the AST FI Pyramis Quantitative Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(85) Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Incorporated, Prudential Investments LLC, Parametric Portfolio Associates LLC for the AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(86) Subadvisory Agreement between AST Investment Services, Inc., Prudential Investments LLC and Lazard Asset Management LLC for AST International Value Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form N-14, which was filed via EDGAR on December 2, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(87) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments LLC and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (now known as PGIM, Inc.) for AST Bond Portfolio 2026. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 128 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 15, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(88) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments LLC and Quantitative Management Associates, LLC for AST QMA International Core Equity Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 128 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 15, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(89) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments, LLC, AST Investment Services, and Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. for the AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(90) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments, LLC, AST Investment Services, and BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. for the AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
11

(d)(91) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments, LLC, AST Investment Services, and BlackRock International Limited for the AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(92) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments, LLC, AST Investment Services, and BlackRock (Singapore) Limited for the AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(93) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments LLC, AST Investment Services, and BlackRock International Limited for the AST BlackRock Global Strategies Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(94) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments LLC, AST Investment Services, and Robeco Investment Management, Inc. (d/b/a Boston Partners) for the AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly the AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio). Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(95) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments LLC, AST Investment Services, and Longfellow Investment Management Co., LLC for the AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(96) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments LLC, AST Investment Services, and Boston Advisors, LLC for the AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2016, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(97) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments LLC, AST Investment Services, and RS Investment Management Co., LLC for the AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio (formerly the AST Federated Aggressive Growth Portfolio). Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(98) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments LLC, AST Investment Services, and Wellington Management Company LLP for the AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio (formerly the AST Federated Aggressive Growth Portfolio). Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(99) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments LLC and AllianceBernstein L.P. for the AST AB Global Bond Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 7, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(100) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments LLC and BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. for the AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 7, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(101) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments LLC, and Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC for the AST Columbia Adaptive Risk Allocation Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 7, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
12

(d)(102) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments LLC and Dana Investment Advisors, Inc. for the AST Emerging Managers Diversified Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 7, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(103) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments LLC and Goldman Sachs Asset Management International for the AST Goldman Sachs Global Income Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 7, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(104) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments LLC and Ivy Investment Management Company for the AST Ivy Asset Strategy Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 7, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(105) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments LLC and Longfellow Investment Management Co. LLC for the AST Emerging Managers Diversified Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 7, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(106) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments LLC and Morgan Stanley Investment Management, Inc. for the AST Morgan Stanley Multi-Asset Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 7, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(107) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments LLC and Neuberger Berman Management LLC (now known as Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC) for the AST Neuberger Berman Long/Short Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 7, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(108) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments LLC and Wellington Management Company LLP for the AST Wellington Management Global Bond Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 7, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(109) Subadvisory Agreement between Prudential Investments LLC and Wellington Management Company LLP for the AST Wellington Real Total Return Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 7, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(110) Sub-subadvisory Agreement dated November 23, 2015 between Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (now known as PGIM, Inc.) and Pramerica Investment Management Limited for the AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio, AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio, AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio, AST High Yield Portfolio and AST Prudential Flexible Multi-Strategy Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 140 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 21, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(111) Subadvisory Agreement dated November 30, 2015 between Prudential Investments LLC and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (now known as PGIM, Inc.) for the AST Bond Portfolio 2027. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 140 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 21, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d)(112) Subadvisory Agreement dated November 30, 2015 between Prudential Investments LLC and Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (now known as PGIM, Inc.) for the AST Bond Portfolio 2027. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 140 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 21, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
13

(d)(113) Amendment to Subadvisory Agreement among AST Investment Services, Inc., Prudential Investments LLC and WEDGE Capital Management, LLP, for the AST WEDGE Capital Mid-Cap Value Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2016, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(e)(1) Sales Agreement between Registrant and American Skandia Life Assurance Corporation. Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on March 2, 1998, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(e)(2) Sales Agreement between Registrant and Kemper Investors Life Insurance Company. Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 20 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 24, 1996, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(e)(3) Distribution Agreement for the shares of each Portfolio of the Registrant, between Prudential Annuities Distributors, Inc. and the Registrant. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 140 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 21, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(f) None.
(g)(1) Custodian Agreement dated July 1, 2005 between the Registrant and PFPC Trust Company. Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 58 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 28, 2006, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(g)(2)(a) Custody Agreement between the Registrant and The Bank of New York dated November 7, 2002, as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(1) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 27 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Dryden Municipal Bond Fund filed via EDGAR on July 1, 2005 (File No. 33-10649).
(g)(2)(a)(1) Precious Metals Supplement dated June 30, 2015 to the Custody Agreement between the Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 7, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(g)(2)(b) Amendment to the Custody Agreement between the Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 140 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 21, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(g)(3)(a) Accounting and Services Agreement among the Registrant and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. for the various portfolios of the Registrant. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 7, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(g)(3)(b) Addition of AST Bond Portfolio 2027 to the Accounting Services Agreement among the Registrant and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 140 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 21, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(h)(1)(a) Amended and Restated Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between the Registrant and Prudential Mutual Fund Services, Inc., dated May 29, 2007. Incorporated by reference to the Dryden Municipal Bond Fund Post-Effective Amendment No. 29 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed via EDGAR on July 1, 2007 (File No. 33-10649).
(h)(1)(b) Amendment to the Amended and Restated Transfer Agency and Service Agreement dated May 29, 2007. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 140 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 21, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
14

(h)(2) Service Agreement between American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated and Kemper Investors Life Insurance Company. Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 21 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 28, 1997, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(h)(3)(a) Amended and Restated Participation Agreement dated June 8, 2005 among American Skandia Life Assurance Corporation (now Prudential Annuities Life Assurance Corporation), American Skandia Trust (now Advanced Series Trust), American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now AST Investment Services, Incorporated), Prudential Investments LLC, American Skandia Marketing, Inc. (now Prudential Annuities Distributors, Inc.), and Prudential Investment Management Services LLC. Filed as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form N-14, which was filed via EDGAR on July 12, 2005, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(h)(3)(b) Amendment dated February 25, 2013 to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement dated June 8, 2005 among Prudential Annuities Life Assurance Corporation, Advanced Series Trust, AST Investment Services, Inc., Prudential Investments LLC, Prudential Annuities Distributors, Inc. and Prudential Investment Management Services LLC. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(h)(4)(a) Amended and Restated Participation Agreement dated June 8, 2005 among Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey, American Skandia Trust (now Advanced Series Trust), American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now AST Investment Services, Incorporated)., Prudential Investments LLC, American Skandia Marketing, Inc. (now Prudential Annuities Distributors, Inc.), and Prudential Investment Management Services LLC. Filed as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form N-14, which was filed via EDGAR on July 12, 2005, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(h)(4)(b) Amendment dated February 25, 2013 to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement dated June 8, 2005 among Pruco Life Insurance Company of New Jersey, Advanced Series Trust, AST Investment Services, Inc., Prudential Investments LLC, Prudential Annuities Distributors, Inc., and Prudential Investment Management Services LLC. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(h)(5)(a) Amended and Restated Participation Agreement dated June 8, 2005 among Pruco Life Insurance Company, American Skandia Trust (now Advanced Series Trust), American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now AST Investment Services, Inc.), Prudential Investments LLC, American Skandia Marketing, Inc. (now Prudential Annuities Distributors, Inc.), and Prudential Investment Management Services LLC. Filed as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form N-14, which was filed via EDGAR on July 12, 2005, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(h)(5)(b) Amendment dated February 25, 2013 to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement dated June 8, 2005 among Pruco Life Insurance Company, Advanced Series Trust, AST Investment Services, Inc., Prudential Investments LLC, Prudential Annuities Distributors, Inc., and Prudential Investment Management Services LLC. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(h)(6) Participation Agreement among Pramerica of Bermuda Insurance Company, American Skandia Trust (now Advanced Series Trust), American Skandia Investment Services, Inc. (now AST Investment Services, Inc.), Prudential Investments LLC, American Skandia Marketing, Inc. (now Prudential Annuities Distributors, Inc.), and Prudential Investment Management Services LLC. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 23, 2009, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(h)(7) Participation Agreement among Prudential Retirement Insurance & Annuity Company, Advanced Series Trust, Prudential Investments LLC and AST Investment Services, Inc. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
15

(h)(8) Participation Agreement among the Prudential Insurance Company of America, Advanced Series Trust, Prudential Investments LLC and AST Investment Services, Inc. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 116 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(i)(1) Opinion of Counsel for the Registrant. Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 52 to the Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 29, 2005, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(i)(2) Consent of Counsel for the Registrant. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 95 to the Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on March 23, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(i)(3) Consent of Counsel for the Registrant. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 103 to the Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 25, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(i)(4) Consent of Counsel for the Registrant. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 107 to Registration Statement, which was filed via EDGAR on November 13, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(i)(5) Consent of Counsel for the Registrant. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 113 to Registration Statement, which was filed via EDGAR on February 6, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(i)(6) Consent of Counsel for the Registrant. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 118 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 30, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(i)(7) Consent of Counsel for the Registrant. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(i)(8) Consent of Counsel for the Registrant. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 128 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 15, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(i)(9) Consent of Counsel for the Registrant. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 7, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(i)(10) Consent of Counsel for the Registrant. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 140 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 21, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(j) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.  Filed herewith.
(k) None.
(l) Certificate re: initial $100,000 capital. Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on March 2, 1998, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(m)(1) Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 140 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 21, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(m)(2) Shareholder Services and Distribution Fee (12b-1 Fee) contractual waiver for the following Portfolios of the Registrant: AST Bond Portfolio 2016, AST Bond Portfolio 2017, AST Bond Portfolio 2018, AST Bond Portfolio 2019, AST Bond Portfolio 2020, AST Bond Portfolio 2021, AST Bond Portfolio 2022, AST Bond Portfolio 2023, AST Bond
16

Portfolio 2024, AST Bond Portfolio 2025, AST Bond Portfolio 2026, and AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 134 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on June 25, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(m)(3) Shareholder Services and Distribution Fee (12b-1 Fee) contractual waiver for the AST Bond Portfolio 2027. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 140 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 21, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(n) None.
(o) None.
(p)(1) Code of Ethics of the Registrant. Filed as an exhibit to Prudential Investment Portfolios, Inc. 14 Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 to Registration Statement on Form N-1A (file No. 002-82976), which was filed via EDGAR on June 21, 2016, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(2) Code of Ethics and Personal Securities Trading Policy of Prudential, including the Manager and Distributor, dated January 11, 2016. Filed as an exhibit to Prudential Investment Portfolios, Inc. 14 Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 to Registration Statement on Form N-1A (file No. 002-82976), which was filed via EDGAR on June 21, 2016, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(3) Code of Ethics of Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2016, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(4) Code of Ethics of Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2001, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(5) Code of Ethics of Hotchkis and Wiley Capital Management LLC. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2004, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(6) Code of Ethics of J. P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc. Filed herewith.
(p)(7) Code of Ethics of Lord, Abbett & Co. Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 38 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 15, 2001, and is incorporated herein by reference.
p)(8) Code of Ethics of Massachusetts Financial Services Company. Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 38 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 15, 2001, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(9) Code of Ethics of Neuberger Berman Management LLC (now known as Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC). Filed herewith.
(p)(10) Code of Ethics of Pacific Investment Management Company LLC. Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 30, 2001, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(11) Code of Ethics of T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. Filed herewith.
(p)(12) Code of Ethics of LSV Asset Management. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 18, 2005, and is incorporated herein by reference.
17

(p)(13) Code of Ethics of Lee Munder Investments, Ltd. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 18, 2005, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(14) Code of Ethics of Eagle Asset Management. Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 52 to the Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 29, 2005, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(15) Code of Ethics of William Blair & Company, LLC. Filed as an Exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 52 to the Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 29, 2005, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(16) Code of Ethics of ClearBridge Advisors, LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(10) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 55 to the Registration Statement of The Prudential Series Fund on Form N-1A (File No.2-80896) filed via EDGAR on April 27, 2007.
(p)(17) Code of Ethics of Western Asset Management Company and Western Asset Management Company Limited. Filed herewith.
(p)(18) Code of Ethics of Parametric Portfolio Associates LLC. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2016, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(19) Code of Ethics of Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (now known as PGIM, Inc.). Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2008, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(20) Code of Ethics of WEDGE Capital Management LLP. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 23, 2009, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(21) Code of Ethics of EARNEST Partners LLC. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 18, 2008, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(22) Code of Ethics of AlphaSimplex Group, LLC. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 23, 2009, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(23) Code of Ethics of First Quadrant, L.P. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 23, 2009, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(24) Code of Ethics of Pyramis Global Advisors, LLC (now known as FIAM LLC). Filed herewith.
(p)(25) Code of Ethics of Brown Advisory, LLC. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 99 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(26) Code of Ethics of C.S. McKee, LP. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 99 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(27) Code of Ethics of Epoch Investment Partners, Inc. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2016, and is incorporated herein by reference.
18

(p)(28) Code of Ethics of Security Investors, LLC. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 99 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(29) Code of Ethics of Thompson, Siegel & Walmsley LLC. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 99 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(30) Code of Ethics of Franklin Advisers, Inc., Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC, and Templeton Global Advisors Limited. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 99 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(31) Code of Ethics of Emerald Advisers Inc. and Emerald Mutual Fund Advisers Trust. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 38 to the Registration Statement of The Target Portfolio Trust on Form N-1A (File No. 33-50476) filed via EDGAR on February 23, 2012.
(p)(32) Code of Ethics of Jefferies Group Inc. (now CoreCommodity Management, LLC). Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 99 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2012, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(33) Code of Ethics of AQR Capital Management, LLC. Filed herewith.
(p)(34) Code of Ethics of Quantitative Management Associates LLC. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 113 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on February 6, 2013, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(35) Code of Ethics of BlackRock, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(36) Code of Ethics of Brandywine Global Investment Management, LLC. Filed herewith.
(p)(37) Code of Ethics of QS Legg Mason Global Asset Allocation, LLC. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(38) Code of Ethics of QS Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 17, 2014, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(39) Code of Ethics of Robeco Investment Management, Inc. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(40) Code of Ethics of Longfellow Investment Management Co., LLC. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(41) Code of Ethics of Wellington Management Company, LLP. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(42) Code of Ethics of RS Investment Management Co. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
19

(p)(43) Code of Ethics of Lazard Asset Management LLC. Filed herewith.
(p)(44) Code of Ethics of Vision Capital Management, Inc. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(45) Code of Ethics of Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 130 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(46) Code of Ethics of AllianceBernstein L.P. Filed herewith.
(p)(47) Code of Ethics of Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 7, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(48) Code of Ethics of Dana Investment Advisors, Inc. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 7, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(49) Code of Ethics of Ivy Investment Management Company. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on July 7, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(50) Code of Ethics of Morgan Stanley Investment Management, Inc. Filed herewith.
(p)(51) Code of Ethics for Herndon Capital Management. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 140 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 21, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(52) Code of Ethics for Allianz Global Investors U.S. Holdings and its subsidiaries dated April 1, 2013, amended March 31, 2015. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 140 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 21, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(53) Code of Ethics for Schroder Investment Management North America Limited dated October 1, 1995, amended May 2014. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 140 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 21, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(54) Code of Ethics for Schroder Investment Management North America Inc. dated June 12, 2014, revised May 20, 2015. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 140 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on December 21, 2015, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(55) Code of Ethics of Affinity Investment Advisors, LLC. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2016, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(56) Code of Ethics of Boston Advisors, LLC. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2016, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p)(57) Code of Ethics of UBS Asset Management (Americas) Inc. Filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to Registration Statement, which Amendment was filed via EDGAR on April 15, 2016, and is incorporated herein by reference.
20

Item 29. Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with the Registrant.
Registrant does not control any person within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Registrant may be deemed to be under common control with its investment manager and its affiliates because a controlling interest in Registrant is held of record by Prudential Annuities Life Assurance Corporation. See Registrant’s Statement of Additional Information under “Management and Advisory Arrangements” and “Other Information.”
Item 30. Indemnification.
Section 5.2 of the Registrant’s Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust provides as follows:
The Trust shall indemnify each of its Trustees, Trustee Emeritus, officers, employees, and agents (including persons who serve at its request as directors, officers, employees, agents or trustees of another organization in which it has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise) against all liabilities and expenses (including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise, as fines and penalties, and as counsel fees) reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, in which he may be involved or with which he may be threatened, while in office or thereafter, by reason of his being or having been such a trustee, trustee emeritus, officer, employee or agent, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall have been adjudicated to be liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of having acted in bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his duties; provided, however, that as to any matter disposed of by a compromise payment by such person, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for said payment or for any other expenses shall be provided unless approved as in the best interests of the Trust, after notice that it involves such indemnification, by at least a majority of the disinterested Trustees acting on the matter (provided that a majority of the disinterested Trustees then in office act on the matter) upon a determination, based upon a review of readily available facts, that (i) such person acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interests of the Trust and (ii) is not liable to the Trust or the Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duties; or the trust shall have received a written opinion from independent legal counsel approved by the Trustees to the effect that (x) if the matter of good faith and reasonable belief as to the best interests of the Trust, had been adjudicated, it would have been adjudicated in favor of such person, and (y) based upon a review of readily available facts such trustee, officer, employee or agent did not engage in willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duty. The rights accruing to any Person under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to which he may be lawfully entitled; provided that no Person may satisfy any right of indemnity or reimbursement granted herein or in Section 5.1 or to which he may be otherwise entitled except out of the property of the Trust, and no Shareholder shall be personally liable to any Person with respect to any claim for indemnity or reimbursement or otherwise.
The Trustees may make advance payments in connection with indemnification under this Section 5.2, provided that the indemnified person shall have given a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust in the event it is subsequently determined that he is not entitled to such indemnification and, provided further, that the Trust shall have obtained protection, satisfactory in the sole judgment of the disinterested Trustees acting on the matter (provided that a majority of the disinterested Trustees then in office act on the matter), against losses arising out of such advance payments or such Trustees, or independent legal counsel, in a written opinion, shall have determined, based upon a review of readily available facts that there is reason to believe that such person will be found to be entitled to such indemnification.
With respect to liability of the Investment Manager to Registrant or to shareholders of Registrant’s Portfolios under the Investment Management Agreements, reference is made to Section 13 or 14 of each Investment Management Agreement filed herewith or incorporated by reference herein.
With respect to the Sub-Advisors’ indemnification of the Investment Manager and its affiliated and controlling persons, and the Investment Manager’s indemnification of each Sub-advisor and its affiliated and controlling persons, reference is made to Section 14 of each Sub-Advisory Agreement filed herewith or incorporated by reference herein.  Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”)
21

such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant or expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
Item 31. Business and other Connections of the Investment Adviser.
AST Investment Services, Incorporated (“ASTI”), One Corporate Drive, Shelton, Connecticut 06484, and Prudential Investments LLC (“PI”), 655 Broad Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102, serve as the co- investment managers to the Registrant. Information as to the business and other connections of the officers and directors of ASTI is included in ASTI’s Form ADV (File No. 801-40532), including the amendments to such Form ADV filed with the Commission, and is incorporated herein by reference. Information as to the business and other connections of the officers and directors of PI is included in PI’s Form ADV (File No. 801-3110), including the amendments to such Form ADV filed with the Commission, and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 32. Principal Underwriters.
(a) Prudential Annuities Distributors, Inc. (PAD), One Corporate Drive, Shelton, Connecticut 06484 serves as the principal underwriter and distributor for shares of each Portfolio of Advanced Series Trust.  PAD is a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). The shares of each Portfolio of Advanced Series Trust are currently offered only to insurance company separate accounts as an investment option for variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts. 
(b) The following table sets forth certain information regarding the directors and officers of PAD.
Name and Principal Business Address Positions and Offices with Underwriter
Rodney R. Allain
One Corporate Drive
Shelton, Connecticut 06484-6208
President & CEO and Director
Rodney Branch
One Corporate Drive
Shelton, Connecticut 06484-6208
Senior Vice President and Director
Wayne Chopus
One Corporate Drive
Shelton, Connecticut 06484-6208
Senior Vice President and Director
Yanela C. Frias
213 Washington Street
Newark, New Jersey 07102-2917
Senior Vice President and Director
Steven P. Marenakos
One Corporate Drive
Shelton, Connecticut 06484-6208
Senior Vice President and Director

Timothy S. Cronin
One Corporate Drive
Shelton, Connecticut 06484-6208
Senior Vice President and Director
Christopher J. Hagan
2101 Welsh Road
Dresher, Pennsylvania 19025-5000
Chief Operating Officer and Vice President
Richard J. Hoffman
213 Washington Street
Newark, New Jersey 07102-2917
Vice President, Secretary and Chief Legal Officer
Elizabeth Marin
751 Broad Street
Newark, New Jersey 07102-3714
Treasurer
22

Name and Principal Business Address Positions and Offices with Underwriter
Steven Weinreb
3 Gateway Center
Newark, New Jersey 07102-4061
Chief Financial Officer and Controller

Andrew A. Morawiec
One Corporate Drive
Shelton, Connecticut 06484-6208
Vice President
Michael B. McCauley
One Corporate Drive
Shelton, Connecticut 06484-6208
Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer
William D. Wilcox
280 Trumbull Street
Hartford, Connecticut 06103-3509
Vice President
Richard W. Kinville
751 Broad Street
Newark, New Jersey 07102-2917
AML Officer
Item 33. Location of Accounts and Records.
All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the Rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of The Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (BNY), One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286, PGIM, Inc., 655 Broad Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102, the Registrant, 655 Broad Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102, and Prudential Mutual Fund Services LLC (PMFS), 655 Broad Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102.
Documents required by Rules 31a-1(b) (4), (5), (6), (7), (9), (10) and (11) and 31a-1 (d) and (f) will be kept at 655 Broad Street, Newark, New Jersey 07102, and the remaining accounts, books and other documents required by such other pertinent provisions of Section 31(a) and the Rules promulgated thereunder will be kept by BNY and PMFS.
Item 34. Management Services.
Other than as set forth under the caption “How the Trust is Managed-Investment Managers” in the Prospectus and the caption “Management and Advisory Arrangements” in the SAI, constituting Parts A and B, respectively, of this Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement, Registrant is not a party to any management-related service contract.
Item 35. Undertakings.
Not applicable.
23

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act, the Fund certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement under Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Newark, and State of New Jersey, on the 15th day of August, 2016.
ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
Timothy S. Cronin*

Timothy S. Cronin
President
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.
Signature   Title   Date
Timothy S. Cronin*

Timothy S. Cronin
  President and Principal Executive Officer    
Susan Davenport Austin*

Susan Davenport Austin
  Trustee    
Sherry S. Barrat*

Sherry S. Barrat
  Trustee    
Kay Ryan Booth*

Kay Ryan Booth
  Trustee    
Delayne Dedrick Gold*

Delayne Dedrick Gold
  Trustee    
Robert F. Gunia*

Robert F. Gunia
  Trustee    
Thomas T. Mooney *

Thomas T. Mooney
  Trustee    
Thomas M. O’Brien*

Thomas M. O’Brien
  Trustee    
Jessica Bibliowicz*

Jessica Bibliowicz
  Trustee    
M. Sadiq Peshimam*

M. Sadiq Peshimam
  Treasurer, Principal Financial and Accounting Officer    
*By: /s/ Jonathan D. Shain

Jonathan D. Shain
  Attorney-in-Fact   August 15, 2016
24

POWER OF ATTORNEY
The undersigned Directors, Trustees and Officers of the Advanced Series Trust, The Prudential Series Fund and Prudential’s Gibraltar Fund, Inc. (collectively, the “Funds”), hereby constitute, appoint and authorize each of, Andrew French, Claudia DiGiacomo, Deborah A. Docs, Kathleen DeNicholas, Raymond A. O’Hara, Amanda Ryan, Jonathan D. Shain and Melissa Gonzalez, as true and lawful agents and attorneys-in-fact, to sign, execute and deliver on his or her behalf in the appropriate capacities indicated, any Registration Statements of the Funds on the appropriate forms, any and all amendments thereto (including pre- and post-effective amendments), and any and all supplements or other instruments in connection therewith, including Form N-PX, Forms 3, 4 and 5, as appropriate, to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the securities regulators of appropriate states and territories, and generally to do all such things in his or her name and behalf in connection therewith as said attorney-in-fact deems necessary or appropriate to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, all related requirements of the SEC and all requirements of appropriate states and territories. The undersigned do hereby give to said agents and attorneys-in-fact full power and authority to act in these premises, including, but not limited to, the power to appoint a substitute or substitutes to act hereunder with the same power and authority as said agents and attorneys-in-fact would have if personally acting. The undersigned do hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said agents and attorneys-in-fact, or any substitute or substitutes, may do by virtue hereof.
     
/s/ Susan Davenport Austin
Susan Davenport Austin
   
/s/ Sherry S. Barrat
Sherry S. Barrat
   
/s/ Jessica Bibliowicz
Jessica Bibliowicz
   
/s/ Kay Ryan Booth
Kay Ryan Booth
   
/s/ Timothy S. Cronin
Timothy S. Cronin
   
/s/ Delayne Dedrick Gold
Delayne Dedrick Gold
   
/s/ Robert F. Gunia
Robert F. Gunia
   
/s/ Thomas T. Mooney
Thomas T. Mooney
   
/s/ Thomas M. O’Brien
Thomas M. O’Brien
   
/s/ M. Sadiq Peshimam
M. Sadiq Peshimam
   
     
Dated: March 18, 2015    
25

Advanced Series Trust
Exhibit Index
Item 28
Exhibit No.
  Description
(d)(1)(c)(1)   Amended Fee Schedule to Investment Management Agreement among the Registrant, American Skandia Investment Services, Incorporated (now known as AST Investment Services, Incorporated) and Prudential Investments LLC.
(d)(1)(d)   Contractual investment management fee waivers and/or contractual expense caps for selected AST portfolios.
(d)(2)(b)   Contractual investment management fee waivers and/or contractual expense caps for selected AST portfolios.
(j)   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
(p)(6)   Code of Ethics of J. P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc.
(p)(9)   Code of Ethics of Neuberger Berman Management LLC (now known as Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC).
(p)(11)   Code of Ethics of T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
(p)(17)   Code of Ethics of Western Asset Management Company and Western Asset Management Company Limited.
(p)(24)   Code of Ethics of Pyramis Global Advisors, LLC (now known as FIAM LLC).
(p)(33)   Code of Ethics of AQR Capital Management, LLC.
(p)(36)   Code of Ethics of Brandywine Global Investment Management, LLC.
(p)(43)   Code of Ethics of Lazard Asset Management LLC.
(p)(46)   Code of Ethics of AllianceBernstein L.P.
(p)(50)   Code of Ethics of Morgan Stanley Investment Management, Inc.
26
ADVANCED SERIES TRUST

Schedule “A”
Portfolio Contractual Fee Rate
AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio * Fund-of-Funds Segments/Sleeves:
0.72% of average daily net assets

Non Fund-of-Funds Segments/Sleeves:
0.5525% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.5425% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.5325% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.5225% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5125% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4825% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio 0.6825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST AQR Large-Cap Portfolio 0.5825% of average daily net assets up to $300 million;
0.5725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.5625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.5525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.15% of average daily net assets
AST BlackRock Global Strategies Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

AST BlackRock iShares ETF Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets up to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond Portfolio) 0.4825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.4725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.4525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.3925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST BlackRock/Loomis Sayles Bond Portfolio (formerly, AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio) 0.4825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.4725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.4525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.3925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2015 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2016 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2017 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

 

AST Bond Portfolio 2018 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2019 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2020 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2021 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2022 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2023 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

 

AST Bond Portfolio 2024 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Bond Portfolio 2025 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Boston Partners Large-Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, AST Jennison Large-Cap Value Portfolio) 0.5825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.5725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.5625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.5525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.15% of average daily net assets
AST ClearBridge Dividend Growth Portfolio 0.6825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

 

AST Defensive Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.15% of average daily net assets
AST FI Pyramis ® Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.6825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST FI Pyramis ® Quantitative Portfolio 0.6825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Franklin Templeton Founding Funds Allocation Portfolio 0.7825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Franklin Templeton Founding Funds Plus Portfolio 0.02% of average daily net assets
AST Global Real Estate Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

 

AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value Portfolio 0.5825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.5725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.5625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.5525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio 0.7825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value Portfolio 0.7825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Herndon Large-Cap Value Portfolio 0.6825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST High Yield Portfolio 0.5825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.5725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.5625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.5525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

 

AST International Growth Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST International Value Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio 0.4925% of average daily net assets to $500 million;
0.4725% on next $4.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4525% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST J.P. Morgan Global Thematic Portfolio 0.7825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST J.P. Morgan International Equity Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $75 million;
0.6825% on next $225 million of average daily net assets;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

 

AST Jennison Global Infrastructure Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Large-Cap Value Portfolio 0.5825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.5725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.5625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.5525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Loomis Sayles Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income Portfolio 0.6325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Managed Equity Portfolio †† 0.15% of average daily net assets

 

AST Managed Fixed-Income Portfolio †† 0.15% of average daily net assets
AST MFS Global Equity Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST MFS Growth Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST MFS Large-Cap Value Portfolio 0.6825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Mid-Cap Value Portfolio 0.7825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Money Market Portfolio 0.3325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.3225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.3125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.3025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.2925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.2625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.2425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

 

AST Multi-Sector Fixed Income Portfolio 0.5325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.5225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.5125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.5025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Neuberger Berman Core Bond Portfolio 0.5325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.5225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.5125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.5025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.25 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.25 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST New Discovery Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.6825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $750 million of average daily net assets;
0.6225% on next $2 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5725% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 0.9325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.9225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.9125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.9025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.8925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.8625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.8425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

 

AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.15% of average daily net assets
AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio 0.5325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.5225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.4875% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.4775% on next $250 million of average daily net assets
0.4525% on next $2.25 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.3925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Prudential Growth Allocation Portfolio 0.6825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST QMA Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio 0.9325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.9225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.9125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.9025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.8925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.8625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.8425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST QMA Large-Cap Portfolio 0.5825% of average daily net assets up to $300 million;
0.5725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.5625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.5525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST QMA US Equity Alpha Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

 

AST Quantitative Modeling Portfolio 0.25% of average daily net assets
AST RCM World Trends Portfolio 0.7825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Schroders Global Tactical Portfolio 0.7825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Schroders Multi-Asset World Strategies Portfolio 0.9325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.9225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.9125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.9025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.8925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.8625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.8425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Small-Cap Growth Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Small-Cap Growth Opportunities Portfolio (formerly, AST Federated Aggressive Growth Portfolio) 0.7825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

 

AST Small-Cap Value Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio 0.6825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST T. Rowe Price Equity Income Portfolio 0.5825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.5725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.5625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.5525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST T. Rowe Price Growth Opportunities Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.25 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources Portfolio 0.7325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.7225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.7125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.7025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

 

AST Templeton Global Bond Portfolio 0.6325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5625 on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity Portfolio 0.8325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.8225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.8125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.8025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.7425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio 0.5325% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.5225% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.5125% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.5025% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4925% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4625% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.4425% over $10 billion of average daily net assets
AST Western Asset Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio 0.6825% of average daily net assets to $300 million;
0.6725% on next $200 million of average daily net assets;
0.6625% on next $250 million of average daily net assets;
0.6525% on next $2.5 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6425% on next $2.75 billion of average daily net assets;
0.6125% on next $4 billion of average daily net assets;
0.5925% over $10 billion of average daily net assets

 

* For AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio, the management fee rate applicable to the fund-of-funds segments/sleeves is limited to assets invested in other portfolios of the Advanced Series Trust. The management fee rate applicable to the non fund-of-funds segments/sleeves excludes assets invested in other portfolios of the Advanced Series Trust. Portfolio assets invested in mutual funds other than the portfolios of the Advanced Series Trust are included in the management fee rate applicable to the non fund-of-funds segments/sleeves.

The current contractual investment management fee for each of the AST Bond Portfolio 2015, AST Bond Portfolio 2016, AST Bond Portfolio 2017, AST Bond Portfolio 2018, AST Bond Portfolio 2019, AST Bond Portfolio 2020, AST Bond Portfolio 2021, AST Bond Portfolio 2022, AST Bond Portfolio 2023, AST Bond Portfolio 2024, AST Bond Portfolio 2025, AST Bond Portfolio 2026 and AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio is subject to certain breakpoints. The assets of each Portfolio will be aggregated for purposes of determining the fee rate applicable to each Portfolio.

†† For AST Managed Equity Portfolio and AST Managed Fixed-Income Portfolio, the management fee rate applicable to the fund-of-funds segments/sleeves is limited to assets invested in other portfolios of the Trust. The management fee rate applicable to the non fund-of-funds segments/sleeves excludes assets invested in other portfolios of the Trust. Portfolio assets invested in mutual funds other than the portfolios of the Trust are included in the management fee rate applicable to the non fund-of-funds segments/sleeves.

As of July 13, 2015.

Prudential Investments LLC

655 Broad Street

Newark, New Jersey 07102

 

AST Investment Services, Inc.

One Corporate Drive

Shelton, Connecticut 06484

 

 

July 1, 2016

 

 

The Board of Trustees of Advanced Series Trust

655 Broad Street

Newark, New Jersey 07102

 

Re: Contractual Fee Waivers

 

Prudential Investments LLC and AST Investment Services, Inc. (collectively, the "Investment Managers") hereby agree to cap expenses / reimburse certain expenses and/or waive a portion of their investment management fees as more particularly described and set forth for each Portfolio listed on Exhibit A hereto.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

Prudential Investments LLC

 

By: /s/ Timothy S. Cronin
Name: Timothy S. Cronin
Title: Senior Vice President

 

 

 

AST Investment Services, Inc.

 

By: /s/ Timothy S. Cronin

Name: Timothy S. Cronin

Title: President

 
 

 

Exhibit A

 

AST AQR Large-Cap Portfolio : The Investment Managers have contractually agreed to waive 0.086% of their investment management fees through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

 

AST Cohen & Steers Realty Portfolio : The Investment Managers have contractually agreed to waive 0.07% of their investment management fee through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

 

AST Goldman Sachs Multi-Asset Portfolio : The Investment Managers have contractually agreed to waive 0.144% of their investment management fees through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees. In addition, the Investment Managers have contractually agreed to waive a portion of their investment management fee equal to the management fee of any acquired fund managed or subadvised by Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.

 

AST International Growth Portfolio : The Investment Managers have contractually agreed to waive 0.011% of their investment management fees through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

 

AST Managed Equity Portfolio : The Investment Managers have contractually agreed to waive a portion of their investment management fee and/or reimburse certain expenses of the portfolio so that the Portfolio’s investment management fees (after any fee waiver) and other expenses (including acquired fund fees and expenses due to investments in underlying portfolios of the Trust, and excluding taxes, interest and brokerage commissions) do not exceed 1.25% of the average daily net assets of the Portfolio through June 30, 2017. This arrangement may not be terminated or modified prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

 

AST Managed Fixed-Income Portfolio : The Investment Managers have contractually agreed to waive a portion of their investment management fee and/or reimburse certain expenses of the portfolio so that the Portfolio’s investment management fees (after any fee waiver) and other expenses (including acquired fund fees and expenses due to investments in underlying portfolios of the Trust, and excluding taxes, interest and brokerage commissions) do not exceed 1.25% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets through June 30, 2017. This arrangement may not be terminated or modified prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

 

AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value Portfolio : The Investment Managers have contractually agreed to waive 0.002% of their investment management fee through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

 

AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio : The Investment Managers have contractually agreed to waive 0.04% of their investment management fee through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

 

Prudential Investments LLC

655 Broad Street

Newark, New Jersey 07102

 

 

July 1, 2016

 

 

The Board of Trustees of Advanced Series Trust

655 Broad Street

Newark, New Jersey 07102

 

Re: Contractual Fee Waivers

 

Prudential Investments (the "Manager”) hereby agrees to cap expenses / reimburse certain expenses and/or waive a portion of its investment management fees as more particularly described and set forth for each Portfolio listed on Exhibit A hereto.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

Prudential Investments LLC

 

By: /s/ Timothy S. Cronin

Name: Timothy S. Cronin
Title: Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

Exhibit A

 

 

AST Goldman Sachs Global Income Portfolio : The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.029% of its investment management fees through June 30, 2017. This waiver may not be terminated prior to June 30, 2017 without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

 

AST Managed Alternatives Portfolio: The Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the Portfolio so that the portfolio’s investment management fee plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions and extraordinary expenses) plus acquired fund fees and expenses (excluding dividends on securities sold short and brokers fees and expenses on short sales) does not exceed 1.47% of the average daily net assets of the Portfolio through June 30, 2017. This expense limitation may not be terminated without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

 

AST Wellington Management Real Total Return: The Manager has contractually agreed to waive 0.133% of its investment management fee through June 30, 2017. In addition, the Manager has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its investment management fee and/or reimburse certain expenses so that the investment management fee plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) for the Portfolio does not exceed 1.42% of the average daily net assets of the portfolio through June 30, 2017. These arrangements may not be terminated without the prior approval of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

 

 

 

 

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Trustees

Advanced Series Trust:

 

We consent to the use of our report dated February 26, 2016, with respect to the statement of assets and liabilities of the AST Government Money Market Portfolio (formerly known as the AST Money Market Portfolio), one of the series comprising the Advanced Series Trust, including the portfolio of investments as of December 31, 2015, and the related statement of operations for the year then ended, the statement of changes in net assets for each of the years in the two-year period then ended, and financial highlights for each of the years in the five-year period then ended, incorporated by reference herein and to the references to our firm under the headings “Financial Highlights” in the prospectus and “Other Service Providers – Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Financial Statements” in the statement of additional information.

 

New York, New York

August 12, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Code of Ethics for JPMAM

Effective Date: 02/01/2005 | Last Revision Date: March 31, 2016
Last Review Date: 06/29/2015

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.   Summary 3
2.   Amendments to Previous Version Distributed June 29, 2015 3
3.   Scope 3
4.   Policy Statements 4
5.   Reporting Requirements 4
5.1.   Holdings Reports 4
5.2.   Transaction Reports 5
5.3.   Consolidated Report 6
5.4.   Exceptions from Transaction Reporting Requirements 6
6.   Pre-approval of Certain Investments 6
7.   Personal Trading Policies and Procedures 6
7.1.   Approved Broker Requirement 7
7.2.   Wells Fargo Blackout Provisions 7
7.3.   Minimum Investment Holding Period and Market Timing Prohibition 7
7.4.   Trade Reversals and Disciplinary Action 8
8.   Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers 8
9.   Privacy 8
10.   Anti-Corruption 9
11.   Conflicts of Interest 9
11.1.   Trading in Securities of Clients 9
11.2.   Trading in Securities of Suppliers 9
11.3.   Pre-clearance Procedures for Value-Added Investors 9
11.4.   Gifts 9
11.5.   Entertainment 10
11.6.   Political Contributions and Activities 10
11.7.   Charitable Contributions 10
11.8.   Outside Business Activities 10
 
 
12.   Training 11
13.   Escalation Guidelines 11
13.1.   Violation Prior to Material Violation 11
13.2.   Material Violations 11
14.   Defined Terms 11

 

1. Summary

This Code of Ethics for JPMAM (the “Code”) has been adopted by the registered investment advisers of JPMAM in accordance with Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”). Rule 204A-1 requires an investment adviser registered under section 203 of the Advisers Act to establish, maintain and enforce a written Code of Ethics that, at a minimum, includes:

1. Standards of business conduct that are required of Supervised Persons and reflect the investment adviser’s fiduciary obligations to clients;
2. Provisions requiring Supervised Persons to comply with applicable Federal Securities Laws ;
3. Provisions requiring all Access Persons to report their personal securities transactions and holdings periodically to the investment adviser for review;
4. Provisions requiring Supervised Persons to report any violation of the code of ethics promptly to the Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), or to other persons designated in the Code of Ethics; and
5. Provisions requiring the investment adviser to provide Supervised Persons with a copy of this Code and any amendments, and requiring Supervised Persons to provide written acknowledgement of receipt of the Code of Ethics and any amendments

In the event that a difference exists between any of the standards identified in JPMC Code of Conduct and the JPMAM Code of Ethics, the more restrictive provision shall apply.

JPMAM hereby designates the staff of its Compliance Department to act as designees for the respective CCO of the JPMAM registered investment advisers in administering this Code. Any questions regarding the Code or its application should be directed to the Compliance Department via email at JPMAM.Compliance.Mailbox@jpmorgan.com.

2. Amendments to Previous Version Distributed June 29, 2015
· Updated to ensure compliance with regulatory guidance aimed at protecting employees who report a violation of the Code.
· Replaced the Personal Trading Policy with the Personal Account Dealing – Global Investment Management Policy
· Updated Holding Reports Section 5.1b2 to reflect that Compliance may not require Annual Statement of Holdings for account held at Approved Brokers who provide Holding Reports to Compliance
· Replaced the JPM Investment Management Americas Gift and Entertainment Policy with Code of Conduct, GIM Gifts & Entertainment Supplement
· Replaced the JPMAM Gift, Entertainment and Political Contributions Database with Reliance’s Gifts and Entertainment Module
· Section 11.7 Charitable Contributions updated the appropriate governing policies: the AM Expense Policy and the Code of Conduct, GIM Gifts & Entertainment Policy.
· Section 11.8 updated the appropriate governing policy as the JPM Code of Conduct
 
 
· Definitions: Deleted Personal Trading Policy
· Section 10 amended to include the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the UK Bribery Act and remove references from JPMC’s Global AML and Anti-Corruption Policies

 

3. Scope

It is the duty of all Supervised Persons to place the interests of JPMAM Clients before their own personal interests at all times and to avoid any actual or potential conflicts of interest. Given the potential access to Proprietary and Client information that Supervised Persons may have, JPMAM and its Supervised Persons must avoid even the appearance of impropriety with respect to personal trading, which must be oriented toward investment rather than short-term or speculative trading. Supervised Persons must also comply with applicable Federal Securities Laws and promptly report any known or suspected violations of the Code promptly to the Code of Conduct Reporting Hotline, the Compliance Department, which shall report any such violation promptly to the CCO, or through the various reporting channels as provided in the How To Report A Violation page of the Code of Conduct intranet site.

Your reporting obligations does not prevent you from reporting to the government or regulators conduct that you believe to be in violation of law and it does not require you notifying JPMAM prior to reporting to the government or regulators.

JPMAM strictly prohibits intimidation or retaliation against anyone who makes a good faith report about a known or suspected violation of the Code, or any law or regulation.

Access Persons must report their personal securities transactions and holdings each quarter to JPMAM for review (see section 5 for details regarding reporting procedures).

Compliance with the Code, and other applicable policies and procedures, is a condition of employment. The rules, procedures, reporting and recordkeeping requirements set forth in the Code are hereby adopted and certified as reasonably necessary to prevent employees from violating the provisions of the Code. Failure by a Supervised Person to comply with the Code may adversely impact JPMAM and may constitute a violation of Federal Securities Laws .

The Compliance Department shall provide a link to the Code and any amendments to all Supervised Person s at least annually. Receipt of the Code and its amendments shall be acknowledged in writing by the Supervised Person . Written acknowledgements shall be maintained by the Compliance Department in accordance with Escalation Guidelines in section 13. Books and Records are to be maintained by the Compliance Department. The form of acknowledgment shall be determined by the Compliance Department

Annually, each CCO must review the adequacy of the Code and the policies and procedures herein referenced.

4. Policy Statements

The Code is intended to reflect fiduciary principles that govern the conduct of JPMAM and its Supervised Persons in those situations where JPMAM acts as investment adviser as defined under the Advisers Act in providing investment advice to Clients

.

Included herein are sections on:

Reporting Requirements

Pre-Approval of Certain Investments

Personal Trading Policies and Procedures

Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers

Privacy

Conflicts of Interest

Training

 
 

Escalation Guidelines

5. Reporting Requirements
5.1. Holdings Reports

Access Persons must submit holdings reports to the Compliance Department documenting current securities holdings:

a) Content of Holdings Reports

Each holdings report must contain, at a minimum:

1) Account Details

The name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the Access Person maintains an Associated Account in which any Reportable Securities are

held for the Access Person’s direct or indirect benefit, as well as all pertinent Associated Account details (e.g., account title, account number, etc.).

 

2) Account Statements

The title and type of security, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares, and principal amount of each Reportable Security in which the Access Person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership.

3) Submission Date

The date the Access Person submits the report to the Compliance Department

b) Submission of Holdings Reports

Access Persons must submit both an Initial and Annual holdings report:

1) Initial Report

Must be submitted no later than 10 days after the person becomes an Access Person and the information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person .

2) Annual Report

Must be submitted at least once each 12-month period thereafter on January 30, and the information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the report was submitted, unless notified by Compliance that this is no longer required due to Approved Broker reporting.

5.2. Transaction Reports

Access Persons must submit to the Compliance Department securities transactions reports on a quarterly basis, in the form designated by the Compliance Department. Securities transaction reports must meet the following requirements:

 

a)      Content of Transaction Reports

Each transaction report must contain, at a minimum, the following information about each transaction involving a Reportable Security in which the Access Person had, or as a result of the transaction acquired, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership:

 

 
 
1) The date of the transaction, the title, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date, number of shares, and principal amount of each Reportable Security involved;
2) The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

3)    The price of the security at which the transaction was effected;

4) The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected; and
5) The date the Access Person submits the report to the Compliance Department.

 

b)     Timing of Transaction Reports

Each Access Person must submit a transaction report no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, which report must cover, at a minimum, all transactions during the quarter.

5.3. Consolidated Report

At the discretion of the Compliance Department, the form of annual holdings report may be combined with the form of the concurrent quarterly transaction report, provided that such consolidated holdings and transaction report meets, at a minimum, the timing requirements of both such reports if submitted separately.

5.4. Exceptions from Transaction Reporting Requirements
An Access Person need not submit:
a) Any report with respect to securities held in accounts over which the Access Person had no direct or indirect influence or control;
b) A transaction report with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan ;
c) A transaction report if the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements that the Compliance Department holds in its records so long as the Compliance Department receives the confirmations or statements no later than 30 days after the end of the applicable calendar quarter;
d) Any report with respect to transactions in Reportable Funds .

 

6. Pre-approval of Certain Investments

Supervised Persons must obtain approval from the Compliance Department before directly or indirectly acquiring Beneficial Ownership in any Reportable Security , including initial public offerings and limited offerings. The Personal Account Dealing - Global Investment Management Policy shall set forth the Compliance pre-clearance procedures as well as any exceptions to the pre-clearance requirement.

7. Personal Trading Policies and Procedures

In furtherance of the standards for personal trading set forth herein, JPMAM shall maintain a Personal Account Dealing - Global Investment Management Policy with respect to the trading restrictions and corrective actions discussed under this section, and such other restrictions as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by JPMAM.

 
 
7.1. Approved Broker Requirement
7.1.1. Any Associated Account , except as otherwise indicated in the Personal Account Dealing - Global Investment Management must be maintained with an Approved Broker, as provided under the JPMC Code of Conduct and the Personal Account Dealing - Global Investment Management Policy Approved Designated Brokers in North America

Chase Investments

Charles Schwab

Edward Jones

E*Trade Financial

Fidelity Brokerage Services

Goldman Sachs

J.P. Morgan Private Bank (PB)

J.P. Morgan Securities

Merrill Lynch

Morgan Stanley/Smith Barney

Raymond James

Royal Bank of Canada

TD Ameritrade

Vanguard

7.2. Wells Fargo Blackout Provisions

The personal trading and investment activities of Supervised Persons are subject to particular scrutiny due to the fiduciary nature of the business. Specifically, JPMAM must avoid even the appearance that its Supervised Persons conduct personal transactions in a manner that conflicts with the firm’s investment activities on behalf of Clients. Accordingly, Supervised Persons are restricted from conducting personal investment transactions during certain periods (called “Blackout Periods”), and may be instructed to reverse previously completed personal investment transactions. Additionally, the Compliance Department may restrict the personal trading activity of any Supervised Person if it is determined that such activity has the appearance of violating the intent of the blackout provision or is deemed to present a possible conflict of interest.

The Blackout Periods set forth in the Personal Account Dealing - Global Investment Management Policy may reflect varying levels of restriction appropriate for different categories of Supervised Persons based upon their level of access to non-public Client or Proprietary information.

7.3. Minimum Investment Holding Period and Market Timing Prohibition

As set forth under the Personal Account Dealing - Global Investment Management Policy, Supervised Persons are subject to a minimum holding period for all transactions in Reportable Securities and Reportable Funds .

Supervised Persons are not permitted to conduct transactions for the purpose of market timing in any Reportable Security or Reportable Fund . Market timing is defined as an investment strategy using frequent purchases, redemptions, and/or exchanges in an attempt to profit from short-term market movements.

 
 

Please see the Personal Account Dealing - Global Investment Management Policy for further details on transactions covered or exempted from the minimum investment holding period.

7.4. Trade Reversals and Disciplinary Action

Transactions by Supervised Persons are subject to reversal due to a conflict (or appearance of a conflict) with the firm’s fiduciary responsibility or a violation of the Code or the Personal Account Dealing - Global Investment Management Policy. Such a reversal may be required even for a pre-cleared transaction that results in an inadvertent conflict or a breach of blackout period requirements under the Personal Account Dealing - Global Investment Management.

Disciplinary actions resulting from a violation of the Code will be administered in accordance with related JPMAM guidelines governing disciplinary action and escalation. All violations and disciplinary actions will be reported promptly by the Compliance Department to the employee’s group head and senior management. Violations will be reported at least quarterly to affected Fund’s Board of Directors.

Violations by Supervised Persons of the Code, the JPMC Code of Conduct or any laws or regulations that relate to JPMAM’s operation of its business or any failure to cooperate with an internal investigation may result in disciplinary action up to and including immediate dismissal including termination of regulatory registration where applicable.

8. Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers

The Compliance Department is responsible for maintaining books and records, including:

a) A copy of this Code and any other code of ethics adopted by JPMAM pursuant to Rule 204A-1 that is in effect or has been in effect at any time within the past five years;
b) A record of any violation of the Code, and any action taken as a result of that violation;
c) A record of all written acknowledgments for each person who is currently, or within the past five years was, a Supervised Person of JPMAM;
d) A record of each report made by an Access Persons required under the Reporting Requirements;
e) A record of the names of persons who are currently, or within the past five years were, Access Persons ;
f) A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition or sale of securities by Supervised Persons under section 6. Pre-approval records of certain investments will be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted; and
g) Any other such record as may be required under the Code or the Personal Account Dealing - Global Investment Management.
9. Privacy

Supervised Persons have a responsibility to protect the confidentiality of information related to Clients . This responsibility may be imposed by law, may arise out of agreements with Clients , or may be based on policies or practices adopted by the firm. Certain jurisdictions have regulations relating specifically to the privacy of individuals and/or business and institutional customers. Various business units and geographic areas within JPMC have internal policies regarding customer privacy.

 

 
 

The restriction on disclosing confidential information is not intended to prevent employees from reporting to the government or a regulator any conduct employees believe to be in violation of the law, or from responding truthfully to questions or requests from the government, a regulator or in a court of law.

10. Anti-Corruption

JPMAM and its Supervised Persons must comply with the provisions under the Bank Secrecy Act, and the USA Patriot Act as well as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the UK Bribery Act. Please see reporting and preclearance requirements for gifts and entertainment to Government Officials as well as Institutional clients in the Code of Conduct, GIM Gifts & Entertainment Supplement.

11. Conflicts of Interest

With regard to each of the following restrictions, more detailed guidelines may be found under the applicable JPMAM policy and/or the JPMC Code of Conduct.

11.1. Trading in Securities of Clients

Supervised Persons shall not transact in any securities of a Client with which the Supervised Person has or recently had significant dealings or responsibility on behalf of JPMAM if such investment could be perceived as effected based on confidential information, including material non-public information.

11.2. Trading in Securities of Suppliers

Supervised Persons in possession of information regarding, or directly involved in negotiating, a contract material to a supplier of JPMAM may not invest in the securities of such supplier. If you own the securities of a company with which we are dealing and you are asked to represent JPMorgan Chase in such dealings you must:

a) Disclose this fact to your department head and the Compliance Department; and
b) Obtain prior approval from the Compliance Department before selling such securities.
11.3. Pre-clearance Procedures for Value-Added Investors

Prior to any telephone calls, video, and in-person meetings between a Portfolio Manager, or employee arranging the meeting, and a Value-Added Investor who is meeting to discuss his/her personal investment (or prospective investment) in the JPMAM Private Investment Fund managed by the Portfolio Manager, the Portfolio Manager must obtain pre-clearance from Compliance. In order to obtain pre-clearance approval, the following information must be provided to Compliance prior to the meeting:

a) Date and place of meeting;
b) Name of Value-Added Investor , their employer, and job title;
c) Name of private fund the Value-Added Investor is invested in (or may invest in);
d) Names of all J.P. Morgan employees in attendance at the meeting and job titles;
e) Purpose of the meeting.
Compliance will review the pre-clearance request and respond via email and will ensure that appropriate controls are instituted.
11.4. Gifts

A conflict of interest occurs when the personal interests of Supervised Persons interfere or could potentially interfere with their responsibilities to the firm and its Clients . Supervised Persons should not accept inappropriate gifts, favors, entertainment, special

 
 

accommodations, or other things of material value that could influence their decision-making or make them feel beholden to a person or firm. Similarly, Supervised Persons should not offer gifts, favors, entertainment or other things of value that could be viewed as overly generous or aimed at influencing decision-making or making a Client feel beholden to the firm or the Supervised Person . Guidelines that are more specific are set forth under the JPMC Code of Conduct and the Code of Conduct, GIM Gifts & Entertainment Supplement. Supervised Persons are required to log all gifts subject to reporting into Reliance’s Gift and Entertainment Module for approval and any violations of the Policy are subject to the Escalation Guidelines.

11.5. Entertainment

No Supervised Person may provide or accept extravagant or excessive entertainment to or from a Client , prospective client, or any person or entity that does or seeks to do business with or on behalf of JPMAM. Supervised Persons may provide or accept a business entertainment event, such as dinner or a sporting event, of reasonable value, if the person or entity providing the entertainment is present, and only to the extent that such entertainment is permissible under the JPMC Code of Conduct and the Code of Conduct, GIM Gifts & Entertainment Supplement. Supervised Persons are required to log all entertainment subject to reporting into Reliance’s Gift and Entertainment Module for approval and any violations of the Policy are subject to the Escalation Guidelines.

11.6. Political Contributions and Activities

JPMorgan Chase has a strict policy that forbids political contributions made on behalf of JPMC, unless pre-approved . In accordance with Advisers Act Rule 206(4)-5, Supervised Persons are prohibited from making political contributions for the purpose of obtaining or retaining advisory contracts with government entities. In addition, Supervised Persons are prohibited from considering JPMAM’s current or anticipated business relationships as a factor in making political or charitable donations. Additional requirements, restrictions, and other disclosures regarding all political activities are described under the JPMC Code of Conduct and the Political Contributions and Activities Policy for Investment Management Americas. Supervised Persons are required to pre-clear all political contributions subject to the policy into the PATROL application and any violations of the Policy are subject to the Escalation Guidelines. Contributions to the JPMorgan Political Action Committees are excluded from pre-clearance and reporting requirements.

11.7. Charitable Contributions
` Charitable contributions made on behalf of JPMC must adhere to the requirements of the AM Expense Policy and the Code of Conduct, GIM Gifts & Entertainment Policy..
11.8. Outside Business Activities

A Supervised Person’s outside activities must not reflect adversely on the firm or give rise to a real or apparent conflict of interest with the Supervised Person’s duties to the firm or its Clients . Supervised Persons must be aware of potential conflicts of interest and be aware that they may be asked to discontinue any outside activity if a potential conflict arises. Supervised Persons may not, directly or indirectly:

a) Accept a business opportunity from someone doing business or seeking to do business with JPMAM that is made available to the Supervised Person because of the individual’s position with the firm.
b) Take for oneself a business opportunity belonging to the firm.
c) Engage in a business opportunity that competes with any of the firm’s businesses.

More specific guidelines are set forth under the JPMC Code of Conduct. Procedures for pre-clearance of Outside Activities and Second Jobs are available on the JPMC Code of Conduct intranet site.

 
 

If any material change in relevant circumstances occurs, Supervised Persons must seek clearance for a previously approved activity. A material change may arise from a change in your job or association with JPMAM or in your role with respect to that activity or organization. JPMAM employees are required to be continually alert to any real or apparent conflicts of interest with respect to investment management activities and promptly disclose any such conflicts to Compliance. Employees must also notify Compliance when any approved outside activity terminates.

Regardless of whether an activity is specifically addressed under JPMAM policies or the JPMC Code of Conduct, Supervised Persons should disclose any personal interest that might present a conflict of interest or harm the reputation of the firm.

12. Training

All employees of the firm are required to take several mandatory training courses given each year by Compliance (e.g., AML, Privacy, and Code of Conduct). Failure to attend and/or complete required Compliance training courses may subject the employee to the Escalation Guidelines.

13. Escalation Guidelines

Escalation Guidelines are applicable to all employees of JPMAM and are maintained by Compliance. The Escalation Guidelines document is an internal Compliance document and is used to notify Group Heads, Managers and/or Human Resources (HR) of employees’ violations of Compliance Policies along with the assigned severity of the attending violations..

13.1. Violation Prior to Material Violation

While the Group Head is notified of all violations, he/she is required to have a meeting with the employee when the employees’ next violation would be considered material, in order to stress the importance of the requirement and inform the employee about the ramifications for not following the policy. The employee is also required to acknowledge, in writing, (form to be provided by Compliance) that he/she is aware of the ramifications for noncompliance and he/she will be compliant going forward. The written acknowledgement is signed by both the employee and Group Head, and returned to Compliance for record keeping.

13.2. Material Violations

All material violations require the Group Head and HR to have a meeting with the employee and to document the meeting specifics in the employee's personnel file. The employee will be required to acknowledge in writing the material nature of the violation and that he/she will be compliant going forward. The written acknowledgement, signed by the employee, Group Head and HR, will be returned to Compliance for record keeping.

There will be a mandated suspension of personal trading privileges for six months for all material violations of the Personal Account Dealing - Global Investment Management or Access Persons reporting requirement. Compliance and the Group Head may allow transactions for hardship reasons, but require documentation for pre-clearance.

A list of all individuals who have received material violations will be circulated to the appropriate Group Head and Senior Management on a periodic basis and may be a factor in the employee’s annual compensation.

14. Defined Terms
 
 

 

Access Persons

Access Persons of IM include:

(1) Employees of any legal entities that fall under the JPMIM business in the Americas, excluding J.P. Morgan Retirement Plan Services LLC and non-JPMIM persons of J.P. Morgan Institutional Investments Inc.

(2) Certain persons of other affiliated entities that have access to Proprietary information of IM and are located on floors utilized by IM persons at 270 Park Ave and persons that have been designated by Compliance as having access to IM Proprietary information

(3) Portfolio managers at J.P. Morgan Private Bank and Private Client Services and registered representatives at J.P. Morgan Private Client Services who hold 65 or 66 licenses

(4) All persons of entities affiliated with JPMIM that have been authorized by the Office of the Corporate Secretary to act in an official capacity on behalf of a legal entity within JPMIM, sometimes referred to as “dual-hatted” employees

(5) Certain consultants, agents, and temporary workers who are involved in the investment management process or have access to Proprietary information regarding Client recommendations or transactions on a pre-trade or same-day basis

Associated Account Is an account in the name of or for the direct or indirect benefit of a Supervised Person or a Supervised Person’s spouse, domestic partner, minor children and any other person for whom the Supervised Person provides significant financial support, as well as to any other account over which the Supervised Person or any of these other persons exercise investment discretion, regardless of beneficial interest.  Excluded from Associated Accounts are any 401(k) and deferred compensation plan accounts for which the Supervised Person has no investment discretion.
Automatic Investment Plan Is a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation.  An automatic investment plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.
Beneficial ownership Is interpreted to mean any interest held directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, or any pecuniary interest in equity securities held or shared directly or indirectly, subject to the terms and conditions set forth under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  A Supervised Person who has questions regarding the definition of this term should consult the Compliance Department.  Please note:  Any report required under section 5. Reporting Requirements may contain a statement that the report will not be construed as an admission that the person making the report has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security to which the report relates.
Client Is any entity (e.g. person, corporation or Fund) for which JPMAM provides a service or has a fiduciary responsibility.
Federal Securities Laws Are the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”), the Advisers Act, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (1999), any rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted there under by the SEC or the Department of the Treasury.
Fund Is an investment company registered under the 1940 Act.
Initial Public Offering Is an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
 

 

JPMAM

Is the abbreviation for JPMorgan Asset Management, a marketing name for the Investment Management subsidiaries of JPMorgan Chase & Co. Within the context of this document, JPMAM refers to the following U.S. registered investment advisers of JPMorgan Asset Management:

J.P. Morgan Alternative Asset Management, Inc.

JPMorgan Asset Management (UK) Ltd.

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

Security Capital Research & Management Inc.

Bear Stearns Asset Management Inc.

JF International Management, Inc.

Limited Offering Is an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to section 4(2) or section 4(6) or pursuant to Rules 504, 505 or 506 there under.
Proprietary

Within the context of the Policy is:

(1) any research conducted by IM or its affiliates

(2) any non-public information pertaining to IM or its affiliates

(3) all JPM managed and sub-advised mutual funds

Reportable Fund Is any JPMorgan Proprietary Fund , including sub-advised funds
Reportable Security

Is a security as defined under section 202(a)(18) of the Advisers Act held for the direct or indirect benefit of an Access Person, including any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a “security”, or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guaranty of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any of the foregoing. Excluded from this definition are:

1)      Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;

2)      Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high

quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;

3)      Shares issued by money market funds; and

4)      Shares issued by open-end funds other than reportable funds

Supervised Persons

1)      Any partner, officer, director (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) and employees of JPMAM;

2)      All employees of entities affiliated with JPMAM that have been authorized by the Office of the Corporate Secretary to act in an official capacity on behalf of a legal entity within JPMAM, sometimes referred to as “dual hatted” employees;

3)      Certain consultants, as well as any other persons who provide advice on behalf of JPMAM and are subject to JPMAM’s supervision and control; and

4)      All Access Persons

Value–Added Investor

Is an executive level officer (i.e., president, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer or Partner) or director of a company, who, due to the nature of his/her position, may obtain material, non-public information.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NEUBERGE R BERMAN

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 2016

 
 

 

COD E O F ETHICS

 

Thi s Cod e o f Ethic s (the "Code" ) i s adopte d by the U.S. based registered investment advisers (the “NB Advisers”) [1] of Neuberger Berman Group LLC (the “Firm”) purs u an t t o Rul e 204A- 1 unde r th e Invest m en t Advisers Ac t o f 194 0 (the “Advisers Act”) and Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC (“NBIA”), Neuberger Berman Management LLC (“NB Management”), the Neuberger Berman Group of Funds (the “NB Funds”) and any NB Adviser that serves as investment adviser or sub-adviser to the NB Funds or other non-NB Funds (collectively, the “Funds”) pursuan t t o Rul e 17j-1 unde r th e Invest m en t Co m pan y Ac t o f 194 0 (th e “Company Act” ).

 

An y question s relatin g t o thi s docu m en t shoul d b e brough t t o th e attentio n o f your designated Chie f Co m plianc e O ff icer or the firm’s Head of Compliance, Brad E. Cetron . A lis t o f Chie f Co m plianc e O ff icer s an d othe r Co m pliance contact s withi n th e Fir m i s attache d her e a s Exhibi t A.

 

B y acceptin g e m ploy m en t with the Firm, yo u hav e agree d t o b e boun d b y thi s Cod e o f Ethics . O n an annua l basi s yo u wil l b e require d t o certif y i n w r itin g you r understandin g of , an d adherenc e to , this Cod e an d you r intentio n t o co m pl y wit h it s require m ent s (includin g an y a m end m ents).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

Table of Contents

 

 

Statement of General Principles 5
A. General Prohibitions 6
B. Definitions 6
C. Code Policies 11
1.   Covered Accounts 11
2.   Initial Public Offerings 12
3.   Insider Trading 12
4.   Transactions in Restricted List Securities 12
5.   Private Placements 12
6.   Dissemination of Client Information 13
7.   Gifts 13
8.   Related Issuer 13
9.   Trading Opposite Clients 13
10.   Service on a Board of Directors 14
11.   Limitations on Short and Long Positions 14
12.   Transactions in Shares of Funds 14
13.   Sanctions 15
14.   Violations 15
D. Reporting Requirements 15
1.   Reports by Access Persons 15
2.   Reports by Disinterested Directors/Trustees 16
3.   Exceptions to Reporting Requirements 17
4.   Notification of Reporting Obligations 17
E. Code Procedures 17
1.   Maintenance of Covered Accounts 17
2.   Pre-Clearance of Securities Transactions 18
a.  Access Persons 18
b.  Advisory Persons 18
c.  NB CEF Insiders 19
d.  Exceptions from Pre-Clearance Requirement 19
3.   Blackout Period 19
a.  Same Day – Advisory Persons of a Fund 19
b.  Research Personnel 19
4.   Price Restitution 19
a.  Same Day Price Restitution 19
b.  Five(5)/One(1) Day Price Restitution – Advisory Persons 20
c.  Price Restitution Execution 20
d.  Exceptions to Price Restitution 20
5.   Holding Periods 21
a.  Thirty (30) Day Holding Period 21
b.  Sixty (60) Day Holding Period 21
 
 
c.  Exceptions to the Holding Periods 21
6.   Code Procedures Monitoring 22
F.  NB Funds’ Ethics and Compliance Committee 22
G.  Annual Report to the NB Funds’ Board 22
H.  Administration 23
I.  Recordkeeping 23
Exhibit A:  Compliance Contacts 25
Exhibit B:  Applicability of Code Procedures to Temporary Access Persons 26
 
 

Statement of General Principles

 

The Cod e i s designed to ensure, among other things, that employees put Client interests first and conduct their activities in a manner consistent with applicable Federal Securities Laws. Th e followin g principle s shall govern the personal investment activities of all individuals subject to this Code:

 

· Employees must at all times place the i n terests of Clients ahead of their personal interests - Client trades have priority over personal securities trades.

 

· Personal securities transactions must be conducted in accordance with this Code and in such a manner as to avoid any actual, perceived or potential conflict of interest or abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility.

 

· Employees should not take advantage of t h eir position to benefit themselves at the expense of any Client.

 

· In personal securities investing, employees should follow a philosophy of investment rather than tradin g .

 

· Employees must comply w i th applicable Federal Securities La w s.

 

 
 

 

A. General Prohibitions

 

No person associated with the NB Advisers or the Firm, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, of a security held or to be acquired by a Client, shall :

 

·          Employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any Client;

 

· Mak e an y untru e statemen t o f a materia l fac t to any Client o r omi t t o stat e t o such Client a materia l fac t necessar y i n orde r t o mak e th e statement s made , i n ligh t o f the circumstance s unde r w hic h the y ar e made , no t misleading;

 

· Engag e i n an y act , practice , o r cours e o f busines s w hic h operate s o r w oul d operat e a s a frau d o r decei t upo n an y Client;

 

· Engag e i n an y manipulativ e practic e w i t h respec t t o any Client;

 

· Engag e i n an y transactio n i n a securit y w hil e i n possessio n o f materia l nonpublic informatio n regardin g th e securit y o r th e issue r o f th e security ; or

 

· Engag e i n an y transactio n intende d t o raise , lo w er , o r maintai n th e pric e o f any securit y o r t o creat e a fals e appearanc e o f activ e trading.

 

B. Definitions

 

Th e followin g word s hav e th e followin g m eanings i n thi s Code:

 

Access Person

a. Any e m ployee, officer, director of any NB Adviser or NB Fund (or any company controlled by the NB Advisers) and their Immediate Family Members; and
b. Any director, officer or general partner of a principal underwriter who, in the ordinary course of business, makes, participates in or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by any NB Fund for which the principal underwriter acts, or whose functions or duties in the ordinary course of business relate to the making of any recommendation to the NB Fund regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities.
c. Any temporary employee, consultant, contractor, intern or other person who will be on the Firm’s premises for a period of ninety (90) days or more. See Exhibit B for applicability of Code Procedures to Temporary Access Persons.

 

Advisory Person

An Access Person of the NB Advisers w ho, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, m akes, or participates in m aking, reco mm endations regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by a Related Client. The deter m ination as to whether an individual is an Advisory Per s on shall be m ade by the Legal and Co m p liance Depart m ent, taking into consideration the following roles and responsibilities: Portfolio Manager, Traders, Analysts (credit/research) a nd any m e m b er on any of their respective tea m s, including Ad m inistrative Assistants.

 
 

 

Beneficial Interest

An employee has a Beneficial Interest in an account if they m ay profit or share in the profit from transactions. In general, a person is regarded as having direct or indirect Beneficial Interest in securities held in his or her name, as well as:

 

· in the na m e of an Immediate Family Member;
· in his or her na m e as trustee f or hi m self or herself or f or his or her I mm ediate Fa m ily Member;
· in a trust in which he or she has a Bene f icial Interest or is the settlor with a power to revoke;
· by another person and he or she has a contract or an understanding with such person that the securities held in that person ' s na m e are f or his or her bene f it;
· in the form of acquisition rights of such security through the exercise of warrants, options, rights, or conversion rights;
· by a partnership of which he or she is a m e m ber;
· by a corporation which he or she uses as a personal trading m ediu m ;
· by a holding co m pany which he or she controls; or
· any other relationship in which a person would have beneficial ownership under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Securities E x change Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder, except that the deter m ination of direct or indirect Beneficial Interest shall apply to all securities which an Access Person has or acquires.

 

An y employee wh o wishe s t o disclai m a Bene f i cia l Interes t i n an y securitie s m us t sub m i t a written reques t t o th e Lega l an d Co m plianc e Depart m en t explainin g th e reason s therefore . An y disclai m ers grante d b y th e Lega l an d Co m plianc e Depart m en t m us t b e m ad e i n writing . W ithou t li m itin g the foregoing , i f a disclai m e r i s grante d t o an y employee wit h respec t t o an account of an I mm ediat e Fa m ily Member , th e provision s o f thi s Cod e applicabl e t o such employee shal l no t appl y t o the I mm ediat e Fa m il y Member fo r whic h such disclai m e r wa s granted. However, if the Immediate Family Member whose account was disclaimed is also an employee of an NB Adviser, the sections of this Code applicable to employees would still be applicable to the employee’s I mm ediat e Fa m ily Member.

 

Blind Trust

A trust in which an Access Person has Bene f i cial Interest or is the settlor with a power to revoke, with respect to which the Legal and Co m pliance Depart m ent has deter m ined that such Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control over the selection or disposition of securities and no knowledge of transactions therein, provided, however, that direct or indirect in f luence or control of such trust is held by a person or entity not associated with the Firm and not a relative of such Access Person.

 

Client

An investment advisory account, including, but not limited to, the Funds, other commingled investment vehicles and separate accounts for which any of the NB Advisers provides investment advice, management or exercises discretion.

 

 
 

“Control” means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company. Generally, any person who owns beneficially, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25 percent of the voting securities of a company shall be presumed to control such company (Section 2(a)(9) of the Company Act).

 

Covered Account

An account held in the na m e of an Access Per s on where the Access Person has, or is deemed to have, a Beneficial Interest, including investments held outside of an account over which an Access Person has physical control, such as a stock certificate.

 

Covered Security

a. Any note, stock, treasury stock, security future , bond, debentu r e, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any pro f it-sharing agree m ent, collateral-trust certi f icate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, invest m ent contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other m ineral rights, any put, call, straddle , option , o r privileg e o n an y securit y (includin g a certificat e o f d e posit ) o r o n an y grou p or inde x o f securitie s (includin g an y interes t therei n o r base d o n th e valu e thereo f ) , o r an y put , call, straddle , option , o r privileg e entere d int o o n a nationa l securitie s exchang e relatin g t o foreign currency , or , i n general , an y interes t o r instru m en t co mm onl y kno wn a s a “security” , o r an y certificate o f interes t o r participatio n in , te m porar y o r interi m certificat e for , receip t for , guarante e of , or warran t o r righ t t o subscrib e t o o r purchase , an y o f th e foregoing ;
b. Share s o f an y Fund; an d
c. Exchang e Trade d Fund s and closed-end funds registere d unde r the Co m pan y Ac t .

 

Th e ter m Covere d Securit y doe s no t include :

 

a. Direc t obligation s o f th e Govern m en t o f th e United States, its territories or States or Related Securities thereof, (including short term debt securities that are government securities within the meaning of the law) ;
b. Bankers ' acceptances , ban k certificate s o f deposit , co mm ercia l pape r an d hig h qualit y short- ter m deb t instru m ents includin g repurchas e agree m ents ; an d
c. Share s issued by registered open-end investment companies for which any N B Adviser does not act as investment adviser, sub-adviser or distributor provide d such share s ar e held directl y wit h th e fun d co m pan y i n a m utua l fun d accoun t an d no t i n a thir d part y brokerag e account unles s th e Acces s Perso n ha s obtaine d prio r writte n approva l f ro m th e Legal and Co m plianc e Depart m en t to m aintai n suc h account.

 

De minimis Restitution

Price restitutions that result in less than $1000 collectively or where the gain to be received by each underlying Client account is less than $100.

 

Disinterested Director/Trustee

A person who serves as director/trustee of an NB Fund and is not otherwise affiliated with an NB Fund.

 

 
 

Domestic Partnership

An interpersonal relationship between two individuals who live together and share a common domestic life (“Domestic Partners”). [2]

 

Ethics and Compliance Committee

The Ethics and Compliance Committee of the NB Funds.

 

Exchange Traded Fund

Unit invest m ent trusts or open-ended invest m ent co m panies registered under the Co m pany Act that trade on a national stock exchange.

 

Exempt Transactions

Transactions that may be exempt from certain provisions of the Code such as, pre-clearance, minimum holding periods, or blackout periods. Exempt Transactions are not exempt from the general provisions of the Code including reporting requirements. The following have been defined as Exempt Transactions:

 

a. Transactions in Managed Accounts.
b. Transactions made automatically in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation, such as part of a dividend reinvestment plan (“DRIP”).
c. An involuntary purchase effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of rights so acquired.
d. The acquisition or disposition of securities through stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, margin calls, consolidations, spin-offs, or other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of securities.
e. Securities transactions effected in Blind Trusts.
f. A transaction by an NB Fund Disinterested Director/Trustee unless at the time of such transaction, the Disinterested Fund Director/Trustee, knew or should have known that, during the fifteen calendar day period immediately preceding or, after the date of the transaction by the Disinterested Director/Trustee, such security was purchased or sold by the NB Fund or was being considered for purchase or sale for Clients of the NB Adviser.
g. Transactions in the following broad-based security indices: S&P 500, NASDAQ, 7-10 Year Treasury Bond Index, 20+ Year Treasury Bond Index, Russell 2000 and Dow Jones Industrial Average.
h. Other transactions designated in writing by the Legal and Compliance Department.

 

Federal Securities La w s

The Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”), the Co m pany Act, the Advisers Act, the Sar b anes-Oxley Act of 2002 (as applicable), Title V of the Gra mm - Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Co mm i ssion

 
 

(“SEC”) under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to r e gistered invest m ent co m panies and invest m ent advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the SEC or the Depart m ent of the Treasury.

 

Fund

Any investment company, and series thereof, registered under the Company Act for which any NB Adviser is the investment manager, investment adviser, sub-adviser, administrator or distributor.

 

iCompliance

The Firm’s proprietary employee compliance dashboard managed by the Legal and Compliance Department. iCompliance facilitates the reporting and monitoring of a number of key compliance requirements including: the Firm’s annual personal securities holding affirmation; tracking of employee outside investments, outside activities, political contributions and employee licenses and registrations; and a pre-trade approval process for employee trading activity that occurs at third party broker-dealers.

 

Immediate Family Member

a. An Access Person’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, D omestic Partner , sibling, m other-in-law, father-in-law, son - in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in- law, including adoptive relationships; and
b. Any other relative or person who shares the same household as the Access Person and to whom the employee provides material financial support and is dee m ed to be an I mm ediate Fa m ily Me m ber by the Legal and Co m pliance Depart m ent.

 

Legal and Compliance Department

The Neuberge r Ber m a n Lega l an d Co m plianc e Depart m ent.

 

Limited Access Person

An Acces s Person’ s Immediate Family Member who would otherwise be an Access Person but who is determined by the Legal and Compliance Department to be a Limited Access Person considering factors including, but not limited to, whether the Immediate Family Member shar es the sa m e househol d a s the Access Perso n an d i s financiall y dependen t o n the Acces s Person .

 

Limited Access Person Account

An accoun t i n th e na m e o f a Li m ite d Access Person held at the Firm. A Limited Access Person Account may be treated as a Managed Account at the discretion of the Legal and Compliance Department.

 

Managed Account

A Covered Account where full control and investment discretion has been delegated pursuant to an investment advisory agreement that includes the payment of a management fee to: 1) an unrelated third party investment manager, or 2) a Neuberger Berman portfolio management team of which the employee is not a member. A Limited Access Person Account may be treated as a Managed Account at the discretion of the Legal and Compliance Department.

 

 
 

NB Advisers

The Firm’s U.S.-based investment advisers: Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC, Neuberger Berman LLC, NB Management LLC, NB Alternative Investment Management LLC, NB Alternatives Advisers LLC, Neuberger Berman Trust Company N.A., Neuberger Berman Trust Company of Delaware N.A.

 

NB Closed-End Fund (“CEF”) Insider

An Access Person who is a director, officer or principal stockholder (holder of more than 10% of a class of reportable securities) of any company that has a class of equity securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act and is subject to beneficial ownership reporting obligations under Section 16. Obligations apply to all insiders of the closed-end funds (“NB CEF”) as well as to NBIA and certain of its affiliated persons.

 

NB Funds

The NB Group of Funds.

 

Private Placement

An offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rules 504, 505 or 506 under the Securities Act.

 

Related Client

A Client account, including a proprietary account consisting of seed capital during the incubation period, f o r whic h a n Advisor y Perso n or the portfolio management team of which the Advisory Person is a member, has or is dee m e d t o hav e, investment decisio n- m akin g authorit y o r i s responsibl e fo r m aintainin g and/o r reviewing in f or m atio n pertainin g t o the account.

 

Related Issuer

An issuer with respect to which an Advisory Person or their I mm ediate Fa m ily Member: (i) has a material business relationship with such issuer or any pro m oter, underwriter, officer, director, or e m ployee of such issuer; or (ii) is an Immediate Family Member of any officer, di r ector or senior m anage m ent e m ployee of such issuer.

 

Security Held or to be Acquired by a Client

Any Covered Security that within the most recent fifteen (15) days:

 

· is or has been held by a Client, or
· is being or has been considered by a NB Adviser for purchase by such Client.

 

Trading Desk

Th e Neuberge r Ber m a n Tradin g Desk.

 

C. Code Policies

 

1. Covered Accounts

 

Access Persons who are not Advisory Persons are generally permitted to maintain their

 
 

Covered Accounts at Neuberger Berman, or with prior approval from the Legal and Compliance Department, at Fidelity Investments (“Fidelity”). Advisory Persons are generally required to maintain their Covered Accounts at Neuberger Berman. [3]

 

2. Initial Public Offerings

 

Access Persons are generally prohibited from acquiring direct or indirect beneficial ownership of any equity security in an initial public offering.

 

3. Insider Trading

 

The Firm has adopted an Information Barrier Policy and related MNPI Procedures (together, the “Insider Trading Policy and Procedures”). All Access Persons are required to be familiar with the Insider Trading Policy and Procedures and shall certify, on an annual basis, that they have read, understood and complied with the requirements of this Code and the Insider Trading Policy and Procedures.

 

4. Transactions in Restricted List Securities

 

Access Persons may obtain material non-public information (“MNPI”) or establish special or “insider” relationships with one or more issuers of securities (e.g., the employee may become an officer or director of an issuer, a member of a creditor committee that engages in material negotiations with an issuer, and so forth). In such cases, the Access Person should keep in mind that they are subject to the Firm’s Information Barrier Policy and the MNPI Procedures.

 

5. Private Placements

 

Access Persons may not acquire direct or indirect Beneficial Interest in any Private Placement without prior written approval from the Legal and Compliance Department and such other persons as may be required. Private Placements include, but are not limited to, an y interes t i n a hedg e fund , privat e equit y vehicl e o r othe r si m ila r private or limited offering invest m ent.

 

Approval of a Private Placement shall take into account, among other factors, whether: i) the investment opportunity should be reserved for a Client, and ii) the opportunity is being offered to the individual by virtue of his or her position with the Firm, the NB Adviser or his or her relationship with or to the Client or the issuer of the Private Placement. Additional capital investments (other than capital calls related to the initially approved investment) in a previously approved Private Placement require a new approval.

 

Advisory Persons who hold a previously approved Private Placement and are subsequently involved, or play a part in the consideration of the same Private Placement as an investment for a Related Client, must inform the Legal and Compliance Department of their personal investment (or their Immediate Family Member’s investment). The decision to investment

 
 

in the Private Placement for a Related Client will be determined by the Legal and Compliance Department and other relevant parties as deemed necessary for the review process.

 

Access Persons’ private placement redemptions are subject to review and approval by the

Legal and Compliance Department.

 

6. Dissemination of Client Information

 

Access Persons are prohibited from revealing material infor m ation relating to current or anticipated invest m ent intentions, portfolio transactions or activities of Client / Funds except to persons whose responsibilities require knowledge of such infor m ation.

 

7. Gifts

 

Acces s Person s ar e prohibite d fro m givin g o r receivin g an y gif t or o the r item of value to or from any one perso n or entit y tha t doe s busines s wit h th e Fir m without prior approval from the Legal and Compliance Department. Generally, promotional items valued at $25 or less do not require prior approval although certain recipients may be subject to stricter gift limits under state rules or rules applicable to ERISA fiduciaries. The Firm has adopted gift and entertainment policies to which all employees are subject. See the NB Code of Conduct and the Political Activity Policy for additional information.

 

8. Relate d Issuer

 

Advisory Persons are required to disclose to the Legal and Co m pliance Depart m ent when they play a part in any consideration of an i nvest m ent by a Client in a Related Issuer. The decision to purchase securities of the Related Issuer for a Client will be determined by the Legal and Compliance Department and other relevant parties as deemed necessary for the review process.

 

9. Trading Opposite Clients

 

No Advisory Person or Advisory Person of a Fund may execute transactions in a Covered Security held in a Covered Account that would be on the opposite side of any trade in a Related Client account that was executed within 5 business days prior to the trade in the Covered Account ("Opposite Side Trade"). For example, if an Advisory Person executes a purchase of shares of Company XYZ on Monday, February 1st for a Related Client account(s), that Advisory Person and their team will be prohibited from executing a sale of shares of Company XYZ for their Covered Accounts between the time when the Related Client order was submitted on Monday, February 1st through the close of trading on Monday, February 8th.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Advisory Person or Advisory Person of a Fund (or their team member) may execute an Opposite Side Trade for the following reasons:

 

 
 
· to capture a gain or loss for tax purposes;
· the Advisory Person or Advisory Person of a Fund sold the security for the Related Client account in order to raise cash;
· securities transactions effected in Blind Trusts;
· securities transactions that are non-volitional on the part of the Advisory Person or Advisory Person of a Fund. Non-volitional transactions include shares obtained or redeemed through a corporate action (e.g. stock dividend) or the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of securities; or
· other such exceptions as may be granted by the Legal and Compliance Department.

 

10. Service on a Board of Directors

 

Access Persons are prohibited from serving on the board of directors of any public or private company without prior written approved from the Legal and Compliance Department. [4]

 

11. Limitations on Short and Long Positions

 

Advisory Persons are not per m itted to: a) sell short any security (or any derivative having the sa m e econo m ic effect as a short sale) that they hold or intend to hold for a Related Client; or b) buy a long position in a security (or any derivative having the same economic effect as holding a long position) if they have or intend to create a short position in the same security for a Related Client. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain types of transactions may be permitted with prior approval from the Legal and Compliance Department and the CIO (or designee), such as

 

                                            i.             A purchase to cover an existing short position, except that if an Advisory Person intends to create a long position for a Related Client in the same security, al l Related Client transaction s must be completed before the Advisory Person can cover th eir shor t position.

                                          ii.             A short sale against a broad-based index. Approved broad-based indices include the S&P 500, NASDAQ, 7-10 Year Treasury Bond Index, 20+ Year Treasury Bond Index, Russell 2000 and Dow Jones Industrial Average. Any other index m ust be approved by the Legal and Co m pliance Depart m ent before engaging in any short sales against such index.

                                        iii.             A short sale to hedge a n existin g security positio n provided the hedging activity is proportionate to the account.

                                        iv.             Any approvals granted under this section will not relieve the Advisory Person from being subject to Price Restitution.

 

12. Transactions in Shares of Funds

 

a. Al l tradin g i n share s o f a Fund i s subjec t t o th e ter m s of th e prospectu s and th e State m en t o f Additiona l In f or m atio n o f the Fund.
 
 
b. N o Acces s Perso n m a y engag e i n e x cessiv e tradin g o r m arke t ti m in g i n any share s o f an y Fund .

 

13. Sanctions

 

The Firm shall have the authority to i m pose sanctions for violations of this Code. Such sanctions m ay include a letter of censure, s u spension or ter m ination of the e m ploy m ent of the violator, forfeiture of profits, forfeiture of personal t r ading privileges, f or f eiture of gifts, or any other penalty dee m ed to be appropriate.

 

14. Violations

 

Access Persons must report apparent or suspected violations in addition to actual or known violations of the Code to the Legal and Compliance Department. Access Persons are encouraged to seek advice from the Legal and Compliance Department with respect to any action or transaction which may violate this Code and to refrain from any action or transaction which might lead to the appearance of a violation. The types of reporting that are required under this Code include:

 

· Non-compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations;
· Fraud or illegal acts involving any aspect of the Firm’s business;
· Material misstatements in regulatory filings, internal books and records, client records or reports;
· Activity that is harmful to clients, including fund investors; and
· Deviations from required controls and procedures that safeguard clients and the Firm.

 

D. Reporting Requirements [5]

 

1. Reports by Access Persons

 

a. Initial Disclosure

 

                                      i.            All Access Persons must disclose their Covered Accounts within 10 calendar days of becoming an Access Person. The initial holdings disclosure must include all Covered Accounts in which the Acces s Perso n has a direc t o r indirec t Beneficia l Interes t. Access Persons may satisfy this requirement by providing copies of their account statements for all Covered Accounts to the Legal and Compliance Department (as applicable).

 

                                                                                       ii.          The information provided must be current as of a date n o m or e tha n 4 5 day s

prio r t o th e dat e th e perso n became a n Acces s Person.

 

                                        iii.      Access Persons will be provided wit h a cop y o f the Cod e o f Ethic s and be required

 
 

to acknowledge receipt of the Code.

 

b. Quarterly Disclosure

 

                                            i.             Within 30 days of the end of each calendar quarter, Acces s Perso ns must disclose securities transactions in any Covered Security in which such Acces s Perso n has , o r b y reaso n of suc h transactio n acquires , an y direc t o r indirec t Beneficia l Interest that occurred during the previous quarter. For each transaction executed during the quarter, the following information must be provided:

 

· the date of the transaction;
· type of transaction (buy, sell, short, cover, etc.);
· name of security, exchange ticker, sy m bol or CUSIP nu m ber;
· the nu m ber of shares, price and principal a m ount ; and
· the interest rate a nd m aturity date (as applicable).

 

                                          ii.             The above requirement may be satisfied if information is being received by Neuberger Berman as stated in Section D(3)(b).

 

c. Annua l Disclosure

 

                                                  i.             On an annual basis, Acces s Person s must affirm that all Covered Accounts have been reported and are reflected in iCompliance.

 

                                                ii.             Access Persons are required to certif y that t he y hav e read , understand , and co m plie d wit h th e Cod e o f Ethic s and the Insider Trading Policy and Procedures, and have disclose d o r reporte d al l persona l securitie s transactions , holding s an d accounts require d t o b e disclose d o r reporte d pursuan t t o th e require m ent s o f th e Code.

 

                                              iii. The information provided must be current as of a date n o m or e tha n 4 5 day s of the date the repor t i s sub m itted.

 

                                              iv.With respec t t o an y Blin d Trust i n whic h an Access Person ha s a Beneficia l Interest , such Access Person must certify that they do not exert any direct or indirect influence or control over the trustee by: a ) suggesting or directing any particular transactions in the account, or b) consulting with the trustee regarding the allocation of investments in the account. .

 

                                                v.With respect to any Managed Account managed by a third-party, Access Persons must certify that they do not exert any direct or indirect influence or control over the third-party manager by: a) suggesting or directing any particular transactions in the account, or b) consulting with the third-party manager regarding the allocation of investments in the account.

 

2. Reports by Disinterested Directors/Trustees

 
 
a. A director/trustee of a NB Fund who is not an "interested person" of the NB Fund within the meaning of section 2(a)(19) of the Company Act, and who would be required to make a report solely by reason of being a NB Fund director/trustee, need not make:
i. An initial holdings disclosure and annual holdings disclosure under Section D(1)(a) and (c) above; and
ii. A quarterly transactions disclosure under Section D(1)(b) above, unless the director/trustee knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling their official duties as a NB Fund director/trustee, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the director/trustee’s transaction in a Covered Security, the NB Fund purchased or sold the Covered Security, or the NB Fund or its investment adviser considered purchasing or selling the Covered Security.

3. Exceptions to Reporting Requirements

 

a. With regards to Section D(1)(b), Access Persons need not disclose holdings if such disclosure woul d duplicate infor m atio n contained in trade confirmations or account statements (including electronic feeds of such information) received by Neuberger Berman. Fo r purpose s o f the foregoing , th e Lega l an d Co m plianc e Depart m en t m aintain s (i ) electroni c record s o f all securitie s transaction s effecte d throug h Neuberger Berman and Fidelity, an d (ii ) copie s of an y duplicat e confir m ation s tha t hav e b ee n provide d t o th e Lega l an d Co m pliance Depart m en t unde r thi s Cod e o f Ethic s wit h respec t t o securitie s transaction s that, pursuan t t o exception s grante d b y th e Lega l an d Co m plianc e Depart m ent , hav e no t been effecte d throug h Neuberger Berman.

 

4. Notification of Reporting Obligations

 

Th e Lega l an d Co m plianc e Depart m en t s h al l identi f y al l Acces s Person s wh o are require d t o m ak e report s unde r th e Cod e and inform them of their reportin g obligations.

 

E. Code Procedures

 

1. Maintenance of Covered Accounts

 

a. General Rules

 

i. Access Persons who are not Advisory Persons may maintain their Covered Account s a t Neuberge r Ber m a n o r Fidelit y . Prio r writte n approva l f ro m th e Lega l an d Co m plianc e Depart m ent is required for Fidelity accounts.

 

ii. Advisor y Persons ar e require d to m aintai n thei r Covere d Account s a t Neuberge r Ber m an.

 

iii. Limited Access Persons ar e no t required t o kee p thei r securities account s a t Neuberge r Ber m a n o r Fidelity .

 

 
 
b. Exceptions to Maintenance of Covered Accounts at Neuberger Berman or Fidelity:

 

i. Managed Accounts. Any Access Person granted approval to maintain an external Managed Account is r equired to direct their broker, adviser or tr ustee to provide duplicate copies of all trade confirmations, as well as copies of account statements to the Legal and Compliance Department.

 

ii. DRIPs established directly with the issuer that have been approved by the Legal and Co m pliance Depart m ent and for which duplicate copies of confir m ations and periodic statements are provided.

 

iii. Other accounts as may be permitted by the Legal and Compliance Department.

 

2. Pre-Clearance of Securities Transactions

 

a. Access Persons

 

i. Access Persons are required to obtain prior approval for transactions in Covered Accounts not maintained at Neuberger Berman by submitting a pre-clearance request in iCompliance that is compared with the Firm’s Restricted List.

 

ii. Access Persons are required to obtai n prio r approva l fro m th e Tradin g Des k befor e executing an y transactio ns in Covered Accounts held at Neuberger Berman . Befor e grantin g approval, th e Tradin g Des k, subject to oversight by the Legal and Compliance Department, will deter m in e whether :

 

· th e e m ploye e i s a n Advisory Person of a Fund that is a Related Client with a pendin g "buy " o r "sell " orde r i n the same (or related) securit y;

 

· th e securit y is on the Firm’s R estricted L is t(s); or

 

· the transaction is de minimis

 

iii. The Legal and Compliance Department reviews transactions for required trade pre-clearance and all transactions are subject to the Price Restitution review, subject to certain exceptions (see section E(4)).

 

b. Advisory Persons

 

i. Advisory Persons who are members of the Firm’ s Equity Research Department are subject to additional pre-approval requirements for their personal trading. Members of the Research Department should refer to the Equity Research Department’s Procedures for specific details.

 

c. NB CEF Insiders

 

 
 
i. Access Persons who are NB CEF Insiders must obtain prior approval from mutual fund compliance before placing any transactions in the NB CEFs.

 

d. Exceptions from Pre-clearance Requirement

 

i. Exempt Transactions

 

ii. Othe r securitie s designate d i n writin g b y th e Legal an d Co m plianc e Depart m ent

 

3. Blackout Period

 

a. Same Day – Advisory Persons of a Fund

 

i. An Advisory Person of a Fund may not buy or sell a Covered Security on a day during which any Related Client executes either a “buy” or “sell” order in the same security (“Same Day Blackout Period”).
ii. Purchases that occur within the Same Day Blackout Period will be required to be “broken.” Any losses will be incurred by the Covered Account and any gains (including gains disgorged from a sale within the Same Day Blackout Period) may be donated to a charitable organization designated by the Firm.

 

iii. Certain Limited Access Person Accounts may be subject to the Same Day Blackout Period.

 

b. Research Personnel

 

i. Advisory Persons who are members of the Firm’ s Equity Research Department may be subject to a blackout period for their personal trading. Members of the Research Department should refer to the Equity Research Department’s Procedures for specific details.

 

4. Price Restitution

 

a. Same Day Price Restitution

 

i. Access Persons

 

· If an Access Person purchases or sells a Covered Security in a Covered Account and a Client purchases or sells the same security during the same day, the Access Person may not receive a more favorable price than that received by the Client.

 

ii. Limited Access Persons

 

· If an Advisory Person related to a Limited Access Person purchases or sells a Covered Security in the Limited Access Person Account and such
 
 

Advisory Person purchases or sells the same security during the same day for a Related Client, the Limited Access Person Account may not receive a more favorable price than that received by the Related Client.

 

iii. For the avoidance of doubt, a “purchase” includes a long buy, as well as a cover short, and a “sell” includes a long sell, as well as a short sale.

 

b. Five(5)/One(1) Day Price Restitution – Advisory Persons

 

i. If an Advisory Person purchases or sells a Covered Security within five (5) business days prior, or one (1) business day subsequent to a Related Client (“5/1 Price Restitution”), the Advisory Person may not receive a more favorable price than that received by the Related Client.
ii. Certain Limited Access Person Accounts may be subject to the 5/1 Price Restitution.
iii. For the avoidance of doubt, a “purchase” includes a long buy, as well as a cover short, and a “sell” includes a long sell, as well as a short sale.

 

c. Price Restitution Execution

 

i. Price restitution will generally be executed when there is a total gain of at least $1000 from the difference in price received by the Access Person vs. the Related Client(s), and a gain of at least $100 to each underlying Client Account.
ii. With respect to the Funds, the Legal and Compliance Department reserves the right to review the individual restitutions below $1000 and may require payment of these amounts if facts and circumstances warrant.
iii. Where restitution is required, preference shall be to provide the economic benefit to Clients where operationally, contractually or legally permitted. Where otherwise not feasible or permitted, restitution may be made by transfer, wire or check and shall be remitted to the Firm for donation to a charitable organization designated by the Firm.

 

d. Exceptions to Price Restitution

 

i. Exempt Transactions.
ii. De minimis Restitution.
iii. Transactions in non-Covered Securities.
iv. Transactions arising through hedged options trading.
 
 
v. Transactions in the Firm’s retirement contribution program.
vi. Certain transactions related to the initial investment of a Related Client account or investments made as a result of additional funds contributed to an existing Related Client account communicated to the Legal and Compliance Department.
vii. Other exceptions designated in writing by the Legal and Compliance Department.

5. Holding Periods

 

a. Thirty (30) Day Holding Period

 

i. All securities positions, including both long and short positions, established in any Covered Account m ust be held for at least 30 calendar days (beginning on the day of the transaction) m easured on a Last In-First Out (“LIFO”) basis.

 

b. Sixty (60) Day Holding Period

 

ii. Access Persons are required to hold shares of any Fund for at least 60 days, measured on a LIFO basis. After the holding period has lapsed, Fund shares may be redeemed or exchanged; however, the redemption or exchange of such shares will result in a new 60-day holding period.

 

c. Exceptions to the Holding Periods

 

i. Transactions in Managed Accounts
ii. U.S. Treasury obligations
iii. Bona fide hedging transactions, identified as such to the Legal and Compliance Depart m ent prior to execution, on the following broad-based indices : S& P 500, NASDAQ, 7-10 Year Treasury Bond Index, 20+ Year Treasury Bond Index, Russell 2000 and Do w Jone s Industrial Average .
iv. Positions where at ti m e of order entry, there is an expected loss of at least 10%. This exclusion does not apply to losses in options on equities.
v. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on a limited basis and with the prior approval of the Legal and Compliance Department and CIO (or designee), shares that have been held for at least one year may be sold even if additional shares of the same security were purchased in the last 30 calendar days.
vi. The 60-day holding period shall not apply to:
· Taxable and tax-exempt money market funds;
 
 
· Variable annuity contracts for which a Fund does not serve as the underlying investment vehicle; and
· Shares of an investment company that are purchased through an automatic investment program or payroll deduction.
vii. The above exclusions shall not apply if, in the opinion of the Legal and Compliance Department, a pattern of excessive trading exists.

Any requests for exceptions to the above holding periods must be submitted to the Legal and Compliance Department.

 

6. Code Procedures Monitoring

 

The Legal and Compliance Department will conduct post-trade monitoring of employee

trades to ascertain that such trading conforms to the procedures above, and where required,

that employees have obtained the necessary pre-trade approvals as may be applicable.

 

F. NB Funds’ Ethics and Compliance Committee

 

1. Th e Ethic s an d Co m plianc e Co mm itte e shal l b e co m pose d o f a t leas t tw o m e m bers wh o shal l b e D isintereste d Director/Trustee s selecte d b y th e Boar d o f Directors/Trustees o f th e Co m pany/Trus t (th e “Board”).

 

2. Th e Ethic s an d Co m plianc e Co mm itte e sh a l l consul t regularl y wit h th e Lega l and Co m plianc e Depart m en t and/o r th e NB Funds Chie f Co m plianc e Office r an d eithe r th e Co mm ittee o r th e Boar d shal l m ee t n o les s frequentl y tha n annuall y wit h th e Lega l an d Co m pliance Depart m en t and/o r th e NB Funds Chie f Co m plianc e Off i ce r regardin g th e i m ple m entatio n o f this Code . Th e Lega l an d Co m plianc e Depart m en t shal l provid e th e Ethic s an d Co m pliance Co mm itte e wit h suc h report s a s ar e require d herei n o r a s ar e requeste d b y th e Ethic s and Co m plianc e Co mm ittee.

 

3. A quarterl y repor t shal l b e provide d t o th e Boar d certi f yin g tha t excep t as speci f icall y disclose d t o th e Ethic s an d Co m plianc e Co mm ittee , th e Lega l and Co m plianc e Depart m en t know s o f n o violation s o f th e Cod e o f Ethic s an d th e NB Funds Chief Co m plianc e O ff ice r shal l atten d al l regula r m eeting s o f th e Boar d t o repor t o n the i m ple m entatio n o f thi s Code.

 

G. Annual Report to the NB Funds’ Board

 

N o les s frequentl y tha n annuall y an d concurrentl y wit h report s t o th e Boar d, th e NB Funds Chief Co m plianc e Office r shal l furnis h t o th e Funds , an d th e Boar d m ust consider a writte n repor t that:

 

· describe s an y issue s arisin g unde r thi s Cod e o r procedure s concernin g personal investin g sinc e th e las t suc h report , i n cluding , bu t no t li m ite d to , infor m atio n about m ateria l violation s o f th e Cod e o r procedure s an d sanction s i m pose d i n respons e t o the m ateria l violations;
 
 
· certifie s tha t N BIA, the Firm o r an y N B Adviser , a s applicable , hav e adopted procedure s reasonabl y necessar y t o preven t Acces s Person s fro m violatin g th e Code; and
· identifie s an y reco mm ende d change s i n existin g restriction s o r procedure s base d upon th e f und ' s experienc e unde r th e Cod e, evolvin g industr y practices , or develop m ent s i n applicabl e law s o r regulations.

 

H. Administration

 

1. All Access Persons must be presented with a copy of this Code of Ethics upon commencement of employment and any amendments thereafter.
2. All Access Persons are required to read this Code of Ethics and to acknowledge in writing that they have read, understood and agreed to abide by this Code of Ethics, upon commencement of employment and on an annual basis thereafter. In addition, Access Persons are required to read and understand any amendments thereto.
3. All Access Persons are required to provide a list of their Covered Accounts.
4. Access Persons who violate the rules of this Code of Ethics are subject to sanctions, which may include censure, suspension or termination of employment.
5. Nothing contained in this Code of Ethics shall be interpreted as relieving any Covered Account from acting in accordance with the provisions of any applicable law, rule or regulation or any other statement of policy or procedure governing the conduct of Access Persons.
6. If any Access Person has any question with regard to the applicability of the provisions of this Code of Ethics generally or with regard to any securities transaction, he or she should consult with Legal and Compliance.
7. The Legal and Compliance Department may grant exceptions to the require m ents of this Code based upon individual facts and circu m stances. Exceptions granted will be documented and retained in accordance with record- keeping requirements. Exceptions will not s e rve as precedent for additional exceptions, even under si m ilar circu m stances.

I. Recordkeeping

 

The Firm shall maintain the following records:

 

1. A copy of this Code of Ethics and any Code of Ethics that has been in effect within the previous five years.
2. Any record of any violation of this Code of Ethics and any action taken as a result of the violation. These records shall be maintained in an easily accessible place for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs.
 
 
3. A copy of each report made by an Access Person as required by this Code of Ethics, including any information provided in lieu of the monthly reports. These records shall be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the report is made or the information provided, the first two years in an easily accessible place.
4. A record of all persons, currently or within the past five years, who are or were required to make reports under this Code of Ethics, or who are or were responsible for reviewing these reports. These records shall be maintained in an easily accessible place.
5. A copy of each decision to approve an acquisition by an Access Person of any Private Placement. These records must be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted.

 

Previous Revisions:

January 2013    
 
 

 

EXHIBIT A

Compliance Contacts

 

 

 

NB Adviser Complianc e Cont act Contac t Information

N B Alternati v e In v estmen t Managemen t LLC

N B Alternati v e s Ad v i ser s LLC - Alternatives

Yonah Feder , CCO (212 ) 476-8532

Neuberge r Berma n Investment Advisers LLC:

Fixe d Incom e

Bria n Lord , CCO (312 ) 325-7707
   
MaryAn n McCann (312 ) 627-4338

Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC:

Equity

Neuberge r Berma n LLC

Bra d Cetron , CCO (646 ) 497-4654
Henr y Rosenberg (646 ) 497-4668
  Joshua Blackman (646 ) 497-4791
Jaso n Hauptman (646 ) 497-4681
Stac y Miller (646 ) 497-4663

Alyssa Benson

\

(212) 476-8120
  Christina Korzeniowski (646) 497-4603
Christopher Altieri (646) 497-4677

Neuberge r Berma n Managemen t LLC

Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC:

Mutual Funds

Chamain e Williams , CCO (RIA)

 

Ludmila

(646 ) 497-4934

Ludmila Chwazik

Ludmila Chwazik

(646) 497-4102

(646 ) 497-4102

Chris Connor (212 ) 476-5430

Kevi n Pemberton

Noel Daugherty

Belinda Leung

(646 ) 497-4770

(646) 497-4653

(212) 476-8229

Neuberger Ber m an Trust Co m pany N.A. Neuberger Berman Trust Company of Dela w are N.A Benedykt Szwalbenest, CCO (212) 476-9869

 

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Applicability of Code Procedures to Temporary Access Persons

 

This section describes the requirements under the Code procedures applicable to Temporary Access Persons who will be on the Firm’s premises for ninety (90) days or more. The Legal and Compliance Department reserves the right to treat persons who will be on the Firm’s premises for less than ninety (90) days as Temporary Access Persons if it deems so appropriate. Absent specific mention in this section, Temporary Access Persons are subject to all other provisions of the Code.

 

D.1. Reporting Requirements – Temporary Access Persons

 

1. Initial Disclosure

 

a. All Temporary Access Persons must disclose their Covered Accounts within 10 calendar days of becoming a Temporary Access Person. The initial holdings disclosure must include all Covered Accounts in which the Temporary Acces s Perso n has a direc t o r indirec t Beneficia l Interes t. Temporary Access Persons may satisfy this requirement by providing copies of their account statements for all Covered Accounts to the Legal and Compliance Department (as applicable).
b. The information provided must be current as of a date n o m or e tha n 4 5 day s prio r t o th e dat e th e perso n became a n Acces s Person.
c. Temporary Access Persons will be provided wit h a cop y o f the Cod e o f Ethic s and be required to acknowledge receipt of the Code

 

2. Ongoing Disclosure

 

a. Temporary Access Persons must provide the Legal and Compliance Department with duplicate statements of all Covered Accounts disclosed, on a monthly basis (or quarterly, as may be applicable) for their duration at the Firm.

 

3. Annua l Disclosure

 

a. Temporary Access Persons who are with the Firm at the time the annual affirmation takes place, must a ffirm that all their Covered Accounts have been reported and are reflected in iCompliance.

 

b. Temporary Access Persons are required to certif y that t he y hav e read , understand , and co m plie d wit h th e Cod e o f Ethic s and the Insider Trading Policy and Procedures, and have disclose d o r reporte d al l persona l securitie s transactions , holding s an d accounts require d t o b e disclose d o r reporte d pursuan t t o th e require m ent s o f th e Code.

 

c. The information provided must be current as of a date n o m or e tha n 4 5 day s of the date the repor t i s sub m itted.
 
 

 

d. With respect to any Managed Account, Temporary Access Persons must certify that they do not place, recommend, approve or direct transactions in such account.

 

E.1. Maintenance of Covered Accounts

 

1. Temporary Access Persons are not required to hold their Covered Accounts at Neuberger Berman, but must either 1) direct their broker, adviser or tr ustee, as applicable, to provide duplicate copies of all trade confirmations, as well as copies of account statements to the Legal and Compliance Department for their duration at the Firm, or 2) provide copies of their trade confirmations and account statements to the Legal and Compliance Department.

 

E.2. Pre-Clearanc e o f Securitie s Transaction s

 

1. Temporary Access Persons are required to obtain prior approval for transactions in Covered Accounts by submitting a pre-clearance request in iCompliance.

 

E.3. Same-Day Blackout Period

 

1. A Temporary Access Person of a Fund may not buy or sell a Covered Security on a day during which any Related Client executes either a “buy” or “sell” order in the same security (“Same Day Blackout Period”).

 

2. Purchases that occur within the Same Day Blackout Period will be required to be “broken.” Any losses will be incurred by the Covered Account and any gains (including gains disgorged from a sale within the Same Day Blackout Period) may be donated to a charitable organization designated by the Firm.


E.4. Price Restitution

 

1. Same Day Price Restitution

 

a. If a Temporary Access Person purchases or sells a Covered Security in a Covered Account and a Client purchases or sells the same security during the same day, the Temporary Access Person may not receive a more favorable price than that received by the Client.

 

2. Five(5)/One(1) Day Price Restitution

 

a. If a Temporary Access Person purchases or sells a Covered Security within five (5) business days prior, or one (1) business day subsequent to a Related Client (“5/1 Price Restitution”), the Temporary Advisory Person may not receive a more favorable price than that received by the Related Client.

 

 
 

E.5. Holding Periods

 

1. Thirty (30) Day Holding Period

 

a. Al l securitie s positions , includin g bot h lon g an d shor t positions , establishe d i n an y Covered Accoun t m us t b e hel d fo r a t leas t 3 0 calenda r days (beginning on the day of the transaction) m easure d o n a Last In-Firs t Ou t (“LIFO”) basis.

 

2. Sixty (60) Day Holding Period

 

a. Temporary Access Persons are required to hold shares of any Fund for at least 60 days, measured on a LIFO basis. After the holding period has lapsed, Fund shares may be redeemed or exchanged; however, the redemption or exchange of such shares will result in a new 60-day holding period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


[1] N B Alternativ e Investmen t Managemen t LLC , N B Alternative s Advisers LLC , Neuberge r Berma n Investment Advisers LLC and Neuberge r Berma n LLC and NB Management. This Code also applies to Neuberge r Berma n T r us t Compan y N.A . an d Neuberge r Berma n T r us t Compan y o f Dela w ar e N.A.

[2] The above definition is being used solely for purposes of this Code of Ethics and should not be construed as the applicable definition for other purposes (e.g., employee benefits).   

 

[3] See Section E(1) for information related to Maintenance of Employee Covered Accounts.

[4] Request must be made through iCompliance by completing the Outside Affiliation request form.

[5] All Code reporting disclosures are done through iCompliance.

 

Effective January 1, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS AND CONDUCT

 

 

 

 

 

 

T. ROWE PRICE GROUP, INC.

AND ITS AFFILIATES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS AND CONDUCT

OF

T. ROWE PRICE GROUP, INC.

AND ITS AFFILIATES

 

 

Table of Contents

 

GENERAL POLICY STATEMENT 1-1
Purpose of Code of Ethics and Conduct 1-1
Persons and Entities Subject to the Code 1-2
Definition of Supervised Persons 1-2
Status as a Fiduciary 1-2
Adviser Act Requirements for Supervised Persons 1-3
NASDAQ Requirements 1-4
What the Code Does Not Cover 1-4
Sarbanes-Oxley Codes 1-4
Compliance Procedures for Funds and Federal Advisers 1-4
Compliance with the Code 1-4
Questions Regarding the Code 1-5
STANDARDS OF CONDUCT OF PRICE GROUP AND ITS PERSONNEL 2-1
Allocation of Brokerage Policy 2-1
Annual Compliance Certification 2-1
Anti-Bribery Laws and Prohibitions Against Illegal Payments 2-1
Antitrust 2-2
Anti-Money Laundering 2-2,7-1
Appropriate Conduct 2-2
Charitable Contributions 2-2
Computer Security 2-4,6-1
Conflicts of Interest 2-4
Relationships with Profitmaking Enterprises 2-4
Service with Nonprofitmaking Organizations 2-5
Relationships with Financial Service Firms 2-5
 
 
Existing Relationships with Potential Vendors 2-6
Investment in Client/Vendor Company Stock 2-6
Confidentiality 2-7
Internal Operating Procedures and Planning 2-7
Clients, Fund Shareholders, and TRP Brokerage Customers 2-7
Third Parties 2-7
Investment Advice 2-8
Investment Research 2-8
Employee Information 2-8
Information About the Price Funds 2-8
Understanding as to Clients’ Accounts and Company Records at Time of Termination of Association 2-9
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) 2-9
Expense Payments and Reimbursements. 2-9
Financial Reporting 2-9
Gifts and Entertainment 2-9
Human Resources 2-10
Equal Opportunity 2-10
Drug and Alcohol Policy 2-10
Policy Against Harassment and Discrimination 2-10
Health and Safety in the Workplace 2-11
Use of Employee Likenesses and Information 2-11
Employment of Former Government and Self-Regulatory Organization Employees. 2-11
Inside Information 2-11,4-1
Investment Clubs 2-11
Marketing and Sales Activities 2-12
Outside Business Activities 2-12
Past and Current Litigation 2-12
Political Activities 2-12
Lobbying 2-14
Professional Designations 2-14
 
 
Protection of Corporate Assets 2-14
Quality of Services 2-15
Record Retention and Destruction 2-15
Referral Fees 2-16
Release of Information to the Press 2-16
Responsibility to Report Violations 2-16
General Obligation 2-16
Sarbanes-Oxley Whistleblower Procedures 2-16
Sarbanes-Oxley Attorney Reporting Requirements 2-17
Circulation of Rumors 2-17
Service as Trustee, Executor or Personal Representative 2-17
Speaking Engagements and Publications 2-17
Social Media 2-17
APPENDIX A 2-A
Statement of Policy on Gifts And BuSiness entertainment 3-1
STATEMENT OF POLICY ON MATERIAL, INSIDE (NON-PUBLIC) INFORMATION 4-1
STATEMENT OF POLICY ON SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS 5-1
STATEMENT OF POLICY WITH RESPECT TO COMPUTER SECURITY AND RELATED ISSUES 6-1
Statement of Policy On Compliance with Antitrust Laws 7-1
Statement of Policy on Privacy 8-1
 
 

 

CODE OF ETHICS AND CONDUCT

OF

T. ROWE PRICE GROUP, INC.

AND ITS AFFILIATES

 

GENERAL POLICY STATEMENT

 

Purpose of Code of Ethics and Conduct. As a global investment management firm, we are considered a fiduciary to many of our clients and owe them a duty of undivided loyalty. Our clients entrust us with their financial well-being and expect us to always act in their best interests. Over the course of our Company’s history, we have earned a reputation for fair dealing, honesty, candor, objectivity and unbending integrity. This has been possible by conducting our business on a set of shared values and principles of trust.

 

In order to educate our personnel, protect our reputation, and ensure that our tradition of integrity remains as a principle by which we conduct business, T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. (“ T. Rowe Price,” “TRP”, “Price Group” or “Group” ) has adopted this Code of Ethics and Conduct (“Code”). Our Code establishes standards of conduct that we expect each associate to fully understand and agree to adopt. As we are in a highly regulated industry, we are governed by an ever-increasing body of federal, state, and international laws as well as countless rules and regulations which, if not observed, can subject the firm and its employees to regulatory sanctions. All associates are expected to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to T. Rowe Price business. In total, our Code contains 29 separate Standards of Conduct as well as the following separate Statements of Policy:

 

1. Statement of Policy on Gifts, Entertainment, Expense Reimbursement and Charitable Contributions
2. Statement of Policy on Material, Inside (Non-Public) Information
3. Statement of Policy on Securities Transactions
4. Statement of Policy with Respect to Computer Security and Related Issues
5. Statement of Policy on Compliance with Antitrust Laws
6. Statement of Policies and Procedures on Privacy

A copy of this Code will be retained by the Code Administration and Regulatory Reporting Section of Group Compliance in Baltimore (“ Code Compliance Section ”) for five years from the date it is last in effect. While the Code is intended to provide you with guidance and certainty as to whether or not certain actions or practices are permissible, it does not cover every issue that you may face. The firm maintains other compliance-oriented manuals and handbooks that may be directly applicable to your specific responsibilities and duties. Nevertheless, the Code should be viewed as a guide for you and the firm as to how we jointly must conduct our business to live up to our guiding tenet that the interests of our clients and customers must always come first.

 

Each new employee will be provided with a copy of the current Code and all employees have access to the current Code, which is posted on the intranet. Each employee will be required to

 
 

provide Price Group with a written acknowledgement of his or her understanding of the Code and its amendments on at least an annual basis. All written acknowledgements will be retained as required by the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “ Advisers Act ”).

 

Please read the Code carefully and observe and adhere to its guidance.

 

Persons and Entities Subject to the Code . Unless otherwise determined by the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee, the following entities and individuals are subject to the Code:

 

· Price Group

 

· The subsidiaries and affiliates of Price Group

 

· The officers, directors and employees of Group and its affiliates and subsidiaries

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “T. Rowe Price, “Price Group” and “Group” refer to Price Group and all its affiliates and subsidiaries.

 

In addition, the following persons are subject to the Code:

 

1. All temporary workers hired on the Price Group payroll (“ TRP Temporaries ”);

 

2. All agency temporaries whose assignments at Price Group exceed four weeks or whose cumulative assignments exceed eight weeks over a twelve-month period;

 

3. All independent or agency-provided consultants whose assignments exceed four weeks or whose cumulative assignments exceed eight weeks over a twelve-month period and whose work is closely related to the ongoing work of Price Group employees (versus project work that stands apart from ongoing work); and

 

4. Any contingent worker whose assignment is more than casual in nature or who will be exposed to the kinds of information and situations that would create conflicts on matter covered in the Code.

 

The independent directors of Price Group and the Price Funds are subject to the principles of the Code generally and to specific provisions of the Code as noted.

 

Definition of Supervised Persons. Under the Advisers Act, the officers, directors (or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions) and employees of the Price Advisers, as well as any other persons who provide advice on behalf of a Price Adviser and are subject to the Price Adviser’s supervision and control are “ Supervised Persons .”

 

Status as a Fiduciary . Several of Price Group’s subsidiaries are investment advisers registered with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”). These include T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (“ TRPA ”), T. Rowe Price International Ltd. (“ TRPIL ”), T. Rowe Price Advisory Services, Inc. (“ TRPAS ”), T. Rowe

 
 

Price (Canada), Inc. (“ TRP Canada ”), T. Rowe Price Singapore Private Ltd. (“ TRPSING ”) and T. Rowe Price Hong Kong Limited (“ TRPHK ”).

 

TRPIL is also registered with the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority (“ FCA ”).

 

TRPIL is also subject to regulation by the Financial Services Association/Kanto Local Finance Bureau (“ KLFB ”) (Japan) as well as the Dubai Financial Services Authority (in respect of its DFIC Representative Office.

 

TRPHK is also registered with the Securities and Futures Commission (“ SFC ”) (Hong Kong).

 

TRPSING is also registered with the Monetary Authority of Singapore (“ MAS ”) (Singapore).

 

TRP Canada is also registered with the Ontario Securities Commission, the Manitoba Securities Commission, the British Columbia Securities Commission, the Saskatchewan Financial Services Commission, the Nova Scotia Securities Commission, the New Brunswick Securities Commission, the Financial Markets Authority (Quebec) and the Alberta Securities Commission.

 

All advisers affiliated with Group will be referred to collectively as the “Price Advisers” unless the context otherwise requires. The Price Advisers will register with additional securities regulators as required by their respective businesses. The primary responsibility of the Price Advisers is to render to their advisory clients on a professional basis unbiased advice regarding their clients’ investments. As investment advisers, the Price Advisers have a fiduciary relationship with all of their clients, which means that they have an absolute duty of undivided loyalty, fairness and good faith toward their clients and mutual fund shareholders and a corresponding obligation to refrain from taking any action or seeking any benefit for themselves which would, or which would appear to, prejudice the rights of any client or shareholder or conflict with his or her best interests.

 

Adviser Act Requirements for Supervised Persons . The Advisers Act requires investment advisers to adopt codes that:

 

· establish a standard of business conduct, applicable to Supervised Persons, reflecting the fiduciary obligations of the adviser and its Supervised Persons;

 

· require Supervised Persons to comply with all applicable securities laws, including:

 

o Securities Act of 1933
o Securities Exchange Act of 1934
o Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
o Investment Company Act of 1940
o Investment Advisers Act of 1940
o Gramm-Leach-Bliley Privacy Act
o Any rules adopted by the SEC under any of the foregoing Acts; and
o Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to mutual funds and investment advisers and any rules adopted under that Act by the SEC or the United States Department of the Treasury;

 

 
 
· require Supervised Persons to report violations of the code promptly to the adviser’s Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee if the Chief Compliance Officer also receives reports of all violations; and

 

· require the adviser to provide each Supervised Person with a copy of the code and any amendments and requiring Supervised Persons to provide the adviser with written acknowledgement of receipt of the code and any amendments.

 

Price Group applies these requirements to all persons subject to the Code, including all Supervised Persons.

 

NASDAQ Requirements . Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. (“ NASDAQ ”) rules require listed companies to adopt a Code of Conduct for all directors, officers, and employees. Price Group is listed on NASDAQ. This Code is designed to fulfill this NASDAQ requirement. A waiver of this Code for an executive officer or director of T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. must be granted by Group’s Board of Directors and reported as required by the pertinent NASDAQ rule.

 

What the Code Does Not Cover . The Code was not written for the purpose of covering all policies, rules and regulations to which personnel may be subject. For example, T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc. (“ Investment Services ”) is regulated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) and, as such, is required to maintain written supervisory procedures to enable it to supervise the activities of its registered representatives and associated persons to ensure compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations and with the applicable rules of FINRA. In addition, TRPIL and TRP Canada are subject to several non-U.S. regulatory authorities as described on page 1-3 and 1-3 of this Code.

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Codes . The principal Executive and Senior Financial Officers of Price Group and the Price Funds are also subject to codes (collectively the “ S-O Codes ”) adopted to bring these entities into compliance with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”). These S-O Codes, which are available along with this Code on the firm’s intranet site under Departments/Corporate/Legal, are supplementary to this Code, but administered separately from it and each other.

 

Compliance Procedures for Funds and Federal Advisers . Under rule 38a-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, each fund board is required to adopt written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent the fund from violating federal securities laws. These procedures must provide for the oversight of compliance by the fund’s advisers, principal underwriters, administrators and transfer agents. Under Rule 206(4)-7 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, it is unlawful for an investment adviser to provide investment advice unless it has adopted and implemented policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violations of federal securities laws by the adviser and its supervised persons.

 

Compliance with the Code . Strict compliance with the provisions of this Code is considered a basic condition of employment or association with the firm. An employee may be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination, for refusing to cooperate with an internal or external investigation. An employee may be required to surrender any profit realized from a transaction that is deemed to

 
 

be in violation of the Code. In addition, a breach of the Code may constitute grounds for disciplinary action, including fines and dismissal from employment. Employees may appeal to the Management Committee any ruling or decision rendered with respect to the Code. The names of the members of the Management Committee are included in Appendix A to this Code.

 

 

Questions Regarding the Code . Questions regarding the Code should be referred as follows:

 

1. Standards of Conduct of Price Group and Its Personnel: the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee, the Director of Human Resources, or the TRP International Compliance Team.

 

2. Statement of Policy on Gifts and Business Entertainment: the Legal Department (“ Legal Department ”) or the TRP International Compliance Team.

 

3. Statement of Policy on Material, Inside (Non-Public) Information: the Legal Department or the TRP International Compliance Team.

 

4. Statement of Policy on Securities Transactions: For U.S. personnel: the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee or his or her designee; for International personnel: the TRP International Compliance Team.

 

5. Statement of Policy with Respect to Computer Security and Related Issues: Enterprise Security, the Legal Department or the TRP International Compliance Team.

 

6. Statement of Policy on Compliance with Antitrust Laws: Legal Department.

 

7. Statement of Policies and Procedures on Privacy: Legal Department or the TRP International Compliance Team.

 

For additional information, consult Appendix A following the Standards of Conduct section of the Code.

 

 
 

STANDARDS OF CONDUCT OF PRICE GROUP AND ITS PERSONNEL

 

Allocation of Brokerage Policy . The policies of each of the Price Advisers with respect to the allocation of client brokerage are set forth in Part 2A of Form ADV of each of the Price Advisers. The Form ADV is each Price Adviser’s registration statement filed with the SEC. It is imperative that all employees, especially those who are in a position to make recommendations regarding brokerage allocation or who are authorized to select brokers that will execute securities transactions on behalf of our clients, read and become fully knowledgeable concerning our policies in this regard. Any questions regarding any of the Price Advisers’ allocation policies for client brokerage should be addressed to the designated contact person(s) of the U.S. Equity or Fixed Income or the International Committee, as appropriate (s ee Appendix A).

 

Annual Compliance Certification . Each year, each person subject to the Code ( see page 1-2) is required to complete an Annual Compliance Certification (ACC) regarding his or her compliance with various provisions of this Code, including its policies on personal securities transactions and material, inside information. In addition, the ACC asks a variety of questions regarding potential conflicts of interests relating to relationships of each person and their family members with various entities, including but not limited to, clients, broker-dealers, non-profit organizations, and vendors. Please notify Code Compliance (via the Code of Ethics mailbox) should any responses to these questions change during the subsequent calendar year. Each Access Person (defined on page 5-3), except the independent directors of the Price Funds, must file an Initial Holdings Report ( see page 5-30) as well as complete the ACC which will include a reporting and certification of securities accounts and holdings.

 

Anti-Bribery Laws and Prohibitions Against Illegal Payments . State, United States, and international laws prohibit the payment of bribes, kickbacks, inducements or other illegal gratuities or payments by or on behalf of Price Group. Price Group, through its policies and practices, is committed to comply fully with these laws. T. Rowe Price prohibits its employees as well as anyone acting on its behalf from making any type of illegal payment. The U.S Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“ FCPA ”) makes it a crime to directly or indirectly pay, promise to pay, offer to pay or authorize the payment of any money or anything of value to any government official in connection with obtaining or retaining business or influencing such official in order to secure an improper advantage. The term “government official” is broadly defined to include any officer or employee of a government or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any such government or department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or for or on behalf of any such public international organization, and any political party, party official or candidate for public office.

 

Additionally, the U.K Bribery Act 2010 ( the “Bribery Act” ) came into force in July, 2011. The Bribery Act contains wide prohibitions on illegal payments and specifically prohibits bribery between private parties. Also, the Bribery Act provides for severe civil and criminal penalties against individuals and corporations.

 

 
 

Under these Anti-bribery laws, actions constituting a bribe or illegal payment are interpreted broadly and could include excessive, repeated or lavish entertainment and/or gifts. Associates must adhere to the guidelines of gift and business entertainment policies and, if required by the applicable policy, indicate in the reporting process whether a recipient of a gift or business entertainment is a government official.

 

If you are solicited to make or receive an illegal payment or have any questions about this section of the Code, you should contact the Legal Department. Also, an anonymous Hotline (888-651-6223) has been established for employees to report any concerns they have regarding illegal payments, including potential violations of the FCPA and the Bribery Act.

 

Antitrust . The United States antitrust laws are designed to ensure fair competition and preserve the free enterprise system. The United Kingdom and the European Union have requirements based on similar principals. Some of the most common antitrust issues with which an employee may be confronted are in the areas of pricing (adviser fees) and trade association activity. To ensure its employees’ understanding of these laws, Price Group has adopted a Statement of Policy on Compliance with Antitrust Laws. All employees should read and understand this Statement ( see page 7-1).

 

Anti-Money Laundering . Certain subsidiaries of Price Group are subject to the laws and regulations of the United States, United Kingdom and the other jurisdictions in which they do business regarding the prevention and detection of money laundering. For example, under the U.S. Patriot Act, the affected subsidiaries must develop internal policies, procedures and controls to combat money laundering, designate a Compliance Officer for the anti-money laundering program, implement employee training in this area, and ensure that an independent review of the adequacy of controls and procedures in this area occurs annually. In addition, the anti-money laundering program must include a Customer Identification Program (“ CIP ”). Each of these entities has specific procedures in this area, by which its employees must abide.

 

Appropriate Conduct . Associates are expected to conduct themselves in an appropriate and responsible manner in the workplace, when on company business outside the office, and at company-sponsored events. Inappropriate behavior reflects poorly on the associate and may impact TRP. Supervisors should be especially mindful that they should set the standard for appropriate behavior.

 

Charitable Contributions . Employees should be sensitive to a possible perception of undue influence before making or requesting charitable contributions to or from a client, prospect, vendor, or other business contact. Under certain Anti-bribery laws, regulators may consider charitable contributions to be improper payments, even when the person who has requested that the contribution be made receives no direct monetary benefit. Accordingly, when making charitable contributions in response to requests from business contacts, associates must be mindful of how Anti-bribery laws could be implicated. In no case should charitable contributions be made on a quid pro quo basis.

 

Supervision of Charitable Contribution Requests. Supervisors, managers and, as appropriate, Division Heads are responsible for ensuring that responses to requests from clients, vendors, and other business contact and our requests to clients, vendors, and other

 
 

business contacts for charitable contributions comply with these guidelines as well as respective departmental policies. Charitable contributions should be considered as separate and distinct from marketing and advertising expenditures. If you have any questions about a proposed charitable contribution, you should contact the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee before proceeding.

 

 

Requests Received from Clients, Vendors or Other Business Contacts for Corporate Charitable Contributions. On occasion, a T. Rowe Price entity may be asked by an employee of a client, vendor, or other business contact to make a charitable donation. In those instances where the T. Rowe Price Foundation does not make the contribution, the decision about the charitable contribution is made by the T. Rowe Price entity, subject to the following conditions:

 

· the amount of charitable contribution may not be linked to the actual or anticipated level of business with the client, vendor or other business contact whose employee is soliciting the charitable contribution;

 

· there is no reason to believe that the employee requesting the contribution will derive an improper economic or pecuniary benefit as a result of the proposed contribution;

 

· if the T. Rowe Price entity considering the contribution is unfamiliar with the charity, its personnel should confirm with the Central Control Group that the charity does not appear on the Office of Foreign Assets Control’s Specially Designated Nationals List;

 

· the contribution should be made payable directly to the charity; and

 

· the personnel of the T. Rowe Price entity considering the contribution should check with Finance to determine the appropriate T. Rowe Price entity to make the contribution.

 

In addition, if the requested amount exceeds $1,000 the request must be referred to the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee for prior approval.

 

Some broker/dealers sponsor days, often referred to as “miracle” days, where they pledge that proceeds received on that day will be donated to a specific charity. Because of fiduciary and best execution obligations, the Price Advisers cannot agree to direct trades to a broker/dealer in support of such an event at either a client’s or the broker/dealer’s request. The Price Advisers are not prohibited, however, from placing trades for best execution that happen to occur on a “miracle” day or similar time and thus benefit a charity.

 

Requests Received from Clients, Vendors or Other Business Contacts for Personal Charitable Contributions. On occasion, a T. Rowe Price employee may be asked by an employee of a client, vendor or other business contact to make a charitable contribution. If the employee makes a contribution directly to the charity and the contribution is not made in the name of or for the benefit of the business contact, no Code of Ethics and

 
 

Conduct or FINRA issues arise. For example, a plan fiduciary might mention that her husband has recently recovered from a heart problem and that she is raising funds for a charity that supports cardiac research. The T. Rowe Price employee can make a personal contribution to that charity and if the contribution is not tied to the name of the business contact and does not create a benefit for her, the employee does not need to request prior clearance of or notify T. Rowe Price about the contribution.

 

However, personal charitable contributions, made in the name of and for the benefit of a business contact should be treated as “gifts” to the business contact. For example, if the business contact raises a certain amount of money, he or she gets a tangible award or opportunity like the chance to participate in a marathon. For business contacts related to T. Rowe Price fund business or other broker/dealer-related business, contributions of the latter type are subject to FINRA’s $100 limit. For other business activities not regulated by FINRA, contributions in excess of $100 must be approved by the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee before they are given.

 

Requests to Clients, Vendors, or Other Business Contacts for Charitable Contributions. Employees should be sensitive to a possible perception of undue influence before requesting a client, vendor, or other business contact or an employee of such an entity to make a charitable contribution. In no case should such a request be made on a quid pro quo basis. If you have any questions about requesting a charitable contribution, you should contact the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee before proceeding.

 

NASDAQ Listing Rules. Under the NASDAQ listing rules, specific restrictions may apply to contributions to a charitable organization for which an independent director of

T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. serves as an officer. Specifically, contributions to such organizations during a fiscal year may not exceed the higher of five percent of the organizations revenues or $200,000. Contributions in excess of these thresholds may invalidate a director’s “independent” classification.

 

Computer Security . Computer systems and programs play a central role in Price Group’s operations. To establish appropriate computer security to minimize potential for loss or disruptions to our computer operations, Price Group has adopted a Statement of Policy with Respect to Computer Security and Related Issues. You should read and understand this Statement ( see page 6-1).

 

Conflicts of Interest . All employees must avoid placing themselves in a “compromising position” where their interests may be in conflict with those of Price Group or its clients.

 

Relationships with Profitmaking Enterprises . Depending upon the circumstances, an employee may be prohibited from creating or maintaining a relationship with a profitmaking enterprise. In all cases, written approval must be obtained as described below.

 

General Prohibitions . Employees are generally prohibited from serving as officers or directors of any issuer (company) that is approved or likely to be approved for purchase in our firm’s client accounts. In addition, an employee

 
 

may not accept or continue outside employment that will require him or her to become registered (or duly registered) as a representative of an unaffiliated broker/dealer, investment adviser or insurance broker or company unless approval to do so is first obtained in writing from the Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) of the broker/dealer. Refer to APPENDIX A for the name of the Chief Compliance Officer of the broker/dealer. An employee also may not become independently registered as an investment adviser.

 

Approval Process . Any outside business activity, which may include a second job, appointment as an officer or director of or a member of an advisory board to a for-profit enterprise, or self-employment, must be approved in writing by the employee’s supervisor. If the employee is a registered representative of T. Rowe Price Investment Services (TRPIS), he or she must provide the Legal Registration Group with written notice. Any reported outside business activity of a registered representative is reviewed by the TRPIS Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, in order to determine if disclosure to FINRA is required.

 

Review by Ethics Committee . If an employee contemplates obtaining an interest or relationship that might conflict or appear to conflict with the interest of Price Group, he or she must also receive the prior written approval of the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee or his or her designee and, as appropriate, the Ethics Committee itself. Examples of relationships that might create a conflict or appear to create a conflict of interest may include appointment as a director, officer or partner of or member of an advisory board to an outside profitmaking enterprise, employment by another firm in the securities industry, or self-employment in an investment capacity. Decisions by the Ethics Committee regarding such positions in outside profitmaking enterprises may be reviewed by the Management Committee before becoming final. See below for a discussion of relationships with financial services firms.

 

Approved Service as Director or Similar Position . Certain employees may serve as directors or as members of creditor committees or in similar positions for non-public, for-profit entities in connection with their professional activities at the firm. An employee must receive the written permission of the Management Committee before accepting such a position and must relinquish the position if the entity becomes publicly held, unless otherwise determined by the Management Committee.

 

Service with Nonprofitmaking Organizations . Price Group encourages its employees to become involved in community programs and civic affairs. However, employees should not permit such activities to affect the performance of their job responsibilities.

 

Approval Process . The approval process for service with a non-profitmaking organization varies depending upon the activity undertaken.

 

By Supervisor . An employee must receive the approval of his or her supervisor in writing before accepting a position as an officer, trustee, or member of the

 
 

Board of Directors of any non-profit organization.

 

By Ethics Committee Chairperson . If there is any possibility that the organization will issue and/or sell securities, the employee must also receive the written approval of the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee or his or her designee and, as appropriate, the Chief Compliance Officer of the broker/dealer before accepting the position.

 

Although individuals serving as officers, Board members or trustees for non-profitmaking entities that will not issue or sell securities do not need to receive this additional approval, they must be sensitive to potential conflict of interest situations ( e.g., the entity is considering entering a business relationship with a T. Rowe Price entity) and must contact the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee for guidance if such a situation arises.

 

 

Relationships with Financial Service Firms . In order to avoid any actual or apparent conflicts of interest, employees are prohibited from investing in or entering into any relationship, either directly or indirectly, with corporations, partnerships, or other entities that are engaged in business as a broker, a dealer, an underwriter, and/or an investment adviser. As described above, this prohibition generally extends to registration and/or licensure with an unaffiliated firm. This prohibition, however, is not meant to prevent employees from purchasing publicly traded securities of broker/dealers, investment advisers or other companies engaged in the mutual fund industry. Of course, all such purchases are subject to prior transaction clearance and reporting procedures, as applicable. This policy also does not preclude an employee from engaging an outside investment adviser to manage his or her assets.

 

If any member of employee’s immediate family is employed by, or has a partnership interest in a broker/dealer, investment adviser, or other entity engaged in the mutual fund industry, the relationship must be reported to the Ethics Committee.

 

An ownership interest of 0.5% or more in any entity, including a broker/dealer, investment adviser or other company engaged in the mutual fund industry, must be reported to the Code Compliance Section ( see page 5-29).

 

Existing Relationships with Potential Vendors . If an employee is going to be involved in the selection of a vendor to supply goods or services to the firm, he or she must disclose the existence of any on-going personal or family relationship with any principal of the vendor to the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee in writing before becoming involved in the selection process.

 

Investment in Client/Vendor Company Stock . In some instances, existing or prospective clients ( e.g ., clients with full-service relationships with T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services, Inc.) or vendors ask to speak to our portfolio managers and/or analysts who have responsibility for a Price Fund or other managed account in an effort to promote investment in their securities. While these meetings present an opportunity to learn more about the client/vendor and

 
 

may therefore be helpful to Price, employees must be aware of the potential conflicts presented by such meetings. In order to avoid any actual or apparent conflicts of interest:

 

· employees are prohibited from providing any internal information ( e.g , internal ratings or plans for future Price fund or other client account purchases) to the client or vendor regarding the securities, except to the extent specifically authorized by the Legal Department or otherwise allowed by the Code under the sections entitled “ Investment Research ” and “ Information about the Price Funds ” ( see page 2-8), and

 

· investment decisions of employees regarding a client’s or vendor’s securities must be made independently of the client or vendor relationship and cannot be based on any express or implied quid pro quo. If a situation arises where a client has suggested that it is considering either expanding or eliminating its relationship with Price (or, in the case of a vendor, offering a more or less favorable pricing structure) based upon whether Price increases purchases of the client’s or vendor’s securities, the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee should be consulted immediately for guidance.

 

In addition, the use of information derived from such meetings with existing or prospective clients or vendors must conform to the Statement of Policy on Material, Inside (Non-Public) Information , which is part of this Code ( see page 4-1).

 

Conflicts in Connection with Proxy Voting . If a portfolio manager or analyst with the authority to vote a proxy or recommend a proxy vote for a security owned by a Price Fund or a client of a Price Adviser has an immediate family member who is an officer or director or has a material business relationship with the issuer of the security, the portfolio manager or analyst should inform the Proxy Committee of the relationship so that the Proxy Committee can assess any conflict of interest that may affect whether the proxy should or should not be voted in accordance with the firm’s proxy voting policies.

 

Confidentiality . The exercise of confidentiality extends to the major areas of our operations, including internal operating procedures and planning; clients, fund shareholders and TRP Brokerage customers; investment advice; investment research; employee information and contractual obligations to protect third party confidential information. The duty to exercise confidentiality applies not only while an individual is associated with the firm, but also after he or she terminates that association.

 

Internal Operating Procedures and Planning . During the years we have been in business, a great deal of creative talent has been used to develop specialized and unique methods of operations and portfolio management. In many cases, we feel these methods give us an advantage over our competitors and we do not want these ideas disseminated outside our firm. Accordingly, you should be guarded in discussing our business practices with outsiders. Any requests from outsiders for specific information of this type should be cleared with the appropriate supervisor before it is released.

 

Also, from time to time management holds meetings in which material, non-public information concerning the firm’s future plans is disclosed. You should never discuss

 
 

confidential information with, or provide copies of written material concerning the firm’s internal operating procedures or projections for the future to, unauthorized persons outside the firm.

 

Clients, Fund Shareholders, and TRP Brokerage Customers . In many instances, when clients subscribe to our services, we ask them to fully disclose their financial status and needs. This is done only after we have assured them that every member of our organization will hold this information in strict confidence. It is essential that we respect their trust. A simple rule for you to follow is that the names of our clients, fund shareholders, or TRP Brokerage customers or any information pertaining to their investments must never be divulged to anyone outside the firm, not even to members of their immediate families, without appropriate authorization, and must never be used as a basis for personal trades over which you have beneficial interest or control.

 

Third Parties . In contracts with vendors and other third parties with which we have business dealings, the firm may enter into obligations to protect the confidentiality of information received from third parties. Such information may include software, business information concerning the third party or the terms and pricing of the contractual arrangement. This information must be protected in the same manner that the firm’s own confidential information is protected.

 

In addition, the firm has adopted a specific Statement of Policies and Procedures on Privacy , which is part of this Code ( see page 8-1).

 

Investment Advice . Because of the fine reputation our firm enjoys, there is a great deal of public interest in what we are doing in the market. There are two major considerations that dictate why we must not provide investment “tips”:

 

· From the point of view of our clients, it is not fair to give other people information which clients must purchase.

 

· From the point of view of the firm, it is not desirable to create an outside demand for a stock when we are trying to buy it for our clients, as this will only serve to push the price up. The reverse is true if we are selling. Therefore, disclosure of our trading interests could have a negative impact on the firm’s ability to execute trades at the best price.

 

In light of these considerations, you must never disclose to outsiders our buy and sell recommendations, current orders or recent transactions, securities we are considering for future investment, or the portfolio holdings of our clients or mutual funds without specific firm authorization.

 

The practice of giving investment advice informally to members of your immediate family should be restricted to very close relatives. Any transactions resulting from such advice are subject to the prior transaction clearance (Access persons only except for Price Group stock transactions, which require prior transaction clearance by all personnel) and reporting requirements (Access Persons and Non-Access Persons) of the Statement of Policy on Securities Transactions. Under no circumstances should you receive

 
 

compensation directly or indirectly (other than from a Price Adviser or an affiliate) for rendering advice to either clients or non-clients.

 

Investment Research . Any report circulated by a research analyst is confidential in its entirety and should not be reproduced or shown to anyone outside of our organization, except our clients where appropriate. If a circumstance arises where it may be appropriate to share this information otherwise, the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee should be consulted first.

 

Employee Information . For business and regulatory purposes, the firm collects and maintains information ( e.g., social security number, date of birth, home address) about its employees, temporaries and consultants. You may not use such information for any non-business or non-regulatory purpose or disclose it to anyone outside the firm without specific authorization from the Legal Department or the TRP International Compliance Team.

 

Information About the Price Funds . The Price Funds have adopted policies and procedures with respect to the selective disclosure of information about the Price Funds and their portfolio holdings. These are set forth on the firm’s intranet under “Departments/Corporate/Legal/TRP Policy and Procedures Documents/Legal/Mutual Funds/Portfolio Information Release Policy” and “Matrix of Supplementary Fund Data”. All Associates are charged with informing themselves of, and adhering to, these Policies and Procedures and may not release any information about the Price Funds that would be harmful to the Price Funds or their shareholders.

 

Understanding as to Clients’ Accounts and Company Records at Time of Termination of Association. The accounts of clients, mutual fund shareholders, and TRP Brokerage customers are not the property of any employee; they are accounts of one of Price Group’s affiliates. This includes the accounts of clients for which one or more of the Price Advisers acts as investment adviser, regardless of how or through whom the client relationship originated and regardless of who may be the counselor for a particular client. At the time of termination of association with Price Group, you must: (1) surrender to Price Group in good condition all materials, reports or records (including all copies in your possession or subject to your control) developed by you or any other person that are considered confidential information of Price Group; and (2) refrain from communicating, transmitting or making known to any person or firm any information relating to any materials or matters whatsoever that are considered by Price Group to be confidential.

 

HIPAA . The firm’s Flexible Benefits Plan has adopted a specific Privacy Notice regarding the personal health information of participants in compliance with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”). A copy of the HIPAA Privacy Notice can be found on the firm’s intranet under Departments/Corporate/Human Resources/Benefits/HIPAA Privacy Notice.

 

Expense Payments and Reimbursements. As a general rule, T. Rowe Price will not pay or reimburse expenses, such as travel,

 
 

accommodation and meals, to a business contact and will not accept payment or reimbursement from a business contact for those types of expenses. Exceptions may only be granted with approval of the employee’s supervisor and Division Head and the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee. Business units may adopt policies and procedures that permit T. Rowe Price to pay or reimburse expenses incurred by business contacts for attendance at certain T. Rowe Price sponsored events. Such policies and procedures must contain provisions that describe the circumstances in which such payments are allowed and the controls and conditions that will apply. Additionally, the policies and procedures must be approved by the Division Head and the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee. This general rule does not apply to “business entertainment” which is covered in the Statement of Policy on Gifts and Business Entertainment beginning on page 3-1.

 

Financial Reporting . Price Group’s records are maintained in a manner that provides for an accurate record of all financial transactions in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. No false or deceptive entries may be made and all entries must contain an appropriate description of the underlying transaction. All reports, vouchers, bills, invoices, payroll and service records and other essential data must be accurate, honest and timely and should provide an accurate and complete representation of the facts. The Audit Committee of Price Group has adopted specific procedures regarding the receipt, retention and treatment of certain auditing and accounting complaints. Refer to Responsibility to Report Violations on page 2-16.

 

Gifts and Entertainment . The firm has adopted a comprehensive policy on providing and receiving gifts and business entertainment, which is found in the Code in the Statement of Policy on Gifts and Entertainment. All employees should read and understand this Statement ( see page 3-1).

 

Human Resources . You should consult the appropriate Associate Handbook for more information on the policies discussed in this section and other Human Resources policies.

 

Equal Opportunity . Price Group is committed to the principles of equal employment opportunity (EEO) and the maximum optimization of our associates’ abilities. We believe our continued success depends on the equal treatment of all employees and applicants without regard to race, religion, creed, color, national origin, sex, gender, age, disability, marital status, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, citizenship status, veteran status, or any other classification protected by federal, state or local laws.

 

This commitment to Equal Opportunity covers all aspects of the employment relationship including recruitment, application and initial employment, promotion, transfer, training and development, compensation, and benefits.

 

All associates of T. Rowe Price are expected to comply with the spirit and intent of our Equal Employment Opportunity Policy.

 

If you feel you have not been treated in accordance with this policy, contact your immediate supervisor, the appropriate Price Group manager or a Human Resources representative. No retaliation will be taken against you if you report an incident of alleged discrimination in good faith.

 
 

 

Drug and Alcohol Policy. Price Group is committed to providing a drug-free workplace and preventing alcohol abuse in the workplace. Drug and alcohol misuse and abuse affect the health, safety, and well-being of all Price Group employees and customers and restrict the firm’s ability to carry out its mission. Personnel must perform job duties unimpaired by illegal drugs or the improper use of legal drugs or alcohol.

 

Policy Against Harassment and Discrimination . Price Group is committed to providing a safe working environment in which all individuals are treated with respect and dignity. Associates have the right to enjoy a workplace that is conducive to high performance, promotes equal opportunity, and prohibits discrimination including harassment.

 

Price Group will not tolerate harassment, discrimination, or other types of inappropriate behavior directed by or toward an associate, supervisor/manager, contractor, vendor, customer, visitor, or other business partner. Accordingly, the firm will not tolerate harassment or intimidation of any associate based on race, color, national origin, religion, creed, sex, gender, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, age, disability, veteran, marital or any other status protected by federal, state, or local law. In addition, Price Group does not tolerate slurs, threats, intimidation, or any similar written, verbal, physical, or computer-related conduct that denigrates or shows hostility or aversion toward any individual based on race, color, national origin, religion, creed, sex, gender, sexual orientation, age disability, veteran, marital, or any other status protected by federal, state or local law. Harassment will not be tolerated on our property or in any other work-related setting such as business-sponsored social events or business trips. In addition, the firm will not tolerate harassment, discrimination, or other types of inappropriate behavior directed by or toward any associate from our customers and clients and vice versa.

 

If you are found to have engaged in conduct inconsistent with this policy, you will be subject to appropriate disciplinary action, up to and including, termination of employment.

 

Health and Safety in the Workplace . Price Group recognizes its responsibility to provide personnel a safe and healthful workplace and proper facilities to help them perform their jobs effectively.

 

Use of Employee Likenesses and Information . Employees consent to the use of their names, biographical information, images, job descriptions and other relevant business data for any work-related purpose. A “work-related purpose” includes any T. Rowe Price sponsored community or charitable event.

 

Employment of Former Government and Self-Regulatory Organization Employees. United States laws and regulations govern the employment of former employees of the U.S. Government and its agencies, including the SEC. In addition, certain states have adopted similar statutory restrictions. Finally,

 
 

certain states and municipalities that are clients of the Price Advisers have imposed contractual restrictions in this regard. Before any action is taken to discuss employment by Price Group of a former government or regulatory or self-regulatory organization employee, whether in the United States or internationally, guidance must be obtained from the Legal Department.

 

 

Inside Information . The purchase or sale of securities while in possession of material, inside information is prohibited by U.S., U.K., and other international, state and other governmental laws and regulations. Information is considered inside and material if it has not been publicly disclosed and is sufficiently important that it would affect the decision of a reasonable person to buy, sell or hold securities in an issuer, including Price Group. Under no circumstances may you transmit such information to any other person, except to Price Group personnel who are required to be kept informed on the subject. You should read and understand the Statement of Policy on Material, Inside (Non-Public) Information ( see page 4-1).

 

Investment Clubs . The following discussion of obligations of Access Persons does not apply to the independent directors of the Price Funds. Access Persons must receive the prior clearance of the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee or his or her designee before forming or participating in a stock or investment club. Transactions in which Access Persons have beneficial ownership or control ( see page 5-4) through investment clubs are subject to the firm’s Statement of Policy on Securities Transactions. As described on page 5-3, approval to form or participate in a stock or investment club may permit the execution of securities transactions without prior transaction clearance by the Access Person, except transactions in Price Group stock, if the Access Person has beneficial ownership solely by virtue of his or her spouse’s participation in the club and has no investment control or input into decisions regarding the club’s securities transactions. Non-Access Persons (defined on page 5-4) do not have to receive prior clearance to form or participate in a stock or investment club and need only obtain prior clearance of transactions in Price Group stock.

 

Marketing and Sales Activities . All written and oral marketing materials and presentations (including performance data) (e.g., advertisements; sales literature) must be in compliance with applicable SEC, FINRA, Global Investment Performance Standards (“ GIPS ”), FCA, and other applicable international requirements. All such materials (whether for the Price Funds, non-Price funds, or various advisory or Brokerage services) must be reviewed and approved by the Legal Department or the TRP International compliance Team, as appropriate, prior to use. All performance data distributed outside the firm, including total return and yield information, must be obtained from databases sponsored by the Performance Group.

 

Outside Business Activities . Please refer to the Conflicts of Interest section ( see page 2-4) cited earlier in this Standards of Conduct section of the Code.

 

Past and Current Litigation and Inquiries from Regulators or Governmental Organizations. As a condition of employment, each new employee is required to answer a questionnaire regarding past and current civil (including arbitrations) and criminal actions and certain regulatory matters. Price Group uses the

 
 

information obtained through these questionnaires to answer questions asked on governmental and self-regulatory organization registration forms and for insurance and bonding purposes.

 

Each employee is responsible for keeping questionnaire responses pertaining to past and current civil (including arbitrations) and criminal actions and certain regulatory matters updated (notify Legal Compliance). An employee should notify Human Resources and either the Legal Department or the TRP International Compliance Team promptly if he or she:

 

· Becomes the subject of any proceeding or is convicted of or pleads guilty or no contest to or agrees to enter a pretrial diversion program relating to any felony or misdemeanor or similar criminal charge in a United States (federal, state, or local), foreign or military court, or

 

· Becomes the subject of a Regulatory Action, which includes any action by the SEC, the FCA, the SFC, the MAS, the KLFB, The Netherland Authority for the Financial Markets, the Danish Financial Supervisory Authority, the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority, the CSSF, and the Ontario, Manitoba, British Columbia and Alberta Securities Commissions, a state, a foreign government, a federal, state or foreign regulatory agency or any domestic or foreign self-regulatory organization relating to securities or investment activities, dishonesty, breach of trust, or money laundering as well as any court proceeding that has or could result in a judicial finding of a violation of statutes or regulations related to such activities or in an injunction in connection with any such activities,

 

· Receives an inquiry from any regulator or governmental authority.

 

Political Activities and Contributions . Price Group and its subsidiaries as well as their employees are subject to various federal, state and local laws regarding political contributions. These regulations can restrict the ability of the firm and its employees to make political contributions. In particular, the SEC has adopted Rule 206(4)-5 of the Advisers Act, known as the “Pay to Play” rule. The rule was adopted to address pay-to-play practices under which direct or indirect payments by investment advisers, and certain of their executive or employees, to state and local government officials in the United States may be perceived to improperly influence the award of government investment business. Generally, the Rule prohibit an investment adviser from providing advisory services for compensation to a government entity client for two years after the adviser or certain of its executives or employees make a contribution over a de minimis amount to certain elected officials or candidates. The Rule affects T. Rowe Price and its employees because government entities use the firm’s advisory services and also invest in T. Rowe Price mutual funds.

 

The firm has adopted a “Statement of Policy Regarding Political Contributions” (the “ Political Contributions Policy or Policy ”) to comply with the SEC rule and other applicable laws and requirements. Under the Policy, all T. Rowe Price associates globally are required to prior clear proposed political contributions, as defined in the Policy, to any candidate, officeholder, political party, Political Action Committee (“ PAC ”), political organization, or bond ballot campaign in the United States. Additionally, associates are generally prohibited from coordinating, or soliciting third parties to make, a contribution or payment to any candidate, officeholder, political party, PAC, political organization, or bond

 
 

ballot campaign in the United States. Additionally, associates are prohibited from doing anything indirectly that, if done directly, would violate this Policy.

 

Any questions about the Political Contributions Policy should be directed to the “Political Contribution Requests” mailbox.

 

In addition to the requirements imposed by the SEC rule, all U.S.-based officers and directors of Price Group and its subsidiaries are required to disclose certain Maryland local and state political contributions on a semi-annual basis and certain Pennsylvania political contributions on an annual basis. Certain employees associated with Investment Services are subject to limitations on and additional reporting requirements about their political contributions under Rule G-37 of the United States Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (“ MSRB ”). Furthermore, the firm and/or some employees are subject to additional restrictions because of client contractual stipulations.

 

United States law prohibits corporate contributions to campaign elections for federal office ( e.g., U.S. Senate and House of Representatives). The SEC rule effectively prohibits corporate contributions by the firm to state and local elections.

 

No political contribution of corporate funds, direct or indirect, to any political candidate or party, or to any other program that might use the contribution for a political candidate or party, or use of corporate property, services or other assets may be made without the written prior approval of the Legal Department. These prohibitions cover not only direct contributions, but also indirect assistance or support of candidates or political parties through purchase of tickets to special dinners or other fundraising events, or the furnishing of any other goods, services or equipment to political parties or committees. Neither Price Group nor its employees or independent directors may make a political contribution for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business with government entities.

 

T. Rowe Price does not reimburse employees for making contributions to individual candidates or committees. Additionally, the firm cannot provide paid leave time to employees for political campaign activity. However, employees may use personal time or paid vacation or may request unpaid leave to participate in political campaigning.

 

T. Rowe Price does not have a PAC. However, T. Rowe Price has granted permission to the Investment Company Institute’s PAC (“ ICI PAC ”), which serves the interests of the Investment company industry, to solicit T. Rowe Price’s senior management on an annual basis to make contributions to ICI PAC or candidates designated by ICI PAC. Contributions to ICI PAC are entirely voluntary. Additionally, proposed contributions to the ICI PAC must go through the prior clearance process.

 

As noted above, the SEC rule prohibits most solicitation activities. To the extent the Legal Department approves solicitation activities in accordance with applicable rules or other requirements employees, officers, and directors of T. Rowe Price may not solicit campaign contributions from employees without adhering to T. Rowe Price’s policies regarding solicitation. These include the following:

 

· It must be clear that the solicitation is personal and is not being made on behalf of T. Rowe Price.
 
 
· It must be clear that any contribution is entirely voluntary .
· T. Rowe Price’s stationery and email system may not be used.

 

An employee who wants to participate in political campaigns or run for political office should consult with his or her immediate supervisor to make sure that this activity does not conflict with his or her job responsibilities. Also, the employee should contact the Legal Department to discuss any activities which may be prohibited.

 

Lobbying . It is important to realize that under some state laws, even limited contact, either in person or by other means, with public officials in that state may trigger that state’s lobbying laws. For example, in Maryland, if $2,500 of a person’s compensation can be attributed to face-to-face contact with legislative or executive officials in a six-month reporting period, he or she may be required to register as a Maryland lobbyist subject to a variety of restrictions and requirements. Therefore, it is imperative that you avoid any lobbying on behalf of the firm, whether in-person or by other means (e.g., telephone, letter) unless the activity is cleared first by the Legal Department, so that you do not inadvertently become subject to regulation as a lobbyist. If you have any question whether your contact with a state’s officials may trigger lobbying laws in that state, please contact the Legal Department before proceeding.

 

Professional Designations . It is the supervisor’s responsibility to confirm that any designation (CFA, CFP, etc.) used by his or her direct reports in connection with T. Rowe Price business, including its use on a business card or letterhead, is a valid designation issued by a reputable credentialing organization. In addition, the supervisor must take reasonable steps to confirm that the associate has earned the designation, it is relevant to his or her job and is authorized to use it. Any questions should be directed to the Legal Department.

 

Protection of Corporate Assets . All personnel are responsible for taking measures to ensure that Price Group’s assets are properly protected. This responsibility not only applies to our business facilities, equipment and supplies, but also to intangible assets such as proprietary research or marketing information, corporate trademarks and service marks, copyrights, client relationships, and business opportunities. Accordingly, you may not solicit for your personal benefit clients or utilize client relationships to the detriment of the firm. Similarly, you may not solicit co-workers to act in any manner detrimental to the firm’s interests.

 

Quality of Services . It is a continuing policy of Price Group to provide investment products and services that: (1) meet applicable laws, regulations and industry standards; (2) are offered to the public in a manner that ensures that each client/shareholder understands the objectives of each investment product selected; and (3) are properly advertised and sold in accordance with all applicable SEC, FCA, FINRA, and other international, state and self-regulatory rules and regulations.

 

The quality of Price Group’s investment products and services and operations affects our reputation, productivity, profitability, and market position. Price Group’s goal is to be a quality leader and to create conditions that allow and encourage all employees to perform their duties in an efficient, effective manner.

 

 
 

Record Retention and Destruction . Under various U.S., U.K., other international state, and other governmental laws and regulations, certain of Price Group’s subsidiaries are required to produce, maintain and retain various records, documents and other written (including electronic) communications. For example, U.S. law generally requires an investment adviser to retain required records in a readily accessible location for not less than five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the record was made (the current year and the two immediately preceding years in an appropriate office of the adviser), although some records may be required to be retained longer depending on their nature. Any questions regarding retention requirements should be addressed to the Legal Department or the TRP International Compliance Team.

 

You must use care in disposing of any confidential records or correspondence. Confidential material that is to be discarded should be placed in designated bins or should be torn up or shredded, as your department requires. If a quantity of material is involved, you should contact Document Management for instructions regarding proper disposal. Documents stored off-site are destroyed on a regular basis if the destruction is approved by the appropriate business contact.

 

The firm is legally prohibited from destroying any existing records that may be relevant to any current, pending or threatened litigation, or regulatory investigation or audit. These records would include emails, calendars, memoranda, board agendas, recorded conversations, studies, work papers, computer notes, handwritten notes, telephone records, expense reports, or similar material. If your business area is affected by litigation or an investigation or audit, you can expect to receive instructions from the Legal Department on how to proceed. Regardless of whether you receive such instructions, you should be prepared to secure relevant records once you become aware that they are subject to litigation or regulatory investigations or audits.

 

All personnel are responsible for adhering to the firm’s record maintenance, retention, and destruction policies.

 

In addition, the firm has adopted a specific Statement of Policies and Procedures on Privacy , which is part of this Code ( see page 8-1).

 

Referral Fees . United States securities laws strictly prohibit the payment of any type of referral fee unless certain conditions are met. This would include any compensation to persons who refer clients or shareholders to us ( e.g., brokers, registered representatives, consultants, or any other persons) either directly in cash, by fee splitting, or indirectly by the providing of gifts or services (including the allocation of brokerage). FCA also prohibits the offering of any inducement likely to conflict with the duties of the recipient. No arrangements should be entered into obligating Price Group or any employee to pay a referral fee unless approved first by the Legal Department.

 

Release of Information to the Press. All requests for information from the media concerning T. Rowe Price Group’s corporate affairs, mutual funds, investment services, investment philosophy and policies, and related subjects should be referred to the appropriate Public Relations contact for reply. Investment professionals who are contacted directly by the press concerning a particular fund’s investment strategy or market outlook may

 
 

use their own discretion, but are advised to check with the appropriate Public Relations contact if they do not know the reporter or feel it may be inappropriate to comment on a particular matter. Public Relations contact persons are listed in Appendix A.

 

Responsibility to Report Violations . The following is a description of reporting requirements and procedures that may or do arise if an officer or employee becomes aware of material violations of the Code or applicable laws or regulations.

 

General Obligation . If an officer or employee becomes aware of a material violation of the Code or any applicable law or regulation, he or she must report it to the Chief Compliance Officer of the applicable Price Adviser (“ Chief Compliance Officer ”) or his or her designee, provided the designee provides a copy of all reports of violations to the Chief Compliance Officer. Reports submitted in paper form should be sent in a confidential envelope. Any report may be submitted anonymously; anonymous complaints must be in writing and sent in a confidential envelope to the Chief Compliance Officer. Officers and employees may also contact any governmental and/or regulatory authority (e.g. SEC and FINRA in the U.S., FCA in the U.K., SFC in Hong Kong, etc.). Refer to Appendix A regarding the Chief Compliance Officer to whom reports should be made.

 

It is Price Group’s policy that no adverse action will be taken against any person as a result of that person becoming aware of a violation of the Code and reporting the violation in good faith.

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Whistleblower Procedures . Pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Audit Committee of Price Group has adopted procedures (“ Procedures ”) regarding the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by Price Group regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of Price Group or any of its affiliates of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters. All employees should familiarize themselves with these Procedures, which are posted in the repository of the firm’s policies and procedures (“ Repository ”) on the intranet.

 

Under the Procedures, complaints regarding certain auditing and accounting matters should be sent to Chief Legal Counsel, T. Rowe Price Group, Inc., The Legal Department either through interoffice mail in a confidential envelope or by mail marked confidential to P.O. Box 37283, Baltimore, Maryland 21297-3283, or a report may be made by calling the toll-free hotline at 888-651-6223.

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Attorney Reporting Requirements. Attorneys employed or retained by Price Group or any of the Price Funds are also subject to certain reporting requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The relevant procedures are posted in the firm’s Repository.

 

 
 

Circulation of Rumors . Individuals subject to the Code shall not originate or circulate in any manner a rumor concerning any security which the individual knows or has reasonable grounds for believing is false or misleading or would improperly influence the market price of that security. You must promptly report to the Legal Department any circumstance which would reasonably lead you to believe that such a rumor might have been originated or circulated.

 

Service as Trustee, Executor or Personal Representative . You may serve as the trustee, co-trustee, executor or personal representative for the estate of or a trust created by close family members. You may also serve in such capacities for estates or trusts created by nonfamily members. However, if an Access Person expects to be actively involved in an investment capacity in connection with an estate or trust created by a nonfamily member, he or she must first be granted permission by the Ethics Committee. If you serve in any of these capacities, securities transactions affected in such accounts will be subject to the prior transaction clearance (Access Persons only, except for Price Group stock transactions, which require prior transaction clearance by all personnel) and reporting requirements (Access Persons and Non-Access Persons) of our Statement of Policy on Securities Transactions. If you presently serve in any of these capacities for nonfamily members, you should report the relationship in writing to the Ethics Committee.

 

Speaking Engagements and Publications . Employees are often asked to accept speaking engagements on the subject of investments, finance, or their own particular specialty with our organization. This is encouraged by the firm, as it enhances our public relations, but you should obtain approval from your supervisor and the head of your Division, if different, before you accept such requests. You may also accept an offer to teach a course or seminar on investments or related topics (for example, at a local college) in your individual capacity with the approval of your supervisor and the head of your Division, if different, and provided the course is in compliance with the Guidelines found in Investment Services’ Compliance Manual.

 

Before making any commitment to write or publish any article or book on a subject related to investments or your work at Price Group, approval should be obtained from your supervisor and the head of your Division, if different.

 

Social Media . Social media sites such as Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, and LinkedIn have experienced significant growth during the past few years. While T. Rowe Price does not discourage its associates from using social media for personal use on their personal time, it is important to understand what is expected and required when associates use social media, especially in regards to topics relating to the firm.

 

Associates may not discuss the business of T. Rowe Price, including our products and services, on social networking channels unless authorized to do so. If a social media site is used for business purposes, by designated T. Rowe Price associates, communications posted through it are subject to the same regulatory and other restrictions as communications sent by more traditional methods, such as email, printed letters, or advertisements. Therefore, such sites may only be used for business-related purposes with approval from the Legal Department. T. Rowe Price regularly monitors online discussions and entries that might involve or mention T. Rowe Price.

 
 

 

Associates are directed to the Social Media Policy located on the T. Rowe Price Exchange to understand their responsibilities with respect to social media. The policy applies whenever using social media, whether in a personally identifiable way or anonymously.

 
 

APPENDIX A TO THE T. ROWE PRICE GROUP, INC.

CODE OF ETHICS AND CONDUCT

 

· Brokerage and Trading Control Committees . There are two Brokerage and Trading Control Committees which set the policy regarding the allocation of client brokerage. For more information contact Thea Williams of the Fixed Income Committee or Clive Williams of the Equity Committee.

 

· Chief Compliance Officer . The Chief Compliance Officer of the U.S. Price Advisers (i.e., TRPA, TRPAS, TRP (Canada)) is John Gilner. The Chief Compliance Officer of the International Price Advisers (i.e., TRPIL, TRPHK, TRPSING) is Jeremy Fisher. The Chief Compliance Officer of the broker/dealer, T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc., is Stephanie Mumford.

 

· Ethics Committee . Justin Thomson, David Oestreicher, Andy Brooks, Greg McCrickard, Justin Gerbereux, John Gilner, and Deanna Fidler.

 

· Chairperson of the Ethics Committee . The Chairperson of the Ethics Committee is John Gilner. Requests regarding IPO’s and private placement investments should be directed to Gary Greb.

 

· Code Compliance Team . Gary Greb and Cody Potter.

 

· TRP International Compliance Team . Jeremy Fisher, Carol Bambrough, Lucy Harding, Andrea Osborne, Mark Donnelly, Matthew Coppin and Louise Johnson in London; Kitty Chau, Dolby Chan in Hong Kong; and Tateomi Fujino in Tokyo.

 

· Designated Person, TRP International Compliance Team . Kitty Chau, Matt Coppin, Louise Johnson, Larry Siu, and Jeremy Fisher.

 

· Designated Person, Regulatory Reporting Section . Gary Greb and Mike Noppinger.

 

· Management Committee . Christopher Alderson, Edward Bernard, Scott David, Deanna Fidler, Robert Higginbotham, Brian Rogers, William Stromberg, Eric Veiel, and Ted Wiese.

 

· Public Relations Contacts . Edward Giltenan and Brian Lewbart in Baltimore and Anne Read in London.

 

· Social Media Contacts . Danielle Nicholson Smith for legal and advertising regulatory matters. Daniel Phelps for policy and/or permissible activity matters.
 
 

Statement of Policy on Gifts And BuSiness entertainment

 

 

T. Rowe Price adopted this policy to govern the receipt and giving of gifts and business entertainment by all employees of T. Rowe Price globally (“Associates”). The giving and receiving of gifts and business entertainment must be carefully considered by Associates to avoid even the appearance of conflicts of interest.

 

Associates are encouraged to ask for guidance about how to apply this policy in advance of giving or receiving a gift or business entertainment. Questions can be directed to your manager or to the Legal Department.

 

The Code and laws in numerous jurisdictions regulate gifts and entertainment to ensure that such practices do not constitute the direct or indirect provision or receipt of bribes, kickbacks, quid pro quos, or other corrupt practices. Please refer to the “Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and Other Illegal Payments” section of the Code and the firm’s “Compliance Policy and Program Statement Relating To Anti-Bribery Laws and Prohibitions Against Illegal Payments.”

 

Specific controls are applicable to ERISA plans and certain other regulatory regimes – see “Jurisdictions and Specific Requirements” section.

 

Gifts

 

The term “gift” has a broad meaning, including merchandise, gratuities and the use of property or facilities for weekends, vacations, and trips, including transportation and lodging costs, but does not include items of nominal value (defined later in this policy).

 

General rules for all Associates:

 

· You may not give or receive gifts in excess of US$100 (aggregate annual limit per business contact). Please note that gifts given to a business contact’s family member (e.g., spouse or children) will count towards the US$100 annual gift limit for that business contact.

 

· You may not accept gifts from broker-dealers.

 

· You may not give gifts to or receive gifts from a vendor, client, prospect, or a lead manager of a consultant who has active negotiations or Requests For Proposals (“RFPs”) for services or products.

 

· Any gift, given or received, must be reported.

 

· Gifts may never be given or received in consideration of any business or transaction, or in connection with the purchase or sale of client securities or other investments.

 

· Gifts of cash or cash equivalents may not be given or received.

 

 

Items of Nominal Value

 
 

Other than as noted in the Jurisdictions and Specific Requirements section of this policy, the term “gift” as described in this policy does not include an item of nominal value. Items with a value of US$50 or less are regarded as nominal items. For example, items such as pens, notepads, modest desk ornaments, or items that display the giving firm’s logo, which are typically given out at conferences or elsewhere, would generally fall within this exclusion. If an item is to be given in connection with the broker/dealer’s business, its value must not exceed US$50 and the item must have the TRP corporate logo permanently affixed to be exempt from the definition of “gift.”

 

Personal Gift Exclusion

A personal gift given or received in recognition of a “life event,” such as a baby or wedding gift, does not fall within this policy provided the gift is not “in relation to the business of the employer of the recipient.” There should be a pre-existing personal or family relationship between the giver and the recipient. The giver, not the firm, should pay for the gift. In addition, if an Associate is giving a gift in recognition of a life event, the giver must obtain prior approval from his/her supervisor, Business Unit Head if different, and the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee. If these conditions are met, the recordkeeping requirements and the US$100 limit do not apply.

 

Gifts Received By Attendees at An Event

Any gift or gifts received by Associates at an event (e.g., industry conference, vendor user conference, investor relations event, etc.), other than nominal gifts (see above), must be reported and the total value cannot exceed the US$100 gift limit. If an event provides a gift or gifts with a value greater than US$100, Associates may decline to accept the gift, donate it to charity or, with the approval of the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee, present the gift to the Associate’s Business Unit for a random draw of an identified group of associates of an appropriate size.

 

Group Gifts

When a group gift valued at up to US$100 (e.g., chocolate assortment) is sent to a client and the number of recipients is such that there would not be a reasonable expectation to be able to identify each person (e.g., large sales desk), the expense should be recorded at the client level. If an Associate or a T. Rowe Price department receives a gift that is valued in excess of the US$100 limit, it can be shared amongst Associates provided no single Associate’s share of the gift exceeds the US$100 limit. Alternatively, with the approval of the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee, the gift can be awarded to the winner of a random draw of an identified group of associates of an appropriate size or donate it to charity.

 

Recurring Gifts

Tickets or other gifts (including nominal value gifts) may not be given nor accepted from a business contact or firm on a standing, recurring, or ongoing basis. Supervisors are responsible for monitoring how frequently their Associates receive and give gifts to/from specific business contacts to avoid potential conflicts of interest.

 

Calculation of Value

Gifts should be valued at the cost paid by the giver.

 

 

 

Business Entertainment

 
 

 

Entertainment must serve a legitimate and appropriate business purpose (“Business Entertainment”). Generally, business entertainment includes meals and sporting events with business contacts (e.g., clients or vendors). Associates should be mindful that business entertainment should generally not be solicited and only accepted after an invitation from your host. Both the Associate and the business contact must be in attendance for an event to be classified as business entertainment. Business entertainment should not be so frequent or so lavish with the same business contact or client, that when viewed in its entirety, it could be viewed as a potential conflict of interest. See “Jurisdictions and Specific Requirements” for additional restrictions on Business Entertainment.

 

Reporting and Prior Clearance

 

1. Business entertainment valued above US$100 per person must be reported.

2. Business entertainment that exceeds US$250 per person requires prior approval by the Associate’s Manager and either the Business Unit Head or Region/Segment Head (as determined by the Business Unit).

 

3. Broker-dealer provision : All meal business entertainment received from broker-dealers above US$100 per person requires prior approval by the Associate’s Manager and must be reported. All non-meal business entertainment received from broker-dealers, regardless of value, requires prior approval by the Associate’s Manager and must be reported. T. Rowe Price (or in some cases, the Associate) will pay or reimburse the broker-dealer for such reported business entertainment.

 

4. Business entertainment that includes a guest (e.g., spouse or child) requires prior approval by the Associate’s Manager and either the Business Unit Head or Region/Segment Head (as determined by the Business Unit). Keep in mind that the Associate may need to pay for the cost of the guest.

 

5. Business entertainment that does not occur in the normal course of business or is an event of national prominence requires prior approval by the Associate’s Manager and either the Business Unit Head or Region/Segment Head (as determined by the Business Unit).

6. Business entertainment may never be given or received in consideration of any business or transaction, or in connection with the purchase or sale of client securities or other investments.

 

Each Business Unit will implement procedures to assess and consider relevant factors when determining if approval should be granted in the circumstances requiring prior approval. For example, factors may include the purpose of the meeting, the nature of the event being conducive to conversation, the exclusivity of the event, the frequency of interaction with the business contact and whether T. Rowe Price or the Associate should be bearing some portion or all of the associated cost.

 

Post-Event Approval

In certain situations, an Associate may not be able to ascertain the cost of an event until after its conclusion, such as business dinners. In the event the business entertainment was expected to be

 
 

within these reporting thresholds (e.g., less than US$250 per person) but unexpectedly exceeds them, the Associate must promptly report such entertainment to his/her Manager for further discussion. In these limited circumstances and after review by the Associate’s Manager, “post-event” approval by a Region/Segment Head or Business Unit Head (as determined by the Business Unit) will be considered to be in compliance with this policy.

 

Transportation and Lodging

Generally, the cost of transportation and lodging expenses associated with business entertainment should be borne by the party using the transportation or lodging. Ordinary ground transportation such as a taxi ride or a courtesy shuttle is not subject to this restriction.

 

Active RFPs/Business Transactions

Associates may not entertain key decision makers of a vendor, prospect or current client (or their lead manager consultant) with an active RFP or where material negotiations of specific business or transactions are taking place. Key decision makers are those individuals who have significant influence on the decision related to the RFP or transaction which would include an ERISA plan fiduciary representative. However, meals closely associated with substantive business meetings (i.e., plan reviews, due diligence visits, investment reviews, educational sessions) are permitted.

 

Large-Scale Events

The cost-per-individual at an event (e.g., industry conference, vendor user conference, investor relations event) is not counted towards US$250 prior approval threshold provided that the conference has a reasonable relationship to the duties of the attending Associate(s) and the expenses for attendance are reasonable in light of the benefits afforded to the firm by such attendance. Associates should keep in mind that if there are separate excursions or other entertainment connected with the large-scale event (e.g., golf outings, boating trips etc.) then the reporting and prior clearance requirements will apply to these separate events.

 

Calculation of Value

Business entertainment should be valued at the cost paid by the giver. Associates and Managers should be mindful that if the market value of an event is materially greater than the cost, consultation with the Legal Department may be appropriate to determine if another value should be used.

 

Jurisdictions and Specific Requirements

 

In addition to the general gift and entertainment rules in this policy, certain jurisdictions or regulators may impose restrictions that are more stringent than the general provisions of this policy. The following sets forth a summary of those restrictions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. - ERISA Covered Plans: US$250 Annual Limit

 

In accordance with guidance from the U.S. Department of Labor, the annual limit on gifts and business entertainment provided to an ERISA plan fiduciary representative (including plan

 
 

advisers serving in a fiduciary capacity) is US$250. All gifts and business entertainment provided to a business contact count towards this US$250 limit except as provided below, and must be prior approved by the Associate’s Manager or Region/Segment Head (as determined by the Business Unit).

 

1. Meals provided to business contacts at educational conferences, including T. Rowe Price hosted conferences; do not count towards the US$250 annual limit.

 

2. Meals provided to business contacts and closely associated with substantive business meetings (e.g., plan reviews, due diligence visits, investment reviews, educational sessions) do not count towards the US$250 annual limit, but are subject to this policy’s reporting and prior clearance rules.

 

3. Items of nominal value are not subject to this policy’s reporting requirements and do not count towards the US$250 annual limit. Generally, items that are less than US$10 are deemed to have nominal value. For the avoidance of doubt, any item that has a value greater than US$10, including items with a corporate logo permanently affixed, count towards the US$250 annual limit and must be reported.

 

Note that all gifts, business entertainment, and meals given to or attended by guests of the business contact(s) (including in the context of an educational conference) count towards the US$250 annual limit and are subject to this policy’s reporting and prior clearance rules.

 

In certain circumstances, the Legal Department may grant an exception to the T. Rowe Price annual limit subject to compliance with the U.S. Department of Labor limits.

 

Country and U.S. State Specific Requirements

 

Countries and U.S. states may adopt rules that govern the provision of gifts and business entertainment. Such rules may impose strict dollar limits or prohibitions on providing gifts and business entertainment which may be more restrictive than this policy. Additionally, these rules may impose increased reporting requirements on Associates. The Legal Department will work with business units to inform them of these jurisdictions’ specific rules.

 

Reporting

 

It is ultimately the Associate’s responsibility to properly report gifts and business entertainment, whether given or received, in accordance with each business unit’s reporting procedures. All gifts must be reported within ten business days. All business entertainment must be reported promptly.

 

All gifts and business entertainment reports will be available for review by Legal/Compliance, including International Compliance, in conjunction with their responsibility to oversee our firm-wide compliance.

 

The U.S. Department of Labor has established strict gift and entertainment reporting rules relative to ERISA clients. All gifts and business entertainment of US$10 or more accepted from, provided to, or in relation to ERISA clients should be reported under the Associate’s business unit’s procedures.

 
 

 

Chair of the Ethics Committee

 

Special circumstances may arise that would require the review of the Chair of the Ethics Committee and may result in exceptions being granted to part or all of this policy.

 

 

 

 

 
 

T. ROWE PRICE GROUP, INC.

STATEMENT OF POLICY

ON

MATERIAL, INSIDE (NON-PUBLIC) INFORMATION

 

Policy of Price Group on Insider Trading. It is the policy of Price Group and its affiliates to forbid any of their officers, directors, employees, or other personnel ( e.g., consultants) while in possession of material, non-public information, from trading securities or recommending transactions, either personally or in their proprietary accounts or on behalf of others (including mutual funds and private accounts) or communicating material, non-public information to others in violation of securities laws of the United States, the United Kingdom, or any other country that has jurisdiction over its activities. Material, non-public information includes not only certain information about issuers, but also certain information about T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. and its operating subsidiaries as well as information pertaining to Price Funds and clients ( see page 4-9).

 

Purpose of Statement of Policy. As a global firm, Price Group is subject to a wide array of laws and regulations that prohibit the misuse of inside information. The purpose of this Statement of Policy (“ Statement ”) is to describe and explain: (i) the general legal prohibitions and sanctions regarding insider trading under both U.S. and U.K. law and how they are applicable across the firm globally; (ii) the meaning of the key concepts underlying the prohibitions; (iii) your obligations in the event you come into possession of material, non-public information; and (iv) the firm’s educational program regarding insider trading. Additionally, the United States Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act (“ Act ”) requires Price Group to establish, maintain, and enforce written procedures designed to prevent insider trading.

 

Many jurisdictions, including Honk Kong, Singapore, Japan, Australia and most European countries, have laws and regulations prohibiting the misuse of inside information. While this Statement does not make specific reference to these laws and regulations, the Statement provides general guidance regarding appropriate activities that is applicable to all employees globally. There is, however, no substitute for knowledge of local laws and regulations. Employees are expected to understand the relevant local requirements where they work and comply with them. Any questions regarding the laws or regulations of any jurisdiction should be directed to the Legal Department or the TRP International Compliance Team.

 

Price Group has also adopted a Statement of Policy on Securities Transactions ( see page 5-1), which requires both Access Persons (see page 5-3) and Non-Access Persons ( see page 5-4) to obtain prior transaction clearance with respect to their transactions in Price Group stock and requires Access Persons to obtain prior transaction clearance with respect to all pertinent securities transactions. In addition, both Access Persons and Non-Access Persons are required to report covered securities transactions on a timely basis to the firm. The independent directors of the Price Funds, although Access Persons, are not subject to prior transaction clearance requirements and are subject to modified reporting as described on pages 5-21 to 5-23.

 

The Basic Insider Trading Prohibition. The “insider trading” doctrine under United States securities laws generally prohibits any person (including investment advisers) from:

 

 
 
· trading in a security while in possession of material, non-public information regarding the issuer of the security;
· tipping such information to others;

 

· recommending the purchase or sale of securities while in possession of such information;

 

· assisting someone who is engaged in any of the above activities.

 

Thus, “insider trading” is not limited to insiders of the issuer whose securities are being traded. It can also apply to non-insiders, such as investment analysts, portfolio managers, consultants and stockbrokers. In addition, it is not limited to persons who trade. It also covers persons who tip material, non-public information or recommend transactions in securities while in possession of such information. A “security” includes not just equity securities, but any security ( e.g., corporate and municipal debt securities, including securities issued by the federal government).

 

“Need to Know” Policy. All information regarding planned, prospective or ongoing securities transactions must be treated as confidential. Such information must be confined, even within the firm, to only those individuals and departments that must have such information in order for the respective entity to carry out its engagement properly and effectively. Ordinarily, these prohibitions will restrict information to only those persons who are involved in the matter.

 

Transactions Involving Price Group Stock . You are reminded that you are an “insider” with respect to Price Group since Price Group is a public company and its stock is traded on the NASDAQ Stock market. It is therefore important that you not discuss with family, friends or other persons any matter concerning Price Group that might involve material, non-public information, whether favorable or unfavorable. You are prohibited from trading Price Group stock (TROW) if you are privy to material, non-public information.

 

Sanctions. Penalties for trading on material, non-public information are severe, both for the individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and for their firms. A person or entity that violates the insider trading laws can be subject to some or all of the penalties described below, even if he/she/it does not personally benefit from the violation:

 

· Injunctions;

 

· Treble damages;

 

· Disgorgement of profits;

 

· Criminal fines;

 

· Jail sentences;

 

· Civil penalties for the person who committed the violation (which would, under normal circumstances, be the employee and not the firm); and

 

· Civil penalties for the controlling entity ( e.g ., Price Associates) and other persons, such as managers and supervisors, who are deemed to be controlling persons.
 
 

 

In addition, any violation of this Statement can be expected to result in serious sanctions being imposed by Price Group, including dismissal of the person(s) involved.

The provisions of U.S. and U.K. law discussed below and the laws of other jurisdictions are complex and wide ranging. If you are in any doubt about how they affect you, you must consult the Legal Department or the TRP International Compliance Team, as appropriate.

 

U.S LAW AND REGULATION REGARDING INSIDER TRADING PROHIBITIONS

 

Introduction. “Insider trading” is a top enforcement priority of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. The Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act has far-reaching impact on all public companies and especially those engaged in the securities brokerage or investment advisory industries, including directors, executive officers and other controlling persons of such companies. Specifically, the Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act:

 

Written Procedures . Requires SEC-registered brokers, dealers and investment advisers to establish, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent the misuse of material, non-public information by such persons.

 

Penalties. Imposes severe civil penalties on brokerage firms, investment advisers, their management and advisory personnel, and other “controlling persons” who fail to take adequate steps to prevent insider trading and illegal tipping by employees and other “controlled persons.” Additionally, the Act contains substantial criminal penalties, including monetary fines and jail sentences.

 

Private Right of Action. Establishes a statutory private right of action on behalf of contemporaneous traders against insider traders and their controlling persons.

 

Bounty Payments . Authorizes the SEC to award bounty payments to persons who provide information leading to the successful prosecution of insider trading violations. Bounty payments are at the discretion of the SEC, but may not exceed 10 – 30% of the penalty imposed.

 

The Act has been supplemented by three SEC rules, 10b5-1, 10b5-2 and Fair Disclosure, which are discussed later in this Statement.

 

Basic Concepts of Insider Trading . The four critical concepts under United States law in insider trading cases are: (1) fiduciary duty/misappropriation, (2) materiality, (3) non-public and (4) use/possession. Each concept is discussed below.

 

Fiduciary Duty/Misappropriation . In two decisions, the United States Supreme Court outlined when insider trading and tipping violate the federal securities law if the trading or tipping of the information results in a breach of duty of trust or confidence.

 

A typical breach of duty arises when an insider, such as a corporate officer, purchases securities of his or her corporation on the basis of material, non-public information. Such conduct breaches a duty owed to the corporation’s shareholders. The duty breached, however, need not be to shareholders to support liability for insider trading; it could also involve a breach of duty to

 
 

a client, an employer, employees, or even a personal acquaintance. For example, courts have held that if the insider receives a personal benefit (either direct or indirect) from the disclosure, such as a pecuniary gain or reputational benefit; that would be enough to find a fiduciary breach.

 

The concept of who constitutes an “insider” is broad. It includes officers, directors, and employees of an issuer. In addition, a person can be a “temporary insider” if he or she enters into a confidential relationship in the conduct of an issuer’s affairs and, as a result, is given access to information solely for the issuer’s purpose. A temporary insider can include, among others, an issuer’s attorneys, accountants, consultants, and bank lending officers, as well as the employees of such organizations. In addition, any person may become a temporary insider of an issuer if he or she advises the issuer or provides other services, provided the issuer expects such person to keep any material, non-public information disclosed confidential.

 

Court decisions have held that under a “misappropriation” theory, an outsider (such as an investment analyst) may be liable if he or she breaches a duty to anyone by: (1) obtaining information improperly, or (2) using information that was obtained properly for an improper purpose. For example, if information is given to an analyst on a confidential basis and the analyst uses that information for trading purposes, liability could arise under the misappropriation theory. Similarly, an analyst who trades in breach of a duty owed either to his or her employer or client may be liable under the misappropriation theory. For example, the Supreme Court upheld the misappropriation theory when a lawyer received material, non-public information from a law partner who represented a client contemplating a tender offer, where that lawyer used the information to trade in the securities of the target company.

 

SEC Rule 10b5-2 provides a non-exclusive definition of circumstances in which a person has a duty of trust or confidence for purposes of the “misappropriation” theory of insider trading. It states that a “duty of trust or confidence” exists in the following circumstances, among others:

 

(1) Whenever a person agrees to maintain information in confidence;

 

(2) Whenever the person communicating the material nonpublic information and the person to whom it is communicated have a history, pattern, or practice of sharing confidences, that resulted in a reasonable expectation of confidentiality; or

 

(3) Whenever a person receives or obtains material non-public information from his or her spouse, parent, child, or sibling unless it is shown affirmatively, based on the facts and circumstances of that family relationship, that there was no reasonable expectation of confidentiality.

 

The situations in which a person can trade while in possession of material, non-public information without breaching a duty are so complex and uncertain that the only safe course is not to trade, tip or recommend securities while in possession of material, non-public information.

 

Materiality. Insider trading restrictions arise only when the information that is used for trading, tipping or recommendations is “material.” The information need not be so important that it would have changed an investor’s decision to buy or sell; rather, it is enough that it is the type of information on which reasonable investors rely in making purchase, sale, or hold decisions.

 

 
 

Resolving Close Cases. The United States Supreme Court has held that, in close cases, doubts about whether or not information is material should be resolved in favor of a finding of materiality. You should also be aware that your judgment regarding materiality may be reviewed by a court or the SEC with the 20-20 vision of hindsight.

 

Effect on Market Price. Any information that, upon disclosure, is likely to have a significant impact on the market price of a security should be considered material.

 

Future Events . The materiality of facts relating to the possible occurrence of future events depends on the likelihood that the event will occur and the significance of the event if it does occur.

 

Illustrations. The following list, though not exhaustive, illustrates the types of matters that might be considered material: a joint venture, merger or acquisition; the declaration or omission of dividends; the acquisition or loss of a significant contract; a change in control or a significant change in management; a call of securities for redemption; the borrowing of a significant amount of funds; the purchase or sale of a significant asset; a significant change in capital investment plans; a significant labor dispute or disputes with subcontractors or suppliers; an event requiring an issuer to file a current report on Form 8-K with the SEC; establishment of a program to make purchases of the issuer’s own shares; a tender offer for another issuer’s securities; an event of technical default or default on interest and/or principal payments; advance knowledge of an upcoming publication that is expected to affect the market price of the stock.

 

Non-Public vs. Public Information. Any information that is not “public” is deemed to be “non-public.” Just as an investor is permitted to trade on the basis of information that is not material, he or she may also trade on the basis of information that is public. Information is considered public if it has been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally. An example of non-public information would include material information provided to a select group of analysts but not made available to the investment community at large. Set forth below are a number of ways in which non-public information may be made public.

 

Disclosure to News Services and National Papers. The U.S. stock exchanges require exchange-traded issuers to disseminate material, non-public information about their

companies to: (1) the national business and financial newswire services (Dow Jones and Reuters); (2) the national service (Associated Press); and (3) The New York Times and

The Wall Street Journal.

 

Local Disclosure. An announcement by an issuer in a local newspaper might be sufficient for an issuer that is only locally traded, but might not be sufficient for an issuer that has a national market.

 

Information in SEC Reports . Information contained in reports filed with the SEC will be deemed to be public.

 

If Price Group is in possession of material, non-public information with respect to a security before such information is disseminated to the public ( i.e ., such as being disclosed in one of the public media described above), Price Group and its personnel must wait a sufficient period of time after the information is first publicly released before trading or initiating transactions to

 
 

allow the information to be fully disseminated. Price Group may also follow Information Barrier procedures, as described on page 4-9 of this Statement.

 

Concept of Use/Possession . It is important to note that the SEC takes the position that the law regarding insider trading prohibits any person from trading in a security in violation of a duty of trust and confidence while possession of material, non-public information regarding the security. This is in contrast to trading on the basis of the material, non-public information. To illustrate the problems created by the use of the “possession” standard, as opposed to the “caused” standard, the following three examples are provided:

 

First, if the investment committee to a Price mutual fund were to obtain material, non-public information about one of its portfolio companies from a Price equity research analyst, that fund would be prohibited from trading in the securities to which that information relates. The prohibition would last until the information is no longer material or non-public.

 

Second, if the investment committee to a Price mutual fund obtained material, non-public information about a particular portfolio security but continued to trade in that security, then the committee members, the applicable Price Adviser, and possibly management personnel might be liable for insider trading violations.

 

Third, even if the investment committee to the Fund does not come into possession of the material, non-public information known to the equity research analyst, if it trades in the security, it may have a difficult burden of proving to the SEC or to a court that it was not in possession of such information.

 

The SEC has expressed its view about the concept of trading “on the basis of” material, non-public information in Rule 10b5-1. Under Rule 10b5-1, and subject to the affirmative defenses contained in the rule, a purchase or sale of a security of an issuer is “on the basis” material non-public information about that security or issuer if the person making the purchase or sale was aware of the material, non-public information when the person made the purchase or sale.

 

A person’s purchase or sale is not “on the basis of” material, non-public information if he or she demonstrates that:

 

(A) Before becoming aware of the information, the person had:

 

(1) Entered into a binding contract to purchase or sell the security;

 

(2) Instructed another person to purchase or sell the security for the instructing person’s account, or

 

(3) Adopted a written plan for trading securities.

 

When a contract, instruction or plan is relied upon under this rule, it must meet detailed criteria set forth in Rule 10b5-1(c)(1)(i)(B) and (C).

 

Under Rule 10b5-1, a person other than a natural person ( e.g., one of the Price Advisers) may also demonstrate that a purchase or sale of securities is not “on the basis of” material, non-public

 
 

information if it demonstrates that:

 

· The individual making the investment decision on behalf of the person to purchase or sell the securities was not aware of the information; and

 

· The person had implemented reasonable policies and procedures, taking into consideration the nature of the person’s business, to ensure that individuals making investment decisions would not violate the laws prohibiting trading on the basis of material, non-public information. These policies and procedures may include those that restrict any purchase, sale, and causing any purchase or sale of any security as to which the person has material, non-public information, or those that prevent such individuals from becoming aware of such information.

 

Tender Offers. Tender offers are subject to particularly strict regulation under the securities laws. Specifically, trading in securities that are the subject of an actual or impending tender offer by a person who is in possession of material, non-public information relating to the offer is illegal, regardless of whether there was a breach of fiduciary duty. Under no circumstances should you trade in securities while in possession of material, non-public information regarding a potential tender offer.

 

Selective Disclosure of Material, Non-Public Information by Public Companies. The SEC has adopted Regulation FD to prohibit certain issuers from selectively disclosing material, nonpublic information to certain persons who would be expected to trade on it. The rule applies only to publicly-traded domestic (U.S.) companies, not to foreign government or foreign private issuers.

 

Under this rule, whenever:

 

· An issuer, or person acting on its behalf,

 

· discloses material, non-public information,

 

· to securities professionals, institutional investors, broker-dealers, and holders of the issuer’s securities,

 

· the issuer must make public disclosure of that same information,

 

· simultaneously (for intentional disclosures), or

 

· promptly within 24 hours after knowledge of the disclosure by a senior official (for non-intentional disclosures)

 

Regulation FD does not apply to all of the issuer’s employees; rather only communication by an issuer’s senior management (executive officers and directors), its investor relations professionals, and others who regularly communicate with market professionals and security holders are covered. Certain recipients of information are also excluded from the Rule’s coverage, including persons who are subject to a confidentiality agreement, credit rating agencies, and “temporary insiders,” such as the issuer’s lawyers, investment bankers, or accountants.

 
 

 

Expert Network Services. Expert networks may be used by approved investment staff to supplement the investment process. Expert networks provide investors with access to individuals having a particular expertise or specialization, such as industry consultants, vendors, doctors, attorneys, suppliers, or past executives of particular companies. Expert network services can be an important component of the investment research process, and Price Group has implemented various controls to govern these interactions. A strict approval process is in place for utilizing a new expert network service. Also, a reporting and oversight process exists in the Equity Division to ensure that the services are being used properly by only appropriate investment staff.

 

Information Regarding Price Group.

 

The illustrations of material information found on page 4-5 of this Statement are equally applicable to Price Group as a public company and should serve as examples of the types of matters that you should not discuss with persons outside the firm. Remember, even though you may have not intent to violate any federal securities law, an offhand comment to a friend might be used unbeknownst to you by such friend to effect purchases or sales of Price Group stock. If such transactions were discovered and your friend was prosecuted, your status as an informant or “tipper” would directly involve you in the case. If you have concerns or questions about whether certain information constitutes material, non-public information pertaining to Price Group you should contact the Legal Department.

 

Information Regarding T. Rowe Price Funds and Subadvised Funds.

 

Employees who possess material, non-public information pertaining to a Price Fund or subadvised fund are prohibited from trading in the shares of the fund. Associates may obtain or possess information about significant portfolio activity of a fund, such as an unscheduled disbursement or receipt that is not reflected in the fund’s NAV, which could be regarded as material. For example, an associate may learn of a significant tax refund or litigation recovery that a fund is entitled to but has not been entered as a receivable because the amount and timing are unknown. Such information could constitute material, non-public information. Information regarding future events that would not be expected to have a known impact on the fund’s NAV, such as a large subscription by an institutional shareholder or a change in the fund’s portfolio manager, while considered highly sensitive information (not to be shared with others outside of T. Rowe Price), would not typically constitute material, non-public information for these purposes. If you have concerns or questions about whether certain information constitutes material, non-public information pertaining to a Price Fund or subadvised fund you should contact the Legal Department.

 

LAWS AND REGULATIONS REGARDING INSIDER TRADING PROHIBITIONS OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES

 

The jurisdictions outside the United States that regulate some T. Rowe Price entities ( see pages 1-2 and 1-3 for a description of these entities and jurisdictions) have laws in this area that are based on principles similar to those of the United States described in this Statement. If you comply with the Code, then you will comply with the requirements of these jurisdictions. If you have any concerns about local requirements, please contact the TRP International Compliance Team or the Legal Department.

 
 

 

 

 

PROCEDURES TO BE FOLLOWED WHEN RECEIVING MATERIAL, NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION

 

Whenever you believe that you have or may have come into possession of material, non-public information, you should immediately contact the appropriate person or group as described below and refrain from disclosing the information to anyone else, including persons within Price Group, unless specifically advised to the contrary.

 

Specifically, you may not:

 

· Trade in securities to which the material, non-public information relates;

 

· Disclose the information to others;

 

· Recommend purchases or sales of the securities to which the information relates.

 

If it is determined that the information is material and non-public, the issuer will be placed on either:

 

· A Restricted List (“ Restricted List ”) in order to prohibit trading in the security by both clients and Access Persons; or

 

· A Watch List (“ Watch List ”), which restricts the flow of the information to others within Price Group in order to allow the Price Advisers investment personnel to continue their ordinary investment activities. This procedure is commonly referred to as an Information Barrier .

 

The Watch List is highly confidential and should, under no circumstances, be disseminated to anyone except authorized personnel in the Legal Department and the Regulatory Reporting Section who are responsible for placing issuers on and monitoring trades in securities of issuers included on the Watch List. As described below, if a Designated Person on the TRP International Compliance Team believes that an issuer should be placed on the Watch List, he or she will contact the Regulatory Reporting Section. The Regulatory Reporting Section will coordinate review of trading in the securities of that issuer with the TRP International Compliance Team as appropriate.

 

The person whose possession of or access to inside information has caused the inclusion of an issuer on the Watch List may never trade or recommend the trade of the securities of that issuer without the specific prior approval of the Legal Department.

 

The Restricted List is also highly confidential and should, under no circumstances, be disseminated to anyone outside Price Group. Individuals with access to the Restricted List should not disclose its contents to anyone within Price Group who does not have a legitimate business need to know this information.

 

 

 
 

 

 

Process for All Associates.

 

If an individual subject to the Code believes they may be in possession of material, non-public information (MNPI), Legal should be contacted immediately. The individual may not disclose the information or trade in the security until a determination is made by Legal. US-based personnel should contact the Legal Department in Baltimore and international personnel should contact the International Compliance Team. The respective Compliance personnel will make the determination if the information is material, non-public and if the issuer should be placed on either the Watch List or Restricted List.

 

If the issuer is to be placed on the Watch List, Compliance personnel should contact the Regulatory Reporting Team in Baltimore. The Regulatory Reporting Team is responsible for the administration of issuers to and from the Watch List. The Watch List is not distributed outside of the Regulatory Reporting Team.

 

If the issuer is to be placed on the Restricted List, Compliance personnel must determine if there are any open orders related to the security or issuer. If open orders are identified, the applicable trading desk will be contacted and instructed to cancel any open orders. Compliance personnel will then add all pertinent information to the Restricted List Recordkeeping and Workflow tool (“System”). All instruments of the issuer will be added to the Restricted List. Instruments include, but are not limited to, all equity lines, all debt securities, and any other instruments publicly listed by the company or its subsidiaries. Once the addition to the Restricted List has been processed by the Investment Compliance Team, email alerts will be distributed from the System to a distribution group of select T. Rowe Price associates.

 

When the information is no longer material or non-public, Compliance will remove the issuer from the Restricted List by updating the System. Once the update to the System is complete, email alerts will be distributed to a distribution group of select T. Rowe Price personnel.

 

 

Specific Procedures Relating to the Safeguarding of Inside Information .

 

To ensure the integrity of the Information Barrier, and the confidentiality of the Restricted List, it is important that you take the following steps to safeguard the confidentiality of material, non-public information:

 

· Do not discuss confidential information in public places such as elevators, hallways or social gatherings;

 

· To the extent practical, limit access to the areas of the firm where confidential information could be observed or overheard to employees with a business need for being in the area;

 

· Avoid using speaker phones in areas where unauthorized persons may overhear conversations;

 

· Where appropriate, maintain the confidentiality of client identities by using code names
 
 

or numbers for confidential projects;

 

· Exercise care to avoid placing documents containing confidential information in areas where they may be read by unauthorized persons and store such documents in secure locations when they are not in use; and

 

· Destroy copies of confidential documents no longer needed for a project. However, Record Retention and Destruction guidelines ( see page 2-15) should be reviewed before taking any action.

 

ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES

 

Education Program. While the probability of research analysts and portfolio managers being exposed to material, non-public information with respect to issuers considered for investment by clients is greater than that of other personnel, it is imperative that all personnel understand this Statement, particularly since the insider trading restrictions also apply to transactions in the stock of Price Group.

 

To ensure that all appropriate personnel are properly informed of and understand Price Group’s policy with respect to insider trading, the following program has been adopted.

 

Initial Review and Training for New Personnel . All new persons subject to the Code, which includes this Statement, will be given a copy of it at the time of their association and will be required to certify that they have read it. In addition, each new employee is required to take web-based training promptly after his or her start date.

 

Revision of Statement. All persons subject to the Code will be informed whenever this Statement is materially revised.

 

Annual Review. All persons subject to the Code receive training on the Code annually. This training may be in person or through another medium such as web-based training.

 

Confirmation of Compliance. All persons subject to the Code will be asked to confirm their understanding of an adherence to the Code, including this Statement, on at least an annual basis.

 

Questions. If you have any questions with respect to the interpretation or application of this Statement, you are encouraged to discuss them with your immediate supervisor, the Legal Department, or the TRP International Compliance Team as appropriate.

 
 

T. ROWE PRICE GROUP, INC.

STATEMENT OF POLICY

ON

SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

 

BACKGROUND INFORMATION.

 

Legal Requirement. In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”), the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act of 1988, and the various United Kingdom and other jurisdictions’ laws and regulations, Price Group and the mutual funds (“ Price Funds ”) which its affiliates manage have adopted this Statement of Policy on Securities Transactions (“ Statement ”).

 

Price Advisers’ Fiduciary Position . As investment advisers, the Price Advisers are in a fiduciary position which requires them to act with an eye only to the benefit of their clients, avoiding those situations which might place, or appear to place, the interests of the Price Advisers or their officers, directors and employees in conflict with the interests of clients.

 

Purpose of Statement of Policy . The Statement was developed to help guide Price Group’s employees and independent directors and the independent directors of the Price Funds in the conduct of their personal investments and to:

 

· eliminate the possibility of a transaction occurring that the SEC or other regulatory bodies would view as illegal, such as Front Running ( see definition below);

 

· avoid situations where it might appear that Price Group or the Price Funds or any of their officers, directors, employees, or other personnel had personally benefited at the expense of a client or fund shareholder or taken inappropriate advantage of their fiduciary positions; and

 

· prevent, as well as detect, the misuse of material, non-public information.

 

Those subject to the Code, including the independent directors of Price Group and the Price Funds, are urged to consider the reasons for the adoption of this Statement. Price Group’s and the Price Funds’ reputations could be adversely affected as the result of even a single transaction considered questionable in light of the fiduciary duties of the Price Advisers and the independent directors of the Price Funds.

 

Front Running . Front Running is illegal. It is generally defined as the purchase or sale of a security by an officer, director or employee of an investment adviser or mutual fund in anticipation of and prior to the adviser effecting similar transactions for its clients in order to take advantage of or avoid changes in market prices effected by client transactions.

 

QUESTIONS ABOUT THE STATEMENT . You are urged to seek the advice of the Chief Compliance Officer of TRPA, the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee (U.S.-based personnel), the TRP International Compliance Team (International personnel) or Code Compliance (all

 
 

personnel regardless of office location) when you have questions as to the application of this Statement to individual circumstances.

 

EXCESSIVE TRADING AND MARKET TIMING OF MUTUAL FUND SHARES. The issue of excessive trading and market timing by mutual fund shareholders is a serious one and is not unique to T. Rowe Price. Employees may not engage in trading of shares of a Price Fund that is inconsistent with the prospectus of that Fund.

 

Excessive or short-term trading in fund shares may disrupt management of a fund and raise its costs. The Board of Directors/Trustees of the Price Funds have adopted a policy to deter excessive and short-term trading (the “ Policy ”), which applies to persons trading directly with T. Rowe Price and indirectly through intermediaries. Under this Policy, T. Rowe Price may bar excessive and short-term traders from purchasing shares.

 

This Policy is set forth in each Fund’s prospectus, which governs all trading activity in the Fund regardless of whether you are holding T. Rowe Price Fund shares as a retail investor or through your T. Rowe Price U.S. Retirement Program account.

 

Although the Fund may issue a warning letter regarding excessive trading or market timing, any trade activity in violation of the Policy will also be reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer, who will refer instances to the Ethics Committee as he or she feels appropriate. The Ethics Committee, based on its review, may take disciplinary action, including suspension of trading privileges, forfeiture of profits or the amount of losses avoided, and termination of employment, as it deems appropriate.

 

Employees are also expected to abide by trading restrictions imposed by other funds as described in their prospectuses. If you violate the trading restrictions of a non-Price Fund, the Ethics Committee may impose the same penalties available for violation of the Price Funds excessive trading Policy.

 

PERSONS SUBJECT TO STATEMENT. The provisions of this Statement apply as described below to the following persons and entities. Each person and entity (except the independent directors of Price Group) is classified as either an Access Person or a Non-Access Person as described below. The provisions of this Statement may also apply to an Access Person’s or Non-Access Person’s spouse, minor children, and certain other relatives, as further described on page 5-5 of this Statement. All Access Persons except the independent directors of the Price Funds are subject to all provisions of this Statement except certain restrictions on purchases in initial public offerings that apply only to Investment Personnel. The independent directors of the Price Funds are not subject to prior transaction clearance requirements and are subject to modified reporting as described on page 5-21. Non-Access Persons are subject to the general principles of the Statement and its reporting requirements, but are only required to receive prior transaction clearance for transactions in Price Group stock. The persons and entities covered by this Statement are:

 

Price Group. Price Group, each of its subsidiaries and affiliates, and their retirement plans.

 

Employee Partnerships. Partnerships such as Pratt Street Ventures.

 
 

 

Personnel. Each officer, inside director and employee of Price Group and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc., the principal underwriter of the Price Funds.

 

Certain Contingent Workers/Contractors. These workers include:

 

· All temporary workers hired on the Price Group payroll (“ TRP Temporaries ”);

 

· All agency temporaries whose assignments at Price Group exceed four weeks or whose cumulative assignments exceed eight weeks over a twelve-month period;

 

· All independent or agency-provided consultants whose assignments exceed four weeks or whose cumulative assignments exceed eight weeks over a twelve-month period and whose work is closely related to the ongoing work of Price Group’s employees (versus project work that stands apart from ongoing work); and

 

· Any contingent worker whose assignment is more than casual in nature or who will be exposed to the kinds of information and situations that would create conflicts on matters covered in the Code.

 

Retired Employees. Retired employees of Price Group who receive investment research information from one or more of the Price Advisers will be subject to this Statement.

 

Independent Directors of Price Group and the Price Funds . The independent directors of Price Group include those directors of Price Group who are neither officers nor employees of Price Group or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. The independent directors of the Price Funds include those directors of the Price Funds who are not deemed to be “interested persons” of Price Group.

 

Although subject to the general principles of this Statement, including the definition of “beneficial ownership,” independent directors are subject only to modified reporting requirements (s ee pages 5-21 to 5-23). The trades of the independent directors of the Price Funds are not subject to prior transaction clearance requirements. The trades of the independent directors of Price Group are not subject to prior transaction clearance requirements except for transactions in Price Group stock.

 

ACCESS PERSONS. Certain persons and entities are classified as “Access Persons” under the Code. The term “ Access Persons ” means:

 

· the Price Advisers;

 

· any officer or director of any of the Price Advisers or the Price Funds (except the independent directors of the Price Funds are not subject to prior transaction clearance and have modified reporting requirements, as described below);

 

· any person associated with any of the Price Advisers or the Price funds who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains or has access to non-public information regarding the purchase or sale of securities by a
 
 

Price Fund or other advisory client, or to non-public information regarding any securities holdings of any client of a Price Adviser, including the Price Funds, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to the purchases or sales; or

 

· any person in a control relationship to any of the Price Advisers or a Price Fund who obtains or has access to information concerning recommendations made to a Price Fund or other advisory client with regard to the purchase or sale of securities by the Price Fund or advisory client.

 

All Access Persons are notified of their status under the Code. Although a person can be an Access Person of one or more Price Advisers and one or more of the Price Funds, the independent directors of the Price Funds are only Access Persons of the applicable Price Funds; they are not Access Persons of any of the Price Advisers.

 

Investment Personnel. An Access Person is further identified as “ Investment Personnel ” if, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, he or she “makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities” by a Price Fund or other advisory client.

 

The term “Investment Personnel” includes, but is not limited to:

 

· those employees who are authorized to make investment decisions or to recommend securities transactions on behalf of the firm’s clients (investment counselors and members of the mutual fund advisory committees);

 

· research and credit analysts; and

 

· traders who assist in the investment process

 

All Investment Personnel are deemed Access Persons under the Code. All Investment Personnel are notified of their status under the Code. Investment Personnel are generally prohibited from investing in initial public offerings ( see page 5-15).

 

NON-ACCESS PERSONS. Persons who do not fall within the definition of Access Persons are deemed “ Non-Access Persons. ” If a Non-Access Person is married to an Access Person, then the non-Access Person is deemed to be an Access Person under the beneficial ownership provisions described below. However, the independent directors of Price Group are not included in this definition.

 

TRANSACTIONS SUBJECT TO STATEMENT. Except as provided below, the provisions of this Statement apply to transactions that fall under either one of the following two conditions:

 

First , you are a “ beneficial owner ” of the security under the Rule 16a-1 of the Exchange Act, defined as follows; or

 

Second , if you control or direct securities trading for another person or entity, those trades are subject to this Statement even if you are not a beneficial owner of the securities. For example, if you have an exercisable trading authorization ( e.g., a power of attorney to direct transactions in another person’s account) of an unrelated person’s or entity’s brokerage account, or are directing

 
 

another person’s or entity’s trades, those transactions will usually be subject to this Statement to the same extent your personal trades would be as described below.

 

Definition of Beneficial Owner. A “beneficial owner” is any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise, has or shares in the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the security.

 

A person has beneficial ownership in:

 

· securities held by members of the person’s immediate family sharing the same household , although the presumption of beneficial ownership may be rebutted;

 

· a person’s interest in securities held by a trust, which may include both trustees with investment control and, in some instances, trust beneficiaries;

 

· a person’s right to acquire securities through the exercise or conversion of any derivative security, whether or not presently exercisable;

 

· a general partner’s proportionate interest in the portfolio securities held by either a general or limited partnership;

 

· certain performance-related fees other than an asset-based fee, received by any broker, dealer, bank, insurance company, investment company, investment adviser, investment manager, trustee or person or entity performing a similar function; and

 

· a person’s right to dividends that is separated or separable from the underlying securities. Otherwise, right to dividends alone shall not represent beneficial ownership in the securities.

 

A shareholder shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership in the portfolio securities held by a corporation or similar entity in which the person owns securities if the shareholder is not a controlling shareholder of the entity and does not have or share investment control over the entity’s portfolio.

 

Requests for Clarifications or Interpretations Regarding Beneficial Ownership or Control. If you have beneficial ownership of a security, any transaction involving that security is presumed to be subject to the relevant requirements of this Statement, unless you have no direct or indirect influence or control over the transaction. Such a situation may arise, for example, if you have delegated investment authority to an independent investment adviser or your spouse has an independent trading program in which you have no input. Similarly, if your spouse has investment control over, but not beneficial ownership in, an unrelated account, the Statement may not apply to those securities and you may wish to seek clarification or an interpretation.

 

If you are involved in an investment account for a family situation, trust, partnership, corporation, etc., which you feel should not be subject to the Statement’s relevant prior transaction clearance and/or reporting requirements, you should submit a written request for clarification or interpretation to either the Code Compliance Section (via the Legal Compliance Employee Trading mailbox) or the TRP International Compliance Team. Any such request for clarification or interpretations should name the account, your interest in the account, the persons

 
 

or firms responsible for its management, and the specific facts of the situation. Do not assume that the Statement is not applicable; you must receive a clarification or interpretation about the applicability of the Statement. Clarifications and interpretations are not self-executing; you must receive a response to a request for clarification or interpretation directly from the Code Compliance Team or the TRP International Compliance Team before proceeding with the transaction or other action covered by this Statement.

 

PRIOR TRANSACTION CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERALLY. As described, certain transactions require prior clearance before execution. Receiving prior transaction clearance does not relieve you from conducting your personal securities transactions in full compliance with the Code, including its prohibition on trading while in possession of material, inside information, and the 60-Day Rule, and with applicable law, including the prohibition on Front Running ( see page 5-1 for definition of Front Running).

 

TRANSACTIONS IN STOCK OF PRICE GROUP. Because Price Group is a public company, ownership of its stock subjects its officers, inside and independent directors, employees and all others subject to the Code to special legal requirements under the United States securities laws. You are responsible for your own compliance with these requirements. In connection with these legal requirements, Price Group has adopted the following rules and procedures:

 

Independent Directors of Price Funds. The independent directors of the Price Funds are prohibited from owning the stock or other securities of Price Group.

 

Quarterly Earnings Report. Generally, all Access Persons and Non-Access Persons and the independent directors of Price Group must refrain from initiating transactions in Price Group stock in which they have a beneficial interest from the second trading day after quarter end (or such other date as management shall from time to time determine) through the day after the filing of the firm’s earnings release with the SEC on Form 10-Q or Form 8-K. You will be notified by the Management Committee from time to time as to the controlling dates.

 

Prior Transaction Clearance of Price Group Stock Transactions Generally. Access Persons and Non-Access Persons and the independent directors of Price Group are required to obtain clearance prior to effecting any proposed transaction (including gifts and transfers of beneficial ownership) involving shares of Price Group stock owned beneficially, including any Price Group stock owned in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ ESPP ”). Moving shares of Price Group stock (held outside of the ESPP) between securities firms or to/from street name accounts with the same registration does not have to receive prior clearance, but must be reported.

 

Prior Transaction Clearance Procedures for Price Group Stock. Requests for prior transaction clearance must be processed by using the online request form. This online form can be accessed through the TROW Employee Stock Transactions tool located on the TRP Exchange. The Payroll and Stock Transaction Group is responsible for processing and maintaining the records of all such requests. This includes not only market transactions, but also sales of stock purchased either through the ESPP or through a securities account if shares of Price Group stock are transferred there from the ESPP. Purchases effected through the ESPP are automatically reported to the Payroll and Stock Transaction Group.

 
 

 

Gifts . The giving of or receipt of Price Group stock (TROW) must be prior cleared. This includes donation transactions into donor-advised funds such as the T. Rowe Price Program for Charitable Giving, as well as any other charitable gifting.

 

Prohibition Regarding Transactions in Price Group Options. Transactions in options (other than stock options granted to T. Rowe Price associates) on Price Group stock are not permitted.

 

Prohibition Regarding Short Sales of Price Group Stock. Short sales of Price Group stock are not permitted.

 

Hedging Transactions in Price Group Stock. Entering into any contract or purchasing any instrument designed to hedge or offset any decrease in the market value of Price Group stock is not permitted.

 

Applicability of 60-Day Rule to Price Group Stock Transactions. Transactions in Price Group stock are subject to the 60-Day Rule except for transactions effected through the ESPP, the exercise of employee stock options granted by Price Group and the subsequent sale of the derivative shares, and shares obtained through an established dividend reinvestment program. Refer to page 5-27 for a full description of the 60-Day Rule.

 

Only Price Group stock that has been held for at least 60 days may be gifted. You must receive prior clearance before gifting shares of Price Group stock.

 

Purchases of Price Group stock in the ESPP through payroll deduction are not considered in determining the applicability of the 60-Day Rule to market transactions in Price Group stock ( see page 5-28).

 

To avoid issues with the 60-day rule, shares may not be transferred out of or otherwise removed from the ESPP if the shares have been held for less than 60 days.

 

Access Persons and Non-Access Persons and the independent directors of Price Group must obtain prior transaction clearance of any transaction involving Price Group stock, (unless specifically exempted, such as transfers of form of ownership) from the Payroll and Stock Transaction Group.

Initial Disclosure of Holdings of Price Group Stock. Each new employee must report to the Payroll and Stock Transaction Group any shares of Price Group stock of which he or she has beneficial ownership no later than ten business days after his or her starting date.

 

Dividend Reinvestment Plans for Price Group Stock. Purchases of Price Group stock owned outside of the ESPP and effected through a dividend reinvestment plan need not receive prior transaction clearance. Reporting of transactions effected through that plan need only be made quarterly through statements provided to the Code Compliance Team or by the financial institution ( e.g. broker/dealer) where the account is maintained, except in the case of employees who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, who must report such transactions immediately.

 
 

 

Effectiveness of Prior Clearance. Prior transaction clearance of transactions in Price Group stock is effective for three United States business days from and including the date the clearance is granted, unless (i) advised to the contrary by the Payroll and Stock Transaction Group prior to the proposed transaction, or (ii) the person receiving the clearance comes into possession of material, non-public information concerning the firm. If the proposed transaction in Price Group stock is not executed within this time period, a new clearance must be obtained before the individual can execute the proposed transaction.

 

Reporting of Disposition of Proposed Transaction. You must use the form returned to you by the Payroll and Stock Transaction Group to notify it of the disposition (whether the proposed transaction was effected or not) of each transaction involving shares of Price Group stock owned directly. The notice must be returned within two business days of the trade’s execution or within five business days of the date of prior transaction clearance if the trade is not executed.

 

Insider Reporting and Liability. Under current SEC rules, certain officers directors and 10% stockholders of a publicly traded company (“ Insiders ”) are subject to the requirements of Section 16. Insiders include the directors and certain executive officers of Price Group. The Payroll and Stock Transaction Group informs all those who are Insiders of their obligations under Section 16.

 

SEC Reporting. There are three reporting forms which Insiders are required to file with the SEC to report their purchase, sale and transfer transactions in, and holdings of, Price Group stock. Although the Payroll and Stock Transaction Group will provide assistance in complying with these requirements as an accommodation to Insiders, it remains the legal responsibility of each Insider to ensure that the applicable reports are filed in a timely manner.

 

· Form 3. The initial ownership report by an Insider is required to be filed on Form 3. This report must be filed within ten days after a person becomes an Insider ( i.e., is elected as a director or appointed as an executive officer) to report all current holdings of Price Group stock. Following the election or appointment of an Insider, the Payroll and Stock Transaction Group will deliver to the Insider a Form 3 for appropriate signatures and will file the form electronically with the SEC.

 

· Form 4. Any change in the Insider’s ownership of Price Group stock must be reported on a Form 4 unless eligible for deferred reporting on year-end Form 5. The Form 4 must be filed electronically before the end of the second business day following the day on which a transaction resulting in a change in beneficial ownership has been executed. Following receipt of the Notice of Disposition of the proposed transaction, the Payroll and Stock Transaction Group will deliver to the Insider a Form 4, as applicable, for appropriate signatures and will file the form electronically with the SEC.

 

· Form 5. Any transaction or holding that is exempt from reporting on Form 4, such as small purchases of stock, gifts, etc. may be reported electronically on
 
 

a deferred basis on Form 5 within 45 calendar days after the end of the calendar year in which the transaction occurred. No Form 5 is necessary if all transactions and holdings were previously reported on Form 4.

 

Liability for Short-Swing Profits. Under the United States securities laws, profit realized by certain officers, as well as directors and 10% stockholders of a company (including Price Group) as a result of a purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) of stock of the company within a period of less than six months must be returned to the firm or its designated payee upon request.

 

PRIOR TRANSACTION CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS (OTHER THAN PRICE GROUP STOCK) FOR ACCESS PERSONS.

 

Access Persons, other than the independent directors of the Price Funds must, unless otherwise provided for below, obtain prior transaction clearance before directly or indirectly initiating, recommending, or in any way participating in, the purchase or sale of a security in which the Access Person has, or by reason of such transaction may acquire, any beneficial interest or which he or she controls. This includes the writing of an option to purchase or sell a security and the acquisition of any shares in an Automatic Investment Plan through a non-systematic investment. Non-Access Persons are not required to obtain prior clearance before engaging in any securities transactions, except for transaction in Price Group stock.

 

Access Persons and Non-Access Persons and the independent directors of Price Group must obtain prior transaction clearance of any transaction involving Price Group stock, (unless specifically exempted, such as transfers of form of ownership) from the Payroll and Stock transaction Group.

 

Where required, prior transaction clearance must be obtained regardless of whether the transaction is effected through TRP Brokerage (generally available only to U.S. residents) or through an unaffiliated broker/dealer or other entity. Please note that the prior clearance procedures do not check compliance with the 60-Day Rule ( see page 5-27); you are responsible for ensuring your compliance with this rule.

 

The independent directors of the Price Funds are not required to receive prior transaction clearance in any case.

 

TRANSACTIONS (OTHER THAN IN PRICE GROUP STOCK) THAT DO NOT REQUIRE EITHER PRIOR TRANSACTION CLEARANCE OR REPORTING UNLESS THEY OCCUR IN A “REPORTABLE FUND.” The following transactions do not require either prior transaction clearance or reporting:

 

Mutual Funds and Variable Insurance Products. The purchase or redemption of shares of any open-end investment companies and variable insurance products, except that Access Persons must report transactions in Reportable Funds ( see page 5-12).

 

Undertakings for Collective Investments in Transferrable Securities (UCITS). The purchase or redemption of shares in an open-ended European investment fund established in accordance with the UCITS Directive provided

 
 

that a Price Adviser does not serve as an adviser to the fund.

 

Automatic Investment Plans. Transactions through a program in which regular periodic purchases or withdrawals are made automatically in or from investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. However, the initial automatic investment does require prior clearance. An automatic investment plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan. An Access Person must report any securities owned as a result of transactions in an Automatic Investment Plan on his or her Annual Report. Any transaction that overrides the pre-set schedule or allocations of an automatic investment plan (a “non-systematic transaction”) must be reported by both Access Persons and non-Access Persons and Access Persons must also receive prior transaction clearance for such a transaction if the transaction would otherwise require prior transaction clearance.

 

Donor-Advised Funds. Transactions within donor-advised funds, such as the T. Rowe Price Program for Charitable Giving, do not require prior clearance or reporting. A gift of Price Group stock into a donor-advised fund is required to be prior cleared and reported.

 

U.S Government Obligations. Purchases or sales of direct obligations of the U.S Government.

 

Certain Commodity Futures Contracts. Purchases or sales of commodity futures contracts for tangible goods ( e.g., corn, soybeans, wheat) if the transaction is regulated solely by the United States Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“ CFTC ”). Futures contracts for financial instruments, however, must receive prior clearance and be reported.

 

Commercial Paper and Similar Instruments. Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements.

 

Certain Unit Investment Trusts. Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end funds, if none of the underlying funds is a Reportable Fund.

 

Currency. Direct foreign currency transactions (spot and forward trades) in the Japanese Yen or British Pound, for example. However, securitized or financial instruments used for currency exposure ( e.g. ProShares Ultra Yen ETF), must receive prior clearance and be reported.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TRANSACTIONS (OTHER THAN PRICE GROUP STOCK) THAT DO NOT REQUIRE PRIOR TRANSACTION CLEARANCE BUT MUST BE REPORTED BY BOTH

 
 

ACCESS PERSONS AND NON-ACCESS PERSONS. The following transactions do not require prior transaction clearance but must be reported:

 

Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”). Purchases or sales of the following ETFs only:

 

· SPDR Dow Jones Industrial Average ETF (“ DIA ”)
· SPDR S&P 500 ETF Trust (“ SPY ”)
· PowerShares QQQ Trust, Series 1 (ETF) (“ QQQ ”)
· iShares MSCI EAFE ETF (“ EFA ”)
· iShares Core S&P 500 ETF (“ IVV ”)
· iShares Russell 2000 ETF (“ IWM ”)
· iShares MSCI Emerging Market ETF (“ EEM ”)
· iShares FTSE 100 UCITS ETF (“ GB/ISF ”)

 

Transactions by Access Persons in all other ETFs, including ETFs authorized as UCITS, must receive prior clearance and these transactions must be reported by both Access Persons and Non-Access Persons.

 

Unit Investment Trusts. Purchases or sales of shares in unit investment trusts registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, unless the unit investment trust is an ETF, in which case it must comply with the specific restrictions on ETFs described immediately above.

 

National Government Obligations (other than U.S.). Purchases or sales of direct obligations of national (non-U.S.) governments.

 

Variable Rate Demand Notes. This financial instrument is an unsecured debt obligation of a corporate entity. These instruments generally pay a floating interest rate slightly above the prevailing money market rates and include check-writing capabilities. It is not a money market fund nor is it equivalent to a bank deposit or bank account therefore the instrument is not protected by the Securities Investor Protection Corporation or Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

Pro Rata Distributions. Purchases effected by the exercise of rights issued pro-rata to all holders of a class of securities or the sale of rights so received.

 

Tender Offers. Purchases and sales of securities pursuant to a mandatory ( e.g., the holder has no choice or elections regarding the offer) tender offer. Merger elections, however, that presents holders of acquired securities, with exchange options that typically include cash or securities of the acquiring company and/or a combination thereof, must be prior cleared.

 

Exercise of Stock Option of Corporate Employer by Spouse. Transactions involving the exercise by an Access Person’s spouse of a stock option issued by the corporation employing the spouse. However, a subsequent sale of the stock obtained by means of the exercise, including sales effected by a “cash-less” transactions, must receive prior transaction clearance.

 

Restricted Stock Plan Automatic Sales for Tax Purposes by Spouse . Transactions

 
 

commonly called “net sales” whereby upon vesting of restricted shares, a portion of the shares are automatically sold in order to cover the tax obligation.

 

Inheritances. The acquisition of securities through inheritance.

 

Gifts. The giving of or receipt of a security as a gift. However a gift of or receipt of Price Group stock must be prior cleared.

 

Stock Splits, Reverse Stock Splits, and Similar Acquisitions and Dispositions. The mandatory acquisition of additional shares or the disposition of existing corporate holdings through stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, exercise of rights, exchange or conversion. Reporting of such transactions must be made within 30 days of the end of the quarter in which they occurred. Reporting is deemed to have been made if the acquisition or disposition is reported on a confirmation, statement or similar document sent to Code Compliance.

 

Spousal Employee-Sponsored Payroll Deduction Plans. Purchases, but not sales, by an Access Person’s spouse pursuant to an employee-sponsored payroll deduction plan ( e.g., a 401(k) plan or employee stock purchase plan), provided the Code Compliance Section has been previously notified by the Access Person that the spouse will be participating in the payroll deduction plan. Reporting of such transactions must be made within 30 days of the end of the quarter in which they occurred. A sale or exchange of stock held in such a plan is subject to the prior transaction clearance requirements for Access Persons.

 

Partial Shares Sold. Partial shares held in an account that are sold when the account is transferred to another broker/dealer or to new owner or partial shares sold automatically by the broker/dealer.

 

TRANSACTIONS (OTHER THAN PRICE GROUP STOCK) THAT DO NOT REQUIRE PRIOR TRANSACTION CLEARANCE BUT MUST BE REPORTED BY ACCESS PERSONS ONLY.

 

Reportable Funds Not Held On A T. Rowe Price Platform. Access Persons must report the purchases and sales of shares of Reportable Funds. A Reportable Fund is any open-end investment company, including money market funds and UCITS, for which any of the Price Advisers serves as an investment adviser. This includes not only the Price Funds, SICAVs, and any Price-advised investment products, but also any fund managed by any of the Price Advisers either through sub-advised relationships, including any fund holdings offered through retirement plans ( e.g., 401(k) plans) other than the T. Rowe Price U.S. Retirement Plan, or as an investment option offered as part of a variable annuity. Code Compliance maintains a listing of sub-advised Reportable Funds on the TRP Exchange.

 

 

 

Access Persons must inform the Code Compliance Team about ownership of shares of Price Funds. Once this notification has been given, if the Price Fund is held on a T. Rowe Price platform, in a TRP Brokerage Account, or in the T. Rowe Price U.S. Retirement Plan, the Access Person need not report these transactions directly ( see page 5-20).

 

In instances where Price Funds are held through an intermediary, transactions in shares of those Price Funds must be reported as described on page 5-20.

 

Interests in Section 529 College Savings Plans not held on the T. Rowe Price Platform. Access Persons must report the purchase and sale of interests in any Section 529 College Savings Plan for which any Price Adviser serves as an adviser or subadviser to the plan.

 

Access Persons must inform the Code Compliance Team about ownership of interests in the Maryland College Investment Plan, the T. Rowe Price College Savings Plan and the University of Alaska College Savings Plan. For these specific plans only, once this notification has been given, an Access Person need not report transactions directly ( see page 5-20).

 

In instances where ownership interests in 529 College Savings Plans that are advised or subadvised by a Price Adviser are held through an intermediary, transactions must be reported as described on page 5-19.

 

 

The independent directors of the Price Funds are subject to modified reporting requirements.

 

The Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee reviews at a minimum the transaction reports for all securities required to be reported under the Advisers Act or the Investment Company Act for all employees, officers, and inside directors of Price Group and its affiliates and for the independent directors of the Price Funds.

 

TRANSACTIONS (OTHER THAN PRICE GROUP STOCK) THAT REQUIRE PRIOR TRANSATION CLEARANCE BY ACCESS PERSONS. If the transaction or security is not subject to prior transaction clearance, you should assume that it is subject to this requirement unless specifically informed otherwise by the Code Compliance Team or the TRP International Compliance Team. The only Access Persons not subject to the prior transaction clearance requirements are the independent directors of the Price Funds.

 

Among the transactions for which you must receive prior transaction clearance are:

 

· Non-systematic transactions in a security that is not exempt from prior transaction clearance;

 

· Close-end fund transactions, including U.K, Canadian, and other non-U.S. investment trusts, and ETFs not specifically exempted from prior clearance ( see page 5-11) ; and

 

· Transactions in sector index funds that are closed-end or exchange-traded funds.

 

OTHER TRANSACTION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS. Any transaction that is subject to the prior transaction clearance requirements on behalf of an Access Person (except the independent directors of the Price Funds), including purchases in initial public offerings and

 
 

private placement transactions, must be reported. Although Non-Access Persons are not required to receive prior transaction clearance for securities transactions (other than Price Group stock), they must report any transaction that would require prior transaction clearance by an Access Person. The independent directors of Price Group and the Price Funds are subject to modified reporting requirements.

 

PROCEDURES FOR OBTAINING PRIOR TRANSACTION CLEARANCE (OTHER THAN PRICE GROUP STOCK) FOR ACCESS PERSONS. Unless prior transaction clearance is not required as described above or the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee or his or her designee has otherwise determined that prior transaction clearance is not required, Access Persons, other than the independent directors of the Price Funds, must receive prior transaction clearance for all securities transactions.

 

Access Persons should follow the procedures set forth below before engaging in the transactions described. If an Access Person is not certain whether a proposed transaction is subject to the prior transaction clearance requirements, he or she should contact the Code Compliance Team before proceeding.

 

Procedures For Obtaining Prior Transaction Clearance For Initial Public Offerings (“IPOs”):

 

Non-Investment Personnel. Access Persons who are not Investment Personnel (“ Non-Investment Personnel ”) may purchase securities that are the subject of an IPO only after receiving prior transaction clearance in writing from the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee or his or her designee (“ Designee” ). An IPO would include, for example, an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 when the issuer of the securities, immediately before the registration, was not subject to certain reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. This requirement applies to all IPOs regardless of market.

 

In considering such a request for prior transaction clearance, the Chairperson or his or her Designee will determine whether the proposed transaction presents a conflict of interest with any of the firm’s clients or otherwise violates the Code. The Chairperson or his or her Designee will also consider whether:

 

1. The purchase is made through the Non-Investment Personnel’s regular broker;

 

2. The number of shares to be purchased is commensurate with the normal size and activity of the Non-Investment Personnel’s account; and

 

3. The transaction otherwise meets the requirements of the FINRA restrictions, as applicable, regarding the sale of a new issue to an account in which a “restricted person,” as defined in FINRA Rule 5130, has a beneficial interest.

 

 

Non-Investment Personnel will not be permitted to purchase shares in an IPO if any of the firm’s clients are prohibited from doing so because of affiliated transaction restrictions. This prohibition will remain in effect until the firm’s clients have had the opportunity to purchase in the secondary market once the underwriting is completed –

 
 

commonly referred to as the aftermarket. The 60-Day Rule applies to transactions in securities purchased in an IPO.

 

Investment Personnel. Investment Personnel may not purchase securities in an IPO.

 

Non-Access Persons. Although Non-Access Persons are not required to receive prior transaction clearance before purchasing shares in an IPO, any Non-Access Person who is a registered representative or associated person of Investment Services is reminded that FINRA Rule 5130 may restrict his or her ability to buy shares in a new issue in any market.

 

Procedures For Obtaining Prior Transaction Clearance For Private Placements. Access Persons may not invest in a private placement of securities, including the purchase of limited partnership interests, unless prior transaction clearance in writing has been obtained from the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee or his or her Designee. This prior clearance provision includes situations involving investment transactions made in small businesses typically sourced through family or friends as well as any other referral source.

 

A private placement is generally defined by the SEC as an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act. Private placement investments generally require the investor to complete a written questionnaire or subscription agreement.

 

Crowdfunding. Investments made through crowdfunding sites that serve to match entrepreneurs with investors, through which investors receive an equity stake in the business, are generally considered to be private placements and would require prior clearance. In contrast, providing funding through crowdfunding sites that serve to fund projects or philanthropic ventures are not considered private placements and therefore would not require prior clearance.

 

If an Access Person has any questions about whether a transaction is, in fact, a private placement, he or she should contact the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee or his or her designee.

 

In considering a request for prior transaction clearance for a private placement, the Chairperson will determine whether the investment opportunity (private placement) should be reserved for the firm’s clients, and whether the opportunity is being offered to the Access Person by virtue of his or her position with the firm. The Chairperson will also secure, if appropriate, the approval of the proposed transaction from the chairperson of the applicable investment steering committee. These investments may also have special reporting requirements, as discussed under “Procedures for Reporting Transactions,” at page 5-19.

 

Continuing Obligation. An Access Person who has received prior transaction clearance to invest and does invest in a private placement of securities and who, at a later date, anticipates participating in the firm’s investment decision process regarding the purchase or sale of securities of the issuer of that private placement on behalf of any client, must immediately disclose his or her prior investment in

 
 

the private placement to the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee and to the chairperson of the appropriate investment steering committee.

 

Registered representatives of Investment Services are reminded that FINRA rules may restrict investment in a private placement in certain circumstances.

 

Procedures For Obtaining Prior Transaction Clearance For All Other Securities Transactions. Requests for prior transaction clearance by Access Persons for all other securities transactions requiring prior transaction clearance should generally be made via myTRPcompliance on the firm’s intranet. The myTRPcompliance system automatically sends any request for prior transaction approval that requires manual intervention to the Code Compliance team. If you cannot access myTRPcompliance, requests may be made by email to the Legal Compliance Employee Trading mailbox. All requests must include the name of the security, a definitive security identifier ( e.g., CUSIP, ticker, or Sedol), the number of shares or amount of bond involved, and the nature of the transaction, i.e., whether the transaction is a purchase, sale, short sale, or buy to cover. Responses to all requests will be made by myTRPcompliance or the Code Compliance Team, documenting the request and whether or not prior transaction clearance has been granted. The myTRPcompliance system maintains the record of all approval and denials, whether automatic or manual.

 

Requests will normally be processed on the same day; however, additional time may be required for prior transaction clearance for certain securities, including non-U.S. securities.

 

Effectiveness of Prior Transaction Clearance. Prior transaction clearance of a securities transaction is effective for three United States business days from and including the date the clearance is granted, regardless of the time of day when clearance is granted. If the proposed securities transaction is not executed within this time, a new clearance must be obtained. For example, if prior transaction clearance is granted at 2:00 pm Monday, the trade must be executed by Wednesday. In situations where it appears that the trade will not be executed within three business days even if the order is entered in that time period ( e.g., certain transactions through transfer agents or spousal employee-sponsored payroll deduction plans), please notify the Code Compliance Team after prior clearance has been granted, but before entering the order with the executing agent.

 

Reminder. If you are an Access Person and become the beneficial owner of another’s securities ( e.g., by marriage to the owner of the securities) or begin to direct trading of another’s securities, then transactions in those securities also become subject to the prior transaction clearance requirements. You must also report acquisition of beneficial ownership or control of these securities within ten business days of your knowledge of their existence.

 

REASONS FOR DISALLOWING ANY REQUESTED TRANSACTION. Prior transaction clearance will usually not be granted if:

 

Pending Client Orders. Orders have been placed by any of the Price Advisers to purchase or sell the security unless certain size or volume parameters as described (on page 5-25) under “Large Issuer/Volume Transactions” are met.

 
 

 

Purchases and Sales Within Seven Calendar Days. The security has been purchased or sold by any client of a Price Adviser within seven calendar days immediately prior to the date of the proposed transaction, unless certain size or volume parameters as described (on page 5-25) under “Large Issuer/Volume Transactions” are met.

 

For example, if a client transaction occurs on Monday, prior transaction clearance is not generally granted to An Access Person to purchase or sell that security until Tuesday of the following week. Transactions in securities in pure as opposed to enhanced index funds are not considered for this purpose.

 

If all clients have eliminated their holdings in a particular security, the seven calendar day restriction is not applicable to an Access Person’s transactions in that security.

 

Approved Company Rating Changes. A change in the rating of an approved company has occurred within seven calendar days immediately prior to the date of the proposed transaction. Accordingly, trading would not be permitted until the eighth calendar day.

 

Securities Subject to Internal Trading Restrictions. The security is limited or restricted by any of the Price Advisers as to purchase or sale by Access Persons.

 

Exchange-Traded Fund (ETF) Restrictions. Transaction requests in narrow, inverse (also known as short or inverse-leveraged) ETFs will be denied. Narrow, inverse ETFs include, but are not limited to, those focused on the commodities, currencies and specific market sectors. Short sale transaction requests of narrow, long ETFs will also be denied. A list of eligible, “to be approved for trading” broad, inverse ETFs will be maintained on the Exchange.

 

Requests for Reconsideration of Prior Transaction Clearance Denials. If an Access Person has not been granted a requested prior transaction clearance, he or she may apply to the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee or his or her designee for reconsideration. Such a request must be in writing and must fully describe the basis upon which the reconsideration is being requested. As part of the reconsideration process, the Chairperson or his or her designee will determine if any client of any of the Price Advisers may be disadvantaged by the proposed transaction by the Access Person. The factors the Chairperson or his or her designee may consider in making this determination include:

 

· the size of the proposed transaction;

 

· the nature of the proposed transaction ( i.e., buy or sell) and of any recent, current or pending client transactions;

 

· the trading volume of the security that is the subject of the proposed Access Person transaction;

 

· the existence of any current or pending order in the security for any client of a Price Adviser;

 

 
 
· the reason the Access Person wants to trade ( e.g., to provide funds for the purchase of a home); and

 

· the number of times the Access Person has requested prior transaction clearance for the proposed trade and the amount of time elapsed between each prior transaction clearance request.

 

TRANSACTION CONFIRMATIONS AND PERIODIC ACCOUNT STATEMENTS. All Access Persons (except the independent directors of the Price Funds) and Non-Access Persons must request broker-dealers, investment advisers, banks, or other financial institutions executing their transactions to send a duplicate confirmation or contract note with respect to each and every reportable transaction, including Price Group stock, and a copy of all periodic statements for all securities accounts in which the Access Person or Non-Access Person is considered to have beneficial ownership and/or control (see discussion of beneficial ownership and control concepts on page 5-4) to Code Compliance, Legal Department, T. Rowe Price, P.O. Box 17218, Baltimore, Maryland 21297-1218. T. Rowe Price has established relationships and processes with many broker-dealers for purposes of obtaining duplicate confirmations and contract notes as well as periodic statements. Certain broker-dealers require employee consent before sending such confirmations, contract notes, and statements to T. Rowe Price. In those cases, Code Compliance will contact the employee and obtain the required authorization.

 

The independent directors of Price Group and the Price Funds are subject to modified reporting requirements described at pages 5-21 to 5-23.

 

If transaction or statement information is provided in a language other than English, the employee should provide a translation into English of the documents.

 

NOTIFICATION OF SECURITIES ACCOUNTS. All persons (except the independent directors of the Price Funds) and all entities subject to this Statement must report their securities accounts upon joining the firm as well as report any new securities accounts opened while employed by the firm. myTRPcompliance (located on the Exchange) is the tool that must be used to report and maintain (open or close) accounts holding securities subject to this Statement of Policy.

 

The independent directors of Price Group and the Price Funds are not subject to this requirement.

 

New Personnel Subject to the Code. A person subject to the Code must give written notice as directed above of any existing securities accounts maintained with any broker, dealer, investment adviser, bank or other financial institution within ten business days of association with the firm.

 

You do not have to report accounts at transfer agents or similar entities if the only securities in those accounts are variable insurance products or open-end mutual funds if these are the only types of securities that can be held or traded in the accounts. If other securities can be held or traded, the accounts must be reported. For example, if you have an account at a transfer agent that can only hold shares of a mutual fund; that account

 
 

does not have to be reported. If, however, you have a brokerage account it must be reported even if the only securities currently held or traded in it are mutual funds.

 

Officers, Directors and Registered Representatives of Investment Services. FINRA requires each associated person of T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc. to:

 

· Obtain approval for a securities account from Investment Services (whether the registered person is based in the United States or internationally); the request for approval should be in writing, directed to the Code Compliance Section, and submitted before opening or placing the initial trade in the securities account; and

 

· If the securities account is with a broker/dealer, provide the broker/dealer with written notice of his or her association with Investment Services.

 

Annual Statement by Access Persons. Each Access Person, except an Access person who is an independent director of the Price Funds, must also file with the firm a statement of his or her accounts as of year-end in January of the following year.

 

Reminder. If you become the beneficial owner of another’s securities ( e.g., by marriage to the owner of the securities) or begin to direct trading of another’s securities, then the associated securities accounts become subject to the account reporting requirements.

 

PROCEDURES FOR REPORTING TRANSACTIONS. The following requirements apply both to Access Persons and Non-Access Persons except the independent directors of Price Group and the Price Funds, who are subject to modified reporting requirements:

 

Report Form. If the executing firm provides a confirmation, contract note or similar document directly to the firm, you do not need to make a further report. The date this document is received by the Code Compliance Team will be deemed the date the report is submitted for purposes of SEC compliance. The Code Compliance Team must receive the confirmation or similar document no later than 10 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction occurred. You must report all other transactions using the “Securities Transaction Report” form which is available in the myTRPcompliance system.

 

What Information Is Required. Each transaction report must contain, at a minimum, the following information about each transaction involving a reportable security in which you had, or as a result of the transaction acquired, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership:

 

· the date of the transaction
· the title of the security
· the ticker symbol or CUSIP number, as applicable
· the interest rate and maturity date, as applicable
· the number of shares, as applicable
· the principal amount of each reportable security involved, as applicable
· the nature of the transaction ( i.e. purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition)
· the price of the security at which the transaction was effected
 
 
· the name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected; and
· the date you submit the report

 

When Reports are Due. You must report a securities transaction (other than a transaction in a Reportable Fund or Section 529 College Savings Plan [Access Persons only] or a spousal payroll deduction plan or a stock split or similar acquisition or disposition) within ten business days after the trade date or within ten business days after the date on which you first gain knowledge of the transaction (for example, a bequest) if this is later. A transaction in a Reportable Fund, a Section 529 College Savings Plan, a spousal payroll deduction plan or a stock split or similar acquisition or disposition must be reported within 30 days of the end of the quarter in which it occurred.

 

Access Person Reporting of Reportable Funds and Section 529 College Savings Plan Interests held on the T. Rowe Price Platform or held by the TRP UK Retirement Plan. You are required to inform the Code Compliance Section about Reportable Funds and/or Section 529 College Savings Plan interests ( i.e., the Maryland College Investment Plan, the T. Rowe Price College Savings Plan and the University of Alaska College Savings Plan) held on the T. Rowe Price Platform or held by the TRP UK Retirement Plan. Once you have done this, you do not have to report any transactions in those securities. Your transactions and holdings will be updated and reported automatically to Code Compliance on a periodic basis. You should report your new account via myTRPcompliance (located on the Exchange) when you first establish an account in a Reportable Fund or invest in Section 529 College Savings Plan Interests held on a T. Rowe Price Platform or held by the TRP UK Retirement Plan.

 

Access Person Reporting of Reportable Funds and Section 529 TRP-advised College Savings Plan Interests NOT held on the T. Rowe Price Platform. You must notify the Code Compliance Team of any Reportable Fund or Section 529 TRP-advised College Savings Plan interests that you beneficially own or control that are held at any intermediary. This would include, for example, a Price Fund held in your spouse’s retirement plan, even if T. Rowe Price Retirement Plan Services, Inc. acts as the administrator or record-keeper of that plan. Any transaction in a Reportable Fund or in interests in a Section 529 TRP-advised College Savings Plan must be reported by duplicate transaction confirmations and statements sent directly by the intermediary to the Code Compliance Team or by the Access Person directly using the “Securities Transactions” form (located in myTRPcompliance) within 10 days of the end of the quarter in which the transaction occurred.

 

Reporting Certain Private Placement Transactions. If your investment requires periodic capital calls ( e.g., in a limited partnership) you must report each capital call. This is required even if you are an Access Person and you received prior transaction clearance for a total cumulative investment. In addition, you must report any distributions you receive in the form of securities.

 

Reminder. If you become the beneficial owner of another’s securities ( e.g., by marriage to the owner of the securities) or begin to direct trading of another’s securities, the transactions in these securities become subject to the transaction reporting requirements.

 

 
 

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS FOR THE INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS OF THE PRICE FUNDS.

 

Transactions in Publicly Traded Securities. An independent director of the Price Funds must report transactions in publicly-traded securities where the independent director controls or directs such transactions. These reporting requirements apply to transactions the independent director effects for his or her own beneficial ownership as well as the beneficial ownership of others, such as a spouse or other family member. An independent director does not have to report securities transactions in accounts over which the independent director has no direct or indirect influence such as an account over which the independent director has granted full investment discretion to a financial adviser. The independent director should contact the Legal Department to request approval to exempt any such accounts from this reporting requirement.

 

Transactions in Non-Publicly Traded Securities. An independent director does not have to report transactions in securities which are not traded on an exchange ( i.e., non-publicly traded securities), unless the independent director knew, or in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Price Funds independent director, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the independent director’s transaction in such non-publicly traded security, a Price Adviser purchased, sold or considered purchasing or selling such security for a Price Fund or Price advisory client.

 

Methods of Reporting. An independent director has the option to satisfy his or her obligation to report transactions in securities via a Quarterly Report or by arranging for the executing brokers of such transactions to provide duplicate transaction confirmations directly to the Code Compliance Team.

 

Quarterly Reports. If a Price Fund independent director elects to report his or her transactions quarterly: (1) a report for each securities transaction must be filed with the Code Compliance Team no later than thirty days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction was effected; and (2) a report must be filed for each quarter, regardless of whether there have been any reportable transactions. The Code compliance Team will send to each independent director of the Price Funds who chooses to report transactions on a quarterly basis a reminder letter and reporting form approximately ten days before the end of each calendar quarter.

 

Duplicate Confirmation Reporting. An independent director of the Price Funds may also instruct his or her broker to send duplicate transaction confirmations directly to the Code Compliance Section. An independent director who chooses to have his or her broker send duplicate account information to the Code Compliance Team in lieu of directly reporting broker-executed transactions must nevertheless provide Quarterly Reports for any securities transactions for which a broker confirmation is not generated.

 

 
 

Among the types of transactions that are commonly not reported through a broker confirmation and may therefore have to be reported directly to T. Rowe Price are:

 

· Exercise of Stock Options of a Corporate Employer;

 

· Inheritance of a Security

 

· Gift of a Security; and

 

· Transactions in Certain Commodities Futures Contracts ( e.g., financial indices).

 

An independent director of the Price Funds must include any transactions listed above, as applicable, in his or her Quarterly Reports if not otherwise contained in a duplicate broker confirmation. The Code Compliance Team will send to each independent director of the Price Funds who chooses to report transactions through broker confirmations a reminder letter and reporting form approximately ten days before the end of each calendar quarter so that transactions not reported by broker confirmations can be reported on the reporting form.

 

Reporting of Officership, Directorship, General Partnership or Other Managerial Positions Apart from the Price Funds. An independent director of the Price Funds shall report to the Code Compliance Team any officership, directorship, general partnership, or other managerial position which he or she holds with any public, private, or governmental issuer other than the Price Funds.

 

Reporting of Significant Ownership.

 

Issuers (Other than Non-Public Investment partnerships, Pools or Funds). If an independent director of the Price Funds owns more than ½ of 1% of the total outstanding shares of a public or private issuer (other than a non-public investment partnership, pool or fund), he or she must immediately report this ownership in writing to the Code Compliance Team, providing the name of the issuer and the total number of the issuer’s shares beneficially owned.

 

Non-Public Investment Partnerships, Pools or Funds. If an independent director of the Price Funds owns more than ½ of 1% of the total outstanding shares or units of a non-public investment partnership, pool or fund over which the independent director exercises control or influence, the independent director must report such ownership in writing to the Code Compliance Section. For non-public investment partnerships, pools or funds where the independent director does not exercise control or influence, the independent director need not report such ownership to the Code Compliance Section unless and until such ownership exceeds 4% of the total outstanding shares or units of the entity.

 

Investments in Price Group. An independent director of the Price Funds is prohibited from owning the common stock or other securities of Price Group.

 

 
 

Investments in Non-Listed Securities Firms. An independent director of the Price Funds may not purchase or sell the shares of a broker/dealer, underwriter or federally registered investment adviser unless that entity is traded on an exchange or the purchase or sale has otherwise been approved by the Price Fund Boards.

 

Dealing with Clients. Aside from market transactions effected through securities exchanges, an independent director of the Price Funds may not, directly or indirectly, sell to or purchase any security from a client. This prohibition does not preclude the purchase or redemption of shares of any open-end mutual fund that is a client of any of the Price Advisers.

 

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS FOR THE INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS OF PRICE GROUP.

 

Reporting of Personal Securities Transactions. An independent director of Price Group is not required to report his or her personal securities transactions (other than transactions in Price Group stock) as long as the independent director does not obtain information about the Price Advisers’ investment research, recommendations, or transactions. However, each independent director of Price Group is reminded that changes to certain information reported by the respective independent director in the Annual Questionnaire for Independent Directors are required to be reported to Corporate Records ( e.g., changes in holdings of stock of financial institutions or financial institution holding companies).

 

Reporting of Officership, Directorship, General Partnership or Other Managerial Positions Apart from Price Group. An independent director of Price Group shall report to the Code Compliance Team any officership, directorship, general partnership or other managerial position which he or she holds with any public, private, or governmental issuer other than Price Group.

 

Reporting of Significant Ownership.

 

Issuers (Other than Non-Public Investment Partnerships, Pools or Funds). If an independent director of Price Group owns more than ½ of 1% of the total outstanding shares of a public or private issuer (other than a non-public investment partnership, pool or fund), he or she must report this ownership in writing to the Code Compliance Team, providing the name of the issuer and the total number of the issuer’s shares beneficially owned.

 

Non-Public Investment Partnerships, Pools or Funds. If an independent director of Price Group owns more than ½ of 1% of the total outstanding shares or units of a non-public investment partnership, pool or fund over which the independent director exercises control or influence, the independent director must report such ownership in writing to the Code Compliance Team. For non-public investment partnerships, pools or funds where the independent director does not exercise control or influence, the independent director need not report such ownership to the Code Compliance Team unless and until such ownership exceeds 4% of the total outstanding shares or units of the entity.

 

 
 

Investments in Non-Listed Securities Firms. An independent director of Price Group should be mindful of potential conflicts of interest associated with transactions and/or ownership of a broker/dealer, underwriter or federally registered investment adviser that is not publicly traded. Directors should consult with the T. Rowe Price Chief Legal Counsel regarding such matters.

 

MISCELLANEOUS RULES REGARDING PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS . These rules vary in their applicability depending upon whether you are an Access Person.

 

The following rules apply to all Access Persons, except the independent directors of the Price Funds, and to all Non-Access Persons:

 

Dealing with Clients. Access Persons and Non-Access Persons may not, directly or indirectly, sell to or purchase from a client any security. Market transactions are not subject to this restriction. This prohibition does not preclude the purchase or redemption of shares of any open-end mutual fund that is a client of any of the Price Advisers and does not apply to transactions in a spousal employer-sponsored payroll deduction plan or spousal employer-sponsored stock option plan.

 

Investment Clubs. These restrictions vary depending upon the person’s status, as follows:

 

Non-Access Persons. A Non-Access Person may form or participate in a stock or investment club without prior clearance from the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee (U.S.-based personnel) or the TRP International Compliance Team (international personnel). Only transactions in Price Group stock are subject to prior transaction clearance. Club transactions must be reported just as the Non-Access Person’s individual trades are reported.

 

Access Persons. An Access Person may not form or participate in a stock or investment club unless prior written clearance has been obtained from the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee (U.S.-based personnel) or the TRP International Compliance Team (international personnel). Generally, transactions by such a stock or investment club in which an Access Person has beneficial ownership or control are subject to the same prior transaction clearance and reporting requirements applicable to an individual Access Person’s trades. If, however, the Access Person has beneficial ownership solely by virtue of his or her spouse’s participation in the club and has no investment control or input into decisions regarding the club’s securities transactions, the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee or the TRP International Compliance Team may, as appropriate as part of the prior clearance process, require the prior transaction clearance of Price Group stock transactions only.

 

Margin Accounts. While margin accounts are discouraged, you may open and maintain margin accounts for the purchase of securities provided such accounts are with firms with which you maintain a regular securities account relationship.

 

Limit Orders. While limit orders are permitted, Access Persons must be careful using “good until cancelled” orders keeping in mind that prior clearance is valid for three business days. Use of “day” limit orders is encouraged.

 

 
 

Trading Activity. You are discouraged from engaging in a pattern of securities transactions that either:

 

· is so excessively frequent as to potentially impact your ability to carry out your assigned responsibilities, or

 

· involves securities positions that are disproportionate to your net assets.

 

At the discretion of the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee, written notification of excessive trading may be sent to you and/or the appropriate supervisor if ten or more reportable trades occur in your account or accounts in a month, or if circumstances otherwise warrant this action.

 

The following rules apply only to Access Persons other than the independent directors of the Price Funds:

 

Large Issuer/Volume Transactions. Although subject to prior transaction clearance, transactions involving securities of certain large issuers or of issuers with high trading volumes, within the parameters set by the Ethics Committee (the “ Large Issuer/Volume List ”), will be permitted under normal circumstances, as follows:

 

Transactions involving no more than U.S $50,000 (all amounts are in U.S. dollars) or the nearest round lot (even if the amount of the transaction marginally exceeds $50,000) per security per seven (7) calendar-day period in securities of:

 

· issuers with market capitalizations of $7.5 billion or more, or

 

· U.S. issuers with an average daily trading volume in excess of 750,000 shares over the preceding 90 trading days in the U.S.

 

are usually permitted, unless the rating on the security has been changed within the seven calendar days immediately prior to the date of the proposed transaction.

 

These parameters are subject to change by the Ethics Committee. An Access Person should be aware that if prior transaction clearance is granted for a specific number of shares lower than the number requested, he or she may not be able to receive permission to buy or sell additional shares of the issuer for the next seven calendar days.

 

 

Small Cap Issuer Transactions. Although subject to prior transaction clearance, transactions involving securities of certain small cap issuers may not be approved if there was a ratings change or ratings initiation in the previous 14 calendar days. Small cap issuers are defined as issuers with a market capitalization of $2.0 billion or less.

 

Transactions Involving Options on Large Issuer/Volume List Securities. Access Persons may not purchase uncovered put options or sell uncovered call options unless otherwise permitted under the “Options and Futures” discussion that follows. Otherwise, in the case of options on an individual security on the Large Issuer/Volume List (if it has

 
 

not had a rating change), an Access Person may trade the greater of five contracts or sufficient option contracts to control $50,000 in the underlying security; thus an Access Person may trade five contracts even if this permits the Access Person to control more than $50,000 in the underlying security. Similarly, the Access Person may trade more than five contracts as long as the number of contracts does not permit him or her to control more than $50,000 in the underlying security.

 

Transactions Involving Exchange-Traded Index Options. Generally, an Access Person may trade the greater of five contracts or sufficient contracts to control $50,000 in the underlying securities; thus an Access Person may trade five contracts even if this permits the Access Person to control more than $50,000 in the underlying securities. Similarly, the Access person may trade more than five contracts as long as the number of contracts does not permit him or her to control more than $50,000 in the underlying securities. Options on any of the Exchange-Traded Funds identified on page 5-11 do not require prior clearance but must be reported. These parameters are subject to change by the Ethics Committee.

 

Please note that an option on a Unit Investment Trust is not an exchange-traded index option and does not fall under this provision. See the discussion under General Information on Options and Futures below.

 

Client Limit Orders. Although subject to prior transaction clearance, an Access Person’s proposed trade in a security is usually permitted even if a limit order has been entered for a client for the same security, if:

 

· The Access Person’s trade will be entered as a market order; and

 

· The client’s limit order is 10% or more away from the market price at the time the Access Person requests prior transaction clearance.

 

Japanese New Issues. All Access Persons are prohibited from purchasing a security which is the subject of an IPO in Japan.

 

General Information on Options and Futures (Other than Exchange-Traded Index Options). If a transaction in the underlying instrument does not require prior transaction clearance ( e.g., National Government Obligations, Unit Investment Trusts), then an options or futures transaction on the underlying instrument does not require prior transaction clearance. However, all options and futures transactions, except the commodity futures transactions described on page 5-10, must be reported even if a transaction in the underlying instrument would not have to be reported ( e.g., U.S. Government Obligations). Transactions in publicly traded options on Price Group stock are not permitted (s ee page 5-7). Please note that Contracts for Difference are treated under this Statement in the same manner as call options, and, as a result, are subject to the 60-Day Rule.

 

Before engaging in options and futures transactions, Access Persons should understand the impact that the 60-Day Rule and intervening client transactions may have upon their ability to close out a position with a profit (see “Closing or Exercising Options Positions” below).

 

 

 
 

Options and Futures on Securities and Indices Not Held by Clients of the Price Advisers. There are no specific restrictions with respect to the purchase, sale or writing of put or call options or any other option or futures activity, such as multiple writings, spreads and straddles, on a security (and options or futures on such security) or index that is not held by any of the Price Advisers’ clients.

 

Options on Securities Held by Clients of the Price Advisers. With respect to options on securities of companies which are held by any of Price Advisers’ clients, it is the firm’s policy that an Access Person should not profit from a price decline of a security owned by a client (other than a “pure” Index account). Therefore, an Access Person may: (i) purchase call options and sell covered call options and (ii) purchase covered put options and sell put options. An Access Person may not purchase uncovered put options or sell uncovered call options, even if the issuer of the underlying securities is included on the Large Issuer/Volume List, unless purchased in connection with other options on the same security as part of a straddle, combination or spread strategy which is designed to result in a profit to the Access Person if the underlying security rises in or does not change in value. The purchase, sale and exercise of options are subject to the same restrictions as those set forth with respect to securities, i.e., the option should be treated as if it were the common stock itself.

 

Other Options and Futures Held by Clients of the Price Advisers. Any other option or futures transaction with respect to domestic or foreign securities held by any of the Price Advisers’ clients will receive prior transaction clearance if appropriate after due consideration is given, based on the particular facts presented, as to whether the proposed transaction or series of transactions might appear to or actually create a conflict with the interests of any of the Price Advisers’ clients. Such transactions include transactions in futures and options on futures involving financial instruments regulated solely by the CFTC.

 

Closing or Exercising Option Positions. If you are the holder of an option and you intend to close (sell) the option or exercise the option, prior transaction clearance is required. However if you have written (sold) an option and the option is exercised against you, without any action on your part, no prior transaction clearance is required. A client transaction in the underlying security or any restriction associated with the underlying security may prevent any option transaction from being closed or exercised therefore Access Persons should be cautious when transacting in options.

 

Short Sales. Short sales by Access Persons are subject to prior clearance unless the security itself does not otherwise require prior clearance. In addition, Access Persons may not sell any security short which is owned by any client of one of the Price Advisers unless a transaction that security would not require prior clearance. Short sales of Price Group stock are not permitted. All short sales are subject to the 60-Day Rule described below.

 

The 60-Day Rule. Access Persons are prohibited from profiting from the purchase and sale or sale and purchase ( e.g., short sales and certain option transactions) of the same (or equivalent) securities within 60 calendar days. An “equivalent” security means any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege at a price related to the subject security, or similar securities with a value derived from the value of the subject

 
 

security. Thus, for example, the rule prohibits options transactions on or short sales of a security that may result in a gain within 60 days of the purchase of the underlying security. Any series of transactions made which violate (or are counter to) the spirit of the 60-Day Rule, such as the establishment of a long position and subsequent establishment of a short position (or vice versa), in the same (or equivalent) security, may be deemed a violation by the Ethics Committee. This prohibition is not intended to include legitimate hedging transactions. If you have questions about whether a contemplated transaction would violate the 60-Day Rule or the spirit of the Rule, you should seek an interpretation from the Code Compliance Section prior to initiating the transaction. Violations of the 60-Day Rule will be subject to a disgorgement of profit and any other applicable sanctions. The disgorgement of profit does not take into consideration any tax lot accounting associated with the security. It is simply the calculated gain as a result of the buy and sale (or sale and purchase) within the 60-day period.

 

In addition, the rule applies regardless of the Access Person’s other holdings of the same security or whether the Access person has split his or her holdings into tax lots. For example, if an Access Person buys 100 shares of XYZ stock on March 1 and another 100 shares of XYZ stock on November 27, he or she may not sell any shares of XYZ stock at a profit for 60 days following November 27.

 

Similarly, an Access Person must own the underlying security for more than 60 days before entering into any options transaction on that security.

 

The 60-Day Rule “clock” restarts each time the Access person trades in that security.

 

The closing of a position in an option or Contract for Difference on any security other than an index will result in a 60-Day Rule violation if the position was opened within the 60-day window and the closing transaction results in a gain. Multiple positions will not be netted to determine an overall gain or loss in options on the same underlying security expiring on the same day unless the offsetting option positions were clearly part of an options strategy. Contact the Legal Compliance Employee Trading mailbox regarding the applicability of the contemplated strategy with the 60-Day Rule.

 

The 60-Day Rule does not apply to:

 

· any transaction by a Non-Access Person other than transactions in Price Group stock not excluded below;

 

· any transaction which because of its nature or the nature of the security involved does not require prior transaction clearance ( e.g., if an Access Person inherits a security, a transaction that did not require prior transaction clearance, then he or she may sell the security inherited at a profit within 60 calendar days of its acquisition; other examples include the purchase or sale of a unit investment trust, the purchase or sale of the specific ETF securities that are exempted from prior clearance, the exercise of a corporate stock option by an Access Person’s spouse, or pro-rata distributions ( see pages 5-9 through 5-12);

 

· the purchase and sale or sale and purchase of exchange-traded index
 
 

options;

 

· any transaction in Price Group stock effected through the ESPP (note that the 60-Day rule does apply to shares transferred out of the ESPP to a securities account; generally, however, an employee remaining in the ESPP may not transfer shares held less than 60 days out of the ESPP);

 

· the exercise of “company-granted” Price Group stock options or receipt of Price Group shares through Company-based awards and the subsequent sale of the derivative shares; and

 

· any purchase of Price Group stock through an established dividend reinvestment plan.

 

Prior transaction clearance procedures do not check compliance with the 60-Day Rule when considering a trading request. Access Persons are responsible for checking their compliance with this rule before entering a trade. If you have any questions about whether this rule will be triggered by a proposed transaction, you should contact the Code Compliance Team or the TRP International Compliance Team before requesting prior transaction clearance for the proposed trade.

 

Access Persons may request in writing an interpretation from the Chairperson of the Ethics Committee that the 60-Day Rule should not apply to a specific transaction or transactions.

 

Expanded Holding Period Requirement for Employees in Japan. Securities owned by staff employed by the Tokyo branch of T. Rowe Price International Ltd. may be subject to a longer holding period than 60 days. If you have any questions about this restriction, you should contact the TRP International Compliance Team.

 

Investments in Non-Listed Securities Firms. Access Persons may not purchase or sell the shares of a broker/dealer, underwriter or federally registered investment adviser unless that entity it traded on an exchange or listed as a NASDAQ stock or prior transaction clearance is given under the private placement procedures ( see page 5-15).

 

REPORTING OF ONE – HALF OF ONE PERCENT OWNERSHIP. If an employee owns more than ½ of 1% of the total outstanding shares of a public or private company, he or she must immediately report this in writing to the Code Compliance Team (via the Code of Ethics mailbox), providing the name of the company and the total number of such company’s shares beneficially owned.

 

GAMBLING RELATED TO THE SECURITIES MARKETS. All persons subject to the Code are prohibited from wagering, betting or gambling related to individual securities, securities indices, currency spreads, or other similar financial indices or instruments. This prohibition applies to wagers placed through casinos, betting parlors or internet gambling sites and is applicable regardless of where the activity is initiated ( e.g., home or firm computer or telephone). This specific prohibition does not restrict the purchase or sale of securities through a securities account reporting to the Code Compliance Section even if these transactions are effected with a speculative investment objective.

 

 
 

INITIAL DISCLOSURE OF PERSONAL SECURITIES HOLDINGS BY ACCESS PERSONS. Upon commencement of employment, appointment or promotion ( no later than 10 calendar days after the starting date), each Access Person, except an independent director of the Price Funds, is required by United States securities laws to disclose all current securities holdings in which he or she is considered to have beneficial ownership or control (“ Initial Holdings Report ") ( see page 5-5 for definition of the term Beneficial Owner) and provide or reconfirm the information regarding all of his or her securities accounts. Access Persons should use myTRPcompliance, located on the Exchange, to disclose and certify their Initial Holdings Report. SEC Rules require that each Securities Holding Report contain, at a minimum, the following information:

 

· securities title;

 

· securities type;

 

· exchange ticker number or CUSIP number, as applicable;

 

· number of shares or principal amount of each reportable securities in which the Access Person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;

 

· the name of any broker, dealer or both with which the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the Access Person’s direct or indirect benefit; and

 

· the date the Access Person submits the Securities Holding Report.

 

The information provided must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person.

 

ANNUAL DISCLOSURE OF PERSONAL SECURITIES HOLDINGS BY ACCESS PERSONS. Each Access Person, except an independent director of the Price Funds, is also required to file an Annual Compliance Certification as of December 31 of each year. This report can be completed by using myTRPcompliance located on the Exchange. This report is due by no later than January 31. The Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee reviews all Annual Compliance Certifications .

 

ADDITIONAL DISCLOSURE OF OPEN END INVESTMENT COMPANY HOLDINGS

Should circumstances arise whereby the firm requires any person subject to the Code to provide information regarding ownership of, or transactions in, any open end investment company (mutual fund), Code Compliance may request that such person provide transaction confirmations and/or account statements in a timely manner.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY OF RECORDS. Price Group makes every effort to protect the privacy of all persons and entities in connection with their Securities Holdings Reports, Reports of Securities Transactions, Reports of Securities Accounts, and Personal Securities Reports.

 

SANCTIONS. Strict compliance with the provisions of this Statement is considered a basic provision of employment or other association with Price Group and the Price

 
 

Funds. The Ethics Committee, the Code Compliance Team, and the TRP International Compliance Team are primarily responsible for administering this Statement. In fulfilling this function, the Ethics Committee will institute such procedures as it deems reasonably necessary to monitor each person’s and entity’s compliance with this Statement and to otherwise prevent and detect violations.

 

Violations by Access Persons, Non-Access Persons and Independent Directors of Price Group. Upon discovering a material violation of this Statement by any person or entity other than an independent director of a Price Fund, the Ethics Committee will impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate and as are approved by the Management Committee or the Board of Directors including, inter alia, a letter of censure or suspension, a fine, a suspension of trading privileges or termination of employment and/or officership of the violator. In addition, the violator may be required to forfeit to Price Group, or to the party or parties it may designate, any profit realized from any transaction that is in violation of this Statement. All material violations of this Statement shall be reported to the Board of Directors of Price Group and to the Board of Directors of any Price Fund with respect to whose securities such violations may have been involved.

 

Following are sanctions guidelines associated with multiple violations of this Statement. These guidelines are supplemental to the forfeiture of profit associated with certain violations where an associate economically benefited. Code Compliance will utilize a rolling two-year, look-back period in the administration of the sanctions guidelines. Violations incurred prior to the effective date (May 31, 2012) of these new guidelines will not be considered.

 

1 st Violation: Notification of violation. Manager provided with summary of violation.

 

2 nd Violation: Notification of fine: VP* and above and all Investment Personnel - $250. Below VP level - $75. Manager provided with summary of violation.

 

3 rd Violation: Notification of fine: VP* and above and all Investment Personnel - $500. Below VP level - $150. 3-Month trading prohibition (sales only permissible). Manager, Business Unit Leader and CEO notified.

 

4 th Violation: Notification of fine: VP* and above and all Investment Personnel - $1,000. Below VP level - $300. Minimum 6-Month trading prohibition (sales only permissible). Manager, Business Unit Leader and CEO notified.

 

5th Violation: Chief Compliance Officer/Ethics Committee-imposed sanction. Manager, Business Unit Leader and CEO notified.

 

* Vice President of T. Rowe Price Group or any subsidiary

Violations by Independent Directors of Price Funds. Upon discovering a material violation of this Statement by an independent director of a Price Fund, the Ethics Committee shall report such violation to the Board on which the director serves. The Price Fund Board will impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate.

 
 

T. ROWE PRICE GROUP, INC.

STATEMENT OF POLICY WITH RESPECT TO

COMPUTER SECURITY AND RELATED ISSUES

 

Purpose of Statement of Policy (“Statement”). The central and critical role of computer systems in our firm’s operations underscores the importance of ensuring their confidentiality, availability, and integrity. Our data is an extremely valuable asset and should be protected by all system users. Data within the Price Group network should be considered proprietary and confidential and should be protected as such.

 

Systems activities and information will be referred to collectively in this Statement as the “ Systems ”. The Systems include all hardware, software, operating systems, and wired and wireless network resources involved in the business of T. Rowe Price; all information transmitted, received, logged or stored through the Systems including email, voice mail, messaging, and online facsimiles; and all back-ups and records retained for regulatory or other purposes including all portable and fixed storage media and locations for storage.

 

The Systems also include the use of computer access, data, services and equipment provided by T. Rowe Price including any access to the Internet or via Internet resources including, but not limited to, email, instant messaging, remote FTP, Telnet, World Wide Web, remote administration, secure shell, and voice messaging; access to and use of commercial and specialized software programs and systems licensed or developed for the firm’s use; access to and use of customer and T. Rowe Price business data; use of and data on T. Rowe Price desktop and portable computers, and other mobile devices such as smart phones and tablets, . Use, access, or storage of data on non-T. Rowe Price equipment (including but not limited to personally owned or “home” equipment, hotel or business center-supplied devices, and conference supplied or internet café terminals) used for T. Rowe Price business purposes is included in the definition of systems, as appropriate.

 

Any new device, application or methodology offered by T. Rowe Price subsequent to the date of this version of this Statement, or that comes into common use for business purposes, is also covered under this definition of T. Rowe Price Systems and Information.

 

This Statement establishes an acceptable use policy for all Price Group Associates and all other individuals, including vendors and contractors, with Price Group systems access. Enterprise Security should be contacted regarding additional or new policy determinations that may be relevant for specific situations and for current policy concerning systems and network security, system development, and new technologies.

 

The Statement has been designed to give associates guidelines to:

 

· prevent the unauthorized use of or access to our firm’s computer Systems;
· prevent breaches in computer security;
· maintain and protect the integrity of customer, corporate, and employee confidential information; and
· prevent the introduction of malicious software into our Systems.

Any material violation of this Statement may lead to disciplinary sanctions, up to and including

 
 

dismissal of individuals involved. Additionally, actions in violation of this Statement may constitute a crime under applicable laws.

By using the firm’s Systems, you agree to be bound by this Statement and consent to the access to and disclosure of all information by the firm. Users do not have any expectation of privacy in connection with the use of the Systems.

 

SECURITY ADMINISTRATION. Enterprise Security is responsible for identifying security needs and overseeing the maintenance of computer security, including Internet-related security.

 

The Enterprise Security department has the authority, at its own discretion, to disable any ID that appears to be dormant or abandoned on any platform or as needed to respond to a security issue. Efforts will be made to contact presumed owners of these IDs, but, in the absence of an identifiable owner, IDs may be disabled as part of system or vulnerability management processes.

 

Authorized System Users. In general, access to any system is restricted to authorized users who need access in order to support their business activities. Access Approvers are responsible for ensuring that only required access is approved and that access is reduced or removed when no longer needed. Managers and supervisors have an obligation to prevent the misuse of “User-IDs” for terminated Associates and non-employees by updating their status in a timely manner for terminations and extended leave of absence.

 

Authorized Application Owners. Secondary approval may be required from the “Owner” of some applications or data. The Owner is the employee who is responsible for making judgments and decisions on behalf of the firm with regard to the application or data, including the authority to decide who may have access. Secondary approval, when required, is part of the Access Approval process and access cannot be processed until secondary approval is received.

 

Where applications or data are especially sensitive, confidential, or involve Nonpublic Customer Information (as defined in the Code’s Statement of Policies and Procedures on Privacy), authorized application owners are also responsible for making judgments as to whether the applications or data should have additional security or approval processes.

 

User-IDs, Passwords, and Other Security Issues. Every user is assigned a unique User-ID. Each user-ID has a password that must be kept confidential by the user. For most systems, passwords must be changed on a regular schedule and Enterprise Security has the authority to determine the password policy. Passwords should be of reasonable complexity and uniqueness to prevent easy guessing; employee IDs and easily deducible personal or family information should not be used for passwords. Passwords should expire on a schedule approved by Enterprise Security unless specific variance has been permitted.

 

User-IDs and passwords may not be shared with anyone else except under special circumstances. Users will be held accountable for work performed with their User-IDs. Personal computers must be locked when unattended.

 

External Computer Systems. The Price Group data processing environment includes access to data stored not only on our firm’s computers, but also on external systems. Although the security practices governing external systems are established by the providers of these external systems, requests for access to such systems should follow the standard vendor management and

 
 

access request processes. User-IDs and passwords to these systems must be kept confidential by the user.

 

Remote Access. The ability to access our firm’s Systems and Information from a remote location is limited to authorized users and authorized methods. Vendors who need remote access to the Price Group network or specific servers for application support, system troubleshooting, maintenance or other purposes should work with the management team within the appropriate T. Rowe Price department, who will in turn contact the Help Desk or Enterprise Security for the preferred method for vendor access.

 

MOBILE DEVICES. Price Group privacy and confidentiality requirements apply regardless of how information is accessed, stored or transmitted. All portable computer equipment ( e.g., laptops, smart phones, flash drives) containing information that is sensitive must be encrypted and password protected where possible.

 

· Certain types of information ( e.g., name and Social Security number) may not be stored on unencrypted portable computer devices. See the Code’s Statement of Policies and Procedures on Privacy for further information.
· Passwords and physical/external remote access cards/tokens should not be stored with the device. Information about accounts or passwords should not be maintained as an unencrypted list on the device.
· Mobile devices with cameras or video capabilities may be prohibited in certain work areas because they can be used to capture and store confidential or proprietary information.
· Devices ( e.g., flash drives and USBs) that connect to the Price Group network, but are not provided or supported by the Price Group, are prohibited. Damage to the Price Group network, systems, data, or reputation by use of any of these can result in disciplinary action to the individual or individuals involved.
· Connection of personal cell phones or other devices to T. Rowe Price Systems or data must be in accordance with approved enterprise tools and security controls. Contact the Help Desk for assistance.

 

In the event of loss or theft, contact the Enterprise Help Desk immediately.

 

ACCESS TO THE INTERNET AND OTHER ONLINE SERVICES. Access to the Internet presents special security considerations due to the world-wide nature of the connection and the security weaknesses present in Internet protocols and services. In accessing the Internet or other on-line services, the following policies apply:

 

· The use of Firm Systems is intended for legitimate business purposes and individuals should limit personal use.

 

· Do not use firm’s Systems to create or forward communications that could be offensive to others or embarrassing to you or T. Rowe Price. If you receive an email or other communication with inappropriate content, delete it immediately and do not forward it to others. In the case of harassing or threatening communications, provide a copy to Human Resources.

 

 
 
· Enterprise Security may block internet sites without prior notice based on potential risk to the firm or for other business reasons.

 

· You are prohibited from using firm Systems to access or send inappropriate content, including, but not limited to adult or gambling internet sites or programs.

 

· You may not download anything for installation or storage onto the firm’s computers for personal use including, but not limited to, music, games, or messaging and mail applications.

 

· You may not use the firm’s Systems or hardware in any way that might pose a business risk or customer/employee data privacy risk or that violates laws.

 

· You may not engage in activities that bypass security controls or compromise the integrity of network security features like firewalls or virus scanners.

 

· You may not use T. Rowe Price Systems to remotely control unauthorized computers or systems.

 

· No person or entity may contract for domain names for use by Price Group or for the benefit of Price Group without express authority from both the Legal Department and Enterprise Security. Internet domain names are assets of the firm and are purchased and maintained by Enterprise Security. This also includes free account registrations such as those on social networking sites and web email.

 

· Do not publicize the location of the firm’s Technology Center. It is the responsibility of all Associates and all other individuals to protect information about the location of the Technology Center whenever possible. Although there will be situations where using the address is unavoidable, use of the physical address is generally not necessary. It should not be used on the Internet for any reason, business or personal.

 

The following activities cause security issues and are prohibited:

 

Peer-to-Peer Networks. Use of any peer-to-peer file-sharing software, which allows users to search the hard drives of other users for files or access personal computers remotely, is prohibited.

 

Web Storage . Use of web storage for business purposes is restricted to authorized personnel only, using firm-approved software.

 

Instant Messaging. Use of instant messaging capabilities for business purposes is restricted to authorized personnel only, using firm-approved software. Instant Message communications are archived, as appropriate, to comply with regulatory requirements.

 

Sending Confidential Information. Email and Instant Messages that are sent through the Internet may not be secure and could be intercepted by a third party. Confidential and firm proprietary information should not be included in such communications unless specifically permitted by accepted business procedures. When remote access to the

 
 

firm’s email system, or external access to firm email, is required, the method provided by T. Rowe Price for secure access should be used.

 

Downloading or Copying. Downloading or copying software, which includes documents, graphics, programs and other computer-based materials, from any outside source is not permitted unless it is authorized. Downloads and copies may introduce viruses and malicious code into Systems. Downloading or uploading copyrighted materials to removable media may violate the rights of the authors of the materials, may create a liability, privacy or security breach, or cause embarrassment to the firm.

 

Internet Access Point. Establishing an unauthorized internet access point within a T. Rowe Price location through the use of “hotspot”, Wi-Fi, modems, or other technologies that circumvents the Internet firewall, proxy server, or authentication mechanisms are not permitted, except by authorized personnel in the business of Price Group.

 

Activities other than those mentioned above may be prohibited because they pose a risk to the firm or its Systems and Information. Check the current Enterprise Security intranet site and policy for further information or contact Enterprise Security.

 

PROTECTION FROM MALICOUS CODE . “Malicious code” is computer code that is designed to damage or access software or data on a computer system. Enterprise Security manages a comprehensive malicious code prevention and control program to protect Systems and data. Users must comply with the following security practices:

 

· Contact the Help Desk. Immediately contact the Help Desk for anything that appears suspicious or is identified as malicious. Do not forward any virus warning email that you receive to other staff until you have contacted the Help Desk, since many of these warnings are viruses themselves. The Help Desk will work with Enterprise Security to determine whether the device is infected, the severity of the infection, and the appropriate remedial actions.

 

· Be Careful when Opening Emails. Carefully reviewing emails, attachments, or links prior to opening or accessing them, as they may contain malicious code or viruses. Report suspicious emails through the Report Phishing function in Outlook or by forwarding the email to the T. Rowe Price Spam Mailbox (Spam_Mailbox@troweprice.com).

 

· Desktop USB Ports. Only connect devices issued by T. Rowe Price into a desktop USB port. This includes, but is not limited to, thumb drives, mobile devices such as smart phones or tablets, and gadgets/novelties powered by USB ports.

 

· Maintain Security Settings. Maintain virus scanning or similar protective technology on all T. Rowe Price assets. Users should not disable virus scanning features, password settings, or other security features for any reason. Failure to maintain updated scanning files is also prohibited.

 

· Keep T. Rowe Price Mobile Assets Updated. Users who receive a Price Group technology asset must install updates as instructed by the Help Desk and/or connect the
 
 

asset to the Price Group network on a regular basis to receive software, application, and operating system security updates.

 

· Keep Personal Computer Assets Updated. Users must maintain anti-virus software, application, and operating system security updates on all non-T. Rowe Price or personally owned assets that are used to access the T. Rowe Price network, including web-based T. Rowe Price email. Remote devices that do not meet these requirements may be prevented from connecting to the T. Rowe Price network.

 

· Report Unauthorized Network Connections. Report any attempts to create an unauthorized or foreign connection to the network in any matter.

 

· Limit Downloading or Copying. You may not download or copy software, which includes documents, graphics, programs and other computer-based materials, from any outside source unless it is approved for a necessary and legitimate business purpose. Contact the Help Desk to request approval.

 

· No Use of Peer-to-Peer Software. You may not store information, access personal computers remotely, or search the hard drives of other users on any web storage or interface or any peer-to-peer file-sharing software using Price Group network or equipment.

 

Introducing a virus or similar malicious code into the Price Group Systems by engaging in prohibited actions or by failing to implement recommended precautions may lead to disciplinary actions. Pranks, jokes, or other actions that simulate or trigger a system security event such as, but not limited to, a computer virus are prohibited.

 

APPROPRIATE USE. Associates must adhere to standards of Appropriate Use to ensure compliance with security, legal, and regulatory requirements. The below information provides guidance on common Appropriate Use situations, but is not intended to provide guidance for each individual situation. Contact Enterprise Security or Legal for specific guidance.

 

Use of Personal Accounts and Internet Access. Access to Web-based email is blocked on T. Rowe Price desktops due to a high risk of cyber threats. Extreme care should be taken when accessing other personal accounts via T. Rowe Price systems or hardware because the methods of accessing them are more susceptible to viruses, malicious code, and identity theft attempts. No personal email accounts may ever be used to send or receive business or client related communications.

 

Use of Personal Mobile Devices. Associates are prohibited from using personal mobile devices to conduct Price Group business activities except as defined in the Mobile Device Policy or as authorized by management. Nonpublic customer information may not be stored on personal mobile devices. Personal mobile devices should not be used to access or view nonpublic customer information on the T. Rowe Price network, the internet, or a cloud service. If personal devices are used to conduct business activities, personal devices and/or content could be requested as part of an investigation or subpoena. See Section 8-1: Statement of Policies and Procedures on Privacy for additional guidance.

 

 
 

Privileged Access. System and application administrators are prohibited from altering security settings to their advantage, for the advantage of someone else, or for any other reason, without appropriate, documented instruction to do so in order to conduct T. Rowe Price business.

 

Security Awareness. All associates subject to the Code are required to complete an annual Security Awareness training course.

 

 

Confidentiality of System Activities and Information. System activities and access on Price Group computers is subject to monitoring by firm personnel or others. All such information are records of the firm and the sole property of the firm. The firm reserves the right to monitor, access, and disclose for any purpose all information, including all messages sent, received, transmitted, or stored through the Systems.

 

Users should be aware that certain departments at T. Rowe Price record telephone conversations placed to and from the department (this includes but is not limited to the Call Centers, Investor Centers and Corporate Actions department). These recordings are made for quality purposes and to maintain records of certain instructions as well as for other business reasons. Any telephone conversations placed to and from these departments (including internal calls) will be recorded and subject to monitoring. In addition, all information forwarded or received via the T. Rowe Price email system is subject to monitoring.

 

Information, including electronic communications, entered into our firm’s computers but later deleted from the Systems may continue to be maintained permanently on our firm’s back-up tapes or in records retained for regulatory or other purposes. Users should not create documents or communications that might later be embarrassing to the user or the firm. This policy applies to all communications on the Systems.

 

Application of U.S. Copyright Law to Software Programs. Software products and on-line information services purchased for use on Price Group personal computers are generally copyrighted material and may not be reproduced without proper authorization from the software vendor. This includes the software on CDs, any program manuals or documentation, and data or software retrievable from on-line information systems. Unauthorized reproduction of such material or information, or downloading or printing such material, violates United states law, and the software vendor can sue to protect the developer’s rights and can lead to both civil and criminal penalties. In addition, many other nations have laws in this area. See the T. Rowe Price Copyright and Trademark Policy, located in the Associate Handbook, for more information about this subject.

 

Participation on Internet Discussion and Social Networking Sites. Associates are directed to the Social Media Policy located on the T. Rowe Price Exchange to understand their responsibilities with respect to social media.

 

Guidelines for Installing Software. Only approved software is authorized to be installed on Price Group systems. Any software program that is used by Price Group personnel in connection with the business of the firm must be ordered through the Help Desk. Enterprise Security has the authority, at its own discretion; to remove any installed software, downloaded software, or any

 
 

other application or executable that is not authorized for use by Price Group or may pose a security risk.

 

Licensing. Software residing on firm servers will be either: (1) maintained at an appropriate license level for the number of users, or (2) made accessible only for those for whom it is licensed.

 

QUESTIONS REGARDING THIS STATEMENT. Email Enterprise Security (Security_Awareness@troweprice.com) if you have any questions regarding this Statement.

 

 

 

 
 

T. Rowe Price Group, Inc.

Statement of Policy

On

Compliance with Antitrust Laws

 

Purpose of Statement of Policy. To protect the interests of Price Group and its personnel, Price Group has adopted this Statement of Policy on Compliance with Antitrust Laws (“ Statement ”) to:

· Describe the legal principles governing prohibited anticompetitive activity in the conduct of Price Group’s business; and

 

· Establish guidelines for contacts with other members of the investment management industry to avoid violations of the antitrust laws.

 

The Basic United States Anticompetitive Activity Prohibition. Section 1 of the United States Sherman Antitrust Act (the “ Act ”) prohibits agreements, understandings, or joint actions between companies that constitute a “restraint of trade” , i.e., that reduce or eliminate competition.

 

This prohibition is triggered only by an agreement or action among two or more companies; unilateral action never violates the Act. To constitute an illegal agreement, however, an understanding does not need to be formal or written. Comments made in conversations, casual comments at meetings, or even as little as “a knowing wink,” as one case says, may be sufficient to establish an illegal agreement under the Act.

 

The agreed-upon action must be anticompetitive. Some actions are “ per se” anticompetitive, while others are judged according to a “ rule of reason.”

 

· Some activities have been found to be so inherently anticompetitive that a court will not even permit the argument that they have a pro-competitive component. Examples of such per se illegal activities are bid-rigging; agreements between competitors to fix prices or terms of doing business; to divide up markets in any way, such as exclusive territories; or to jointly boycott a competitor or service provider.

 

· Other joint agreements or activities will be examined by a court using the rule of reason approach to see if the pro-competitive results of the arrangement outweigh the anticompetitive effects. Under certain circumstances, permissible agreements among competitors may include a buyers’ cooperative, or a syndicate of buyers for an initial public offering of securities. The rule of reason analysis requires a detailed inquiry into market power and market conditions.

 

There is also an exception for joint activity designed to influence government action. Such activity is protected by the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution. For example, members of an industry may agree to lobby Congress jointly to enact legislation that may be manifestly anticompetitive.

 

 

Penalties for Violating the Sherman Act. A charge that the Act has been violated can be

 
 

brought as a civil or a criminal action. Civil damages can include treble damages, plus attorney’s fees. Criminal penalties for individuals can include fines of up to $1,000,000 and ten years in jail, and $100 million or more for corporations.

 

Situations in Which Antitrust Issues May Arise. To avoid violating the Act, any discussion with other members of the investment management industry regarding which securities to buy or sell and under what circumstances we buy or sell them, or about the manner in which we market our mutual funds and investment and retirement services, must be made with the prohibitions of the Act in mind. In addition, any discussion with our competitors about the use of particular vendors or service providers may implicate the Sherman Act.

 

Trade Association Meetings and Activities. A trade association is a group of competitors who join together to share common interests and seek common solutions to common problems. Such associations are at a high risk for anticompetitive activity and are closely scrutinized by regulators. Attorneys for trade associations, such as the Investment Company Institute, are typically present at meetings of members to assist in avoiding violations.

 

Permissible Activities:

· Discussion of how to make the industry more competitive.

 

· An exchange of information or ideas that have pro-competitive or competitively neutral effects, such as: methods of protecting the health or safety of workers; methods of educating customers and preventing abuses; and information regarding how to design and operate training programs.

 

· Collective action to petition government entities.

 

Activities to Avoid:

· Any discussion or direct exchange of current information about prices, salaries, fees, or terms and conditions of sales. Even if such information is publicly available, problems can arise if the information available to the public is difficult to compile or not as current as that being exchanged.

 

· Discussion of specific customers, markets, or territories.

 

· Negative discussions of service providers that could give rise to an inference of a joint refusal to deal with the provider (a “ boycott ”).

 

Investment-Related Discussions

 

Permissible Activities. Buyers or sellers with a common economic interest may join together to facilitate securities transactions that might otherwise not occur, such as the formation of a syndicate to buy in a private placement or initial public offering of an issuer’s stock, or negotiations among creditors of an insolvent or bankrupt company.

 

 
 

Competing investment managers are permitted to serve on creditors’ committees together and engage in other similar activities in connection with bankruptcies and other judicial proceedings.

 

Activities to Avoid. It is important to avoid anything that suggests involvement with any other firm in any threats to “boycott” or “blackball” new offerings, including making any ambiguous statement that, taken out of context, might be misunderstood to imply such joint action. Avoid careless or unguarded comments that a hostile or suspicious listener might interpret as suggesting prohibited coordinated behavior between Price Group and any other potential buyer.

 

Example: After an Illinois municipal bond default where the state legislature retroactively abrogated some of the bondholders’ rights, several investment management complexes organized to protest the state’s action. In doing so, there was arguably an implied threat that members of the group would boycott future Illinois municipal bond offerings. Such a boycott would be a violation of the Act. The investment management firms’ action led to an 18-month United States Department of Justice investigation. Although the investigation did not lead to any legal action, it was extremely expensive and time consuming for the firms and individual managers involved.

 

If you are present when anyone outside of Price Group suggests that two or more investors with a grievance against an issuer coordinate future purchasing decisions, you should immediately reject any such suggestion. As soon as possible thereafter, you should notify the Legal Department, which will take whatever further steps are necessary.

 

Benchmarking. Benchmarking is the process of measuring and comparing an organization’s processes, products and services to those of industry leaders for the purpose of adopting innovative practices for improvement.

 

· Because benchmarking usually involves the direct exchange of information with competitors, it is particularly subject to the risk of violating the antitrust laws.

 

· The list of issues that may and should not be discussed in the context of a trade association also applies in the benchmarking process.

 

· All proposed benchmarking agreements must be reviewed by the Legal Department before the firm agrees to participate in such a survey.

International Requirements. The United Kingdom and the European Union ( “E.U.” ) have requirements based on principles similar to those of United States law. In many cases, the laws of the E.U. are stricter than the laws of the United States. If you have specific questions about United Kingdom or E.U. requirements, you should contact the Legal Department.

 
 

 

T. Rowe Price Group, Inc.

Statement of Policy on Privacy

 

Purpose of Statement of Policy. This Statement of Policy on Privacy (“ Privacy Statement ”) applies to T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively “ T. Rowe Price ” or “ TRP ”), including its international operations. It is T. Rowe Price’s policy to:

 

· Treat our customers’ personal and financial information (“ Nonpublic Customer Information ”) as confidential;

 

· Protect Nonpublic Customer Information;

 

· Not share this information with third parties unless in connection with processing customer transactions, servicing accounts, or as otherwise permitted by law; and

 

· Comply with applicable federal, state, and international privacy laws and regulations.

 

In the United States, the primary federal law governing customer privacy is Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, 15 U.S.C. 6801 et seq. (“ Privacy Act ”). The Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”), federal banking regulators, and others have issued regulations under the Privacy Act (e.g., the SEC’s Regulation S-P). For purposes of this Privacy Statement and unless otherwise specified, the term “ customer ” generally refers to individuals or entities who are current or former customers of TRP, both directly and indirectly such as those who have accounts or services established through the retail, retirement plan, separate account/institutional, broker/dealer, or Investment Counsel Group areas.

 

While the Privacy Act and related regulations in the privacy area apply generally only to direct customer relationships with individuals ( i.e., natural person customers) as opposed to direct customer relationships with entities or indirect relationships such as with retirement plan participants, TRP also protects and safeguards such relationships in a substantially similar manner. In the institutional arena, the contracts TRP has entered into with customers frequently contain provisions relating to the duty to keep customer information confidential and/or limiting the use of customer information. Also, the personal and financial information of employees retained on a full-time or part-time basis, and of independent contractors and temporary workers are protected and safeguarded in a substantially similar manner. Accordingly, references to “customer(s)” in the Privacy Statement should be understood to include such relationships, institutional customers, and other persons unless otherwise specified.

 

Nonpublic Customer Information comprises virtually all the information that a customer supplies to TRP and the information that TRP otherwise obtains or generates in connection with providing financial products or services to that customer. Accordingly, Nonpublic Customer Information would include personally-identifiable account balance, holdings and transactional history, as well as the existence of the customer relationship itself ( e.g., customer lists)

 

 

 

 
 

and the contents of an account application ( e.g., a person’s name in combination with taxpayer identification number or beneficiary information). [1]

 

The privacy policy for the firm’s international business is posted on the TRP Institutional website. Internationally based subsidiaries and affiliates must comply with the U.K. Data Protection Act as it applies to their activities. The U.K. Data Protection Act and other international privacy regulation are beyond the scope of this Privacy Statement and for business conducted internationally, Associates should be aware of the applicable privacy regulations in the foreign jurisdiction where the business is conducted. If you have any questions in this area, please contact the TRP International Compliance Team.

 

INITIAL AND ANNUAL PRIVACY NOTICES

 

Certain regulated T. Rowe Price companies offer financial products and services directly to individuals and, consequently, are required to develop and deliver a privacy notice under the Privacy Act and related regulations.

 

As a means of complying with these requirements, the firm has adopted a written “ Privacy Policy ,” which is provided to such customers as required. The Privacy Policy is included with or accompanies applicable account application or other material delivered to prospective customers. The Privacy Policy is sent annually to such customers ( e.g., typically with first quarter statements for retail mutual fund customers). A copy of the Privacy Policy is located on TRP’s Internet site under the link to “Privacy Policy.” The contents of the Privacy Policy are contained under the sub-heading of “General Privacy Policy,” and it is followed by information concerning additional online privacy practices. Questions from customers concerning the Privacy Policy should be referred to the Legal Department.

 

The Legal Department is responsible for identifying any amendments that are required to be made to the Privacy Policy and must approve any proposed amendments. Generally, Retail Operations is responsible for the distribution of the Privacy Policy to prospective customers and the annual distribution of the Privacy Policy to Price Fund shareholders, Brokerage customers, annuity customers, and other retail customers. Other business units ( e.g., Investment Counsel Group) not covered by Retail Operations will be notified by the Legal Department of any obligations to deliver the Privacy Policy to their respective customers.

 

EDUCATION ABOUT PRIVACY AND ASSOCIATE RESPONSIBILITY

 

Every associate should be aware of this Privacy Statement and any privacy policies and procedures applicable to their business unit (collectively “ Privacy Policies ”), and every associate bears responsibility to protect Nonpublic Customer Information.

 

Managers and supervisors shall ensure that the Privacy Policies are reviewed with all new associates at T. Rowe Price. Particular attention should be given to any temporary or part-time workers and consultants to ensure that they are educated to the critical importance of protecting

 
 

confidential information. Additionally, if such temporary worker is being retained independent of the on-site temporary agencies utilized by Human Resources, the supervisor must contact the Legal Department to verify that there are adequate contractual safeguards relative to privacy and confidentiality. Managers and supervisors also shall ensure that revisions to Privacy Policies are communicated to applicable associates as an integral part of the continuing education of such associates.

 

Violations of Privacy Policies may constitute grounds for disciplinary action, including fines and dismissal from employment.

 

METHODS BY WHICH T. ROWE PRICE PRESERVES CONFIDENTIALITY

 

Each Business Unit Head has responsibility with respect to his or her business unit to establish procedures whereby the confidentiality of Nonpublic Customer Information is preserved. Such procedures should address access to and safeguards for Nonpublic Customer Information based upon the business unit’s operations, access to, and handling of such information as it exists in both hardcopy and electronic formats. The procedures should address safeguards relating to administrative, technical, and physical access to and distribution of Nonpublic Customer Information.

 

Access to Information

 

Managers and supervisors are responsible for limiting access to Nonpublic Customer Information to those Associates who require access to such information to support their respective job functions. Situations where excessive or inappropriate access to or exposure of Nonpublic Customer Information are identified require prompt remediation.

 

Computer Access

 

Business unit managers and supervisors are responsible for making judgments and decisions with regard to the use of Nonpublic Customer Information, including decisions as to who shall have computer access to such information.

 

In general, managers and supervisors are responsible for determining those associates that require access to systems that contain Nonpublic Customer Information in support of job functions. System access, or changes to such access, shall be submitted in the format directed by Enterprise Security and authorized by the appropriate business unit manager or supervisor. Managers and supervisors also are responsible for timely notification to Enterprise Security when an employee or consultant has left the firm or changed roles so that access may be terminated or modified. This is especially important for temporary employees who are contracted independent of Human Resources and/or one of the on-site temporary agencies.

 

New Business and Systems Development

 

All new business and systems application development that relates to or affects Nonpublic Customer Information is to be developed and reviewed with consideration to the firm’s Privacy Statement. Individuals at T. Rowe Price working on systems and processes dealing with Nonpublic Customer Information are responsible for evaluating

 
 

the potential risks to the confidentiality of Nonpublic Customer Information and implementing safeguards that are designed to provide reasonable protection of the privacy of such information consistent with the risks identified.

 

Safeguarding Nonpublic Customer Information

 

To safeguard the interests of our customers and to respect the confidentiality of Nonpublic Customer Information, all individuals at T. Rowe Price are responsible for taking the following precautions:

 

· Do not discuss Nonpublic Customer Information in public places such as elevators, hallways, lunchrooms, or social gatherings;

 

· To the extent practical, access to particularly sensitive areas of the firm where Nonpublic Customer Information could be observed or overheard readily shall be provided only to Associates with a business need for being in the area;

 

· Avoid using speaker phones in areas where or at times when unauthorized persons may overhear conversations;

 

· Where appropriate, maintain the confidentiality of client identities by using code names or numbers for confidential projects, or use aggregate data that is not personally identifiable to any customer;

 

· Exercise care to avoid placing documents with Nonpublic Customer Information in areas where they may be read by unauthorized persons and store such documents in secure locations when they are not in use (particular attention should be directed to securing the information outside of normal business hours to prevent possible misappropriation of the information);

 

· Destroy copies of confidential documents no longer needed by using the secure recycling bins;

 

· Lock the computer at your work-station when not in use; and

 

· Sample calls or screens must be edited in advance to delete any confidential information when a prospect or consultant wishes to listen in on calls to gauge our level of service. Sample data cannot be linked to a specifically identified customer.

 

From time to time, associates at T. Rowe Price may bring Nonpublic Customer Information outside of firm facilities as needed during business trips, meetings, or for work at home (whether in hard-copy or electronically). Associates are responsible for taking care to safeguard such materials and may not leave them unattended or otherwise in an unsecured situation. Encryption is required for storage of certain types of information on portable devices, such as laptops and “thumb” drives. See the “Encryption” section below for further details.

 

Encryption

 

TRP has implemented encryption of sensitive data at points which carry the highest risk. This includes various transmission methods as well as full disk encryption for laptops issued by TRP. TRP periodically evaluates additional encryption technologies for storage solutions which will meet its security, availability, and performance needs.

 
 

 

While it remains critical to safeguard all types of personal and financial information, over the past several years many states have passed laws and regulations that focus particularly on data that can easily be stolen and exploited to engage in identity theft against an individual ( i.e., a natural person as opposed to an entity). As relevant to the firm’s business, such data that consists of an individual’s first name or initial and last name in combination with one or more of the following: (i) Social Security or taxpayer identification number; (ii) driver’s license or other state-issued identification number; or (iii) financial account number, such as an individual’s T. Rowe Price account number or a checking account or credit card number (collectively, “ Identity Information ”). As a financial services firm and employer, TRP has Identity Information concerning a variety of individuals, including retail customers and retirement plan participants, employees, independent contractors, and temporary workers.

 

In order to align our policies with state laws, we restrict certain electronic transmissions and storage of Identity Information, unless it is encrypted.

 

· Associates may not send an email or attachment outside of T. Rowe Price that contains Identity Information of another person unless the email/attachment is encrypted. Emails that travel through the Internet (which is the case with emails sent outside TRP) are not encrypted. Also, password protection alone of attachments is not sufficient. However, there are several types of email channels that are secure and can be used:

 

§ Internal emails (these go through TRP’s internal network);
§ Messages that are sent and received as part of a secure online account access session ( e.g., email sent to a customer’s Message Center viewable during on-line access); and
§ Emails sent to a party that has enabled a domain encrypted email service with T. Rowe Price.

 

· Associates may not store Identity Information of another person on an unencrypted laptop, CD, “thumb” drive, or other portable device. Password protection alone is not sufficient. Laptops and Blackberries issued by T. Rowe Price are encrypted. [2]

 

Associates should contact the Help Desk if assistance is needed with coordinating an email encryption process with a business partner, to arrange for a CD to be encrypted, to obtain encrypted thumb drives, or with other questions about these encryption requirements. Exceptions may be made only after consultation with the Legal Department.

 

Record Retention

 

TRP is required to produce, maintain and retain various records, documents, and other written (including electronic) communications pursuant to various federal and state laws and regulations, and all associates at T. Rowe Price are responsible for adhering to the firm’s record maintenance and retention policies.

 
 

 

Destruction of Records

 

All associates at T. Rowe Price must use care in disposing of any Nonpublic Customer Information. Confidential paper records should be discarded using secure recycling bins. General Services should be contacted for instructions regarding proper disposal when a significant quantity of material is involved.

 

T. Rowe Price has set up procedures so that electronic data stored on physical equipment issued by the firm, such as computer hard drives, mobile devices, are destroyed based upon internal protocols. For example, computer hard drives are erased according to federally suggested guidelines prior to redeployment or conveyance to a third party. Non-functional hard drives are physically destroyed, rendering them useless. Tapes failing media validation routines are physically destroyed by a specialist third party organization that provides certification of destruction back to T. Rowe Price. Tapes that will be re-used are wiped of all data prior to re-use.

 

Data files stored on file servers are subject to standardized back-up and recovery cycles. Retention of individual files is determined by the owner of the data and also can vary depending upon the nature of the data and its regulatory requirements. For example, certain categories of emails are subject to specific regulation regarding retention and destruction and protocols designed to adhere to these standards have been implemented firm-wide.

 

DEALINGS WITH THIRD PARTIES

 

Generally, T. Rowe Price will not disclose Nonpublic Customer Information to unaffiliated third parties unless in connection with processing a transaction, servicing an account, or as otherwise permitted by law. TRP also is permitted to provide information to others as the customer has specifically directed, such as to the customer’s accountants or consultants. Associates will consult with managers or supervisors for any proposed disclosure which does not fall into one of the above categories. Questions will be elevated to the Legal Department as needed. Associates will not divulge any Nonpublic Customer Information or the existence of customer relationships to anyone outside of the firm, including disclosing to families or friends, except as noted above to process a transaction, service an account, or as otherwise permitted by law. For example, associates shall not supply a third party with anything showing actual customer information for the purpose of providing a “sample” ( e.g., for software testing or problem resolution) without explicit approval from the Legal Department.

 

At times, in an effort to obtain confidential information, third parties will assert that they are entitled to certain information pursuant to a subpoena or some other legal process or authority. Because there can be various issues that may affect the validity of such demands, no records or information concerning customers shall be disclosed unless specifically directed by the Legal Department. Any such demands for information should be promptly referred to the Legal Department.

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

RETENTION OF THIRD PARTY ORGANIZATIONS BY TRP

 

T. Rowe Price may on occasion use third party organizations (“ Third Parties ”) to provide support services to the firm ( e.g., consultants, systems vendors). Whenever T. Rowe Price hires Third Parties to provide support services, Nonpublic Customer Information may be provided to the third parties only for the purposes for which they are retained. Therefore, it is important that in retaining such third parties, T. Rowe Price has contractual representations from each Third Party that preserves the confidentiality of Nonpublic Customer Information and, where deemed appropriate, enables T. Rowe Price to verify compliance with contractual representations. Accordingly, no Third Parties shall be retained to deal with or have access to Nonpublic Customer Information unless the Legal Department has determined that there are adequate contractual provisions in place. All non-standard contracts relating to supplying or using Nonpublic Customer Information should be submitted to the Legal Department for review; a standard Nondisclosure Agreement is available from the Legal Department.

 

T. Rowe Price also utilizes a risk based process with many of its Third Parties to understand a Third party’s practices to help ensure that appropriate safeguards are in place ( e.g., review of Third Party with access to significant volumes of Nonpublic Customer Information). The review of a Third Party is spearheaded by the appropriate vendor relationship manager and includes obtaining an understanding of the Third Party’s control environment in protecting confidential information, following up with the Third Party to address noted concerns (if any), and ensuring that appropriate contractual standards are in place.

 

POTENTIAL RELEASE OF NONPUBLIC CUSTOMER INFORMATION

 

When there has or may have been a release of Nonpublic Customer Information to anyone not authorized to receive such information or when Nonpublic Customer Information is missing, it is important that the incidents be reported and investigated promptly. T. Rowe Price has implemented a centralized reporting and escalation process ( e.g., reporting to supervisor and specified Help Desk area). This process is designed to investigate reported incidents efficiently, recommend improvements to reduce future errors, and to communicate with customers where appropriate under the firm’s business practices or where required by law. In addition to utilizing the centralized reporting process, to the extent that an associate’s business unit has adopted additional procedures, such as reporting to specified persons in the business unit, the associate shall follow the business unit’s procedures as well.

 

 

 
 

 

CODE OF ETHICS AND CONDUCT

OF

T. ROWE PRICE GROUP, INC.

AND ITS AFFILIATES

 

INDEX

 

 

Access Persons 5-3
Activities, Political 2-13
Adviser Act Requirements for Supervised Persons 1-3
Advisory Board Membership for Profitmaking Enterprise 2-5
Allocation Policy 2-1
Annual Compliance Certification 2-1
Annual Disclosure by Access Persons 5-30
Anti-Bribery Laws and Prohibitions Against Illegal Payments 2-1
Anti-Money Laundering 2-2
Antitrust 2-2,2-1
Appropriate Conduct 2-2
Assets, Protection of Corporate 2-15
Beneficial Ownership, Definition of 5-5
Charitable Contributions 2-2
Chief Compliance Officer Appendix A
Circulation of Rumors 2-17
Client Limit Orders 5-26
Client/Vendor Company Stock, Investment in 2-6
Clients, Shareholders and Brokerage Customers 2-7
Clients’ Accounts and Company Records 2-9
Code Compliance Section 1-1
Code of Ethics and Conduct, Compliance with 1-4
Code of Ethics and Conduct, Persons and Entities Subject to 1-2
Code of Ethics and Conduct, Purpose of 1-1
Code of Ethics and Conduct, Questions Regarding 1-5
Commodity Futures Contracts 5-10
Compliance Procedures, Funds and Federal Advisers 1-4
Computer Security 2-4,6-1
Conduct, Standards of, Price Group and its Personnel 2-1
Confidentiality/Privacy 2-7,8-1
Conflicts of Interest 2-4
Contracts for Difference 5-26
Contributions, Political 2-13
Corporate Assets, Protection of 2-15
Crowdfunding 5-15
Currency Trading 5-10
Destruction of Records 2-15
Donor-Advised Funds, Transactions in 5-10
Drug Policy 2-10
Employee Likenesses, and Information, Use of 2-11
Employment of Former Government Employees 2-11
Encryption 8-4
Equal Opportunity 2-10
Excessive Trading, Mutual Funds Shares 5-2
Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”) 5-11
 
 
Exchange-Traded Index Options 5-26
Executor, Service as 2-18
Expense Payments and Reimbursements 2-9
Fees, Referral 2-16
Fiduciary, Price Advisers' Status as a 1-2,5-1
Financial Reporting 2-10
Financial Service Firms, Relationships with 2-6
Front Running 5-1
Gambling Related to Securities Markets 5-29
General Policy Statement 1-1
Gifts and Entertainment 2-10,3-1
Global Investment Performance Standards (“GIPS”) 2-12
Government Employees, Employment of Former 2-11
Harassment and Discrimination, Policy Against 2-11
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 ("HIPAA") 2-9
Illegal Payments 2-1
Independent Directors of Price Funds, Reporting 5-21
Independent Directors of Price Group, Reporting 5-23
Information Barrier 4-9
Information, Release to the Press 2-16
Initial Public Offerings 5-14
Inside Information 2-12,4-1
Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act 4-1,5-1
Interest, Conflicts of 2-4
Internal Operating Procedures and Planning 2-7
Internet, Access to 6-6
Investment Advice 2-8
Investment Clubs 2-12,5-24
Investment Personnel 5-4
Investment Research 2-8
Large Issuer/Volume Transactions 5-25
Litigation, Past and Current 2-12
Lobbying 2-15
Margin Accounts 5-24
Market Timing, Mutual Fund Shares 5-2
Marketing and Sales Activities 2-12
Mutual Fund Shares, Excessive Trading of 5-2
myTRPcompliance 5-16
NASDAQ Requirements 1-4
Non-Access Persons 5-4
Nonprofitmaking Organizations, Service with 2-5
Options and Futures 5-26
Outside Business Activities 2-12
Payments, Illegal 2-1
Personal Representative, Service as 2-18
Personal Securities Holdings, Disclosure of by Access Persons 5-30
Political Action Committee (“PAC”) 2-13
Political Activities and Contributions 2-13
Press, Release of Information to the 2-16
Price Funds Held on Price Platforms or Through TRP Brokerage 5-13
Price Group Stock, Transactions in 5-6
Price Group, Standards of Conduct 2-1
Prior Transaction Clearance Denials, Requests for Reconsideration 5-17
Prior Transaction Clearance of Securities Transactions (other than Price Group stock) 5-13
 
 
Privacy Policies and Procedures 8-1
Private Placement, Investment In 5-15
Professional Designations 2-15
Profitmaking Enterprises, Relationships with 2-4
Program for Charitable Giving, Transactions in 5-10
Protection of Corporate Assets 2-15
Publications 2-18
Quality of Services 2-15
Questions Regarding the Code 1-5
Rating Changes on Security 5-17,5-25
Record Destruction 2-15
Record Retention 2-15
Referral Fees 2-16
Regulation FD 4-7
Release of Information to the Press 2-16
Reportable Funds 5-12
Reporting by Independent Directors of Price Group 5-23
Reporting by Independent Directors of the Price Funds 5-21
Reporting Violations 2-17
Reporting, Financial 2-10
Reporting, Price Group Stock Transactions 5-8
Reporting, Securities Transactions (other than Price Group stock) (not Independent Directors) 5-18
Restricted List 4-9
Retention of Code 1-1
Retention, Record 2-15
Rule 10b5-1 4-6
Rule 10b5-2 4-3
Sales and Marketing Activities 2-12
Sanctions 1-1,1-2,5-31
Sarbanes-Oxley Attorney Reporting Requirements 2-17
Sarbanes-Oxley Codes 1-4
Sarbanes-Oxley Whistleblower Procedures 2-17
Section 529 College Savings Plans, Reporting 5-13,5-20
Securities Accounts, Notifications of 5-18
Securities Transactions, Reporting of (other than Price Group stock) (not Independent Directors) 5-18
Services, Quality of 2-15
Short Sales 5-27
Sixty (60) Day Rule 5-28
Social Media 2-18
Software Programs, Application of Copyright Law 6-7
Speaking Engagements 2-18
Standards of Conduct of Price Group and its Personnel 2-1
Statement, General Policy 1-1
Supervised Persons, Adviser Act Requirements for 1-3
Supervised Persons, Definition of 1-2
Supervision of Requests Regarding Charitable Contributions 2-2
Temporary Workers, Application of Code to 1-2,5-3
Termination of Association, Understanding as to Accounts and Records 2-9
Trading Activity, Generally 5-25
Trading Activity, Mutual Fund Shares 5-2
Trading Price Funds on Price Platforms/Brokerage 5-13
Trustee, Service as 2-18
Use of Employees' Likenesses and Information 2-11
Vendors, Relationships with Potential 2-6
 
 
Violations, Responsibility to Report 2-17
Waiver for Executive Officer, Reporting of 1-4
Watch List 4-9
Whistleblower Procedures, Sarbanes-Oxley 2-17

 


[1] Nonpublic customer Information refers generally to information that can be linked to a specific customer or individual as opposed to data that is not specifically linked. For example, a listing of trades done for a particular customer or group of customers, without any indication of the customer(s) at issue, is generally not considered to be “Nonpublic Customer Information” in and of itself because it is not linked to an identified customer. Nevertheless, even for aggregate data, there may be corporate business reasons for safeguarding such information.

[2] For Blackberries, contacts/address books are not encrypted at this time due to significant interference with performance. Therefore, Associates may not store Identity Information of another person in contacts/address books.

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

Western Asset Income Fund

Western Asset Management Company

Western Asset Management Company Limited

Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd.

Western Asset Funds, Inc.

Western Asset Premier Bond Fund

Western Asset/Claymore Inflation-Linked Securities & Income Fund

Western Asset/Claymore Inflation-Linked Opportunities & Income Fund

 

 

 

Revised January 1, 2016

 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

What are the Objectives and Spirit of the Code? 3
Who is Subject to the Code? 5
Who Administers the Code? 7
Fiduciary Duty to Clients and Funds 9
Reporting of Personal Trading 11
Preclearance Process for Personal Trading 16
·          What Trades Must Be Precleared? 16
·          What Trades are Not Required to be Precleared? 17
·          How does the Preclearance Process Work?   19
Personal Trading Restrictions 20
·          Holding Periods 20
·          Blackout Periods 21
·          Preclearance Sought in Good Faith 21
Requirements for Fund Directors 22

 

 

 
 

What ARE the objectIVES and spirit of the code?

 

 

Adoption of Code of Ethics by Western Asset and the Funds. Western Asset Management Company, Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd. and Western Asset Management Company Limited (referred to generally as “Western Asset”) act as fiduciaries and, as such, are entrusted to act in the best interests of all clients, including investment companies. Accordingly, Western Asset has adopted this Code of Ethics in order to ensure that employees uphold their fiduciary obligations and to place the interests of clients, including the Funds, before their own.

 

In addition, Western Asset Income Fund, Western Asset Premier Bond Fund, Western Asset Funds, Inc., Western Asset/Claymore Inflation-Linked Securities & Income Fund and Western Asset/Claymore Inflation-Linked Opportunities & Income Fund (referred to generally as the “Funds”) have also adopted this Code of Ethics in order to ensure that persons associated with the Funds, including Directors/Trustees (“Directors”), honor their fiduciary commitment to place the interests of the Funds before their own.

 

Regulatory Requirement. The Investment Company Act of 1940 requires each investment company ( i.e., the Funds), as well as its investment adviser and principal underwriter, to adopt a code of ethics. In addition, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 requires each investment adviser ( i.e., Western Asset) to adopt a code of ethics. Both Acts also require that records be kept relating to the administration of the Code of Ethics. This Code of Ethics shall be read and interpreted in a manner consistent with these Acts and their related rules.

 

Compliance with Applicable Law. All persons associated with Western Asset are obligated to understand and comply with their obligations under applicable law. Among other things, laws and regulations make clear that it is illegal to defraud clients and Funds in any manner, mislead clients or Funds by affirmative statement or by omitting a material fact that should be disclosed, or to engage in any manipulative conduct with respect to clients, Funds, or the trading of securities.

 

Confidential Information. All persons associated with Western Asset and the Funds may be in a position to know about client identities, investment objectives, funding levels, and future plans as well as information about the transactions that Western Asset executes on their behalf and the securities holdings in their accounts. All this information is considered confidential and must not be shared unless otherwise permitted.

 

Avoiding Conflicts of Interest. Neither Western Asset employees nor Fund Directors may take advantage of their knowledge or position to place their interests ahead of Western Asset clients or the Funds, as the case may be. Different obligations may apply to different persons under this Code of Ethics, but this duty includes an obligation not to improperly trade in personal investment accounts, as well as an obligation to maintain complete objectivity and independence in making decisions that impact the management of client assets, including the Funds. Western Asset employees and Fund Directors must disclose all material facts concerning any potential conflict of interest that may arise to the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer or the Western Asset Chief Compliance Officer, as appropriate.

 

 

 
 

Upholding the Spirit of the Code of Ethics. The Code of Ethics sets forth principles and standards of conduct, but it does not and cannot cover every possible scenario or circumstance. Each person is expected to act in accordance with the spirit of the Code of Ethics and their fiduciary duty. Technical compliance with the Code of Ethics is not sufficient if a particular action or series of actions would violate the spirit of the Code of Ethics.

 

Western Asset Compliance Policies and Procedures. In addition to the Code of Ethics, Western Asset has established policies and procedures that are designed to address compliance requirements and conflicts and potential conflicts of interest not related to personal trading. Employees have an obligation to follow Western Asset’s compliance policies and procedures.

 
 

WHO IS SUBJECT TO THE CODE?

 

 

While the spirit and objectives of the Code generally are the same for each person covered by the Code of Ethics, different specific requirements may apply to different categories of people. Western Asset and the Funds have both adopted the Code of Ethics, and the requirements for Western Asset employees differ from those for Fund Directors. You must understand what category or categories apply to you in order to understand which requirements you are subject to.

 

Western Asset Employees, Officers and Directors. As a condition of employment, all Western Asset employees, officers and directors (generally referred to as “Western Asset employees”) must read, understand and agree to comply with the Code of Ethics. You have an obligation to seek guidance or take any other appropriate steps to make sure you understand your obligations under the Code of Ethics. On an annual basis, you are required to certify that you have read and understand the Code of Ethics and agree to comply.

 

Western Asset Independent Contractors. Independent contractors may be subject to the Code of Ethics depending on the length of time with Western Asset, the nature of the engagement and the access to information. If designated, you are required to comply with the Code of Ethics and make all the required certifications. All independent contractors are still obliged to observe obligations of confidentiality and other terms of their engagements.

 

Directors of the Funds. The Code of Ethics applies to interested Directors of the Funds who are also Western Asset employees or otherwise interested persons because of their business affiliations with Western Asset. Interested Directors who are also employees or are otherwise interested persons because of their business affiliations with Legg Mason or Guggenheim are subject to the Legg Mason and Guggenheim Codes of Ethics, respectively.

 

· What are the “Funds”?

 

o Western Asset Funds, Inc.
o Western Asset Income Fund
o Western Asset Premier Bond Fund
o Western Asset/Claymore Inflation-Linked Securities & Income Fund
o Western Asset/Claymore Inflation-Linked Opportunities & Income Fund.

 

· If a Director is considered to be an “interested person” of a Fund, its investment adviser or principal underwriter within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, then he or she is considered an Interested Director.

 

 

 

 

Access Persons. Western Asset employees and Fund Officers and Directors are considered “Access Persons” because they may have access to information regarding investment decisions, transactions and holdings. Other people may also be considered to be “Access Persons” and subject to the same requirements as Western Asset employees including the following:

 

 

 

 

Investment Persons. If you are a Western Asset employee and you also make recommendations or investment decisions on behalf of Western Asset as part of your regular functions or duties, or you make or participate in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities for a Western Asset client or account, you are considered an “Investment Person.” Investment Persons are subject to all the requirements of Western Asset employees, but also must comply with additional restrictions due to their knowledge and involvement with investment decisions Western Asset is considering or planning for the future.

 

Other Codes of Ethics. If you are an Access Person under this Code, but you are employed principally by affiliates of Western Asset and you are subject to a Code of Ethics that complies with applicable law, you are subject to the relevant provisions of the Code of Ethics of your principal employer and not subject to this Code.

 
 

 

WHO ADMINISTERS THE CODE?

 

 

Western Asset Operations Committee:

 

· Responsibilities. The Western Asset Operations Committee has ultimate responsibility for the Code of Ethics. The Operations Committee shall review and approve or deny any changes or proposed changes to the Code of Ethics. The Operations Committee shall also receive periodic reports from the Legal and Compliance Department regarding violations of the Code of Ethics. The Operations Committee shall determine the appropriate policy with respect to sanctions for Code of Ethics violations. The Operations Committee may delegate the administration of this Code of Ethics to other individuals or departments, including the power to impose sanctions for particular violations according to the framework approved by the Committee.

 

· Interpretation: The Operations Committee is the final arbiter of questions of interpretation under this Code of Ethics.

 

Western Asset Chief Compliance Officer:

 

· Receipt of Violations. The Chief Compliance Officer (known as the “CCO”) for Western Asset is the person designated to receive all violations of the Code of Ethics. If a Western Asset employee becomes aware of a violation of this Code of Ethics or a violation of applicable law, they have an obligation to report the matter promptly to the CCO.

 

· Review of Violations. The Western Asset CCO must review all violations of the Code of Ethics and oversee any appropriate investigation and subsequent response with respect to Western Asset.

 

Chief Compliance Officer for the Funds:

 

· Responsibilities. The Chief Compliance Officer for the Funds is responsible for overseeing the administration of the Funds’ compliance policies and procedures.

 

· Reporting of Violations. All violations of the Funds’ Code of Ethics must be reported to the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer. To the extent that a violation involves a Fund Director, the Funds’ CCO shall oversee any appropriate investigation and subsequent response with respect to the Funds.

 

Sanctions for Violations of the Code of Ethics:

 

· If you violate the Code of Ethics, you may be subject to sanctions. Violations may take a variety of forms, depending on the facts and circumstances and should reflect the nature of the violation, the risk to clients and other similar factors.

 

· In evaluating a violation, a variety of factors may be considered including any evidence of a violation of the law, potential or actual harm to client interests, evidence of fraud, neglect or
 
 

indifference to the Code of Ethics, frequency of violations, prior violations, and cooperation or mitigation efforts of the employee.

 

· Sanctions may include any of the following types of sanctions or such other sanctions as may be deemed appropriate:

 

o Verbal or written warnings
o Written warnings with copies to the employee’s supervisor and/or personnel file
o Limits on personal trading activities, such as limits on the ability to trade or open new positions
o Requirements to disgorge profits and/or reverse trades
o Referrals to Human Resources for disciplinary action
o Terminations
 
 

FIDUCIARY DUTY TO CLIENTS AND FUNDS

 

 

Comply with Applicable Law. A variety of securities laws, including those described in this Code of Ethics, apply to the operation of Western Asset and the Funds. It is your responsibility to understand your obligations under these laws and to comply with those requirements. You have an obligation to seek assistance from the Legal and Compliance Department if you are unsure of what your obligations are under this Code of Ethics.

 

Fiduciary Duty. As a fiduciary for Western Asset clients, including the Funds, you have an obligation to act in clients’ best interests. You must scrupulously avoid serving your personal interests ahead of the interests of clients and the Funds. That includes making sure that client interests come first and that you avoid any potential or actual conflicts of interest. That fiduciary duty extends to all aspects of the business. Conflicts and potential conflicts can arise in a variety of situations. You may have information regarding clients, their investment strategies, strategic plans, assets, holdings, transactions, personnel matters and other information. This information may not be communicated in any manner to benefit yourself or other persons. This obligation extends to avoiding potential conflicts between client accounts as well. You may not inappropriately favor the interests of one client over another.

 

Compliance with the Code of Ethics. All new staff are provided with a copy of this Code of Ethics upon joining the Firm and the current version is posted on the Firm’s intranet.  From time to time, the Firm may revise the Code of Ethics and you will be provided with a copy of any such amendments to the Code.  On an annual basis and when the Code of Ethics is amended, you will be required to acknowledge in writing that you have received, understand and agree to comply with the Code of Ethics.

 

Personal Interests. As a general matter, you may not improperly take personal advantage of your knowledge of recent, pending or intended securities activities for clients, including the Funds. In addition, you may not improperly take advantage of your position to personally gain at the expense of the interests of Western Asset, clients, or the Funds.

 

Maintaining the Best Interests of Clients. The provisions of this Code of Ethics address some of the ways in which you are expected to uphold the fiduciary duty to clients and the Funds. It is not an exclusive list.

 

Confidentiality. Unless otherwise permitted, information regarding clients or their accounts may not be shared with persons outside of the Firm, such as vendors, family members, or market participants. In particular, information regarding the trading intentions of clients or Western Asset on behalf of its clients may not be shared.

 

Personal trading:

 

· A potential conflict exists between the interests of clients (including the Funds) and your personal investment activities. This conflict may take shape in a variety of ways, including the particular trades you execute and the volume of trading you do.

 

 
 
· You may not engage in an excessive volume of trading in your personal accounts. High volumes of personal trading may raise concerns that your energies and interests are not aligned with client interests.

 

· Depending on the particular security that you choose to buy, a holding period may also apply that requires you to hold that security for a minimum period of time.

 

·          At all times, you have an obligation to refrain from personally trading to manipulate the prices of securities and trading on material non-public information.

 

· Given the potential conflict that exists between client transactions, holdings and intentions and your personal trading activity, the Code of Ethics contains detailed requirements regarding your personal conduct and the monitoring of your personal trading activity. The remaining sections of the Code of Ethics provide guidance on the requirements that must be followed in connection with your personal trading activity.
 
 

REPORTING OF PERSONAL TRADING

 

You must provide information regarding your personal investment accounts as required under this Code of Ethics. Reporting obligations take effect at the inception of your involvement with Western Asset or a Fund, and continue on a monthly, quarterly and annual basis. As with other provisions of the Code of Ethics, you are expected to understand and comply with the obligations that apply to you. (Applicable provisions for Western Asset Interested Directors are described more fully below in the Section titled “Requirements for Fund Directors.”)

 

In order to monitor potential conflicts of interest and your compliance with the Code, Western Asset employees and Interested Directors must identify investment accounts and provide information on particular securities transactions in those accounts.

 

Western Asset Management Company employees ( i.e., those located in the Pasadena and New York offices) must maintain personal brokerage accounts only with brokers approved by the Firm. New hires must transfer their accounts within 90-days of hire. The criterion for broker approval is whether a broker is willing and able to provide electronic feeds to Western Asset for purposes of monitoring and administration of the Code of Ethics and Western Asset’s systems can effectively accommodate the electronic feeds. A list of approved brokers shall be published by the Legal and Compliance Department for reference by employees. Limited exceptions may be granted by the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer in such cases as may be necessary or prudent on a case by case basis (such as for accounts of family members of employees).

 

Which investment accounts do Western Asset employees and Western Asset Interested Directors need to report?

 

Report any of the following investment accounts:

 

· Any investment account with a broker-dealer or bank in which you have a direct or indirect interest, including accounts that are yours or that you share jointly with another person. This includes joint accounts, spousal accounts, UTMA accounts, partnerships, trusts and controlling interests in corporations.

 

o This requirement generally will cover any type of brokerage account opened with a broker-dealer or bank.

 

o You must also report any Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”) held with a broker-dealer or bank.

 

· Any investment account with a broker-dealer or bank over which you have investment decision-making authority (including accounts you are named on, such as being a guardian, executor or trustee, as well as accounts you are not named on, such as an account owned by another person for which you have been granted trading authority).

 

 
 
· Any investment account with a broker-dealer or bank established by partnership, corporation, or other entity in which you have a direct or indirect interest through any formal or informal understanding or agreement.
· Any college savings account in which you hold securities issued under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code and in which you have a direct or indirect interest.

 

· Any other account that the Western Asset Operations Committee or its delegate deems appropriate in light of your interest or involvement.

 

· You are presumed to have investment decision-making authority for, and therefore must report, any investment account of a member of your immediate family if they live in the same household as you. (Immediate family includes a spouse, child, grandchild, stepchild, parent, grandparent, sibling, mother or father-in-law, son or daughter in-law, or brother or sister in-law.) You may rebut this presumption if you are able to provide Western Asset with satisfactory assurances that you have no material interest in the account and exercise no control over investment decisions made regarding the account. Consult with the Legal and Compliance Department for guidance regarding this process.

 

Do not report any of the following accounts:

 

· Do not report investment accounts that are not held at a broker-dealer or bank that permit investments only in shares of open-end investment companies or funds:

 

o Do not report such an investment account if the account holds only shares in money market funds.

 

o Do not report such an investment account if you only invest in open-end funds not advised or sub-advised by Western Asset or a Legg Mason affiliate. If you begin investing in open-end funds advised or sub-advised by Western Asset or an affiliate, you must report the investment account.

 

· Do not report any 401(k), 403(b) or other company sponsored retirement accounts unless there is trading activity in funds advised or sub-advised by Western Asset or an affiliate. The list is available from the Legal and Compliance Department. Note: If you have a Legg Mason 401(k) account, no additional reporting is required, but you are subject to the holding period requirements described in the Section below titled “Personal Trading Restrictions.”

 

What reports are Western Asset employees and Western Asset Interested Directors required to provide?

 

At hire: What information is required when you are hired or become a Western Asset employee or a Western Asset Interested Director of a Fund?

 

· You must report all of your investment accounts. (See information above for more detail on which accounts must be reported.)

 

 
 
· The report must either include copies of statements or the name of the broker, dealer or bank, title on the account, security names, and the number of shares and principal amount of all holdings.

 

· You must sign and date all initial reports.
· You must report required information within 10 calendar days from the date of hire or the date on which you become a Western Asset employee or Western Asset Interested Director.

 

· All the information that you report must be no more than 45 days old.

 

· The Legal and Compliance Department will attempt to arrange with your brokerage firm to receive duplicate confirmations and statements to enable the firm to monitor your trading activities, but your assistance may be required.

 

Electronic Confirmations and Statements: T he Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department will attempt to arrange to receive duplicate copies of transaction confirmations and account statements for each investment account directly from each financial institution with whom you have reported having an investment account. To the extent that Western Asset is able to directly obtain such information, you will not be required to separately provide the information described below for quarterly or annual transaction reports. You may be asked to confirm Western Asset’s records in lieu of providing your own holdings or transaction reports. Your assistance may be required for information Western Asset does not have or is not able to obtain otherwise, which may include providing statements to Western Asset yourself or coordinating with your financial institution to send confirmations and statements to Western Asset.

 

Quarterly Transaction Reports: What information is required on a quarterly basis?

 

· You must report all transactions in covered securities in which you have a direct or indirect beneficial interest during a quarter to the Legal and Compliance Department within 30 days after quarter end, regardless of whether the account is required to be reported as described above.

 

o What are “covered securities”? “Covered securities” are any security as defined by the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Investment Company Act of 1940, any financial instrument related to a security, including fixed income securities, any equity securities, any derivatives on fixed income or equity securities, ETFs, closed-end mutual funds, and any open-end mutual funds managed, advised or sub-advised by Western Asset or an affiliate.

 

o “Covered securities” does not include obligations of the US government, bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short term debt instruments such as repurchase agreements and other instruments as described below in the Section titled “What Trades are Not Required to be Precleared?”

 

· The report shall state the title and number of shares, the principal amount of the security involved, the interest rate and maturity date if applicable, the date and nature of the transaction, the price at which the transaction was effected and the name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected.
 
 

 

· The report must also include the date it was submitted.

 

· You may not be required to file a quarterly report if the Legal and Compliance Department received duplicate copies of your broker confirmations and statements within the 30 day time period. From time to time, however, the Legal and Compliance Department may not receive all duplicate statements from brokers or may not receive them on a timely basis. In those cases, you will be notified by the Legal and Compliance Department and you have an obligation to provide copies of the statements or report all transactions you execute during the quarter in some other form.

 

· If you have no investment accounts or executed no transactions in covered securities, you may be asked to confirm that you had no investment activity (either independent of an account or in a newly opened account).

 

Annual Holdings Reports: What information is required on an annual basis?

 

· You must provide a list of all covered securities in which you have a direct or indirect interest, including those not held in an account at a broker-dealer or bank. The list must include the title, number of shares and principal amount of each covered security. Copies of investment account statements containing such information are sufficient.

 

· You must report the account number, account name and financial institution for each investment account with a broker-dealer of bank for which you are required to report.

 

· While the Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department may be receiving duplicate statements and confirmations for your investment accounts, this annual reporting requirement is intended to serve as a check to make sure that all of Western Asset’s information is accurate and current.

 

· The information in the annual report must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted and the annual report must include the date it was submitted to the Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department.

 

· You also must certify annually that you have complied with the requirements of this Code of Ethics and that you have disclosed or reported all transactions and holdings required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of this Code.

 

New Investment Accounts: When do I need to report new investment accounts that are required to be reported under the Code of Ethics?

 

· After you open an account or after you assume a role or obtain an interest in an account that requires reporting (as discussed in the Section titled “Reporting of Personal Trading”), you have 30 calendar days after the end of the quarter to report the account.

 

 
 
· You must report the title of the account, the name of the financial institution for the account, the date the account was established (or the date on which you gained an interest or authority that requires the account to be reported) and the date reported.

 

Additional Reporting for Certain Persons. What additional reporting obligations exist for Directors and Officers of Closed-End Investment Companies, officers or Western Asset, or designated members of the Western Asset Investment Strategy Group?

 

· Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires Directors and Officers of any closed-end investment company to report to the Securities and Exchange Commission changes in their personal ownership of that closed-end investment company’s stock. Note that reporting is not required for all close-end investment companies, but only the shares of those closed-end funds for which a person serves as a director or officer.

 

· In addition, Section 16 requires Western Asset officers and designated members of the Western Asset Investment Strategy Group to forfeit to the Fund any profit realized from any purchase and sale, or any sale and purchase, of Fund shares within any period of less than six months. Under Section 16, holding periods operate on a “last in, first out” methodology, so the six month holding period for all holdings re-sets with each new purchase. Such persons should consult the Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department for further guidance regarding specific provisions of the law, including applicable reporting requirements

.

· If provided with the necessary information, the Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department will assist and make the filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission on your behalf.

 

 
 

PRECLEARANCE PROCESS FOR PERSONAL TRADING

 

 

Before you execute a personal trade, the trade may need to be precleared to ensure that there is no conflict with Western Asset’s current trading activities on behalf of its clients (including the Funds). All Western Asset employees are required to preclear trades in securities except as provided below.

 

What trades must be precleared?

 

Any Security (unless excluded below). You must preclear trades in any security, which means any bond, stock, debenture, certificate of interest or participation in any profit sharing venture, warrant, right and generally anything that meets the definition of “security” under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and the Investment Company Act of 1940. Except for money market instruments and G-7 government direct obligations, all fixed income securities must be precleared.

 

Restricted List. Subject to the caveat below for common stock, you are required to preclear the securities of any issuer that are listed on the Western Asset restricted list.

 

Common Stocks. You are only required to preclear publicly traded common stocks if the issuer of the common stock is listed on the Western Asset restricted list. In cases where the common stock is on the restricted list, designated as being eligible for trading, and the issuer has USD$10 billion or more in market capitalization, pre-clearance is only required if your trade is over USD$100,000 in value. Restrictions also apply to investments in private placements (including private funds) or initial public offerings (see discussion below). Preclearance is not required, however, for trading in stocks issued by Legg Mason as long as all other restrictions regarding Legg Mason securities such as restricted periods are followed.

 

Stocks of Brazilian Issuers. You must preclear all Brazilian equity trades except trades of a de minimis amount ( i.e., trades of 500 shares or less per day for any issuer with a market capitalization in excess of USD$10 billion). This preclearance requirement includes both common and preferred shares as well as local shares and GDR/ADR securities.

 

Derivatives. Trades in any financial instrument related to a security that is required to be pre-cleared, including options on securities, futures contracts, single stock futures, options on futures contracts and any other derivative must be precleared.

 

Shares in any Affiliated Open or Closed-end Mutual Fund or REIT . Preclearance is required if you purchase or sell shares of open-end or closed-end funds and/or REITs advised or sub-advised by Western Asset outside of your Legg Mason 401(k) participant account. This includes preclearance for such purchases or sales in a spouse’s retirement account. You are not required to preclear trades in your Legg Mason 401(k) participant account. Note: No preclearance is required for investments in any money market funds.

 

Systematic Investment Plans. Preclearance is required when executing an initial instruction for any purchases or sales that are made pursuant to a systematic investment or withdrawal plan involving a security that requires preclearance. For example, a systematic investment plan that regularly

 
 

purchases shares of a Western Asset Fund would need to be precleared when the initial instruction was made, but not for each specific subsequent purchase. A systematic investment or withdrawal plan is one pursuant to which a prescribed purchase or sale will be automatically made on a regular, predetermined basis without affirmative action by the Access Person. As such, only the initial investment instruction (and any subsequent changes to the instruction) requires preclearance.

 

Private Placement Securities. All Western Asset employees must preclear any trades in private placement securities ( i.e., any offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to section 4(2) or 4(6) or pursuant to rule 504, rule 505, or rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933) whether or not fixed income related. This requirement includes all private investment partnerships or funds such as hedge funds and private real estate holding partnerships.

 

Initial Public Offerings. Investment Persons are prohibited from participating in Initial Public Offerings, but other Western Asset employees may participate after obtaining preclearance.

 

529 College Savings Plans. Any transaction in units of a college savings plan established under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code where the underlying investments are open-end funds advised or sub-advised by Western Asset or an affiliate. A list of such funds is available from the Legal and Compliance Department.

 

Transactions in Retirement Accounts and Deferred Compensation Plans. All purchases or sales of investment companies or funds advised or sub-advised by Western Asset in any retirement account other than your Legg Mason 401(k) participant account or Deferred Compensation Plan must be precleared. Note: Trades in your Legg Mason 401(k) account are not required to be precleared, but are subject to a 60-day holding period if they are Legg Mason funds or if they are advised or sub-advised by Western Asset.

 

Shares of Preferred Stock. You are required to preclear all transactions in shares of preferred stock.

 

 

What trades are not required to be precleared ?

 

Common Stocks. As long as the issuer of the securities is not listed on the Western Asset restricted list, you are not required to preclear publicly traded common stocks. All Western Asset employees are also required to preclear an equity security in the case of a private placement or an initial public offering (see discussion above).

 

Government Securities. Trades in any direct obligations of the U.S. Government or any G7 government are not required to be precleared.

 

High Quality Short-term Debt Instruments. High quality short term debt instruments including bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, variable-rate demand notes, repurchase agreements and other high quality short-term debt instruments ( meaning any instrument that has a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, such as S&P or Moody’s) are not required to be precleared.

 

 
 

Money Market Funds. Trades in any investment company or fund that is a money market fund are not required to be precleared.

 

Open-End Mutual Funds. Trades in open-end mutual funds that are not advised or sub-advised by Western Asset are not required to be precleared.

 

Closed-End Mutual Funds, Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) and Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”). Transactions of closed end mutual funds, ETFs and REITs are not required to be precleared unless they are advised by Western Asset.

 

Transactions Retirement Accounts and Deferred Compensation Plans. Purchases or sales of investment companies or funds in your Legg Mason 401(k) participant account or Deferred Compensation Plan are not required to be precleared. Note: Trades in your Legg Mason 401(k) account are not required to be precleared, but are subject to a holding period requirement if they are advised or sub-advised by Western Asset.

 

Systematic Investment Plans. Any purchases or sales that are made pursuant to a systematic investment or withdrawal plan that has previously been approved by a Preclearance Officer. A systematic investment plan is any plan where a sale or purchase will be automatically made on a regular, predetermined basis without your authorization for each transaction. The first instruction must be precleared, but each subsequent purchase is not required to be precleared unless changes are made to the terms of the standing order.

 

No Knowledge. Securities transactions where you have no knowledge of the transaction before it is completed (for example, a transaction effected by a Trustee of a blind trust or discretionary trades involving an investment partnership or investment club, when you are neither consulted nor advised of the trade before it is executed) are not required to be precleared.

 

Certain Corporate Actions. Any acquisition of securities through stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, exercise of rights or other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of securities is not required to be precleared.

 

Options-Related Activity. Any acquisition or disposition of a security in connection with an option-related transaction that has been previously approved. For example, if you receive approval to write a covered call, and the call is later exercised, you are not required to obtain preclearance in order to exercise the call. Preclearance of a derivative of a security is required only if the underlying security requires preclearance.

 

Commodities, Futures and Options on Futures. Any transaction involving commodities, futures (including currency futures and futures on securities comprising part of a broad-based, publicly traded market based index of stocks) and options on futures. Preclearance is required for any single issuer derivatives, such as single stock futures.

 

529 College Savings Plans. Any transaction in units of a college savings plan established under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code, unless the underlying investment includes open-end funds advised or sub-advised by Western Asset or an affiliate.

 
 

 

Miscellaneous. Any transaction in any other securities as the Western Asset Chief Compliance Officer may designate on the grounds that the risk of abuse is minimal or non-existent.

 

How does THE preclearance process work?

 

Understand the Preclearance requirements. Review the Section above titled “Preclearance Process for Personal Trading” to determine if the security requires preclearance.

 

Trading Authorization Form. Obtain and complete a Trading Authorization Form.

 

Submission for approval. Submit the completed form to a Preclearance Officer for a determination of approval or denial. The Chief Compliance Officer shall designate Preclearance Officers to consider requests for approval or denials.

 

Approval or Denial. The Preclearance Officer shall determine whether approval of the proposed trade would place the individual’s interests ahead of the interests of Western Asset clients (including the Funds). To be valid, a Preclearance Officer must sign the Trading Authorization Form or otherwise evidence approval.

 

Expiration of Trading Permission. Trade authorizations expire at the end of the trading day during which authorization is granted. Trade authorizations also expire if they are revoked or if you learn that the information provided in the Trade Authorization request is not accurate. If the authorization expires, a new authorization must be obtained before the trade order may be placed. If an order is placed but has not been executed before the authorization expires ( e.g., a limit order), no new authorization is necessary unless the order is amended in any way.

 

Transactions of a Preclearance Officer. A Preclearance Officer may not approve his or her own Trading Authorization Form.

 

Proxies. You may designate a representative to complete and submit a Trade Authorization Form if you are unable to complete the form on your behalf in order to obtain proper authorization.

 
 

PERSONAL TRADING RESTRICTIONS

 

 

In addition to reporting and preclearance obligations, you are also subject to restrictions regarding the manner in which you trade and hold securities in any personal investment accounts for which you report transactions. (The Section above titled “Reporting of Personal Trading” describes which accounts must be reported.)

 

For all Western Asset employees:

 

· Market Manipulation. You shall not execute any securities transactions with the intent to raise, lower, or maintain the price of any security or to falsely create the appearance of trading activity.

 

· Spread Betting. Spread Betting is a speculative transaction that involves taking a bet on the price movement of a security, index or other financial product via a spread betting company.   Spread betting on financial products is not permitted and employees may not use spread betting accounts to circumvent the Code of Ethics.  Spread betting on non-financial products, such as sporting events, is not covered by the Code of Ethics.

 

· Trading on Inside Information. You shall not purchase or sell any security if you have material nonpublic information about the security or the issuer of the security. You are also subject to Western Asset’s policy on insider trading. This policy applies both to personal transactions and to transactions executed by Western Asset personnel on behalf of client accounts.

 

· Excessive Personal Trading. You are limited to 75 transactions per calendar quarter. Transactions are defined as executions - therefore, a buy and a sell of the same security are considered as two transactions and multiple fills for limit orders are each considered a transaction unless brokers provide information to permit independent confirmation that multiple confirmations originated from a single order. This does not apply to accounts held by family members where you do not have any trading authority, fully managed accounts where you have given permission to another party to manage your account, and rebalancing of investments in the 401(k), 403(b) or any other company sponsored retirement accounts. Single expressions of investment intent with multiple executions are counted as a single trade ( i.e., multiple fills on a limit or a block trade across multiple family accounts).

 

· Initial Public Offerings for Investment Persons: Investment Persons may not purchase any securities through an initial public offering.

 

Regardless of whether a transaction is specifically prohibited in this Code of Ethics, you may not engage in any personal securities transactions that (i) impact your ability to carry out your assigned duties or (ii) increase the possibility of an actual or apparent conflict of interest.

 

Holding Periods for securities in personal accounts for all Western Asset employees:

 

· After making a purchase, you must hold that security for at least 30 calendar days unless specified otherwise below.
 
 

 

· Holding periods apply for all securities except transactions in money market funds, government/sovereign securities issued by G-7 countries and derivatives on such securities, high quality short-term debt instruments, ETFs or other index securities, options on broad-based indices, currencies, and open-end mutual funds not advised by Western Asset.

 

· A 60-day holding period applies for all mutual funds, investment companies, unit trusts, REITs, or other commingled vehicles for which Western Asset serves as adviser or sub-adviser.

 

· This limitation applies to any purchases or sales in your individual retirement account, 401(k), deferred compensation plan, or any similar retirement plan or investment account for you or your immediate family. There is no holding period for purchases or sales done through a systematic investment or withdrawal plan.

 

· There is no holding period for accounts held by family members where you do not have any trading authority or fully managed accounts where you have given permission to another party to manage your account. You may not direct or recommend trades or take any other action that serves to circumvent the provisions of the Code of Ethics.

 

· The holding period may be deemed inapplicable in circumstances such as stop-loss orders declared in advance or extreme market volatility if prudent and consistent with the Firm’s overarching fiduciary duties to clients and regulatory obligations.

 

Blackout Periods:

 

 

 

 

· Seven Day Blackout period for Investment Persons:

 

o You may not purchase or sell a fixed income security (or any security convertible into a fixed income security) if Western Asset purchases or sells securities of the same issuer within seven calendar days before or after the date of your purchase or sale.

 

Preclearance Sought and Obtained in Good Faith:

 

· The blackout period restriction may be deemed inapplicable if, consistent with the overarching duty to put client interests ahead of personal or Firm interests, an Access Person making a personal transaction has sought and received preclearance. This determination will take into account such factors as the degree of involvement in or access to the persons or teams making the investment decision.
 
 

REQUIREMENTS FOR FUND DIRECTORS

 

Interested Directors of the Funds that are also Western Asset employees

 

·          If you are an Interested Director and also a Western Asset, Legg Mason or Guggenheim employee, you are subject to all the Code of Ethics requirements that apply to you as a Western Asset, Legg Mason or Guggenheim employee. Accordingly, if you are a Western Asset employee, you are required to comply with all provisions of this Code of Ethics. If you are a Legg Mason or Guggenheim employee, you are not subject to the provision of this Code of Ethics, but you are required to comply with the Legg Mason or Guggenheim Code of Ethics, as applicable

 

· You are also subject to the requirements under Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934. For Interested Directors who are also Western Asset employees, this obligation is addressed in the Section above titled “Reporting of Personal Trading.”

 

Interested Directors of the Funds that are not Western Asset employees

 

 

 

These sections may also incorporate other parts of the Code of Ethics by reference.

 

 

 

Code of Ethics for Personal Investing

 

 

 

 

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS FOR PERSONAL INVESTING

Fidelity Fund Access Version

2016

 
 

Code of Ethics for Personal Investing

 

The Fund Access Version of the Code of Ethics for Personal Investing contains rules about owning and trading securities for personal benefit. This version applies to officers, directors, and employees of Fidelity companies that are involved in the management and operations of Fidelity’s funds or have access to non-public information about the funds, including investment advisers to the funds, the principal underwriter of the funds, and anyone designated by the Ethics Office. Keep in mind that if you change jobs within Fidelity, a different version of the Code of Ethics may apply to you.

 

Code of Ethics for Personal Investing 4

 

Rules for All Employees Subject to This Code of Ethics 4

 

What’s Required

Acknowledging that you understand the rules

Complying with securities laws

Reporting violations to the Ethics Office

Disclosing securities accounts and holdings in covered securities

Moving covered accounts to Fidelity

Moving holdings in Fidelity funds to Fidelity

Disclosing transactions of covered securities

Disclosing gifts and transfers of ownership of covered securities

Getting approval before engaging in private securities transactions

Getting prior approval to serve as a director

Clearing trades in advance (pre-clearance)

Surrendering 60-day gains (60-Day Rule)

 

What’s Prohibited

Trading restricted securities

Selling short

Participating in an IPO

Participating in an investment club

Investing in a hedge fund

Excessive trading

Buying securities of certain broker-dealers

Trading after a research note

Profiting from knowledge of fund transactions

Influencing a fund to benefit yourself or others

Attempting to defraud a client or fund

Using a derivative to get around a rule

 

 

 

Additional Rules for Traders, Research Analysts, and Portfolio Managers 12

 

All rules listed above, plus the rules in this section

 

What’s Required

Notification of your ownership of covered securities in a research note

Disclosing trading opportunities to the funds before personally trading

 

What’s Prohibited

Trading within seven days of a fund you manage

 

 

 

The Rules for Employee Investing are fairly comprehensive. They cover most of the personal investing situations a Fidelity employee is likely to experience. Yet it’s always possible you will encounter a situation that isn’t fully addressed by the rules. If that happens, you need to know what to do. The easiest way to make sure you are making the right decision is to follow these three principles:

1. Know the policy.

If you think your situation isn’t covered, check again. It never hurts to take a second look at the rules.

2. Seek guidance.

Asking questions is always appropriate. Talk with your manager or the Ethics Office if you’re not sure about the policy requirements or how they apply to your situation. Additionally, resources are available at MyCompliance to assist you with your questions.

3. Use sound judgment.

Analyze the situation and weigh the options. Think about how your decision would look to an outsider. Understanding and following the Rules for Employee Investing is one of the most important ways we can ensure that our customers’ interests always come first. INFORMATION

 
 

Ethics Office

Phone

(001) 617-563-5566

(001) 800-580-8780

Fax

(001) 617-385-0939

E-mail

ethics.office@fmr.com

Mail zone

WG3D

Web

MyCompliance.fmr.com

Pre-Clearance

Web

Internal

preclear.fmr.com

External

preclear.fi delity.com

Phone

(001) 617-563-6109

(001) 800-771-2707

To call the phone numbers from outside the United States or Canada, dial “001” before the number.

(sidebar) Other policies you should be aware of

There are other policies that you need to be familiar with, including:

• Professional Conduct Policies. Global Policy on Personal Conflicts of Interests and other Fidelity wide policies (available at Policy.fmr.com)

• Equal Employment Opportunity and Policy Prohibiting Discrimination and Harassment (available at Policy.fmr.com)

• Electronic Communications, Social Media & Systems Usage Policy (available at Policy.fmr.com)

• Information Security practices (available at InfoSecurity.fmr.com)

• Anti–Money Laundering Policy & Procedures (available at MyCompliance.fmr.com)

• Corporate Policy on Business Entertainment and Workplace Gifts (available at MyCompliance.fmr.com)

• Global Policy on Outside Activities (available at MyCompliance.fmr.com)

• Global Anti- Corruption Policy and applicable Supplements to the Global Anti-Corruption Policy (available at MyCompliance.fmr.com)

 

WHO IS SUBJECT TO THIS VERSION OF THE CODE OF ETHICS?

 

Code of Ethics for Personal Investing

Fund Access Version

Following the rules — in letter and in spirit

This Fund Access Version of the Code of Ethics contains rules about owning and trading securities for personal benefit. Certain rules, which are noted, apply both to you and to anyone else who is a covered person (see Key Concepts on page14).

 

You have a fiduciary duty to never place your own personal interests ahead of the interests of Fidelity’s clients, including shareholders of the Fidelity funds. This means never taking unfair advantage of your relationship to the funds or Fidelity in attempting to benefit yourself or another party. It also means avoiding any actual or potential conflicts of interest with the funds or Fidelity when managing your personal investments.

 

Because no set of rules can anticipate every possible situation, it is essential that you follow these rules not just in letter, but in spirit as well. Any activity that compromises Fidelity’s integrity, even if it does not expressly violate a rule, has the potential to harm Fidelity’s reputation and may result in scrutiny or further action from the Ethics Office.

 

WHAT’S REQUIRED

Acknowledging that you understand the rules

When you begin working for Fidelity, and again each year, you are required to:

and to obtain and review account and transaction data (including duplicate copies of non-Fidelity

account statements) for compliance or employment related purposes

 
 

the future

 

To Do

New employees need to respond within 10 days of hire.

 

Respond to the e-mail that you receive from the Ethics Office to acknowledge your understanding of the rules.

RULES ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

Complying with securities laws

In addition to complying with these rules and other company-wide policies, you need to comply with U.S. securities laws and any other securities laws to which you are subject.

 

Reporting violations to the Ethics Office

If you become aware that you or someone else has violated any of these rules, you need to promptly report the violation.

 

To Do

 

Disclosing securities accounts and holdings in covered securities

You must disclose all securities accounts — those that hold covered securities (see Key Concepts on page 14) and those that do not. You must also disclose all covered securities not held in an account. This rule covers not only securities accounts and holdings under your own name or control, but also those under the name or control (including trading discretion or investment control) of your covered persons (see Key Concepts on page 14). It includes accounts held at Fidelity as well as those held at other financial institutions. Information regarding these holdings must not be more than 45 days old when you submit it.

 

To Do

Employees newly subject to this rule

· Within 10 days of hire or of being notified by the Ethics Office that this version of the Code of Ethics applies to you, submit an Accounts and Holdings Disclosure (available at MyCompliance.fmr.com) showing all of your securities accounts and holdings in covered securities not held in an account. Submit the most recent statement for each account listed to the Ethics Office if not held at Fidelity. If you do not have any securities accounts or applicable holdings, check the appropriate box in the online form confirming that you have nothing to disclose.

 

Current employees

· Each year, you will receive an Annual Accounts and Holdings Disclosure. You will be required to confirm that all information previously disclosed is accurate and complete.
· As soon as any new securities account is opened, or a preexisting securities account becomes associated with you (such as through marriage or inheritance), complete an Accounts and Holdings Disclosure (available at MyCompliance.fmr.com) with the new information and submit it promptly to the Ethics Office.
· On your next Quarterly Trade Verification, confirm that the list of disclosed securities accounts in the appropriate section of the report is accurate and complete.

 

 

KEY CONCEPTS

These definitions encompass broad categories, and the examples given are not all-inclusive. If you have any questions regarding these definitions or application of these rules to a person, security, or account that is not addressed in this section, you can contact the Ethics Office for additional guidance.

 

Covered person

Fidelity is concerned not only that you observe the requirements of the Code of Ethics, but also that those in whose affairs you are actively involved observe the Code of Ethics. This means that the Code of Ethics can apply to persons owning assets over which you have control or influence or in which you have an opportunity to directly or indirectly profit or share in any profit derived from a securities transaction. This includes:

o is under 18, or
o is supported financially by you or who financially supports you

 

 
 

This is not an exclusive list, and a covered person may include, for example, immediate family members who live with you but whom you do not financially support, or whom you financially support or who financially support you but who do not live with you. If you have any doubt as to whether a person would be considered a “covered person” under the Code of Ethics, contact the Ethics Office.

 

Immediate family member

Your spouse, or domestic partner who shares your household, and anyone who is related to you in any of the following ways, whether by blood, adoption, or marriage:

 

 

Covered account

The term “covered account” encompasses a fairly wide range of accounts. Important factors to consider are:

Specifically, a covered account is a brokerage account or any other type of account that holds, or is capable of holding, a covered security, and that belongs to, or is controlled by (including trading discretion or investment control), any of the following:

 

o participates in making investment decisions for the trust
o is a trustee of the trust
o is a settlor who can independently revoke the trust and participate in making investment decisions for the trust

 

Exception

With prior written approval from the Ethics Office, a covered account may qualify for an exception from these rules where:

 

 

Fidelity fund

The terms “fund” and “Fidelity fund” mean any investment company or pool of assets that is advised or subadvised by any Fidelity entity.

 

Issuer

 

An entity, including its wholly owned bank branch, foreign office, or term note program that offers securities or other financial instruments to investors.

 

 

Discretionary managed account

A covered account may be eligible for certain exceptions, as specified in the Code of Ethics, with prior written approval of the Ethics Office validating that the covered account is managed by a third-party investment   adviser who has discretionary trading authority over that covered account. To qualify for this exception, the third-party investment adviser must exercise all trading discretion over the covered account and will not accept any order to buy or sell specific securities from the employee or any other covered person. An approved discretionally managed account will still be subject to the Code of Ethics and all provisions in the Code of Ethics unless otherwise stated in a specific exception.

 

Covered security

This definition applies to all persons subject to this version of the Code of Ethics. Covered securities include securities in which a covered person has the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in such securities, and encompasses most types of securities, including, but not limited to:

 

Exceptions

The following are not considered covered securities (please note that accounts holding non covered securities still require disclosure):

 

 

Automatic investment plan (sidebar)

A program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) covered accounts according to a set schedule and allocation.

 

 

Moving covered accounts to Fidelity

You and your covered persons need to maintain all covered accounts (see Key Concepts on page14) at Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC (FBS).

 

Exceptions

With prior written approval from the Ethics Office, you and your covered persons can maintain a covered account at a broker-dealer other than FBS if any of the exceptions below apply. Note that approval must be obtained prior to opening any new covered account outside FBS :

 

To Do

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Moving holdings in Fidelity funds to Fidelity

You and your covered persons need to maintain holdings in shares of Fidelity funds in a Fidelity account.

 

Exceptions — No Approval Required

You and your covered persons can continue to maintain a preexisting interest in either of the following:

 

Exceptions — Approval Required

With prior written approval from the Ethics Office, you and your covered persons can maintain holdings in Fidelity funds in an account outside Fidelity if any of the following apply:

 

To Do

 

 

Disclosing transactions of covered securities

You need to disclose transactions in covered securities made by you and your covered persons. For accounts held at FBS that you have disclosed, the Ethics Office will receive transaction reports automatically. For approved covered accounts held outside FBS, comply with any Ethics Office requests for duplicate reporting.

 

For any other transactions in covered securities (for example, if you or any of your covered persons purchases interests in a Fidelity- advised investment product in a non-broker age account outside Fidelity), you need to disclose this transaction information to the Ethics Office.

 

Exception

You do not have to report transactions in a covered account if the transactions are being made through an approved discretionary managed account or under an automatic investment plan (see Key Concepts on page 14), and the details of the account or plan have been provided to the Ethics Office.

 

To Do

 

Disclosing gifts and transfers of ownership of covered securities

You need to notify the Ethics Office of any covered securities that you or your covered persons give, donate, or transfer to another party, or that you or your covered persons receive from another party. This includes, among other things, inheritances of covered securities and donations of covered securities to charities.

 

To Do

 

Exception

 

Getting approval before engaging in private securities transactions

You and your covered persons need prior written approval from the Ethics Office for each and every intended investment in a private placement or other private securities transaction in covered securities, including non-public limited entities (e.g., limited partnerships, LLCs, S Corporations, or other legal entities). This includes any add-on, any subsequent investment, or any investment whose terms materially differ from any previous approval you may have received.

 

To Do

 

For private securities transactions offered by a Fidelity company, the Ethics Office will typically preapprove such investments for employees who are offered an opportunity to invest. In such cases, you will receive a notification that the offering has been preapproved by the Ethics Office.

 

Getting prior approval to serve as a director

You need to get prior approval to serve as a director or trustee of any publicly traded company, or of a non-Fidelity privately held for-profit or nonprofit company that is likely to issue shares. Approval would be granted only under extraordinary circumstances and would depend on a determination that the activity will not conflict with the best interests of the funds and their shareholders. Note that the Global Policy on Outside Activities (available at MyCompliance.fmr.com) requires prior written approval for other activities as well, including accepting additional employment outside Fidelity or participating in an activity that may create an actual or perceived conflict of interest with Fidelity.

To Do

 

 

Delegating pre-clearance responsibilities(sidebar)

In very limited circumstances, you may, with the prior written approval of the Ethics Office, designate someone to obtain preclearance approvals for you. In such a case, the agent is responsible for obtaining the correct approvals, and you are responsible for maintaining reasonable supervision over that person’s activities related to pre-clearance.

 

 

Clearing trades in advance (pre-clearance)

You and your covered persons must obtain prior approval from the Ethics Office for any orders to buy, sell, or tender a covered security (see “How to Pre-Clear a Trade” in the sidebar). The purpose of this rule is to reduce the possibility of conflicts between personal trades in covered securities and trades made by the funds. When you apply for pre-clearance, you are not just asking for approval, you are giving your word that you and your covered persons:

do not have any inside information on the security you want to trade (see Policy on Inside Information)

 

Generally, requests will not be approved if it is determined that you may take advantage of trading by the funds or create an actual or perceived conflict of interest with fund trades.

 

Note: if a non-covered person has authority to trade on one of your covered account(s), the non-covered person is also expected to pre-clear trades for that covered account.

 
 

 

The rules of pre-clearance

It is important to understand the following rules before requesting pre-clearance for a trade:

 

 

Exceptions

You do not need to pre-clear trades or transactions in certain covered securities. These include:

 

With the prior written approval of the Ethics Office, there are a few situations where you may be permitted to trade without pre-clearing. These situations are:

 

To Do

 

To avoid errors, use these step-by-step instructions:

1. Access the Fidelity Global

Pre-Clearance System:

Internal

preclear.fmr.com

External

preclear.fi delity.com

 

If you are unable to access the Fidelity Global Pre- Clearance System, call the Pre-Clearance Line at (001) 617-563-6109 or (001) 800-771-2707.

Note that pre-clearance for FMR Co. equity traders and their covered persons is not available until noon, local market time.

 

2. Accurately enter the details of the trade you would like to make. Do not trade unless you receive approval. Note the pre-clearance reference number for your records.

 

3. Place your order. Be sure your order is for the same security and direction as your pre-clearance approval. Do not place a good-till-cancelled order.

 
 

 

4. Check the status of your order at the end of the market session.

5. Cancel any orders that have not been executed.

HOW TO PRE-CLEAR

A TRADE

Surrendering 60-day gains (60-Day Rule)

Any sale of covered securities in a covered account will be matched against any purchases of that security, or its equivalent, in the same account during the previous 60 days (starting with the earliest purchase in the 60-day period). Any gain resulting from any matched transactions must be surrendered. For specific information about how certain option transactions are treated under this rule, see the sidebar and the examples below.

 

In addition, the premium received from the opening of an option position where the expiration of that contract will occur within the next 60 days must be surrendered (e.g. selling a call to open or selling a put to open that expire within 60 days.)

 

Gains are calculated differently under this rule than they would be for tax purposes. Neither losses nor potential tax liabilities will be offset against the amount that must be surrendered under this rule.

 

Exceptions

This rule does not apply:

for an expanded list of non-covered securities)

 

Option transactions under the 60-Day Rule

Option transactions can be matched either to a prior purchase of the underlying security or to prior option transactions in the opposite direction.

 

When matching an option transaction to prior purchases of the underlying security, opening an option position by selling a call or buying a put is treated as a sale and will be matched to any purchases of the underlying security made during the preceding 60 days.

 

When matching an option transaction to prior option transactions, a closing position is matched to any like opening positions taken during the preceding 60 days.

 

When exercising an option, the initial purchase or sale of an option, not the exercise or assignment of the option, is matched to any opposite transactions made during the preceding 60 days. The sale of the underlying securities received from the exercise of an option will also be matched to any opposite transactions made during the period.

 

There is no exception to the 60-Day Rule for the selling of securities upon the automatic exercise of an option that is in the money at its expiration date. To avoid surrendering 60-day gains that would result from an automatic liquidation, you need to cancel the automatic liquidation before it happens.

 

 

To Do

 

 
 

EXAMPLES 60 DAYS

Additional examples are available on MyCompliance in the 60-Day Rule Job Aid.

Example 1

JAN 20 Buy 100 shares at $16 each

FEB 2 Buy 200 shares at $10 each

MAR 1 Buy 200 shares at $17 each

MAR 25 Sell 100 shares at $15 each

 

The March 25 sale is matched to the February 2 purchase (not the January 20 purchase, which as more than 60 days prior). Surrendered: $500 ($5 x 100 shares).

 

Example 2

FEB 2 Buy 100 shares at $10 each

MAR 25 Sell call option to open for 100 shares at $5; receive $500 premium

 

The March 25 call option sale is matched to the February 2 purchase of the underlying security (the call’s execution price and expiration date are immaterial). Surrendered: $500 (the premium for selling the option).

 

Example 3

FEB 2 Sell one call option to open at $5; receive $500 premium

MAR 25 Buy an identical call option to close at $3; pay $300 premium

 

The March 25 call option purchase is a closing transaction and is matched to the February 2 sale (since that opening transaction was made within 60 days). Surrendered: $200 (difference between premium received and premium paid).

 

WHAT’S PROHIBITED

Trading restricted securities

Neither you nor your covered persons may trade a security that Fidelity has restricted. If you have been notified not to trade a particular security, neither you nor your covered persons may trade that security until you are notified that the restriction has been removed.

 

Selling short

The short position in a particular covered security may not exceed the number of shares of that security held in the same account. This prohibition includes the following actions: selling securities short, buying puts to open, selling calls to open, as well as writing straddles, collars, and spreads.

 

Exceptions

 

 

Selling short

Selling a security that is on loan to you from a broker dealer (rather than owned by you) at the time you sell it.

 

Options Transactions:

You are not permitted to use the same underlying shares of a security to cover two different options transactions. (e.g., if you own 100 shares of a stock, you can sell 1 covered call or buy 1 protective put using those shares to cover your short position but you cannot execute both option transactions using the same underling shares.

 

Participating in an IPO

Neither you nor your covered persons are allowed to participate in an initial public offering (IPO) of securities where no public market in a similar security of the issuer previously existed. This rule applies to equity securities, corporate debt securities, and free stock offers through the Internet.

 

Exceptions

With prior written approval from the Ethics Office, you or your covered persons may participate if:

 

To Do

 
 

 

Participating in an investment club

Neither you nor your covered persons may participate in an investment club or similar entity.

 

Investing in a hedge fund

Neither you nor your covered persons may invest in a hedge fund, alternative investment, or similar investment product or vehicle.

Exceptions

To Do

 

OW WE ENFORCE THE CODE OF ETHICS

Excessive trading

Excessive trading in covered accounts is strongly discouraged. In general, anyone trading covered securities more than 60 times (other than Fidelity funds) in a quarter across all his or her covered accounts should expect additional scrutiny of his or her trades. Note that you and your covered persons also need to comply with the policies in any Fidelity fund prospectus concerning excessive trading. The Ethics Office monitors trading activity, and may limit the number of trades allowed in your covered accounts during a given period.

 

Exception

·          Trades in a discretionary managed account (see Key Concepts on page 14) that has been approved by the Ethics Office.

·          Trades made through automatic, regular investment program that has been disclosed to the Ethics Office in advance.

 

Buying securities of certain broker-dealers

Neither you nor your covered persons are allowed to buy the securities of a broker-dealer or its parent company if the Ethics Office has restricted those securities.

 

Trading after a research note

Neither you nor your covered persons are allowed to trade a covered security of an issuer until two full business days have elapsed (not including the day the note was published) since the publication of a research note on that issuer by any Fidelity entity.

 

Profiting from knowledge of fund transactions

You may not use your knowledge of transactions in funds or other accounts advised by any Fidelity entity to profit by the market effect of these transactions.

 

Influencing a fund to benefit yourself or others

The funds and accounts advised by Fidelity are required to act in the best interests of their shareholders and clients, respectively. Accordingly, you are prohibited from influencing any of these funds or accounts to act for the benefit of any party other than their shareholders or clients.

For example, you may not influence a fund to buy, sell, or refrain from trading a security that would affect that security’s price to advance your own interest or the interest of a party that has or seeks to have a business relationship with Fidelity.

 

Attempting to defraud a client or fund

Attempting to defraud a fund or an account advised by any Fidelity entity in any way is a violation of Fidelity’s rules and federal law.

 

Using a derivative to get around a rule

If something is prohibited by these rules, then it is also against these rules to effectively accomplish the same thing by using a derivative. This includes futures, options, and other types of derivatives.

 

 
 

 

HOW WE ENFORCE THE CODE OF ETHICS

The Ethics Office regularly reviews the forms and reports it receives. If these reviews turn up information that is incomplete, questionable, or potentially in violation of this Code of Ethics, the Ethics Office will investigate the matter and may contact you.

 

If it is determined that you or any of your covered persons has violated this Code of Ethics, the Ethics Office or another appropriate party may take action. Among other things, subject to applicable law, potential actions may include:

 

 

Fidelity takes all Code of Ethics violations seriously, and, at least once a year, provides the funds’ trustees with a summary of actions taken in response to material violations of this Code of Ethics. You should be aware that other securities laws and regulations not addressed by this Code of Ethics may also apply to you, depending upon your role at Fidelity.

 

The Chief Ethics Officer or designee retains the discretion to interpret and grant exceptions to this Code of Ethics and to decide how the rules apply to any given situation for the purpose of protecting the funds and being consistent with the general principals and objectives of the Code of Ethics.

 

Exceptions

In cases where exceptions to this Code of Ethics are noted and you may qualify for them, you need to get prior written approval from the Ethics Office. The way to request any particular exception is discussed in the text of the relevant rule. If you believe that you have a situation that warrants an exception that is not discussed in this Code of Ethics, you may submit a written request to the Ethics Office. Your request will be considered by the Ethics Office, and you will be notified of the outcome.

 

Appeals

If you believe a request of yours has been incorrectly denied or that an action is not warranted, you may appeal the decision. To make an appeal, you need to provide the Ethics Office a written explanation of your reasons for appeal within 30 days of when you were informed of the decision. Be sure to include any extenuating circumstances or other factors not previously considered. During the review process, you may, at your own expense, engage an attorney to represent you. The Ethics Office may arrange for senior management or other parties to be part of the review process. The Ethics

Office will notify you in writing about the outcome of your appeal.

 

 

 

 

 

Additional Rules for Traders,

Research Analysts, and Portfolio Managers

Employees trading for the funds (traders), employees making investment recommendations for the funds (research analysts), and employees who manage a fund or a portion of a fund’s assets (portfolio managers).

 

 

WHAT’S REQUIRED

Notification of your ownership of covered securities in a research note

You must check the box on a research note you are publishing to indicate any ownership, either by you or your covered persons, of any covered security of an issuer (see Key Concepts on page 14) that is the subject of the research note.

 

Disclosing trading opportunities to the funds before personally trading

There are three aspects to this rule:

 

Disclosing information received from an issuer

Any time you receive, directly from an issuer, material information about that issuer (that is not considered inside information), you must check to see if that information has been disclosed to the funds in a research note. If not, you must communicate that information to the funds before you or any of your covered persons personally trade any securities of that issuer.

 

To Do

 

Disclosing information about an issuer that is assigned to you

If you are a research analyst, you must disclose in a research note material information you have about an issuer that is assigned to you before you or any of your covered persons personally trade a security of that issuer.

 

Exception

 

To Do

 

Note: You will not be able to obtain pre-clearance approval for your personal trade until two full business days have elapsed (not including the day the note was published) following the publication of your research note.

 

 

Recommending trading opportunities

In addition, you must recommend for the funds, and, if you are a portfolio manager, trade for the funds, a suitable security before personally trading that security.

 

 

WHAT’S PROHIBITED

Trading within seven days of a fund you manage

Neither you nor your covered persons are allowed to trade within seven calendar days (not including the day of the trade) before or after a trade is executed in any covered security of the same issuer (see Key Concepts on page 14) by any of the funds you manage.

 

Exceptions

following indexes: NASDAQ 100, Russell 2000, S&P 100, S&P 500, S&P Midcap 400, S&P Europe 350, FTSE 100, FTSE Mid 250, Hang Seng 100, S&P/TSX 60, NSE S&P CNX Nifty (Nifty 50), MSCI EM, and Nikkei 225.

 

To Do

 

 

 

Legal Information The Code of Ethics for Personal Investing constitutes the Code of Ethics required by Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and by Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 for the Fidelity funds, investment advisors or principal underwriters, and any other entity designated by the Ethics Office.

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS

AMENDED AND RESTATED

FEBRUARY 2016

 

THIS CODE OF ETHICS (THE “CODE”) IS THE PROPERTY OF AQR CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC AND ITS INVESTMENT ADVISORY AFFILIATES, INCLUDING CNH PARTNERS, LLC AND ITS INVESTMENT ADVISORY AFFILIATES (COLLECTIVELY, “AQR” OR THE “FIRM”). THE CONTENTS OF THIS CODE ARE CONFIDENTIAL, AND SHOULD NOT BE SHARED WITH ANY THIRD PARTIES WITHOUT THE PRIOR PERMISSION OF THE CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER.

 
 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

A. Fiduciary Obligations 3
B. Confidential Information 3
C. Personal Securities Transactions and Private Investments 4
D. Policy to Prevent Trading on Material Nonpublic Information 9
E. Outside Business Activities 12
F. Related Persons 13
G. Charitable Contributions 13
H. Political Contributions 14
I. Gifts and Entertainment 15
J. Whistleblowing Policy 17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
A. Fiduciary Obligations

 

The Firm is a registered investment adviser with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Advisers Act. As a registered investment adviser, the Firm owes a fiduciary duty to its Clients. The fiduciary standard imposes an affirmative duty of utmost good faith upon the Firm to provide full and fair disclosure of all material facts to its Clients. The fiduciary standard requires the Firm to avoid misleading its Clients and prospective Clients, particularly where the Firm’s interests may conflict with those of its Clients.

 

Fundamental to the fiduciary standard are the duties of loyalty and care. The duty of loyalty requires the Firm to serve the best interests of its Clients and put its Clients’ interests ahead of those of the Firm. The duty of care requires the Firm to reasonably ensure that it bases its recommendations on materially accurate and complete information.

 

More specifically, as a fiduciary, the Firm requires its Employees to:

 

· Have a reasonable, independent basis for its investment advice;
· Ensure that its investment advice is suitable to the Client's objectives, needs and circumstances;
· Obtain best execution for Clients' transactions where the Firm is in a position to direct brokerage transactions;
· Refrain from effecting personal transactions inconsistent with Client interests; and
· Avoid actual or potential conflicts of interest.

 

B. Confidential Information

 

Confidential Information includes any non-public information, records, files, documents or correspondence regarding the Firm, Employees, Clients or the business of the Firm. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, the following:

 

· The identity of the Firm’s Clients and information related to Client accounts or any personal information;
· Employee personal information;
· Information related to the Firm’s operational or organizational structure, performance, financial assets, net worth, revenues or net income;
· Information related to the Firm’s portfolio, trading and/or execution strategies, research, models and/or capital deployment; and
· Software or programs developed by the Firm.

 

Employees should take special caution to safeguard the Firm’s Confidential Information. Employees should not circulate or discuss Confidential Information inside or outside of the Firm with unauthorized individuals. Employees should not use, disclose, or divulge any Confidential Information except as may otherwise be required in connection with the business of the Firm.

 
 

 

Other than in the ordinary course of the Employee’s duties for the Firm, during and subsequent to the Employee’s employment, the Employee shall not copy, take pictures of, remove or forward from the Firm’s premises, either directly or indirectly, any drawings, writings, prints, documents, telephone/address directories (whether in hard copy or digital), computer discs, hard drives, thumb or flash drives, cloud systems or anything else containing, embodying, or disclosing any Confidential Information of the Firm or any of its Clients without the prior written permission of the CCO or the General Counsel. Upon the termination or resignation of the Employee’s employment with the Firm for any reason, the Employee is expected to immediately return any such items to the Firm.

 

Nothing in this Manual shall prohibit or restrict an Employee from participating, cooperating, or testifying in any action, investigation, or proceeding with, or providing information to, any governmental agency, legislative body, or any self-regulatory organization, provided that, to the extent permitted by law, upon an Employee’s receipt of any subpoena, court order or other legal process compelling the disclosure of any such information, documents, or testimony, an Employee shall give prompt prior written notice to the CCO or the Compliance Department in order to provide the Firm reasonable opportunity to take appropriate steps to protect its Confidential Information.

 

While the Firm endeavors to preserve the confidentiality of Confidential Information, such information may be made available to certain other Firm employees for compliance monitoring and other purposes. In addition, such information may be disclosed to relevant regulatory or self-regulatory organizations to fulfill the Firm’s various regulatory obligations, or otherwise when disclosure is required by law, or is necessary for the purpose of, or in connection with, legal proceedings or to defend legal rights.

 

C. Personal Securities Transactions and Private Investments

 

1. Reporting of Transactions in Personal Accounts

 

a. General Policy

 

It is the general policy of the Firm that Covered Persons may trade Securities in Personal Accounts in which they have a direct or indirect Beneficial Interest only if they comply with the Firm’s Personal Trading policies outlined herein. This policy applies to all of the transactions and holdings of a Covered Person in Covered Securities. All exceptions to this policy must be approved by the CCO.

 

 

 

 

 
 
b. Duplicate Trade Confirmations and Statements

 

Covered Persons are required to disclose all Personal Accounts [1] to the Compliance Department. Upon disclosure of the accounts, the Compliance Department will notify the broker(s) to provide (i) copies or electronic transmissions of all trade confirmations relating to transactions in the Covered Person’s Personal Accounts, and (ii) duplicate copies of periodic brokerage statements or electronic transmissions of monthly holdings.

 

Trade confirmations should include the following information, as applicable:

 

· Personal Account holder’s name and account number;
· Ticker symbol or CUSIP;
· Interest rate and maturity date;
· Quantity of shares or Securities, and the principal amount;
· Date and nature of transaction ( i.e., purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition);
· Price of the Security; and
· Name of broker, dealer or bank through which the transaction was effected.

 

For any transaction or holding ( e.g., Private Investments) that does not appear on a trade confirmation or brokerage statement, the Employee must provide the Compliance Department with the same information enumerated above within ten (10) days of the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction occurred. These transactions generally require pre-clearance via the Firm’s Compliance System ( see Section C.2.c “Transactions in Private Investments” before engaging in such transactions).

 

c. Personal Accounts Limited to Approved Brokers

 

Covered Persons may only maintain Personal Accounts with Firm-approved brokers ( see Section IV “Approved Brokers”). Once an account is opened with an approved broker, the Employee must obtain Compliance Department approval to commence trading in Covered Securities. In addition, Employees must notify the Compliance Department through the Firm’s Compliance System when closing a Personal Account. Any exception to this policy must be approved by the CCO.

 

d. Third-Party Managed Accounts

 

Covered Persons are permitted to maintain third-party managed accounts (subject to the Compliance Department’s prior approval) with Approved Brokers that provide the Firm with a copy of the account management agreement and certify to the Firm that the investment manager has exclusive discretionary authority over the account. Transactions within Personal Accounts managed by an independent third-party with exclusive discretionary authority are exempt from the Firm’s pre-clearance requirement.

 
 

 

Note - If such an arrangement is not in writing, pre-clearance of transactions within such accounts will be required.

 

All transactions and holdings within third-party managed accounts are subject to periodic monitoring by the Compliance Department.

 

e. Annual Holdings Reports and Certifications

 

On an annual basis, each Employee is required to certify to their holdings in all Covered Securities and certify to all transactions in Covered Securities no later than 45 days after the end of the calendar year. Additionally, Employees must certify on a quarterly basis adherence to this policy. Please note that such certifications are required even if the Employee does not hold Personal Accounts or does not or enter into any transactions during the reporting period.

 

2. Pre-clearance Requirements

 

a. Transactions in Covered Securities

 

Employees are required to pre-clear all transactions in Covered Securities through the Firm’s Compliance System.

 

Employees must adhere to the following pre-clearance procedures:

 

· If a pre-clearance request is approved, the approval is effective until local market close on the date of approval;
· The Compliance Department reserves the right to deny any trade for any reason. The reasons for any such denial may not be shared with the Employee; and
· If a pre-clearance request is approved, there may be a possibility that the trade will subsequently be denied by the Compliance Department.

 

Note - Facts and circumstances may occur, post pre-clearance approval, which may compel the Compliance Department to require a reversal of the trade and disgorgement of any resulting gains.

 

b. Transactions in Exempt Securities

 

Employees are not required to pre-clear or report positions in the following Exempt Securities:

 

· Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;
· Bankers' acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;
· Shares issued by open-end registered investment companies (mutual funds), excluding AQR Affiliated Mutual Funds; and
· Currency futures, currencies, currency forwards and derivatives thereof.

 

 
 
c. Transactions in Private Investments

Employees are required to pre-clear all transactions in Private Investments through the Firm’s Compliance System. Employees are also required to provide the Compliance Department with a copy of any offering memorandum, term sheet, subscription agreement, or other information, as required.

 

d. Personal Loans

 

Employees must pre-clear with the Compliance Department any personal loan with a Financial Institution that will be collateralized by Securities. Pre-clearance involves supplying the Compliance Department with the name of the Financial Institution, the Security or Securities used as collateral and a description of the loan’s purpose.

 

The pre-clearance request should be emailed to the Compliance Department.

 

e. Transactions in Affiliated Managers Group, Inc. (“AMG”) Securities

 

Employees are prohibited from trading AMG Securities in their Personal Accounts. Note - The Firm’s investment management teams are prohibited from purchasing or selling AMG Securities in Client portfolios.

 

f. Transactions and Holdings in ETFs and AQR Affiliated Mutual Funds

 

Employees are not required to pre-clear transactions in ETFs or AQR-Affiliated mutual funds. However, Employees must report positions in AQR Affiliated Mutual Funds [2] and ETFs in the same manner as Section C.1.b (Duplicate Trade Confirmations and Statements) above.

 

g. Prohibitions and Restrictions on Personal Transactions

 

· Material Nonpublic Information.

The purchase or sale of any Securities while in possession of material nonpublic information (“MNPI”) regarding the issuer of such Securities is strictly prohibited. Any Employee who comes into possession of MNPI must immediately contact the CCO or the Compliance Department.

 

· Restricted List

Trading in Securities of issuers on the Firm’s Restricted List (including derivatives relating to such Securities) is strictly prohibited . ( see Section D.3 “Restricted List” below for further information.)

 

 
 
· Market Timing

The Firm strictly prohibits Employees from engaging in any personal transactions in mutual funds that could be perceived as market timing or in a manner inconsistent with a mutual fund’s prospectus.

 

· Required Holding Period

A Covered Person may not purchase and sell, or sell and purchase, the same stock or equivalent (including a Narrow-Based Securities Index) within 30 calendar days. Exceptions may be granted by the CCO under certain circumstances ( i.e., extreme financial need).

 

Note - This policy does not apply to Broad-Based unaffiliated, closed-end funds, unit trusts, ETFs or Exempt Securities.

· Short Sales

A Covered Person is prohibited from engaging in short sales. If a Covered Person commences employment with an outstanding short position, such position must be exited within 120 days. Prior to exiting the position, the transaction must be pre-cleared with the Compliance Department.

 

· Options

A Covered Person is prohibited from trading options. If a Covered Person has an outstanding option position prior to the imposition of this policy or commences employment with such a position, the position must be exercised (subject to the Compliance Department’s pre-clearance) or held until expiration.

 

· Warrants

A Covered Person is prohibited from trading warrants. If a Covered Person has an outstanding warrant position prior to the imposition of this policy or commences employment with such a position, the position must be exercised (subject to the Compliance Department’s pre-clearance) or held until expiration.

 

· Initial Public Offerings

A Covered Person is prohibited from purchasing any Security issued in an Initial Public Offering.

 

· Futures

With the exception of currency futures, a Covered Person is prohibited from trading in all other futures. If a Covered Person has an outstanding futures position prior to the imposition of this policy or commences employment with such a position, the position may be held until the expiration date or exited within 120 days.

 

Note - if a Covered Person wishes to exit an existing futures position, this transaction must be pre-cleared with the Compliance Department.

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
· Front Running

Front running is prohibited. Front running is taking a position (or selling a position) in a Security or interest in a Personal Account with knowledge that the Firm will soon take a position (or sell a position) in the same Security or interest.

 

· Scalping

Scalping is prohibited. Scalping refers to taking improper advantage of a Client’s trading for the benefit of a Covered Person’s Personal Account.

 

· Excessive Personal Trading Activity

Personal Trading should not interfere with an Employee’s responsibilities to the Firm. The Compliance Department reviews the volume of all Employees’ personal trading and reserves the right to restrict personal trading for a particular Employee or for all Employees.

 

h. Personal Trading Violations

 

The CCO reserves the right to prohibit a Covered Person’s personal trading at any time for any reason. If a Covered Person does not comply with the Firm’s personal trading policies outlined herein, the Firm may require the Covered Person to trade out of the applicable position. Each Covered Person agrees to exit or liquidate, or to cause such positions to be exited or liquidated, upon instructions from the CCO, with the understanding that no explanation is required if such instruction is given, and no liability will accrue to the Firm as a result of losses arising out of such exit or liquidation.

 

Personal trading violations may lead to disciplinary action, including the suspension of personal trading privileges or termination of employment or referral of the matter to the appropriate regulatory or government agency for civil or criminal investigation.

 

D. Policy to Prevent Trading on Material Nonpublic Information

 

1. Insider Trading

 

It is a criminal violation of law and a violation of Firm policy to trade securities on the basis of MNPI or to communicate MNPI. Violation of these restrictions could have severe consequences for both the Firm and its Employees. Any Employee engaging in activity in violation of the provisions set forth in this section may be subject to disciplinary action, including suspension or termination of employment or referral of the matter to the appropriate regulatory agency for civil or criminal investigation. Any Employee who learns of any actual or potential violation of the law or provisions of this section must promptly notify the CCO or the Compliance Department.

 

ANY EMPLOYEE WHO BELIEVES THAT THEY MAY BE IN POSSESSION OF MNPI MUST:

 

· PROMPTLY REPORT THE ISSUE TO THE CCO OR THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT.
 
 

 

· NOT TRANSACT IN THE SECURITIES OF THE RELEVANT ISSUER IN A CLIENT, FIRM OR PERSONAL ACCOUNT.

 

· NOT DISCUSS THE INFORMATION WITH ANYONE INSIDE OR OUTSIDE OF THE FIRM EXCEPT FOR THE CCO OR THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT.

 

· NOT FACILITATE THE USE OR DISCLOSURE BY OTHERS (INCLUDING AN EMPLOYEE) OF MNPI.

 

Federal, state and international securities laws and regulations prohibit Securities transactions while in possession of MNPI under certain circumstances, including, but not limited to:

 

· “Misappropriated” information or information improperly obtained by the purchaser or seller;
· Information provided by a corporate insider to the purchaser or seller in exchange for a monetary or non-monetary consideration;
· Information provided to purchaser or seller with the understanding that it was confidential; or
· An individual prohibited from trading under items referenced above “tips” the information to the purchaser or seller.

 

Trading on MNPI or communicating MNPI could result in civil and/or criminal penalties under both federal and state securities laws, including but not limited to:

 

· The Firm and/or the offending Employee may be subject to criminal prosecution, and if convicted, significant monetary fines and imprisonment of up to 25 years;
· The Firm may face SEC action (or action pursuant to a non U.S. law or regulation) seeking monetary and administrative sanctions;
· The Firm and/or the offending Employee may be subject to lawsuits by private plaintiffs; and
· The Firm and/or the offending Employee may face suspension, revocation or termination of their registrations or memberships.

 

2. Recognizing MNPI

 

Information is considered “material” if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider the information important in making an investment decision. Generally, this includes any information the disclosure of which would have a meaningful effect on the price of an outstanding Security.

 

The assessment of materiality is highly fact-specific. When in doubt, Employees should err on the side of caution and treat the information in question as material and bring it to the attention of the CCO or the Compliance Department for further consideration.

 

 
 

Information is considered “nonpublic” if the issuer to which such information relates has not broadly disseminated that information to investors in the marketplace, such as releasing the information over the news wires, disclosing it in public filings made with a regulatory agency ( e.g., Forms 10-K or 10-Q) or otherwise disseminating the information in a manner that makes it fully available to investors in the marketplace.

 

Examples of where MNPI may arise, depending on the circumstances, include, but are not limited to, the following events :

 

· Impending or potential mergers, acquisitions, tender offers, joint ventures, or changes in assets, such as large disposal of the same;
· Earnings or revenue information and changes in previously disclosed financial information;
· Liquidity issues or impending bankruptcy;
· Events regarding the issuer’s securities ( e.g., advance knowledge of a ratings downgrade, defaults on securities, calls of securities for redemption, public or private sales of additional securities, stock splits or changes in dividends, repurchase plans or changes to the rights of Security holders);
· New products or discoveries, or developments regarding clients or suppliers ( e.g., the acquisition or loss of a major contract);
· Major government action involving the issuer ( e.g., FDA decision on a new drug);
· Significant changes in control or management;
· Content of forthcoming brokerage research reports;
· Changes in auditors or auditor notification that the issuer may no longer rely on an auditor’s report;
· Actual or threatened litigation;
· Information relating to the market for an issuer’s securities, such as a large order to purchase or sell securities;
· Prepublication of information regarding articles or reports in the financial press; and
· Information regarding Public Companies in which accounts managed by the Firm hold an investment.

 

3. Restricted List

 

The Firm’s Restricted List is maintained by the Compliance Department and includes a list of Securities for which Personal Account and Firm trading is either partially of wholly prohibited unless pre-approved by the CCO. Securities are placed on the Restricted List for a variety of business or legal reasons. Employees should not speculate as to why a Security was placed on the Restricted List. The Restricted List is highly confidential to the Firm and should not be disclosed externally without the Firm’s permission.

 

If a particular issuer is placed on the Restricted List, trading is prohibited in all Securities related to the issuer, including: equity, options, rights, swaps, debt, warrants, convertible securities and any other derivative whose market value is determined principally with reference to those Securities.

 
 

 

4. Expert Networks and Consultants

 

Another possible source of MNPI involves the use of expert networks or consultants to provide information, advice, analysis, market or industry expertise for use in formulating investment views and decisions. Such expert networks or consultants may have confidential information and/or MNPI by having relationships with current or recent employees of Public Companies; known significant suppliers or distributors to Public Companies; attorneys, accountants and consultants engaged by Public Companies; government officials; or doctors serving on data safety monitoring boards for clinical trials. The use of any and all expert networks or consultants must be pre-approved by the Compliance Department.

 

E. Outside Business Activities

 

Certain outside business activities engaged in by Employees may present a conflict of interest for the Firm. As such, Employees must pre-clear any outside business activities through the Firm’s Compliance System. The Compliance System will notify the Employee’s supervisor to review and approve/deny the outside business activity. If the outside business activity is approved by the Employee’s supervisor, the Compliance System will escalate it to the CCO for final approval. Employees must obtain both the prior approval from their supervisor and the CCO before engaging in any such outside business activities. Outside business activities include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

· Being employed by or affiliated with any bank, investment adviser, broker/dealer, futures or Commodities broker;
· Serving as an officer, director, principal, general partner, employee, consultant of a Public Company or private company or partnership;
· Serving on a creditors’ or similar committee;
· Serving on the board of governors/trustees/directors or investment committee or similar committee of any public or private institution ( e.g., charity/non-profit, educational institution);
· Serving as a political appointee or elected official, whether federal, state or local, or with a political party; or
· Any other outside business activity in which the Employee receives compensation or has a reasonable expectation of compensation.

 

Note - Volunteer work for a civic, charitable, educational or religious organization does not require pre-clearance unless the Employee is involved in the financial matters of the organization. Volunteer work for a Political Official, political candidate or Political Organization must be done in strict compliance with Section H “Political Contributions" below.

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
F. Related Persons

 

Certain family or personal relationships of Employees may present a conflict of interest for the Firm. As such, Employees are required to disclose to the Compliance Department any Related Person employed by or affiliated with:

 

· Governmental agency or entity;
· Vendor or service provider of the Firm;
· Client of the Firm;
· Bank, broker/dealer, futures broker or Commodities broker;
· Hedge fund (other than the Firm), private equity fund or other institutional money manager or any affiliate thereof;
· Any other asset manager or investment firm; or
· An officer or director of a Public Company

 

Additionally, Employees should disclose to the Compliance Department any non-Related Person engaged in activities they believe may be deemed or appear to be a potential conflict of interest.

 

Note - All Employees must promptly notify the Compliance Department of any material changes with respect to the employment or affiliations of a Related Person.

 

G. Charitable Contributions

 

1. Overview

 

The Firm encourages Employee involvement and contributions to qualified charitable, religious or civic organizations [3] . Even where it concerns Charitable Contributions, Employees are reminded of their obligation to avoid conflicts of interest that could impact a Clients’ interest or the Firm’s reputation.

 

2. Prohibited Charitable Contributions

 

The following Charitable Contributions are prohibited :

 

· Charitable Contributions that are solicited or directed by existing Clients or prospective Clients for the purpose of influencing the award or continuation of a business relationship;
· Charitable Contributions given as a bribe, payoff or kickback ( e.g., in order to obtain or retain business or to secure an improper advantage); or
· Charitable Contributions that create the appearance or an implied obligation that the giver is entitled to preferential treatment, an award of business, better prices or improved terms.

 

 
 
3. Charitable Contributions - Guidelines

 

The following guidelines related to Charitable Contributions must be adhered to:

 

· Pre-Approval of Charitable Contributions to Clients and Prospective Clients. All Charitable Contributions made by Employees to Clients and prospective Clients, or as a result of a client or prospective client solicitation, must be pre-approved by the Compliance Department.

 

· Pre-Approval of Charitable Contributions Made by the Firm. All Charitable Contributions made by the Firm must be pre-approved by the Compliance Department.

 

· Report Conflicts of Interest. Employees must report to the Compliance Department any Charitable Contribution which might create an actual or potential conflict of interest with the Firm or Employees and/or its Clients.

 

4. Charitable Contributions to Foreign Charities

 

The Firm does not prohibit or discourage donations to foreign charities. However, the Firm needs to be certain that donations to foreign-based charities are not illegal payments to Foreign Officials in violation of the various anti-bribery laws. The Firm must also confirm that the charity does not act as a conduit to fund illegal activities in violation of U.S. anti-money laundering or other applicable laws.

 

All Firm and Employee foreign Charitable Contributions must be pre-approved by the Compliance Department.

 

H. Political Contributions

 

The Firm’s commitment to the highest level of ethical standards and business conduct extends to the Firm’s business interactions with government officials and entities. In particular, if the Firm is seeking to do business with a governmental entity, the political activities of the Firm and its covered associates can have a significant impact on current and potential business relationships. As such, the Firm has adopted policies to comply with federal, state and local rules and regulations and “Pay-to-Play” rules in order to prevent material conflicts. Failure to comply with these rules and regulations could result in civil or criminal penalties for the Firm and the covered associates involved.

 

Specifically, Rule 206(4)-5 under the Advisers Act addresses “Pay-to-Play” practices under which direct or indirect payments by investment advisers to state and local government officials are perceived to improperly influence the award of government investment business. The rule does not ban or limit the amount of Political Contributions that can be made by an investment adviser or an employee subject to its provisions but rather imposes a "time out" on the ability of an investment adviser to receive compensation for conducting advisory business with a government entity for two years after certain contributions are made to an official of a government entity. The rule also prohibits an adviser and its covered associates from

 
 

coordinating or soliciting any contribution or payment to an official of the government entity, or a related local or state political party.

 

Political Contributions to state or local Political Officials or candidates for state or local public office and state and local Political Organizations are prohibited.

 

All other Political Contributions should be pre-cleared by the Compliance Department through the Firm’s Compliance System.

 

I. Gifts and Entertainment

 

1. General Policy

 

The Firm monitors the nature, quantity and frequency of the Gifts and Entertainments that its Employees give and receive. This policy is designed not to deter legitimate business Gifts or Entertainment but to reasonably prevent Gifts or Entertainment from creating an actual or potential conflict of interest or a violation of law, as well to protect the Firm’s reputation. An actual or potential conflict of interest occurs when the personal interests of Employees interfere or could potentially interfere with their responsibilities to the Firm and its Clients. The giving, receiving or solicitation of Gifts or Entertainment could create an appearance of impropriety or may raise a potential conflict of interest. Employees should use common sense in determining whether or not to accept Gifts or Entertainment and to be aware of potential conflicts, and continue to make all decisions in the best interests of the Firm and its Clients.

 

2. Pre-clearance and Reporting Requirements

 

a. U.S. and Foreign Officials

 

Under certain circumstances, Gifts and Entertainment can be provided to or received from U.S. Officials and/or Foreign Officials. However, those circumstances are limited. The Compliance Department must pre-approve all Gifts, Entertainment and hospitality provided to or received from U.S. Officials and/or Foreign Officials. Employees must pre-clear these Gifts, Entertainment and hospitality through the Firm’s Compliance System.

 

b. Non-Officials

 

                                            i.             Reporting of Gifts and Entertainment

 

Employees are required to promptly report to the Compliance Department through the Firm’s Compliance System all Gift and Entertainment benefits they give to, or receive from, persons or entities with which the Firm is currently or potentially conducting business.

Exclusions: De Minimis or Promotional Items. This reporting requirement does not apply to logo items or Gifts of a nominal or de minimis value (less than $25), such as pens, notepads, hats, etc. Gifts valued at or above $25 would not be considered nominal, such as expensive luggage or fleece sweaters, even if they do contain the firm’s logo, and therefore should be reported.  

 

 
 

                                          ii.             Pre-clearance of Gifts

 

Employees must pre-clear all Gifts or promotional items ( e.g., books and logo items) exceeding $50 given to, or received from persons with which the Firm is currently or potentially conducting business through the Firm’s Compliance System.

 

Individual employees should not provide or accept any Gift that would result in the total amount of Gifts given to or received from persons with which the Firm is currently or potentially conducting business to be in excess of $100 in total value during any calendar year unless approved by the CCO.

 

Employee acceptance of accommodations, tickets or other entertainment when the persons or representatives of the entities with which the Firm is currently or potentially conducting business are not present will be considered a Gift under this policy. Employees should not solicit tickets from any person or entity with which the Firm is currently or potentially conducting business.

 

The Firm may determine that a Gift is inappropriate or excessive and may direct such gift to be returned or donated to a charity of the Firm’s choosing.

 

                                        iii.             Pre-clearance of Entertainment

 

Employees must pre-clear all Entertainment exceeding $150 per person , per occurrence given to, or received from persons with whom the Firm is currently or potentially conducting business through the Firm’s Compliance System.

 

Individual employees should not provide or accept any Entertainment (including non-educational events) that would result in the total amount of Entertainment given to or received from persons with which the Firm is currently or potentially conducting business to be in excess of $1000 in value during any calendar year unless approved by the CCO.

 

c. Educational Events

 

All educational and training events that the Firm or its Employees are hosting for persons outside the Firm ( e.g., AQR Forum, AQR University) must be pre-cleared with the Compliance Department through the Firm’s Compliance System. In addition, any educational or training event where an outside firm will cover the cost for an Employee to attend must be pre-cleared with the Compliance Department through the Firm’s Compliance System. The event must be intended to provide training or education to an attendee. Payment or reimbursement, whether given or received by the Firm or an Employee, for associated meals, lodging and transportation is permissible but reimbursement or payment for other forms of entertainment while at a location ( e.g., golf outings, tours) for the purpose of training or education would not be permissible. Additionally, any expenses for a spouse/partner/guest of the attendee at an educational event will not be reimbursed.

 

 

 

 
 
3. Prohibitions and Restrictions on Gifts and Entertainment

 

a. General Prohibitions

 

The following Gifts and Entertainment are prohibited and may not be given or accepted :

 

· Gifts and Entertainment prohibited by law;
· Gifts and Entertainment given as a bribe, payoff or kickback ( e.g., in order to obtain or retain business or to secure an improper advantage);
· Gifts and Entertainment that create the appearance or an implied obligation that the provider is entitled to preferential treatment, an award of business, better prices or improved terms;
· Gifts and Entertainment that could influence the Employee or recipient or appear to influence the Employee’s or recipient’s ability to act in the best interest of AQR or its Clients or the recipient’s organization;
· Gifts and Entertainment that would negatively impact the Firm’s reputation;
· Gifts and Entertainment the Employee/recipient knows are prohibited by the provider’s or recipient’s organization;
· Gifts of cash, or cash equivalents (such as gift cards or gift certificates);
· Gifts given in the form of non-cash benefits ( e.g., the promise of employment);
· Entertainment not in good taste or occurs at a venue that is not business appropriate; or
· Entertainment that might be viewed as excessive in the context of the business occasion.

 

b. Travel and Accommodations

 

Generally, travel and accommodations benefits offered to or by persons or entities with which the Firm is currently or potentially conducting business will be denied. Employees should contact the Compliance Department to discuss reimbursement requirements related to air travel ( e.g., travel on a private plane) and accommodations concerning an educational event or business meeting.

 

J. Whistleblowing Policy

 

1. General Policy

All Employees shall report to the CCO, the General Counsel or the AQR Hotline evidence of a:

 

· Violation of any applicable federal, state or international securities laws;
· Breach of fiduciary duty arising under any applicable federal or state laws; or
· Any similar violation of any federal, state or international law by the Firm or any of its officers, principals, employees or agents.

 

Note - Nothing contained in this Manual prohibits or restricts an Employee from initiating communications directly with, or responding to any inquiry from, any regulatory or supervisory authority regarding any good faith concerns about possible violations of law or regulation.

 
 

 

2. Escalation, Investigation and Remediation

 

Depending on the details of the report, the CCO or the General Counsel may escalate the matter to the Strategic Planning Committee after receiving the report from the Employee(s). The Strategic Planning Committee shall maintain the report in strict confidence. Upon receipt of any such report, the Firm may work with external legal counsel to determine whether further investigation is necessary.

If it is determined that an investigation is warranted, the CCO or the General Counsel will:

 

· Initiate an investigation, which may be conducted by the Compliance Department and/or external legal counsel; and
· Retain such additional experts as the Strategic Planning Committee, in consultation with the CCO and the General Counsel, may deem necessary.

At the conclusion of any such investigation, the CCO or the General Counsel shall:

 

· Recommend an appropriate response to any finding of a material violation;
· Inform the Strategic Planning Committee of the results of the investigation and the appropriate remedial measures to be adopted; and
· Inform the whistleblower of the findings of the investigation as well as any remedial actions recommended, if any, to ensure that the violations are addressed.
3. Post-Investigation

 

The CCO, General Counsel and the Strategic Planning Committee shall monitor the status of the whistleblower to ensure that he or she is not retaliated against due to the reporting of the potentially improper activities.

 

The CCO, General Counsel and the Strategic Planning Committee shall take all necessary actions to ensure the successful implementation of any remediation efforts.

 

The Firm’s Whistleblowing Policy shall be reviewed periodically to ensure its effectiveness.

 

 

 


[1] New Employees and their Members of Household must disclose all Personal Accounts and securities holdings within ten (10) days of the time the new Employee is hired. Holdings must be current as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the date the individual becomes a Covered Person. This includes Limited Offerings, or Private Placements or Private Investments and all Covered Securities not held at a broker/dealer.

[2] Employees holding shares in AQR Affiliated Mutual Funds directly through ALPS Fund Services, Inc. do not need to report these positions to the Compliance Department. However, any AQR Affiliated Mutual Funds held in accounts outside of ALPS must be reported pursuant to Section C.1.b (Duplicate Trade Confirmations and Statements).

[3] Only organizations exempt from Federal income taxation under Internal Revenue Code section 501(c)(3) are permitted under this policy.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brandywine Global Investment Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 2016

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

I. Introduction 1

 

A. Individuals Covered by the Code 1

B. Other Codes of Ethics 1

C. Standards of Business Conduct 1

 

II. Effecting Personal Securities Transactions 2

 

A. Prohibited Securities Transactions 2

B. Holdings Periods 3

C. Pre-Clearance Requirements 3

D. Exceptions to Pre-Clearance Requirements 4

E. Special Rules Governing Transaction in Reportable Funds 6

 

III. Acknowledgement, Disclosure of Accounts and

Reporting of Holdings and Transactions 6

 

A. Acknowledgment of Receipt and Certification 6

B. Disclosure of Accounts 7

C. New Disclosable Accounts 7

D. Holdings and Transaction Reports 7

E. Exceptions to the Reporting Requirements 8

 

IV. Code Administration and Enforcement 8

 

A. Duty to Report Code Violations 8

B. Exceptions to the Code 8

C. Sanctions 9

D. Availability of Reports 9

 

V. Definitions 9

 

 

 
 

 

 

Appendix A Personal Securities Transaction Request Form A-1

 

Appendix B IPO Pre-Approval Form B-1

 

Appendix C Private Placement Pre-Approval Form C-1

 

Appendix D BGIM Private Fund Pre-Approval Form D-1

 

Appendix E Acknowledgement of Receipt of Code of Ethics and Certification E-1

 

Appendix F Account Change Form F-1

 

Appendix G Managed Account Certification G-1

 
 

I. Introduction

 

A. Individuals Covered by the Code . This Code of Ethics (“ Code ”) [1] applies to a ll Brandywine Global Investment Management, LLC (“ BGIM ”) employees, officers and directors, as well as anyone else specifically designated and notified by the BGIM Chief Compliance Officer (“ CCO ”). All persons covered by the Code are referred to herein as “ Access Persons ”. Temporary staff, consultants and interns, as well as foreign subsidiary employees, will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis by the CCO to determine whether or not they will be deemed Access Persons.

 

B. Other Codes of Ethics . Members of the BGIM board of managers or other individuals who are Access Persons under the Code, but are employed principally by Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“ LM&Co. ”), are subject to the LM&Co. Code of Ethics. Legg Mason shall be responsible for monitoring adherence to the LM&Co. Code.

 

C. Standards of Business Conduct . This Code is based on the principle that BGIM owes a fiduciary duty to its clients, and that all Access Persons must therefore avoid activities, interests and relationships that may (i) present a conflict of interest, or the appearance of a conflict of interest, with BGIM’s clients, or (ii) otherwise interfere with BGIM’s ability to make decisions in the best interests of any of its clients. In particular, Access Persons must at all times comply with the following standards of business conduct:

 

1. Compliance with Applicable Law . Access Persons must understand and comply with their obligations under “ Federal Securities Laws ”. Each Access Person is responsible to know, understand and follow the laws and regulations that apply to his or her responsibilities on behalf of BGIM.

 

2. Clients Come First . Access Persons must scrupulously avoid serving their personal interests ahead of the interests of clients. For example, an Access Person may not induce or cause a client to take action, or not take action, for the Access Person’s personal benefit at the expense of a client’s best interest.

 

3. Avoiding Taking Advantage . Access Persons may not use their knowledge of BGIM’s investment activities or client portfolio holdings to profit from the market effect of such activities or to engage in short-term or other abusive trading in a “ Reportable Fund ”. (The list of Reportable Funds is available on the Compliance intranet site).

 

4. Avoid Other Inappropriate Relationships or Activities . Access Persons should avoid relationships or activities that could call into question the Access Person’s ability to exercise independent judgment in the best interests of BGIM’s clients.

 

5. Investment Opportunities. Access Persons must offer any appropriate investment opportunities to the Firm’s clients before they may take personal advantage of such opportunities.

 

 
 

6. Avoid Undue Influence. Access Persons should not cause or attempt to cause client accounts to purchase, sell, or hold an investment in a manner calculated to create personal benefit to the Access Person.

 

7. Observe the Spirit of the Code . Doubtful situations should be resolved in favor of BGIM’s clients. Technical compliance with the Code will not automatically insulate from scrutiny any personal securities transaction or other course of conduct that might indicate an abuse of these governing principles.

 

II. Effecting Personal Securities Transactions

 

A. Prohibited Securities Transactions . Access Persons are subject to the following restrictions on their personal trading activity.

 

1.                   Inside Information . Access Persons are prohibited from engaging in any transaction in a “ Security ” (or an “ Equivalent Security ”) at a time when the Access Person is in possession of material non-public information regarding the Security or the issuer of the Security. (A copy of the “Non-Public Information” policy addressing the procedures to follow when a BGIM employee may be in possession of such information can be found in the BGIM Compliance Policies and Procedures Manual available on the Compliance intranet site).

 

2.                   Knowledge. Access Persons are prohibited from engaging in any transaction in a Security (or an Equivalent Security) at a time when the Access Person has knowledge that BGIM has a pending order for, or is considering the purchase or sale of, the Security.

 

3. Pre-Clearance Required. Access Persons are prohibited from engaging in any “ Securities Transaction ” without obtaining the appropriate pre-clearance as set forth in this Code (unless the transaction is subject to an exemption from pre-clearance as set forth in this Code).

 

4. Seven-Day Blackout. Access Persons are prohibited from engaging in any transaction in a Security (or an Equivalent Security) that requires pre-clearance within the seven calendar days prior to or following a purchase or sale of the same Security (or an Equivalent Security) in a client account.

 

5. Use of Preferred Brokers. Any new account in which a Securities Transaction can be effectuated must be opened at a “ Preferred Broker ”. Any Access Person who maintains an account at a financial institution other than one of BGIM’s Preferred Brokers is prohibited from engaging in more than 12 Securities Transactions per quarter. (A list of BGIM’s Preferred Brokers is available on the Compliance intranet site).

 

6. Commodities and Futures Transactions. Access Persons effectuating commodities and futures transactions must do so through Interactive Brokers as this Preferred Broker has the ability to provide an automated feed for commodities and futures transactions.

 

 
 

7. Legg Mason, Inc. Stock . Access Persons are prohibited from engaging in any transaction in Legg Mason (NYSE: LM) securities that is not in compliance with the “Legg Mason, Inc. Policies and Procedures Regarding Acquisitions and Dispositions of Legg Mason Securities.” (A copy of this policy is available on the Compliance intranet site).

 

B. Holdings Periods . Access Persons are subject to the following limitations:

 

1. Any Reportable Fund, including closed-end funds, must be held for at least 60 calendar days.

 

2. Any ETF, option on an ETF, or Securities Transaction involving futures on (i) commodities, (ii) indices, (iii) currencies, (iv) bonds, and (iv) interest rates must be held for at least 7 calendar days unless selling at a loss.

 

3. There is no holdings period for transactions in money market funds.

 

4. Any Security not specifically referenced above must be held for at least 30 calendar days unless selling at a loss.

 

C. Pre-Clearance Requirements

 

1. Protegent PTA Pre-Clearance. All Access Persons must submit Securities Transaction pre-clearance requests through “ Protegent PTA ”. In the event that an Access Person is unable to access Protegent PTA, or Protegent PTA is otherwise unable to accommodate the pre-clearance request, requests for such pre-clearance shall be submitted to the CCO or designee on the “Personal Securities Transaction Request Form” (See Appendix A ).

 

2. Transactions Requiring Special Pre-Clearance. Access Persons are prohibited from engaging in the following types of transactions without prior written approval.

 

a. Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) . Access Persons are prohibited from acquiring a “ Beneficial Interest ” in a Security through an IPO without the prior written approval of th e Investment Committee and the Compliance Committee. Requests for such approval shall be submitted to the CCO on the “IPO Pre-Approval Form” (See Appendix B ).

 

b. Private Placement . Access Persons are prohibited from acquiring a Beneficial Interest in a Security through a “ Private Placement ” without the prior written approval of the Investment Committee and the Compliance Committee. Requests for such approval shall be submitted to the CCO on the “Private Placement Pre-Approval Form” (See Appendix C ).

 

c. BGIM Commingled Vehicles and Hedge Funds . Access Persons are prohibited from acquiring a Beneficial Interest in a commingled vehicle, hedge fund or other privately offered fund managed by BGIM without the prior written approval of the Investment Committee and the Compliance

 
 

Committee. Requests for such approval shall be submitted to the CCO on the “BGIM Private Fund Pre-Approval Form” (See Appendix D ).

 

3. Length of Pre-Clearance Approval .

 

a. Authorization for a Securities Transaction is effective until the earliest of: (i) its revocation by the CCO or designee, (ii) the moment the Access Person learns that the information provided pursuant to the pre-clearance request is not accurate, or (iii) the close of business on the trading day on which the authorization is granted (for example, if authorization is provided on a Monday, it is effective until the close of business on that same Monday).

 

b. If the order for a Securities Transaction is not placed within that period, a new pre-clearance request must be approved before the Securities Transaction can be placed.

 

c. If the Securities Transaction is placed but has not been executed before the authorization expires (as, for example, in the case of a limit order or “good ‘til cancelled” order), it is the responsibility of the Access Person to obtain a new pre-clearance approval.

 

4. De Minimis Transactions . Pre-clearance will generally be granted for a Securities Transaction (or series of Securities Transactions) that involves 1,000 shares or less of an equity security executed over a 30-day period if the issuer of the Security has a market capitalization of $5 billion or more. Under no circumstances may an Access Person enter into a Securities Transaction, even if de minimis as defined herein, if: (i) the Access Person is in possession of material non-public information regarding the Security or the issuer of the Security; (ii) the Access Person knows that BGIM is or may be considering a purchase or sale of such Security (or an Equivalent Security) on behalf of a client; (iii) the Access Person knows that BGIM is in the process of acquiring or selling that Security (or an Equivalent Security) on behalf of a client; or (iv) the transaction would violate the prohibition on short-term trading set forth above in Section II.B.

 

5. No Explanation Required for Refusals . An Access Person is not required to receive an explanation for a refusal to authorize any Securities Transaction.

 

D. Exceptions to Pre-Clearance Requirements . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following types of Securities Transactions are exempt from pre-clearance:

 

1. Open-End Mutual Funds and ETFs . Any purchase or sale of a Security issued by any registered open-end investment company (including a college savings plan established under Section 529(a) of the Internal Revenue Code known as a “ Section 529 Plan ”), shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more unaffiliated U.S. open-end funds, or any exchange-traded fund that invests in a broad-based index or sector. (While exempt from pre-clearance, however, transactions in Reportable Funds are subject to trading restrictions and must be reported, as set forth below).
 
 

 

2.       Closed-End Mutual Funds . Any Securities Transaction involving closed end mutual funds unless it is advised or sub-advised by BGIM.

 

3.       Certain Commodities and Futures Transactions: Any Securities Transaction involving futures on (i) commodities, (ii) indices; (iii) the following currencies: Australian dollar, British pound sterling, Canadian dollar, Danish krone, Euro, Japanese yen, New Zealand dollar, Norwegian krone, Swedish krona, Swiss franc, United States dollar; or (iv) interest rates and bonds issued by the following countries: Belgium, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Netherlands, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom and the United States. Any Securities Transaction that results from a futures position being automatically “rolled” is also exempt from pre-clearance.

 

4 . “ Managed Account Transactions . Securities Transactions in which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control over the account(s); no ability to exercise any investment discretion over the account(s); no ability to direct or suggest purchases or sales of investments in the account(s); no knowledge of, and is neither consulted nor advised of, purchases or sales of investments in the account(s) prior to execution; and has no right to intervene in the trustee or asset manager’s decisions.

 

5. Certain Corporate Actions . Securities Transactions pursuant to the following types of corporate actions:

 

a. Any acquisition of a Security through stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, or other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of the Security.

 

b. Any acquisition of a Security through the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent the rights were acquired in the issue.

 

c. Any disposition of a Security through a tender offer, mandatory call or other corporate action equally available to all holders of such Security (or class of Security).

 

6. Automatic Investment Plans . Any Securities Transaction pursuant to an “ Automatic Investment Plan ”, except where such Plan has been overridden. For example, automatic purchases in an employee stock purchase plan do not require pre-clearance; however, sales of shares from an employee stock purchase plan do require pre-clearance as the instruction is an override of the plan by the Access Person.

 

7. Involuntary Options-Related Activity . Any acquisition or disposition of an underlying Security in connection with an option-related transaction that has previously received pre-clearance. For example, if an Access Person receives approval to write a covered call, and the call is later exercised, the pre-clearance requirements and trading restrictions of this Code are not applicable to the sale of the underlying Security.

 

 
 

8 . Options on Broad-Based Indices or ETFs . Any Securities Transaction involving options on broad-based indices or ETFs.

 

9. Other Exempt Transactions . Any Securities Transaction involving direct obligations of the U.S. Government, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements.

 

E. Special Rules Governing Transaction in Reportable Funds

 

1. Market Timing in Reportable Funds . Access Persons are prohibited from using knowledge of the portfolio holdings of a Reportable Fund to engage in any short-term or other abusive trading strategy involving such Reportable Fund that may conflict with the best interests of the fund or its shareholders.

 

2. Exemptions. The following Securities Transactions involving Reportable Funds are exempt from the sixty-day holding period as set forth in Section II.B:

 

a. Money Market Funds . Securities Transactions in any Reportable Funds that are money market funds.

 

b. Managed Account Transactions. Securities Transactions in which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control over the account(s); no ability to exercise any investment discretion over the account(s); no ability to direct or suggest purchases or sales of investments in the account(s); no knowledge of, and is neither consulted nor advised of, purchases or sales of investments in the account(s) prior to execution; and has no right to intervene in the trustee or asset manager’s decisions.

 

c. Automatic Investment Plans . Securities Transactions in Reportable Funds pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan, except where such Plan has been overridden.

 

III. Acknowledgement, Disclosure of Accounts and Reporting of Holdings and Transactions

 

A. Acknowledgment of Receipt and Certification . Within 10 calendar days of becoming an Access Person under this Code, each Access Person shall acknowledge that he or she has received and reviewed a copy of the Code. In addition, each Access Person shall acknowledge on such certification that he or she has received a copy and will abide by the terms of the current Compliance Policies and Procedures Manual (the “Manual”). Such acknowledgment, certification and other reportable information, shall initially be provided on the “Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics and Certification” (See Appendix E ). Thereafter, no less frequently than annually, each Access Person shall give the same acknowledgement and certify that he or she has complied with all applicable provisions of the Code and will abide by the terms of the Manual. Such acknowledgement, certification and other reportable information shall be submitted through Protegent PTA.

 

 
 
B. Disclosure of Accounts . Within 10 calendar days of becoming an Access Person under this Code, each Access Person must disclose the existence of each account in which Securities Transactions can be effectuated and in which the Access Person has a Beneficial Interest (each a “ Disclosable Account ”). By way of example, Disclosable Accounts include, but are not limited to:

 

1. brokerage accounts held at a Preferred Broker;

 

2. brokerage accounts held at a non-Preferred Broker;

 

3. employee stock purchase plan accounts for the purchase of Legg Mason (or other) securities ( e.g. , former employers or spouse’s employer);

 

4. individual retirement accounts (“ IRA ”);

 

5. 401(k) or 403(b) accounts ( e.g. , current 401(k), former employer 401(k), spouse’s 401(k));

 

6. Automatic Investment Plan accounts;

 

7. Section 529 Plan accounts;

 

8. Managed Accounts;

 

9. accounts that hold only non-Reportable Funds and in which no other type of Security may be held (“ Mutual Fund-Only Account ”);

 

10. accounts for the exercise of Legg Mason (or other) stock options;

 

11. any of the foregoing accounts held by an “ Immediate Family ” member living in the same household as the Access Person.

 

C. New Disclosable Accounts . An Access Person wishing to open a new Disclosable Account must provide the CCO the information requested on the “Account Change Form” (See Appendix F ).

 

D. Holdings and Transaction Reports

 

1. Initial and Annual Holdings Reports . Within 10 calendar days of becoming an Access Person, and annually thereafter, each Access Person must supply the CCO with a list of all “ Reportable Securities ” in which the Access Person has a Beneficial Interest. (“Holdings Report”). The information in the Holdings Report must be current as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the individual's becoming an Access Person or, for annual reports, not more than 45 days prior to the date the annual Holdings Report is submitted.

 

2. Quarterly Transaction Reports . Access Persons must report all Securities Transactions to the CCO on a quarterly basis. In order to satisfy this obligation, an Access Person

 
 

may either: (i) maintain his or her accounts at a Preferred Broker; (ii) arrange for the delivery of duplicate copies of confirmations or periodic account statements directly to the Compliance Department; or (iii) for Securities Transactions that do not otherwise appear on an account statement, report the Securities Transaction to the CCO within 15 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction took place.

 

E. Exceptions to the Reporting Requirements . Notwithstanding the obligation to report all Securities Transactions to the CCO on a quarterly basis, Access Persons are not required to provide duplicate copies of confirmations or periodic account statements, and need not report individual Securities Transactions, for the following types of accounts. However, the existence of such accounts must be disclosed in accordance with Section III.A., above, and copies of statements must be made available for review at the specific request of the CCO.

 

1. accounts held at a Preferred Broker;

 

2. Legg Mason employee stock purchase plan accounts;

 

3. Legg Mason stock option accounts held at Merrill Lynch;

 

4. Brandywine 401(k) accounts;

 

5. other 401(k), 403(b) and Section 529 accounts if these accounts can only hold Mutual Funds that are not Reportable Funds;

 

6. Automatic Investment Plan accounts;

 

7. Managed Accounts; and

 

8. Mutual Fund-Only Accounts.

 

IV. Code Administration and Enforcement

 

A. Duty to Report Code Violations . It is the responsibility of all Access Persons to report promptly any suspected or actual violation of this Code to the CCO, the Compliance Committee or any member of the Compliance Committee. Such reports may be oral or in writing, need not be signed and may be anonymous. BGIM will not retaliate or allow its Access Persons to retaliate against any Access Person who, in good faith, reports a suspected violation of the Code.

 

B. Exceptions to the Code . Unless otherwise noted herein, exceptions to the limitations set forth in this Code may only be granted by the CCO (or designee) in such circumstances as the CCO (or designee) concludes are appropriate and pursuant to such conditions as the CCO (or designee) determines are necessary. Such exceptions will only be granted if the CCO (or designee) concludes that the contemplated action does not pose a material conflict of interest of the nature sought to be mitigated or eliminated by this Code. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the CCO (or designee) will review each trade restricted by the seven-day blackout period set forth in Section II.A.4 above and make a determination as to whether to
 
 

grant a waiver from the seven-day restriction for such trade based on the standards set forth in this Section IV.B.

 

C. Sanctions . The Compliance Committee may impose sanctions or take other action against an Access Person who violates this Code. Possible sanctions or actions may include, but are not limited to, verbal warning, letter of reprimand, suspension of personal trading privileges, reversal of or forfeiture of profits from an improper Securities Transaction, fine, suspension of employment (with or without pay), civil referral to the Securities and Exchange Commission, criminal referral or termination of employment. In the event that the Compliance Committee requires forfeiture of profits from an improper Securities Transaction, the Compliance Committee shall compute the amount of any profit to be forfeited and may require donation of the forfeited amount to a charitable organization of the Compliance Committee's choosing. Such donations shall not result in any net tax benefit to the Access Person.

 

D. Availability of Reports . All information supplied pursuant to this Code may be made available for inspection to: (a) the Compliance Department, (b) the Compliance Committee, (c) the Access Person's department manager, (d) the BGIM Board of Managers, (e) the Legg Mason Legal and Compliance Department, (f) the chief compliance officer or board of directors of any Reportable Fund, (g) any attorney or agent of the foregoing or of a Reportable Fund, (h) any party to which any investigation is referred by any of the foregoing, (i) the Securities and Exchange Commission, (j) any self-regulatory organization governing the activity involved, (k) any state regulatory authority, or (l) any federal or state criminal authority.

 

V. Definitions

 

When used in the Code, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

 

Automatic Investment Plan means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in or from investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

Beneficial Interest means the opportunity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, to profit, or share in any profit derived from, a transaction in the subject Security.

 

An Access Person is deemed to have a Beneficial Interest in the following:

 

1. any Security owned individually by the Access Person;

 

2. any Security owned jointly by the Access Person with others (for example, joint accounts, spousal accounts, partnerships, trusts and controlling interests in corporations); and

 

3. any Security in which a member of the Access Person's Immediate Family has a Beneficial Interest if:

 

 
 

a. the Security is held in an account over which the Access Person has decision making authority or otherwise influences and controls (for example, the Access Person acts as trustee, executor, or guardian); or

 

b. the Security is held in an account for which the Access Person acts as a broker or investment adviser representative.

 

An Access Person is presumed to have a Beneficial Interest in any Security in which a member of the Access Person's Immediate Family has a Beneficial Interest if the Immediate Family member resides in the same household as the Access Person.

 

Equivalent Security means any Security issued by the same entity as the issuer of a subject Security, including options, rights, stock appreciation rights, warrants, preferred stock, restricted stock, phantom stock, bonds, and other obligations of that company or Security otherwise convertible into that Security. Options on Securities are included even if, technically, they are issued by the Options Clearing Corporation or a similar entity.

 

Federal Securities Laws” means the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Advisers Act of 1940, title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to BGIM and any Reportable Funds, and any rule adopted thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Department of the Treasury.

 

Immediate Family of an Access Person means any of the following persons:

 

child grandparent son-in-law

stepchild spouse daughter-in-law

grandchild sibling brother-in-law

parent mother-in-law sister-in-law

stepparent father-in-law

 

Immediate Family includes other relationships (whether or not recognized by law) that the BGIM Compliance Department determines could lead to the potential conflicts of interest, diversions of corporate opportunity or appearances of impropriety, which this Code is intended to prevent.

 

Initial Public Offering means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

Managed Account means an account where an Access Person has no:

 

1. Direct or indirect influence or control over the account(s);

 

2. Ability to exercise any investment discretion over the account(s);

 

3. Ability to direct purchases or sales of investments in the account(s);
 
 

 

4. Ability to suggest purchases or sales of investments in the account(s);

 

5. Knowledge of, and is neither consulted nor advised of, purchases or sales of investments in the account(s) prior to execution; and

 

6. Right to intervene in the trustee or asset manager’s decisions.

 

Preferred Broker means a broker/dealer that provides an automated, electronic feed of Access Person Securities Transaction information directly into Protegent PTA.
Private Placement means an offering that is exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or pursuant to Rules 504, 505 or 506 of Regulation D thereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Private Placement” includes investment in any hedge fund, private equity fund, venture capital fund, limited partnership, limited liability company or other privately offered investment vehicle.

 

Protegent PTA means the Protegent Personal Trading Assistant, a web browser-based automated personal trading compliance platform used by the Compliance Department to administer this Code.

 

Reportable Fund means any fund registered under the Investment Company Act that (a) is advised or sub-advised by BGIM, or (b) is advised, sub-advised, or principally underwritten by Legg Mason or any entity controlled or under common control with Legg Mason. Reportable Funds include, but are not necessarily limited to the Legg Mason Partners Funds, the Legg Mason Funds, the Western Asset Funds and the Royce Funds.

 

Reportable Security means any Security (as defined herein) other than the following:

 

1. Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;

 

2. Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;

 

3. Shares issued by money market funds;

 

4. Shares issued by open-end funds other than Reportable Funds; and

 

5. Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in unaffiliated open-end funds.

 

Securities Transaction means the purchase, sale, redemption or other transaction in a Security in which an Access Person has or acquires a Beneficial Interest.

 

Security means any security as defined by the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Investment Company Act of 1940 or any other financial or investment instrument, including stocks, treasury stock, notes, bonds, debentures, closed-end funds, open-end funds, offshore
 
 

funds, exchange traded funds, hedge funds, limited partnership interests, unit investment trust shares, options (including any put, call or straddle), futures, swaps, warrants, investments in commodities or commodities-related instruments, or any derivative instruments.


[1] Unless defined when used, all capitalized terms used in this Code of Ethics are defined in Section V below.

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS AND PERSONAL INVESTMENT POLICY

 

For

 

Lazard Asset Management LLC

Lazard Asset Management Securities LLC

Lazard Asset Management (Canada), Inc.

Lazard Alternatives, LLC

 

And

 

Certain Registered Investment Companies

 

This Code of Ethics and Personal Investment Policy (the “Policy”) has been adopted by Lazard Asset Management LLC, Lazard Asset Management Securities LLC, Lazard Asset Management (Canada), Inc., Lazard Alternatives, LLC (collectively “LAM”), and the U.S.-registered investment companies advised, managed or sponsored by LAM that have adopted this Policy (“LAM Funds”), to set forth (A) the standards of business conduct expected of Covered Persons (as defined below) and (B) certain procedures designed to minimize conflicts and potential conflicts of interest between LAM employees and LAM’s clients (including the LAM Funds), and between LAM Fund directors or trustees (“Directors”) and the LAM Funds. The Policy is intended to comply with Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”) and NFA Compliance Rule 2-9. Section II of the Policy, in particular, is designed to prevent fraudulent or manipulative practices, including such practices respecting purchases or sales of Securities held or to be acquired by LAM client accounts. It is also designed to prevent such practices, including short-term trading or “market timing,” as they relate to Covered Persons’ investments in open-end mutual funds whether or not managed by LAM.

 

All employees of LAM, including employees who serve as Fund officers or directors, are treated as access persons under the Advisers Act. They are herein referred to as “Covered Persons,” and are required to adhere to this Policy as well as all laws and regulations applicable to LAM’s business activities. Consultants to LAM also may be deemed Covered Persons by LAM’s Chief Compliance Officer and his/her designees. Additionally, all Directors of the Funds are subject to this Policy as indicated below.



I. Statement of Principles

 

LAM is an investment adviser registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and offers discretionary and non-discretionary asset management services to its clients, including the Funds. Accordingly, LAM and its employees serve as fiduciaries to these clients. This fiduciary relationship requires LAM and Covered Persons to adhere to the highest standards of ethical conduct and seek to avoid even the appearance of improper behavior. In addition, when acting

 
 

as fiduciaries LAM and Covered Persons must place the interests of the firm’s clients above their own. (Detailed descriptions of LAM’s fiduciary duties are set forth in Section 1 of the LAM Compliance Manual.)

 

In order to promote compliance with these fiduciary duties, and to manage potential conflicts of interest, LAM has adopted without limitation:

 

· The personal investment procedures set forth in Section II of this Policy;

 

· Restrictions on the provision and receipt of gifts and business entertainment, as set forth in Section 33 of the LAM Compliance Manual;

 

· The political contribution pre-clearance requirements set forth in Section 36 of the LAM Compliance Manual;

 

· The outside business activity pre-clearance requirements set forth in Section 34 of the LAM Compliance Manual;

 

· The policies promoting best execution and prohibiting directed brokerage consistent with Rule 12b-1(h)(1), as set forth in Section 16 of the Compliance Manual;

 

· The insider trading and Lazard Information Barrier policies set forth in Section 32 of the LAM Compliance Manual; and

 

· Policies requiring adherence to anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as set forth in Section 4 of the LAM Compliance Manual.

 

LAM employees are also bound by the Lazard Ltd. Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, a copy of which is published on Lazard.com.

 

Ensuring compliance with the firm’s policies and applicable laws is the responsibility of every Covered Person. LAM employees are required to report suspected violations to their supervisors or the LAM Legal & Compliance Department. As a matter of policy, LAM will not retaliate against individuals who report suspected violations in good faith. (Details of LAM’s non-retaliation policy may be found in Section 1 of the LAM Compliance Manual.)

 

 

II. Personal Investment Policy & Procedures

 

A. Overview

 

All Covered Persons owe a fiduciary duty to LAM’s clients when conducting their personal investment transactions. Covered Persons must place the interest of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. The fundamental standard to be followed in personal securities

 
 

transactions is that Covered Persons and Directors may not take inappropriate advantage of their positions.

 

Covered Persons are reminded that they also are subject to other policies of LAM, including the policies noted above concerning insider trading and the receipt of gifts and entertainment. It bears noting that Covered Persons must never trade in a security while in possession of material, non-public information about the issuer or the market for those securities, even if the Covered Person has satisfied all other requirements of this policy.

 

LAM’s Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for supervising the firm’s implementation of this Code of Ethics and Personal Investment Policy and all record-keeping functions mandated hereunder, including the review of all initial and annual holding reports as well as the quarterly transactions reports described below. The Chief Compliance Officer may delegate certain of the functions under this Policy to others in the Legal & Compliance Department, and shall promptly report to LAM’s General Counsel or the Chief Executive Officer all material violations of, or material deviations from, this Policy. This Policy will be delivered as appropriate to the Directors, who also will be asked to approve any material amendments to the Policy.

 

B. Definitions

 

"Investment Personnel" of a LAM Fund or LAM, for purposes of this Policy, includes:

 

1. Any employee of the LAM Fund or LAM (or of any company in a control relationship to the LAM Fund or LAM) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the LAM Fund.

 

2. Any natural person who controls the LAM Fund or LAM and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the LAM Fund regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the LAM Fund.

 

“Personal Securities Accounts,” for purposes of this Policy include any account in or through which a Security can be purchased or sold, which includes, but is not limited to, a brokerage account; a custody account; an individual retirement account; a 401(k) plan account that allows investments in Securities beyond open-end mutual funds; and variable annuity accounts or variable life insurance policies that allow investments in Securities beyond open-end mutual funds. Such Personal Securities Accounts include:

 

1. Accounts in the Covered Person’s or Director’s name or accounts in which the Covered Person or Director has a direct or indirect beneficial interest (a definition of Beneficial Ownership is included in Exhibit A);

 

2. Accounts in the name of the Covered Person’s or Director’s spouse;

 

3. Accounts in the name of children under the age of 18, whether or not living with the Covered Person or Director, and accounts in the name of relatives or other individuals
 
 

living with the Covered Person or Director or for whose support the Covered Person or Director is wholly or partially responsible (together with the Covered Person’s or Director’s spouse and minor children, “Related Persons”); [1]

 

4. Accounts in which the Covered Person or Director or any Related Person directly or indirectly controls, participates in, or has the right to control or participate in, investment decisions.

 

 

For purposes of this Policy, Personal Securities Accounts do not include the following, and each such Account and any transaction in Securities in such Account are not subject to Section II.C through Section II.I of this Policy [2] :

 

1. Estate or trust accounts in which a Covered Person or Related Person has a beneficial interest, but no power to affect investment decisions and fully discretionary accounts managed by LAM, another registered investment adviser, a registered representative of a registered broker-dealer or another person/entity approved by the Legal & Compliance Department are permitted if, (i) for Covered Persons and Related Persons, the Covered Persons receives permission from the Legal & Compliance Department, and (ii) for all persons covered by this Code, there is no communication between the adviser to the account and such person with regard to investment decisions prior to execution;

 

2. Other accounts over which the Covered Person or Related Person has no direct or indirect influence or control, provided the Covered Person obtains consent to maintain the account by the Legal & Compliance Department;

 

3. Direct investment programs, which allow the purchase of Securities directly from the issuer without the intermediation of a broker-dealer, provided that the timing and size of the purchases are established by a pre-arranged schedule (e.g., dividend reinvestment plans). Covered Persons must pre-clear the transaction at the time that participation in the direct investment program is being established. Covered Persons also must provide documentation of these arrangements and arrange to have their statements forwarded to the Legal & Compliance Department;

 

4. 401(k) plan account and similar retirement accounts that permit the participant to invest only in open-end mutual funds and where the Covered Person or Related Person agree not to invest in any LAM Funds;

 

5. Qualified state tuition programs (also known as “529 Programs”) where investment options and frequency of transactions are limited by state or federal laws.

 

 
 

A “Security” or “Securities,” for purposes of this Policy, generally includes any instrument defined in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act, including the following:

 

1. stocks
2. bonds
3. shares of closed-end funds, exchange-traded funds (commonly referred to as “ETFs”), exchange-traded notes (“ETNs”) and unit investment trusts
4. shares of open-end mutual funds (including the LAM Funds or any mutual fund for which LAM serves as a sub-adviser) [3] (“Sub-advised Funds”)
5. interests in hedge funds
6. interests in private equity funds
7. limited partnerships
8. private placements or unlisted securities
9. debentures, and other evidences of indebtedness, including senior debt and, subordinated debt
10. investment, commodity or futures contracts
11. all derivative instruments such as swaps, options, warrants and structured securities

 

For purposes of this Policy, a Security does not include :

 

1. money market mutual funds
2. U.S. Treasury obligations
3. mortgage pass-throughs (e.g., Ginnie Maes) that are direct obligations of the U.S. government
4. bankers’ acceptances
5. bank certificates of deposit
6. commercial paper
7. high quality short-term debt instruments (meaning any instrument that has a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, such as S&P or Moody's), including repurchase agreements.

 

C. Opening and Maintaining Employee Accounts

 

All Covered Persons and their Related Persons must generally maintain their Personal Securities Accounts at a broker-dealer approved by the Legal & Compliance Department which will

 
 

electronically transmit Personal Securities Account information to the Financial Tracking System (the “Approved Broker-Dealers”). Covered Persons and their Related Persons who have Personal Securities Accounts at a broker-dealer that is not capable of transmitting information to the Financial Tracking System electronically generally will be required to transfer such Accounts to an Approved Broker-Dealer (including Fidelity Investments and Charles Schwab).

 

LAM’s Chief Compliance Office or his/her designee may allow Covered Persons or Related Persons to maintain Personal Securities Accounts at firms other than Approved Broker-Dealers where (A) Approved Broker-Dealers do not offer a particular investment product or service desired by the Covered Person or Related Person, or (B) a Related Person must maintain their Accounts at a specific broker-dealer, by reason of their employment, or (C) in other exceptional circumstances. Covered Persons may submit a request for exemption to the Legal & Compliance Department. For any Personal Securities Account not maintained at an Approved Broker-Dealer, Covered Persons and their Related Persons must arrange to have duplicate copies of trade confirmations and statements provided to the Legal & Compliance Department at the following address: Lazard Asset Management LLC, Attn: Chief Compliance Officer, 30 Rockefeller Plaza, 55 th Floor, New York, NY 10112-6300. All other provisions of this policy will continue to apply to any Personal Securities Account that is not maintained at an Approved Broker-Dealer.

 

It is the responsibility of Covered Persons to disclose all relevant Personal Securities Accounts to LAM’s Legal & Compliance Department. Pursuant to Section H below, new Covered Persons must disclose their Personal Securities Accounts, and those of their Related Persons, through the Financial Tracking System (or directly to the Legal & Compliance Department) within ten (10) calendar days of joining LAM. Existing Covered Persons must disclose new Personal Securities Accounts for which they or their Related Persons have a beneficial interest promptly to the Legal & Compliance Department, before any trading in Securities takes place.

 

D. Restrictions

 

All trades by Covered Persons or Related Persons in Securities through Personal Securities Accounts must be pre-approved through the Financial Tracking System (or directly by the Legal & Compliance Department where access to the System is not possible) pursuant to the procedures and exceptions set forth in Section E below (the “Pre-Clearance Requirement”).

 

1. Conflicts with Client Activity. Subject to the exceptions below, no Security may be purchased or sold in any Personal Securities Account seven (7) calendar days before or after a LAM client account trades in the same security (the “Blackout Period”).

 

2. Conflicts with LAM Restricted List. No Security on the LAM Restricted List may be purchased or sold in any Personal Securities Account.

 

3. 60 Day Holding Period. Securities transactions, including transactions in LAM Funds or Sub-Advised Funds and any derivatives, must be for investment purposes rather than for speculation. Consequently, Covered Persons or their Related Persons may not profit from the purchase and sale of the same Securities within sixty (60) calendar days (i.e., the security may be purchased or sold on the 61 st day), calculated on a First In, First Out
 
 

(FIFO) basis (the “60 Day Hold”). Profits from short-term trades are subject to disgorgement or other sanctions pursuant to Section J below.

 

4. Public Offerings. No transaction for a Personal Securities Account may be made in Securities sold in an initial public offering or secondary offering.

 

5. Private Placements. Securities offered pursuant to a private placement (e.g., hedge funds, private equity funds or any other pooled investment vehicle the interests or shares of which are offered in a private placement) may not be purchased or sold by a Covered Person or Related Person without the prior approval of LAM’s Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee. Pre-approval of such investments must be requested by Covered Persons through the Financial Tracking System. In connection with any decision to approve such a private placement, the Legal & Compliance Department will prepare a report of the decision that explains the reasoning for the decision and an analysis of any potential conflict of interest. Any Covered Person receiving approval to acquire Securities in a private placement must disclose that investment when the Covered Person participates in a subsequent consideration of an investment in such issuer by or for a LAM client and any decision by or made on behalf of the LAM client to invest in such issuer will be subject to an independent review by investment personnel of LAM with no personal interest in the issuer.

 

6. Hedge Funds. Hedge funds are sold on a private placement basis and as noted above are subject to prior approval by LAM’s Legal & Compliance Department through the Financial Tracking System. In considering whether or not to approve an investment in a hedge fund, the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee, will review a copy of the fund’s offering memorandum, subscription documents and other governing documents (“Offering Documents”), along with any side letters, as deemed appropriate in order to ensure that the proposed investment is being made in a manner that does not conflict with LAM’s fiduciary duties.

 

Upon receipt of a request by a Covered Person to invest in a hedge fund, the Legal & Compliance Department will contact the Fund of Funds Group (the “Team”) and identify the fund in which the Covered Person has requested permission to invest. The Team will advise the Legal & Compliance Department if the fund is on the Team’s approved list or if the Team is otherwise interested in investing client assets in the fund. If the fund is not on the Team’s approved list and the Team is not interested in investing in the fund, the Chief Compliance Officer will generally approve the Covered Person’s investment, unless other considerations warrant denying the investment. If the fund is on the approved list or the Team may be interested in investing in the fund, then the Legal & Compliance Department will determine whether the fund is subject to capacity constraints. If the fund is subject to capacity constraints, then the Covered Person’s request will be denied and priority will be given to the Team to invest client assets in the fund. If the fund is not subject to capacity constraints, then the Covered Person will generally be permitted to invest along with the Team. If the fund is on the approved list or the Team may be interested in investing in the fund, then the Covered Person’s investment will be reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee as described above.

 
 

 

 

7. Short Sales. Covered Persons are prohibited from engaging in short sales of any security. However, provided the investment is otherwise permitted under this Policy and has received all necessary approvals, an investment in a hedge fund or other permitted Security that engages in short selling is permitted. Covered Persons are prohibited from buying or going long a put option when they do not hold the underlying stock since this can result in a short sale on expiration date of the contract.

 

8. Inside Information. No transaction may be made in violation of the Material Non-Public Information Policies and Procedures (“Inside Information”) as outlined in Section 32 of the LAM Compliance Manual; and

 

9. Lazard Ltd Stock (LAZ). All trading in shares of LAZ by Covered Persons or Related Persons must be pre-cleared pursuant to Section F below, unless such trading is conducted by Lazard on behalf of Covered Persons or Related Persons through company programs. Trading in LAZ shares is subject to special trading prohibitions, the dates and conditions of which are determined by Lazard senior management; typically, LAZ trading will be prohibited beginning two weeks before each calendar quarter end through a date that is two business days after a public earnings announcement. Covered Persons are prohibited from entering into options contracts related to LAZ shares.

 

10. Directorships. Covered Persons may not serve on the board of directors of any corporation or entity (other than a related Lazard entity) without the prior approval of LAM’s Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel, pursuant to Section 34 of the LAM Compliance Manual.
11. Control of Issuer. Covered Persons and Related Persons may not acquire any security, directly or indirectly, for purposes of obtaining control of the issuer.

 

 

E. Exceptions

 

The Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee may determine that one of the following exemptions to the Policy applies:

 

1. Exceptions to Pre-Clearance Requirement, Blackout Period and 60-Day Hold .

 

a) Investments in open-end mutual funds other than LAM Funds or Sub-Advised Funds are exempt from these three requirements. However, Covered Persons and Related Persons are required to trade in such fund shares in compliance with the applicable prospectus. For purposes of clarity, investments in LAM Funds and Sub-Advised Funds remain subject to the Pre-Clearance Requirement and 60 Day Hold.

 

b) Investments in the broad-based ETFs and ETNs listed on Exhibit B to this Policy are also exempt from these three requirements.

 

 
 
2. Exceptions to the Pre-Clearance and/or Blackout Period

 

a) Discretionary Exceptions . Purchases or sales of Securities which receive the prior approval of the Chief Compliance Officer or, in his or her absence, another senior member of the Legal & Compliance Department, may be exempted from the Blackout Period if such purchases or sales are determined to be unlikely to have any material negative economic impact on or give rise to an appearance of impropriety with respect to any client account managed or advised by LAM. For example, the Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee may find no conflicts or improprieties where client activity within a Blackout Period is related to non-material inflows or outflows rather than discretionary investment decisions.

 

b) De Minimis Exemptions . The Blackout Period shall not apply to any transaction in (1) an equity Security which does not exceed an aggregate transaction amount of $50,000 of the security, provided the issuer has a market capitalization greater than US $5 billion; (2) an equity Security which does not exceed an aggregate transaction amount of $25,000 of the security, provided the issuer has a market capitalization between US $500 million and US $5 billion; and (3) fixed income Securities, or series of related transactions, involving up to $25,000 face value of that fixed income security, provided that the issuer has a market capitalization of greater than US $5 billion for its equity Securities.

 

c) Non-Volitional Transactions . The Pre-Clearance and/or Blackout Period restrictions generally shall not apply to transactions for which the Covered Person or Related Person does not have, or has relinquished, control. Examples include trades related to (1) dividend reinvestments or other automatic investment plans or securities deliveries (exempt from both restrictions); (2) corporate actions (exempt from both); (3) deferred compensation award vestings (exempt from both); (4) the exercise of Security-related rights on a pro rata basis (exempt from both); (5) trades relating to tax loss harvesting (exempt from Blackout Period); and (6) a commitment to trade predetermined amounts of a Security on a specific future date, pre-arranged with the Legal & Compliance Department (exempt from Blackout Period).

 

For purposes of clarity, any Securities subject to an exception above must be included on reports required to be submitted to the Legal & Compliance Department consistent with this Policy. Exceptions are not applicable to trades in any Security on the LAM Restricted List or trades in LAZ when a corporate trading prohibition is applicable.

 

F. Prohibited Recommendations

 

No Investment Personnel shall recommend or execute any Securities transaction for any LAM client account under his/her discretionary management, without having disclosed, through the Financial Tracking System or otherwise in writing, to the Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee any direct or indirect interest in such Securities or issuers (including any such interest held by a Related Person). Similarly, no Investment Personnel shall execute any Securities transaction for his/her Personal Securities Account without having disclosed through the

 
 

Financial Tracking System or otherwise in writing, to the Chief Compliance Officer or his/he designee, any direct or indirect interest that LAM client accounts under his/her discretionary management may have. The interest could be in the form of:

 

1. Any direct or indirect beneficial ownership of any Securities of such issuer;

 

2. Any contemplated transaction by the person in such Securities;

 

3. Any position with such issuer or its affiliates; or

 

4. Any present or proposed business relationship between such issuer or its affiliates and the Investment Personnel or any party in which such Investment Personnel have a significant interest.

 

The Exceptions in Section E(2), above, may apply to the pre-clearance requests subject to this Section F, within the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee.

 

G. Transaction Approval Procedures – Financial Tracking System

 

All Security transactions by Covered Persons and Related Persons in Personal Securities Accounts must receive prior approval from the LAM Legal & Compliance Department as described below. To pre-clear a transaction, Covered Persons must on behalf of themselves or a Related Person:

 

1. Electronically complete and “sign” the relevant trade request form in the Financial Tracking system, completing all fields accurately [https://secure.financial-tracking.com/login ].

 

2. After the request is processed, the Covered Person will be notified by the Financial Tracking System if the order is approved or not approved. If the order is approved, the Covered Person or Related Person is responsible to transmit the order to the broker-dealer where his or her account is maintained.

 

Trade approvals from the Financial Tracking System are only valid for the business day in which they are issued . If the approved trade is not executed by the broker-dealer of the Covered Person or Related Person on the business day the approval is received, the proposed trade must be re-submitted to the Financial Tracking System for re-approval.

Pre-clearance requests will be processed though the Financial Tracking System each business day from approximately 8:30 a.m. ET through 3:45 p.m. ET . The Legal & Compliance Department endeavors to preclear transactions promptly; however, transactions may not always be approved on the day in which they are received. This is especially the case where pre-clearance requests are received late in the business day. Certain factors, such as time of day the order is submitted or length of time it takes to confirm client activity, all play a role in the length of time it takes to preclear a transaction.

 

 
 

 

H. Required Reporting

 

1. Initial Certification. Within 10 days of becoming a Covered Person, such Covered Person must submit to the Legal & Compliance Department an acknowledgement that they have received a copy of this Policy, and that they have read and understood its provisions.

 

2. Initial Holdings Report. Within 10 days of becoming a Covered Person, the Covered Person must submit to the Legal & Compliance Department a statement of all Securities in which such Covered Person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership. This statement must include (i) the title, number of shares and principal amount of each Security, (ii) the name of any broker, dealer, insurance company, or bank with whom the Covered Person maintained an account in which any Securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of such Covered Person and (iii) the date of submission by the Covered Person. The information provided in this statement must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the Covered Person’s date of employment at LAM.

 

3. Quarterly Report. Within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, each Covered Person must provide information to the Legal & Compliance Department via the Financial Tracking System relating to securities transactions executed during the previous quarter for all Personal Securities Accounts and any new Personal Securities Accounts in which any Securities were held established during the previous quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Covered Person. Any such report may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security to which the report relates.

 

4. Annual Report. Each Covered Person shall submit within 45 days after the end of each calendar year an annual report to the Legal & Compliance Department via the Financial Tracking System showing, as of the end of the calendar year (1) all holdings in Securities in which the Covered Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership and (2) the name of any broker, dealer, insurance company, or bank with whom the person maintains an account in which any Securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Covered Person or Related Persons.

 

5. Annual Certification. All Covered Persons are required to certify annually via the Financial Tracking System that they have (i) read and understand this Policy and recognize that they are subject to its terms and conditions, (ii) complied with the requirements of this policy and (iii) disclosed or reported all Personal Securities Accounts and transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to this Code of Ethics and Personal Investment Policy. LAM will maintain a copy of this Policy on the intranet site accessible to all Covered Persons, and its annual certification request will identify the location of the Policy to all Covered Persons. Amendments to the Policy, if any, will be transmitted to Covered Persons electronically.
 
 

 

 

I. Fund Directors.

 

Each Director who is not an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of a LAM Fund and who would be required to provide reports pursuant to Section II.H of this Policy solely by reason of being a Director is excepted from such reporting requirements pursuant to Rule 17j-1(d)(2), except that the Director shall make a quarterly report to the Legal & Compliance Department of transactions in Securities if the Director knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Director should have known, that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the Director's transaction a LAM Fund on whose board the Director serves purchased or sold a Security, or the LAM Fund or LAM considered purchasing or selling the Security.

 

J. Sanctions.

 

The Legal & Compliance Department shall track all violations of this Policy and may impose appropriate sanctions, including without limitation warnings, disgorgement of trading profits to charity, and suspension of personal trading privileges. The Department shall report all material violations to LAM’s Chief Executive Officer or General Counsel, who may impose such sanctions as deemed appropriate, including, among other things, a letter of censure, fines, or suspension / termination of the violator’s employment.

 

K. Retention of Records.

 

All records relating to personal Securities transactions hereunder and other records meeting the requirements of applicable law, including a copy of this policy and any other policies covering the subject matter hereof, shall be maintained in the manner and to the extent required by applicable law, including Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act and Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. The Legal & Compliance Department shall have the responsibility for maintaining records created under this policy.

 

L. Board Review.

 

The Chief Compliance Officer shall provide to the Board of Directors of each Fund, on a quarterly basis, a written report regarding activity under this policy, and at least annually, a written report and certification meeting the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act.

 

M. Other Codes of Ethics.

 

To the extent that any officer of any Fund is not a Covered Person hereunder, or an investment subadviser of or, for an open-end Fund only, principal underwriter for any Fund and their respective access persons (as defined in Rule 17j-1) are not Covered Persons hereunder, those persons must be covered by separate codes of ethics which are approved in accordance with applicable law.

 

 
 

Exhibit A

 

EXPLANATION OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP


You are considered to have “Beneficial Ownership” of Securities if you have or share a direct or indirect “Pecuniary Interest” in the Securities.

 

You have a “Pecuniary Interest” in Securities if you have the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the Securities.

 

The following are examples of an indirect Pecuniary Interest in Securities:

 

1. Securities held by members of your immediate family sharing the same household; however, this presumption may be rebutted by convincing evidence that profits derived from transactions in these Securities will not provide you with any economic benefit. “Immediate family” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and includes any adoptive relationship.

 

2. Your interest as a general partner in Securities held by a general or limited partnership.

 

3. Your interest as a manager-member in the Securities held by a limited liability company.

 

4. A performance-related fee, other than an asset-based fee, received by any broker, dealer, bank, insurance company, investment company, investment adviser, investment manager, trustee or person or entity performing a similar function.

 

You do not have an indirect Pecuniary Interest in Securities held by a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which you hold an equity interest, unless you are a controlling equity holder or you have or share investment control over the Securities held by the entity.

 

The following circumstances constitute Beneficial Ownership by you of Securities held by a trust:

 

1. Your status as a trustee where either you or a member of your immediate family is a trust beneficiary.

 

2. Your status as a trust beneficiary and you have or share investment control over trust transactions.

 

 
 
3. Your status as a settler of a trust if you have the right to revoke the trust without the consent of a beneficiary and you have or share investment control over the Securities in the trust.

 

The foregoing is only a summary of the meaning of “beneficial ownership”. For purposes of the attached policy, “beneficial ownership” shall be interpreted in the same manner, as it would be in determining whether a person is subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

 

 
 

 

Exhibit B

Exempt Broad-Based Index ETFs and ETNs

 

 

ETF or ETN Name

 

 

Ticker

iShares Barclays 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF SHY
iShares Barclays 7-10 Year Treasury Bond ETF IEF
iShares CDN Composite Index Fund XIC
iShares DAX ETF DAXEX
iShares DJ EuroStroxx 50 EUE
iShares FTSE 100 ISF
iShares FTSE Xinhua A50 China 2823
iShares MSCI EAFE EFA
iShares MSCI EAFE Growth EFG
iShares MSCI EAFE Value EFV
iShares MSCI Emerging Markets EEM
iShares MSCI Japan EWJ
iShares MSCI Kokusai TOK
iShares Russell 1000 Index IWB
iShares Russell 1000 Growth IWF
iShares Russell 1000 Value IWD
iShares S&P 500 Index Fund IVV
iPath S&P 500 VIX Short Term Futures ETN VXX
ProShares QQQ Trust QQQ
ProShares Short S&P 500 SH
SPDR Trust SPY
Vanguard 500 Index ETF VOO
Vanguard FTSE All World Ex-US ETF VEU
Vanguard FTSE Developed Markets Index ETF VEA
Vanguard FTSE Emerging Markets Index ETF VWO
Vanguard Large Cap Index Fund ETF VV
Vanguard Mega Cap Index Fund ETF MGC
Vanguard Russell 1000 Index Fund ETF VONE
Vanguard Russell 2000 Index Fund ETF VTWO
Vanguard Russell 3000 Index ETF VTHR
Vanguard Total Stock Market Index ETF VTI
Vanguard Total Int’l Stock Index ETF VXUS
Vanguard Total World Stock Index VT

 


[1] Unless otherwise indicated, all provisions of this Code apply to Related Persons.

 

[2] Except that Investment Personnel of a LAM Fund or LAM are not exempt from Section II.D.3 through Section II.D.5 of this Policy with respect to transactions in Securities through such Personal Securities Accounts.

[3] Aa current list of sub-advised funds is maintained by LAM’s operations group and shared with the Legal & Compliance Department.

 

 

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

 

 

Personal Trading Policies and Procedures

 

 

January 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

AllianceBernstein L.P

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

1.   Introduction 1
2.   The AB Fiduciary Culture 2
3.   Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations 2
4.   Conflicts of Interest / Unlawful Actions 3
5.   Insider Trading 4
6.   Personal Trading: Summary of Restrictions 5
7.   Outside Directorships and Other Outside Activities and Interests 6
(a)   Board Member or Trustee 6
(b)   Other Affiliations 7
(c)   Outside Financial or Business Interests 8
8.   Gifts, Entertainment and Inducements 8
9.   Compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws 9
10.   Political Contributions/Activities 10
(a)   By or on behalf of AB 10
(b)   By Employees 10
11.   “Ethical Wall” Policy 11
12.   Use of Client Relationships 11
13.   Corporate Opportunities and Resources 12
14.   Antitrust and Fair Dealing 12
15.   Recordkeeping and Retention 13
16.   Improper Influence on Conduct of Audits 13
17.   Accuracy of Disclosure 13
18.   Confidentiality 14
19.   Protection and Proper Use of AB Assets 15
20.   Policy on Intellectual Property 15
(a)   Overview 15
(b)   Employee Responsibilities 15
(c)   Company Policies and Practices 15
21.   Compliance Practices and Policies of Group Subsidiaries 16
 
 
22.   Exceptions from the Code 16
23.   Regulatory Inquiries, Investigations and Litigation 17
(a)   Requests for Information 17
(b)   Types of Inquiries 17
(c)   Responding to Information Requests 17
(d)   Use of Outside Counsel 18
(e)   Regulatory Investigation 18
(f)   Litigation 18
24.   Compliance and Reporting of Misconduct / “Whistleblower” Protection 18
25.   Company Ombudsman 19
26.   Sanctions 19
27.   Annual Certifications 19
PERSONAL TRADING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
Appendix A
1.   Overview A-19
(a)   Introduction A-19
(b)   Definitions A-19
2.   Requirements and Restrictions – All Employees A-19
(a)   General Standards A-19
(b)   Disclosure of Personal Accounts A-19
(c)   Designated Brokerage Accounts A-19
(d)   Pre-Clearance Requirement A-19
(e)   Limitation on the Number of Trades A-19
(f)   Short-Term Trading A-19
(g)   Short Sales A-19
(h)   Trading in AB Units and AB Open and Closed-End Mutual Funds A-19
(i)   Securities Being Considered for Purchase or Sale A-19
(j)   Restricted List A-19
(k)   Dissemination of Research Information A-19
(l)   Initial Public Offerings A-19
(m) Limited Offerings/Private Placements A-19
 
 
3.   Additional Restrictions – Portfolio Managers A-19
(a)   Blackout Periods A-19
(b)   Actions During Blackout Periods A-19
(c)   Transactions Contrary to Client Positions A-19
4.   Additional Restrictions – Research Analysts A-19
(a)   Blackout Periods A-19
(b)   Actions During Blackout Periods A-19
(c)   Actions Contrary to Ratings A-19
5.   Additional Restrictions – Buy-Side Equity Traders A-19
6.   Additional Restrictions – Alternate Investment Strategies Groups A-19
7.   Reporting Requirements A-19
(a)   Duplicate Confirmations and Account Statements A-19
(b)   Initial Holdings Reports by Employees A-19
(c)   Quarterly Reports by Employees A-19
(d)   Annual Holdings Reports by Employees A-19
(e)   Report /Certification of Adequacy to the Board of Directors of Fund Clients A-19
(f)   Report Representations A-19
(g)   Maintenance of Reports A-19
8.   Reporting Requirements for Directors who are not Employees A-19
(a)   Outside Directors / Affiliated Outside Directors A-19

 

CODE CERTIFICATION FORM

 

Annual Certification FormLast Page

 
 

1.   Introduction

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) summarizes the values, principles and business practices that guide our business conduct. The Code establishes a set of basic principles to guide all AB employees (including AB directors and consultants where applicable) regarding the minimum requirements which we are expected to meet. The Code applies to all of our offices worldwide. It is not, however, intended to provide an exhaustive list of all the detailed internal policies and procedures, regulations and legal requirements that may apply to you as an AB employee and/or a representative of one of our regulated subsidiaries. The Compliance Manual, available on the Legal and Compliance Department intranet site, contains the Firm’s policies covering various legal and regulatory requirements. All AB employees are required to be read the Compliance Manual, understand its content as it relates to their job function and duty to clients, and to abide by the policies contained therein.

All individuals subject to the provisions of this Code must conduct themselves in a manner consistent with the requirements and procedures set forth herein. Adherence to the Code is a fundamental condition of service with us, any of our subsidiaries or joint venture entities, or our general partner (the “AB Group”).

AllianceBernstein L.P. (“AB,” “we” or “us”) is a registered investment adviser and acts as investment manager or adviser to registered investment companies, institutional investment clients, employee benefit trusts, high net worth individuals and other types of investment advisory clients. In this capacity, we serve as fiduciaries. The fiduciary relationship mandates adherence to the highest standards of conduct and integrity.

Personnel acting in a fiduciary capacity must carry out their duties for the exclusive benefit of our clients. Consistent with this fiduciary duty, the interests of clients take priority over the personal investment objectives and other personal interests of AB personnel. Accordingly:

· Employees must work to mitigate or eliminate any conflict, or appearance of conflict, between the self-interest of any individual covered under the Code and his or her responsibility to our clients, or to AB and its unitholders.
· Employees must never improperly use their position with AB for personal gain to themselves, their family or any other person.

The Code is intended to comply with Rule 17j-1 under the (U.S.) Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) which applies to us because we serve as an investment adviser to registered investment companies. Rule 17j-1 specifically requires us to adopt a code of ethics that contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent our “access persons” (as defined herein) from engaging in fraudulent conduct, including insider trading. In addition, the Code is intended to comply with the provisions of the (U.S.) Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), including Rule 204A-1, which requires registered investment advisers to adopt and enforce codes of ethics applicable to their supervised persons. Finally, the Code is intended to comply with Section 303A.10 of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) Listed Company Manual, which applies to us because the units of AllianceBernstein Holding L.P. (“AllianceBernstein Holding”) are traded on the NYSE.

 

 
 

Additionally, certain entities within the AB Group, such as Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC and Sanford C. Bernstein Limited, have adopted supplemental codes of ethics to address specific regulatory requirements applicable to them. All employees are obligated to determine if any of these codes are applicable to them, and abide by such codes as appropriate.

2.   The AB Fiduciary Culture

The primary objective of AB’s business is to provide value, through investment advisory and other financial services, to a wide range of clients, including governments, corporations, financial institutions, high net worth individuals and pension funds.

AB requires that all dealings with, and on behalf of existing and prospective clients be handled with honesty, integrity and high ethical standards, and that such dealings adhere to the letter and the spirit of applicable laws, regulations and contractual guidelines. As a general matter, AB is a fiduciary that owes its clients a duty of undivided loyalty, and each employee has a responsibility to act in a manner consistent with this duty.

When dealing with or on behalf of a client, every employee must act solely in the best interests of that client. In addition, various comprehensive statutory and regulatory structures such as the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act and ERISA, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, all impose specific responsibilities governing the behavior of personnel in carrying out their responsibilities. AB and its employees must comply fully with these rules and regulations. Legal and Compliance Department personnel are available to assist employees in meeting these requirements.

All employees are expected to adhere to the high standards associated with our fiduciary duty, including care and loyalty to clients, competency, diligence and thoroughness, and trust and accountability. Further, all employees must actively work to avoid the possibility that the advice or services we provide to clients is, or gives the appearance of being, based on the self-interests of AB or its employees and not the clients’ best interests.

Our fiduciary responsibilities apply to a broad range of investment and related activities, including sales and marketing, portfolio management, securities trading, allocation of investment opportunities, client service, operations support, performance measurement and reporting, new product development as well as your personal investing activities. These obligations include the duty to avoid material conflicts of interest (and, if this is not possible, to provide full and fair disclosure to clients in communications), to keep accurate books and records, and to supervise personnel appropriately. These concepts are further described in the Sections that follow.

3.   Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations

AB has a long-standing commitment to conduct its business in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and in accordance with the highest ethical principles. This commitment helps ensure our reputation for honesty, quality and integrity. All individuals subject to the Code are required to comply with all such laws and regulations. All U.S. employees, as well as non-U.S. employees who act on behalf of U.S. clients or funds, are required to comply with the U.S. federal securities laws. These laws include, but are not limited to, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, ERISA, the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the SEC under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to our activities, and

 
 

any rules adopted thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), Department of the Treasury or the Department of Justice. As mentioned above, as a listed company, we are also subject to specific rules promulgated by the NYSE. Similarly, our non-US affiliates are subject to additional laws and regulatory mandates in their respective jurisdictions, which must be fully complied with.

4.   Conflicts of Interest / Unlawful Actions

A “conflict of interest” exists when a person’s private interests may be contrary to the interests of AB’s clients or to the interests of AB or its unitholders.

A conflict situation can arise when an AB employee takes actions or has interests (business, financial or otherwise) that may make it difficult to perform his or her work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest may arise, for example, when an AB employee, or a member of his or her family,[1] receives improper personal benefits (including personal loans, services, or payment for services that the AB employee performs in the course of AB business) as a result of his or her position at AB, or gains personal enrichment or benefits through access to confidential information. Conflicts may also arise when an AB employee, or a member of his or her family, holds a significant financial interest in a company that does an important amount of business with AB or has outside business interests that may result in divided loyalties or compromise independent judgment. Moreover, conflicts may arise when making securities investments for personal accounts or when determining how to allocate trading opportunities. Additional conflicts of interest are highlighted in the AB Policy and Procedures for Giving and Receiving Gifts and Entertainment , a copy of which can be found on the Legal and Compliance Department intranet site.

Conflicts of interest can arise in many common situations, despite one’s best efforts to avoid them. This Code does not attempt to identify all possible conflicts of interest. Literal compliance with each of the specific procedures will not shield you from liability for personal trading or other conduct that violates your fiduciary duties to our clients. AB employees are encouraged to seek clarification of, and discuss questions about, potential conflicts of interest. If you have questions about a particular situation or become aware of a conflict or potential conflict, you should bring it to the attention of your supervisor, the General Counsel, the Conflicts Officer, the Chief Compliance Officer or a representative of the Legal and Compliance Department or Human Capital.

In addition to the specific prohibitions contained in the Code, you are, of course, subject to a general requirement not to engage in any act or practice that would defraud our clients. This general prohibition (which also applies specifically in connection with the purchase and sale of a Security held or to be acquired or sold, as this phrase is defined in the Appendix) includes:

· Making any untrue statement of a material fact or employing any device, scheme or artifice to defraud a client;
· Omitting to state (or failing to provide any information necessary to properly clarify any statements made, in light of the circumstances) a material fact, thereby creating a materially misleading impression;
 
 
· Accepting any compensation for the purchase or sale of any property to or for a fund or other client account;
· Making investment decisions, changes in research ratings and trading decisions other than exclusively for the benefit of, and in the best interest of, our clients;
· Using information about investment or trading decisions or changes in research ratings (whether considered, proposed or made) to benefit or avoid economic injury to you or anyone other than our clients;
· Taking, delaying or omitting to take any action with respect to any research recommendation, report or rating or any investment or trading decision for a client in order to avoid economic injury to you or anyone other than our clients;
· Purchasing or selling a security on the basis of knowledge of a possible trade by or for a client with the intent of personally profiting from personal holdings in the same or related securities (“front-running” or “scalping”);
· Revealing to any other person (except in the normal course of your duties on behalf of a client) any information regarding securities transactions by any client or the consideration by any client of any such securities transactions; or
· Engaging in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on a client or engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to any client.

5.   Insider Trading

There are instances where AB employees may have confidential “inside” information about AB or its affiliates, or about a company with which we do business, or about a company in which we may invest on behalf of clients that is not known to the investing public. AB employees must maintain the confidentiality of such information. If a reasonable investor would consider this information important in reaching an investment decision, the AB employee with this information must not buy or sell securities of any of the companies in question or give this information to another person who trades in such securities. This rule is very important, and AB has adopted the following three specific policies that address it: Policy and Procedures Concerning Purchases and Sales of AB Units , Policy and Procedures Concerning Purchases and Sales of AB Closed-End Mutual Funds , and Policy and Procedures Regarding Insider Trading and Control of Material Nonpublic Information (collectively, the “AB Insider Trading Policies”). A copy of the AB Insider Trading Policies may be found on the Legal and Compliance Department intranet site. All AB employees are required to be familiar with these policies [2] and to abide by them.

 

 
 

6.   Personal Trading: Summary of Restrictions

AB recognizes the importance to its employees of being able to manage and develop their own and their dependents’ financial resources through long-term investments and strategies. However, because of the potential conflicts of interest inherent in our business, our industry and AB have implemented certain standards and limitations designed to minimize these conflicts and help ensure that we focus on meeting our duties as a fiduciary for our clients. As a general matter, AB discourages personal investments by employees in individual securities and encourages personal investments in managed collective vehicles, such as mutual funds.

AB senior management believes it is important for employees to align their own personal interests with the interests of our clients. Consequently, employees are encouraged to invest in the mutual fund products and services offered by AB, where available and appropriate .

The policies and procedures for personal trading are set forth in full detail in the AB Personal Trading Policies and Procedures , included in the Code as Appendix A. The following is a summary of the major requirements and restrictions that apply to personal trading by employees, their immediate family members and other financial dependents :

· Employees must disclose all of their securities accounts to the Legal and Compliance Department;
· Employees may maintain securities accounts only at specified designated broker-dealers (exceptions may apply outside of the U.S.);
· Employees must pre-clear all securities trades with the Legal and Compliance Department (via the StarCompliance Code of Ethics application) prior to placing trades with their broker-dealer (prior supervisory approval is required for portfolio managers, research analysts, traders, persons with access to AB research, and others designated by the Legal and Compliance Department);
· Employees may only make twenty trades in individual securities during any rolling thirty calendar-day period;
· Employee purchases of individual securities, ETFs, ETNs, and closed-end mutual funds (as well as AB managed open-end funds) are subject to a 60-day holding period (6 months for AB Japan Ltd.);
· Employees may not engage in short-term trading of a mutual fund in violation of that fund’s short-term trading policies;
· Employees may not participate in initial public offerings;
· Employees must get written approval, and make certain representations, in order to participate in limited or private offerings;
· Employees must submit initial and annual holding reports, disclosing all securities and holdings in mutual funds managed by AB held in personal accounts;
· Employees must, on a quarterly basis, submit or confirm reports identifying all transactions in securities (and mutual funds managed by AB) in personal accounts;
· The Legal and Compliance Department has the authority to deny:
a. Any personal trade by an employee if the security is being considered for purchase or sale in a client account, there are open orders for the security on a trading desk, or the security appears on any AB restricted list;
 
 
b. Any short sale by an employee for a personal account if the security is being held long in AB - managed portfolios; and
c. Any personal trade by a portfolio manager or research analyst in a security that is subject to a blackout period as a result of client portfolio trading or recommendations to clients.
· Separate requirements and restrictions apply to Directors who are not employees of AB, as explained in further detail in the AB Personal Trading Policies and Procedures , Appendix A of this document.

This summary should not be considered a substitute for reading, understanding and complying with the detailed restrictions and requirements that appear in the AB Personal Trading Policies and Procedures , included as Appendix A to the Code.

7.   Outside Directorships and Other Outside Activities and Interests

Although activities outside of AB are not necessarily a conflict of interest, a conflict may exist depending upon your position within AB and AB’s relationship with the particular activity in question. Outside activities may also create a potential conflict of interest if they cause an AB employee to choose between that interest and the interests of AB or any client of AB. AB recognizes that the guidelines in this Section are not applicable to directors of AB who do not also serve in management positions within AB.

Important Note for Research Analysts: Notwithstanding the standards and prohibitions that follow in this section, any Employee who acts in the capacity of a research analyst is prohibited from serving on any board of directors or trustees or in any other capacity with respect to any company, public or private, whose business is directly or indirectly related to the industry covered by that research analyst.

(a)    Board Member or Trustee

i. No AB employee shall serve on any board of directors or trustees or in any other management capacity of any unaffiliated public company.
ii. No AB employee shall serve on any board of directors or trustees or in any other management capacity of any private company (other than not-for-profit organizations, see below ) without prior written approval from the employee’s supervisor and Compliance Department via an Outside Business Activities Approval Form . This approval is also subject to review by, and may require the approval of, AB’s Chief Executive Officer. The decision as to whether to grant such authorization will be based on a determination that such service would not be inconsistent with the interests of any client, as well as an analysis of the time commitment and potential personal liabilities and responsibilities associated with the outside affiliation. [3] Any AB employee who serves as a director, trustee or in any other management capacity of any private company must resign that position prior to the company becoming a publicly traded company .
 
 
iii. Not-for-Profit Organizations : No approval is required to serve as a trustee/board member of not-for-profit organizations such as religious organizations, foundations, educational institutions, co-ops, private clubs etc., provided that (a) the organization has not issued, and does not have future plans to issue, publicly held securities, including debt obligations; and/or (b) the employee does not act in any investment-related advisory capacity (i.e., any direct or indirect role relating to investment advice or choosing investment advisers; serving on investment committee). [4] If the employee does act in such a capacity, or the organization has issued or plans to issue, public securities, the Outside Business Activities Approval Form must be submitted and approved.
iv. This approval requirement applies regardless of whether an AB employee plans to serve as a director of an outside business organization (1) in a personal capacity or (2) as a representative of AB or of an entity within the AB Group holding a corporate board seat on the outside organization (e.g., where AB or its clients may have a significant but non-controlling equity interest in the outside company).
v. New employees with pre-existing relationships are required to resign from the boards of public companies and seek and obtain the required approvals to continue to serve on the boards of private companies.

(b)    Other Affiliations

AB discourages employees from committing to secondary employment, particularly if it poses any conflict in meeting the employee’s ability to satisfactorily meet all job requirements and business needs. Before an AB employee accepts a second job, that employee must :

· Complete and submit an Outside Business Activities Approval Form ;
· Ensure that AB’s business takes priority over the secondary employment;
· Ensure that no conflict of interest exists between AB’s business and the secondary employment (see also, footnote 3); and
· Require no special accommodation for late arrivals, early departures, or other special requests associated with the secondary employment.

For employees associated with any of AB’s registered broker-dealer subsidiaries, written approval of the Chief Compliance Officer for the subsidiary is also required. [5] New employees with pre-existing relationships are required to ensure that their affiliations conform to these restrictions, and must obtain the requisite approvals. On a periodic basis, such employees will be required to confirm that the circumstances of the approved activities have not changed.

 

 

 
 

(c)     Outside Financial or Business Interests

AB employees should be cautious with respect to personal investments that may lead to conflicts of interest or raise the appearance of a conflict. Conflicts of interest in this context may arise in cases where an AB employee, a member of his or her family, or a close personal acquaintance, holds a substantial interest in a company that has significant dealings with AB or any of its subsidiaries either on a recurring or “one-off” basis. For example, holding a substantial interest in a family-controlled or other privately-held company that does business with, or competes against, AB or any of its subsidiaries may give rise to a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict. In contrast, holding shares in a widely-held public company that does business with AB from time to time may not raise the same types of concerns. Prior to making any such personal investments, AB employees must pre-clear the transaction, in accordance with the Personal Trading Policies and Procedures , attached as Appendix A of this Code, and should consult as appropriate with their supervisor, the Conflicts Officer, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer or other representative of the Legal and Compliance Department.

AB employees should also be cautious with respect to outside business interests that may create divided loyalties, divert substantial amounts of their time and/or compromise their independent judgment. If a conflict of interest situation arises, you should report it to your supervisor, the Conflicts Officer, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and/or other representative of AB’s Human Capital or Legal and Compliance Department. Business transactions that benefit relatives or close personal friends, such as awarding a service contract to them or a company in which they have a controlling or other significant interest, may also create a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict. AB employees must consult their supervisor and/or the Conflicts Officer, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer or other representative of AB’s Human Capital or Legal and Compliance Department before entering into any such transaction. New employees that have outside financial or business interests (as described herein) should report them as required and bring them to the attention of their supervisor immediately.

8.   Gifts, Entertainment and Inducements

Business gifts and entertainment are designed to build goodwill and sound working relationships among business partners. However, under certain circumstances, gifts, entertainment, favors, benefits, and/or job offers may be attempts to “purchase” favorable treatment. Accepting or offering such inducements could raise doubts about an AB employee’s ability to make independent business judgments in our clients’ or AB’s best interests. For example, a problem would arise if (i) the receipt by an AB employee of a gift, entertainment or other inducement would compromise, or could be reasonably viewed as compromising, that individual’s ability to make objective and fair business decisions on behalf of AB or its clients, or (ii) the offering by an AB employee of a gift, entertainment or other inducement appears to be an attempt to obtain business through improper means or to gain any special advantage in our business relationships through improper means.

These situations can arise in many different circumstances (including with current or prospective suppliers and clients) and AB employees should keep in mind that certain types of inducements may constitute illegal bribes, pay-offs or kickbacks. In particular, the rules of various securities regulators place specific constraints on the activities of persons involved in the sales and marketing of securities. AB has adopted the Policy and Procedures for Giving and Receiving Gifts

 
 

and Entertainment to address these and other matters. AB Employees must familiarize themselves with this policy and comply with its requirements, which include reporting the acceptance of most business meals, gifts and entertainment to the Compliance Department. A copy of this policy can be found on the Legal and Compliance Department intranet site, and will be supplied by the Compliance Department upon request.

Each AB employee must use good judgment to ensure there is no violation of these principles. If you have any question or uncertainty about whether any gifts, entertainment or other type of inducements are appropriate, please contact your supervisor or a representative of AB’s Legal and Compliance Department and/or the Conflicts Officer, as appropriate. If you feel uncomfortable utilizing the normal channels, issues may be brought to the attention of the Company Ombudsman, who is an independent, informal and confidential resource for concerns about AB business matters that may implicate issues of ethics or questionable practices. Please see Section 25 for additional information on the Company Ombudsman.

9.   Compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws

AB employees should be aware that AB strictly prohibits the acceptance, offer, payment or authorization, whether directly or via a third party, of any bribe, and any other form of corruption, whether involving a government official or an employee of a public or private commercial entity. Therefore, it is the responsibility of all AB employees to adhere to all applicable anti-corruption laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which they do business, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act, and similar international laws regulating payments to public and private sector individuals (collectively, the “Anti-Corruption Laws”).

We expect all AB employees to refuse to make or accept questionable and/or improper payments. As a component of this commitment, no AB employee may give money, gifts, or anything else of value (which include providing jobs or internships) to any official or any employee of a governmental or commercial entity if doing so could reasonably be construed as an attempt to provide AB with an improper business advantage. In addition, any proposed payment or gift to a government official, including employees of government-owned or controlled enterprises (e.g. sovereign wealth and pension funds, public utilities, and national banks), must be reviewed in advance by a representative of the Legal and Compliance Department, even if such payment is common in the country of payment (see discussion of the Anti-Corruption Laws below and in the firm’s Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy ). AB employees should be aware that they do not actually have to make the payment to violate AB’s policy and the law — merely offering, promising or authorizing it will be considered a violation.

In order to ensure that AB fully complies with the requirements of the Anti-Corruption Laws, employees must be familiar with the firm’s Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy . Generally, the Anti-Corruption Laws make it illegal (with civil and criminal penalties) for AB, and its employees and agents, to provide anything of value to public or private sector employees, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of obtaining an improper business advantage (which can include improperly securing government licenses and permits). Accordingly, the use of AB funds or assets (or those of any third party) to make a payment directly or through another person or company for any illegal, improper and/or corrupt purpose is strictly prohibited.

It is often difficult to determine at what point a business courtesy extended to another person crosses the line into becoming excessive, and what ultimately could be considered a bribe. Therefore, no entertainment or gifts may be offered to, or travel or hotel expenses paid for, any

 
 

public official, including employees of government-owned or controlled enterprises, under any circumstances, without the express prior written approval (e-mail correspondence is acceptable) of the General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer, or their designees in the Legal and Compliance Department.

10.Political Contributions/Activities

(a)    By or on behalf of AB

Election laws in many jurisdictions generally prohibit political contributions by corporations to candidates. Many local laws also prohibit corporate contributions to local political campaigns. In accordance with these laws, AB does not make direct contributions to any candidates for national or local offices where applicable laws make such contributions illegal. In these cases, contributions to political campaigns must not be, nor appear to be, made with or reimbursed by AB assets or resources. AB assets and resources include (but are not limited to) AB facilities, personnel, office supplies, letterhead, telephones, electronic communication systems and fax machines. This means that AB office facilities may not be used to host receptions or other events for political candidates or parties which include any fund raising activities or solicitations. In limited circumstances, AB office facilities may be used to host events for public office holders as a public service, but only where steps have been taken (such as not providing to the office holder a list of attendees) to avoid the facilitation of fund raising solicitations either during or after the event, and where the event has been pre-approved in writing by the General Counsel or Deputy General Counsel.

 

Please see the Policy and Procedures for Giving and Receiving Gifts and Entertainment , which can be found on the Legal and Compliance Department intranet site, for a discussion relating to political contributions suggested by clients.

Election laws in many jurisdictions allow corporations to establish and maintain political action or similar committees, which may lawfully make campaign contributions. AB or companies affiliated with AB may establish such committees or other mechanisms through which AB employees may make political contributions, if permitted under the laws of the jurisdictions in which they operate. Any questions about this policy should be directed to the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer.

(b)    By Employees

AB employees who hold or seek to hold political office must do so on their own time, whether through vacation, after work hours or on weekends. Additionally, the employee must notify the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer prior to running for political office to ensure that there are no conflicts of interest with AB business.

AB employees may make personal political contributions as they see fit in accordance with all applicable laws and the guidelines in the Policy and Procedures for Giving and Receiving Gifts and Entertainment , as well as the pre-clearance requirement as described below. Certain employees involved with the offering or distribution of municipal fund securities (e.g., a “529 Plan”) or acting as a director for certain subsidiaries, must also adhere to the restrictions and reporting requirements of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board.

 
 

Several (U.S.) states and localities have enacted “pay-to-play” laws. Some of these laws could prohibit AB from entering into a government contract for a certain number of years if a covered employee makes or solicits a covered contribution. Other jurisdictions require AB to report contributions made by certain employees, without the accompanying ban on business. In certain jurisdictions, the laws also cover the activities of the spouse and dependent children of the covered person. In response to these laws, in addition to SEC Rule 206(4)-5, which also prohibits certain political contributions, AB has in place a pre-clearance requirement, under which all employees must pre-clear with the Compliance Department, all personal political contributions (including those of their spouses and dependent children) made to, or solicited on behalf of, any (U.S.) state or local candidate or political party . [6]

11.       “Ethical Wall” Policy

AB has established a policy entitled Insider Trading and Control of Material Non-Public Information (“Ethical Wall Policy”), a copy of which can be found on the Legal and Compliance Department intranet site. This policy was established to prevent the flow of material non-public information about a listed company or its securities from AB employees who receive such information in the course of their employment to those AB employees performing investment management activities. If “Ethical Walls” are in place, AB’s investment management activities may continue despite the knowledge of material non-public information by other AB employees involved in different parts of AB’s business. “Investment management activities” involve making, participating in, or obtaining information regarding purchases or sales of securities of public companies or making, or obtaining information about, recommendations with respect to purchases or sales of such securities. Given AB’s extensive investment management activities, it is very important for AB employees to familiarize themselves with AB’s Ethical Wall Policy and abide by it.

12.Use of Client Relationships

As discussed previously, AB owes fiduciary duties to each of our clients. These require that our actions with respect to client assets or vendor relationships be based solely on the clients’ best interests and avoid any appearance of being based on our own self-interest. Therefore, we must avoid using client assets or relationships to inappropriately benefit AB.

Briefly, AB regularly acquires services directly for itself, and indirectly on behalf of its clients (e.g., brokerage, investment research, custody, administration, auditing, accounting, printing and legal services). Using the existence of these relationships to obtain discounts or favorable pricing on items purchased directly for AB or for clients other than those paying for the services may create conflicts of interest. Accordingly, business relationships maintained on behalf of our clients may not be used to leverage pricing for AB when acting for its own account unless all pricing discounts and arrangements are shared ratably with those clients whose existing relationships were used to negotiate the arrangement and the arrangement is otherwise appropriate under relevant legal/regulatory guidelines. For example, when negotiating printing services for the production of AB’s Form 10-K and annual report, we may not ask the proposed vendor to consider the volume of printing business that they may get from AB on behalf of the investment funds we manage

 
 

when proposing a price. On the other hand, vendor/service provider relationships with AB may be used to leverage pricing on behalf of AB’s clients.

In summary, while efforts made to leverage our buying power are good business, efforts to obtain a benefit for AB as a result of vendor relationships that we structure or maintain on behalf of clients may create conflicts of interest, which should be escalated and addressed.

13.Corporate Opportunities and Resources

AB employees owe a duty to AB to advance the firm’s legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises and to use corporate resources exclusively for that purpose. Corporate opportunities and resources must not be taken or used for personal gain. AB Employees are prohibited from:

· Taking for themselves personally, opportunities that are discovered through the use of company property, information or their position;
· Using company property, information, resources or their company position for personal gain; and
· Competing with AB directly or indirectly.

Please also refer to the Policy and Procedures for Giving and Receiving Gifts and Entertainment , and its Appendix B, the Code of Conduct Regarding the Purchase of Products and Services on Behalf of AB and its Clients , which can be found on the Legal and Compliance Department intranet site.

14.Antitrust and Fair Dealing

AB believes that the welfare of consumers is best served by economic competition. Our policy is to compete vigorously, aggressively and successfully in today’s increasingly competitive business climate and to do so at all times in compliance with all applicable antitrust, competition and fair dealing laws in all the markets in which we operate. We seek to excel while operating honestly and ethically, never through taking unfair advantage of others. Each AB employee should endeavor to deal fairly with AB’s customers, suppliers, competitors and other AB employees. No one should take unfair advantage through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts or any other unfair dealing practices.

The antitrust laws of many jurisdictions are designed to preserve a competitive economy and promote fair and vigorous competition. We are all required to comply with these laws and regulations. AB employees involved in marketing, sales and purchasing, contracts or in discussions with competitors have a particular responsibility to ensure that they understand our standards and are familiar with applicable competition laws. Because these laws are complex and can vary from one jurisdiction to another, AB employees are urged to seek advice from the General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer or Corporate Secretary if questions arise. Please also refer to the Policy and Procedures for Giving and Receiving Gifts and Entertainment , which can be found on the Legal and Compliance Department intranet site, for a discussion relating to some of these issues.

 
 

15.Recordkeeping and Retention

Properly maintaining and retaining company records is of the utmost importance. AB employees are responsible for ensuring that AB’s business records are properly maintained and retained in accordance with applicable laws and regulations in the jurisdictions where it operates. AB Employees should familiarize themselves with these laws and regulations. Please see the Record Retention Policy on the Legal and Compliance intranet site for more information.

16.Improper Influence on Conduct of Audits

AB employees, and persons acting under their direction, are prohibited from taking any action to coerce, manipulate, mislead, hinder, obstruct or fraudulently influence any external auditor, internal auditor or regulator engaged in the performance of an audit or review of AB’s financial statements and/or procedures. AB employees are required to cooperate fully with any such audit or review.

The following is a non-exhaustive list of actions that might constitute improper influence:

· Offering or paying bribes or other financial incentives to an auditor, including offering future employment or contracts for audit or non-audit services;
· Knowingly providing an internal or external auditor or regulator with inaccurate or misleading data or information;
· Threatening to cancel or canceling existing non-audit or audit engagements if the auditor objects to the company’s accounting;
· Seeking to have a partner or other team member removed from the audit engagement because such person objects to the company’s accounting;
· Knowingly altering, tampering or destroying company documents;
· Knowingly withholding pertinent information; or
· Knowingly providing incomplete information.

Under Sarbanes Oxley Law any false statement -- that is, any lie or attempt to deceive an investigator -- may result in criminal prosecution.

17.       Accuracy of Disclosure

Securities and other laws impose public disclosure requirements on AB and require it to regularly file reports, financial information and make other submissions to various regulators and stock market authorities around the globe. Such reports and submissions must comply with all applicable legal requirements and may not contain misstatements or omit material facts.

AB employees who are directly or indirectly involved in preparing such reports and submissions, or who regularly communicate with the press, investors and analysts concerning AB, must ensure within the scope of the employee’s job activities that such reports, submissions and communications are (i) full, fair, timely, accurate and understandable, and (ii) meet applicable legal requirements. This applies to all public disclosures, oral statements, visual presentations, press conferences and media calls concerning AB, its financial performance and similar matters. In addition, members of AB’s Board, executive officers and AB employees who regularly

 
 

communicate with analysts or actual or potential investors in AB securities are subject to the AB Regulation FD Compliance Policy . A copy of the policy can be found on the Legal and Compliance Department intranet site.

18.Confidentiality

Subject to Section 24, AB employees must maintain the confidentiality of sensitive non-public and other confidential information entrusted to them by AB or its clients and vendors and must not disclose such information to any persons except when disclosure is authorized by AB or mandated by regulation or law. However, disclosure may be made to (1) other AB employees who have a bona-fide “need to know” in connection with their duties, (2) persons outside AB (such as attorneys, accountants or other advisers) who need to know in connection with a specific mandate or engagement from AB or who otherwise have a valid business or legal reason for receiving it and have executed appropriate confidentiality agreements, or (3) regulators pursuant to an appropriate written request (see Section 23).

Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or harmful to AB or our clients and vendors, if disclosed. The identity of certain clients may be confidential, as well. Intellectual property (such as confidential product information, trade secrets, patents, trademarks, and copyrights), business, marketing and service plans, databases, records, salary information, unpublished financial data and reports as well as information that joint venture partners, suppliers or customers have entrusted to us are also viewed as confidential information. Please note that the obligation to preserve confidential information continues even after employment with AB ends.

To safeguard confidential information, AB employees should observe at least the following procedures:

· Special confidentiality arrangements may be required for certain parties, including outside business associates and governmental agencies and trade associations, seeking access to confidential information;
· Papers relating to non-public matters should be appropriately safeguarded;
· Appropriate controls for the reception and oversight of visitors to sensitive areas should be implemented and maintained;
· Document control procedures, such as numbering counterparts and recording their distribution, should be used where appropriate;
· If an AB employee is out of the office in connection with a material non-public transaction, staff members should use caution in disclosing the AB employee’s location;
· Sensitive business conversations, whether in person or on the telephone, should be avoided in public places and care should be taken when using portable computers and similar devices in public places; and
· E-mail messages and attachments containing material non-public information should be treated with similar discretion (including encryption, if appropriate) and recipients should be made aware of the need to exercise similar discretion .

Please see the Privacy Policy on the Legal and Compliance intranet site for more information .

 
 

19.Protection and Proper Use of AB Assets

AB employees have a responsibility for safeguarding and making proper and efficient use of AB’s property. Every AB employee also has an obligation to protect AB’s property from loss, fraud, damage, misuse, theft, embezzlement or destruction. Acts of fraud, theft, loss, misuse, carelessness and waste of assets may have a direct impact on AB’s profitability. Any situations or incidents that could lead to the theft, loss, fraudulent or other misuse or waste of AB property should be reported to your supervisor or a representative of AB’s Human Capital or Legal and Compliance Department as soon as they come to an employee’s attention. Should an employee feel uncomfortable utilizing the normal channels, issues may be brought to the attention of the Company Ombudsman, who is an independent, informal and confidential resource for concerns about AB business matters that may implicate issues of ethics or questionable practices. Please see Section 25 for additional information on the Company Ombudsman.

20.Policy on Intellectual Property

(a)    Overview

Ideas, inventions, discoveries and other forms of so-called “intellectual property” are becoming increasingly important to all businesses, including ours. Recently, financial services companies have been applying for and obtaining patents on their financial product offerings and “business methods” for both offensive and defensive purposes. For example, business method patents have been obtained for information processing systems, data gathering and processing systems, billing and collection systems, tax strategies, asset allocation strategies and various other financial systems and strategies. The primary goals of the AB policy on intellectual property are to preserve our ability to use our own proprietary business methods, protect our IP investments and reduce potential risks and liabilities .

 

(b)    Employee Responsibilities

· New Products and Methods . Employees must maintain detailed records and all work papers related to the development of new products and methods in a safe and secure location.

 

· Trademarks . Clearance must be obtained from the Legal and Compliance Department before any new word, phrase or slogan, which we consider proprietary and in need of trademark protection, is adopted or used in any written materials. To obtain clearance, the proposed word, phrase or slogan and a brief description of the products or services for which it is intended to be used should be communicated to the Legal and Compliance Department sufficiently well in advance of any actual use in order to permit any necessary clearance investigation.

 

(c)     Company Policies and Practices

· Ownership . Employees acknowledge that any discoveries, inventions, or improvements (collectively, “Inventions”) made or conceived by them in connection with, and during the course of, their employment belong, and automatically are assigned, to AB. AB can keep any such Inventions as trade secrets or include them in patent applications, and Employees will assist AB in doing so. Employees agree to take any action requested by
 
 

AB, including the execution of appropriate agreements and forms of assignment, to evidence the ownership by AB of any such Invention.

 

· Use of Third Party Materials . In performing one’s work for, or on behalf of AB, Employees will not knowingly disclose or otherwise make available, or incorporate anything that is proprietary to a third party without obtaining appropriate permission.

 

· Potential Infringements . Any concern regarding copyright, trademark, or patent infringement should be immediately communicated to the Legal and Compliance Department. Questions of infringement by AB will be investigated and resolved as promptly as possible.

 

By certifying in accordance with Section 27 of this Code, the individual subject to this Code agrees to comply with AB’s policies and practices related to intellectual property as described in this Section 20.

21.Compliance Practices and Policies of Group Subsidiaries

AXA, a worldwide leader in financial protection strategies and wealth management, owns a majority economic interest in AB and as a result AB is considered an AXA Group company.

Despite being an AXA Group company, AB operates autonomously and has adopted its own compliance policies adapted to its specific businesses and to the specific legal, regulatory and ethical environments in the countries where it does business, which AXA encourages for all its companies as a matter of “best practices.”

However, the AXA Group has adopted a Group Compliance and Ethics Guide , and AXA Financial has put forth a Policy Statement on Ethics , to which AXA Group companies must adhere. In addition, AXA has promulgated a Group Standards Handbook . AB employees are expected to become familiar with the requirements articulated in these documents, which can be found on the Legal and Compliance Department intranet site.

22.Exceptions from the Code

In addition to the exceptions contained within the specific provisions of the Code, the General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer (or his or her designee) may, in very limited circumstances, grant other exceptions under any Section of this Code on a case-by-case basis, under the following procedures:

(a)    Written Statement and Supporting Documentation

The individual seeking the exception furnishes to the Chief Compliance Officer, as applicable:

(1) A written statement detailing the efforts made to comply with the requirement from which the individual seeks an exception;
(2) A written statement containing a representation and warranty that (i) compliance with the requirement would impose a severe undue hardship on the individual and (ii) the exception would not, in any manner or degree, harm or defraud a client, violate the
 
 

general principles herein or compromise the individual’s or AB’s fiduciary duty to any client; and/or

(3) Any supporting documentation that the Chief Compliance Officer may require.

 

(b)    Compliance Interview

The Chief Compliance Officer (or designee) will conduct an interview with the individual or take such other steps deemed appropriate in order to determine that granting the exception will not, in any manner or degree, harm or defraud a client, violate the general principles herein or compromise the individual’s or AB’s fiduciary duty to any client; and will maintain all written statements and supporting documentation, as well as documentation of the basis for granting the exception.

PLEASE NOTE: To the extent required by law or NYSE rule, any waiver or amendment of this Code for AB’s executive officers (including AB’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Principal Accounting Officer) or directors shall be made at the discretion of the Board of AllianceBernstein Corporation and promptly disclosed to the unitholders of AllianceBernstein Holding pursuant to Section 303A.10 of the NYSE Exchange Listed Company Manual.

23.Regulatory Inquiries, Investigations and Litigation

(a)    Requests for Information

Governmental agencies and regulatory organizations may from time to time conduct surveys or make inquiries that request information about AB, its customers or others that generally would be considered confidential or proprietary .

All regulatory inquiries concerning AB are to be handled by the Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel. Employees receiving such inquiries should refer such matters immediately to the Legal and Compliance Department .

(b)    Types of Inquiries

Regulatory inquiries may be received by mail, e-mail, telephone or personal visit. In the case of a personal visit, demand may be made for the immediate production or inspection of documents. While any telephone or personal inquiry should be handled in a courteous manner, the caller or visitor should be informed that responses to such requests are the responsibility of AB’s Legal and Compliance Department. Therefore, the visitor should be asked to wait briefly while a call is made to the Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel for guidance on how to proceed. In the case of a telephone inquiry, the caller should be referred to the Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel or informed that his/her call will be promptly returned. Letter or e-mail inquiries should be forwarded promptly to the Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel, who will provide an appropriate response.

(c)     Responding to Information Requests

Subject to Section 24, under no circumstances should any documents or material be released without prior approval of the Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel. Likewise, no

 
 

employee should have substantive discussions with any regulatory personnel without prior consultation with either of these individuals.

(d)    Use of Outside Counsel

It is the responsibility of the Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel to inform AB’s outside counsel in those instances deemed appropriate and necessary .

(e)     Regulatory Investigation

Any employee that is notified that they are the subject of a regulatory investigation, whether in connection with his or her activities at AB or at a previous employer, must immediately notify the Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel.

(f)     Litigation

Any receipt of service or other notification of a pending or threatened action against the firm should be brought to the immediate attention of the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer. These individuals also should be informed of any instance in which an employee is sued in a matter involving his/her activities on behalf of AB. Notice also should be given to either of these individuals upon receipt of a subpoena for information from AB relating to any matter in litigation or receipt of a garnishment lien or judgment against the firm or any of its clients or employees. The General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer will determine the appropriate response.

24.Compliance and Reporting of Misconduct/“Whistleblower” Protection

No Code can address all specific situations. Accordingly, each AB employee is responsible for applying the principles set forth in this Code in a responsible fashion and with the exercise of good judgment and common sense. Whenever uncertainty arises, an AB employee should seek guidance from an appropriate supervisor or a representative of Human Capital or the Legal and Compliance Department before proceeding .

All AB employees should promptly report any practices or actions the employee believes to be inappropriate or inconsistent with any provisions of this Code. In addition all employees must promptly report any actual violations of the Code to the General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer or a designee. Any person reporting a violation in good faith will be protected against reprisals.

If you feel uncomfortable utilizing the formal channels, issues may be brought to the attention of the Company Ombudsman, who is an independent, informal and confidential resource for concerns about AB business matters that may implicate issues of ethics or questionable practices. Please see Section 25 for additional information on the Company Ombudsman.

Nothing herein, or in any contractual confidentiality provision to which any employee is subject, prohibits employees from reporting possible violations of law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, or self-regulatory authority, or from making other disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of state or federal law or regulation. Employees do not need

 
 

AB’s prior authorization to make any such reports or disclosures and are not required to notify AB that they have made such reports or disclosures.

25.Company Ombudsman

AB’s Company Ombudsman provides a neutral, confidential, informal and independent communications channel where any AB employee can obtain assistance in surfacing and resolving work-related issues. The primary purpose of the Ombudsman is to help AB:

 

 

The Ombudsman seeks to provide early warnings and to identify changes that will prevent malfeasance and workplace issues from becoming significant or recurring. The Ombudsman has a reporting relationship to the AB CEO, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of AllianceBernstein Corporation and independent directors of AB’s U.S. mutual fund boards.

 

Any type of work-related issue may be brought to the Ombudsman, including potential or actual financial malfeasance, security matters, inappropriate business practices, compliance issues, unethical behavior, violations of law, health and safety issues, and employee relations issues. The Ombudsman supplements, but does not replace existing formal channels such as Human Capital, Legal and Compliance, Internal Audit and line management.

26.Sanctions

Upon learning of a violation of this Code, any member of the AB Group, with the advice of the General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and/or the AB Code of Ethics Oversight Committee, may impose such sanctions as such member deems appropriate, including, among other things, restitution, censure, suspension or termination of service. Persons subject to this Code who fail to comply with it may also be violating the U.S. federal securities laws or other federal, state or local laws within their particular jurisdictions.

27.Annual Certifications

Each person subject to this Code must certify at least annually to the Chief Compliance Officer that he or she has read and understands the Code, recognizes that he or she is subject hereto and has complied with its provisions and disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions and other items required to be disclosed or reported under the Code. The Chief Compliance Officer may require interim certifications for significant changes to the Code.

 
 

APPENDIX A

 

A LLIANCE B ERNSTEIN L.P.

 

PERSONAL TRADING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

1.   Overview

(a)    Introduction

AB recognizes the importance to its employees of being able to manage and develop their own and their dependents’ financial resources through long-term investments and strategies. However, because of the potential conflicts of interest inherent in our business, our industry and AB have implemented certain standards and limitations designed to minimize these conflicts and help ensure that we focus on meeting our duties as a fiduciary for our clients. Employees should be aware that their ability to liquidate positions may be severely restricted under these policies, including during times of market volatility . Therefore, as a general matter, AB discourages personal investments by employees in individual securities and encourages personal investments in managed collective vehicles, such as mutual funds.

AB senior management believes it is important for employees to align their own personal interests with the interests of our clients. Consequently, employees are encouraged to invest in the mutual fund products and services offered by AB, where available and appropriate .

(b)    Definitions

The following definitions apply for purposes of this Appendix A of the Code; however additional definitions are contained in the text itself. [7]

1. “AllianceBernstein” or “AB” mean AllianceBernstein L.P., its subsidiaries and its joint venture entities.
2. “Beneficial Ownership” is interpreted in the same manner as in determining whether a person is subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”), Rule 16a-1 and the other rules and regulations thereunder and includes ownership by any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in a Security. For example, an individual has an indirect pecuniary interest in any Security owned by the individual’s spouse. Beneficial Ownership also includes, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise,
 
 

having or sharing “voting power” or “investment power,” as those terms are used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and Rule 13d-3 thereunder.

3. “Client” means any person or entity, including an investment company, for which AB serves as investment manager or adviser.
4. “Chief Compliance Officer” refers to AB’s Chief Compliance Officer.
5. “Code of Ethics Oversight Committee ” refers to the committee of AB’s senior officers that is responsible for monitoring compliance with the Code.
6. “Conflicts Officer” refers to AB’s Conflicts Officer, who reports to the Chief Compliance Officer.
7. “Control” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act.
8. “Director” means any person who serves in the capacity of a director of AllianceBernstein Corporation. “Affiliated Outside Director” means any Director who is not an Employee (as defined below) but who is an employee of an entity affiliated with AB. “Outside Director” means any Director who is neither an Employee (as defined below) nor an employee of an entity affiliated with AB.
9. “Employee” refers to any person who is an employee or officer of AB, including part-time employees and consultants (acting in the capacity of a portfolio manager, trader or research analyst, or others at the discretion of the Compliance Department) under the Control of AB.
10. “Initial Public Offering” means an offering of Securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”), the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as well as similar offerings of Securities issued outside the United States.
11. “Investment Personnel” refers to:
a. Any Employee who acts in the capacity of a portfolio manager, research analyst or trader or any other capacity (such as an assistant to one of the foregoing) and in connection with his or her regular duties makes or participates in making, or is in a position to be aware of, recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by a Client;
b. Any Employee who receives or has access to AB equity research or Bernstein Research via Outlook distribution, Factset, Bloomberg, Research Wire or other medium/platform;
c. Any other Employee designated as such by the Legal and Compliance Department; or
d. Any natural person who Controls AB and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to a Client regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Client.
 
 
12. “Limited Offering” means an offering that is exempt from registration under the 1933 Act pursuant to Sections 4(2) or 4(6) thereof or pursuant to Rules 504, 505 or 506 under the 1933 Act, as well as similarly exempted offerings of Securities issued outside the United States. Investments in hedge funds are typically sold in a limited offering setting.
13. “Ombudsman” means the Company Ombudsman of AB, or any of his/her staff members.
14. “Personal Account” refers to any account (including, without limitation, a custody account, safekeeping account and an account maintained by an entity that may act in a brokerage or a principal capacity) in which any type of Security (as defined in Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act of 1940) may be traded or custodied, and in which an Employee has any Beneficial Ownership, and any such account maintained by or for a financial dependent of an Employee. For example, this definition includes Personal Accounts of:
a. An Employee’s spouse/domestic partner (of same or opposite gender), including a legally separated or divorced spouse who is a financial dependent;
b. Financial dependents of an Employee, including both those residing with the Employee and those not residing with the Employee, such as financially dependent children away at college; and
c. Any person or entity for which the Employee acts as a fiduciary (e.g., acting as a Trustee) or who has given investment discretion to the Employee, other than accounts over which the employee has discretion as a result of his or her responsibilities at AB.

Personal Accounts include any account meeting the above definition even if the Employee has given discretion over the account to someone else.

15. “Purchase or Sale of a Security” includes, among other transactions, the writing or purchase of an option to sell a Security and any short sale of a Security.
16. “Security” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act and includes any derivative thereof, commodities, options or forward contracts, except that it shall not include:
a. Securities issued by the government of the United States;
b. Short-term debt securities that are government securities within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act;
c. Shares issued by money market funds;
d. Shares issued by open-end mutual funds, other than Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”), and mutual funds managed by AB ; and
e. Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, high quality short-term debt instruments and such other instruments as may be designated from time to time by the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
 

IMPORTANT NOTE: Exchange-Traded Funds are covered under this definition of Security, and therefore are subject to the governing rules. (See exceptions in Sections 2(d)(ii) and 2(e)(ii) of this Appendix.)

17. A Security is “Being Considered for Purchase or Sale” when:
a. An AB Growth research analyst issues research information regarding initial coverage of, or changing a rating with respect to, a Security;
b. A portfolio manager has indicated his or her intention to purchase or sell a Security; or
c. An open order [8] in the Security exists on any buy-side trading desk.

This is not an exhaustive list. At the discretion of the Legal and Compliance Department, a Security may be deemed “Being Considered for Purchase or Sale” even if none of the above events have occurred, particularly if a portfolio manager is contemplating the purchase or sale of that Security, as evidenced by e-mails or the manager’s preparation of, or request for, research.

18. “Security held or to be acquired or sold” means:
a. Any Security which, within the most recent 15 days (i) is or has been held by a Client in an AB-managed account or (ii) is being or has been considered by AB for purchase or sale for the Client; and/or
b. Any option to purchase or sell, and any Security convertible into or exchangeable for, a Security.
19. “StarCompliance Code of Ethics application” means the web-based application used to electronically pre-clear personal securities transactions and file many of the reports required herein. The application can be accessed via the AB network at: https://alliance-ng.starcompliance.com / .
20. “Subsidiary” refers to entities with respect to which AB, directly or indirectly, through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise has the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies of such entity.

2.   Requirements and Restrictions – All Employees

The following are the details of the standards which must be observed:

(a)    General Standards

Employees have an obligation to conduct their personal investing activities and related Securities transactions lawfully and in a manner that avoids actual or potential conflicts between their own interests and the interests of AB and its clients. Employees must

 
 

carefully consider the nature of their AB responsibilities - and the type of information that he or she might be deemed to possess in light of any particular securities transaction - before engaging in any investment-related activity or transaction.

i. Material Nonpublic Information : Employees in possession of material nonpublic information about or affecting Securities, or their issuer, are prohibited from buying or selling such Securities, or advising any other person to buy or sell such Securities. Similarly, they may not disclose such information to anyone without the permission of the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer. Please see the AB Insider Trading Policies , which can be found on the Legal and Compliance Department intranet site.
ii. Short-Term Trading : Employees are encouraged to adopt long-term investment strategies (see Section 2(f) for applicable holding period for individual securities). Similarly, purchases of shares of most mutual funds should be made for investment purposes. Employees are therefore prohibited from engaging in transactions in a mutual fund that are in violation of the fund’s prospectus, including any applicable short-term trading or market-timing prohibitions.

With respect to the AB funds, Employees are prohibited from short-term trading, and may not effect a purchase and redemption, regardless of size, in and out of the same mutual fund within any sixty (60) day period. [9]

iii. Personal Responsibility : It is the responsibility of each Employee to ensure that all Securities transactions in Personal Accounts are made in strict compliance with the restrictions and procedures in the Code and this Appendix A, and otherwise comply with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements.
iv. Affiliated Directors and Outside Directors : The personal trading restrictions of Appendix A of the Code do not apply to any Affiliated Director or Outside Director, provided that at the time of the transaction, he or she has no actual knowledge that the Security involved is “Being Considered for Purchase or Sale .” Affiliated Directors and Outside Directors, however, are subject to reporting requirements as described in Section 8 below.

(b)    Disclosure of Personal Accounts

All Employees must disclose their Personal Accounts to the Compliance Department (and take all necessary actions to close any accounts held with non-designated brokers, see next section). It is each Employee’s responsibility to ensure that the Compliance Department is appropriately notified of all accounts and to direct the broker to provide the Compliance Department with electronic and/or paper brokerage transaction confirmations and account statements (and verify that it has been done). Do not assume that the broker-dealer will automatically arrange for this information to be set up and forwarded correctly.

 
 

(c)     Designated Brokerage Accounts

Personal Accounts of an Employee that are maintained as brokerage accounts must be held only at the following approved designated broker-dealers (each a “Designated Broker”): [10]

· Charles Schwab;
· Credit Suisse Securities - Private Banking USA Group;
· E*TRADE Financial;
· Goldman, Sachs & Co. - Private Wealth Management (account minimums apply);
· Merrill Lynch; and/or
· Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC [11]

Under limited circumstances, the Compliance Department may grant exceptions to this policy and approve the use of other broker-dealers or custodians (such as in the case of proprietary products that can only be held at specific firms). In addition, the Chief Compliance Officer may in the future modify this list.

All Securities in which an Employee has any Beneficial Ownership must be held in Personal Accounts and maintained in accordance with the Designated Broker requirements described above (except that shares of open-end mutual funds may be held directly with the investment company). Additionally, Employees may effect Securities transactions only in Personal Accounts (or directly through a mutual fund’s transfer agent). In limited circumstances, the Chief Compliance Officer, or his designee, may grant an exception to these requirements (see Section 22 of the Code). This requirement applies to all types of Securities and personal Securities transactions including, for example, Securities issued in a Limited Offering or other direct investments.

(d)    Pre-Clearance Requirement

                i.       Subject to the exceptions specified below, an Employee may not purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any Security ( please note the limited pre-clearance requirement related to AB mutual funds in Section 2(h) below ) in which the Employee has (or after such transaction would have) any Beneficial Ownership unless the Employee obtains the prior approval from the Compliance Department and, in the case of Investment Personnel, the head of the business unit (or a designated manager) in which the Employee works . [12] Pre-clearance requests must be made on the date of

 
 

the contemplated transaction, through the use of the appropriate pre-clearance form, which can be accessed via the StarCompliance Code of Ethics application at https://alliance-ng.starcompliance.com / . These requests will document (a) the details of the proposed transaction and (b) representations as to compliance with the personal trading restrictions of this Code.

Pre-Clearance requests will generally be acted on by the automated pre-clearance system only between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 3:30 p.m. (New York time). The Legal and Compliance Department (including via its electronic pre-clearance utility) will review the request to determine if the proposed transaction complies with the Code, whether that security is restricted for AB personnel, and if appropriate, contact the appropriate supervisor (or a person designated by the supervisor) to determine whether the proposed transaction raises any potential conflicts of interest or other issues. The Compliance Department will communicate to the requesting Employee its approval or denial of the proposed transaction, either in writing (e-mail) or orally. In North America, any approval given under this paragraph will remain in effect only until the end of the trading day on which the approval was granted. For employees in offices outside North America, such approval will remain in effect for the following business day as well. Good-until-cancel limit orders are not permitted without daily requests for pre-clearance approval. Employees must wait for Compliance Department approval before placing the order with their broker.

The Legal and Compliance Department will maintain an electronic log of all pre-clearance requests and indicate the approval or denial of the request in the log.

PLEASE NOTE: When a Security is Being Considered for Purchase or Sale for a Client (see Section 2(i) below) or is being purchased or sold for a Client following the approval on the same day of a personal trading request form for the same Security, the Legal and Compliance Department is authorized to cancel the personal order if (a) it has not been executed and the order exceeds a market value of $50,000 or (b) the Legal and Compliance Department determines, after consulting with the trading desk and the appropriate business unit head (if available), that the order, based on market conditions, liquidity and other relevant factors, could have an adverse impact on a Client or on a Client’s ability to purchase or sell the Security or other Securities of the issuer involved.

                  ii.             Exceptions: The pre-clearance requirements do not apply to [13] :

a. Non-Volitional Transactions, including :
· Transactions in a Personal Account over which the Employee has no direct or indirect influence or control (i.e., managed for an Employee on a discretionary basis by a third person or entity, when the Employee does not discuss any specific transactions for the account with the third-party manager);
· The receipt of any Security received as part of an Employee’s compensation (although any subsequent sales must be pre-cleared);
 
 
· Any Securities transaction effected in an Employee’s Personal Account pursuant to an automatic investment plan, which means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) a Personal Account in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation, and includes dividend reinvestment plans. Additional purchases and sales that are not automatic, however, are subject to the pre-clearance requirement.

The Legal and Compliance Department may request an Employee to certify as to the non-volitional nature of these transactions.

b. Exercise of Pro Rata Issued Rights

Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of the issuer’s Securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired. This exemption applies only to the exercise or sale of rights that are issued in connection with a specific upcoming public offering on a specified date, as opposed to rights acquired from the issuer (such as warrants or options), which may be exercised from time-to-time up until an expiration date. This exemption does not apply to the sale of stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of rights.

c. Certain Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”)/AB Managed Open-end Mutual Funds

ETFs and open-end mutual funds managed by AB are covered under the Code’s definition of Security and therefore are subject to all applicable Code rules and prohibitions. However, investments in AB-managed funds, if transacted through the ABI Employee Desk, do not require pre-clearance. (If not transacted via ABI, pre-clearance is required.) In addition, certain broad-based ETFs (such as those that follow) are not subject to the pre-clearance provisions :

     PowerShares QQQ Trust, Series 1 (QQQ)

     SPDR Trust (SPY)

     DIAMONDS Trust, Series I (DIA)

     iShares S&P 500 Index Fund (IVV)

     iShares Russell 1000 Growth (IWF)

     iShares Russell 1000 Value (IWD)

     iShares Russell 1000 Index (IWB)

     iShares MSCI EAFE (EFA)

     iShares MSCI Emerging Markets (EEM)

     iShares MSCI EAFE Growth (EFG)

     iShares MSCI EAFE Value (EFV)

     iShares FTSE 100 (ISF)

     iShares MSCI World (IWRD/IQQW)

     iShares Barclays 7-10 Yr Treas Bond (IEF)

    iShares Barclays 1-3 Yr Treas Bond (SHY)

    iShares Barclays TIPS Bond Fund (TIP)

    iShares Barclays MBS Bond Fund (MBB)

    iShares IBOXX Investment Grade – (LQD)

    IShares IBOXX High Yield Corp Bond (HYG)

    iShares S&P US Preferred Stock Index (PFF)

     iShares JPMorgan USD Emer Mkt Bond Fund (EMB)

     iShares CDN Composite Index Fund (XIC)

    iShares MSCI Kokusai (TOK)

    iShares MSCI Japan (EWJ)

    iShares DAX (DAXEX)

    iShares DJ EuroStoxx 50 (EUE)

    SPDR S&P/ASX 200 Fund (STW)

    smartFONZ (FNZ)

    DAIWA ETF – TOPIX (1305)

    NOMURA ETF – TOPIX (1306)

    NIKKO ETF – TOPIX (1308)

    DAIWA ETF - NIKKEI 225 (1320)

    NOMURA ETF - NIKKEI 225 (1321)

    NIKKO ETF – 225 (1330)

    Tracker Fund of Hong Kong (2800)

    iShares FTSE/Xinhua A50 China Tracker (2823)

    Nifty BeES

    SENSEX Prudential ICICI ETF

 
 

 

Please note that the number of exempt ETFs has recently expanded. Please check here for the complete list of exempt ETFs.

 

(e)     Limitation on the Number of Trades

i. No more than an aggregate of twenty (20) transactions in individual Securities may occur in an Employee’s Personal Accounts during any rolling thirty-day period .
ii. Exceptions :
a. The limitation on the permissible number of trades over a 30-day period does not apply to the AB-managed funds or the exempt ETFs listed in Section 2(d)(ii)(c) or included on the listing of exempt ETFs on the intranet. Note that the 60-day hold requirement (see next section) still applies to these Securities.

(f)     Short-Term Trading

i. Employees must always conduct their personal trading activities lawfully, properly and responsibly, and are encouraged to adopt long-term investment strategies that are consistent with their financial resources and objectives. AB discourages short-term trading strategies, and Employees are cautioned that such strategies may inherently carry a higher risk of regulatory and other scrutiny. In any event, excessive or inappropriate trading that interferes with job performance, or compromises the duty that AB owes to its Clients will not be tolerated.

Employees are subject to a mandatory buy and hold of all Securities for 60 days . [14] By regulation, employees of AB Japan Ltd. are subject to a 6-month hold . A last-in-first out accounting methodology will be applied to a series of Securities purchases for determining compliance with this holding rule. As noted in Section 2(a)(ii), the applicable holding period for AB open-end funds is also 60 days.

ii. Exceptions to the short-term trading rules (i.e., the 60-day hold):
a. Securities transactions in Personal Accounts of spouses and domestic partners and other non-Employees (e.g., financially dependent children) which are not directed by the Employee are subject to the mandatory buy and hold (or sale and buyback) of 60-calendar days. However, after 30 calendar days, such a transaction will be permitted for these Personal Accounts if necessary to minimize a loss.
b. Transactions in a Personal Account over which the Employee has no direct or indirect influence or control (i.e., managed for an Employee on a discretionary basis by a third person or entity).
c. Transactions in Securities held by the Employee prior to his or her employment with AB.
 
 
d. Shares in the publicly traded units of AB that were acquired in connection with a compensation plan . However, units purchased on the open market must comply with the holding period requirements herein.

Any trade made in violation of this section of the Code shall be unwound, or, if that is not practicable, all profits from the short-term trading may be disgorged as directed by the Chief Compliance Officer.

(g)    Short Sales

The Legal and Compliance Department will prohibit an Employee from engaging in any short sale of a Security in a Personal Account if, at the time of the transaction, any Client has a long position in such Security in an AB-managed portfolio (except that an Employee may engage in short sales against the box and covered call writing provided that these personal Securities transactions do not violate the prohibition against short-term trading).

(h)    Trading in AB Units and AB Open and Closed-End Mutual Funds

During certain times of the year (typically in the weeks leading up to the firm’s quarterly earnings announcement), Employees may be prohibited from conducting transactions in the equity units of AB (as well as the AllianceBernstein L.P. Contingent Value Rights, associated with the acquisition of W.P. Stewart and & Co., Ltd.). Additional restricted periods may be required for certain individuals and events, and the Legal and Compliance Department will announce when such additional restricted periods are in effect. Transactions in AB Units and closed-end mutual funds managed by AB are subject to the same pre-clearance process as other Securities, with certain additional Legal and Compliance Department approval required. See the Statement of Policy and Procedures Concerning Purchases and Sales of AB Units and the Statement of Policy and Procedures Concerning Purchases and Sales of AB Closed-End Mutual Funds . Employees are not permitted to transact in short sales of AB Units.

Employees who transact in open-end AB mutual funds outside of the Employee Desk at AllianceBernstein Investments – i.e., in a regular brokerage account, must pre-clear the transaction via StarCompliance.

(i)      Securities Being Considered for Purchase or Sale

i. The Legal and Compliance Department will, subject to the exceptions below, prohibit an Employee from purchasing or selling a Security (or a derivative product), or engaging in any short sale of a Security, in a Personal Account if, at the time of the transaction, the Security is Being Considered for Purchase or Sale for a Client or is being purchased or sold for a Client. Please see the definition of a Security “Being Considered for Purchase or Sale” (Section 1(b)(17) of this Appendix) for a non-exhaustive list of examples which illustrate this prohibition .
ii. Exceptions: This prohibition does not apply to :
a. Non-Volitional Transactions, including :
 
 
· Transactions in a Personal Account over which the Employee has no direct or indirect influence or control (i.e., managed for an Employee on a discretionary basis by a third person or entity, when the Employee does not discuss any specific transactions for the account with the third-party manager);
· The receipt of any Security received as part of an Employee’s compensation (although any subsequent sales must be pre-cleared);
· Any Securities transaction effected in an Employee’s Personal Account pursuant to an automatic investment plan, which means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) a Personal Account in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation, and includes dividend reinvestment plans. Additional purchases and sales that are not automatic, however, are subject to this prohibition.

The Legal and Compliance Department may request an Employee to certify as to the non-volitional nature of these transactions .

b. Exercise of Pro Rata Issued Rights

Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of the issuer’s Securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired. This exemption applies only to the exercise or sale of rights that are issued in connection with a specific upcoming public offering on a specified date, as opposed to rights acquired from the issuer (such as warrants or options), which may be exercised from time-to-time up until an expiration date. This exemption does not apply to the sale of stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of rights.

c. De Minimis Transactions -- Fixed Income Securities

Any of the following Securities, if at the time of the transaction, the Employee has no actual knowledge that the Security is Being Considered for Purchase or Sale by a Client or that the Security is being purchased or sold by or for the Client:

· Fixed income securities transactions having a principal amount not exceeding $25,000; or
· Non-convertible debt securities and non-convertible preferred stocks which are rated by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) in one of the three highest investment grade rating categories.
d. De Minimis Transactions -- Equity Securities

Any equity Security transaction, or series of related transactions, involving shares of common stock and excluding options, warrants, rights and other derivatives, provided:

· Any orders are entered after 10:00 a.m. and before 3:00 p.m. and are not designated as “market on open” or “market on close;”
 
 
· The aggregate value of the transactions do not exceed (1) $10,000 for Securities of an issuer with a market capitalization of less than $1 billion; (2) $25,000 for Securities of an issuer with a market capitalization of $1 billion to $5 billion and (3) $50,000 for Securities of an issuer with a market capitalization of greater than $5 billion; and
· The Employee has no actual knowledge that the Security is Being Considered for Purchase or Sale by a Client or that the Security is being purchased or sold by or for the Client.

PLEASE NOTE: Even if a trade qualifies for a de minimis exception, it must be pre-cleared by the Legal and Compliance Department in advance of being placed.

(j)      Restricted List

A Security may not be purchased or sold in a Personal Account if, at the time of the transaction, the Security appears on the AB Daily Restricted List and is restricted for Employee transactions. The Daily Restricted List is made available each business day to all Employees via the AB intranet page .

(k)    Dissemination of Research Information

i. An Employee may not buy or sell any Security for a Personal Account that is the subject of “significantly new” or “significantly changed” research during the period commencing with the approval of the research and continuing for twenty-four hours subsequent to the first publication or release of the research. An Employee also may not buy or sell any Security on the basis of research that AB has not yet made public or released. The terms “significantly new” and “significantly changed” include:
a. The initiation of coverage by an AB or Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC research analyst;
b. Any change in a research rating or position by an AB or Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC research analyst;
c. Any other rating, view, opinion, or advice from an AB or Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC research analyst, the issuance (or re-issuance) of which in the opinion of such research analyst, or his or her director of research, would be reasonably likely to have a material effect on the price of the security.
ii. Exceptions: This prohibition does not apply to :
a. Non-Volitional Transactions, including :
· Transactions in a Personal Account over which the Employee has no direct or indirect influence or control (i.e., managed for an Employee on a discretionary basis by a third person or entity, when the Employee does not discuss any specific transactions for the account with the third-party manager);
 
 
· Any Security received as part of an Employee’s compensation (although any subsequent sales must be pre-cleared);
· Any Securities transaction effected in an Employee’s Personal Account pursuant to an automatic investment plan, which means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) a Personal Account in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation, and includes dividend reinvestment plans. Additional purchases and sales that are not automatic, however, are subject to this prohibition.

The Legal and Compliance Department may request an Employee to certify as to the non-volitional nature of these transactions.

b. Exercise of Pro Rata Issued Rights

Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of the issuer’s Securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired. This exemption applies only to the exercise or sale of rights that are issued in connection with a specific upcoming public offering on a specified date, as opposed to rights acquired from the issuer (such as warrants or options), which may be exercised from time-to-time up until an expiration date. This exemption does not apply to the sale of stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of rights.

c. De Minimis Transactions -- Fixed Income Securities

This exception does not apply to research issued by Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC . Any of the following Securities, if at the time of the transaction, the Employee has no actual knowledge that the issuer is the subject of significantly new or significantly changed research:

· Fixed income securities transactions having a principal amount not exceeding $25,000; or
· Non-convertible debt securities and non-convertible preferred stocks which are rated by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) in one of the three highest investment grade rating categories.
d. De Minimis Transactions -- Equity Securities

This exception does not apply to research issued by Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC . Any equity Securities transaction, or series of related transactions, involving shares of common stock and excluding options, warrants, rights and other derivatives, provided:

· Any orders are entered after 10:00 a.m. and before 3:00 p.m. and are not designated as “market on open” or “market on close;”
· The aggregate value of the transactions do not exceed (1) $10,000 for Securities of an issuer with a market capitalization of less than $1 billion; (2) $25,000 for Securities of an issuer with a market capitalization of $1 billion to
 
 

$5 billion and (3) $50,000 for Securities of an issuer with a market capitalization of greater than $5 billion; and

· The Employee has no actual knowledge that the issuer is the subject of significantly new or significantly changed research.

PLEASE NOTE: Even if a trade qualifies for a de minimis exception, it must be pre-cleared by the Legal and Compliance Department in advance of being placed.

(l)      Initial Public Offerings

No Employee, or other person whose Personal Accounts are covered under this Code (see Section 1(b)(14)) shall acquire for a Personal Account, any Security issued in an Initial Public Offering.

(m) Limited Offerings/Private Placements

No Employee, or other person whose Personal Accounts are covered under this Code (see Section 1(b)(14)), shall acquire any Security issued in any limited or private offering (please note that hedge funds are sold as limited or private offerings) unless the Chief Compliance Officer (or designee) and the Employee’s Business Unit Head give express prior written approval and document the basis for granting approval after due inquiry. The Chief Compliance Officer, in determining whether approval should be given, will take into account, among other factors, whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for a Client and whether the opportunity is being offered to the individual by virtue of his or her position with AB. Employees authorized to acquire Securities issued in a limited or private offering must disclose that investment when they play a part in any Client’s subsequent consideration of an investment in the issuer, and in such a case, the decision of AB to purchase Securities of that issuer for a Client will be subject to an independent review by Investment Personnel with no personal interest in such issuer. [15] Additional restrictions or disclosures may be required if there is a business relationship between the Employee or AB and the issuer of the offering. See also - additional restrictions that apply to employees of the Fund of Funds Group (Section 6).

3.   Additional Restrictions – Portfolio Managers

In addition to the requirements and restrictions on Employee trading in Section 2 of this Appendix A of the Code, the following restrictions apply to all persons acting in the capacity of a portfolio manager of a Client account. For purposes of the restrictions in this section, a portfolio manager is defined as an Employee who has decision-making authority regarding

 
 

specific securities to be traded for Client accounts, as well as such Employee’s supervisor. Please see Section 6 for restrictions relating to the Alternate Investment Strategies Group.

General Prohibition : No person acting in the capacity of a portfolio manager will be permitted to buy for a Personal Account, a Security that is an eligible portfolio investment in that manager’s product group (e.g., Large Cap Growth).

This prohibition does not apply to transactions directed by spouses or other persons whose Personal Accounts are covered under this Code (see Section 1(b)(14)) provided that the employee has no input into the investment decision. Nor does it apply to sales of securities held prior to the application of this restriction or employment with the firm. However, such transactions are subject to the following additional restrictions.

(a)    Blackout Periods

No person acting in the capacity of a portfolio manager will be permitted to trade a Security for a Personal Account within seven calendar days before and after any Client serviced in that manager’s product group (e.g., Large Cap Growth) trades in the same Security. If a portfolio manager engages in such a personal securities transaction during a blackout period, the Chief Compliance Officer may break the trade or, if the trade cannot be broken, the Chief Compliance Officer may direct that any profit realized on the trade be disgorged.

(b)    Actions During Blackout Periods

No person acting in the capacity of a portfolio manager shall delay or accelerate a Client trade due to a previous purchase or sale of a Security for a Personal Account. In the event that a portfolio manager determines that it is in the best interest of a Client to buy or sell a Security for the account of the Client within seven days of the purchase or sale of the same Security in a Personal Account, the portfolio manager must contact the Chief Compliance Officer immediately, who may direct that the trade in the Personal Account be canceled, grant an exception or take other appropriate action.

(c)     Transactions Contrary to Client Positions

No person acting in the capacity of a portfolio manager shall trade a Security in a Personal Account contrary to investment decisions made on behalf of a Client, unless the portfolio manager represents and warrants in the personal trading request form that (1) it is appropriate for the Client account to buy, sell or continue to hold that Security and (2) the decision to purchase or sell the Security for the Personal Account arises from the need to raise or invest cash or some other valid reason specified by the portfolio manager and approved by the Chief Compliance Officer and is not otherwise based on the portfolio manager’s view of how the Security is likely to perform.

4.   Additional Restrictions – Research Analysts

In addition to the requirements and restrictions on Employee trading in Section 2 of this Appendix A of the Code, the following restrictions apply to all persons acting in the capacity of a research analyst. Please note that rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority

 
 

(FINRA) may impose additional limitations on the personal trading of the research analysts of Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC and their family members. Such research analysts should refer to the relevant policy documents that detail those additional restrictions.

General Prohibition : No person acting in the capacity of research analyst will be permitted to buy for his or her Personal Account, a Security that is in the sector covered by such research analyst. This prohibition does not apply to transactions directed by spouses or other persons whose Personal Accounts are covered under this Code (see Section 1(b)(14)), provided that the employee has no input into the investment decision. Nor does it apply to sales of securities held prior to the application of this restriction or employment with the firm. However, such transactions are subject to the following additional restrictions.

(a)    Blackout Periods

No person acting as a research analyst shall trade a Security for a Personal Account within seven calendar days before and after making a change in a rating or other published view with respect to that Security. If a research analyst engages in such a personal securities transaction during a blackout period, the Chief Compliance Officer may break the trade or, if the trade cannot be broken, the Chief Compliance Officer may direct that any profit realized on the trade be disgorged.

(b)    Actions During Blackout Periods

No person acting as a research analyst shall delay or accelerate a rating or other published view with respect to any Security because of a previous purchase or sale of a Security in such person’s Personal Account. In the event that a research analyst determines that it is appropriate to make a change in a rating or other published view within seven days of the purchase or sale of the same Security in a Personal Account, the research analyst must contact the Chief Compliance Officer immediately, who may direct that the trade in the Personal Account be canceled, grant an exception or take other appropriate action.

(c)     Actions Contrary to Ratings

No person acting as a research analyst shall trade a Security (to the extent such Security is included in the research analyst’s research universe) contrary to an outstanding rating or a pending ratings change or traded by a research portfolio, unless (1) the research analyst represents and warrants in the personal trading request form that (as applicable) there is no reason to change the outstanding rating and (2) the research analyst’s personal trade arises from the need to raise or invest cash, or some other valid reason specified by the research analyst and approved by the Chief Compliance Officer and is not otherwise based on the research analyst’s view of how the security is likely to perform.

5.   Additional Restrictions – Buy-Side Equity Traders

In addition to the requirements and restrictions on Employee trading in Section 2 of this Appendix A of the Code, the following restrictions apply to all persons acting in the capacity of Trader on any buy-side equity trading desk.

 
 

General Prohibition : No person acting in the capacity of buy-side equity trader will be permitted to buy for his or her Personal Account, a Security that is among the eligible portfolio investments traded on that Desk.

This prohibition does not apply to transactions directed by spouses or other persons whose Personal Accounts are covered under this Code (see Section 1(b)(14)) provided that the employee has no input into the investment decision. Nor does it apply to sales of securities held prior to the application of this restriction or employment with the firm. Such transactions are, of course, subject to all other Code provisions.

6.   Additional Restrictions – Alternate Investment Strategies Groups

In addition to the requirements and restrictions on Employee trading in Section 2 of this Appendix A of the Code, the following restrictions apply to all members of the firm’s Alternative Investment Management Group (also known as the “Gamsin Group”), as well as to the members of the Investment Policy Group and Board of Directors of Bernstein Alternative Investment Strategies, LLC.

General Prohibition : No member of the groups listed above will be permitted to directly invest in a privately offered fund or other investment product that is managed by an adviser other than AB and is within the scope of the current or contemplated funds or other products in which the Alternative Investment Management Group may invest. All such investments by members of these groups shall be made through the AB Alternative Investment Services platform.

7.   Reporting Requirements

(a)    Duplicate Confirmations and Account Statements

All Employees must direct their brokers to supply to the Chief Compliance Officer, on a timely basis, duplicate copies of broker trade confirmations of, and account statements concerning, all Securities transactions in any Personal Account. Even for Designated Brokers, each Employee must verify that the Employee’s account(s) is properly “coded” for AB to receive electronic data feeds.

The Compliance Department will review such documents for Personal Accounts to ensure that AB’s policies and procedures are being complied with, and make additional inquiries as necessary. Access to duplicate confirmations and account statements will be restricted to those persons who are assigned to perform review functions, and all such materials will be kept confidential except as otherwise required by law.

(b)    Initial Holdings Reports by Employees

An Employee must, within 10 days of commencement of employment with AB, provide a signed (electronic in most cases) and dated Initial Holdings Report to the Chief Compliance Officer. New employees will receive an electronic request to perform this task via the StarCompliance Code of Ethics application. The report must contain the

 
 

following information current as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the date of the report:

i. All Securities (including private investments as well as any AB-managed mutual funds) held in a Personal Account of the Employee, including the title and type of Security, and as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares and/or principal amount of each Security/fund beneficially owned;
ii. The name of any broker-dealer or financial institution with which the Employee maintains a Personal Account in which any Securities are held for the Employee; and
iii. Details of any outside business affiliations.

Employees must then take all necessary actions to bring their accounts into compliance with the designated broker guidelines detailed in Section 2(c) of this Appendix.

 

(c)     Quarterly Reports by Employees – including Certain Funds and Limited Offerings

Following each calendar quarter, the Legal and Compliance Department will forward (electronically via the StarCompliance Code of Ethics application) to each Employee, an individualized form containing all Securities transactions in the Employee’s Personal Accounts during the quarter based on information reported to AB by the Employee’s brokers. Transactions in Personal Accounts over which the Employee has no direct or indirect influence or control (i.e., managed for an Employee on a discretionary basis by a third person or entity) or pursuant to an automated investment program need not be included for purposes of this reporting requirement .

Within thirty (30) days following the end of each calendar quarter, every Employee must review the form and certify its accuracy, making any necessary changes to the information provided on the pre-populated form (generally this will include those shares of mutual funds sub-advised by AB and held directly with the investment company and Securities issued in limited offerings which are not sent directly to the Compliance Department). For each such Security, the report must contain the following information: (1) the date of the transaction, the title, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date, number of shares, and principal amount of each Security involved; (2) the nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase or sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition); (3) the price of the Security at which the transaction was effected; (4) the name of the broker or other financial institution through which the transaction was effected; and (5) the date the Employee submits the report.

In addition, any new Personal Account established during the calendar quarter must be reported, including (1) the name of the broker or other financial institution with which the account was established and (2) the date the account was established.

(d)    Annual Holdings Reports by Employees

On an annual basis, by a date to be specified by the Compliance Department (typically February 15 th ), each Employee must provide to the Chief Compliance Officer, a signed and dated (or electronically certified via the StarCompliance Code of Ethics application)

 
 

Annual Holdings Report containing data current as of a date not more than forty five (45) days prior to the date of the submission. [16] The report must disclose:

i. All Securities (including shares of mutual funds managed by AB and limited offerings), held in a Personal Account of the Employee, including the title and type of security, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares and/or principal amount of each Security beneficially owned); and
ii. The name of any broker-dealer or financial institution with which the Employee maintains a Personal Account in which any Securities are held for the Employee.

In the event that AB already maintains a record of the required information via duplicate copies of broker trade confirmations and account statements received from the Employee’s broker-dealer, an Employee may satisfy this requirement by (i) confirming in writing (which may include e-mail) the accuracy of the record on at least an annual basis and (ii) recording the date of the confirmation.

 

(e)     Report and Certification of Adequacy to the Board of Directors of Fund Clients

On a periodic basis, but not less than annually, the Chief Compliance Officer shall prepare a written report to the management and the board of directors of each registered investment fund (other than a unit investment trust) in which AB acts as investment adviser setting forth the following:

i. A certification on behalf of AB that AB has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Employees and Directors from violating the Code;
ii. A summary of existing procedures concerning personal investing and any changes in procedures made during the past year; and
iii. A description of any issues arising under the Code or procedures since the last report to the Board including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations.

AB shall also submit any material changes to this Code to each Fund’s Board at the next regular board meeting during the quarter following the change.

(f)     Report Representations

Any Initial or Annual Holdings Report or Quarterly Transaction Report may contain a statement that the report is not to be construed as an admission by the person making the report that he or she has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership in the Security to which the report relates.

(g)    Maintenance of Reports

The Chief Compliance Officer shall maintain the information required by this Section and such other records, if any, and for such time periods required by Rule 17j-1 under the

 
 

Investment Company Act and Rules 204-2 and 204A-1 under the Advisers Act. All reports furnished pursuant to this Section will be kept confidential, subject to the rights of inspection and review by the General Counsel, the Chief Compliance Officer and his or her designees, the Code of Ethics Oversight Committee (or subcommittee thereof), the Securities and Exchange Commission and by other third parties pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.

8.     Reporting Requirements for Directors who are not Employees

All Affiliated Outside Directors (i.e., not Employees of AB, but employees of an AB affiliate) and Outside Directors (i.e., neither Employees of AB, nor of an AB affiliate) are subject to the specific reporting requirements of this Section 8 as described below. Directors who are Employees of AB, however, are subject to the full range of personal trading requirements, restrictions and reporting obligations outlined in Sections 1 through 7 of this Appendix A of the Code, as applicable. In addition, all Directors are expected to adhere to the fiduciary duties and high ethical standards described in the Code.

(a)    Outside Directors / Affiliated Outside Directors

              i.         In general, pursuant to various regulatory rule exceptions and interpretations, no reporting is required of Outside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors. However, if an Outside or Affiliated Outside Director knew, or in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Director should have known , that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the Outside or Affiliated Outside Director’s transaction in a Security for a Personal Account, a Client bought or sold the Security, or the Client or AB considered buying or selling the Security, the following reporting would be required.

Transaction Report

In the event that a transaction report is required pursuant to the scenario in the preceding paragraph, other than for accounts over which the director had no influence or control, each outside director must within thirty (30) days following the end of each calendar quarter, provide to the Chief Compliance Officer, a signed and dated report disclosing all Securities transactions in any Personal Account. For each such Security, the report must contain the following information:

a. The date of the transaction, the title, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date, number of shares, and principal amount of each Security involved;
b. The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase or sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);
c. The price of the Security at which the transaction was effected; and
d. The name of the broker or other financial institution through which the transaction was effected.
 
 

A LLIANCE B ERNSTEIN L.P.

 

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

CERTIFICATION

I hereby acknowledge receipt of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) of AllianceBernstein L.P., its subsidiaries and joint ventures, which includes the AB Personal Trading Policies and Procedures attached as Appendix A to the Code. I certify that I have read and understand the Code, recognize that I am subject to its provisions, and that I must report any violations to the Legal and Compliance Department.

I have reviewed my own situation and conduct and confirm that:

1. I am in compliance with the Code, including the requirements regarding the manner in which I maintain and report my (public and private) Securities holdings and transactions in my Personal Accounts (as such terms are defined in Appendix A of the Code) and conduct my personal Securities trading activities.
2. I have disclosed any potential conflicts of interest, have been pre-approved for any reportable outside business activities, and am in compliance with the requirements associated with the firm's Policy and Procedures for Giving and Receiving Gifts and Entertainment (including its requirement to pre-clear certain political contributions); and the requirements associated with the firm's Anti-Corruption Policy .
3. I have read the firm’s Compliance Manual and agree to abide by the policies contained therein.

For those Employees with Securities Licenses: I have contacted Compliance with any changes to information that would require a Form U4 amendment, including a change of address, name change, addition of any new, or the discontinuance of any previously reported outside business activity, and any occurrence or matter which would change my answer to a disclosure question (e.g., arrests and other criminal or civil matters, regulatory events, tax liens and bankruptcies).

I understand that any violation(s) of the Code is grounds for immediate disciplinary action up to, and including, termination of employment.

Signature

Print Name

Date

Please return this form to the Chief Compliance Officer at:

1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, N.Y. 10105

[Please note that for the ANNUAL Certification process for employees, this signoff is performed electronically via the StarCompliance Code of Ethics application.]


[1] For purposes of this section of the Code, unless otherwise specifically provided, (i) “family” means your spouse/domestic partner, parents, children, siblings, in-laws by marriage (i.e., mother, father, son and/or daughter-in-law) and anyone who shares your home; and (ii) “relative” means your immediate family members and your first cousins.

[2] The subject of insider trading will be covered in various Compliance training programs and materials.

[3] Such authorization requires an agreement on the part of the employee to not hold him or herself out as acting on behalf of AB (or any affiliate) and to use best efforts to ensure that AB’s name (or that of any AB affiliated company) is not used in connection with the proposed affiliation (other than in a “bio” section), and in particular, activities relating to fundraising or to the advancement of a specific entity mission or agenda.

[4] Indeed, AB recognizes that its employees often engage in community service in their local communities and engage in a variety of charitable activities, and it commends such service. However, it is the duty of every AB employee to ensure that all outside activities, even charitable or pro bono activities, do not constitute a conflict of interest or are not otherwise inconsistent with employment by AB. Accordingly, although no approval is required, each employee must use his/her best efforts to ensure that the organization does not use the employee’s affiliation with AllianceBernstein, including his/her corporate title, in any promotional (other than a “bio” section) or fundraising activities, or to advance a specific mission or agenda of the entity . Such positions also must be reported to the firm pursuant to other periodic requests for information (e.g., the AB 10-K questionnaire).

[5] In the case of AB subsidiaries that are holding companies for consolidated subgroups, unless otherwise specified by the holding company’s Chief Executive Officer, this approval may be granted by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of each subsidiary or business unit with such a consolidated subgroup.

[6] Please note that the requirement does not apply to contributions to federal candidates -- unless the federal candidate is a state or local official at the time (e.g., a state controller who is running for Congress).

 

[7] Due to the importance that AB places on promoting responsible personal trading, we have applied the definition of “access person,” as used in Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, and related requirements to all AB employees and officers. We have drafted special provisions for directors of AB who are not also employees of AB.

[8] Defined as any client order on a Growth trading desk which has not been completely executed, as well as any “significant” open Value client orders, or Value “priority” purchases or sales, as those terms are defined by the applicable Value SBU CIO .

[9] These restrictions shall not apply to investments in mutual funds through professionally managed asset allocation programs; automatic reinvestment programs; automatic investments through 401(k) and similar retirement accounts; and any other non-volitional investment vehicles. These restrictions also do not apply to transactions in money market funds and other short duration funds used as checking accounts or for similar cash management purposes.

[10] Exceptions may apply in certain non-U.S. locations. Please consult with your local compliance officer.

[11] Non-discretionary accounts at Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC. may only be used for the following purposes:

(a) Custody of securities and related activities (such as receiving and delivering positions, corporate actions, and subscribing to offerings commonly handled by operations such as State of Israel bonds, etc.); (b) Transacting in US Treasury securities; and (c) Transacting in AB products outside of a private client relationship (such as hedge funds, AB and SCB mutual funds, and CollegeBound fund accounts). All equity and fixed income (other than US Treasuries) transactions are prohibited.

[12] For purposes of the pre-clearance requirement, all employees in the Value SBU are considered Investment Personnel, and are therefore required to have all of their trades pre-approved by the head of their respective departments (or a designee).

[13] Additional Securities may be exempted from the pre-clearance requirement if, in the opinion of the Chief Compliance Officer, no conflict of interest could arise from personal trades in such Security.

[14] Relating to the buyback of a previously sold Security, an employee must wait 60 days if the new purchase price is lower than the previous sale, and 30 days if the new purchase price exceeds the previous sale price.

[15] Any Employee who acquires (or any new Employee with a pre-existing position in) an interest in any private investment fund (including a “hedge fund”) or any other Security that cannot be purchased and held in an account at a Designated Broker shall be exempt from the Designated Broker requirement as described in this Appendix A of the Code. The Legal and Compliance Department may require an explanation as to why such Security cannot be purchased and held in such manner. Transactions in these Securities nevertheless remain subject to all other requirements of this Code, including applicable private placement procedures, pre-clearance requirements and blackout-period trading restrictions.

[16] Employees who join the Firm after the annual process has commenced will submit their initial holdings report (see Section 7(b)) and complete their first Annual Holdings Report during the next annual cycle and thereafter.

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT [1]

CODE OF ETHICS AND PERSONAL TRADING GUIDELINES

Effective: March 22, 2016

 
 

Table of Contents [2]

 

I.   INTRODUCTION 3
A.   General 3
B.   Standards of Business Conduct 3
C.   Overview of Code Requirements 3
D.   Definitions 4
E.   Grounds for Disqualification from Employment 7
II.   TYPES OF ACCOUNTS/ACCOUNT OPENING REQUIREMENTS 8
A.   Employee Securities Accounts 8
B.   Fully Managed Account 8
C.   Other Morgan Stanley Accounts 9
E.   Individual Savings Accounts (“ISAs”) for employees of MSIM Ltd. 9
F.   Mutual Fund Accounts 10
G.   Issuer Purchase Plans 10
H.   Investment Clubs 10
I.   529 Plans 10
III.   TRADE PRE-CLEARANCE/RESTRICTIONS 10
A.   General 10
B.   Initiating a Transaction 11
C.   Pre-Clearance Valid for One Day Only 12
D.   Restrictions and Requirements for Portfolio Managers and Investment Personnel 12
E.   Employees Designated to be “Above the Wall” 12
F.   Transacting in Morgan Stanley Securities 12
G.   Trading Derivatives 13
H.   Other Restrictions 13
I.   Other Activities Requiring Pre-Clearance 14
IV.   HOLDING REQUIREMENTS AND REPURCHASE LIMITATIONS 14
A.   Proprietary and Sub-advised Mutual Funds 14
B.   Covered Securities 14
C.   Holding Requirements Specific to MSIMJ Employees 14
V.   REPORTING REQUIREMENTS 15
A.   Initial Reporting and Certification 15
B.   Quarterly Reporting and Certification 15
C.   Annual Reporting and Certification 16
VI.   OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES AND PRIVATE INVESTMENTS 16
A.   Approval to Engage in an Outside Activity 17
B.   Approval to Invest in a Private Investment 17
C.   Pre-Clearance Process 17
VII.   CONSULTANTS AND TEMPORARY WORKERS 17
VIII.   REVIEW, INTERPRETATIONS AND EXCEPTIONS 18
IX.   Enforcement AND SANctions 18
X.   RELATED POLICIES 21

 

 

 
 

       I.             INTRODUCTION [3]

A. General

 

The Morgan Stanley Investment Management (“MSIM”) Code of Ethics (the “Code”) is reasonably designed to prevent legal, business and ethical conflicts, to guard against the misuse of confidential information, and to avoid even the appearance of impropriety that may arise in connection with your personal trading and outside activities as an MSIM employee. It is very important for you to read the “Definitions” section below to understand the scope of this Code, including the individuals, accounts, securities and transactions it covers. You are required to acknowledge receipt and your understanding of this Code at the start of your employment at MSIM or when you become a Covered Person, as defined below, and annually thereafter.

 

B. Standards of Business Conduct

 

MSIM seeks to comply with the Federal securities laws and regulations applicable to its business. The Code is designed to assist you in fulfilling your regulatory and fiduciary duties as an MSIM employee as they relate to your personal securities transactions.

 

Ø Fiduciary Duties. As an MSIM employee, you owe a fiduciary duty to MSIM’s Clients. This means that in every decision relating to personal investments, you must recognize the needs and interests of Clients and place those ahead of any personal interest or interest of the Firm.

 

Ø Personal Securities Transactions and Relationship to MSIM’s Clients. MSIM generally prohibits you from engaging in personal trading in a manner that would distract you from your daily responsibilities. MSIM strongly encourages you to invest for the long term and discourages short-term, speculative trading. You are cautioned that short-term strategies may attract a higher level of regulatory and other scrutiny. Excessive or inappropriate trading that interferes with job performance or that compromises the duty that MSIM owes to its Clients will not be tolerated.

 

If you become aware that you or someone else may have violated any aspect of this Code, you must report the suspected violation to Compliance immediately.

 

C. Overview of Code Requirements

 

Compliance with the Code is a matter of understanding its basic requirements and making sure the steps you take regarding activities covered by the Code are in accordance with the letter and spirit of the Code. Generally, you have the following obligations:

 
 

 

 

Activity Code Requirements

Employee Securities Account(s) Pre-clearance, Reporting

Personal Trading Reporting Pre-clearance, Holding, Reporting

Participating in an Outside Activity Pre-clearance, Reporting

Making a Private Investment Pre-clearance, Reporting

 

You must examine the specific provisions of the Code for more details on each of these activities and are strongly urged to consult with Compliance if you have any questions.

 

D. Definitions

 

These definitions are here to help you understand the application of the Code to various activities undertaken by you and other persons related to you who may be covered by the Code. The definitions are an integral part of the Code and a proper understanding of them is essential. Refer back to these definitions as you read the Code.

 

“Access Persons ” (for purposes of transacting in Morgan Stanley securities) is defined in the Global Employee Trading and Investing Policy and means those individuals or divisions that, as part of their job function may receive or have access to Morgan Stanley-related material non-public information that is recurring or cyclical in nature.

“Client” means shareholders or limited partners of registered and unregistered investment companies and other investment vehicles, institutional, high net worth and retail separate account clients, employee benefit trusts and all other types of clients advised by MSIM.

“Compliance” means your local Compliance group (New York, London, Singapore, Tokyo and Mumbai).

“Consultant” means a non-employee of MSIM who falls under the definition of a Covered Person.

“Covered Persons” means:

 

Ø All MSIM employees;

 

Ø All directors and officers of MSIM;

 

Ø Any person (such as certain consultants, leased workers or temporary workers) who provides investment advice to clients on behalf of MSIM, is subject to the supervision and control of MSIM and who has access to nonpublic information regarding any Client’s purchase or sale of securities, or who is involved in making securities recommendations to Clients, or who has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic.

 

Ø Any person with responsibilities related to MSIM or who supports MSIM as a business and has frequent interaction with Covered Persons or Investment Personnel, as determined by Compliance.
 
 

 

Ø Any other persons falling within the definition of “Access Person” under Rule 17j-1 of the Company Act or Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act (such as those supervised persons who have access to nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of a client fund) and such other persons that may be so deemed by Compliance from time to time.

 

The definition of “Covered Person” may vary by location. Contact Compliance if you have any question as to your status as a Covered Person.

 

“Covered Securities” includes generally all equity or debt securities, including derivatives of securities (such as options, warrants and American depositary receipts), futures, commodities, securities indices, exchange-traded funds, open-end mutual funds for which MSIM acts as adviser or sub-adviser, closed-end funds, corporate and municipal bonds, spot foreign exchange transactions (“spot fx”) and similar instruments, but does not include “Exempt Securities,” as defined below. Refer to Schedule A for application of the Code to various security types.

 

“Employee” means an MSIM employee as well as his/her spouse or domestic partner, dependents and other persons for whom the employee, employee’s spouse or domestic partner contributes substantial financial support.

 

“Employee Securities Account s” are any accounts in your own name and other accounts you could be expected to influence or control, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, whether for securities or other financial instruments, and that are capable of holding Covered Securities, whether or not such capability is utilized. Employee Securities Accounts include:

Ø accounts owned by you;
Ø accounts owned by your spouse or domestic partner;

 

Ø accounts owned by your children or other relatives of you or your spouse or domestic partner who reside in the same household as you and to whom you contribute substantial financial support (e.g., a child in college that is claimed as a dependent on your income tax return or who receives health benefits through you);

 

Ø accounts where you obtain benefits substantially equivalent to ownership of securities;

 

Ø accounts that you or the persons described above could be expected to influence or control, such as:

 

§ joint accounts;
§ family accounts;
§ retirement accounts;
§ corporate accounts;
 
 
§ trust accounts for which you act as trustee where you have the power to effect investment decisions or that you otherwise guide or influence;
§ arrangements similar to trust accounts that benefit you directly;
§ accounts for which you act as custodian; and
§ partnership accounts.

“Exempt Securities” are securities that are not subject to the pre-clearance or holding requirements but are subject to reporting requirements of the Code, such as:

Ø Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit and commercial paper;
Ø Investment grade, short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements (which for these purposes are repurchase agreements and any instrument that has a maturity at issuance of fewer than 366 days that is rated in one of the two highest categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization);
Ø Direct obligations of the U.S. Government [4] ;
Ø Shares held in money market funds;
Ø Variable insurance products that invest in funds for which MSIM does not act as adviser or sub-adviser; and
Ø Open-end mutual funds for which MSIM does not act as adviser or sub-adviser.

 

Refer to Schedule A for application of the Code to various security types.

 

“Firm” means Morgan Stanley, MSIM’s parent company.

 

“Fully Managed Account” means an account for which an Employee has authorized a professional financial advisor or investment manager, in its sole discretion, to acquire and dispose of assets held in the account. The Employee may not make, directly or indirectly, any investment decision, be made aware of any such decisions before transactions are executed by the advisor or manager, or otherwise direct the advisor or manager to effect any transactions in the account. A Fully Managed Account is not considered an Employee Securities Account.

 

“Investment Personnel” means (i) Employees and any other Covered Persons who obtain or have access to information concerning investment recommendations made to any Client; and (ii) any persons designated as Investment Personnel by Compliance.

 

“IPO” means an initial public offering of equity securities registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or a foreign financial regulatory authority.

 

“Morgan Stanley Broker” means a broker-dealer affiliated with Morgan Stanley.

 
 

 

“Morgan Stanley Investment Management” or “MSIM” means the companies and businesses comprising Morgan Stanley’s Investment Management Division, but not including Merchant Banking/Real Estate Investing. See Schedule B for a list of those legal entities that comprise MSIM for purposes of the Code.

 

“Morgan Stanley securities” means equity, preferred and debt securities issued by Morgan Stanley, but excludes structured products, such as equity-linked or credit- linked notes.

 

“Mutual Funds” means (i) all open-end mutual funds; and (ii) similar pooled investment vehicles established in non-U.S. jurisdictions, such as registered investment trusts in Japan. For purposes of the Code, Mutual Fund does not include s hares of open-end money market mutual funds (unless otherwise advised by Compliance).

 

“Outside Activity” means any organized or business activity conducted by an Employee outside of MSIM. This includes, but is not limited to, participation on a board of directors, including that of a charitable organization, working part-time outside of MSIM, establishing a holding company for investments, investing in rental properties, or forming a limited partnership.

 

“Portfolio Managers” means Employees who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of a Client portfolio.

 

“Private Investment” means a securities offering that is exempt from registration under certain provisions of the U.S. securities laws and/or similar laws of non-U.S. jurisdictions. It includes investments in hedge funds, private equity funds, limited partnerships, real estate, peer to peer lending clubs and private businesses.

 

“Proprietary or Sub-advised Mutual Fund means any open-end Mutual Fund for which MSIM acts as investment adviser or sub-adviser.

 

“Research Analysts” are Employees who are assigned to make investment recommendations to, or for the benefit of, any Client portfolio.

 

E. Grounds for Disqualification from Employment

 

Pursuant to the terms of Section 9 of the Advisers Act, no director, officer or employee of MSIM may become, or continue to remain, an officer, director or employee of MSIM without an exemptive order issued by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, if such director, officer or employee:

Ø within the past ten years has been convicted of any felony or misdemeanor (i) involving the purchase or sale of any security; or (ii) arising out of his or her conduct as an underwriter, broker, dealer, investment adviser, municipal securities dealer, government securities broker, government securities dealer, transfer agent, or entity or person required to be registered under the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act, or as an affiliated person, salesman or employee of any investment company, bank,
 
 

insurance company or entity or person required to be registered under the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act; or

 

Ø is or becomes permanently or temporarily enjoined by any court from: (i) acting as an underwriter, broker, dealer, investment adviser, municipal securities dealer, government securities broker, government securities dealer, transfer agent, or entity or person required to be registered under the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act, or as an affiliated person, salesman or employee of any investment company, bank, insurance company or entity or person required to be registered under the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act; or (ii) engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in connection with any such activity or in connection with the purchase or sale of any security.

 

You are obligated to immediately report any conviction or injunction described here to Compliance.

  II.             TYPES OF ACCOUNTS/ACCOUNT OPENING REQUIREMENTS

 

A. Employee Securities Accounts

 

Generally, you must maintain all Employee Securities Accounts that may invest in Covered Securities at a Morgan Stanley Broker. Requirements may vary in non-U.S. offices. New Employees or newly designated Covered Persons must transfer their Employee Securities Account(s) to a Morgan Stanley Broker, at their own expense, as soon as practicable (generally within -60 days of becoming a Covered Person). Failure to do so is considered a significant violation of this Code.

 

Opening a Morgan Stanley Brokerage Account. When opening an account, you must notify the Morgan Stanley Broker that you are an Employee and that your account must be coded as an employee or employee-related account.

 

B. Fully Managed Account*

 

You may open a Fully Managed Account if the account meets the standards set forth below. In certain circumstances and with approval from Compliance, you may appoint non-Morgan Stanley managers (e.g., trust companies, banks or registered investment advisers) to manage your account.

 

In order to establish a Fully Managed Account, you must grant the manager complete investment discretion over your account. Pre-clearance is not required for trades in this account; however, you may not participate, directly or indirectly, in individual investment decisions or be made aware of such decisions before transactions are executed. This restriction does not preclude you from establishing investment guidelines for the manager, such as indicating industries in which you desire to invest, the types of securities you want to purchase or your overall investment objectives. However, those guidelines may not be changed so frequently as to give the appearance that you are actually directing account investments. To the extent that you become aware of a proposed transaction by the manager in these types of accounts or have personally

 
 

directed or asked another person to direct trades in these accounts, you are required to pre-clear the transaction prior to execution of the trade by the manager.- If the account is managed by a Firm other than Morgan Stanley, you must submit a request in the Outside Business Interests System (the "OBI System") and arrange for duplicate copies of trade confirmations and statements to be sent to Compliance.

 

Annually, employees will be required to attest that they have not made, directly or indirectly, any individual investment decision related to such managed account(s),

nor have they directed another person to make such investments without first pre-clearing those transactions in accordance with Section III.

 

*Pursuant to local regulation, employees of MSIM Private Limited are prohibited from opening fully managed accounts.

 

C. Other Morgan Stanley Accounts

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) (no new contributions)

Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP)

Employee Incentive Compensation Plan (EICP)

Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Program (MSCIP)

Morgan Stanley 401(k) (401(k) Plan)

 

You do not have to pre-clear participation in the ESOP, EICP MSCIP or 401(k) Plan with Compliance. However, you must disclose participation in any of these plans as part of the quarterly reporting process upon initial participation, and in annual certifications.

 

D. Non-Morgan Stanley Accounts

 

Exceptions to the requirement to maintain Employee Securities Accounts at a Morgan Stanley Broker are rare and require Compliance approval. If your request is approved, you will be required to ensure that duplicate confirmations and statements are sent to Compliance. Requirements may vary in non-U.S. offices.

 

If you open an outside account without obtaining Compliance approval, you must immediately disclose it to Compliance. You may be required to close such account.

 

Maintaining a non-Morgan Stanley 401(k) plan or similar account that permits you to trade covered securities must be approved by C ompliance.

 

E. Individual Savings Accounts (“ISAs”) for employees of MSIM Ltd.

 

Fully Managed ISAs (i.e., an independent manager makes the investment decisions) may be established and maintained without the prior approval of Compliance, provided that you exercise no influence or control on stock selection or other investment decisions.   Non-discretionary ISAs (including single company ISAs), where you make investment decisions, may only be established and maintained as long as the account is pre-approved by Compliance, duplicate statements are supplied to Compliance and applicable reporting requirements are met. Once a Fully Managed ISA is established, it

 
 

must be disclosed to Compliance in the OBI System.

 

F. Mutual Fund Accounts

 

You may open an account for the purpose of transacting in open-end Mutual Funds, including Sub-Advised and Proprietary Mutual Funds (i.e. an account directly with a fund transfer agent) without prior approval from Compliance.

 

 

G. Issuer Purchase Plans

 

You may open an account directly with an issuer to purchase its shares, such as a dividend reinvestment plan, or “DRIP,” by submitting the DRIP Form to your local Compliance group and pre-clearing the initial purchase and any sales. You must also report DRIP holdings to Compliance as part of the annual certification process.

 

H. Investment Clubs

 

You may not participate in or solicit transactions on behalf of investment clubs in which members pool their funds to make investments in securities or other financial products.

 

I. 529 Plans

 

You do not have to obtain approval from Compliance to participate in a 529 plan.

III. TRADE PRE-CLEARANCE/RESTRICTIONS
A. General

 

You are required to pre-clear all personal securities transactions in Covered Securities, other than transactions in Proprietary or Sub-advised Mutual Funds. Transactions involving Exempt Securities, including Proprietary and Sub-Advised Mutual Funds, do not require pre-clearance. Should an employee be made aware of a proposed transaction in a Fully Managed account or have personally directed, or asked another person to direct a trade in a Fully Managed account, the employee is required to pre-clear that trade prior to execution. S ee the Securities Transaction Matrix attached as Schedule A for additional information about when pre-clearance is required. In keeping with the general principles and objectives of the Code, Compliance, in its sole discretion, may refuse to grant approval of a personal securities transaction, without specifying a reason for the refusal.

 

Personal trade requests will be denied if there is an open order for any Client in the same security or related security at the time the personal trade request is submitted. Exemptions are granted if the Covered Security is being purchased or sold for a passively-managed index fund or index portfolio.

 

Any transaction that is prohibited by the Code may be required to be reversed and any profits (or any differential between the sale price of the personal security transaction and the subsequent purchase or sale price by a Client during the relevant period) subject to

 
 

disgorgement. See “Enforcement and Sanctions” below.

 

B. Initiating a Transaction

 

Pre-clearance is obtained by entering your trade request into the Trade Pre-Clearance system. (Type “TPC” into your internet browser.) Upon completion of the necessary checks, Compliance will notify you promptly regarding your request, generally on the same business day.

 

C. Pre-Clearance Valid for One Day Only

 

If your trade request is approved, such approval is valid only for the day on which it is granted. Any transaction not completed on that day will require a new approval. This means that open orders, such as limit orders and stop-loss orders, must be pre-cleared each day until the transaction is effected. [5]

 

D. Restrictions and Requirements for Portfolio Managers and Investment Personnel

 

No purchase or sale transaction may be made in any Covered Security or a related investment (i.e., derivatives) by a Portfolio Manager for a period of seven calendar days before or seven calendar days after the Portfolio Manager purchases or sells the security on behalf of a Client. A Portfolio Manager may request an exception from the blackout period if the Covered Security was traded for an index fund or index portfolio.

 

Investment Personnel who have knowledge of a Portfolio Manager’s trading activity are subject to the same seven day blackout period. Investment Personnel must obtain approval from their manager or his/her designee prior to obtaining pre-clearance by Compliance.

 

E. Employees Designated to be “Above the Wall”

 

Employees in the MSIM Legal and Compliance Division and the MSIM Global Risk & Analysis Division are designated to be above the wall and their personal securities transactions are subject to additional pre-clearance checks with the Control Group. Other employees may also be subject to the above-the-wall checks as deemed necessary by Compliance.

 

F. Transacting in Morgan Stanley Securities

 

Transacting in, including the gifting of, Morgan Stanley securities must take place during designated window periods. Consult MS Today for the window period announcement prior to trading. Except as noted below for Access Persons, if you are transacting in Morgan Stanley securities through a brokerage account, you are not required to pre-clear the transaction with Compliance. Similarly, you do not have to pre-clear transactions in Morgan Stanley securities sold out of your EICP, ESOP, ESPP or 401(k) Plan. All other

 
 

holding and reporting requirements for Covered Securities still apply.

 

As noted above, transactions in Morgan Stanley securities effected by MSIMJ employees are subject to a six month holding period.

 

Additional Restrictions for Access Persons Transacting in Morgan Stanley Securities . All transactions in Morgan Stanley securities must occur during the designated 30-day open window period each quarter. Compliance communicates the open and closed window periods applicable to Access Persons each quarter. During an open window period, Access Persons are required to pre-clear transactions in Morgan Stanley securities through TPC . This includes transactions made in the Morgan Stanley securities fund of the 401(k) Plan or shares held externally from previous Firm-sponsored plans (e.g., Computershare, Equiniti).

 

Positions in Morgan Stanley securities must be held for a minimum of 30 calendar days. A six-month holding period applies to the Firm’s Management and Operating Committee members for positions in Morgan Stanley securities. Shares received as part of equity-based compensation are exempt from the holding period requirements. You are prohibited from buying or selling Morgan Stanley securities if you are in possession of material, non-public information regarding Morgan Stanley.

G. Trading Derivatives

You may not trade futures, forward contracts, including currency forwards, physical commodities and related derivatives, over-the-counter warrants or swaps. You are prohibited from selling (“writing”) a put. The following is a list of permitted options trading:

 

Call Options

 

Listed Call Options. You may purchase a listed call option if the call option has a “period to expiration” of at least 30 days from the date of purchase and you hold the call option for at least 30 days prior to sale. If you choose to exercise the option, you must also hold the underlying security delivered pursuant to the exercise for 30 days.

 

Covered Calls . You may also sell (or “write”) a call option only if you have held the underlying security (in the corresponding amount) for at least 30 days.

 

Put Options

 

Listed Put Options. You may purchase a listed put option if the put option has a “period to expiration” of at least 30 days from the date of purchase and you hold the put option for at least 30 days prior to sale. If you purchase a put option on a security you already own, you may exercise the put once you have held the underlying security for 30 days. If you purchase a put on a security that you do not own, you may not exercise the put; and must sell the option prior to its expiration date.

 

 
 

You must obtain pre-clearance from Compliance to exercise an option or purchase or sell an option.

 

H. Other Restrictions

 

Primary and Secondary Public Offerings . You and your Employee Securities Account(s) are generally prohibited from purchasing any equity security in an initial public offering. In addition, unless otherwise notified by Compliance, you may not purchase an equity security that is part of a primary or secondary offering that the Firm is underwriting or selling until the distribution has been completed. Accordingly, you must consult Compliance prior to purchasing an equity security in a primary or secondary public offering to determine whether any restrictions apply. Note that this restriction also applies to your immediate family, regardless of whether the securities are purchased into an Employee Securities Account.

 

Purchases of new issue debt are permitted, provided such purchases are pre-cleared by Compliance and meet other relevant requirements of the Code.

 

 

Short Sales . You may not engage in short selling of Covered Securities.

 

Restricted List . You may not transact in Covered Securities that appear on the Firmwide Restricted List. Compliance will check the Restricted List as part of its pre-clearance process.

 

I. Other Activities Requiring Pre-Clearance

 

The following activities also require pre-clearance:

 

Ø Outside Activities
Ø Transactions in Private Investments
Ø Political Contributions

 

IV. HOLDING REQUIREMENTS AND REPURCHASE LIMITATIONS
A. Proprietary and Sub-advised Mutual Funds

 

You may not redeem or exchange Proprietary or Sub-Advised Mutual Funds until at least 30 calendar days from the purchase trade date.

 

B. Covered Securities

 

You may not sell a Covered Security until you have held it for at least 30 days. If you sell a Covered Security, you may not repurchase the same security for at least 30 days.

 

C. Holding Requirements Specific to MSIMJ Employees

 

 
 

When selling equity and equity-linked notes, Covered Persons at MSIMJ must hold such instruments for at least six months; however, Compliance may grant an exception if the instruments are held for at least 30 calendar days from the date of purchase. This includes transactions in Morgan Stanley securities.

 

  V.             REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

 

A. Initial Reporting and Certification

 

When you commence employment with MSIM or otherwise become a Covered Person, you must provide an Other Outside Investments Disclosure Form (the “Initial Report”) to Compliance no later than 10 days after you become a Covered Person. The information you provide must not be more than 45 days old from the day you became a Covered Person and must include:

 

Ø   the title and type, and, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares and principal amount of any Covered Security;

 

Ø   the name of any broker-dealer, bank or financial institution where you maintain an account in which any securities are held;

 

Ø   any Outside Activities; and

 

Ø   the date you submitted the Initial Report.

 

All new Covered Persons will receive training on the principles and procedures of the Code. As a Covered Person, you must also certify that you have read, understand and agree to abide by the terms of the Code. If you have any questions, contact your local Compliance group.

 

B. Quarterly Reporting and Certification

 

You must submit a Quarterly Report to Compliance no later than 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, or in accordance with regulatory requirements applicable to your region. The Quarterly Report must contain the information set forth below.

 

Ø For transactions in an Employee Security Account during the previous quarter you must provide:

 

·          the date of the transaction, the title, and, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date, number of shares and principal amount of any Covered Security;

 

·          the nature of the transaction (i.e. purchase, sale or other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

·          the price of the security at which the transaction was effected;

 

 
 

·          the name of the broker-dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected; and

 

·          the date you submitted the Quarterly Report.

 

You do not have to submit a Quarterly Report if it would duplicate information provided in broker trade confirmations or account statements that Compliance already receives or may access .

 

Ø For any new account established by you during the previous quarter in which any securities are held for your direct or indirect benefit, you must provide:
· the name of the broker-dealer, bank or financial institution with which you established the account;
· the date the account was established; and
· the date you submitted the Quarterly Report.

 

A reminder to complete the Quarterly Report will be provided to you by Compliance.

 

C. Annual Reporting and Certification

 

You must update, as applicable, and certify to the following information on an annual basis (the “Annual Report”):

 

Ø   a list of your current Morgan Stanley brokerage account(s);

 

Ø   a list of all securities and principal amount beneficially owned by you in these account(s);

 

Ø   a list of all your approved Outside Activities, including non-Morgan Stanley brokerage accounts, Private Investments and Outside Activities;

 

Ø   a list of all other investments you hold outside of Morgan Stanley (such as DRIPs, other 401(k) accounts and any securities held in certificate form);

Ø   a list of broker-dealers, banks or financial institutions with which you maintain an account in which any securities are held; and

 

Ø   that you have not made, directly or indirectly, any individual investment decision related to such managed account(s), nor have you directed another person to make such investments without first pre-clearing those transactions in accordance with Section III .

 

The information in the Annual Report must not be more than 45 days old from the day you submit it to Compliance. You must also certify that you have read and agree to abide by the requirements of the Code and that you are in compliance with the Code.

 
 

The link to the Annual Report will be provided to you by Compliance.

 

  1. OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES AND PRIVATE INVESTMENTS

 

A. Approval to Engage in an Outside Activity

 

You may not engage in any Outside Activity, regardless of whether or not you receive compensation , or are asked to engage in such activity by the Firm, without prior approval from Compliance. If you receive approval, it is your responsibility to notify Compliance immediately if any conflict or potential conflict of interest arises in the course of the Outside Activity. In addition, and as part of the Annual Certification of Employees, you are required to review/edit each disclosure for completeness and accuracy.

Examples of an Outside Activity include providing consulting services, organizing a company, giving a formal lecture or publishing a book or article, accepting compensation from any person or organization other than the Firm, serving as an officer, employee, director, partner, member, or advisory board member of a company or organization not affiliated with the Firm, whether or not related to the financial services industry (including charitable organizations or activities for which you do not receive compensation), setting up a holding company for investments or investing in rental properties. Generally, Compliance will not approve any Outside Activity related to the securities or financial services industry other than activities that reflect the interests of the industry as a whole and that are not in competition with those of the Firm.

 

A request to serve on the board of any company, particularly the board of a public company, will be granted in very limited instances only. If you receive approval, your directorship may be subject to the implementation of information barrier procedures to isolate you from making investment decisions for Clients concerning the company in question, as applicable.

 

B. Approval to Invest in a Private Investment

 

You may not invest in a Private Investment of any kind without prior approval from Compliance. Private Investments include investments in privately held corporations, limited partnerships, tax shelter programs and hedge funds (including those sponsored by Morgan Stanley or its affiliates).

 

 

C. Pre-Clearance Process

 

You may request pre-clearance of Outside Activities and Private Investments by typing “OBI” into your intranet browser.

VII. CONSULTANTS AND TEMPORARY WORKERS

 

 
 

Consultants and other temporary workers who fall under the definition of a Covered Person by virtue of their duties and responsibilities with MSIM must adhere to the following:

 

Ø Initial, quarterly and annual reporting;

 

Ø Provision of duplicate trade confirmations and account statements to Compliance for transactions in any Covered Security;

 

Ø Prohibition against participating in any IPOs;

 

Ø Pre-clearance of Outside Activities and Private Investments.

 

Certain Consultants or temporary workers may be required to pre-clear all personal securities transactions in Covered Securities. Consultants or temporary workers that are hired for positions lasting more than one year are required to transfer brokerage accounts to a Morgan Stanley Broker.

 

VIII. REVIEW, INTERPRETATIONS AND EXCEPTIONS

 

Compliance is responsible for administering the Code and reviewing your Initial, Quarterly and Annual Reports. Compliance has the authority to make final decisions regarding Code policies and may grant an exception to a policy as long as it determines that no abuse or potential abuse is involved. Exceptions are granted only in rare and unusual circumstances, such as financial hardship. You must contact Compliance with any questions regarding the applicability, meaning or administration of the Code, including requests for an exception, in advance of any contemplated transaction.

 

IX. Enforcement AND SANctions

 

Violations of the Code are reported to the Head of MSIM Compliance and senior management and, on a quarterly basis, to the applicable funds' board of directors. We may issue letters of warning/education or impose sanctions as appropriate, including notifying your manager, issuing a reprimand (orally or in writing), restricting your trading privileges, reducing your discretionary bonus, if any, requiring reversal of a trade made in violation the Code or other applicable policies, or taking other disciplinary action, including, but not limited to, suspension or termination of your employment. Violations are considered on a cumulative basis. The foregoing sanctions are intended to be guidelines only. Compliance, in its discretion, may recommend alternative actions if deemed warranted by the facts and circumstances of each situation. MSIM management, including the Head of MSIM Compliance, is authorized to determine the choice of actions to be taken in specific cases.

 

Sanctions may vary based on applicable law and regulatory requirements in your jurisdiction.

 

 

 
 

 

  X.             RELATED POLICIES

 

In addition to this Code, you are also subject to the policies and procedures documented in the Compliance Manual applicable to your region; the Global Employee Trading and Investing Policy ; the Morgan Stanley Code of Conduct ; the Policy on U.S. Political Contributions and Activities; and the MSIM Global Gifts and Entertainment Policy (r equirements may vary in non-U.S. offices) .

 
 

 

SCHEDULE A

SECURITIES TRANSACTION MATRIX

TYPE OF SECURITY Pre-Clearance Required

Reporting

Required

Holding

Required

Covered Securities      
Pooled Investment Vehicles :      
Closed-End Funds Yes Yes Yes
Open-End Mutual Funds advised by MSIM No Yes Yes
Open-End Mutual Funds sub-advised by MSIM No Yes No
Unit Investment Trusts No Yes No
Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) Yes Yes Yes
Exchange Traded Notes (ETNs) Yes Yes Yes
Equities :      
Morgan Stanley securities [6] No Yes Yes
Common Stocks Yes Yes Yes
Listed depository receipts e.g. ADRs, ADSs, GDRs Yes Yes Yes
DRIPs [7] Yes Yes Yes
Stock Splits No Yes Yes
Rights Yes Yes Yes
Stock Dividend No Yes Yes
Warrants (Listed and Exercised) Yes Yes Yes
Preferred Stock Yes Yes Yes
JREIT Yes Yes Yes
Initial Public Offerings (equity IPOs) PROHIBITED
Hedge Funds Yes Yes No
Private Investments in Public Equity Securities (PIPES)   PROHIBITED  
Derivatives      
Morgan Stanley (stock options) Yes Yes Yes
Common Stock Options Yes Yes Yes
Spot FX No Yes Yes
Forward Contracts  (including currency forwards) PROHIBITED
Commodities PROHIBITED
OTC warrants or swaps PROHIBITED
Futures PROHIBITED

 

 
 

 

 

TYPE OF SECURITY Pre-Clearance Required

Reporting

Required

Holding

Required

Fixed Income Instruments :      
Fannie Mae Yes Yes Yes
Freddie Mac Yes Yes Yes
Corporate Bonds Yes Yes Yes
Convertible Bonds (converted) Yes Yes Yes
Municipal Bonds Yes Yes Yes
New Issues (fixed income) Yes Yes Yes
High Yield Securities   PROHIBITED  
Private Investments (e.g. limited partnerships) Yes Yes N/A
Outside Activities Yes Yes N/A
Investment Clubs PROHIBITED
Exempt Securities
Mutual Funds (open-end) not advised or sub-advised by MSIM No Yes No
US Treasury/Sovereign Debt [8] No Yes No
CDs No Yes No
Money Market Funds No Yes No
GNMA No Yes No
Commercial Paper No Yes No
Bankers’ Acceptances No Yes No
Investment Grade Short-Term Debt Instruments [9] No Yes No

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

SCHEDULE B

 

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT DIVISION

(excluding Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing)

 

Registered Investment Advisers

Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.

Morgan Stanley AIP GP LP

Private Investment Partners, Inc.

Morgan Stanley Investment Management Limited (MSIM Ltd.)

Morgan Stanley Investment Management Company (Singapore)

Morgan Stanley Investment Management (Japan) Co., Ltd. (MSIMJ)

 

Registered Commodity Pool Operator/Commodity Trading Advisor

Ceres Managed Futures LLC

 

Investment Advisers that are not Registered

Morgan Stanley Investment Management Private Limited (MSIM Private Limited)

Morgan Stanley Investment Management Proprietary (Pty) Limited (Australia)

 

Broker-Dealer

Morgan Stanley Distribution Inc.

 

Transfer Agent

Morgan Stanley Services Company Inc.

 

Global In-house Center (India)

Morgan Stanley Advantage Services Pvt. Ltd. (with respect to Investment Management Employees only)

Morgan Stanley Solutions India Pvt. Ltd. (with respect to Investment Management Employees only)

 

 

 

 

 


[1] Ex-Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing

[2] Previous versions: August 16, 2002, February 24, 2004, June 15, 2004, December 31, 2004, December 15, 2006, May 12, 2008 , August 19, 2010, September 17, 2010, February 15, 2011, March 1, 2011, September 28, 2011, June 29, 2012, September 16, 2013 and October 10, 2014.

[3] This Code is intended to fulfill MSIM’s requirements under Rule 204A-1 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”) and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Company Act”). Note that there is a separate Code of Ethics for the Morgan Stanley mutual fund family.

4 Includes securities that are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government for the timely payment of principal and interest, such as Ginnie Maes, U.S. savings bonds, and U.S. Treasuries, and equivalent securities issued by non-U.S. governments.

[5] In the case of trades in international markets where the market has already closed, transactions must be executed by the next close of trading in that market.

[6] Employees may transact in Morgan Stanley securities during designated window periods. In addition, the pre-clearance of transactions in Morgan Stanley securities is required for all Access Persons.

[7] Automatic purchases for dividend reinvestment plan are not subject to pre-approval requirements.

[8] Sovereign debt securities rated AA or higher.

[9] For these purposes, repurchase agreements and any instrument that has a maturity at issuance of fewer than 366 days that is rated as investment grade by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.